Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 14, 2019

Securities Act File No. [            ]

Investment Company Act File No. 811-22606

 

 

 

U.S. SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM N-2

Registration Statement

Under

   the Securities Act of 1933  
   Pre-Effective Amendment No.       
   Post-Effective Amendment No.       

and/or

Registration Statement

Under

   the Investment Company Act of 1940  
   Amendment No. 4  

 

 

BlackRock Utilities, Infrastructure & Power Opportunities Trust

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified In Charter)

 

 

100 Bellevue Parkway

Wilmington, Delaware 19809

(Address of Principal Executive Offices)

Registrant’s Telephone Number, including Area Code: (800) 882-0052

John M. Perlowski, President

BlackRock Utilities, Infrastructure & Power Opportunities Trust

55 East 52 nd Street

New York, New York 10055

(Name and Address of Agent For Service)

 

 

Copies of information to:

Margery K. Neale, Esq.

Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP

787 Seventh Avenue

New York, New York 10019

 

 

Approximate Date of Proposed Public Offering: From time to time after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

If any securities being registered on this form will be offered on a delayed or continuous basis in reliance on Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, other than securities offered in connection with a dividend reinvestment plan, check the following box.  ☒

It is proposed that this filing will become effective (check appropriate box)

 

 

when declared effective pursuant to section 8(c).

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

Title of Securities Being Registered  

Amount Being

Registered

 

Proposed

Maximum

Offering Price

Per Unit

 

Proposed

Maximum

Aggregate

Offering Price (1)

 

Amount of

Registration Fee

Common Shares, $0.001 par value

  5,000,000   $23.20   $116,000,000   $14,059.20

Rights to Purchase Common Shares (2)

               

Total

          $116,000,000   $14,059.20

 

 

(1)

Estimated solely for the purpose of determining the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(c) under the Securities Act of 1933 based on the average of the high and low prices of the Common Shares on August 7, 2019, as reported on the New York Stock Exchange. The proposed maximum offering price per security will be determined, from time to time, by the Registrant in connection with the sale by the Registrant of the securities registered under this Registration Statement.

(2)

No separate consideration will be received by the Registrant. Any shares issued pursuant to an offering of rights to purchase Common Shares, including any shares issued pursuant to an over-subscription privilege or a secondary over-subscription privilege, will be shares registered under this Registration Statement.

 

 

THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(a) OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(a), MAY DETERMINE.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this Preliminary Prospectus is not complete and may be changed. BlackRock Utilities, Infrastructure & Power Opportunities Trust may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This Preliminary Prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED AUGUST 14, 2019

 

  LOGO

PRELIMINARY BASE PROSPECTUS

$116,000,000

BlackRock Utilities, Infrastructure & Power Opportunities Trust

Common Shares

Rights to Purchase Common Shares

 

 

BlackRock Utilities, Infrastructure & Power Opportunities Trust (the “Trust,” “we,” “us” or “our”) is a diversified, closed-end management investment company. The Trust’s investment objective is to provide total return through a combination of current income, current gains and long-term capital appreciation.

We may offer, from time to time, in one or more offerings, our common shares of beneficial interest, par value $0.001 (“common shares”), or subscription rights to purchase our common shares. Common shares may be offered at prices and on terms to be set forth in one or more supplements to this Prospectus (each, a “Prospectus Supplement”). You should read this Prospectus and the applicable Prospectus Supplement carefully before you invest in our common shares.

Our common shares may be offered directly to one or more purchasers, including existing shareholders in a rights offering, through agents designated from time to time by us, or to or through underwriters or dealers. The Prospectus Supplement relating to the offering will identify any agents or underwriters involved in the sale of our common shares, and will set forth any applicable purchase price, fee, commission or discount arrangement between us and our agents or underwriters, or among our underwriters, or the basis upon which such amount may be calculated. The Prospectus Supplement relating to any offering of rights will set forth the number of common shares issuable upon the exercise of each right (or number of rights) and the other terms of such rights offering. We may not sell any of our common shares through agents, underwriters or dealers without delivery of a Prospectus Supplement describing the method and terms of the particular offering of our common shares.

Our common shares are listed on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the symbol “BUI.” The last reported sale price of our common shares, as reported by the NYSE on [             ], 2019 was $[         ] per common share. The net asset value of our common shares at the close of business on [                     ] was $[         ] per common share. Rights issued by the Trust may also be listed on a securities exchange.

 

 

Investing in the Trust’s common shares involves certain risks that are described in the “ Risks ” section beginning on page 48 of this Prospectus. Certain of these risks are summarized in “Prospectus Summary—Special Risk Considerations” beginning on page 8.

Shares of closed-end management investment companies frequently trade at a discount to their net asset value. The Trust’s common shares have traded at a discount to net asset value, including during recent periods. If the Trust’s common shares trade at a discount to its net asset value, the risk of loss may increase for purchasers in a public offering.


Table of Contents

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved these securities or passed upon the adequacy of this Prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

This Prospectus, together with any Prospectus Supplement, sets forth concisely the information about the Trust that a prospective investor should know before investing. You should read this Prospectus and applicable Prospectus Supplement, which contain important information, before deciding whether to invest in the common shares. You should retain the Prospectus and Prospectus Supplement for future reference. A Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”), dated [            ], 2019, containing additional information about the Trust, has been filed with the SEC and, as amended from time to time, is incorporated by reference in its entirety into this Prospectus. You can review the table of contents for the SAI on page [    ] of this Prospectus. You may call (800) 882-0052, visit the Trust’s website (http://www.blackrock.com) or write to the Trust to obtain, free of charge, copies of the SAI and the Trust’s semi-annual and annual reports, as well as to obtain other information about the Trust or to make shareholder inquiries. The SAI, as well as the Trust’s semi-annual and annual reports, are also available for free on the SEC’s website (http://www.sec.gov). You may also e-mail requests for these documents to publicinfo@sec.gov. Information contained in, or that can be accessed through, the Trust’s website is not part of this Prospectus.

You should not construe the contents of this Prospectus as legal, tax or financial advice. You should consult with your own professional advisors as to the legal, tax, financial or other matters relevant to the suitability of an investment in the Trust.

The Trust’s common shares do not represent a deposit or an obligation of, and are not guaranteed or endorsed by, any bank or other insured depository institution, and are not federally insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Federal Reserve Board or any other government agency.

 

 

Prospectus dated [            ], 2019


Table of Contents

Beginning on January 1, 2021, as permitted by regulations adopted by the SEC, paper copies of the Trust’s shareholder reports will no longer be sent by mail, unless you specifically request paper copies of the reports from BlackRock or from your financial intermediary, such as a broker-dealer or bank. Instead, the reports will be made available on a website, and you will be notified by mail each time a report is posted and provided with a website link to access the report.

You may elect to receive all future reports in paper free of charge. If you hold accounts directly with BlackRock, you can call (800) 882-0052 to request that you continue receiving paper copies of your shareholder reports. If you hold accounts through a financial intermediary, you can follow the instructions included with this disclosure, if applicable, or contact your financial intermediary to request that you continue to receive paper copies of your shareholder reports. Please note that not all financial intermediaries may offer this service. Your election to receive reports in paper will apply to all funds advised by BlackRock Advisors, LLC or its affiliates, or all funds held with your financial intermediary, as applicable.

If you already elected to receive shareholder reports electronically, you will not be affected by this change and you need not take any action. You may elect to receive electronic delivery of shareholder reports and other communications by contacting your financial intermediary, if you hold accounts through a financial intermediary. Please note that not all financial intermediaries may offer this service.


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     PAGE  

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

     1  

SUMMARY OF TRUST EXPENSES

     28  

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

     29  

USE OF PROCEEDS

     29  

THE TRUST

     29  

DESCRIPTION OF SHARES

     29  

THE TRUST’S INVESTMENTS

     32  

LEVERAGE

     45  

RISKS

     48  

HOW THE TRUST MANAGES RISK

     79  

MANAGEMENT OF THE TRUST

     80  

NET ASSET VALUE

     83  

DISTRIBUTIONS

     85  

DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT PLAN

     87  

RIGHTS OFFERINGS

     88  

TAX MATTERS

     89  

TAXATION OF HOLDERS OF RIGHTS

     95  

CERTAIN PROVISIONS IN THE AGREEMENT AND DECLARATION OF TRUST AND BYLAWS

     96  

CLOSED-END FUND STRUCTURE

     98  

REPURCHASE OF COMMON SHARES

     98  

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

     98  

PRIVACY PRINCIPLES OF THE TRUST

     100  

TABLE OF CONTENTS OF STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

     101  

You should rely only on the information contained in, or incorporated by reference into, this Prospectus and any related Prospectus Supplement in making your investment decisions. The Trust has not authorized any person to provide you with different information. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. The Trust is not making an offer to sell the common shares in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should assume that the information in this Prospectus and any Prospectus Supplement is accurate only as of the dates on their covers. The Trust’s business, financial condition and prospects may have changed since the date of its description in this Prospectus or the date of its description in any Prospectus Supplement.

 

- 1 -


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This is only a summary of certain information relating to BlackRock Utilities, Infrastructure & Power Opportunities Trust. This summary may not contain all of the information that you should consider before investing in our common shares. You should consider the more detailed information contained in the Prospectus and in any related Prospectus Supplement and in the Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) before purchasing common shares.

 

The Trust    BlackRock Utilities, Infrastructure & Power Opportunities Trust is a diversified, closed-end management investment company. Throughout this Prospectus, we refer to BlackRock Utilities, Infrastructure & Power Opportunities Trust simply as the “Trust” or as “we,” “us” or “our.” See “The Trust.”
   The Trust’s common shares are listed for trading on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the symbol “BUI.” As of [            ], 2019, the net assets of the Trust were $[        ], the total assets of the Trust were $[        ] and the Trust had outstanding [                    ] common shares . The last reported sale price of the Trust’s common shares, as reported by the NYSE on [            ], 2019 was $[        ] per common share . The net asset value (“NAV”) of the Trust’s common shares at the close of business on [            ], 2019 was $[            ] per common share. See “Description of Shares.” Rights issued by the Trust may also be listed on a securities exchange.
The Offering    We may offer, from time to time, in one or more offerings, up to $116,000,000 of our common shares on terms to be determined at the time of the offering . We may also offer subscription rights to purchase our common shares . The common shares may be offered at prices and on terms to be set forth in one or more Prospectus Supplements . You should read this Prospectus and the applicable Prospectus Supplement carefully before you invest in our common shares . Our common shares may be offered directly to one or more purchasers, through agents designated from time to time by us, or to or through underwriters or dealers . The offering price per common share will not be less than the NAV per common share at the time we make the offering, exclusive of any underwriting commissions or discounts, provided that rights offerings that meet certain conditions may be offered at a price below the then current NAV . See “Rights Offerings.” The Prospectus Supplement relating to the offering will identify any agents, underwriters or dealers involved in the sale of our common shares, and will set forth any applicable purchase price, fee, commission or discount arrangement between us and our agents or underwriters, or among our underwriters, or the basis upon which such amount may be calculated . See “Plan of Distribution.” The Prospectus Supplement relating to any offering of rights will set forth the number of common shares issuable upon the exercise of each right (or number of rights) and the other terms of such rights offering . We may not sell any of our common shares through agents, underwriters or dealers without delivery of a Prospectus Supplement describing the method and terms of the particular offering of our common shares.
Use of Proceeds    The net proceeds from the issuance of common shares hereunder will be invested in accordance with our investment objectives and policies as appropriate investment opportunities are identified, which is expected to be substantially completed in approximately [three months] from the date on which the proceeds from an offering are received by the Trust; however, the identification of appropriate investment opportunities pursuant to the Trust’s investment style or changes in market conditions could result in the Trust’s anticipated investment period extending to as long as six months . See “Use of Proceeds.”


 

- 1 -


Table of Contents
Investment Objective    The Trust’s investment objective is to provide total return through a combination of current income, current gains and long-term capital appreciation. The Trust is not intended as, and you should not construe it to be, a complete investment program. There can be no assurance that the Trust’s investment objective will be achieved or that the Trust’s investment program will be successful. The Trust’s investment objective may be changed by the Trust’s Board of Trustees (the “Board,” and the members thereof, “Trustees”) without prior shareholder approval.
Investment Policies   

The Trust seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing primarily in equity securities issued by companies that are engaged in the Utilities, Infrastructure and Power Opportunities business segments (as defined below) anywhere in the world and by employing a strategy of writing (selling) covered call and put options.

 

Under normal market conditions, the Trust will invest at least 80% of its total assets in equity securities issued by companies that are engaged in the Utilities, Infrastructure and Power Opportunities business segments .

 

The Trust considers the “Utilities” business segment to include products, technologies and services connected to the management, ownership, operation, construction, development or financing of facilities used to generate, transmit or distribute electricity, water, natural resources or telecommunications, the “Infrastructure” business segment to include companies that own or operate infrastructure assets or that are involved in the development, construction, distribution or financing of infrastructure assets (as described herein), and the “Power Opportunities” business segment to include companies with a significant involvement in, supporting, or necessary to renewable energy technology and development, alternative fuels, energy efficiency, automotive and sustainable mobility and technologies that enable or support the growth and adoption of new power and energy sources. Such companies may include, among others, electrical equipment producers (such as wind turbine manufacturers), producers of industrial and specialty chemicals (such as building insulation producers) and semi-conductor and equipment companies (such as solar panel manufacturers). See “—Portfolio Contents and Techniques—Utilities, Infrastructure and Power Opportunities Issuers.” For purposes of the 80% policy above, a company is considered to be engaged in these business segments if: (i) at least 50% of its assets, income, sales or profits are committed to or derived from one or all of the Utilities, Infrastructure or Power Opportunities business segments; or (ii) a third party classification has given the company an industry or sector classification consistent with the Utilities, Infrastructure or Power Opportunities business segments.

 

The Trust may invest in companies of any market capitalization. Under normal circumstances, the Trust invests a substantial amount of its total assets in foreign issuers, issuers that primarily trade in a market located outside the United States or issuers that do a substantial amount of business outside the United States. Although the Trust expects to invest primarily in companies located in developed countries, it may invest in companies located



 

- 2 -


Table of Contents
  

in emerging markets. Equity securities in which the Trust may invest include common stocks, preferred stocks, convertible securities, warrants, depositary receipts, exchange-traded funds (“ETFs”), equity interests in real estate investment trusts (“REITs”), Canadian Royalty Trusts and master limited partnerships (“MLPs”). The Trust will not invest more than 25% of the value of its total assets in MLPs. The Trust may invest directly in equity securities or synthetically through the use of derivatives.

 

The Trust may invest up to 20% of its total assets in equity securities issued by companies that are not engaged in the Utilities, Infrastructure or Power Opportunities business segments and debt securities issued by any issuer, including up to 10% of its total assets in non-investment grade debt securities. The Trust’s investments in non-investment grade securities and those deemed to be of similar quality are considered speculative with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal and are commonly referred to as “junk” or “high yield” securities.

 

Companies engaged in the Utilities, Infrastructure or Power Opportunities business segments can be generally categorized as engaging in, related to or involved with:

 

•   the generation, transmission, sale or distribution of electric energy;

 

•   the distribution, purification and treatment of water;

 

•   the production, transmission or distribution of natural resources used to produce energy, such as oil, natural gas and coal;

 

•   the provision of communications services, including cable television, satellite, microwave, radio, telephone and other communications media (e.g., fixed-base wireless transmission towers and broadband television cable);

 

•   the management, ownership or operation of infrastructure assets;

 

•   the construction, development, distribution or financing of infrastructure assets; or

 

•   the adoption, development and generation of power and energy sources.

 

The Trust generally considers “infrastructure assets” to consist of those assets which provide the underlying foundation of basic services, facilities and institutions upon which the growth and development of a community depends, including physical structures, networks and systems of transportation, energy, water and sewage, and communication.

 

Categories of infrastructure assets currently include:

 

•   Assets that are natural or near-natural monopolies and are regulated in the level of revenue earned or charges imposed. Examples include certain power and gas transmission, generation and distribution assets and water and waste-water distribution and treatment facilities.

 

•   Assets that depend on a form of user pay system for their main revenue source. Examples include toll roads, bridges, tunnels, airports, railways, seaports and parking lots.



 

- 3 -


Table of Contents
  

•   Assets that provide basic social services to the community. Examples include schools, hospitals and correction facilities.

 

•   Assets that compete in a market for the sale of a product or service and are therefore exposed to market risks. Examples include certain solid waste disposal facilities and certain communication asset classes, including communications towers, satellites and transmission lines.

 

•   Other types of infrastructure assets include assets related to the development and distribution of coal, steel and iron ore, gold and other precious metals, building materials, agricultural commodities and food and the gathering, treating, processing, fractionation, transportation and storage of hydrocarbon products.

 

Historically, Utilities, Infrastructure and Power Opportunities companies have generally paid dividends on their equity securities.

 

Options Writing Strategy. As part of its investment strategy, the Trust intends to employ a strategy of writing (selling) covered call options on a portion of the common stocks in its portfolio, writing (selling) other call and put options on individual common stocks, and, to a lesser extent, writing (selling) call and put options on indices of securities and sectors of securities (collectively referred to as “index options”). A substantial portion of the options written by the Trust may be over-the-counter options (“OTC options”).

 

A call option written by the Trust on a security is considered a covered call option where the Trust owns the security underlying the call option. Unlike a written covered call option, other written options will not provide the Trust with any potential appreciation on an underlying security to offset any loss the Trust may experience if the option is exercised. Over time, as the Trust writes covered call options over more of its portfolio, its ability to benefit from capital appreciation on the underlying securities may become more limited, and the Trust will lose money to the extent that it writes covered call options and the securities on which it writes these options appreciate above the exercise price of the option. Therefore, over time, the Advisors (as defined below) may choose to decrease their use of a covered call options writing strategy to the extent that it may negatively impact the Trust’s ability to benefit from capital appreciation.

 

For any written call option where the Trust does not own the underlying security, the Trust may have an absolute and immediate right to acquire that security upon conversion or exchange of other securities held by the Trust without additional cash consideration (or, if additional cash consideration is required, cash or liquid securities in such amount are segregated on the Trust’s books) or the Trust may hold a call on the same security where the exercise price of the call held is (i) equal to or less than the exercise price of the call written, or (ii) greater than the exercise price of the call written, provided cash or liquid securities in an amount equal to the difference is segregated on the Trust’s books.

 

When writing a put option on a security, the Trust will segregate on its books cash or liquid securities in an amount equal to the option exercise price or the



 

- 4 -


Table of Contents
 

Trust may hold a put option on the same security as the put written where the exercise price of the put held is (i) equal to or greater than the exercise price of the put written, or (ii) less than the exercise price of the put written, provided an amount equal to the difference in cash or liquid securities is segregated on the Trust’s books.

 

When writing an index put option, the Trust will segregate on its books cash or liquid securities in an amount equal to the exercise price, or the Trust may hold a put on the same basket of securities as the put written where the exercise price of the put held is (i) equal to or more than the exercise price of the put written, or (ii) less than the exercise price of the put written, provided an amount equal to the difference in cash or liquid securities is segregated on the Trust’s books. When writing an index call option, the Trust will segregate on its books cash or liquid securities in an amount equal to the excess of the value of the applicable basket of securities over the exercise price, or the Trust may hold a call on the same basket of securities as the call written where the exercise price of the call held is (i) equal to or less than the exercise price of the call written, or (ii) greater than the exercise price of the call written, provided an amount equal to the difference in cash or liquid securities is segregated on the Trust’s books.

 

The Trust may write put and call options, the notional amount of which would be approximately 30% to 40% of the Trust’s total assets, although this percentage may vary from time to time with market conditions. Under current market conditions, the Trust anticipates writing put and call options, the notional amount of which would be approximately [    ]% of the Trust’s total assets. The Trust generally writes options that are “out of the money”—in other words, the strike price of a written call option will be greater than the market price of the underlying security on the date that the option is written, or, for a written put option, less than the market price of the underlying security on the date that the option is written; however, the Trust may also write “in the money” options for defensive or other purposes. The number of put and call options on securities the Trust can write is limited by the total assets the Trust holds, and further limited by the fact that all options represent 100 share lots of the underlying common stock.

 

The Trust’s exchange-listed options transactions will be subject to limitations established by each of the exchanges, boards of trade or other trading facilities on which such options are traded. These limitations govern the maximum number of options in each class that may be written or purchased by a single investor or group of investors acting in concert, regardless of whether the options are written or purchased on the same or different exchanges, boards of trade or other trading facilities or are held or written in one or more accounts or through one or more brokers. Thus, the number of options which the Trust may write or purchase may be affected by options written or purchased by other investment advisory clients of the Advisors. An exchange, board of trade or other trading facility may order the liquidation of positions found to be in excess of these limits, and it may impose certain other sanctions.

 

Other Strategies . During temporary defensive periods ( i.e. , in response to adverse market, economic or political conditions), the Trust may invest up to 100% of its total assets in liquid, short-term investments, including high quality, short-term securities. The Trust may not achieve its investment objective under these circumstances.



 

- 5 -


Table of Contents
 

The Trust may purchase and sell futures contracts, enter into various interest rate transactions such as swaps, caps, floors or collars, currency transactions such as currency forward contracts, currency futures contracts, currency swaps or options on currency or currency futures and swap contracts (including, but not limited to, credit default swaps) and may purchase and sell exchange-listed and over-the-counter (“OTC”) put and call options on securities and swap contracts, financial indices and futures contracts and use other derivative instruments or management techniques (collectively, “Strategic Transactions”). The Trust may engage in Strategic Transactions for duration management and other risk management purposes, including to attempt to protect against possible changes in the market value of the Trust’s portfolio resulting from trends in the securities markets and changes in interest rates or to protect the Trust’s unrealized gains in the value of its portfolio securities, to facilitate the sale of portfolio securities for investment purposes, to establish a position in the securities markets as a temporary substitute for purchasing particular securities or to enhance income or gain. See “The Trust’s Investments—Portfolio Contents and Techniques—Strategic Transactions and Other Management Techniques.”

 

The Trust may lend securities with a value of up to 33 1 3 % of its total assets (including such loans) to financial institutions that provide cash or securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government as collateral.

 

The Trust may also engage in short sales of securities. See “The Trust’s Investments—Investment Objective and Policies—Investment Policies” in this Prospectus for information about the limitations applicable to the Trust’s short sale activities.

 

Unless otherwise stated herein or in the SAI, the Trust’s investment policies are non-fundamental policies and may be changed by the Board without prior shareholder approval. The Trust’s policy to invest at least 80% of its total assets in equity securities issued by companies that are engaged in the Utilities, Infrastructure and Power Opportunities business segments may be changed by the Board; however, if this policy changes, the Trust will provide shareholders at least 60 days’ written notice before implementation of the change in compliance with U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) rules.

 

For a discussion of risk factors that may affect the Trust’s ability to achieve its investment objective, see “Risks.”

Leverage   The Trust currently does not intend to borrow money or issue debt securities or preferred shares. The Trust is, however, permitted to borrow money or issue debt securities in an amount up to 33 1 3 % of its Managed Assets (50% of its net assets), and issue preferred shares in an amount up to 50% of its Managed Assets (100% of its net assets). “Managed Assets” means the total assets of the Trust (including any assets attributable to money borrowed for investment purposes) minus the sum of the Trust’s accrued liabilities (other than money borrowed for investment purposes). Although it has no present intention to do so, the Trust reserves the right to borrow money from banks or other financial institutions, or issue debt securities or preferred shares, in the future if it believes that market conditions would be conducive to the successful implementation of a leveraging strategy through borrowing money or issuing debt securities or preferred shares. See “Leverage.”


 

- 6 -


Table of Contents
  The use of leverage, if employed, is subject to numerous risks. When leverage is employed, the Trust’s NAV, the market price of the common shares and the yield to holders of common shares will be more volatile than if leverage were not used. For example, a rise in short-term interest rates, which currently are near historically low levels, generally will cause the Trust’s NAV to decline more than if the Trust had not used leverage. A reduction in the Trust’s NAV may cause a reduction in the market price of the Trust’s common shares. The Trust cannot assure you that the use of leverage will result in a higher yield on the Trust’s common shares. When the Trust uses leverage, the management fee payable to the Advisor will be higher than if the Trust did not use leverage because this fee is calculated on the basis of the Trust’s Managed Assets, which include the proceeds of leverage. Any leveraging strategy the Trust employs may not be successful. See “Risks—Leverage Risk.”
Investment Advisor and Sub-Advisor   BlackRock Advisors, LLC (“BlackRock Advisors” or the “Advisor”) acts as the Trust’s investment adviser and BlackRock Advisors’ affiliate, BlackRock International Limited (the “Sub-Advisor”), acts as the Trust’s sub-adviser. Throughout the Prospectus, we sometimes refer to BlackRock Advisors and the Sub-Advisor collectively as the “Advisors.” BlackRock Advisors receives an annual fee, payable monthly, in a maximum amount equal to 1.00% of the average daily value of the net assets of the Trust. BlackRock Advisors pays an annual sub-advisory fee to the Sub-Advisor equal to 47.3% of the management fee received by BlackRock Advisors with respect to the average daily value of the net assets of the Trust allocated to the Sub-Advisor. See “Management of the Trust—Investment Advisor and Sub-Advisor.”
Distributions  

The Trust distributes monthly all or a portion of its net investment income, including current gains, to holders of common shares.

 

The Trust has, pursuant to an SEC exemptive order granted by the SEC to certain of BlackRock’s closed-end funds, adopted a plan to support a level distribution of income, capital gains and/or return of capital (the “Level Distribution Plan”). The Level Distribution Plan has been approved by the Board and is consistent with the Trust’s investment objective and policies. Under the Level Distribution Plan, the Trust will distribute all available investment income, including current gains, to its shareholders, consistent with its investment objective and as required by the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). If sufficient investment income, including current gains, is not available on a monthly basis, the Trust will distribute long-term capital gains and/or return of capital to shareholders in order to maintain a level distribution. A return of capital distribution may involve a return of the shareholder’s original investment. Though not currently taxable, such a distribution may lower a shareholder’s basis in the Trust, thus potentially subjecting the shareholder to future tax consequences in connection with the sale of Trust shares, even if sold at a loss to the shareholder’s original investment. Each monthly distribution to shareholders is expected to be at a fixed amount established by the Board, except for extraordinary distributions and potential distribution rate increases or decreases to enable the Trust to comply with the distribution requirements imposed by the Code. Shareholders should not draw any conclusions about the Trust’s investment performance from the amount of these distributions or from the terms of the Level Distribution Plan.



 

- 7 -


Table of Contents
 

Various factors will affect the level of the Trust’s income, including the asset mix and the Trust’s use of options and hedging. To permit the Trust to maintain a more stable monthly distribution, the Trust may from time to time distribute less than the entire amount of income earned in a particular period. The undistributed income would be available to supplement future distributions. As a result, the distributions paid by the Trust for any particular monthly period may be more or less than the amount of income actually earned by the Trust during that period. Undistributed income will add to the Trust’s NAV (and indirectly benefits the Advisor by increasing its fee) and, correspondingly, distributions from undistributed income will reduce the Trust’s NAV. The Trust intends to distribute any long-term capital gains not distributed under the Level Distribution Plan annually.

 

Shareholders will automatically have all dividends and distributions reinvested in common shares of the Trust in accordance with the Trust’s dividend reinvestment plan, unless an election is made to receive cash by contacting the Reinvestment Plan Agent (as defined herein), at (800) 699-1236. See “Dividend Reinvestment Plan.”

 

Under normal market conditions, the Advisors seek to manage the Trust in a manner such that the Trust’s distributions are reflective of the Trust’s current and projected earnings levels. The distribution level of the Trust is subject to change based upon a number of factors, including the current and projected level of the Trust’s earnings, and may fluctuate over time.

 

The Trust reserves the right to change its distribution policy and the basis for establishing the rate of its monthly distributions at any time and may do so without prior notice to common shareholders. See “Distributions.”

Listing   The Trust’s common shares are listed on the NYSE under the symbol “BUI.” See “Description of Shares—Common Shares.”
Custodian and Transfer Agent   State Street Bank and Trust Company serves as the Trust’s custodian, and Computershare Trust Company, N.A. serves as the Trust’s transfer agent.
Administrator   State Street Bank and Trust Company serves as the Trust’s administrator and fund accountant.
Market Price of Shares   Common shares of closed-end investment companies frequently trade at prices lower than their NAV. The Trust cannot assure you that its common shares will trade at a price higher than or equal to NAV. See “Use of Proceeds.” The Trust’s common shares trade in the open market at market prices that are a function of several factors, including dividend levels (which are in turn affected by expenses), NAV, call protection for portfolio securities, portfolio credit quality, liquidity, dividend stability, relative demand for and supply of the common shares in the market, general market and economic conditions and other factors. See “Leverage,” “Risks,” “Description of Shares” and “Repurchase of Common Shares.” The common shares are designed primarily for long-term investors and you should not purchase common shares of the Trust if you intend to sell them shortly after purchase.
Special Risk Considerations  

An investment in common shares of the Trust involves risk. You should consider carefully the risks discussed below, which are described in more detail under “Risks” beginning on page [    ] of this Prospectus.

 

Investment and Market Discount Risk. An investment in the Trust’s



 

- 8 -


Table of Contents
 

common shares is subject to investment risk, including the possible loss of the entire amount that you invest. As with any stock, the price of the Trust’s common shares will fluctuate with market conditions and other factors. If shares are sold, the price received may be more or less than the original investment. Common shares are designed for long-term investors and the Trust should not be treated as a trading vehicle. Shares of closed-end management investment companies frequently trade at a discount from their NAV. This risk is separate and distinct from the risk that the Trust’s NAV could decrease as a result of its investment activities. At any point in time an investment in the Trust’s common shares may be worth less than the original amount invested, even after taking into account distributions paid by the Trust. During periods in which the Trust may use leverage, the Trust’s investment, market discount and certain other risks will be magnified.

 

Equity Securities Risk.  Stock markets are volatile, and the prices of equity securities fluctuate based on changes in a company’s financial condition and overall market and economic conditions. Although common stocks have historically generated higher average total returns than fixed-income securities over the long-term, common stocks also have experienced significantly more volatility in those returns and, in certain periods, have significantly underperformed relative to fixed-income securities. An adverse event, such as an unfavorable earnings report, may depress the value of a particular common stock held by the Trust. A common stock may also decline due to factors which affect a particular industry or industries, such as labor shortages or increased production costs and competitive conditions within an industry. The value of a particular common stock held by the Trust may decline for a number of other reasons which directly relate to the issuer, such as management performance, financial leverage, the issuer’s historical and prospective earnings, the value of its assets and reduced demand for its goods and services. Also, the prices of common stocks are sensitive to general movements in the stock market and a drop in the stock market may depress the price of common stocks to which the Trust has exposure. Common stock prices fluctuate for several reasons, including changes in investors’ perceptions of the financial condition of an issuer or the general condition of the relevant stock market, or when political or economic events affecting the issuers occur. In addition, common stock prices may be particularly sensitive to rising interest rates, as the cost of capital rises and borrowing costs increase. Common equity securities in which the Trust may invest are structurally subordinated to preferred stock, bonds and other debt instruments in a company’s capital structure in terms of priority to corporate income and are therefore inherently more risky than preferred stock or debt instruments of such issuers.

 

Investments in American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”), European Depositary Receipts (“EDRs”), Global Depositary Receipts (“GDRs”) and other similar global instruments are generally subject to risks associated with equity securities and investments in non-U.S. securities. Unsponsored ADR, EDR and GDR programs are organized independently and without the cooperation of the issuer of the underlying securities. As a result, available information concerning the issuer may not be as current as for sponsored ADRs, EDRs and GDRs, and the prices of unsponsored ADRs, EDRs and GDRs may be more volatile than if such instruments were sponsored by the issuer.

 

Preferred Securities Risk .  There are special risks associated with investing in preferred securities, including deferral, subordination, limited voting rights, special redemption rights, risks associated with trust preferred securities and risks associated with new types of securities. See “Risks—Preferred Securities Risk.”

 


 

- 9 -


Table of Contents
 

Convertible Securities Risk .  Convertible securities generally offer lower interest or dividend yields than non-convertible securities of similar quality. The market values of convertible securities tend to decline as interest rates increase and, conversely, to increase as interest rates decline. However, when the market price of the common stock underlying a convertible security exceeds the conversion price, the convertible security tends to reflect the market price of the underlying common stock. As the market price of the underlying common stock declines, the convertible security tends to trade increasingly on a yield basis and thus may not decline in price to the same extent as the underlying common stock. Synthetic convertible securities are subject to additional risks, including risks associated with derivatives. See “Risks—Convertible Securities Risk.”

 

Warrants Risk.  If the price of the underlying stock does not rise above the exercise price before the warrant expires, the warrant generally expires without any value and the Trust loses any amount it paid for the warrant. Thus, investments in warrants may involve substantially more risk than investments in common stock. Warrants may trade in the same markets as their underlying stock; however, the price of the warrant does not necessarily move with the price of the underlying stock.

 

Focus Risk. The Trust will invest significantly in issuers in the Utilities, Infrastructure and Power Opportunities business segments. Because the Trust will invest significantly in those business segments, it may be subject to more risks than if it were broadly diversified over numerous industries and sectors of the economy. General changes in market sentiment towards Utilities, Infrastructure and Power Opportunities companies may adversely affect the Trust, and the performance of Utilities, Infrastructure and Power Opportunities issuers may lag behind the broader market as a whole. Also, the Trust’s focus on the Utilities, Infrastructure and Power Opportunities business segments may subject the Trust to a variety of risks associated with those business segments. See “Risks—Risks of Investing in Utilities, Infrastructure and Power Opportunities Issuers.”

 

Risks of Investing in Utilities, Infrastructure and Power Opportunities Issuers. Investments in issuers in the Utilities, Infrastructure and Power Opportunities business segments are subject to certain risks, including the following:

 

Utilities Companies Risk . A variety of factors may adversely affect the business or operations of Utilities issuers, including, but not limited to: high interest costs in connection with capital construction and improvement programs; governmental regulation of rates charged to customers (including the potential that costs incurred by the utility change more rapidly than the rate the utility is permitted to charge its customers); costs associated with compliance with and changes in environmental and other regulations; effects of economic slowdowns and surplus capacity; increased competition from other providers of utility services; inexperience with and potential losses resulting from a developing deregulatory environment; costs associated with reduced availability of certain types of fuel; the effects of energy conservation policies; effects of a national energy policy; technological innovations; potential impact of terrorist activities; the impact of natural or



 

- 10 -


Table of Contents
 

man-made disasters; regulation by various governmental authorities, including the imposition of special tariffs; and changes in tax laws, regulatory policies and accounting standards.

 

Infrastructure Companies Risk . Infrastructure issuers may be susceptible to a variety of factors that may adversely affect their business and operations, including, but not limited to: high interest costs in connection with capital construction programs; high leverage; costs associated with environmental and other regulations; surplus capacity costs; and reduced investment in public and private infrastructure projects. A slowdown in new infrastructure projects in developing or developed markets may constrain the abilities of Infrastructure issuers to grow in global markets. Other developments, such as significant changes in population levels or changes in the urbanization and industrialization of developing countries, may reduce demand for products or services provided by Infrastructure issuers.

 

Power Opportunities Companies Risk . A variety of factors may adversely affect the business or operations of Power Opportunities issuers, including, but not limited to: research and development costs related to new technologies; the success or failure of efforts to develop or implement new or existing technologies; government regulation (including environmental regulation); world events and economic conditions, the cyclical nature of the energy sector; intense competition; events relating to domestic and international political developments; energy conservation; environmental costs and liabilities; and the success of exploration projects.

 

Technological Risk . Technological changes in the way a service or product is delivered may render existing technologies obsolete. Infrastructure assets have very few alternative uses should they become obsolete.

 

Developing Industries Risk . Some Utilities, Infrastructure and/or Power Opportunities companies are focused on developing new technologies and are strongly influenced by technological changes. Product development efforts by Utilities, Infrastructure and Power Opportunities companies may not result in viable commercial products. Utilities, Infrastructure and Power Opportunities companies may bear high research and development costs, which can limit their ability to maintain operations during periods of organizational growth or instability. Some Utilities, Infrastructure and Power Opportunities issuers may be in the early stages of operations and may have limited operating histories and smaller market capitalizations on average than companies in other sectors.

 

Regional Risk . Should an event that impairs assets occur in a region where a Utilities, Infrastructure or Power Opportunities issuer operates, the performance of such Utilities, Infrastructure or Power Opportunities company may be adversely affected. As many infrastructure assets are not moveable, such an event may have enduring effects on the Utilities, Infrastructure or Power Opportunities company that are difficult to mitigate.

 

Strategic Asset Risk . Utilities, Infrastructure and Power Opportunities companies may control significant strategic assets. Strategic assets are assets that have a national or regional profile, and may have monopolistic characteristics. Given the national or regional profile and/or their irreplaceable nature, strategic assets may constitute a higher risk target for terrorist acts or adverse political actions.



 

- 11 -


Table of Contents
 

Environmental Risk . Utilities, Infrastructure and Power Opportunities companies can have substantial environmental impacts. Ordinary operations or operational accidents may cause major environmental damage, which could cause Utilities, Infrastructure and Power Opportunities companies significant financial distress. Community and environmental groups may protest the development or operation of assets or facilities of Utilities, Infrastructure and Power Opportunities companies, and these protests may induce government action to the detriment of Utilities, Infrastructure and Power Opportunities companies.

 

Political and Expropriation Risk . Governments may attempt to influence the operations, revenue, profitability or contractual relationships of Utilities, Infrastructure and Power Opportunities issuers or expropriate Utilities, Infrastructure or Power Opportunities companies’ assets. The public interest aspect of the products and services provided by Utilities, Infrastructure and Power Opportunities companies means political oversight will remain pervasive.

 

Operational Risk . The long-term profitability of Utilities, Infrastructure and Power Opportunities companies is partly dependent on the efficient operation and maintenance of their assets. Utilities, Infrastructure and Power Opportunities issuers may be subject to service interruptions due to environmental disasters, operational accidents or terrorist activities, which may impair their ability to maintain payments of dividends or interest to investors. The destruction or loss of an asset or facility may have a major adverse impact on a Utilities, Infrastructure or Power Opportunities issuer. Failure by the Utilities, Infrastructure or Power Opportunities issuer to operate and maintain its assets or facilities appropriately or to carry appropriate, enforceable insurance could lead to significant losses.

 

Regulatory Risk .  Many Utilities, Infrastructure and Power Opportunities companies are subject to significant federal, state and local government regulation, which may include how facilities are constructed, maintained and operated, environmental and safety controls and the prices they may charge for the products and services they provide. Various governmental authorities have the power to enforce compliance with these regulations and the permits issued under them, and violators are subject to administrative, civil and criminal penalties, including civil fines, injunctions or both. Stricter laws, regulations or enforcement policies could be enacted in the future which would likely increase compliance costs and may adversely affect the operations and financial performance of Utilities, Infrastructure and Power Opportunities issuers. Regulators that have the power to set or modify the prices Utilities, Infrastructure and Power Opportunities issuers can charge for their products or services can have a significant impact on the profitability of such Utilities, Infrastructure and Power Opportunities issuers. The returns on regulated assets or services are usually stable during regulated periods, but may be volatile during any period that rates are reset by the regulator.

 

Interest Rate Risk . Due to the high costs of developing, constructing, operating and distributing assets and facilities, many Utilities, Infrastructure and Power Opportunities companies are highly leveraged. As such, movements in the level of interest rates may affect the returns from these assets. The structure and nature of the debt is therefore an important element to consider in assessing the interest rate risk posed by Utilities, Infrastructure and Power Opportunities issuers. In particular, the type of facilities, maturity profile, rates being paid, fixed versus variable components and covenants in place (including how they impact returns to equity holders) are crucial factors in assessing the degree of interest rate risk.

 


 

- 12 -


Table of Contents
 

Inflation Risk . Many Utilities, Infrastructure and Power Opportunities companies may have fixed income streams and, therefore, be unable to increase their dividends during inflationary periods. The market value of Utilities, Infrastructure or Power Opportunities companies may decline in value in times of higher inflation rates. The prices that a Utility, Infrastructure or Power Opportunity company is able to charge users of its assets may not always be linked to inflation. In this case, changes in the rate of inflation may affect the forecast profitability of the Utility, Infrastructure or Power Opportunity company.

 

For additional discussion of these and other risks associated with investments in Utilities, Infrastructure and Power Opportunities issuers, see “Risks—Risks of Investing in Utilities, Infrastructure and Power Opportunities Issuers.”

 

Non-U.S. Securities Risk. The Trust may invest in securities of non-U.S. issuers (“Non-U.S. Securities”). Such investments involve certain risks not involved in domestic investments. Securities markets in foreign countries often are not as developed, efficient or liquid as securities markets in the United States and, therefore, the prices of Non-U.S. Securities can be more volatile. Certain foreign countries may impose restrictions on the ability of issuers of Non-U.S. Securities to make payments of principal and interest or dividends to investors located outside the country. In addition, the Trust will be subject to risks associated with adverse political and economic developments in foreign countries, which could cause the Trust to lose money on its investments in Non-U.S. Securities. The Trust will be subject to additional risks if it invests in Non-U.S. Securities, which include seizure or nationalization of foreign deposits. Non-U.S. Securities may trade on days when the Trust’s common shares are not priced or traded. See “Risks—Non-U.S. Securities Risk.”

 

Emerging Markets Risk.  The Trust may invest in Non-U.S. Securities of issuers in so-called “emerging markets” (or lesser developed countries). Such investments are particularly speculative and entail all of the risks of investing in Non-U.S. Securities but to a heightened degree. “Emerging market” countries generally include every nation in the world except developed countries, that is, the United States, Canada, Japan, Australia, New Zealand and most countries located in Western Europe. Investments in the securities of issuers domiciled in countries with emerging capital markets involve certain additional risks that do not generally apply to investments in securities of issuers in more developed capital markets, such as (i) low or non-existent trading volume, resulting in a lack of liquidity and increased volatility in prices for such securities, as compared to securities of comparable issuers in more developed capital markets; (ii) uncertain national policies and social, political and economic instability, increasing the potential for expropriation of assets, confiscatory taxation, high rates of inflation or unfavorable diplomatic developments; (iii) possible fluctuations in exchange rates, differing legal systems and the existence or possible imposition of exchange controls, custodial restrictions or other foreign or U.S. governmental laws or restrictions applicable to such investments; (iv) national policies that may limit the Trust’s investment opportunities such as restrictions on investment in issuers or industries deemed sensitive to national interests; and (v) the lack or relatively early development of legal structures governing private and foreign investments and private property. See “Risks—Emerging Markets Risk.”



 

- 13 -


Table of Contents
 

Foreign Currency Risk. Because the Trust may invest in securities denominated or quoted in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, changes in foreign currency exchange rates may affect the value of securities owned by the Trust, the unrealized appreciation or depreciation of investments and gains on and income from investments. Currencies of certain countries may be volatile and therefore may affect the value of securities denominated in such currencies, which means that the Trust’s net asset value could decline as a result of changes in the exchange rates between foreign currencies and the U.S. dollar. These risks often are heightened for investments in emerging market countries. In addition, the Trust may enter into foreign currency transactions in an attempt to hedge its currency exposure or enhance its total return, which may further expose the Trust to the risks of foreign currency movements and other risks. The use of foreign currency transactions can result in the Trust incurring losses as a result of the imposition of exchange controls, suspension of settlements or the inability of the Trust to deliver or receive a specified currency.

 

Smaller Capitalization Company Risk.  Smaller capitalization companies may have limited product lines or markets. They may be less financially secure than larger, more established companies. They may depend on a small number of key personnel. If a product fails or there are other adverse developments, or if management changes, the Trust’s investment in a smaller capitalization company may lose substantial value. In addition, it is more difficult to get information on smaller companies, which tend to be less well known, have shorter operating histories, do not have significant ownership by large investors and are followed by relatively few securities analysts. The securities of smaller capitalization companies generally trade in lower volumes and are subject to greater and more unpredictable price changes than larger capitalization securities or the market as a whole. In addition, smaller capitalization securities may be particularly sensitive to changes in interest rates, borrowing costs and earnings. Investing in smaller capitalization securities requires a longer term view. See “Risks—Smaller Capitalization Company Risk.”

 

Restricted and Illiquid Investments Risk. The Trust may invest without limitation in illiquid or less liquid investments or investments in which no secondary market is readily available or which are otherwise illiquid, including private placement securities. The Trust may not be able to readily dispose of such investments at prices that approximate those at which the Trust could sell such investments if they were more widely traded and, as a result of such illiquidity, the Trust may have to sell other investments or engage in borrowing transactions if necessary to raise cash to meet its obligations. Limited liquidity can also affect the market price of investments, thereby adversely affecting the Trust’s NAV and ability to make dividend distributions. The financial markets in general, and certain segments of the mortgage-related securities markets in particular, have in recent years experienced periods of extreme secondary market supply and demand imbalance, resulting in a loss of liquidity during which market prices were suddenly and substantially below traditional measures of intrinsic value. During such periods, some investments could be sold only at arbitrary prices and with substantial losses. Periods of such market dislocation may occur again at any time.



 

- 14 -


Table of Contents
 

Privately issued debt securities are often of below investment grade quality, frequently are unrated and present many of the same risks as investing in below investment grade public debt securities. See “Risks—Restricted and Illiquid Investments Risk.”

 

MLP Risk. As compared to common stockholders of a corporation, holders of MLP units have more limited control and limited rights to vote on matters affecting the partnership. In addition, there are certain tax risks associated with an investment in MLP units and conflicts of interest may exist between common unit holders and the general partner, including those arising from incentive distribution payments.

 

A change in current tax law, or a change in the business of a given MLP, could result in an MLP being treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, which would result in such MLP being required to pay U.S. federal income tax on its taxable income. Thus, if any of the MLPs owned by the Trust were treated as corporations for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the after-tax return to the Trust with respect to its investment in such MLPs would be materially reduced, which could cause a decline in the value of the common stock.

 

To the extent that the Trust invests in the equity securities of an MLP, the Trust will be a partner in such MLP. Accordingly, the Trust will be required to include in its taxable income the Trust’s allocable share of the income, gains, losses, deductions and expenses recognized by each such MLP, regardless of whether the MLP distributes cash to the Trust. The Trust will incur a current tax liability on its allocable share of an MLP’s income and gains that is not offset by the MLP’s tax deductions, losses and credits, or its net operating loss carryforwards, if any. The portion, if any, of a distribution received by the Trust from an MLP that is offset by the MLP’s tax deductions, losses or credits is essentially treated as a return of capital. The percentage of an MLP’s income and gains that is offset by tax deductions, losses and credits will fluctuate over time for various reasons. A significant slowdown in acquisition activity or capital spending by MLPs held in the Trust’s portfolio could result in a reduction of accelerated depreciation generated by new acquisitions, which may result in increased current tax liability for the Trust.

 

Because of the Trust’s investments in equity securities of MLPs, the Trust’s earnings and profits may be calculated using accounting methods that are different from those used for calculating taxable income. Because of these differences, the Trust may make distributions out of its current or accumulated earnings and profits, which will be treated as dividends, in years in which the Trust’s distributions exceed its taxable income. In addition, changes in tax laws or regulations, or future interpretations of such laws or regulations, could adversely affect the Trust or the MLP investments in which the Trust invests. See “Risks—MLP Risk” and “Tax Matters.”

 

Risks Associated with the Trust’s Options Strategy.  The ability of the Trust to generate current gains from options premiums and to enhance the Trust’s risk-adjusted returns is partially dependent on the successful implementation of its options strategy. There are several risks associated with transactions in options on securities. For example, there are significant differences between



 

- 15 -


Table of Contents
 

the securities and options markets that could result in an imperfect correlation between these markets, causing a given transaction not to achieve its objectives. A decision as to whether, when and how to use options involves the exercise of skill and judgment, and even a well-conceived transaction may be unsuccessful to some degree because of market behavior or unexpected events.

 

Risks of Writing Options .  As the writer of a covered call option, the Trust forgoes, during the option’s life, the opportunity to profit from increases in the market value of the security covering the call option above the sum of the premium and the strike price of the call, but has retained the risk of loss should the price of the underlying security decline. In other words, as the Trust writes covered calls over more of its portfolio, the Trust’s ability to benefit from capital appreciation becomes more limited.

 

If the Trust writes call options on individual securities or index call options that include securities, in each case, that are not in the Trust’s portfolio or that are not in the same proportion as securities in the Trust’s portfolio, the Trust will experience loss, which theoretically could be unlimited, if the value of the individual security, index or basket of securities appreciates above the exercise price of the index option written by the Trust.

 

When the Trust writes put options, it bears the risk of loss if the value of the underlying stock declines below the exercise price minus the put premium. If the option is exercised, the Trust could incur a loss if it is required to purchase the stock underlying the put option at a price greater than the market price of the stock at the time of exercise plus the put premium the Trust received when it wrote the option. While the Trust’s potential gain in writing a put option is limited to the premium received from the purchaser of the put option, the Trust risks a loss equal to the entire exercise price of the option minus the put premium.

 

See “Risks—Risks Associated with the Trust’s Options Strategy—Risks of Writing Options.”

 

Exchange-Listed Options Risks . There can be no assurance that a liquid market will exist when the Trust seeks to close out an exchange-listed option position. Reasons for the absence of a liquid secondary market on an exchange include the following: (i) there may be insufficient trading interest in certain options; (ii) restrictions may be imposed by an exchange on opening transactions or closing transactions or both; (iii) trading halts, suspensions or other restrictions may be imposed with respect to particular classes or series of options; (iv) unusual or unforeseen circumstances may interrupt normal operations on an exchange; (v) the facilities of an exchange or the Options Clearing Corporation (the “OCC”) may not at all times be adequate to handle current trading volume; or (vi) one or more exchanges could, for economic or other reasons, decide or be compelled at some future date to discontinue the trading of options (or a particular class or series of options). See “Risks—Risks Associated with the Trust’s Options Strategy—Exchange-Listed Options Risks.”

 

Over-the-Counter Options Risk .  The Trust may write (sell) unlisted OTC options to a significant extent. OTC options differ from exchange-listed options in that they are two-party contracts, with exercise price, premium and other terms negotiated between buyer and seller, and generally do not have as



 

- 16 -


Table of Contents
 

much market liquidity as exchange-listed options. The OTC options written by the Trust will not be issued, guaranteed or cleared by the OCC. In addition, the Trust’s ability to terminate OTC options may be more limited than with exchange-traded options. Banks, broker-dealers or other financial institutions participating in such transactions may fail to settle a transaction in accordance with the terms of the option as written. In the event of default or insolvency of the counterparty, the Trust may be unable to liquidate an OTC option position. See “Risks—Risks Associated with the Trust’s Options Strategy—Over-the-Counter Options Risk.”

 

Index Options Risk .  The Trust may sell index put and call options from time to time. The purchaser of an index put option has the right to any depreciation in the value of the index below the exercise price of the option on or before the expiration date. The purchaser of an index call option has the right to any appreciation in the value of the index over the exercise price of the option on or before the expiration date. Because the exercise of index options is settled in cash, sellers of index call options, such as the Trust, cannot provide in advance for their potential settlement obligations by acquiring and holding the underlying securities. The Trust will lose money if it is required to pay the purchaser of an index option the difference between the cash value of the index on which the option was written and the exercise price and such difference is greater than the premium received by the Trust for writing the option. See “Risks—Risks Associated with the Trust’s Options Strategy—Index Options Risk.”

 

Limitation on Options  Writing Risk . The number of call options the Trust can write is limited by the total assets the Trust holds and is further limited by the fact that all options represent 100 share lots of the underlying common stock. Furthermore, the Trust’s options transactions will be subject to limitations established by each of the exchanges, boards of trade or other trading facilities on which such options are traded. See “Risks—Risks Associated with the Trust’s Options Strategy—Limitation on Options Writing Risk.”

 

Tax Risk .  Income on options on individual stocks will generally not be recognized by the Trust for tax purposes until an option is exercised, lapses or is subject to a “closing transaction” (as defined by applicable regulations) pursuant to which the Trust’s obligations with respect to the option are otherwise terminated. If the option lapses without exercise or is otherwise subject to a closing transaction, the premiums received by the Trust from the writing of such options will generally be characterized as short-term capital gain. If an option written by the Trust is exercised, the Trust may recognize taxable gain depending on the exercise price of the option, the option premium, and the tax basis of the security underlying the option. The character of any gain on the sale of the underlying security as short-term or long-term capital gain will depend on the holding period of the Trust in the underlying security. In general, distributions received by shareholders of the Trust that are attributable to short-term capital gains recognized by the Trust from its options writing activities will be taxed to such shareholders as ordinary income and will not be eligible for the reduced tax rate applicable to qualified dividend income.

 

Index options will generally be “marked-to-market” for U.S. federal income tax purposes. As a result, the Trust will generally recognize gain or loss on the last day of each taxable year equal to the difference between the value of the index option on that date and the adjusted basis of the index option. The adjusted basis of the index option will consequently be increased by such



 

- 17 -


Table of Contents
 

gain or decreased by such loss. Any gain or loss with respect to index options will be treated as short-term capital gain or loss to the extent of 40% of such gain or loss and long-term capital gain or loss to the extent of 60% of such gain or loss. Because the mark-to-market rules may cause the Trust to recognize gain in advance of the receipt of cash, the Trust may be required to dispose of investments in order to meet its distribution requirements.

 

Fixed-Income Securities Risks.  Fixed-income securities in which the Trust may invest are generally subject to the following risks:

 

Interest Rate Risk.  The market value of bonds and other fixed-income securities changes in response to interest rate changes and other factors. Interest rate risk is the risk that prices of bonds and other fixed-income securities will increase as interest rates fall and decrease as interest rates rise. The Trust may be subject to a greater risk of rising interest rates due to the current period of historically low interest rates. The U.S. Federal Reserve recently increased the federal funds rate and has indicated that it may raise the federal funds rate further and tighten the monetary supply in the near future. Therefore, there is a risk that interest rates will rise, which will likely drive down prices of bonds and other fixed-income securities. The magnitude of these fluctuations in the market price of bonds and other fixed-income securities is generally greater for those securities with longer maturities. Fluctuations in the market price of the Trust’s investments will not affect interest income derived from instruments already owned by the Trust, but will be reflected in the Trust’s NAV. The Trust may lose money if short-term or long-term interest rates rise sharply in a manner not anticipated by the Advisors. To the extent the Trust invests in debt securities that may be prepaid at the option of the obligor (such as mortgage-related securities), the sensitivity of such securities to changes in interest rates may increase (to the detriment of the Trust) when interest rates rise. Moreover, because rates on certain floating rate debt securities typically reset only periodically, changes in prevailing interest rates (and particularly sudden and significant changes) can be expected to cause some fluctuations in the NAV of the Trust to the extent that it invests in floating rate debt securities. These basic principles of bond prices also apply to U.S. Government securities. A security backed by the “full faith and credit” of the U.S. Government is guaranteed only as to its stated interest rate and face value at maturity, not its current market price. Just like other fixed-income securities, government-guaranteed securities will fluctuate in value when interest rates change.

 

During periods in which the Trust may use leverage, such use of leverage will tend to increase the Trust’s interest rate risk. The Trust may utilize certain strategies, including taking positions in futures or interest rate swaps, for the purpose of reducing the interest rate sensitivity of fixed-income securities held by the Trust and decreasing the Trust’s exposure to interest rate risk. The Trust is not required to hedge its exposure to interest rate risk and may choose not to do so. In addition, there is no assurance that any attempts by the Trust to reduce interest rate risk will be successful or that any hedges that the Trust may establish will perfectly correlate with movements in interest rates. See “Risks—Fixed-Income Securities Risk—Interest Rate Risk.”

 

Issuer Risk.  The value of fixed-income securities may decline for a number of reasons which directly relate to the issuer, such as management performance, financial leverage, reduced demand for the issuer’s goods and services, historical and prospective earnings of the issuer and the value of the assets of the issuer.



 

- 18 -


Table of Contents
 

Credit Risk . Credit risk is the risk that one or more fixed-income securities in the Trust’s portfolio will decline in price or fail to pay interest or principal when due because the issuer of the security experiences a decline in its financial status. Credit risk is increased when a portfolio security is downgraded or the perceived creditworthiness of the issuer deteriorates. To the extent the Trust invests in below investment grade securities, it will be exposed to a greater amount of credit risk than a fund that only invests in investment grade securities. See “Risks—Below Investment Grade Securities Risk.” In addition, to the extent the Trust uses credit derivatives, such use will expose it to additional risk in the event that the bonds underlying the derivatives default. The degree of credit risk depends on the issuer’s financial condition and on the terms of the securities.

 

Prepayment Risk . During periods of declining interest rates, borrowers may exercise their option to prepay principal earlier than scheduled. For fixed rate securities, such payments often occur during periods of declining interest rates, forcing the Trust to reinvest in lower yielding securities, resulting in a possible decline in the Trust’s income and distributions to shareholders. This is known as prepayment or “call” risk. Below investment grade securities frequently have call features that allow the issuer to redeem the security at dates prior to its stated maturity at a specified price (typically greater than par) only if certain prescribed conditions are met ( i.e. , “call protection”). For premium bonds (bonds acquired at prices that exceed their par or principal value) purchased by the Trust, prepayment risk may be enhanced.

 

Reinvestment Risk . Reinvestment risk is the risk that income from the Trust’s portfolio will decline if the Trust invests the proceeds from matured, traded or called fixed-income securities at market interest rates that are below the Trust portfolio’s current earnings rate.

 

Duration and Maturity Risk . The Trust has no set policy regarding portfolio maturity or duration of the fixed-income securities it may hold. The Advisors may seek to adjust the portfolio’s duration or maturity based on their assessment of current and projected market conditions and all other factors that the Advisors deem relevant.

 

Any decisions as to the targeted duration or maturity of any particular category of investments or of the Trust’s portfolio generally will be made based on all pertinent market factors at any given time. The Trust may incur costs in seeking to adjust the portfolio’s average duration or maturity. There can be no assurance that the Advisors’ assessment of current and projected market conditions will be correct or that any strategy to adjust the portfolio’s duration or maturity will be successful at any given time. In general, the longer the duration of any fixed-income securities in the Trust’s portfolio, the more exposure the Trust will have to the interest rate risks described above.

 

Spread Risk . Wider credit spreads and decreasing market values typically represent a deterioration of a debt security’s credit soundness and a perceived greater likelihood or risk of default by the issuer.

 

Corporate Bonds Risk. The market value of a corporate bond generally may be expected to rise and fall inversely with interest rates. The market value of intermediate and longer term corporate bonds is generally more sensitive to changes in interest rates than is the market value of shorter term corporate



 

- 19 -


Table of Contents
 

bonds. The market value of a corporate bond also may be affected by factors directly related to the issuer, such as investors’ perceptions of the creditworthiness of the issuer, the issuer’s financial performance, perceptions of the issuer in the market place, performance of management of the issuer, the issuer’s capital structure and use of financial leverage and demand for the issuer’s goods and services. Certain risks associated with investments in corporate bonds are described elsewhere in this Prospectus in further detail, including under “Risks—Fixed-Income Securities Risks—Credit Risk,” “Risks—Fixed-Income Securities Risks—Interest Rate Risk,” “Risks—Fixed-Income Securities Risks—Prepayment Risk,” “Risks—Inflation Risk” and “Risks—Deflation Risk.” There is a risk that the issuers of corporate bonds may not be able to meet their obligations on interest or principal payments at the time called for by an instrument. Corporate bonds of below investment grade quality are often high risk and have speculative characteristics and may be particularly susceptible to adverse issuer-specific developments. Corporate bonds of below investment grade quality are subject to the risks described herein under “Risks—Below Investment Grade Securities Risk.”

 

Below Investment Grade Securities Risk. The Trust may invest in securities that are rated, at the time of investment, below investment grade quality (rated Ba/BB or below, or judged to be of comparable quality by the Advisors), which are commonly referred to as “high yield” or “junk” bonds and are regarded as predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal when due. The value of high yield, lower quality bonds is affected by the creditworthiness of the issuers of the securities and by general economic and specific industry conditions. Issuers of high yield bonds are not perceived to be as strong financially as those with higher credit ratings. These issuers are more vulnerable to financial setbacks and recession than more creditworthy issuers, which may impair their ability to make interest and principal payments. Lower grade securities may be particularly susceptible to economic downturns. It is likely that an economic recession could severely disrupt the market for such securities and may have an adverse impact on the value of such securities. In addition, it is likely that any such economic downturn could adversely affect the ability of the issuers of such securities to repay principal and pay interest thereon and increase the incidence of default for such securities. The secondary market for lower grade securities may be less liquid than that for higher rated securities. Adverse conditions could make it difficult at times for the Trust to sell certain securities or could result in lower prices than those used in calculating the Trust’s NAV. Because of the substantial risks associated with investments in lower grade securities, you could lose money on your investment in common shares of the Trust, both in the short-term and the long-term. To the extent that the Trust invests in lower grade securities that have not been rated by a rating agency, the Trust’s ability to achieve its investment objective will be more dependent on the Advisors’ credit analysis than would be the case when the Trust invests in rated securities. See “Risks—Below Investment Grade Securities Risk.”

 

U.S. Government Securities Risk.  U.S. Government debt securities generally involve lower levels of credit risk than other types of fixed-income securities of similar maturities, although, as a result, the yields available from U.S. Government debt securities are generally lower than the yields available from such other securities. Like other fixed-income securities, the values of U.S. Government securities change as interest rates fluctuate.



 

- 20 -


Table of Contents
3  

Unrated Securities Risk . Because the Trust may purchase securities that are not rated by any rating organization, the Advisors may, after assessing their credit quality, internally assign ratings to certain of those securities in categories similar to those of rating organizations. Some unrated securities may not have an active trading market or may be difficult to value, which means the Trust might have difficulty selling them promptly at an acceptable price. To the extent that the Trust invests in unrated securities, the Trust’s ability to achieve its investment objective will be more dependent on the Advisors’ credit analysis than would be the case when the Trust invests in rated securities.

 

Investment Companies and ETFs Risk . Subject to the limitations set forth in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”) and the Trust’s governing documents or as otherwise permitted by the SEC, the Trust may acquire shares in other investment companies, including ETFs or business development companies (“BDCs”), some of which may be affiliated investment companies. The market value of the shares of other investment companies may differ from their NAV. As an investor in investment companies, including ETFs or BDCs, the Trust would bear its ratable share of that entity’s expenses, including its investment advisory and administration fees, while continuing to pay its own advisory and administration fees and other expenses (to the extent not offset by the Advisor through waivers). As a result, shareholders will be absorbing duplicate levels of fees with respect to investments in other investment companies, including ETFs or BDCs (to the extent not offset by the Advisor through waivers).

 

The securities of other investment companies, including ETFs or BDCs, in which the Trust may invest may be leveraged. As a result, the Trust may be indirectly exposed to leverage through an investment in such securities. An investment in securities of other investment companies, including ETFs or BDCs, that use leverage may expose the Trust to higher volatility in the market value of such securities and the possibility that the Trust’s long-term returns on such securities (and, indirectly, the long-term returns of the Trust’s common shares) will be diminished.

 

ETFs are generally not actively managed and may be affected by a general decline in market segments relating to its index. An ETF typically invests in securities included in, or representative of, its index regardless of their investment merits and does not attempt to take defensive positions in declining markets.

 

Leverage Risk.  The use of leverage creates an opportunity for increased common share net investment income dividends, but also creates risks for the holders of common shares. The Trust cannot assure you that the use of leverage, if employed, will result in a higher yield on the common shares. Any leveraging strategy the Trust employs may not be successful.

 

Leverage involves risks and special considerations for common shareholders, including:

 

•   the likelihood of greater volatility of NAV, market price and dividend rate of the common shares than a comparable portfolio without leverage;



 

- 21 -


Table of Contents
 

•   the risk that fluctuations in interest rates or dividend rates on any leverage that the Trust must pay will reduce the return to the common shareholders;

 

•   the effect of leverage in a declining market, which is likely to cause a greater decline in the NAV of the common shares than if the Trust were not leveraged, which may result in a greater decline in the market price of the common shares;

 

•   when the Trust uses financial leverage, the management fee payable to the Advisor will be higher than if the Trust did not use leverage; and

 

•   leverage may increase operating costs, which may reduce total return.

 

  The Trust currently does not intend to borrow money or issue debt securities or preferred shares, but may in the future borrow funds from banks or other financial institutions, or issue debt securities or preferred shares, as described in this Prospectus. Certain types of leverage the Trust may use may result in the Trust being subject to covenants relating to asset coverage and portfolio composition requirements. The Trust may be subject to certain restrictions on investments imposed by guidelines of one or more rating agencies, which may issue ratings for any debt securities or preferred shares issued by the Trust. The terms of any borrowings or these rating agency guidelines may impose asset coverage or portfolio composition requirements that are more stringent than those imposed by the Investment Company Act. The Advisors do not believe that these covenants or guidelines will impede them from managing the Trust’s portfolio in accordance with the Trust’s investment objective and policies. See “Risks—Leverage Risk.”
  Strategic Transactions and Derivatives Risk.  The Trust may engage in various Strategic Transactions for duration management and other risk management purposes, including to attempt to protect against possible changes in the market value of the Trust’s portfolio resulting from trends in the securities markets and changes in interest rates or to protect the Trust’s unrealized gains in the value of its portfolio securities, to facilitate the sale of portfolio securities for investment purposes or to establish a position in the securities markets as a temporary substitute for purchasing particular securities or to enhance income or gain. Derivatives are financial contracts or instruments whose value depends on, or is derived from, the value of an underlying asset, reference rate or index (or relationship between two indices). The Trust also may use derivatives to add leverage to the portfolio and/or to hedge against increases in the Trust’s costs associated with any leverage strategy that it may employ. The use of Strategic Transactions to enhance current income may be particularly speculative.
 

 

Strategic Transactions involve risks. The risks associated with Strategic Transactions include (i) the imperfect correlation between the value of such instruments and the underlying assets, (ii) the possible default of the counterparty to the transaction, (iii) illiquidity of the derivative instruments, and (iv) high volatility losses caused by unanticipated market movements, which are potentially unlimited. Although both OTC and exchange-traded derivatives markets may experience a lack of liquidity, OTC non-standardized derivative transactions are generally less liquid than exchange-



 

- 22 -


Table of Contents
 

traded instruments. The illiquidity of the derivatives markets may be due to various factors, including congestion, disorderly markets, limitations on deliverable supplies, the participation of speculators, government regulation and intervention, and technical and operational or system failures. In addition, daily limits on price fluctuations and speculative position limits on exchanges on which the Trust may conduct its transactions in derivative instruments may prevent prompt liquidation of positions, subjecting the Trust to the potential of greater losses. Furthermore, the Trust’s ability to successfully use Strategic Transactions depends on the Advisors’ ability to predict pertinent securities prices, interest rates, currency exchange rates and other economic factors, which cannot be assured. The use of Strategic Transactions may result in losses greater than if they had not been used, may require the Trust to sell or purchase portfolio securities at inopportune times or for prices other than current market values, may limit the amount of appreciation the Trust can realize on an investment or may cause the Trust to hold a security that it might otherwise sell. Additionally, segregated or earmarked liquid assets, amounts paid by the Trust as premiums and cash or other assets held in margin accounts with respect to Strategic Transactions are not otherwise available to the Trust for investment purposes.

 

Many OTC derivatives are valued on the basis of dealers’ pricing of these instruments. However, the price at which dealers value a particular derivative and the price that the same dealers would actually be willing to pay for such derivative should the Trust wish or be forced to sell such position may be materially different. Such differences can result in an overstatement of the Trust’s NAV and may materially adversely affect the Trust in situations in which the Trust is required to sell derivative instruments. Exchange-traded derivatives and OTC derivative transactions submitted for clearing through a central counterparty have become subject to minimum initial and variation margin requirements set by the relevant clearinghouse, as well as possible margin requirements mandated by the SEC or the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”). The CFTC and federal banking regulators also have imposed margin requirements on non-cleared OTC derivatives, and the SEC has proposed (but not yet finalized) such non-cleared margin requirements. As applicable, margin requirements will increase the overall costs for the Trust.

 

See “Risks—Strategic Transactions and Derivatives Risk.”

 

Counterparty Risk.  The Trust will be subject to credit risk with respect to the counterparties to the derivative contracts purchased by the Trust. Because derivative transactions in which the Trust may engage may involve instruments that are not traded on an exchange or cleared through a central counterparty but are instead traded between counterparties based on contractual relationships, the Trust is subject to the risk that a counterparty will not perform its obligations under the related contracts. If a counterparty becomes bankrupt or otherwise fails to perform its obligations due to financial difficulties, the Trust may experience significant delays in obtaining any recovery in bankruptcy or other reorganization proceedings. The Trust may obtain only a limited recovery, or may obtain no recovery, in such circumstances. Although the Trust intends to enter into transactions only with counterparties that the Advisors believe to be creditworthy, there can be no assurance that, as a result, a counterparty will not default and that the Trust will not sustain a loss on a transaction. In the event of the counterparty’s bankruptcy or insolvency, the Trust’s collateral may be subject to the



 

- 23 -


Table of Contents
 

conflicting claims of the counterparty’s creditors, and the Trust may be exposed to the risk of a court treating the Trust as a general unsecured creditor of the counterparty, rather than as the owner of the collateral. See “Risks—Counterparty Risk.”

 

Swaps Risk.  Swaps are a type of derivative. Swap agreements involve the risk that the party with which the Trust has entered into the swap will default on its obligation to pay the Trust and the risk that the Trust will not be able to meet its obligations to pay the other party to the agreement. In order to seek to hedge the value of the Trust’s portfolio, to hedge against increases in the Trust’s cost associated with interest payments on any outstanding borrowings or to seek to increase the Trust’s return, the Trust may enter into swaps, including interest rate swap, total return swap (sometimes referred to as a “contract for difference”) and/or credit default swap transactions. In interest rate swap transactions, there is a risk that yields will move in the direction opposite of the direction anticipated by the Trust, which would cause the Trust to make payments to its counterparty in the transaction that could adversely affect Trust performance. In addition to the risks applicable to swaps generally (including counterparty risk, high volatility, illiquidity risk and credit risk), credit default swap transactions involve special risks because they are difficult to value, are highly susceptible to liquidity and credit risk, and generally pay a return to the party that has paid the premium only in the event of an actual default by the issuer of the underlying obligation (as opposed to a credit downgrade or other indication of financial difficulty). Credit default and total return swap agreements may effectively add leverage to the Trust’s portfolio because, in addition to its Managed Assets, the Trust would be subject to investment exposure on the notional amount of the swap. Total return swap agreements are subject to the risk that a counterparty will default on its payment obligations to the Trust thereunder. The Trust is not required to enter into swap transactions for hedging purposes or to enhance income or gain and may choose not to do so. In addition, the swaps market is subject to a changing regulatory environment. It is possible that regulatory or other developments in the swaps market could adversely affect the Trust’s ability to successfully use swaps. See “Risks—Swaps Risk.”

 

Market Disruption and Geopolitical Risk.  The occurrence of events similar to those in recent years, such as the aftermath of the war in Iraq, instability in Afghanistan, Pakistan, Egypt, Libya, Syria, Russia, Ukraine and the Middle East, ongoing epidemics of infectious diseases in certain parts of the world, terrorist attacks in the United States and around the world, social and political discord, debt crises (such as the Greek crisis), sovereign debt downgrades, increasingly strained relations between the United States and a number of foreign countries, including traditional allies, such as certain European countries, and historical adversaries, such as North Korea, Iran, China and Russia, and the international community generally, new and continued political unrest in various countries, such as Venezuela and Spain, the exit or potential exit of one or more countries from the European Union (the “EU”) or the European Monetary Union (the “EMU”), continued changes in the balance of political power among and within the branches of the U.S. government, among others, may result in market volatility, may have long term effects on the U.S. and worldwide financial markets, and may cause further economic uncertainties in the United States and worldwide.

 

The decision made in the British referendum of June 23, 2016 to leave the EU (“Brexit”) has led to volatility in the financial markets of the United Kingdom and more broadly across Europe and may also lead to weakening in



 

- 24 -


Table of Contents
              

consumer, corporate and financial confidence in such markets. The formal notification to the European Council required under Article 50 of the Treaty on EU was made on March 29, 2017, triggering a two year period during which the terms of exit are to be negotiated. Pursuant to an agreement between the United Kingdom and the EU, the date of Brexit has been extended to October 31, 2019. The longer term economic, legal, political and social framework to be put in place between the United Kingdom and the EU are unclear at this stage and are likely to lead to ongoing political and economic uncertainty and periods of exacerbated volatility in both the United Kingdom and in wider European markets for some time. In particular, the decision made in Brexit may lead to a call for similar referendums in other European jurisdictions which may cause increased economic volatility in the European and global markets. This mid- to long-term uncertainty may have an adverse effect on the economy generally and on the ability of the Trust to execute its strategies and to receive attractive returns. In particular, currency volatility may mean that the returns of the Trust and its investments are adversely affected by market movements and may make it more difficult, or more expensive, for the Trust to execute prudent currency hedging policies. Potential decline in the value of the British Pound and/or the Euro against other currencies, along with the potential downgrading of the United Kingdom’s sovereign credit rating, may also have an impact on the performance of portfolio companies or investments located in the United Kingdom or Europe. In light of the above, no definitive assessment can currently be made regarding the impact that Brexit will have on the Trust, its investments or its organization more generally.

 

The occurrence of any of these above events could have a significant adverse impact on the value and risk profile of the Trust’s portfolio. The Trust does not know how long the securities markets may be affected by similar events and cannot predict the effects of similar events in the future on the U.S. economy and securities markets. There can be no assurance that similar events and other market disruptions will not have other material and adverse implications. See “Risks—Market Disruption and Geopolitical Risk.”

 

Potential Conflicts of Interest of the Advisor and Others.  The investment activities of BlackRock, Inc. (“BlackRock”), the ultimate parent company of the Advisor, and its affiliates (including BlackRock and its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Affiliates”)) and their directors, officers and employees and of The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. (which, through a subsidiary, has a significant economic interest in BlackRock, Inc.) and its subsidiaries (each with The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc., an “Entity” and collectively, the “Entities”) in the management of, or their interest in, their own accounts and other accounts they manage, may present conflicts of interest that could disadvantage the Trust and its shareholders. BlackRock, its Affiliates and the Entities provide investment management services to other funds and discretionary managed accounts that may follow investment programs similar to that of the Trust. Subject to the requirements of the Investment Company Act, BlackRock, its Affiliates and the Entities intend to engage in such activities and may receive compensation from third parties for their services. None of BlackRock, its Affiliates or the Entities are under any obligation to share any investment opportunity, idea or strategy with the Trust. As a result, BlackRock, its Affiliates and the Entities may compete with the Trust for appropriate investment opportunities. The results of the Trust’s investment activities, therefore, may differ from those of an Affiliate, and Entity or another account managed by an Affiliate or an Entity and it is possible that the Trust could sustain losses during periods in which one or



 

- 25 -


Table of Contents
  

more Affiliates, Entities and other accounts achieve profits on their trading for proprietary or other accounts. BlackRock has adopted policies and procedures designed to address potential conflicts of interests. For additional information about potential conflicts of interest and the way in which BlackRock addresses such conflicts, please see “Conflicts of Interest” and “Management of the Trust—Portfolio Management—Potential Material Conflicts of Interest” in the SAI.

 

Regulation and Government Intervention Risk.  The U.S. Government and the Federal Reserve, as well as certain foreign governments, have in the past taken actions designed to support certain financial institutions and segments of the financial markets that have experienced extreme volatility. The withdrawal of Federal Reserve or other U.S. or non-U.S. governmental support could negatively affect financial markets generally and reduce the value and liquidity of certain securities. Additionally, with continued economic recovery and the cessation of certain market support activities, the Trust may face a heightened level of interest rate risk as a result of a rise or increased volatility in interest rates.

 

Federal, state, and other governments, their regulatory agencies or self-regulatory organizations may take actions that affect the regulation of the issuers in which the Trust invests in ways that are unforeseeable. Legislation or regulation may also change the way in which the Trust is regulated. Such legislation or regulation could limit or preclude the Trust’s ability to achieve its investment objective. See “Risks—Regulation and Government Intervention Risk.”

 

Legal, Tax and Regulatory Risks.  Legal, tax and regulatory changes could occur that may have material adverse effects on the Trust. For example, the regulatory and tax environment for derivative instruments in which the Trust may participate is evolving, and such changes in the regulation or taxation of derivative instruments may have material adverse effects on the value of derivative instruments held by the Trust and the ability of the Trust to pursue its investment strategies.

 

To qualify for the favorable U.S. federal income tax treatment generally accorded to regulated investment companies (“RICs”), the Trust must, among other things, derive in each taxable year at least 90% of its gross income from certain prescribed sources and distribute for each taxable year at least 90% of its “investment company taxable income” (generally, ordinary income plus the excess, if any, of net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital loss). If for any taxable year the Trust does not qualify as a RIC, all of its taxable income for that year (including its net capital gain) would be subject to tax at regular corporate rates without any deduction for distributions to shareholders, and such distributions would be taxable as ordinary dividends to the extent of the Trust’s current and accumulated earnings and profits.

 

The rules dealing with U.S. federal income taxation are constantly under review by persons involved in the legislative process and by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) and the U.S. Treasury Department. The recently enacted Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Tax Act”) makes substantial changes to the Code. Among those changes are a significant permanent reduction in the generally applicable corporate tax rate, changes in the taxation of individuals and other non-corporate taxpayers that generally but not universally reduce their taxes on a temporary basis subject to “sunset” provisions, the



 

- 26 -


Table of Contents
  

elimination or modification of various previously allowed deductions (including substantial limitations on the deductibility of interest and, in the case of individuals, the deduction for personal state and local taxes), certain additional limitations on the deduction of net operating losses, certain preferential rates of taxation on certain dividends and certain business income derived by non-corporate taxpayers in comparison to other ordinary income recognized by such taxpayers, and significant changes to the international tax rules. The effect of these, and the many other, changes made in the Tax Act is highly uncertain, both in terms of their direct effect on the taxation of an investment in our common shares and their indirect effect on the value of our assets or our common shares or market conditions generally. Furthermore, many of the provisions of the Tax Act will require guidance through the issuance of Treasury regulations in order to assess their effect. There may be a substantial delay before such regulations are promulgated, increasing the uncertainty as to the ultimate effect of the statutory amendments on the Trust. There also may be technical corrections legislation proposed with respect to the Tax Act, the effect of which cannot be predicted and may be adverse to the Trust or its shareholders. See “Risks—Legal, Tax and Regulatory Risks.”

 

Additional Risks. For additional risks relating to investments in the Trust, including “Investments in Unseasoned Companies Risk,” “Securities Lending Risk,” “REITs Risk,” “Dividend Risk,” “Inflation Risk,” “Deflation Risk,” “Risks Associated with Recent Market Events,” “Decision-Making Authority Risk,” “EMU and Redenomination Risk,” “Legislation Risk,” “Regulation as a ‘Commodity Pool,’” “Failures of Futures Commission Merchants and Clearing Organizations Risk,” “Investment Company Act Regulations,” “Market and Selection Risk” “Short Sales Risk,” “Defensive Investing Risk,” “Special Risks of Holders of Rights,” “Portfolio Turnover Risk,” “Management Risk,” “Not a Complete Investment Program,” “Anti-Takeover Provisions Risk,” “Information Technology Systems Risk,” “Cyber Security Risk,” “Misconduct of Employees and of Service Providers Risk,” “Reliance on the Advisors Risk,” and “Reliance on the Service Providers Risk,” please see “Risks” beginning on page [    ] of this Prospectus.



 

- 27 -


Table of Contents

SUMMARY OF TRUST EXPENSES

 

Shareholder Transaction Expenses

  

Sales load paid by you (as a percentage of offering price) (1)

     1.00

Offering expenses borne by the Trust (as a percentage of offering price) (1)

     0.04

Dividend reinvestment plan fees

    
$0.02 per share for open-market
purchases of common shares (2)
 
 

Estimated Annual Expenses (as a percentage of net assets attributable to common shares)

  

Management fees

     1.00

Other expenses

     0.12

Total annual expenses

     1.12

Fee waiver (3)

     —    

Total annual Trust operating expenses after fee waiver (3)

     1.12

 

(1)

If the common shares are sold to or through underwriters, the Prospectus Supplement will set forth any applicable sales load and the estimated offering expenses . Trust shareholders will pay all offering expenses involved with an offering.

(2)

The Reinvestment Plan Agent’s (as defined below under “Dividend Reinvestment Plan”) fees for the handling of the reinvestment of dividends will be paid by the Trust. However, you will pay a $0.02 per share fee incurred in connection with open-market purchases, which will be deducted from the value of the dividend. You will also be charged a $0.02 per share fee if you direct the Reinvestment Plan Agent to sell your common shares held in a dividend reinvestment account. Per share fees include any applicable brokerage commissions the Reinvestment Plan Agent is required to pay.

(3)

The Trust and the Advisor have entered into a fee waiver agreement (the “Fee Waiver Agreement”), pursuant to which the Advisor has contractually agreed to waive the management fee with respect to any portion of the Trust’s assets attributable to investments in any equity and fixed-income mutual funds and ETFs managed by the Advisor or its affiliates that have a contractual fee, through June 30, 2020. The Fee Waiver Agreement may be terminated at any time, without the payment of any penalty, only by the Trust (upon the vote of a majority of the Trustees who are not “interested persons” (as defined in the Investment Company Act) of the Trust (the “Independent Trustees”) or a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Trust), upon 90 days’ written notice by the Trust to the Advisor.

The following example illustrates the expenses that you would pay on a $1,000 investment in common shares, assuming (i) total net annual expenses of 1.12% of net assets attributable to common shares, and (ii) a 5% annual return:

 

     One Year      Three Years      Five Years      Ten Years  

Total expenses incurred

   $ 22      $ 46      $ 71      $ 145  

The example should not be considered a representation of future expenses. The example assumes that the estimated “Other expenses” set forth in the Estimated Annual Expenses table are accurate and that all dividends and distributions are reinvested at NAV. Actual expenses may be greater or less than those assumed. Moreover, the Trust’s actual rate of return may be greater or less than the hypothetical 5% return shown in the example.

 

- 28 -


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

The financial highlights table is intended to help you understand the Trust’s financial performance. Information is shown since the commencement of the Trust’s operations on August 25, 2011. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Trust Share. The information for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, 2016, 2015 and 2014 has been audited by [                    ], independent registered public accounting firm for the Trust. The information for the fiscal period ended June 30, 2019 is unaudited. The report of [                    ] is included in the Trust’s December 31, 2018 Annual Report, and is incorporated by reference into the SAI. The Trust’s financial statements are included in the Trust’s Annual Report and Semi-Annual Report and are incorporated by reference into the SAI.

[Table to Come]

USE OF PROCEEDS

The Trust will invest the net proceeds of the offering in accordance with the Trust’s investment objective and policies as stated below. We currently anticipate that we will be able to invest all of the net proceeds in accordance with our investment objective and policies within approximately [three months] after the completion of this offering. Pending such investment, it is anticipated that the proceeds will be invested in short-term investment grade securities.

THE TRUST

The Trust is a diversified, closed-end management investment company registered under the Investment Company Act. The Trust was organized as a Delaware statutory trust on August 25, 2011, pursuant to an Agreement and Declaration of Trust, governed by the laws of the State of Delaware. The Trust’s principal office is located at 100 Bellevue Parkway, Wilmington, Delaware 19809, and its telephone number is (800) 882-0052.

The Trust commenced operations on November 25, 2011, upon the initiation of an initial public offering of 15,500,000 of its common shares. The proceeds of such offering were approximately $[        ] million after the payment of organizational and offering expenses. On [                    ], the Trust issued an additional [                    ] of its common shares in connection with the exercise by the underwriters of the over-allotment option. The Trust’s common shares are traded on the NYSE under the symbol “BUI.”

DESCRIPTION OF SHARES

Common Shares

The Trust is an unincorporated statutory trust organized under the laws of Delaware pursuant to an Agreement and Declaration of Trust, dated as of August 25, 2011 (the “Agreement and Declaration of Trust”). The Trust is authorized to issue an unlimited number of common shares of beneficial interest, par value $0.001 per share. Each common share has one vote and, when issued and paid for in accordance with the terms of this offering, will be fully paid and, under the Delaware Statutory Trust Act, the purchasers of the common shares will have no obligation to make further payments for the purchase of the common shares or contributions to the Trust solely by reason of their ownership of the common shares, except that the Trustees shall have the power to cause shareholders to pay certain expenses of the Trust by setting off charges due from shareholders from declared but unpaid dividends or distributions owed the shareholders and/or by reducing the number of common shares owned by each respective shareholder. If and whenever preferred shares are outstanding, the holders of common shares will not be entitled to receive any distributions from the Trust unless all accrued dividends on preferred shares have been paid, unless asset coverage (as defined in the Investment Company Act) with respect to preferred shares would be at least 200% after giving effect to the distributions and unless certain other requirements imposed by any rating agencies rating the preferred shares have been met. See “Description of Shares—Preferred Shares” in the SAI. All common shares are equal as to dividends, assets and voting privileges and have no conversion, preemptive or other subscription rights. The Trust will send annual and semi-annual reports, including financial statements, to all holders of its shares.

 

- 29 -


Table of Contents

Unlike open-end funds, closed-end funds like the Trust do not continuously offer shares and do not provide daily redemptions. Rather, if a shareholder determines to buy additional common shares or sell shares already held, the shareholder may do so by trading through a broker on the NYSE or otherwise. Shares of closed-end investment companies frequently trade on an exchange at prices lower than NAV. Shares of closed-end investment companies like the Trust have during some periods traded at prices higher than NAV and during other periods have traded at prices lower than NAV. Because the market value of the common shares may be influenced by such factors as dividend levels (which are in turn affected by expenses), call protection on its portfolio securities, dividend stability, portfolio credit quality, the Trust’s NAV, relative demand for and supply of such shares in the market, general market and economic conditions and other factors beyond the control of the Trust, the Trust cannot assure you that common shares will trade at a price equal to or higher than NAV in the future. The common shares are designed primarily for long-term investors and you should not purchase the common shares if you intend to sell them soon after purchase. See “Repurchase of Common Shares” below and “Repurchase of Common Shares” in the SAI.

The Trust’s outstanding common shares are, and when issued, the common shares offered by this Prospectus will be, publicly held and listed and traded on the NYSE under the symbol “BUI.” The Trust determines its NAV on a daily basis. The following table sets forth, for the quarters indicated, the highest and lowest daily closing prices on the NYSE per common share, and the NAV per common share and the premium to or discount from NAV, on the date of each of the high and low market prices. The table also sets forth the number of common shares traded on the NYSE during the respective quarters.

 

     NYSE Market Price
Per Common Share
     NAV per Common Share on
Date of

Market Price
     Premium/
(Discount) on
Date of Market
Price
    Trading  

During Quarter

Ended                 

   High      Low      High      Low      High     Low     Volume  

June 30, 2019

   $ 22.23      $ 20.92      $ 20.91      $ 20.43        6.31     2.40     2,020,934  

March 31, 2019

   $ 21.83      $ 19.53      $ 20.45      $ 18.60        6.75     5.00     1,818,263  

December 31, 2018

   $ 20.82      $ 17.93      $ 19.69      $ 18.26        5.74     (1.81 )%      2,745,779  

September 30, 2018

   $ 21.25      $ 19.98      $ 19.98      $ 20.24        6.36     (1.28 )%      1,811,879  

June 30, 2018

   $ 20.20      $ 19.65      $ 20.12      $ 19.98        0.40     (1.65 )%      2,046,919  

March 31, 2018

   $ 21.71      $ 19.29      $ 21.27      $ 20.12        2.07     (4.13 )%      3,124,123  

December 31, 2017

   $ 21.62      $ 20.75      $ 21.12      $ 21.27        2.37     (2.44 )%      1,817,460  

September 30, 2017

   $ 21.65      $ 20.28      $ 21.56      $ 20.53        0.42     (1.22 )%      2,538,850  

June 30, 2017

   $ 21.38      $ 20.10      $ 21.24      $ 20.45        0.66     (1.71 )%      2,726,480  

March 31, 2017

   $ 20.03      $ 18.56      $ 20.23      $ 19.46        (0.99 )%      (4.62 )%      2,979,196  

As of July 31, 2019, the NAV per common share of the Trust was $20.50 and the market price per common share was $22.77, representing a premium to NAV of 11.07%. Common shares of the Trust have historically traded at both a premium and discount to NAV.

As of July 31, 2019, the Trust has outstanding 17,027,628 common shares.

Preferred Shares

The Trust has no current intention of issuing preferred shares. Under the Investment Company Act, the Trust is not permitted to issue preferred shares unless immediately after such issuance the value of the Trust’s total assets is at least 200% of the liquidation value of the outstanding preferred shares ( i.e. , the

 

- 30 -


Table of Contents

liquidation value may not exceed 50% of the Trust’s total assets). In addition, the Trust is not permitted to declare any cash dividend or other distribution on its common shares unless, at the time of such declaration, the value of the Trust’s total assets is at least 200% of such liquidation value. If the Trust issues preferred shares, it may be subject to restrictions imposed by the guidelines of one or more rating agencies that may issue ratings for preferred shares issued by the Trust. These guidelines may impose asset coverage or portfolio composition requirements that are more stringent than those imposed on the Trust by the Investment Company Act. It is not anticipated that these covenants or guidelines would impede the Advisors from managing the Trust’s portfolio in accordance with the Trust’s investment objective and policies. Please see “Description of Shares” in the SAI for more information.

Authorized Shares

The following table provides the Trust’s authorized shares and common shares outstanding as of [                ].

 

Title of Class

   Amount
Authorized
     Amount Held
by Trust or
for its

Account
     Amount
Outstanding
Exclusive of
Amount

held by
Trust
 

Common Shares

     Unlimited        [                          [                    

 

- 31 -


Table of Contents

THE TRUST’S INVESTMENTS

Investment Objective and Policies

Investment Objective. The Trust’s investment objective is to provide total return through a combination of current income, current gains and long-term capital appreciation. The Trust is not intended as, and you should not construe it to be, a complete investment program. There can be no assurance that the Trust’s investment objective will be achieved or that the Trust’s investment program will be successful. The Trust’s investment objective may be changed by the Board without prior shareholder approval.

Investment Policies. The Trust seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing primarily in equity securities issued by companies that are engaged in the Utilities, Infrastructure or Power Opportunities business segments (as defined below) anywhere in the world and by employing a strategy of writing (selling) covered call and put options.

Under normal market conditions, the Trust will invest at least 80% of its total assets in equity securities issued by companies that are engaged in the Utilities, Infrastructure or Power Opportunities business segments. The Trust considers the “Utilities” business segment to include products, technologies and services connected to the management, ownership operation, construction, development or financing of facilities used to generate, transmit or distribute electricity, water, natural resources or telecommunications, the “Infrastructure” business segment to include companies that own or operate infrastructure assets or that are involved in the development, construction, distribution or financing of infrastructure assets (as described herein), and the “Power Opportunities” business segment to include companies with a significant involvement in, supporting, or necessary to renewable energy technology and development, alternative fuels, energy efficiency, automotive and sustainable mobility and technologies that enable or support the growth and adoption of new power and energy sources. Such companies may include, among others, electrical equipment producers (such as wind turbine manufacturers), producers of industrial and specialty chemicals (such as building insulation producers) and semi-conductor and equipment companies (such as solar panel manufacturers). See “— Portfolio Contents and Techniques — Utilities, Infrastructure and Power Opportunities Issuers.”

The Trust may invest in companies of any market capitalization. Under normal circumstances, the Trust invests a substantial amount of its total assets in foreign issuers, issuers that primarily trade in a market located outside the United States or issuers that do a substantial amount of business outside the United States. Although the Trust expects to invest primarily in companies located in developed countries, it may invest in companies located in emerging markets. Equity securities in which the Trust may invest include common stocks, preferred stocks, convertible securities, warrants, depositary receipts, exchange-traded funds, equity interests in real estate investment trusts, Canadian Royalty Trusts and MLPs. The Trust will not invest more than 25% of the value of its total assets in MLPs. The Trust may invest directly in equity securities or synthetically through the use of derivatives.

 

- 32 -


Table of Contents

The Trust may invest up to 20% of its total assets in equity securities issued by companies that are not engaged in the Utilities, Infrastructure or Power Opportunities business segments and debt securities issued by any issuer, including up to 10% of its total assets in non-investment grade debt securities. The Trust’s investments in non-investment grade securities and those deemed to be of similar quality are considered speculative with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal and are commonly referred to as “junk” or “high yield” securities.

As part of its investment strategy, the Trust intends to employ a strategy of writing (selling) covered call options on a portion of the common stocks in its portfolio, writing (selling) other call and put options on individual common stocks, and, to a lesser extent, writing (selling) call and put index options. This options writing strategy is intended to generate current gains from options premiums and to enhance the Trust’s risk-adjusted returns. A substantial portion of the options written by the Trust may be OTC options.

During temporary defensive periods ( i.e. , in response to adverse market, economic or political conditions), the Trust may invest up to 100% of its total assets in liquid, short-term investments, including high quality, short-term securities. The Trust may not achieve its investment objective under these circumstances. See “Investment Policies and Techniques—Cash Equivalents and Short-Term Debt Securities” in the SAI. The Advisors’ determination that they are temporarily unable to follow the Trust’s investment strategy or that it is impractical to do so will generally occur only in situations in which a market disruption event has occurred and where trading in the securities selected through application of the Trust’s investment strategy is extremely limited or absent.

The Trust may engage in Strategic Transactions for duration management and other risk management purposes, including to attempt to protect against possible changes in the market value of the Trust’s portfolio resulting from trends in the securities markets and changes in interest rates or to protect the Trust’s unrealized gains in the value of its portfolio securities, to facilitate the sale of portfolio securities for investment purposes, to establish a position in the securities markets as a temporary substitute for purchasing particular securities or to enhance income or gain. See “The Trust’s Investments—Portfolio Contents and Techniques—Strategic Transactions and Other Management Techniques.”

The Trust may lend securities with a value up to 331/3% of its total assets (including such loans) to financial institutions that provide cash or securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government as collateral.

The Trust may also engage in short sales of securities. The Trust will not make a short sale if, after giving effect to such sale, the market value of all securities sold short exceeds 15% of the value of its total assets or the Trust’s aggregate short sales of a particular class of securities exceeds 15% of the outstanding securities of that class. The Trust may make short sales “against the box” without respect to such limitations. In this type of short sale, at the time of the sale the Trust owns or has the immediate and unconditional right to acquire at no additional cost the identical security.

Unless otherwise stated herein or in the SAI, the Trust’s investment objective and policies are non-fundamental policies and may be changed by the Board without prior shareholder approval. The percentage limitations applicable to the Trust’s portfolio described in this Prospectus apply only at the time of initial investment and the Trust will not be required to sell investments due to subsequent changes in the value of investments that it owns. The Trust’s policy to invest at least 80% of its total assets in equity securities issued by companies that are engaged in the Utilities, Infrastructure and Power Opportunities business segments may be changed by the Board; however, if this policy changes, the Trust will provide shareholders at least 60 days’ written notice before implementation of the change in compliance with the SEC.

Portfolio Contents and Techniques

The Trust’s portfolio will be composed principally of the following investments. Additional information with respect to the Trust’s investment policies and restrictions and certain of the Trust’s portfolio investments is contained in the SAI. There is no guarantee the Trust will buy all of the types of securities or use all of the investment techniques that are described herein and in the SAI.

 

- 33 -


Table of Contents

Equity Securities.  The Trust invests in equity securities, including common stocks, preferred stocks, convertible securities, warrants, depositary receipts, ETFs and equity interests in REITs and MLPs. Common stock represents an equity ownership interest in a company. The Trust may hold or have exposure to common stocks of issuers of any size, including small and medium capitalization stocks. Because the Trust will ordinarily have exposure to common stocks, historical trends would indicate that the Trust’s portfolio and investment returns will be subject at times, and over time, to higher levels of volatility and market and issuer-specific risk than if it invested exclusively in debt securities. The Trust intends to also employ a strategy, as described below, of writing call and put options on common stocks.

Utilities, Infrastructure and Power Opportunities Issuers.  Under normal market conditions, the Trust will invest at least 80% of its total assets in equity securities issued by Utilities, Infrastructure or Power Opportunities issuers. For purposes of the 80% policy above, a company is considered to be engaged in these business segments if: (i) at least 50% of its assets, income, sales or profits are committed to or derived from one or all of the Utilities, Infrastructure or Power Opportunities business segments; or (ii) a third party classification (such as (a) Standard Industry Classifications and the North American Industry Classification System, each of which is published by the Executive Office of the President, Office of Management and Budget, and (b) classifications by one or more third party data providers including, without limitation, Bloomberg L.P., FactSet Research Systems, Inc. and MSCI Barra) has given the company an industry or sector classification consistent with the Utilities, Infrastructure or Power Opportunities business segments.

Companies engaged in the Utilities, Infrastructure or Power Opportunities business segments can be generally categorized as engaging in, related to or involved with:

 

   

the generation, transmission, sale or distribution of electric energy;

 

   

the distribution, purification and treatment of water;

 

   

the production, transmission or distribution of natural resources used to produce energy, such as oil, natural gas and coal;

 

   

the provision of communications services, including cable television, satellite, microwave, radio, telephone and other communications media (e.g., fixed-base wireless transmission towers and broadband television cable);

 

   

the management, ownership or operation of infrastructure assets;

 

   

the construction, development, distribution or financing of infrastructure assets; or

 

   

the adoption, development and generation of power and energy sources.

The Trust generally considers “infrastructure assets” to consist of those assets which provide the underlying foundation of basic services, facilities and institutions upon which the growth and development of a community depends, including physical structures, networks and systems of transportation, energy, water and sewage, and communication.

Categories of infrastructure assets currently include:

 

   

Assets that are natural or near-natural monopolies and are regulated in the level of revenue earned or charges imposed. Examples include certain power and gas transmission, generation and distribution assets and water and waste-water distribution and treatment facilities.

 

   

Assets that depend on a form of user pay system for their main revenue source. Examples include toll roads, bridges, tunnels, airports, railways, seaports and parking lots.

 

   

Assets that provide basic social services to the community. Examples include schools, hospitals and correction facilities.

 

   

Assets that compete in a market for the sale of a product or service and are therefore exposed to market risks. Examples include certain solid waste disposal facilities and certain communication asset classes, including communications towers, satellites and transmission lines.

 

   

Other types of infrastructure assets include assets related to the development and distribution of coal, steel and iron ore, gold and other precious metals, building materials, agricultural commodities and food and the gathering, treating, processing, fractionation, transportation and storage of hydrocarbon products.

 

- 34 -


Table of Contents

Historically, Utilities, Infrastructure and Power Opportunities companies have generally paid dividends on their equity securities.

Non-U.S. Securities . The Trust may invest in Non-U.S. Securities. These securities may be U.S. dollar-denominated or non-U.S. dollar-denominated. Some Non-U.S. Securities may be less liquid and more volatile than securities of comparable U.S. issuers. Similarly, there is less volume and liquidity in most foreign securities markets than in the United States and, at times, greater price volatility than in the United States. Because evidence of ownership of such securities usually is held outside the United States, the Trust will be subject to additional risks if it invests in Non-U.S. Securities, which include adverse political and economic developments, seizure or nationalization of foreign deposits and adoption of governmental restrictions which might adversely affect or restrict the payment of principal and interest or dividends on the foreign securities to investors located outside the country of the issuer, whether from currency blockage or otherwise. Non-U.S. Securities may trade on days when the common shares are not priced or traded.

Emerging Markets Investments . The Trust may invest in securities of issuers located in emerging market countries, including securities denominated in currencies of emerging market countries. Emerging market countries generally include every nation in the world except the United States, Canada, Japan, Australia, New Zealand and most countries located in Western Europe. These issuers may be subject to risks that do not apply to issuers in larger, more developed countries. These risks are more pronounced to the extent the Trust invests significantly in one country. Less information about emerging market issuers or markets may be available due to less rigorous disclosure and accounting standards or regulatory practices. Emerging markets are smaller, less liquid and more volatile than U.S. markets. In a changing market, the Advisors may not be able to sell the Trust’s portfolio securities in amounts and at prices they consider reasonable. The U.S. dollar may appreciate against non-U.S. currencies or an emerging market government may impose restrictions on currency conversion or trading. The economies of emerging market countries may grow at a slower rate than expected or may experience a downturn or recession. Economic, political and social developments may adversely affect non-U.S. securities markets.

Options.  An option on a security is a contract that gives the holder of the option, in return for a premium, the right to buy from (in the case of a call) or sell to (in the case of a put) the writer of the option the security underlying the option at a specified exercise or “strike” price. The writer of an option on a security has the obligation upon exercise of the option to deliver the underlying security upon payment of the exercise price or to pay the exercise price upon delivery of the underlying security. Certain options, known as “American style” options may be exercised at any time during the term of the option. Other options, known as “European style” options, may be exercised only on the expiration date of the option. As the writer of an option, the Trust would effectively add leverage to its portfolio because, in addition to its Managed Assets, the Trust would be subject to investment exposure on the value of the assets underlying the option.

If an option written by the Trust expires unexercised, the Trust realizes on the expiration date a capital gain equal to the premium received by the Trust at the time the option was written. If an option purchased by the Trust expires unexercised, the Trust realizes a capital loss equal to the premium paid. Prior to the earlier of exercise or expiration, an exchange-traded option may be closed out by an offsetting purchase or sale of an option of the same series (type, underlying security, exercise price and expiration). There can be no assurance, however, that a closing purchase or sale transaction can be effected when the Trust desires. The Trust may sell call or put options it has previously purchased, which could result in a net gain or loss depending on whether the amount realized on the sale is more or less than the premium and other transaction costs paid on the call or put option when purchased. The Trust will realize a capital gain from a closing purchase transaction if the cost of the closing transaction is less than the premium received from writing the option, or, if it is more, the Trust will realize a capital loss. If the premium received from a closing sale transaction is more than the premium paid to purchase the option, the Trust will realize a capital gain or, if it is less, the Trust will realize a capital loss. Net gains from the Trust’s options strategy will be short-term capital gains which, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, will constitute net investment company taxable income.

 

- 35 -


Table of Contents

Call Options .  The Trust intends to follow a call options writing strategy intended to generate current gains from options premiums and to enhance the Trust’s risk-adjusted returns. The strategy involves writing both covered and other call options. A call option written by the Trust on a security is considered a covered call option where the Trust owns the security underlying the call option. Unlike a written covered call option, other written options will not provide the Trust with any potential appreciation on an underlying security to offset any loss the Trust may experience if the option is exercised.

Over time, as the Trust writes covered call options over more of its portfolio, its ability to benefit from capital appreciation on the underlying securities may become more limited, and the Trust will lose money to the extent that it writes covered call options and the securities on which it writes these options appreciate above the exercise price of the option. Therefore, over time, the Advisors may choose to decrease their use of a covered call options writing strategy to the extent that it may negatively impact the Trust’s ability to benefit from capital appreciation.

For any written call option where the Trust does not own the underlying security, the Trust may have an absolute and immediate right to acquire that security upon conversion or exchange of other securities held by the Trust without additional cash consideration (or, if additional cash consideration is required, cash or liquid securities in such amount are segregated on the Trust’s books) or the Trust may hold a call on the same security where the exercise price of the call held is (i) equal to or less than the exercise price of the call written, or (ii) greater than the exercise price of the call written, provided cash or liquid securities in an amount equal to the difference is segregated on the Trust’s books.

The standard contract size for a single option is 100 shares of the common stock. There are four items needed to identify any option: (1) the underlying security, (2) the expiration month, (3) the strike price and (4) the type (call or put). For example, ten XYZ Co. October 40 call options provide the right to purchase 1,000 shares of XYZ Co. on or before October at $40.00 per share. A call option whose strike price is above the current price of the underlying stock is called “out-of-the-money.” Most of the options that will be sold by the Trust are expected to be out-of-the-money, allowing for potential appreciation in addition to the proceeds from the sale of the option. An option whose strike price is below the current price of the underlying stock is called “in-the-money” and could be sold by the Trust as a defensive measure to protect against a possible decline in the underlying stock.

The following is a conceptual example of a covered call transaction, making the following assumptions: (1) a common stock currently trading at $37.15 per share; (2) a six-month call option is written with a strike price of $40.00 ( i.e. , 7.7% higher than the current market price); and (3) the writer receives $2.45 (or 6.6%) of the common stock’s value as a premium. This example is not meant to represent the performance of any actual common stock, option contract or the Trust itself and does not reflect any transaction costs of entering into or closing out the option position. Under this scenario, before giving effect to any change in the price of the stock, the covered call writer receives the premium, representing 6.6% of the common stock’s value, regardless of the stock’s performance over the six-month period until option expiration. If the stock remains unchanged, the option will expire and there would be a 6.6% return for the 6-month period. If the stock were to decline in price by 6.6%, the strategy would “break-even” thus offering no gain or loss. If the stock were to climb to a price of $40.00 or above, the option would be exercised and the stock would return 7.7% coupled with the option premium of 6.6% for a total return of 14.3%. Under this scenario, the investor would not benefit from any appreciation of the stock above $40.00, and thus be limited to a 14.3% total return. The premium from writing the covered call option serves to offset some of the unrealized loss on the stock in the event that the price of the stock declines, but if the stock were to decline more than 6.6% under this scenario, the investor’s downside protection is eliminated and the stock could eventually become worthless.

For conventional listed call options, the option’s expiration date can be up to nine months from the date the call options are first listed for trading. Longer-term call options can have expiration dates up to three years from the date of listing. It is anticipated that, under certain circumstances when deemed at the Advisors’

 

- 36 -


Table of Contents

discretion to be in the best interest of the Trust, options that are written against Trust stock holdings will be repurchased prior to the option’s expiration date, generating a gain or loss in the options. If the options were not to be repurchased, the option holder would exercise their rights and buy the stock from the Trust at the strike price if the stock traded at a higher price than the strike price. In general, when deemed at the Advisors’ discretion to be in the best interests of the Trust, the Trust may enter into transactions, including closing transactions, that would allow it to continue to hold its common stocks rather than allowing them to be called away by the option holders.

Put Options .  Put options are contracts that give the holder of the option, in return for a premium, the right to sell to the writer of the option the security underlying the option at a specified exercise price at any time during the term of the option. Put option strategies may produce a higher return than covered call writing, but may involve a higher degree of risk and potential volatility.

When writing a put option on a security, the Trust will segregate on its books cash or liquid securities in an amount equal to the option exercise price or the Trust may hold a put option on the same security as the put written where the exercise price of the put held is (i) equal to or greater than the exercise price of the put written, or (ii) less than the exercise price of the put written, provided an amount equal to the difference in cash or liquid securities is segregated on the Trust’s books. Unlike a covered call option, a put option written in this manner will not provide the Trust with any appreciation to offset any loss the Trust experiences if the put option is exercised.

The following is a conceptual example of a put transaction, making the following assumptions: (1) a common stock currently trading at $37.15 per share; (2) a six-month put option written with a strike price of $35.00 ( i.e. , 94.21% of the current market price); and (3) the writer receives $1.10 or 2.96% of the common stock’s value as a premium. This example is not meant to represent the performance of any actual common stock, option contract or the Trust itself and does not reflect any transaction costs of entering into or closing out the option position. Under this scenario, before giving effect to any change in the price of the stock, the put writer receives the premium, representing 2.96% of the common stock’s value, regardless of the stock’s performance over the six-month period until the option expires. If the stock remains unchanged, appreciates in value or declines less than 5.79% in value, the option will expire and there would be a 2.96% return for the six-month period. If the stock were to decline by 5.79% or more, the Trust would lose an amount equal to the amount by which the stock’s price declined minus the premium paid to the Trust. The stock’s price could lose its entire value, in which case the Trust would lose $33.90 ($35.00 minus $1.10).

Options on Indices .  The Trust may write index call and put options. Because “index options” includes both options on indices of securities and sectors of securities, all types of index options generally have similar characteristics. Index options differ from options on individual securities because (i) the exercise of an index option requires cash payments and does not involve the actual purchase or sale of securities, (ii) the holder of an index option has the right to receive cash upon exercise of the option if the level of the index upon which the option is based is greater, in the case of a call, or less, in the case of a put, than the exercise price of the option and (iii) index options reflect price fluctuations in a group of securities or segments of the securities market rather than price fluctuations in a single security.

As the writer of an index call or put option, the Trust receives cash (the premium) from the purchaser. The purchaser of an index call option has the right to any appreciation in the value of the index over a fixed price (the exercise price) on or before a certain date in the future (the expiration date). The purchaser of an index put option has the right to any depreciation in the value of the index below a fixed price (the exercise price) on or before a certain date in the future (the expiration date). The Trust, in effect, agrees to sell the potential appreciation (in the case of a call) or accept the potential depreciation (in the case of a put) in the value of the relevant index in exchange for the premium. If, at or before expiration, the purchaser exercises the call or put option written by the Trust, the Trust will pay the purchaser the difference between the cash value of the index and the exercise price of the index option. The premium, the exercise price and the market value of the index determine the gain or loss realized by the Trust as the writer of the index call or put option.

 

- 37 -


Table of Contents

The Trust may execute a closing purchase transaction with respect to an index option it has sold and write another option (with either a different exercise price or expiration date or both). The Trust’s objective in entering into such a closing transaction will be to optimize net index option premiums. The cost of a closing transaction may reduce the net index option premiums realized from writing the index option.

When writing an index put option, the Trust will segregate on its books cash or liquid securities in an amount equal to the exercise price, or the Trust may hold a put on the same basket of securities as the put written where the exercise price of the put held is (i) equal to or more than the exercise price of the put written, or (ii) less than the exercise price of the put written, provided an amount equal to the difference in cash or liquid securities is segregated on the Trust’s books. When writing an index call option, the Trust will segregate on its books cash or liquid securities in an amount equal to the excess of the value of the applicable basket of securities over the exercise price, or the Trust may hold a call on the same basket of securities as the call written where the exercise price of the call held is (i) equal to or less than the exercise price of the call written, or (ii) greater than the exercise price of the call written, provided an amount equal to the difference in cash or liquid securities is segregated on the Trust’s books.

Limitation on Options Writing Strategy .  The Trust may write put and call options, the notional amount of which would be approximately 30% to 40% of the Trust’s total assets, although this percentage may vary from time to time with market conditions. Under current market conditions, the Trust anticipates writing put and call options, the notional amount of which would be approximately [    ]% of the Trust’s total assets. The Trust generally writes options that are “out of the money” — in other words, the strike price of a written call option will be greater than the market price of the underlying security on the date that the option is written, or, for a written put option, less than the market price of the underlying security on the date that the option is written; however, the Trust may also write “in the money” options for defensive or other purposes.

The number of put and call options on securities the Trust can write is limited by the total assets the Trust holds, and further limited by the fact that all options represent 100 share lots of the underlying common stock. The Trust’s exchange-listed option transactions will be subject to limitations established by each of the exchanges, boards of trade or other trading facilities on which such options are traded. These limitations govern the maximum number of options in each class which may be written or purchased by a single investor or group of investors acting in concert, regardless of whether the options are written or purchased on the same or different exchanges, boards of trade or other trading facilities or are held or written in one or more accounts or through one or more brokers. Thus, the number of options which the Trust may write or purchase may be affected by options written or purchased by other investment advisory clients of the Advisors. An exchange, board of trade or other trading facility may order the liquidation of positions found to be in excess of these limits, and it may impose certain other sanctions.

Master Limited Partnerships. The Trust may invest up to 25% of the value of its total assets in MLPs. MLPs are limited partnerships or limited liability companies taxable as partnerships. MLPs may derive income and gains from the exploration, development, mining or production, processing, refining, transportation (including pipelines transporting gas, oil, or products thereof), or the marketing of any mineral or natural resources. The Trust may, however, invest in MLP entities in any sector of the economy. MLPs generally have two classes of owners, the general partner and limited partners. When investing in an MLP, the Trust generally purchases publicly traded common units issued to limited partners of the MLP. The general partner is typically owned by a major energy company, an investment fund, the direct management of the MLP or is an entity owned by one or more of such parties. The general partner may be structured as a private or publicly traded corporation or other entity. The general partner typically controls the operations and management of the MLP through an up to 2% equity interest in the MLP plus, in many cases, ownership of common units and subordinated units. Limited partners own the remainder of the partnership, through ownership of common units, and have a limited role in the partnership’s operations and management. The limited partners also receive cash distributions.

Canadian Royalty Trusts.  A Canadian royalty trust is a trust whose securities are listed on a Canadian stock exchange and which controls an underlying company whose business is the acquisition, exploitation, production and sale of oil and natural gas. These trusts generally pay out to unitholders the majority of the

 

- 38 -


Table of Contents

cash flow that they receive from the production and sale of underlying oil and natural gas reserves. The amount of distributions paid on a Canadian royalty trust’s units will vary from time to time based on production levels, commodity prices, royalty rates and certain expenses, deductions and costs, as well as on the distribution payout ratio policy adopted. As a result of distributing the bulk of their cash flow to unitholders, the ability of a Canadian royalty trust to finance internal growth through exploration is limited. Therefore, Canadian royalty trusts typically grow through acquisition of additional oil and gas properties or producing companies with proven reserves of oil and gas, funded through the issuance of additional equity or, where the trust is able, additional debt. Canadian royalty trusts, like other types of natural resources companies, are exposed to pricing risk, supply and demand risk and depletion and exploration risk with respect to their underlying commodities, among other risks. An investment in units of Canadian royalty trusts involves some risks which differ from an investment in common stock of a corporation, including increased liability for the obligations of the trust. There are certain regulatory and tax risks associated with an investment in Canadian royalty trusts resulting from reliance on beneficial Canadian incentive programs and tax laws that may be changed in the future. In addition, securities of certain Canadian royalty trusts may not be qualifying assets for the Fund’s asset diversification requirements.

REITs.  In pursuing its investment strategy, the Trust may invest in equity interests in REITs. REITs possess certain risks which differ from an investment in common stocks. REITs are financial vehicles that pool investors’ capital to purchase or finance real estate. REITs may concentrate their investments in specific geographic areas or in specific property types (e.g., hotels, shopping malls, residential complexes and office buildings). The market value of REIT shares and the ability of REITs to distribute income may be adversely affected by several factors, including rising interest rates, changes in the national, state and local economic climate and real estate conditions, perceptions of prospective tenants of the safety, convenience and attractiveness of the properties, the ability of the owners to provide adequate management, maintenance and insurance, the cost of complying with the Americans with Disabilities Act, increased competition from new properties, the impact of present or future environmental legislation and compliance with environmental laws, changes in real estate taxes and other operating expenses, adverse changes in governmental rules and fiscal policies, adverse changes in zoning laws and other factors beyond the control of the REIT issuers. In addition, distributions received by the Trust from REITs may consist of dividends, capital gains and/or return of capital. As REITs generally pay a higher rate of dividends (on a pre-tax basis) than operating companies, to the extent application of the Trust’s investment strategy results in the Trust investing in REIT shares, the percentage of the Trust’s dividend income received from REIT shares will likely exceed the percentage of the Trust’s portfolio which is comprised of REIT shares. There are three general categories of REITs: equity REITs, mortgage REITs and hybrid REITs. Equity REITs invest primarily in direct fee ownership or leasehold ownership of real property; they derive most of their income from rents. Mortgage REITs invest mostly in mortgages on real estate, which may secure construction, development or long-term loans, and the main source of their income is mortgage interest payments. Hybrid REITs hold both ownership and mortgage interests in real estate.

Preferred Securities . The Trust may invest in preferred securities. There are two basic types of preferred securities. The first type, sometimes referred to as traditional preferred securities, consists of preferred stock issued by an entity taxable as a corporation. The second type, sometimes referred to as trust preferred securities, are usually issued by a trust or limited partnership and represent preferred interests in deeply subordinated debt instruments issued by the corporation for whose benefit the trust or partnership was established.

Traditional Preferred Securities . Traditional preferred securities generally pay fixed or adjustable rate dividends to investors and generally have a “preference” over common stock in the payment of dividends and the liquidation of a company’s assets. This means that a company must pay dividends on preferred stock before paying any dividends on its common stock. In order to be payable, distributions on such preferred securities must be declared by the issuer’s board of directors. Income payments on typical preferred securities currently outstanding are cumulative, causing dividends and distributions to accumulate even if not declared by the board of directors or otherwise made payable. In such a case all accumulated dividends must be paid before any dividend on the common stock can be paid. However, some traditional preferred stocks are non-cumulative, in which case dividends do not accumulate and need not ever be paid. A portion of the portfolio may include investments in non-cumulative preferred securities, whereby the issuer does not have an

 

- 39 -


Table of Contents

obligation to make up any arrearages to its shareholders. Should an issuer of a non-cumulative preferred stock held by the Trust determine not to pay dividends on such stock, the amount of dividends the Trust pays may be adversely affected. There is no assurance that dividends or distributions on the preferred securities in which the Trust invests will be declared or otherwise made payable.

Preferred stockholders usually have no right to vote for corporate directors or on other matters. Shares of preferred stock have a liquidation value that generally equals the original purchase price at the date of issuance. The market value of preferred securities may be affected by favorable and unfavorable changes impacting companies in the utilities and financial services sectors, which are prominent issuers of preferred securities, and by actual and anticipated changes in tax laws, such as changes in corporate income tax rates or the “Dividends Received Deduction.” Because the claim on an issuer’s earnings represented by preferred securities may become onerous when interest rates fall below the rate payable on such securities, the issuer may redeem the securities. Thus, in declining interest rate environments in particular, the Trust’s holdings, if any, of higher rate-paying fixed rate preferred securities may be reduced and the Trust may be unable to acquire securities of comparable credit quality paying comparable rates with the redemption proceeds.

Trust Preferred Securities . Trust preferred securities are typically issued by corporations, generally in the form of interest-bearing notes with preferred security characteristics, or by an affiliated business trust of a corporation, generally in the form of beneficial interests in subordinated debentures or similarly structured securities. The trust preferred securities market consists of both fixed and adjustable coupon rate securities that are either perpetual in nature or have stated maturity dates.

Trust preferred securities are typically junior and fully subordinated liabilities of an issuer or the beneficiary of a guarantee that is junior and fully subordinated to the other liabilities of the guarantor. In addition, trust preferred securities typically permit an issuer to defer the payment of income for eighteen months or more without triggering an event of default. Generally, the deferral period is five years or more. Because of their subordinated position in the capital structure of an issuer, the ability to defer payments for extended periods of time without default consequences to the issuer, and certain other features (such as restrictions on common dividend payments by the issuer or ultimate guarantor when full cumulative payments on the trust preferred securities have not been made), these trust preferred securities are often treated as close substitutes for traditional preferred securities, both by issuers and investors. Trust preferred securities have many of the key characteristics of equity due to their subordinated position in an issuer’s capital structure and because their quality and value are heavily dependent on the profitability of the issuer rather than on any legal claims to specific assets or cash flows.

Convertible Securities . A convertible security is a bond, debenture, note, preferred stock or other security that may be converted into or exchanged for a prescribed amount of common stock or other equity security of the same or a different issuer within a particular period of time at a specified price or formula. A convertible security entitles the holder to receive interest paid or accrued on debt or the dividend paid on preferred stock until the convertible security matures or is redeemed, converted or exchanged. Before conversion, convertible securities have characteristics similar to nonconvertible income securities in that they ordinarily provide a stable stream of income with generally higher yields than those of common stocks of the same or similar issuers, but lower yields than comparable nonconvertible securities. The value of a convertible security is influenced by changes in interest rates, with investment value declining as interest rates increase and increasing as interest rates decline. The credit standing of the issuer and other factors also may have an effect on the convertible security’s investment value. Convertible securities rank senior to common stock in a corporation’s capital structure but are usually subordinated to comparable nonconvertible securities. Convertible securities may be subject to redemption at the option of the issuer at a price established in the convertible security’s governing instrument.

A “synthetic” or “manufactured” convertible security may be created by the Trust or by a third party by combining separate securities that possess the two principal characteristics of a traditional convertible security: an income producing component and a convertible component. The income-producing component is achieved by investing in non-convertible, income-producing securities such as bonds, preferred stocks and money market instruments. The convertible component is achieved by investing in securities or instruments such as warrants or options to buy common stock at a certain exercise price, or options on a stock index.

 

- 40 -


Table of Contents

Unlike a traditional convertible security, which is a single security having a single market value, a synthetic convertible comprises two or more separate securities, each with its own market value. Because the “market value” of a synthetic convertible security is the sum of the values of its income-producing component and its convertible component, the value of a synthetic convertible security may respond differently to market fluctuations than a traditional convertible security. The Trust also may purchase synthetic convertible securities created by other parties, including convertible structured notes. Convertible structured notes are income-producing debentures linked to equity. Convertible structured notes have the attributes of a convertible security; however, the issuer of the convertible note (typically an investment bank), rather than the issuer of the underlying common stock into which the note is convertible, assumes credit risk associated with the underlying investment and the Trust in turn assumes credit risk associated with the issuer of the convertible note.

Warrants. Warrants are instruments issued by corporations enabling the owners to subscribe to and purchase a specified number of shares of the corporation at a specified price during a specified period of time. Warrants normally have a short life span to expiration. The purchase of warrants involves the risk that the Trust could lose the purchase value of a warrant if the right to subscribe to additional shares is not exercised prior to the warrants’ expiration. Also, the purchase of warrants involves the risk that the effective price paid for the warrant added to the subscription price of the related security may exceed the subscribed security’s market price such as when there is no movement in the level of the underlying security.

Depositary Receipts. The Trust may invest in sponsored and unsponsored ADRs, EDRs, GDRs and other similar global instruments. ADRs typically are issued by a U.S. bank or trust company and evidence ownership of underlying securities issued by a non-U.S. corporation. EDRs, which are sometimes referred to as Continental Depositary Receipts, are receipts issued in Europe, typically by non-U.S. banks and trust companies, that evidence ownership of either non-U.S. or domestic underlying securities. GDRs are depositary receipts structured like global debt issues to facilitate trading on an international basis.

U.S. Government Debt Securities . The Trust may invest in debt securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities, including U.S. Treasury obligations, which differ in their interest rates, maturities and times of issuance. Such obligations include U.S. Treasury bills (maturity of one year or less), U.S. Treasury notes (maturity of one to ten years) and U.S. Treasury bonds (generally maturities of greater than ten years), including the principal components or the interest components issued by the U.S. Government under the separate trading of registered interest and principal securities program ( i.e. , “STRIPS”), all of which are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States.

High Yield Securities.  The Trust may invest in securities rated, at the time of investment, below investment grade quality, such as those rated Ba or lower by Moody’s Investor’s Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”), BB or below by S&P Global Ratings (“S&P”) or Fitch Ratings, Inc. (“Fitch”), or securities comparably rated by other rating agencies, or in unrated securities determined by the Advisors to be of comparable quality. Such securities, sometimes referred to as “high yield” or “junk” bonds, are predominantly speculative with respect to the capacity to pay interest and repay principal in accordance with the terms of the security and generally involve greater price volatility than securities in higher rating categories. Often the protection of interest and principal payments with respect to such securities may be very moderate and issuers of such securities face major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial or economic conditions which could lead to inadequate capacity to meet timely interest and principal payments.

Lower grade securities, though high yielding, are characterized by high risk. They may be subject to certain risks with respect to the issuing entity and to greater market fluctuations than certain lower yielding, higher rated securities. The secondary market for lower grade securities may be less liquid than that of higher rated securities. Adverse conditions could make it difficult at times for the Trust to sell certain securities or could result in lower prices than those used in calculating the Trust’s NAV.

The prices of fixed-income securities generally are inversely related to interest rate changes; however, the price volatility caused by fluctuating interest rates of securities also is inversely related to the coupons of such securities. Accordingly, below investment grade securities may be relatively less sensitive to interest rate

 

- 41 -


Table of Contents

changes than higher quality securities of comparable maturity because of their higher coupon. The investor receives this higher coupon in return for bearing greater credit risk. The higher credit risk associated with below investment grade securities potentially can have a greater effect on the value of such securities than may be the case with higher quality issues of comparable maturity.

Lower grade securities may be particularly susceptible to economic downturns. It is likely that an economic recession could severely disrupt the market for such securities and may have an adverse impact on the value of such securities. In addition, it is likely that any such economic downturn could adversely affect the ability of the issuers of such securities to repay principal and pay interest thereon and increase the incidence of default for such securities.

The ratings of Moody’s, S&P, Fitch and other rating agencies represent their opinions as to the quality of the obligations which they undertake to rate. Ratings are relative and subjective and, although ratings may be useful in evaluating the safety of interest and principal payments, they do not evaluate the market value risk of such obligations. Although these ratings may be an initial criterion for selection of portfolio investments, the Advisors also will independently evaluate these securities and the ability of the issuers of such securities to pay interest and principal. To the extent that the Trust invests in lower grade securities that have not been rated by a rating agency, the Trust’s ability to achieve its investment objective will be more dependent on the Advisors’ credit analysis than would be the case when the Trust invests in rated securities.

Foreign Currency Transactions . The Trust’s common shares are priced in U.S. dollars and the distributions paid by the Trust to common shareholders are paid in U.S. dollars. However, a portion of the Trust’s assets may be denominated in non-U.S. currencies and the income received by the Trust from such securities will be paid in non-U.S. currencies. The Trust also may invest in or gain exposure to non-U.S. currencies for investment or hedging purposes. The Trust’s investments in securities that trade in, or receive revenues in, non-U.S. currencies will be subject to currency risk, which is the risk that fluctuations in the exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and foreign currencies may negatively affect an investment. The Trust may (but is not required to) hedge some or all of its exposure to non-U.S. currencies through the use of derivative strategies, including forward foreign currency exchange contracts, foreign currency futures contracts and options on foreign currencies and foreign currency futures. Suitable hedging transactions may not be available in all circumstances and there can be no assurance that the Trust will engage in such transactions at any given time or from time to time when they would be beneficial. Although the Trust has the flexibility to engage in such transactions, the Advisors may determine not to do so or to do so only in unusual circumstances or market conditions. These transactions may not be successful and may eliminate any chance for the Trust to benefit from favorable fluctuations in relevant foreign currencies. The Trust may also use derivatives contracts for purposes of increasing exposure to a foreign currency or to shift exposure to foreign currency fluctuations from one currency to another.

Strategic Transactions and Other Management Techniques . In addition to the options strategy discussed above, the Trust may use a variety of other investment management techniques and instruments. The Trust may purchase and sell futures contracts, enter into various interest rate transactions such as swaps, caps, floors or collars, currency transactions such as currency forward contracts, currency futures contracts, currency swaps or options on currency or currency futures and swap contracts (including, but not limited to, credit default swaps) and may purchase and sell exchange-listed and OTC put and call options on securities and swap contracts, financial indices and futures contracts and use other derivative instruments or management techniques. These Strategic Transactions may be used for duration management and other risk management purposes, including to attempt to protect against possible changes in the market value of the Trust’s portfolio resulting from trends in the securities markets and changes in interest rates or to protect the Trust’s unrealized gains in the value of its portfolio securities, to facilitate the sale of portfolio securities for investment purposes, to establish a position in the securities markets as a temporary substitute for purchasing particular securities or to enhance income or gain. There is no particular strategy that requires use of one technique rather than another as the decision to use any particular strategy or instrument is a function of market conditions and the composition of the portfolio. The use of Strategic Transactions to enhance current income may be particularly speculative. The ability of the Trust to use Strategic Transactions successfully will depend on the Advisors’ ability to predict pertinent market movements as well as sufficient correlation among the instruments, which cannot be assured. The use of Strategic Transactions may result in losses

 

- 42 -


Table of Contents

greater than if they had not been used, may require the Trust to sell or purchase portfolio securities at inopportune times or for prices other than current market values, may limit the amount of appreciation the Trust can realize on an investment or may cause the Trust to hold a security that it might otherwise sell. Inasmuch as any obligations of the Trust that arise from the use of Strategic Transactions will be covered by segregated or earmarked liquid assets or offsetting transactions, the Trust and the Advisors believe such obligations do not constitute senior securities and, accordingly, will not treat such transactions as being subject to its borrowing restrictions. See “Leverage.” Additionally, segregated or earmarked liquid assets, amounts paid by the Trust as premiums and cash or other assets held in margin accounts with respect to Strategic Transactions are not otherwise available to the Trust for investment purposes. The SAI contains further information about the characteristics, risks and possible benefits of Strategic Transactions and the Trust’s other policies and limitations (which are not fundamental policies) relating to Strategic Transactions. Certain provisions of the Code may restrict or affect the ability of the Trust to engage in Strategic Transactions. In addition, the use of certain Strategic Transactions may give rise to taxable income and have certain other consequences. See “Risks—Strategic Transactions and Derivatives Risk.”

Other Investment Companies.  The Trust may invest up to 10% of its total assets in securities of other open- or closed-end investment companies that invest primarily in Utilities, Infrastructure or Power Opportunities securities of the types in which the Trust may invest directly. The Trust generally expects to invest in other investment companies either during periods when it has large amounts of uninvested cash, such as the period shortly after the Trust receives the proceeds of the offering of its common shares, or during periods when there is a shortage of attractive Utilities, Infrastructure and Power Opportunities securities available in the market. As a shareholder in an investment company, the Trust will bear its ratable share of that investment company’s expenses, and will remain subject to payment of the Trust’s advisory and other fees and expenses with respect to assets so invested. Holders of common shares will therefore be subject to duplicative expenses to the extent the Trust invests in other investment companies. The Advisors will take expenses into account when evaluating the investment merits of an investment in an investment company relative to available Utilities, Infrastructure and Power Opportunities securities investments. In addition, the securities of other investment companies may be leveraged and will therefore be subject to leverage risks. As described in this Prospectus in the section entitled “Risks,” the net asset value and market value of leveraged shares will be more volatile and the yield to shareholders will tend to fluctuate more than the yield generated by unleveraged shares. Investment companies may have investment policies that differ from those of the Trust. In addition, to the extent the Trust invests in other investment companies, the Trust will be dependent upon the investment and research abilities of persons other than the Advisors. The Trust treats its investments in such open- or closed-end investment companies as investments in Utilities and Infrastructure securities.

The Trust may invest in ETFs, which are investment companies that typically aim to track or replicate a desired index, such as a sector, market or global segment. ETFs are typically passively managed and their shares are traded on a national exchange or The NASDAQ Stock Market, Inc. ETFs do not sell individual shares directly to investors and only issue their shares in large blocks known as “creation units.” The investor purchasing a creation unit may sell the individual shares on a secondary market. Therefore, the liquidity of ETFs depends on the adequacy of the secondary market. There can be no assurance that an ETF’s investment objective will be achieved, as ETFs based on an index may not replicate and maintain exactly the composition and relative weightings of securities in the index. ETFs are subject to the risks of investing in the underlying securities. The Trust, as a holder of the securities of the ETF, will bear its pro rata portion of the ETF’s expenses, including advisory fees. These expenses are in addition to the direct expenses of the Trust’s own operations.

Securities Lending.  The Trust may lend portfolio securities to certain borrowers determined to be creditworthy by the Advisor, including to borrowers affiliated with the Advisor. The borrowers provide collateral that is maintained in an amount at least equal to the current market value of the securities loaned. No securities loan will be made on behalf of the Trust if, as a result, the aggregate value of all securities loans of the Trust exceeds one-third of the value of the Trust’s total assets (including the value of the collateral received). The Trust may terminate a loan at any time and obtain the return of the securities loaned. The Trust receives the value of any interest or cash or non-cash distributions paid on the loaned securities.

 

- 43 -


Table of Contents

With respect to loans that are collateralized by cash, the borrower may be entitled to receive a fee based on the amount of cash collateral. The Trust is compensated by the difference between the amount earned on the reinvestment of cash collateral and the fee paid to the borrower. In the case of collateral other than cash, the Trust is compensated by a fee paid by the borrower equal to a percentage of the market value of the loaned securities. Any cash collateral received by the Trust for such loans, and uninvested cash, may be invested, among other things, in a private investment company managed by an affiliate of the Advisor or in registered money market funds advised by the Advisor or its affiliates; such investments are subject to investment risk.

The Trust conducts its securities lending pursuant to an exemptive order from the SEC permitting it to lend portfolio securities to borrowers affiliated with the Trust and to retain an affiliate of the Trust as lending agent. To the extent that the Trust engages in securities lending, BlackRock Investment Management, LLC (“BIM”), an affiliate of the Advisor, acts as securities lending agent for the Trust, subject to the overall supervision of the Advisor. BIM administers the lending program in accordance with guidelines approved by the Board. Pursuant to the current securities lending agreement, BIM may lend securities only when the difference between the borrower rebate rate and the risk free rate exceeds a certain level.

To the extent that the Trust engages in securities lending, the Trust retains a portion of securities lending income and remits a remaining portion to BIM as compensation for its services as securities lending agent. Securities lending income is equal to the total of income earned from the reinvestment of cash collateral (and excludes collateral investment expenses as defined below), and any fees or other payments to and from borrowers of securities. As securities lending agent, BIM bears all operational costs directly related to securities lending. The Trust is responsible for expenses in connection with the investment of cash collateral received for securities on loan in a private investment company managed by an affiliate of the Advisor (the “collateral investment expenses”); however, BIM has agreed to cap the collateral investment expenses the Trust bears to an annual rate of 0.04% of the daily net assets of such private investment company. In addition, in accordance with the exemptive order, the investment adviser to the private investment company will not charge any advisory fees with respect to shares purchased by the Trust. Such shares also will not be subject to a sales load, redemption fee, distribution fee or service fee.

Pursuant to the current securities lending agreement, the Trust retains [82]% of securities lending income (which excludes collateral investment expenses).

In addition, commencing the business day following the date that the aggregate securities lending income earned across the BlackRock Fixed-Income Complex in a calendar year exceeds the breakpoint dollar threshold applicable in the given year, the Trust, pursuant to the current securities lending agreement, will receive for the remainder of that calendar year securities lending income in an amount equal to 85% of securities lending income (which excludes collateral investment expenses).

Short Sales. The Trust may make short sales of securities. A short sale is a transaction in which the Trust sells a security it does not own in anticipation that the market price of that security will decline. The Trust may make short sales to hedge positions, for duration and risk management, in order to maintain portfolio flexibility or to enhance income or gain. When the Trust makes a short sale, it must borrow the security sold short and deliver it to the broker-dealer through which it made the short sale as collateral for its obligation to deliver the security upon conclusion of the sale. The Trust may have to pay a fee to borrow particular securities and is often obligated to pay over to the securities lender any income, distributions or dividends received on such borrowed securities until it returns the security to the securities lender. The Trust’s obligation to replace the borrowed security will be secured by collateral deposited with the securities lender, usually cash, U.S. Government securities or other liquid assets. The Trust will also be required to segregate or earmark similar collateral with its custodian to the extent, if any, necessary so that the aggregate collateral value is at all times at least equal to the current market value of the security sold short. Depending on arrangements made with the securities lender regarding payment over of any income, distributions or dividends received by the Trust on such security, the Trust may not receive any payments (including interest) on its collateral deposited with such securities lender. If the price of the security sold short increases between the time of the short sale and the time the Trust replaces the borrowed security, the Trust will incur a loss;

 

- 44 -


Table of Contents

conversely, if the price declines, the Trust will realize a gain. Any gain will be decreased, and any loss increased, by the transaction costs described above. Although the Trust’s gain is limited to the price at which it sold the security short, its potential loss is theoretically unlimited. Short sales, even if covered, may represent a form of economic leverage and will create risks.

LEVERAGE

The Trust currently does not intend to borrow money or issue debt securities or preferred shares. The Trust is, however, permitted to borrow money or issue debt securities in an amount up to 33 1/3% of its Managed Assets (50% of its net assets), and issue preferred shares in an amount up to 50% of its Managed Assets (100% of its net assets). “Managed Assets” means the total assets of the Trust (including any assets attributable to money borrowed for investment purposes) minus the sum of the Trust’s accrued liabilities (other than money borrowed for investment purposes). Although it has no present intention to do so, the Trust reserves the right to borrow money from banks or other financial institutions, or issue debt securities or preferred shares, in the future if it believes that market conditions would be conducive to the successful implementation of a leveraging strategy through borrowing money or issuing debt securities or preferred shares. Any such leveraging will not be fully achieved until the proceeds resulting from the use of leverage have been invested in accordance with the Trust’s investment objective and policies.

The use of leverage, if employed, can create risks. When leverage is employed, the NAV and market price of the common shares and the yield to holders of common shares will be more volatile than if leverage were not used. Changes in the value of the Trust’s portfolio, including securities bought with the proceeds of leverage, will be borne entirely by the holders of common shares. If there is a net decrease or increase in the value of the Trust’s investment portfolio, leverage will decrease or increase, as the case may be, the NAV per common share to a greater extent than if the Trust did not utilize leverage. A reduction in the Trust’s NAV may cause a reduction in the market price of its shares. During periods in which the Trust is using leverage, the fee paid to the Advisor for advisory services will be higher than if the Trust did not use leverage, because the fees paid will be calculated on the basis of the Trust’s Managed Assets, which includes the proceeds from leverage. Any leveraging strategy the Trust employs may not be successful. See “Risks—Leverage Risk.”

Certain types of leverage the Trust may use may result in the Trust being subject to covenants relating to asset coverage and portfolio composition requirements. The Trust may be subject to certain restrictions on investments imposed by one or more lenders or by guidelines of one or more rating agencies, which may issue ratings for any short-term debt securities or preferred shares issued by the Trust. The terms of any borrowings or rating agency guidelines may impose asset coverage or portfolio composition requirements that are more stringent than those imposed by the Investment Company Act. The Advisors do not believe that these covenants or guidelines will impede them from managing the Trust’s portfolio in accordance with its investment objective and policies if the Trust were to utilize leverage.

Under the Investment Company Act, the Trust is not permitted to issue senior securities if, immediately after the issuance of such senior securities, the Trust would have an asset coverage ratio (as defined in the Investment Company Act) of less than 300% with respect to senior securities representing indebtedness ( i.e. , for every dollar of indebtedness outstanding, the Trust is required to have at least three dollars of assets) or less than 200% with respect to senior securities representing preferred stock ( i.e. , for every dollar of preferred stock outstanding, the Trust is required to have at least two dollars of assets). The Investment Company Act also provides that the Trust may not declare distributions or purchase its stock (including through tender offers) if, immediately after doing so, it will have an asset coverage ratio of less than 300% or 200%, as applicable. Under the Investment Company Act, certain short-term borrowings (such as for cash management purposes) are not subject to these limitations if (i) repaid within 60 days, (ii) not extended or renewed and (iii) not in excess of 5% of the total assets of the Trust.

Credit Facility

The Trust is permitted to leverage its portfolio by entering into one or more credit facilities. If the Trust enters into a credit facility, the Trust may be required to prepay outstanding amounts or incur a penalty rate of

 

- 45 -


Table of Contents

interest upon the occurrence of certain events of default. The Trust would also likely have to indemnify the lenders under the credit facility against liabilities they may incur in connection therewith. In addition, the Trust expects that any credit facility would contain covenants that, among other things, likely would limit the Trust’s ability to pay distributions in certain circumstances, incur additional debt, change certain of its investment policies and engage in certain transactions, including mergers and consolidations, and require asset coverage ratios in addition to those required by the Investment Company Act. The Trust may be required to pledge its assets and to maintain a portion of its assets in cash or high-grade securities as a reserve against interest or principal payments and expenses. The Trust expects that any credit facility would have customary covenant, negative covenant and default provisions. There can be no assurance that the Trust will enter into an agreement for a credit facility, or one on terms and conditions representative of the foregoing, or that additional material terms will not apply. In addition, if entered into, a credit facility may in the future be replaced or refinanced by one or more credit facilities having substantially different terms or by the issuance of preferred shares.

Reverse Repurchase Agreements

The Trust may enter into reverse repurchase agreements with respect to its portfolio investments subject to the investment restrictions set forth herein. Reverse repurchase agreements involve the sale of securities held by the Trust with an agreement by the Trust to repurchase the securities at an agreed upon price, date and interest payment. At the time the Trust enters into a reverse repurchase agreement, it may establish and maintain a segregated account with the custodian containing, or designate on its books and records, cash and/or liquid assets having a value not less than the repurchase price (including accrued interest). If the Trust establishes and maintains such a segregated account, or earmarks such assets as described, a reverse repurchase agreement will not be considered a senior security under the Investment Company Act and therefore will not be considered a borrowing by the Trust; however, under certain circumstances in which the Trust does not establish and maintain such a segregated account, or earmark such assets on its books and records, such reverse repurchase agreement will be considered a borrowing for the purpose of the Trust’s limitation on borrowings discussed above. The use by the Trust of reverse repurchase agreements involves many of the same risks of leverage since the proceeds derived from such reverse repurchase agreements may be invested in additional securities. Reverse repurchase agreements involve the risk that the market value of the securities acquired in connection with the reverse repurchase agreement may decline below the price of the securities the Trust has sold but is obligated to repurchase. Also, reverse repurchase agreements involve the risk that the market value of the securities retained in lieu of sale by the Trust in connection with the reverse repurchase agreement may decline in price.

If the buyer of securities under a reverse repurchase agreement files for bankruptcy or becomes insolvent, such buyer or its trustee or receiver may receive an extension of time to determine whether to enforce the Trust’s obligation to repurchase the securities and the Trust’s use of the proceeds of the reverse repurchase agreement may effectively be restricted pending such decision. Also, the Trust would bear the risk of loss to the extent that the proceeds of the reverse repurchase agreement are less than the value of the securities subject to such agreement.

The Trust also may effect simultaneous purchase and sale transactions that are known as “sale-buybacks.” A sale-buyback is similar to a reverse repurchase agreement, except that in a sale-buyback, the counterparty that purchases the security is entitled to receive any principal or interest payments made on the underlying security pending settlement of the Trust’s repurchase of the underlying security.

Preferred Shares

The Trust is permitted to leverage its portfolio by issuing preferred shares. Under the Investment Company Act, the Trust is not permitted to issue preferred shares if, immediately after such issuance, the liquidation value of the Trust’s outstanding preferred shares exceeds 50% of its assets (including the proceeds from the issuance) less liabilities other than borrowings ( i.e. , the value of the Trust’s assets must be at least 200% of the liquidation value of its outstanding preferred shares). In addition, the Trust would not be permitted to declare any cash dividend or other distribution on its common shares unless, at the time of such declaration, the value of the Trust’s assets less liabilities other than borrowings is at least 200% of such liquidation value.

 

- 46 -


Table of Contents

The Trust expects that preferred shares, if issued, will pay adjustable rate dividends based on shorter-term interest rates, which would be redetermined periodically by a fixed spread or remarketing process, subject to a maximum rate which would increase over time in the event of an extended period of unsuccessful remarketing. The adjustment period for preferred share dividends could be as short as one day or as long as a year or more. Preferred shares, if issued, could include a liquidity feature that allows holders of preferred shares to have their shares purchased by a liquidity provider in the event that sell orders have not been matched with purchase orders and successfully settled in a remarketing. The Trust expects that it would pay a fee to the provider of this liquidity feature, which would be borne by common shareholders of the Trust. The terms of such liquidity feature could require the Trust to redeem preferred shares still owned by the liquidity provider following a certain period of continuous, unsuccessful remarketing, which may adversely impact the Trust.

If preferred shares are issued, the Trust may, to the extent possible, purchase or redeem preferred shares from time to time to the extent necessary in order to maintain asset coverage of any preferred shares of at least 200%. In addition, as a condition to obtaining ratings on the preferred shares, the terms of any preferred shares issued are expected to include asset coverage maintenance provisions which will require the redemption of the preferred shares in the event of non-compliance by the Trust and may also prohibit dividends and other distributions on the common shares in such circumstances. In order to meet redemption requirements, the Trust may have to liquidate portfolio securities. Such liquidations and redemptions would cause the Trust to incur related transaction costs and could result in capital losses to the Trust. Prohibitions on dividends and other distributions on the common shares could impair the Trust’s ability to qualify as a RIC under the Code. If the Trust has preferred shares outstanding, two of the Trustees will be elected by the holders of preferred shares voting separately as a class. The remaining Trustees will be elected by holders of common shares and preferred shares voting together as a single class. In the event the Trust failed to pay dividends on preferred shares for two years, holders of preferred shares would be entitled to elect a majority of the Trustees.

If the Trust issues preferred shares, the Trust expects that it will be subject to certain restrictions imposed by guidelines of one or more rating agencies that may issue ratings for preferred shares issued by the Trust. These guidelines are expected to impose asset coverage or portfolio composition requirements that are more stringent than those imposed on the Trust by the Investment Company Act. It is not anticipated that these covenants or guidelines would impede the Advisors from managing the Trust’s portfolio in accordance with the Trust’s investment objective and policies.

Derivatives

The Trust may enter into derivative transactions that have economic leverage embedded in them. Derivative transactions that the Trust may enter into and the risks associated with them are described elsewhere in this Prospectus and are also referred to as “Strategic Transactions.” The Trust cannot assure you that investments in derivative transactions that have economic leverage embedded in them will result in a higher return on its common shares.

To the extent the terms of such transactions obligate the Trust to make payments, the Trust may earmark or segregate cash or liquid assets in an amount at least equal to the current value of the amount then payable by the Trust under the terms of such transactions or otherwise cover such transactions in accordance with applicable interpretations of the staff of the SEC. If the current value of the amount then payable by the Trust under the terms of such transactions is represented by the notional amounts of such investments, the Trust would segregate or earmark cash or liquid assets having a market value at least equal to such notional amounts, and if the current value of the amount then payable by the Trust under the terms of such transactions is represented by the market value of the Trust’s current obligations, the Trust would segregate or earmark cash or liquid assets having a market value at least equal to such current obligations. To the extent the terms of such transactions obligate the Trust to deliver particular securities to extinguish the Trust’s obligations under such transactions the Trust may “cover” its obligations under such transactions by either (i) owning the

 

- 47 -


Table of Contents

securities or collateral underlying such transactions or (ii) having an absolute and immediate right to acquire such securities or collateral without additional cash consideration (or, if additional cash consideration is required, having earmarked or segregated an appropriate amount of cash or liquid assets). Such earmarking, segregation or cover is intended to provide the Trust with available assets to satisfy its obligations under such transactions. As a result of such earmarking, segregation or cover, the Trust’s obligations under such transactions will not be considered senior securities representing indebtedness for purposes of the Investment Company Act, or considered borrowings subject to the Trust’s limitations on borrowings discussed above, but may create leverage for the Trust. To the extent that the Trust’s obligations under such transactions are not so earmarked, segregated or covered, such obligations may be considered “senior securities representing indebtedness” under the Investment Company Act and therefore subject to the 300% asset coverage requirement.

These earmarking, segregation or cover requirements can result in the Trust maintaining securities positions it would otherwise liquidate, segregating or earmarking assets at a time when it might be disadvantageous to do so or otherwise restrict portfolio management.

Temporary Borrowings

The Trust may also borrow money as a temporary measure for extraordinary or emergency purposes, including the payment of dividends and the settlement of securities transactions which otherwise might require untimely dispositions of Trust securities.

RISKS

The NAV and market price of, and dividends paid on, the common shares will fluctuate with and be affected by, among other things, the risks more fully described below.

Investment and Market Discount Risk

An investment in the Trust’s common shares is subject to investment risk, including the possible loss of the entire amount that you invest. As with any stock, the price of the Trust’s common shares will fluctuate with market conditions and other factors. If shares are sold, the price received may be more or less than the original investment. Common shares are designed for long-term investors and the Trust should not be treated as a trading vehicle. Shares of closed-end management investment companies frequently trade at a discount from their NAV. This risk is separate and distinct from the risk that the Trust’s NAV could decrease as a result of its investment activities. At any point in time an investment in the Trust’s common shares may be worth less than the original amount invested, even after taking into account distributions paid by the Trust. During periods in which the Trust may use leverage, the Trust’s investment, market discount and certain other risks will be magnified.

Equity Securities Risk

Stock markets are volatile, and the prices of equity securities fluctuate based on changes in a company’s financial condition and overall market and economic conditions. Although common stocks have historically generated higher average total returns than fixed-income securities over the long-term, common stocks also have experienced significantly more volatility in those returns and, in certain periods, have significantly underperformed relative to fixed-income securities. An adverse event, such as an unfavorable earnings report, may depress the value of a particular common stock held by the Trust. A common stock may also decline due to factors which affect a particular industry or industries, such as labor shortages or increased production costs and competitive conditions within an industry. The value of a particular common stock held by the Trust may decline for a number of other reasons which directly relate to the issuer, such as management performance, financial leverage, the issuer’s historical and prospective earnings, the value of its assets and reduced demand for its goods and services. Also, the prices of common stocks are sensitive to general movements in the stock market and a drop in the stock market may depress the price of common stocks to which the Trust has exposure. Common stock prices fluctuate for several reasons, including changes in investors’ perceptions of the financial condition of an issuer or the general condition of the relevant stock

 

- 48 -


Table of Contents

market, or when political or economic events affecting the issuers occur. In addition, common stock prices may be particularly sensitive to rising interest rates, as the cost of capital rises and borrowing costs increase. Common equity securities in which the Trust may invest are structurally subordinated to preferred stock, bonds and other debt instruments in a company’s capital structure in terms of priority to corporate income and are therefore inherently more risky than preferred stock or debt instruments of such issuers.

Investments in ADRs, EDRs, GDRs and other similar global instruments are generally subject to risks associated with equity securities and investments in Non-U.S. Securities. Unsponsored ADR, EDR and GDR programs are organized independently and without the cooperation of the issuer of the underlying securities. As a result, available information concerning the issuer may not be as current as for sponsored ADRs, EDRs and GDRs, and the prices of unsponsored ADRs, EDRs and GDRs may be more volatile than if such instruments were sponsored by the issuer.

Preferred Securities Risk

There are special risks associated with investing in preferred securities, including:

Deferral Risk.  Preferred securities may include provisions that permit the issuer, at its discretion, to defer distributions for a stated period without any adverse consequences to the issuer. If the Trust owns a preferred security that is deferring its distributions, the Trust may be required to report income for tax purposes although it has not yet received such income.

Subordination Risk.  Preferred securities are subordinated to bonds and other debt instruments in a company’s capital structure in terms of having priority to corporate income and liquidation payments, and therefore will be subject to greater credit risk than debt instruments.

Limited Voting Rights Risk.  Generally, preferred security holders (such as the Trust) have no voting rights with respect to the issuing company unless preferred dividends have been in arrears for a specified number of periods, at which time the preferred security holders may elect a number of directors to the issuer’s board. Generally, once all the arrearages have been paid, the preferred security holders no longer have voting rights. In the case of trust preferred securities, holders generally have no voting rights, except if (i) the issuer fails to pay dividends for a specified period of time or (ii) a declaration of default occurs and is continuing.

Special Redemption Rights Risk.  In certain varying circumstances, an issuer of preferred securities may redeem the securities prior to a specified date. For instance, for certain types of preferred securities, a redemption may be triggered by certain changes in U.S. federal income tax or securities laws. As with call provisions, a special redemption by the issuer may negatively impact the return of the security held by the Trust.

Trust Preferred Securities Risk.  Trust preferred securities are typically issued by corporations, generally in the form of interest bearing notes with preferred securities characteristics, or by an affiliated business trust of a corporation, generally in the form of beneficial interests in subordinated debentures or similarly structured securities. The trust preferred securities market consists of both fixed and adjustable coupon rate securities that are either perpetual in nature or have stated maturity dates.

Trust preferred securities are typically junior and fully subordinated liabilities of an issuer and benefit from a guarantee that is junior and fully subordinated to the other liabilities of the guarantor. In addition, trust preferred securities typically permit an issuer to defer the payment of income for five years or more without triggering an event of default. Because of their subordinated position in the capital structure of an issuer, the ability to defer payments for extended periods of time without default consequences to the issuer, and certain other features (such as restrictions on common dividend payments by the issuer or ultimate guarantor when full cumulative payments on the trust preferred securities have not been made), these trust preferred securities are often treated as close substitutes for traditional preferred securities, both by issuers and investors.

 

- 49 -


Table of Contents

Trust preferred securities include but are not limited to trust originated preferred securities (“TOPRS ® ”); monthly income preferred securities (“MIPS ® ”); quarterly income bond securities (“QUIBS ® ”); quarterly income debt securities (“QUIDS ® ”); quarterly income preferred securities (“QUIPSSM”); corporate trust securities (“CORTS ® ”); public income notes (“PINES ® ”); and other trust preferred securities.

Trust preferred securities are typically issued with a final maturity date, although some are perpetual in nature. In certain instances, a final maturity date may be extended and/or the final payment of principal may be deferred at the issuer’s option for a specified time without default. No redemption can typically take place unless all cumulative payment obligations have been met, although issuers may be able to engage in open-market repurchases without regard to whether all payments have been paid.

Many trust preferred securities are issued by trusts or other special purpose entities established by operating companies and are not a direct obligation of an operating company. At the time the trust or special purpose entity sells such preferred securities to investors, it purchases debt of the operating company (with terms comparable to those of the trust or special purpose entity securities), which enables the operating company to deduct for tax purposes the interest paid on the debt held by the trust or special purpose entity. The trust or special purpose entity is generally required to be treated as transparent for U.S. federal income tax purposes such that the holders of the trust preferred securities are treated as owning beneficial interests in the underlying debt of the operating company. Accordingly, payments on the trust preferred securities are treated as interest rather than dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The trust or special purpose entity in turn would be a holder of the operating company’s debt and would have priority with respect to the operating company’s earnings and profits over the operating company’s common shareholders, but would typically be subordinated to other classes of the operating company’s debt. Typically a preferred share has a rating that is slightly below that of its corresponding operating company’s senior debt securities.

New Types of Securities Risk.  From time to time, preferred securities, including trust preferred securities, have been, and may in the future be, offered having features other than those described herein. The Trust reserves the right to invest in these securities if the Advisors believe that doing so would be consistent with the Trust’s investment objective and policies. Since the market for these instruments would be new, the Trust may have difficulty disposing of them at a suitable price and time. In addition to limited liquidity, these instruments may present other risks, such as high price volatility.

Convertible Securities Risk

Convertible securities generally offer lower interest or dividend yields than non-convertible securities of similar quality. The market values of convertible securities tend to decline as interest rates increase and, conversely, to increase as interest rates decline. However, when the market price of the common stock underlying a convertible security exceeds the conversion price, the convertible security tends to reflect the market price of the underlying common stock. As the market price of the underlying common stock declines, the convertible security tends to trade increasingly on a yield basis and thus may not decline in price to the same extent as the underlying common stock. Convertible securities rank senior to common stock in an issuer’s capital structure and consequently entail less risk than the issuer’s common stock.

The Trust may invest in synthetic convertible securities, which are created through a combination of separate securities that possess the two principal characteristics of a traditional convertible security. A holder of a synthetic convertible security faces the risk of a decline in the price of the security or the level of the index involved in the convertible component, causing a decline in the value of the security or instrument, such as a call option or warrant, purchased to create the synthetic convertible security. Should the price of the stock fall below the exercise price and remain there throughout the exercise period, the entire amount paid for the call option or warrant would be lost. Because a synthetic convertible security includes the income-producing component as well, the holder of a synthetic convertible security also faces the risk that interest rates will rise, causing a decline in the value of the income-producing instrument. Synthetic convertible securities are also subject to the risks associated with derivatives.

 

- 50 -


Table of Contents

Warrants Risk

If the price of the underlying stock does not rise above the exercise price before the warrant expires, the warrant generally expires without any value and the Trust loses any amount it paid for the warrant. Thus, investments in warrants may involve substantially more risk than investments in common stock. Warrants may trade in the same markets as their underlying stock; however, the price of the warrant does not necessarily move with the price of the underlying stock.

Focus Risk

The Trust invests significantly in issuers in the Utilities, Infrastructure and Power Opportunities business segments. Because the Trust invests significantly in those business segments, it may be subject to more risks than if it were broadly diversified over numerous industries and sectors of the economy. General changes in market sentiment towards Utilities, Infrastructure and Power Opportunities companies may adversely affect the Trust, and the performance of Utilities, Infrastructure and Power Opportunities issuers may lag behind the broader market as a whole. Also, the Trust’s focus on the Utilities, Infrastructure and Power Opportunities business segments may subject the Trust to a variety risks associated with those business segments.

Risks of Investing in Utilities, Infrastructure and Power Opportunities Issuers

Investments in issuers in the Utilities, Infrastructure and Power Opportunities business segments are subject to certain risks, including the following:

Utilities Companies Risk.  A variety of factors may adversely affect the business or operations of Utilities issuers, including: high interest costs in connection with capital construction and improvement programs; governmental regulation of rates charged to customers (including the potential that costs incurred by the utility change more rapidly than the rate the utility is permitted to charge its customers); costs associated with compliance with and changes in environmental and other regulations; effects of economic slowdowns and surplus capacity; increased competition from other providers of Utilities services; inexperience with and potential losses resulting from a developing deregulatory environment; costs associated with reduced availability of certain types of fuel; the effects of energy conservation policies; effects of a national energy policy; technological innovations; potential impact of terrorist activities; the impact of natural or man-made disasters; regulation by various governmental authorities, including the imposition of special tariffs; and changes in tax laws, regulatory policies and accounting standards.

Infrastructure Companies Risk.  Infrastructure issuers may be susceptible to a variety of factors that may adversely affect their business and operations, including high interest costs in connection with capital construction programs; high leverage; costs associated with environmental and other regulations; surplus capacity costs; and reduced investment in public and private infrastructure projects. A slowdown in new infrastructure projects in developing or developed markets may constrain the abilities of Infrastructure issuers to grow in global markets. Other developments, such as significant changes in population levels or changes in the urbanization and industrialization of developing countries, may reduce demand for products or services provided by Infrastructure issuers.

Power Opportunities Companies Risk. A variety of factors may adversely affect the business or operations of Power Opportunities issuers, including, but not limited to: research and development costs related to new technologies; the success or failure of efforts to develop or implement new or existing technologies; government regulation (including environmental regulation); world events and economic conditions, the cyclical nature of the energy sector; intense competition; events relating to domestic and international political developments; energy conservation; environmental costs and liabilities; and the success of exploration projects.

Technological Risk.  Technological changes in the way a service or product is delivered may render existing technologies obsolete. Although this risk may be considered low with respect to assets of Utilities, Infrastructure and Power Opportunities companies given the large fixed costs involved in developing such assets and the fact that many utilities, infrastructure and power opportunities technologies are well established, any technological change that occurs over the medium term could threaten the profitability of a Utilities, Infrastructure and Power Opportunities company. Utilities, Infrastructure and Power Opportunities

 

- 51 -


Table of Contents

assets have very few alternative uses should they become obsolete. Communications utilities may be particularly sensitive to these risks, as telecommunications products and services also may be subject to rapid obsolescence resulting from changes in consumer tastes, intense competition and strong market reactions to technological development.

Developing Industries Risk.  Some Utilities, Infrastructure and Power Opportunities companies are focused on developing new technologies and are strongly influenced by technological changes. Product development efforts by Utilities, Infrastructure and Power Opportunities companies may not result in viable commercial products. Utilities, Infrastructure and Power Opportunities companies may bear high research and development costs, which can limit their ability to maintain operations during periods of organizational growth or instability. Some Utilities, Infrastructure and Power Opportunities issuers may be in the early stages of operations and may have limited operating histories and smaller market capitalizations on average than companies in other sectors. As a result of these and other factors, the value of investments in such Utilities, Infrastructure and Power Opportunities issuers may be considerably more volatile than that in more established segments of the economy.

Regional Risk.  Should an event that impairs assets or facilities occur in a region where a Utilities, Infrastructure and Power Opportunities issuer operates, the performance of such Utilities, Infrastructure and Power Opportunities company may be adversely affected. As many infrastructure assets are not moveable, such an event may have enduring effects on the Utilities, Infrastructure and Power Opportunities company that are difficult to mitigate.

Strategic Asset Risk.  Utilities, Infrastructure and Power Opportunities companies may control significant strategic assets. Strategic assets are assets that have a national or regional profile, and may have monopolistic characteristics. Given the national or regional profile and/or their irreplaceable nature, strategic assets may constitute a higher risk target for terrorist acts or adverse political actions.

Environmental Risk.  Utilities, Infrastructure and Power Opportunities companies can have substantial environmental impacts. Ordinary operations or operational accidents may cause major environmental damage, which could cause Utilities, Infrastructure and Power Opportunities companies significant financial distress. For example, an accidental release from wells or gathering pipelines could subject them to substantial liabilities for environmental cleanup and restoration costs, claims made by neighboring landowners and other third parties for personal injury and property damage, and fines or penalties for related violations of environmental laws or regulations. Utilities, Infrastructure and Power Opportunities companies may not be able to recover these costs from insurance. Environmental regulations to which Utilities, Infrastructure and Power Opportunities companies may be subject include, for example: (i) the federal Clean Air Act and comparable state laws and regulations that impose obligations related to air emissions, (ii) the federal Clean Water Act and comparable state laws and regulations that impose obligations related to discharges of pollutants into regulated bodies of water, (iii) the federal Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (“RCRA”) and comparable state laws and regulations that impose requirements for the handling and disposal of waste from facilities; and (iv) the federal Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980 (“CERCLA”), also known as “Superfund,” and comparable state laws and regulations that regulate the cleanup of hazardous substances. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations may trigger a variety of administrative, civil and criminal enforcement measures, including the assessment of monetary penalties, the imposition of remedial requirements, and the issuance of orders enjoining future operations. Certain environmental statutes, including RCRA, CERCLA, the federal Oil Pollution Act and analogous state laws and regulations, impose strict, joint and several liability for costs required to clean up and restore sites where hazardous substances have been disposed of or otherwise released. Voluntary initiatives and mandatory controls have been adopted or are being discussed both in the United States and worldwide to reduce emissions of “greenhouse gases” such as carbon dioxide, a by-product of burning fossil fuels, and methane, the major constituent of natural gas, which many scientists and policymakers believe contribute to global climate change. These measures and future measures could result in increased costs to certain companies in which the Trust may invest to operate and maintain facilities and administer and manage a greenhouse gas emissions program and may reduce demand for fuels that generate greenhouse gases and that are managed or produced by companies in which the Trust may invest. In the wake of a Supreme Court decision holding that the Environmental Protection Agency (“EPA”) has some legal

 

- 52 -


Table of Contents

authority to deal with climate change under the Clean Air Act, the EPA and the Department of Transportation jointly wrote regulations to cut gasoline use and control greenhouse gas emissions from cars and trucks. These measures, and other programs addressing greenhouse gas emissions, could reduce demand for energy or raise prices, which may adversely affect the total return of certain of the Trust’s investments. Community and environmental groups may protest the development or operation of assets or facilities of Utilities, Infrastructure and Power Opportunities companies, and these protests may induce government action to the detriment of Utilities, Infrastructure and Power Opportunities companies.

Political and Expropriation Risk.  Governments may attempt to influence the operations, revenue, profitability or contractual relationships of Utilities, Infrastructure and Power Opportunities issuers or expropriate their assets. The public interest aspect of the products and services provided by Utilities, Infrastructure and Power Opportunities companies means political oversight will remain pervasive.

Operational Risk.  The long-term profitability of Utilities, Infrastructure and Power Opportunities companies is partly dependent on the efficient operation and maintenance of their assets and facilities. Utilities, Infrastructure and Power Opportunities issuers may be subject to service interruptions due to environmental disasters, operational accidents or terrorist activities, which may impair their ability to maintain payments of dividends or interest to investors. The destruction or loss of an asset or facility may have a major adverse impact on a Utilities, Infrastructure and Power Opportunities issuer. Failure by the Utilities, Infrastructure and Power Opportunities issuer to operate and maintain their assets and facilities appropriately or to carry appropriate, enforceable insurance could lead to significant losses.

Regulatory Risk.  Many Utilities, Infrastructure and Power Opportunities companies are subject to significant federal, state and local government regulation, which may include how facilities are constructed, maintained and operated, environmental and safety controls and the prices they may charge for the products and services they provide. Various governmental authorities have the power to enforce compliance with these regulations and the permits issued under them, and violators are subject to administrative, civil and criminal penalties, including civil fines, injunctions or both. There are substantial differences among the regulatory practices and policies of various jurisdictions, and any given regulatory agency may make major shifts in policy from time to time. Stricter laws, regulations or enforcement policies could be enacted in the future which would likely increase compliance costs and may adversely affect the operations and financial performance of Utilities, Infrastructure and Power Opportunities issuers. Regulators that have the power to set or modify the prices Utilities, Infrastructure and Power Opportunities issuers can charge for their products or services can have a significant impact on the profitability of such Utilities, Infrastructure and Power Opportunities issuers. The returns on regulated assets or services are usually stable during regulated periods, but may be volatile during any period that rates are reset by the regulator. Utilities, Infrastructure and Power Opportunities companies may be adversely affected by additional regulatory requirements enacted in response to environmental disasters, which may impose additional costs or limit certain operations by such companies operating in various sectors. Foreign Utilities, Infrastructure and Power Opportunities companies are also subject to regulation, although such regulations may or may not be comparable to those in the United States. Foreign Utilities, Infrastructure and Power Opportunities companies may be more heavily regulated by their respective governments than utilities in the United States and, as in the United States, generally are required to seek government approval for rate increases. In addition, many foreign Utilities, Infrastructure and Power Opportunities companies use fuels that may cause more pollution than those used in the United States, which may require such utilities to invest in pollution control equipment to meet any proposed pollution restrictions. Foreign regulatory systems vary from country to country and may evolve in ways different from regulation in the United States.

Interest Rate Risk.  Due to the high costs of developing, constructing, operating and distributing infrastructure assets, many Utilities, Infrastructure and Power Opportunities companies are highly leveraged. As such, movements in the level of interest rates may affect the returns from these assets. The structure and nature of the debt is therefore an important element to consider in assessing the interest rate risk posed by Utilities, Infrastructure and Power Opportunities issuers. In particular, the type of facilities, maturity profile, rates being paid, fixed versus variable components and covenants in place (including how they impact returns to equity holders) are crucial factors in assessing any the degree of interest rate risk.

 

- 53 -


Table of Contents

Inflation Risk.  Many Utilities, Infrastructure and Power Opportunities companies may have fixed income streams and, therefore, be unable to increase their dividends during inflationary periods. The market value of Utilities, Infrastructure and Power Opportunities companies may decline in value in times of higher inflation rates. The prices that a Utilities, Infrastructure and Power Opportunities company is able to charge users of its assets may not always be linked to inflation. In this case, changes in the rate of inflation may affect the forecast profitability of the Utilities, Infrastructure and Power Opportunities.

Supply and Demand Risk.  Utilities, Infrastructure and Power Opportunities companies may be subject to supply and demand fluctuations in the markets they serve which will be impacted by a wide range of factors. A decrease in the production of natural gas, natural gas liquids, crude oil, coal or other energy commodities, a decrease in the volume of such commodities available for transportation, mining, processing, storage or distribution, or a sustained decline in demand for such commodities, may adversely impact the financial performance of Utilities, Infrastructure and Power Opportunities companies. Factors affecting the volume of production of energy commodities and the volume of energy commodities available for transportation, storage, processing or distribution include depletion of resources; depressed commodity prices; catastrophic events; labor relations; increased environmental or other governmental regulation; equipment malfunctions and maintenance difficulties; import volumes; international politics; policies of the Organization of Petroleum Exporting Countries; and increased competition from alternative energy sources. Alternatively, a decline in demand for energy commodities could result from factors such as adverse economic conditions (especially in key energy-consuming countries); increased taxation; weather conditions; increased environmental or other governmental regulation; increased fuel economy; increased energy conservation or use of alternative energy sources; legislation intended to promote the use of alternative energy sources; or increased commodity prices.

Customer Risk.  The revenue of many Utilities, Infrastructure and Power Opportunities companies may be impacted by the number of users who use the products or services produced by the Utilities, Infrastructure and Power Opportunities company. A significant decrease in the number of users may negatively impact the profitability of a Utilities, Infrastructure and Power Opportunities company. Infrastructure companies can have a narrow customer base. Should these customers or counterparties fail to pay their contractual obligations, significant revenues could cease and not be replaceable. This would affect the profitability of the infrastructure company and the value of any securities or other instruments it has issued.

Project and Financing Risk.  To the extent the Trust invests in Utilities, Infrastructure and Power Opportunities companies which are dependent to a significant extent on new infrastructure projects, the Trust may be exposed to the risk that the project will not be completed within budget, within the agreed time frame or to agreed specifications. From time to time, infrastructure companies may encounter difficulties in obtaining financing for construction programs during inflationary periods. Issuers experiencing difficulties in financing construction programs may also experience lower profitability, which can result in reduced income to the Trust.

Weather and Natural Disasters Risk.  Weather plays a role in the seasonality of some Utilities, Infrastructure and Power Opportunities companies’ cash flows. Although most Utilities, Infrastructure and Power Opportunities companies that are subject to weather risk can reasonably predict seasonal weather demand based on normal weather patterns, extreme weather conditions demonstrate that no amount of preparation can protect an Utilities, Infrastructure and Power Opportunities company from the unpredictability of the weather. Natural disaster risks, such as earthquakes, flood, lightning, hurricanes and wind, are risks facing certain Utilities, Infrastructure and Power Opportunities companies. The damage done by extreme weather or natural disasters also may serve to increase many Utilities, Infrastructure and Power Opportunities companies insurance premiums.

Non-U.S. Securities Risk

The Trust may invest in Non-U.S. Securities. Such investments involve certain risks not involved in domestic investments. Securities markets in foreign countries often are not as developed, efficient or liquid as securities markets in the United States and, therefore, the prices of Non-U.S. Securities can be more volatile.

 

- 54 -


Table of Contents

Certain foreign countries may impose restrictions on the ability of issuers of Non-U.S. Securities to make payments of principal and interest or dividends to investors located outside the country. In addition, the Trust will be subject to risks associated with adverse political and economic developments in foreign countries, which could cause the Trust to lose money on its investments in Non-U.S. Securities. The Trust will be subject to additional risks if it invests in Non-U.S. Securities, which include seizure or nationalization of foreign deposits. Non-U.S. Securities may trade on days when the Trust’s common shares are not priced or traded.

Rules adopted under the Investment Company Act permit the Trust to maintain its Non-U.S. Securities and foreign currency in the custody of certain eligible non-U.S. banks and securities depositories, and the Trust generally holds its Non-U.S. Securities and foreign currency in foreign banks and securities depositories. Some foreign banks and securities depositories may be recently organized or new to the foreign custody business. In addition, there may be limited or no regulatory oversight of their operations. Also, the laws of certain countries limit the Trust’s ability to recover its assets if a foreign bank, depository or issuer of a security, or any of their agents, goes bankrupt. In addition, it is often more expensive for the Trust to buy, sell and hold securities in certain foreign markets than in the United States. The increased expense of investing in foreign markets reduces the amount the Trust can earn on its investments and typically results in a higher operating expense ratio for the Trust than for investment companies invested only in the United States.

Certain banks in foreign countries may not be eligible sub-custodians for the Trust, in which event the Trust may be precluded from purchasing securities in certain foreign countries in which it otherwise would invest or the Trust may incur additional costs and delays in providing transportation and custody services for such securities outside of such countries. The Trust may encounter difficulties in effecting portfolio transactions on a timely basis with respect to any securities of issuers held outside their countries.

The economies of certain foreign markets may not compare favorably with the economy of the United States with respect to such issues as growth of gross national product, reinvestment of capital, resources and balance of payments position. Certain foreign economies may rely heavily on particular industries or foreign capital and are more vulnerable to diplomatic developments, the imposition of economic sanctions against a particular country or countries, changes in international trading patterns, trade barriers and other protectionist or retaliatory measures. Investments in foreign markets may also be adversely affected by governmental actions such as the imposition of capital controls, nationalization of companies or industries, expropriation of assets or the imposition of punitive taxes. In addition, the governments of certain countries may prohibit or impose substantial restrictions on foreign investments in their capital markets or in certain industries. Any of these actions could severely affect securities prices or impair the Trust’s ability to purchase or sell Non-U.S. Securities or transfer the Trust’s assets or income back into the United States, or otherwise adversely affect the Trust’s operations. In addition, the U.S. Government has from time to time in the past imposed restrictions, through penalties and otherwise, on foreign investments by U.S. investors such as the Trust. If such restrictions should be reinstituted, it might become necessary for the Trust to invest all or substantially all of its assets in U.S. securities.

Other potential foreign market risks include foreign exchange controls, difficulties in pricing securities, defaults on foreign government securities, difficulties in enforcing legal judgments in foreign courts and political and social instability. Diplomatic and political developments, including rapid and adverse political changes, social instability, regional conflicts, terrorism and war, could affect the economies, industries and securities and currency markets, and the value of the Trust’s investments, in non-U.S. countries. These factors are extremely difficult, if not impossible, to predict and take into account with respect to the Trust’s investments.

In general, less information is publicly available with respect to foreign issuers than is available with respect to U.S. companies. Accounting standards in other countries are not necessarily the same as in the United States. If the accounting standards in another country do not require as much detail as U.S. accounting standards, it may be harder for the Advisors to completely and accurately determine a company’s financial condition.

 

- 55 -


Table of Contents

Many foreign governments do not supervise and regulate stock exchanges, brokers and the sale of securities to the same extent as such regulations exist in the United States. They also may not have laws to protect investors that are comparable to U.S. securities laws. For example, some foreign countries may have no laws or rules against insider trading. Insider trading occurs when a person buys or sells a company’s securities based on material non-public information about that company. In addition, some countries may have legal systems that may make it difficult for the Trust to vote proxies, exercise shareholder rights, and pursue legal remedies with respect to its Non-U.S. Securities.

Settlement and clearance procedures in certain foreign markets differ significantly from those in the United States. Foreign settlement and clearance procedures and trade regulations also may involve certain risks (such as delays in payment for or delivery of securities) not typically associated with the settlement of U.S. investments. Communications between the United States and foreign countries may be unreliable, increasing the risk of delayed settlements or losses of security certificates in markets that still rely on physical settlement. At times, settlements in certain foreign countries have not kept pace with the number of securities transactions. These problems may make it difficult for the Trust to carry out transactions. If the Trust cannot settle or is delayed in settling a purchase of securities, it may miss attractive investment opportunities and certain of its assets may be uninvested with no return earned thereon for some period. If the Trust cannot settle or is delayed in settling a sale of securities, it may lose money if the value of the security then declines or, if it has contracted to sell the security to another party, the Trust could be liable for any losses incurred.

While the volume of transactions effected on foreign stock exchanges has increased in recent years, it remains appreciably below that of the NYSE. Accordingly, the Trust’s Non-U.S. Securities may be less liquid and their prices may be more volatile than comparable investments in securities in U.S. companies.

A number of countries have authorized the formation of closed-end investment companies to facilitate indirect foreign investment in their capital markets. The Investment Company Act restricts the Trust’s investment in securities of other closed-end investment companies. This restriction on investments in securities of closed-end investment companies may limit opportunities for the Trust to invest indirectly in certain smaller capital markets. Shares of certain closed-end investment companies may at times be acquired only at market prices representing premiums to their NAVs. If the Trust acquires shares in closed-end investment companies, shareholders would bear both their proportionate share of the Trust’s expenses (including investment advisory fees) and, indirectly, the expenses of such closed-end investment companies. The Trust also may seek, at its own cost, to create its own investment entities under the laws of certain countries.

Emerging Markets Risk

The Trust may invest in Non-U.S. Securities of issuers in so-called “emerging markets” (or lesser developed countries). Such investments are particularly speculative and entail all of the risks of investing in Non-U.S. Securities but to a heightened degree. “Emerging market” countries generally include every nation in the world except developed countries, that is, the United States, Canada, Japan, Australia, New Zealand and most countries located in Western Europe. Investments in the securities of issuers domiciled in countries with emerging capital markets involve certain additional risks that do not generally apply to investments in securities of issuers in more developed capital markets, such as (i) low or non-existent trading volume, resulting in a lack of liquidity and increased volatility in prices for such securities, as compared to securities of comparable issuers in more developed capital markets; (ii) uncertain national policies and social, political and economic instability, increasing the potential for expropriation of assets, confiscatory taxation, high rates of inflation or unfavorable diplomatic developments; (iii) possible fluctuations in exchange rates, differing legal systems and the existence or possible imposition of exchange controls, custodial restrictions or other foreign or U.S. governmental laws or restrictions applicable to such investments; (iv) national policies that may limit the Trust’s investment opportunities such as restrictions on investment in issuers or industries deemed sensitive to national interests; and (v) the lack or relatively early development of legal structures governing private and foreign investments and private property.

 

- 56 -


Table of Contents

Foreign investment in certain emerging market countries may be restricted or controlled to varying degrees. These restrictions or controls may at times limit or preclude foreign investment in certain emerging market issuers and increase the costs and expenses of the Trust. Certain emerging market countries require governmental approval prior to investments by foreign persons in a particular issuer, limit the amount of investment by foreign persons in a particular issuer, limit the investment by foreign persons only to a specific class of securities of an issuer that may have less advantageous rights than the classes available for purchase by domiciliaries of the countries and/or impose additional taxes on foreign investors.

Emerging markets are more likely to experience hyperinflation and currency devaluations, which adversely affect returns to U.S. investors. In addition, many emerging markets have far lower trading volumes and less liquidity than developed markets. Since these markets are often small, they may be more likely to suffer sharp and frequent price changes or long-term price depression because of adverse publicity, investor perceptions or the actions of a few large investors. In addition, traditional measures of investment value used in the United States, such as price to earnings ratios, may not apply to certain small markets. Also, there may be less publicly available information about issuers in emerging markets than would be available about issuers in more developed capital markets, and such issuers may not be subject to accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards and requirements comparable to those to which U.S. companies are subject. In certain countries with emerging capital markets, reporting standards vary widely.

Many emerging markets have histories of political instability and abrupt changes in policies and these countries may lack the social, political and economic stability characteristic of more developed countries. As a result, their governments are more likely to take actions that are hostile or detrimental to private enterprise or foreign investment than those of more developed countries, including expropriation of assets, confiscatory taxation, high rates of inflation or unfavorable diplomatic developments. In the past, governments of such nations have expropriated substantial amounts of private property, and most claims of the property owners have never been fully settled. There is no assurance that such expropriations will not reoccur. In such an event, it is possible that the Trust could lose the entire value of its investments in the affected market. Some countries have pervasiveness of corruption and crime that may hinder investments. Certain emerging markets may also face other significant internal or external risks, including the risk of war, and ethnic, religious and racial conflicts. In addition, governments in many emerging market countries participate to a significant degree in their economies and securities markets, which may impair investment and economic growth. National policies that may limit the Trust’s investment opportunities include restrictions on investment in issuers or industries deemed sensitive to national interests. In such a dynamic environment, there can be no assurance that any or all of these capital markets will continue to present viable investment opportunities for the Trust.

Emerging markets may also have differing legal systems and the existence or possible imposition of exchange controls, custodial restrictions or other foreign or U.S. governmental laws or restrictions applicable to such investments. Sometimes, they may lack or be in the relatively early development of legal structures governing private and foreign investments and private property. In addition to withholding taxes on investment income, some countries with emerging markets may impose differential capital gains taxes on foreign investors.

Practices in relation to settlement of securities transactions in emerging markets involve higher risks than those in developed markets, in part because the Trust will need to use brokers and counterparties that are less well capitalized, and custody and registration of assets in some countries may be unreliable. The possibility of fraud, negligence, undue influence being exerted by the issuer or refusal to recognize ownership exists in some emerging markets, and, along with other factors, could result in ownership registration being completely lost. The Trust would absorb any loss resulting from such registration problems and may have no successful claim for compensation. In addition, communications between the United States and emerging market countries may be unreliable, increasing the risk of delayed settlements or losses of security certificates.

 

- 57 -


Table of Contents

Foreign Currency Risk

Because the Trust may invest in securities denominated or quoted in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, changes in foreign currency exchange rates may affect the value of securities held by the Trust and the unrealized appreciation or depreciation of investments. Currencies of certain countries may be volatile and therefore may affect the value of securities denominated in such currencies, which means that the Trust’s NAV could decline as a result of changes in the exchange rates between foreign currencies and the U.S. dollar. The Advisors may, but are not required to, elect for the Trust to seek to protect itself from changes in currency exchange rates through hedging transactions depending on market conditions. In addition, certain countries, particularly emerging market countries, may impose foreign currency exchange controls or other restrictions on the transferability, repatriation or convertibility of currency.

Smaller Capitalization Company Risk

Smaller capitalization companies may have limited product lines or markets. They may be less financially secure than larger, more established companies. They may depend on a small number of key personnel. If a product fails or there are other adverse developments, or if management changes, the Trust’s investment in a smaller capitalization company may lose substantial value. In addition, it is more difficult to get information on smaller companies, which tend to be less well known, have shorter operating histories, do not have significant ownership by large investors and are followed by relatively few securities analysts.

The securities of smaller capitalization companies generally trade in lower volumes and are subject to greater and more unpredictable price changes than larger capitalization securities or the market as a whole. In addition, smaller capitalization securities may be particularly sensitive to changes in interest rates, borrowing costs and earnings. Investing in smaller capitalization securities requires a longer term view.

Small and Mid-Cap Stock Risk . The Trust may invest in companies with small or medium capitalizations. Smaller and medium capitalization stocks can be more volatile than, and perform differently from, larger capitalization stocks. There may be less trading in a smaller or medium company’s stock, which means that buy and sell transactions in that stock could have a larger impact on the stock’s price than is the case with larger company stocks. Smaller and medium company stocks may be particularly sensitive to changes in interest rates, borrowing costs and earnings. Smaller and medium companies may have fewer business lines; changes in any one line of business, therefore, may have a greater impact on a smaller and medium company’s stock price than is the case for a larger company. As a result, the purchase or sale of more than a limited number of shares of a small and medium company may affect its market price. The Trust may need a considerable amount of time to purchase or sell its positions in these securities. In addition, smaller or medium company stocks may not be well known to the investing public.

Restricted and Illiquid Investments Risk

The Trust may invest without limitation in illiquid or less liquid investments or investments in which no secondary market is readily available or which are otherwise illiquid, including private placement securities. The Trust may not be able to readily dispose of such investments at prices that approximate those at which the Trust could sell such investments if they were more widely traded and, as a result of such illiquidity, the Trust may have to sell other investments or engage in borrowing transactions if necessary to raise cash to meet its obligations. Limited liquidity can also affect the market price of investments, thereby adversely affecting the Trust’s NAV and ability to make dividend distributions. The financial markets in general, and certain segments of the mortgage-related securities markets in particular, have in recent years experienced periods of extreme secondary market supply and demand imbalance, resulting in a loss of liquidity during which market prices were suddenly and substantially below traditional measures of intrinsic value. During such periods, some investments could be sold only at arbitrary prices and with substantial losses. Periods of such market dislocation may occur again at any time. Privately issued debt securities are often of below investment grade quality, frequently are unrated and present many of the same risks as investing in below investment grade public debt securities.

Restricted securities are securities that may not be sold to the public without an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), or that may be sold only in a

 

- 58 -


Table of Contents

privately negotiated transaction or pursuant to an exemption from registration. For example, Rule 144A under the Securities Act provides an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act for the resale of certain restricted securities to qualified institutional buyers, such as the Trust. However, an insufficient number of qualified institutional buyers interested in purchasing the Rule 144A-eligible securities that the Trust holds could affect adversely the marketability of certain Rule 144A securities, and the Trust might be unable to dispose of such securities promptly or at reasonable prices. When registration is required to sell a security, the Trust may be obligated to pay all or part of the registration expenses and considerable time may pass before the Trust is permitted to sell a security under an effective registration statement. If adverse market conditions develop during this period, the Trust might obtain a less favorable price than the price that prevailed when the Trust decided to sell. The Trust may be unable to sell restricted and other illiquid investments at opportune times or prices.

MLP Risk

Investments in publicly traded MLPs, which are limited partnerships or limited liability companies taxable as partnerships, involve some risks that differ from an investment in the common stock of a corporation. MLPs may derive income and gains from the exploration, development, mining or production, processing, refining, transportation (including pipelines transporting gas, oil, or products thereof), or the marketing of any mineral or natural resources. MLPs generally have two classes of owners, the general partner and limited partners. When investing in an MLP, the Trust generally purchases publicly traded common units issued to limited partners of the MLP. The general partner is typically owned by a major energy company, an investment fund, the direct management of the MLP or is an entity owned by one or more of such parties. The general partner may be structured as a private or publicly traded corporation or other entity. The general partner typically controls the operations and management of the MLP through an up to 2% equity interest in the MLP plus, in many cases, ownership of common units and subordinated units. Limited partners own the remainder of the partnership, through ownership of common units, and have a limited role in the partnership’s operations and management. As compared to common stockholders of a corporation, holders of MLP common units have more limited control and limited rights to vote on matters affecting the partnership.

MLPs are typically structured such that common units and general partner interests have first priority to receive quarterly cash distributions up to an established minimum amount (“minimum quarterly distributions” or “MQD”). Common and general partner interests also accrue arrearages in distributions to the extent the MQD is not paid. Once common and general partner interests have been paid, subordinated units receive distributions of up to the MQD; however, subordinated units do not accrue arrearages. Distributable cash in excess of the MQD paid to both common and subordinated units is distributed to both common and subordinated units generally on a pro rata basis. The general partner is also eligible to receive incentive distributions if the general partner operates the business in a manner which results in distributions paid per common unit surpassing specified target levels. As the general partner increases cash distributions to the limited partners, the general partner receives an increasingly higher percentage of the incremental cash distributions. A common arrangement provides that the general partner can reach a tier where it receives 50% of every incremental dollar paid to common and subordinated unit holders. These incentive distributions encourage the general partner to streamline costs, increase capital expenditures and acquire assets in order to increase the partnership’s cash flow and raise the quarterly cash distribution in order to reach higher tiers. Such results benefit all security holders of the MLP.

MLP common units represent a limited partnership interest in the MLP. Common units are listed and traded on U.S. securities exchanges, with their value fluctuating predominantly based on prevailing market conditions and the success of the MLP. The Trust will generally purchase common units in market transactions. Unlike owners of common stock of a corporation, owners of common units have limited voting rights and have no ability to elect directors. In the event of liquidation, common units have preference over subordinated units, but not over debt or preferred units, to the remaining assets of the MLP.

 

- 59 -


Table of Contents

Risks Associated with the Trust’s Options Strategy

The ability of the Trust to generate current gains from options premiums and to enhance the Trust’s risk-adjusted returns is partially dependent on the successful implementation of its options strategy. Risks that may adversely affect the ability of the Trust to successfully implement its options strategy include the following:

Risks Associated with Options on Securities Generally.  There are several risks associated with transactions in options on securities. For example, there are significant differences between the securities and options markets that could result in an imperfect correlation between these markets, causing a given transaction not to achieve its objectives. A decision as to whether, when and how to use options involves the exercise of skill and judgment, and even a well-conceived transaction may be unsuccessful to some degree because of market behavior or unexpected events.

Risks of Writing Options.  As the writer of a covered call option, the Trust forgoes, during the option’s life, the opportunity to profit from increases in the market value of the security covering the call option above the sum of the premium and the strike price of the call, but has retained the risk of loss should the price of the underlying security decline. In other words, as the Trust writes covered calls over more of its portfolio, the Trust’s ability to benefit from capital appreciation becomes more limited. The writer of an option has no control over the time when it may be required to fulfill its obligation as a writer of the option. Once an option writer has received an exercise notice, it cannot effect a closing purchase transaction in order to terminate its obligation under the option and must deliver the underlying security at the exercise price.

If the Trust writes call options on individual securities or index call options that include securities, in each case, that are not in the Trust’s portfolio or that are not in the same proportion as securities in the Trust’s portfolio, the Trust will experience loss, which theoretically could be unlimited, if the value of the individual security, index or basket of securities appreciates above the exercise price of the index option written by the Trust.

When the Trust writes put options, it bears the risk of loss if the value of the underlying stock declines below the exercise price minus the put premium. If the option is exercised, the Trust could incur a loss if it is required to purchase the stock underlying the put option at a price greater than the market price of the stock at the time of exercise plus the put premium the Trust received when it wrote the option. While the Trust’s potential gain in writing a put option is limited to the premium received from the purchaser of the put option, the Trust risks a loss equal to the entire exercise price of the option minus the put premium.

Exchange-Listed Options Risks.  There can be no assurance that a liquid market will exist when the Trust seeks to close out an exchange-listed option position. Reasons for the absence of a liquid secondary market on an exchange include the following: (i) there may be insufficient trading interest in certain options; (ii) restrictions may be imposed by an exchange on opening transactions or closing transactions or both; (iii) trading halts, suspensions or other restrictions may be imposed with respect to particular classes or series of options; (iv) unusual or unforeseen circumstances may interrupt normal operations on an exchange; (v) the facilities of an exchange or the OCC may not at all times be adequate to handle current trading volume; or (vi) one or more exchanges could, for economic or other reasons, decide or be compelled at some future date to discontinue the trading of options (or a particular class or series of options). If trading were discontinued, the secondary market on that exchange (or in that class or series of options) would cease to exist. However, outstanding options on that exchange that had been issued by the OCC as a result of trades on that exchange would continue to be exercisable in accordance with their terms. The Trust’s ability to terminate OTC options is more limited than with exchange-traded options and may involve the risk that broker-dealers participating in such transactions will not fulfill their obligations. If the Trust were unable to close out a covered call option that it had written on a security, it would not be able to sell the underlying security unless the option expired without exercise.

The hours of trading for options may not conform to the hours during which the underlying securities are traded. To the extent that the options markets close before the markets for the underlying securities, significant price and rate movements can take place in the underlying markets that cannot be reflected in the options markets. Call options are marked to market daily and their value will be affected by changes in the value of and dividend rates of the underlying common stocks, an increase in interest rates, changes in the

 

- 60 -


Table of Contents

actual or perceived volatility of the stock market and the underlying common stocks and the remaining time to the options’ expiration. Additionally, the exercise price of an option may be adjusted downward before the option’s expiration as a result of the occurrence of certain corporate events affecting the underlying equity security, such as extraordinary dividends, stock splits, merger or other extraordinary distributions or events. A reduction in the exercise price of an option would reduce the Trust’s capital appreciation potential on the underlying security.

Over-the-Counter Options Risk.  The Trust may write (sell) unlisted OTC options to a significant extent. Options written by the Trust with respect to Non-U.S. Securities, indices or sectors generally will be OTC options. OTC options differ from exchange-listed options in that they are two-party contracts, with exercise price, premium and other terms negotiated between buyer and seller, and generally do not have as much market liquidity as exchange-listed options. The counterparties to these transactions typically will be major international banks, broker-dealers and financial institutions. The Trust may be required to treat as illiquid securities segregated with respect to certain written OTC options. The OTC options written by the Trust will not be issued, guaranteed or cleared by the OCC. In addition, the Trust’s ability to terminate OTC options may be more limited than with exchange-traded options. Banks, broker-dealers or other financial institutions participating in such transactions may fail to settle a transaction in accordance with the terms of the option as written. In the event of default or insolvency of the counterparty, the Trust may be unable to liquidate an OTC option position.

Index Options Risk.  The Trust may sell index put and call options from time to time. The purchaser of an index put option has the right to any depreciation in the value of the index below the exercise price of the option on or before the expiration date. The purchaser of an index call option has the right to any appreciation in the value of the index over the exercise price of the option on or before the expiration date. Because the exercise of index options is settled in cash, sellers of index call options, such as the Trust, cannot provide in advance for their potential settlement obligations by acquiring and holding the underlying securities. The Trust will lose money if it is required to pay the purchaser of an index option the difference between the cash value of the index on which the option was written and the exercise price and such difference is greater than the premium received by the Trust for writing the option. The value of index options written by the Trust, which will be priced daily, will be affected by changes in the value of and dividend rates of the underlying common stocks in the respective index, changes in the actual or perceived volatility of the stock market and the remaining time to the options’ expiration. The value of the index options also may be adversely affected if the market for the index options becomes less liquid or smaller. Distributions paid by the Trust on its common shares may be derived in part from the net index option premiums it receives from selling index put and call options, less the cost of paying settlement amounts to purchasers of the options that exercise their options. Net index option premiums can vary widely over the short-term and long-term.

Limitation on Options Writing Risk.  The number of call options the Trust can write is limited by the total assets the Trust holds and is further limited by the fact that all options represent 100 share lots of the underlying common stock. Furthermore, the Trust’s options transactions will be subject to limitations established by each of the exchanges, boards of trade or other trading facilities on which such options are traded. These limitations govern the maximum number of options in each class which may be written or purchased by a single investor or group of investors acting in concert, regardless of whether the options are written or purchased on the same or different exchanges, boards of trade or other trading facilities or are held or written in one or more accounts or through one or more brokers. Thus, the number of options which the Trust may write or purchase may be affected by options written or purchased by other investment advisory clients of the Advisors. An exchange, board of trade or other trading facility may order the liquidation of positions found to be in excess of these limits, and it may impose certain other sanctions.

Tax Risk.  Income on options on individual stocks will generally not be recognized by the Trust for tax purposes until an option is exercised, lapses or is subject to a “closing transaction” (as defined by applicable regulations) pursuant to which the Trust’s obligations with respect to the option are otherwise terminated. If the option lapses without exercise or is otherwise subject to a closing transaction, the premiums received by the Trust from the writing of such options will generally be characterized as short-term capital gain. If an option written by the Trust is exercised, the Trust may recognize taxable gain depending on the exercise price of the option, the option premium, and the tax basis of the security underlying the option. The character of

 

- 61 -


Table of Contents

any gain on the sale of the underlying security as short-term or long-term capital gain will depend on the holding period of the Trust in the underlying security. In general, distributions received by shareholders of the Trust that are attributable to short-term capital gains recognized by the Trust from its options writing activities will be taxed to such shareholders as ordinary income and will not be eligible for the reduced tax rate applicable to qualified dividend income.

Index options will generally be “marked-to-market” for U.S. federal income tax purposes. As a result, the Trust will generally recognize gain or loss on the last day of each taxable year equal to the difference between the value of the index option on that date and the adjusted basis of the index option. The adjusted basis of the index option will consequently be increased by such gain or decreased by such loss. Any gain or loss with respect to index options will be treated as short-term capital gain or loss to the extent of 40% of such gain or loss and long-term capital gain or loss to the extent of 60% of such gain or loss. Because the mark-to-market rules may cause the Trust to recognize gain in advance of the receipt of cash, the Trust may be required to dispose of investments in order to meet its distribution requirements.

Investments in Unseasoned Companies Risk

The Trust may invest in the securities of smaller, less seasoned companies. These investments may present greater opportunities for growth, but also involve greater risks than customarily are associated with investments in securities of more established companies. Some of the companies in which the Trust may invest will be start-up companies which may have insubstantial operational or earnings history or may have limited products, markets, financial resources or management depth. Some may also be emerging companies at the research and development stage with no products or technologies to market or approved for marketing. Securities of emerging companies may lack an active secondary market and may be subject to more abrupt or erratic price movements than securities of larger, more established companies or stock market averages in general. Competitors of certain companies may have substantially greater financial resources than many of the companies in which the Trust may invest.

Fixed-Income Securities Risks

Fixed-income securities in which the Trust may invest are generally subject to the following risks:

Interest Rate Risk.  The market value of bonds and other fixed-income securities changes in response to interest rate changes and other factors. Interest rate risk is the risk that prices of bonds and other fixed-income securities will increase as interest rates fall and decrease as interest rates rise. The Trust may be subject to a greater risk of rising interest rates due to the current period of historically low interest rates. The U.S. Federal Reserve recently increased the federal funds rate and has indicated that it may raise the federal funds rate further and tighten the monetary supply in the near future. Therefore, there is a risk that interest rates will rise, which will likely drive down prices of bonds and other fixed-income securities. The magnitude of these fluctuations in the market price of bonds and other fixed-income securities is generally greater for those securities with longer maturities. Fluctuations in the market price of the Trust’s investments will not affect interest income derived from instruments already owned by the Trust, but will be reflected in the Trust’s NAV. The Trust may lose money if short-term or long-term interest rates rise sharply in a manner not anticipated by the Advisors. To the extent the Trust invests in debt securities that may be prepaid at the option of the obligor (such as mortgage-related securities), the sensitivity of such securities to changes in interest rates may increase (to the detriment of the Trust) when interest rates rise. Moreover, because rates on certain floating rate debt securities typically reset only periodically, changes in prevailing interest rates (and particularly sudden and significant changes) can be expected to cause some fluctuations in the NAV of the Trust to the extent that it invests in floating rate debt securities. These basic principles of bond prices also apply to U.S. Government securities. A security backed by the “full faith and credit” of the U.S. Government is guaranteed only as to its stated interest rate and face value at maturity, not its current market price. Just like other fixed-income securities, government-guaranteed securities will fluctuate in value when interest rates change.

 

- 62 -


Table of Contents

During periods in which the Trust may use leverage, such use of leverage will tend to increase the Trust’s interest rate risk. The Trust may utilize certain strategies, including taking positions in futures or interest rate swaps, for the purpose of reducing the interest rate sensitivity of fixed-income securities held by the Trust and decreasing the Trust’s exposure to interest rate risk. The Trust is not required to hedge its exposure to interest rate risk and may choose not to do so. In addition, there is no assurance that any attempts by the Trust to reduce interest rate risk will be successful or that any hedges that the Trust may establish will perfectly correlate with movements in interest rates.

The Trust may invest in variable and floating rate debt instruments, which generally are less sensitive to interest rate changes than longer duration fixed rate instruments, but may decline in value in response to rising interest rates if, for example, the rates at which they pay interest do not rise as much, or as quickly, as market interest rates in general. Conversely, variable and floating rate instruments generally will not increase in value if interest rates decline. The Trust also may invest in inverse floating rate debt securities, which may decrease in value if interest rates increase, and which also may exhibit greater price volatility than fixed rate debt obligations with similar credit quality. To the extent the Trust holds variable or floating rate instruments, a decrease (or, in the case of inverse floating rate securities, an increase) in market interest rates will adversely affect the income received from such securities, which may adversely affect the NAV of the Trust’s common shares.

Issuer Risk . The value of fixed-income securities may decline for a number of reasons which directly relate to the issuer, such as management performance, financial leverage, reduced demand for the issuer’s goods and services, historical and prospective earnings of the issuer and the value of the assets of the issuer.

Credit Risk.  Credit risk is the risk that one or more fixed-income securities in the Trust’s portfolio will decline in price or fail to pay interest or principal when due because the issuer of the security experiences a decline in its financial status. Credit risk is increased when a portfolio security is downgraded or the perceived creditworthiness of the issuer deteriorates. To the extent the Trust invests in below investment grade securities, it will be exposed to a greater amount of credit risk than a fund that only invests in investment grade securities.

See “—Below Investment Grade Securities Risk.” In addition, to the extent the Trust uses credit derivatives, such use will expose it to additional risk in the event that the bonds underlying the derivatives default. The degree of credit risk depends on the issuer’s financial condition and on the terms of the securities.

Prepayment Risk.  During periods of declining interest rates, borrowers may exercise their option to prepay principal earlier than scheduled. For fixed rate securities, such payments often occur during periods of declining interest rates, forcing the Trust to reinvest in lower yielding securities, resulting in a possible decline in the Trust’s income and distributions to shareholders. This is known as prepayment or “call” risk. Below investment grade securities frequently have call features that allow the issuer to redeem the security at dates prior to its stated maturity at a specified price (typically greater than par) only if certain prescribed conditions are met ( i.e. , “call protection”). For premium bonds (bonds acquired at prices that exceed their par or principal value) purchased by the Trust, prepayment risk may be enhanced.

Reinvestment Risk.  Reinvestment risk is the risk that income from the Trust’s portfolio will decline if the Trust invests the proceeds from matured, traded or called fixed-income securities at market interest rates that are below the Trust portfolio’s current earnings rate.

Duration and Maturity Risk.  The Trust has no set policy regarding portfolio maturity or duration of the fixed-income securities it may hold. The Advisors may seek to adjust the portfolio’s duration or maturity based on their assessment of current and projected market conditions and all other factors that the Advisors deem relevant.

Spread Risk.  Wider credit spreads and decreasing market values typically represent a deterioration of a debt security’s credit soundness and a perceived greater likelihood or risk of default by the issuer.

 

- 63 -


Table of Contents

Any decisions as to the targeted duration or maturity of any particular category of investments or of the Trust’s portfolio generally will be made based on all pertinent market factors at any given time. The Trust may incur costs in seeking to adjust the portfolio’s average duration or maturity. There can be no assurance that the Advisors’ assessment of current and projected market conditions will be correct or that any strategy to adjust the portfolio’s duration or maturity will be successful at any given time. In general, the longer the duration of any fixed-income securities in the Trust’s portfolio, the more exposure the Trust will have to the interest rate risks described above.

Corporate Bonds Risk

The market value of a corporate bond generally may be expected to rise and fall inversely with interest rates. The market value of intermediate and longer term corporate bonds is generally more sensitive to changes in interest rates than is the market value of shorter term corporate bonds. The market value of a corporate bond also may be affected by factors directly related to the issuer, such as investors’ perceptions of the creditworthiness of the issuer, the issuer’s financial performance, perceptions of the issuer in the market place, performance of management of the issuer, the issuer’s capital structure and use of financial leverage and demand for the issuer’s goods and services. Certain risks associated with investments in corporate bonds are described elsewhere in this Prospectus in further detail, including under “—Fixed-Income Securities Risks—Credit Risk,” “—Fixed-Income Securities Risks—Interest Rate Risk,” “—Fixed-Income Securities Risks—Prepayment Risk,” “—Inflation Risk” and “—Deflation Risk.” There is a risk that the issuers of corporate bonds may not be able to meet their obligations on interest or principal payments at the time called for by an instrument. Corporate bonds of below investment grade quality are often high risk and have speculative characteristics and may be particularly susceptible to adverse issuer-specific developments. Corporate bonds of below investment grade quality are subject to the risks described herein under “—Below Investment Grade Securities Risk.”

Below Investment Grade Securities Risk

The Trust may invest in securities that are rated, at the time of investment, below investment grade quality (rated Ba/BB or below, or judged to be of comparable quality by the Advisors), which are commonly referred to as “high yield” or “junk” bonds and are regarded as predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal when due. The value of high yield, lower quality bonds is affected by the creditworthiness of the issuers of the securities and by general economic and specific industry conditions. Issuers of high yield bonds are not perceived to be as strong financially as those with higher credit ratings. These issuers are more vulnerable to financial setbacks and recession than more creditworthy issuers, which may impair their ability to make interest and principal payments.

Lower grade securities may be particularly susceptible to economic downturns. It is likely that an economic recession could severely disrupt the market for such securities and may have an adverse impact on the value of such securities. In addition, it is likely that any such economic downturn could adversely affect the ability of the issuers of such securities to repay principal and pay interest thereon and increase the incidence of default for such securities. See “—Risk Associated with Recent Market Events.”

Lower grade securities, though high yielding, are characterized by high risk. They may be subject to certain risks with respect to the issuing entity and to greater market fluctuations than certain lower yielding, higher rated securities. The secondary market for lower grade securities may be less liquid than that for higher rated securities. Adverse conditions could make it difficult at times for the Trust to sell certain securities or could result in lower prices than those used in calculating the Trust’s NAV. Because of the substantial risks associated with investments in lower grade securities, you could lose money on your investment in common shares of the Trust, both in the short-term and the long-term.

The prices of fixed-income securities generally are inversely related to interest rate changes; however, below investment grade securities historically have been somewhat less sensitive to interest rate changes than higher quality securities of comparable maturity because credit quality is also a significant factor in the valuation of lower grade securities. On the other hand, an increased rate environment results in increased

 

- 64 -


Table of Contents

borrowing costs generally, which may impair the credit quality of low-grade issuers and thus have a more significant effect on the value of some lower grade securities. In addition, the current low rate environment has expanded the historic universe of buyers of lower grade securities as traditional investment grade oriented investors have been forced to accept more risk in order to maintain income. As rates rise, these recent entrants to the low-grade securities market may exit the market and reduce demand for lower grade securities, potentially resulting in greater price volatility.

The ratings of Moody’s, S&P, Fitch and other rating agencies represent their opinions as to the quality of the obligations which they undertake to rate. Ratings are relative and subjective and, although ratings may be useful in evaluating the safety of interest and principal payments, they do not evaluate the market value risk of such obligations. Although these ratings may be an initial criterion for selection of portfolio investments, the Advisors also will independently evaluate these securities and the ability of the issuers of such securities to pay interest and principal. To the extent that the Trust invests in lower grade securities that have not been rated by a rating agency, the Trust’s ability to achieve its investment objective will be more dependent on the Advisors’ credit analysis than would be the case when the Trust invests in rated securities.

U.S. Government Securities Risk

U.S. Government debt securities generally involve lower levels of credit risk than other types of fixed-income securities of similar maturities, although, as a result, the yields available from U.S. Government debt securities are generally lower than the yields available from such other securities. Like other fixed-income securities, the values of U.S. Government securities change as interest rates fluctuate.

Unrated Securities Risk

Because the Trust may purchase securities that are not rated by any rating organization, the Advisors may, after assessing their credit quality, internally assign ratings to certain of those securities in categories similar to those of rating organizations. Some unrated securities may not have an active trading market or may be difficult to value, which means the Trust might have difficulty selling them promptly at an acceptable price. To the extent that the Trust invests in unrated securities, the Trust’s ability to achieve its investment objective will be more dependent on the Advisors’ credit analysis than would be the case when the Trust invests in rated securities.

 

- 65 -


Table of Contents

REITs Risk

To the extent that the Trust invests in real estate related investments, including REITs, it will be subject to the risks associated with owning real estate and with the real estate industry generally. These include difficulties in valuing and disposing of real estate, the possibility of declines in the value of real estate, risks related to general and local economic conditions, the possibility of adverse changes in the climate for real estate, environmental liability risks, the risk of increases in property taxes and operating expenses, possible adverse changes in zoning laws, the risk of casualty or condemnation losses, limitations on rents, the possibility of adverse changes in interest rates and in the credit markets and the possibility of borrowers paying off mortgages sooner than expected, which may lead to reinvestment of assets at lower prevailing interest rates. To the extent that the Trust invests in REITs, it will also be subject to the risk that a REIT may default on its obligations or go bankrupt. REITs are generally not taxed on income timely distributed to shareholders, provided they comply with the applicable requirements of the Code. By investing in REITs indirectly through the Trust, a shareholder will bear not only his or her proportionate share of the expenses of the Trust, but also, indirectly, similar expenses of the REITs. Mortgage REITs are pooled investment vehicles that invest the majority of their assets in real property mortgages and which generally derive income primarily from interest payments thereon. Investing in mortgage REITs involves certain risks related to investing in real property mortgages. In addition, mortgage REITs must satisfy highly technical and complex requirements in order to qualify for the favorable tax treatment accorded to REITs under the Code. No assurances can be given that a mortgage REIT in which the Trust invests will be able to continue to qualify as a REIT or that complying with the REIT requirements under the Code will not adversely affect such REIT’s ability to execute its business plan.

 

- 66 -


Table of Contents

Many REITs focus on particular types of properties or properties which are especially suited for certain uses, and those REITs are affected by the risks which impact the users of their properties. For REITs that own healthcare facilities, for example, the physical characteristics of these properties and their operations are highly regulated, and those regulations often require capital expenditures or restrict the profits realizable from these properties. Some of these properties are also highly dependent upon Medicare and Medicaid payments, which are subject to changes in governmental budgets and policies. These properties may experience losses if their tenants receive lower Medicare or Medicaid rates.

Securities Lending Risk

The Trust may lend securities to financial institutions. Securities lending involves exposure to certain risks, including operational risk ( i.e. , the risk of losses resulting from problems in the settlement and accounting process), “gap” risk ( i.e. , the risk of a mismatch between the return on cash collateral reinvestments and the fees the Trust has agreed to pay a borrower), and credit, legal, counterparty and market risk. If a securities lending counterparty were to default, the Trust would be subject to the risk of a possible delay in receiving collateral or in recovering the loaned securities, or to a possible loss of rights in the collateral. In the event a borrower does not return the Trust’s securities as agreed, the Trust may experience losses if the proceeds received from liquidating the collateral do not at least equal the value of the loaned security at the time the collateral is liquidated, plus the transaction costs incurred in purchasing replacement securities. This event could trigger adverse tax consequences for the Trust. The Trust could lose money if its short-term investment of the collateral declines in value over the period of the loan. Substitute payments for dividends received by the Trust for securities loaned out by the Trust will generally not be considered qualified dividend income. The securities lending agent will take the tax effects on shareholders of this difference into account in connection with the Trust’s securities lending program. Substitute payments received on tax-exempt securities loaned out will generally not be tax-exempt income.

Dividend Risk

Historically, Utilities, Infrastructure and Power Opportunities companies have generally paid dividends on their equity securities. However, dividends on common stocks are not fixed but are declared at the discretion of an issuer’s board of directors. There is no guarantee that the issuers of the common stocks in which the Trust invests will declare dividends in the future or that if declared they will remain at current levels or increase over time. As described further in “Tax Matters,” “qualified dividend income” received by the Trust and passed through to shareholders will generally be eligible for the reduced tax rate applicable to individuals for taxable years beginning on or before [                    ]. There is no assurance as to what portion of the Trust’s distributions will constitute qualified dividend income.

Inflation Risk

Inflation risk is the risk that the value of assets or income from investment will be worth less in the future, as inflation decreases the value of money. As inflation increases, the real value of the common shares and distributions on those shares can decline. In addition, during any periods of rising inflation, interest rates on any borrowings by the Trust would likely increase, which would tend to further reduce returns to the holders of common shares.

Deflation Risk

Deflation risk is the risk that prices throughout the economy decline over time, which may have an adverse effect on the market valuation of companies, their assets and their revenues. In addition, deflation may have an adverse effect on the creditworthiness of issuers and may make issuer default more likely, which may result in a decline in the value of the Trust’s portfolio.

 

- 67 -


Table of Contents

Investment Companies and ETFs Risk

Subject to the limitations set forth in the Investment Company Act and the Trust’s governing documents or as otherwise permitted by the SEC, the Trust may acquire shares in other investment companies, including ETFs or BDCs, some of which may be affiliated investment companies. The market value of the shares of other investment companies may differ from their NAV. As an investor in investment companies, including ETFs or BDCs, the Trust would bear its ratable share of that entity’s expenses, including its investment advisory and administration fees, while continuing to pay its own advisory and administration fees and other expenses (to the extent not offset by the Advisor through waivers). As a result, shareholders will be absorbing duplicate levels of fees with respect to investments in other investment companies, including ETFs or BDCs (to the extent not offset by the Advisor through waivers).

The securities of other investment companies, including ETFs or BDCs, in which the Trust may invest may be leveraged. As a result, the Trust may be indirectly exposed to leverage through an investment in such securities. An investment in securities of other investment companies, including ETFs or BDCs, that use leverage may expose the Trust to higher volatility in the market value of such securities and the possibility that the Trust’s long-term returns on such securities (and, indirectly, the long-term returns of the Trust’s common shares) will be diminished.

ETFs are generally not actively managed and may be affected by a general decline in market segments relating to its index. An ETF typically invests in securities included in, or representative of, its index regardless of their investment merits and does not attempt to take defensive positions in declining markets.

Leverage Risk

The use of leverage creates an opportunity for increased common share net investment income dividends, but also creates risks for the holders of common shares. The Trust cannot assure you that the use of leverage, if employed, will result in a higher yield on the common shares. Any leveraging strategy the Trust employs may not be successful.

Leverage involves risks and special considerations for common shareholders, including:

 

   

the likelihood of greater volatility of NAV, market price and dividend rate of the common shares than a comparable portfolio without leverage;

 

   

the risk that fluctuations in interest rates or dividend rates on any leverage that the Trust must pay will reduce the return to the common shareholders;

 

   

the effect of leverage in a declining market, which is likely to cause a greater decline in the NAV of the common shares than if the Trust were not leveraged, which may result in a greater decline in the market price of the common shares;

 

   

when the Trust uses financial leverage, the management fee payable to the Advisor will be higher than if the Trust did not use leverage; and

 

   

leverage may increase operating costs, which may reduce total return.

Any decline in the NAV of the Trust’s investments will be borne entirely by the holders of common shares. Therefore, if the market value of the Trust’s portfolio declines, leverage will result in a greater decrease in NAV to the holders of common shares than if the Trust were not leveraged. This greater NAV decrease will also tend to cause a greater decline in the market price for the common shares. While the Trust may from time to time consider reducing any outstanding leverage in response to actual or anticipated changes in interest rates in an effort to mitigate the increased volatility of current income and NAV associated with leverage, there can be no assurance that the Trust will actually reduce any outstanding leverage in the future or that any reduction, if undertaken, will benefit the holders of common shares. Changes in the future direction of interest rates are very difficult to predict accurately. If the Trust were to reduce any outstanding leverage based on a prediction about future changes to interest rates, and that prediction turned out to be

 

- 68 -


Table of Contents

incorrect, the reduction in any outstanding leverage would likely operate to reduce the income and/or total returns to holders of common shares relative to the circumstance where the Trust had not reduced any of its outstanding leverage. The Trust may decide that this risk outweighs the likelihood of achieving the desired reduction to volatility in income and share price if the prediction were to turn out to be correct, and determine not to reduce any of its outstanding leverage as described above.

The Trust currently does not intend to borrow money or issue debt securities or preferred shares, but may in the future borrow funds from banks or other financial institutions, or issue debt securities or preferred shares, as described in this Prospectus. Certain types of leverage the Trust may use may result in the Trust being subject to covenants relating to asset coverage and portfolio composition requirements. The Trust may be subject to certain restrictions on investments imposed by guidelines of one or more rating agencies, which may issue ratings for any debt securities or preferred shares issued by the Trust. The terms of any borrowings or these rating agency guidelines may impose asset coverage or portfolio composition requirements that are more stringent than those imposed by the Investment Company Act. The Advisors do not believe that these covenants or guidelines will impede them from managing the Trust’s portfolio in accordance with the Trust’s investment objective and policies.

The Trust may invest in the securities of other investment companies. Such investment companies may also be leveraged, and will therefore be subject to the leverage risks described above. This additional leverage may in certain market conditions reduce the NAV of the Trust’s common shares and the returns to the holders of common shares.

Strategic Transactions and Derivatives Risk

The Trust may engage in various Strategic Transactions for duration management and other risk management purposes, including to attempt to protect against possible changes in the market value of the Trust’s portfolio resulting from trends in the securities markets and changes in interest rates or to protect the Trust’s unrealized gains in the value of its portfolio securities, to facilitate the sale of portfolio securities for investment purposes or to establish a position in the securities markets as a temporary substitute for purchasing particular securities or to enhance income or gain. Derivatives are financial contracts or instruments whose value depends on, or is derived from, the value of an underlying asset, reference rate or index (or relationship between two indices). The Trust also may use derivatives to add leverage to the portfolio and/or to hedge against increases in the Trust’s costs associated with any leverage strategy that it may employ. The use of Strategic Transactions to enhance current income may be particularly speculative.

Strategic Transactions involve risks. The risks associated with Strategic Transactions include (i) the imperfect correlation between the value of such instruments and the underlying assets, (ii) the possible default of the counterparty to the transaction, (iii) illiquidity of the derivative instruments, and (iv) high volatility losses caused by unanticipated market movements, which are potentially unlimited. Although both OTC and exchange-traded derivatives markets may experience a lack of liquidity, OTC non-standardized derivative transactions are generally less liquid than exchange-traded instruments. The illiquidity of the derivatives markets may be due to various factors, including congestion, disorderly markets, limitations on deliverable supplies, the participation of speculators, government regulation and intervention, and technical and operational or system failures. In addition, daily limits on price fluctuations and speculative position limits on exchanges on which the Trust may conduct its transactions in derivative instruments may prevent prompt liquidation of positions, subjecting the Trust to the potential of greater losses. Furthermore, the Trust’s ability to successfully use Strategic Transactions depends on the Advisors’ ability to predict pertinent securities prices, interest rates, currency exchange rates and other economic factors, which cannot be assured. The use of Strategic Transactions may result in losses greater than if they had not been used, may require the Trust to sell or purchase portfolio securities at inopportune times or for prices other than current market values, may limit the amount of appreciation the Trust can realize on an investment or may cause the Trust to hold a security that it might otherwise sell. Additionally, segregated or earmarked liquid assets, amounts paid by the Trust as premiums and cash or other assets held in margin accounts with respect to Strategic Transactions are not otherwise available to the Trust for investment purposes. Please see the Trust’s SAI for a more detailed description of Strategic Transactions and the various derivative instruments the Trust may use and the various risks associated with them.

 

- 69 -


Table of Contents

Many OTC derivatives are valued on the basis of dealers’ pricing of these instruments. However, the price at which dealers value a particular derivative and the price that the same dealers would actually be willing to pay for such derivative should the Trust wish or be forced to sell such position may be materially different. Such differences can result in an overstatement of the Trust’s NAV and may materially adversely affect the Trust in situations in which the Trust is required to sell derivative instruments. Exchange-traded derivatives and OTC derivative transactions submitted for clearing through a central counterparty have become subject to minimum initial and variation margin requirements set by the relevant clearinghouse, as well as possible margin requirements mandated by the SEC or the CFTC. The CFTC and federal banking regulators also have imposed margin requirements on non-cleared OTC derivatives, and the SEC has proposed (but not yet finalized) such non-cleared margin requirements. As applicable, margin requirements will increase the overall costs for the Trust.

While hedging can reduce or eliminate losses, it can also reduce or eliminate gains. Hedges are sometimes subject to imperfect matching between the derivative and the underlying security, and there can be no assurance that the Trust’s hedging transactions will be effective.

Derivatives may give rise to a form of leverage and may expose the Trust to greater risk and increase its costs. Recent legislation calls for new regulation of the derivatives markets. The extent and impact of the regulation is not yet known and may not be known for some time. New regulation may make derivatives more costly, may limit the availability of derivatives, or may otherwise adversely affect the value or performance of derivatives.

Counterparty Risk

The Trust will be subject to credit risk with respect to the counterparties to the derivative contracts purchased by the Trust. Because derivative transactions in which the Trust may engage may involve instruments that are not traded on an exchange or cleared through a central counterparty but are instead traded between counterparties based on contractual relationships, the Trust is subject to the risk that a counterparty will not perform its obligations under the related contracts. If a counterparty becomes bankrupt or otherwise fails to perform its obligations due to financial difficulties, the Trust may experience significant delays in obtaining any recovery in bankruptcy or other reorganization proceedings. The Trust may obtain only a limited recovery, or may obtain no recovery, in such circumstances. Although the Trust intends to enter into transactions only with counterparties that the Advisors believe to be creditworthy, there can be no assurance that, as a result, a counterparty will not default and that the Trust will not sustain a loss on a transaction. In the event of the counterparty’s bankruptcy or insolvency, the Trust’s collateral may be subject to the conflicting claims of the counterparty’s creditors, and the Trust may be exposed to the risk of a court treating the Trust as a general unsecured creditor of the counterparty, rather than as the owner of the collateral.

The counterparty risk for cleared derivatives is generally lower than for uncleared OTC derivative transactions since generally a clearing organization becomes substituted for each counterparty to a cleared derivative contract and, in effect, guarantees the parties’ performance under the contract as each party to a trade looks only to the clearing organization for performance of financial obligations under the derivative contract. However, there can be no assurance that a clearing organization, or its members, will satisfy its obligations to the Trust, or that the Trust would be able to recover the full amount of assets deposited on its behalf with the clearing organization in the event of the default by the clearing organization or the Trust’s clearing broker. In addition, cleared derivative transactions benefit from daily marking-to-market and settlement, and segregation and minimum capital requirements applicable to intermediaries. Uncleared OTC derivative transactions generally do not benefit from such protections. This exposes the Trust to the risk that a counterparty will not settle a transaction in accordance with its terms and conditions because of a dispute over the terms of the contract (whether or not bona fide) or because of a credit or liquidity problem, thus causing the Trust to suffer a loss. Such “counterparty risk” is accentuated for contracts with longer maturities where events may intervene to prevent settlement, or where the Trust has concentrated its transactions with a single or small group of counterparties.

 

- 70 -


Table of Contents

In addition, the Trust is subject to the risk that issuers of the instruments in which it invests and trades may default on their obligations under those instruments, and that certain events may occur that have an immediate and significant adverse effect on the value of those instruments. There can be no assurance that an issuer of an instrument in which the Trust invests will not default, or that an event that has an immediate and significant adverse effect on the value of an instrument will not occur, and that the Trust will not sustain a loss on a transaction as a result.

Swaps Risk

Swaps are a type of derivative. Swap agreements involve the risk that the party with which the Trust has entered into the swap will default on its obligation to pay the Trust and the risk that the Trust will not be able to meet its obligations to pay the other party to the agreement. In order to seek to hedge the value of the Trust’s portfolio, to hedge against increases in the Trust’s cost associated with interest payments on any outstanding borrowings or to seek to increase the Trust’s return, the Trust may enter into swaps, including interest rate swap, total return swap (sometimes referred to as a “contract for difference”) and/or credit default swap transactions. In interest rate swap transactions, there is a risk that yields will move in the direction opposite of the direction anticipated by the Trust, which would cause the Trust to make payments to its counterparty in the transaction that could adversely affect Trust performance. In addition to the risks applicable to swaps generally (including counterparty risk, high volatility, illiquidity risk and credit risk), credit default swap transactions involve special risks because they are difficult to value, are highly susceptible to liquidity and credit risk, and generally pay a return to the party that has paid the premium only in the event of an actual default by the issuer of the underlying obligation (as opposed to a credit downgrade or other indication of financial difficulty).

Historically, swap transactions have been individually negotiated non-standardized transactions entered into in OTC markets and have not been subject to the same type of government regulation as exchange-traded instruments. However, since the global financial crisis, the OTC derivatives markets have become subject to comprehensive statutes and regulations. In particular, in the United States, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 (the “Dodd-Frank Act”), signed into law by President Obama on July 21, 2010, requires that certain derivatives with U.S. persons must be executed on a regulated market and a substantial portion of OTC derivatives must be submitted for clearing to regulated clearinghouses. As a result, swap transactions entered into by the Trust may become subject to various requirements applicable to swaps under the Dodd-Frank Act, including clearing, exchange-execution, reporting and recordkeeping requirements, which may make it more difficult and costly for the Trust to enter into swap transactions and may also render certain strategies in which the Trust might otherwise engage impossible or so costly that they will no longer be economical to implement. Furthermore, the number of counterparties that may be willing to enter into swap transactions with the Trust may also be limited if the swap transactions with the Trust are subject to the swap regulation under the Dodd-Frank Act.

Credit default and total return swap agreements may effectively add leverage to the Trust’s portfolio because, in addition to its Managed Assets, the Trust would be subject to investment exposure on the notional amount of the swap. Total return swap agreements are subject to the risk that a counterparty will default on its payment obligations to the Trust thereunder. The Trust is not required to enter into swap transactions for hedging purposes or to enhance income or gain and may choose not to do so. In addition, the swaps market is subject to a changing regulatory environment. It is possible that regulatory or other developments in the swaps market could adversely affect the Trust’s ability to successfully use swaps.

Short Sales Risk

Short-selling involves selling securities which may or may not be owned and borrowing the same securities for delivery to the purchaser, with an obligation to replace the borrowed securities at a later date. If the price of the security sold short increases between the time of the short sale and the time the Trust replaces the borrowed security, the Trust will incur a loss; conversely, if the price declines, the Trust will realize a capital gain. Any gain will be decreased, and any loss will be increased, by the transaction costs incurred by the Trust, including the costs associated with providing collateral to the broker-dealer (usually cash and liquid securities) and the maintenance of collateral with its custodian. Although the Trust’s gain is limited to the price at which it sold the security short, its potential loss is theoretically unlimited.

 

- 71 -


Table of Contents

Short-selling necessarily involves certain additional risks. However, if the short seller does not own the securities sold short (an uncovered short sale), the borrowed securities must be replaced by securities purchased at market prices in order to close out the short position, and any appreciation in the price of the borrowed securities would result in a loss. Uncovered short sales expose the Trust to the risk of uncapped losses until a position can be closed out due to the lack of an upper limit on the price to which a security may rise. Purchasing securities to close out the short position can itself cause the price of the securities to rise further, thereby exacerbating the loss. There is the risk that the securities borrowed by the Trust in connection with a short-sale must be returned to the securities lender on short notice. If a request for return of borrowed securities occurs at a time when other short-sellers of the security are receiving similar requests, a “short squeeze” can occur, and the Trust may be compelled to replace borrowed securities previously sold short with purchases on the open market at the most disadvantageous time, possibly at prices significantly in excess of the proceeds received at the time the securities were originally sold short.

Defensive Investing Risk

For defensive purposes, the Trust may allocate assets into cash or short-term fixed-income securities without limitation. In doing so, the Trust may succeed in avoiding losses but may otherwise fail to achieve its investment objective. Further, the value of short-term fixed-income securities may be affected by changing interest rates and by changes in credit ratings of the investments. If the Trust holds cash uninvested it will be subject to the credit risk of the depository institution holding the cash.

Risk Associated with Recent Market Events

The global financial crisis that began in 2008 caused a significant decline in the value and liquidity of many securities and unprecedented volatility in the markets. Periods of market volatility remain, and may continue to occur in the future, in response to various political, social and economic events both within and outside of the United States. These conditions have resulted in, and in many cases continue to result in, greater price volatility, less liquidity, widening credit spreads and a lack of price transparency, with many securities remaining illiquid and of uncertain value. Such market conditions may adversely affect the Trust, including by making valuation of some of the Trust’s securities uncertain and/or result in sudden and significant valuation increases or declines in the Trust’s holdings. If there is a significant decline in the value of the Trust’s portfolio, this may impact the asset coverage levels for any outstanding leverage the Trust may have.

Risks resulting from any future debt or other economic crisis could also have a detrimental impact on the global economic recovery, the financial condition of financial institutions and the Trust’s business, financial condition and results of operation. Market and economic disruptions have affected, and may in the future affect, consumer confidence levels and spending, personal bankruptcy rates, levels of incurrence and default on consumer debt and home prices, among other factors. To the extent uncertainty regarding the U.S. or global economy negatively impacts consumer confidence and consumer credit factors, the Trust’s business, financial condition and results of operations could be significantly and adversely affected. Downgrades to the credit ratings of major banks could result in increased borrowing costs for such banks and negatively affect the broader economy. Moreover, Federal Reserve policy, including with respect to certain interest rates, may also adversely affect the value, volatility and liquidity of dividend- and interest-paying securities. Market volatility, rising interest rates and/or unfavorable economic conditions could impair the Trust’s ability to achieve its investment objective.

EMU and Redenomination Risk

As the European debt crisis progressed, the possibility of one or more Eurozone countries exiting the EMU, or even the collapse of the Euro as a common currency, arose, creating significant volatility at times in

 

- 72 -


Table of Contents

currency and financial markets generally. The effects of the collapse of the Euro, or of the exit of one or more countries from the EMU, on the U.S. and global economy and securities markets are impossible to predict and any such events could have a significant adverse impact on the value and risk profile of the Trust’s portfolio. Any partial or complete dissolution of the EMU could have significant adverse effects on currency and financial markets, and on the values of the Trust’s portfolio investments. If one or more EMU countries were to stop using the Euro as its primary currency, the Trust’s investments in such countries may be redenominated into a different or newly adopted currency. As a result, the value of those investments could decline significantly and unpredictably. In addition, securities or other investments that are redenominated may be subject to foreign currency risk, illiquidity risk and valuation risk to a greater extent than similar investments currently denominated in Euros. To the extent a currency used for redenomination purposes is not specified in respect of certain EMU-related investments, or should the Euro cease to be used entirely, the currency in which such investments are denominated may be unclear, making such investments particularly difficult to value or dispose of. The Trust may incur additional expenses to the extent it is required to seek judicial or other clarification of the denomination or value of such securities.

Market Disruption and Geopolitical Risk

The occurrence of events similar to those in recent years, such as the aftermath of the war in Iraq, instability in Afghanistan, Pakistan, Egypt, Libya, Syria, Russia, Ukraine and the Middle East, ongoing epidemics of infectious diseases in certain parts of the world, terrorist attacks in the United States and around the world, social and political discord, debt crises (such as the Greek crisis), sovereign debt downgrades, increasingly strained relations between the United States and a number of foreign countries, including traditional allies, such as certain European countries, and historical adversaries, such as North Korea, Iran, China and Russia, and the international community generally, new and continued political unrest in various countries, such as Venezuela and Spain, the exit or potential exit of one or more countries from the EU or the EMU, continued changes in the balance of political power among and within the branches of the U.S. government, among others, may result in market volatility, may have long term effects on the U.S. and worldwide financial markets, and may cause further economic uncertainties in the United States and worldwide.

The current political climate has intensified concerns about a potential trade war between China and the United States, as each country has recently imposed tariffs on the other country’s products. These actions may trigger a significant reduction in international trade, the oversupply of certain manufactured goods, substantial price reductions of goods and possible failure of individual companies and/or large segments of China’s export industry, which could have a negative impact on the Trust’s performance. U.S. companies that source material and goods from China and those that make large amounts of sales in China would be particularly vulnerable to an escalation of trade tensions. Uncertainty regarding the outcome of the trade tensions and the potential for a trade war could cause the U.S. dollar to decline against safe haven currencies, such as the Japanese yen and the euro. Events such as these and their consequences are difficult to predict and it is unclear whether further tariffs may be imposed or other escalating actions may be taken in the future.

The decision made in Brexit to leave the EU has led to volatility in the financial markets of the United Kingdom and more broadly across Europe and may also lead to weakening in consumer, corporate and financial confidence in such markets. The formal notification to the European Council required under Article 50 of the Treaty on EU was made on March 29, 2017, triggering a two year period during which the terms of exit are to be negotiated. Pursuant to an agreement between the United Kingdom and the EU, the date of Brexit has been extended to October 31, 2019. The longer term economic, legal, political and social framework to be put in place between the United Kingdom and the EU are unclear at this stage and are likely to lead to ongoing political and economic uncertainty and periods of exacerbated volatility in both the United Kingdom and in wider European markets for some time. In particular, the decision made in Brexit may lead to a call for similar referendums in other European jurisdictions which may cause increased economic volatility in the European and global markets. This mid- to long-term uncertainty may have an adverse effect on the economy generally and on the ability of the Trust to execute its strategies and to receive attractive returns. In particular, currency volatility may mean that the returns of the Trust and its investments are adversely affected by market movements and may make it more difficult, or more expensive, for the Trust to execute prudent currency hedging policies. Potential decline in the value of the British Pound and/or the Euro

 

- 73 -


Table of Contents

against other currencies, along with the potential downgrading of the United Kingdom’s sovereign credit rating, may also have an impact on the performance of portfolio companies or investments located in the United Kingdom or Europe. In light of the above, no definitive assessment can currently be made regarding the impact that Brexit will have on the Trust, its investments or its organization more generally.

The occurrence of any of these above events could have a significant adverse impact on the value and risk profile of the Trust’s portfolio. The Trust does not know how long the securities markets may be affected by similar events and cannot predict the effects of similar events in the future on the U.S. economy and securities markets. There can be no assurance that similar events and other market disruptions will not have other material and adverse implications.

Regulation and Government Intervention Risk

The global financial crisis led the U.S. Government and the Federal Reserve, as well as certain foreign governments, to take a number of unprecedented actions designed to support certain financial institutions and segments of the financial markets that experienced extreme volatility. The withdrawal of Federal Reserve or other U.S. or non-U.S. governmental support could negatively affect financial markets generally and reduce the value and liquidity of certain securities. Additionally, with continued economic recovery and the cessation of certain market support activities, the Trust may face a heightened level of interest rate risk as a result of a rise or increased volatility in interest rates.

Federal, state, and other governments, their regulatory agencies or self-regulatory organizations may take actions that affect the regulation of the issuers in which the Trust invests. Legislation or regulation may also change the way in which the Trust is regulated. Such legislation or regulation could limit or preclude the Trust’s ability to achieve its investment objective.

In the aftermath of the global financial crisis, there appears to be a renewed popular, political and judicial focus on finance related consumer protection. Financial institution practices are also subject to greater scrutiny and criticism generally. In the case of transactions between financial institutions and the general public, there may be a greater tendency toward strict interpretation of terms and legal rights in favor of the consuming public, particularly where there is a real or perceived disparity in risk allocation and/or where consumers are perceived as not having had an opportunity to exercise informed consent to the transaction. In the event of conflicting interests between retail investors holding common shares of a closed-end investment company such as the Trust and a large financial institution, a court may similarly seek to strictly interpret terms and legal rights in favor of retail investors.

The Trust may be affected by governmental action in ways that are not foreseeable, and there is a possibility that such actions could have a significant adverse effect on the Trust and its ability to achieve its investment objective.

Regulation as a “Commodity Pool”

The CFTC subjects advisers to registered investment companies to regulation by the CFTC if a fund that is advised by the investment adviser either (i) invests, directly or indirectly, more than a prescribed level of its liquidation value in CFTC-regulated futures, options and swaps (“CFTC Derivatives”), or (ii) markets itself as providing investment exposure to such instruments. To the extent the Trust uses CFTC Derivatives, it intends to do so below such prescribed levels and will not market itself as a “commodity pool” or a vehicle for trading such instruments. Accordingly, the Advisor has claimed an exclusion from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator” under the Commodity Exchange Act (“CEA”) pursuant to Rule 4.5 under the CEA. The Advisor is not, therefore, subject to registration or regulation as a “commodity pool operator” under the CEA in respect of the Trust.

 

- 74 -


Table of Contents

Failures of Futures Commission Merchants and Clearing Organizations Risk

The Trust is required to deposit funds to margin open positions in cleared derivative instruments (both futures and swaps) with a clearing broker registered as a “futures commission merchant” (“FCM”). The CEA requires an FCM to segregate all funds received from customers with respect to any orders for the purchase or sale of U.S. domestic futures contracts and cleared swaps from the FCM’s proprietary assets. Similarly, the CEA requires each FCM to hold in a separate secure account all funds received from customers with respect to any orders for the purchase or sale of foreign futures contracts and segregate any such funds from the funds received with respect to domestic futures contracts. However, all funds and other property received by an FCM from its customers are held by an FCM on a commingled basis in an omnibus account and amounts in excess of assets posted to the clearing organization may be invested by an FCM in certain instruments permitted under the applicable regulation. There is a risk that assets deposited by the Trust with any FCM as margin for futures contracts or commodity options may, in certain circumstances, be used to satisfy losses of other clients of the Trust’s FCM. In addition, the assets of the Trust posted as margin against both swaps and futures contracts may not be fully protected in the event of the FCM’s bankruptcy.

Legal, Tax and Regulatory Risks

Legal, tax and regulatory changes could occur that may have material adverse effects on the Trust. For example, the regulatory and tax environment for derivative instruments in which the Trust may participate is evolving, and such changes in the regulation or taxation of derivative instruments may have material adverse effects on the value of derivative instruments held by the Trust and the ability of the Trust to pursue its investment strategies.

To qualify for the favorable U.S. federal income tax treatment generally accorded to RICs, the Trust must, among other things, derive in each taxable year at least 90% of its gross income from certain prescribed sources and distribute for each taxable year at least 90% of its “investment company taxable income” (generally, ordinary income plus the excess, if any, of net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital loss). If for any taxable year the Trust does not qualify as a RIC, all of its taxable income for that year (including its net capital gain) would be subject to tax at regular corporate rates without any deduction for distributions to shareholders, and such distributions would be taxable as ordinary dividends to the extent of the Trust’s current and accumulated earnings and profits.

The current presidential administration has called for, and in certain instances has begun to implement, significant changes to U.S. fiscal, tax, trade, healthcare, immigration, foreign, and government regulatory policy. In this regard, there is significant uncertainty with respect to legislation, regulation and government policy at the federal level, as well as the state and local levels. Recent events have created a climate of heightened uncertainty and introduced new and difficult-to-quantify macroeconomic and political risks with potentially far-reaching implications. There has been a corresponding meaningful increase in the uncertainty surrounding interest rates, inflation, foreign exchange rates, trade volumes and fiscal and monetary policy. To the extent the U.S. Congress or the current presidential administration implements changes to U.S. policy, those changes may impact, among other things, the U.S. and global economy, international trade and relations, unemployment, immigration, corporate taxes, healthcare, the U.S. regulatory environment, inflation and other areas. Some particular areas identified as subject to potential change, amendment or repeal include the Dodd-Frank Act, including the Volcker Rule and various swaps and derivatives regulations, credit risk retention requirements and the authorities of the Federal Reserve, the Financial Stability Oversight Council and the SEC. Although the Trust cannot predict the impact, if any, of these changes to the Trust’s business, they could adversely affect the Trust’s business, financial condition, operating results and cash flows. Until the Trust knows what policy changes are made and how those changes impact the Trust’s business and the business of the Trust’s competitors over the long term, the Trust will not know if, overall, the Trust will benefit from them or be negatively affected by them.

The risks and uncertainties associated with these policy proposals are heightened by the recent U.S. federal election, which has resulted in different political parties controlling the U.S. House of Representatives, on the one hand, and the U.S. Senate and the Executive Branch, on the other hand. Additional risks arising from the differences in expressed policy preferences among the various constituencies in these branches of the U.S. government has led in the past, and may lead in the future, to short term or prolonged policy impasses, which could, and has, resulted in shutdowns of the U.S. federal government. U.S. federal

 

- 75 -


Table of Contents

government shutdowns, especially prolonged shutdowns, could have a significant adverse impact on the economy in general and could impair the ability of issuers to raise capital in the securities markets. Any of these effects could have an adverse impact on companies in the Trust’s portfolio and consequently on the value of their securities and the Trust’s NAV.

The rules dealing with U.S. federal income taxation are constantly under review by persons involved in the legislative process and by the IRS and the U.S. Treasury Department. The recently enacted Tax Act makes substantial changes to the Code. Among those changes are a significant permanent reduction in the generally applicable corporate tax rate, changes in the taxation of individuals and other non-corporate taxpayers that generally but not universally reduce their taxes on a temporary basis subject to “sunset” provisions, the elimination or modification of various previously allowed deductions (including substantial limitations on the deductibility of interest and, in the case of individuals, the deduction for personal state and local taxes), certain additional limitations on the deduction of net operating losses, certain preferential rates of taxation on certain dividends and certain business income derived by non-corporate taxpayers in comparison to other ordinary income recognized by such taxpayers, and significant changes to the international tax rules. The effect of these, and the many other, changes made in the Tax Act is highly uncertain, both in terms of their direct effect on the taxation of an investment in our common shares and their indirect effect on the value of our assets or our common shares or market conditions generally. Furthermore, many of the provisions of the Tax Act will require guidance through the issuance of Treasury regulations in order to assess their effect. There may be a substantial delay before such regulations are promulgated, increasing the uncertainty as to the ultimate effect of the statutory amendments on the Trust. There also may be technical corrections legislation proposed with respect to the Tax Act, the effect of which cannot be predicted and may be adverse to the Trust or its shareholders.

Investment Company Act Regulations

The Trust is a registered closed-end management investment company and as such is subject to regulations under the Investment Company Act. Generally speaking, any contract or provision thereof that is made, or where performance involves a violation of the Investment Company Act or any rule or regulation thereunder is unenforceable by either party unless a court finds otherwise.

Legislation Risk

At any time after the date of this Prospectus, legislation may be enacted that could negatively affect the assets of the Trust. Legislation or regulation may change the way in which the Trust itself is regulated. The Advisors cannot predict the effects of any new governmental regulation that may be implemented and there can be no assurance that any new governmental regulation will not adversely affect the Trust’s ability to achieve its investment objective.

Potential Conflicts of Interest of the Advisor and Others

The investment activities of BlackRock, the ultimate parent company of the Advisor, and its Affiliates and their directors, officers and employees and of The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. (which, through a subsidiary, has a significant economic interest in BlackRock) and its subsidiaries (each with The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc., an “Entity” and collectively, the “Entities”) in the management of, or their interest in, their own accounts and other accounts they manage, may present conflicts of interest that could disadvantage the Trust and its shareholders. BlackRock, its Affiliates and the Entities provide investment management services to other funds and discretionary managed accounts that may follow investment programs similar to that of the Trust. Subject to the requirements of the Investment Company Act, BlackRock, its Affiliates and the Entities intend to engage in such activities and may receive compensation from third parties for their services. None of BlackRock, its Affiliates or the Entities are under any obligation to share any investment opportunity, idea or strategy with the Trust. As a result, BlackRock, its Affiliates and the Entities may compete with the Trust for appropriate investment opportunities. The results of the Trust’s investment activities, therefore, may differ from those of an Affiliate, and Entity or another account managed by an Affiliate or an Entity and it is possible that the Trust could sustain losses during periods in which one or more Affiliates, Entities and other accounts achieve profits on their trading for proprietary or other accounts.

 

- 76 -


Table of Contents

BlackRock has adopted policies and procedures designed to address potential conflicts of interests. For additional information about potential conflicts of interest and the way in which BlackRock addresses such conflicts, please see “Conflicts of Interest” and “Management of the Trust—Portfolio Management—Potential Material Conflicts of Interest” in the SAI.

Decision-Making Authority Risk

Investors have no authority to make decisions or to exercise business discretion on behalf of the Trust, except as set forth in the Trust’s governing documents. The authority for all such decisions is generally delegated to the Board, which in turn, has delegated the day-to-day management of the Trust’s investment activities to the Advisors, subject to oversight by the Board.

Management Risk

The Trust is subject to management risk because it is an actively managed investment portfolio. The Advisors and the individual portfolio managers will apply investment techniques and risk analyses in making investment decisions for the Trust, but there can be no guarantee that these will produce the desired results. The Trust may be subject to a relatively high level of management risk because the Trust may invest in derivative instruments, which may be highly specialized instruments that require investment techniques and risk analyses different from those associated with equities and bonds.

Market and Selection Risk

Market risk is the possibility that the market values of securities owned by the Trust will decline. There is a risk that equity and/or bond markets will go down in value, including the possibility that such markets will go down sharply and unpredictably.

Stock markets are volatile, and the price of equity securities fluctuates based on changes in a company’s financial condition and overall market and economic conditions. An adverse event, such as an unfavorable earnings report, may depress the value of a particular common stock held by the Trust. Also, the price of common stocks is sensitive to general movements in the stock market and a drop in the stock market may depress the price of common stocks to which the Trust has exposure. Common stock prices fluctuate for several reasons, including changes in investors’ perceptions of the financial condition of an issuer or the general condition of the relevant stock market, or when political or economic events affecting the issuers occur.

The prices of fixed-income securities tend to fall as interest rates rise, and such declines tend to be greater among fixed-income securities with longer maturities. Market risk is often greater among certain types of fixed-income securities, such as zero coupon bonds that do not make regular interest payments but are instead bought at a discount to their face values and paid in full upon maturity. As interest rates change, these securities often fluctuate more in price than securities that make regular interest payments and therefore subject the Trust to greater market risk than a fund that does not own these types of securities.

When-issued and delayed delivery transactions are subject to changes in market conditions from the time of the commitment until settlement, which may adversely affect the prices or yields of the securities being purchased. The greater the Trust’s outstanding commitments for these securities, the greater the Trust’s exposure to market price fluctuations.

Selection risk is the risk that the securities that the Trust’s management selects will underperform the equity and/or bond market, the market relevant indices or other funds with a similar investment objective and investment strategies.

 

- 77 -


Table of Contents

Reliance on the Advisors Risk

The Trust is dependent upon services and resources provided by the Advisors, and therefore the Advisors’ parent, BlackRock. The Advisors are not required to devote their full time to the business of the Trust and there is no guarantee or requirement that any investment professional or other employee of the Advisors will allocate a substantial portion of his or her time to the Trust. The loss of one or more individuals involved with the Advisors could have a material adverse effect on the performance or the continued operation of the Trust. For additional information on the Advisors and BlackRock, see “Management of the Trust—Investment Advisor and Sub-Advisor.”

Reliance on Service Providers Risk

The Trust must rely upon the performance of service providers to perform certain functions, which may include functions that are integral to the Trust’s operations and financial performance. Failure by any service provider to carry out its obligations to the Trust in accordance with the terms of its appointment, to exercise due care and skill or to perform its obligations to the Trust at all as a result of insolvency, bankruptcy or other causes could have a material adverse effect on the Trust’s performance and returns to shareholders. The termination of the Trust’s relationship with any service provider, or any delay in appointing a replacement for such service provider, could materially disrupt the business of the Trust and could have a material adverse effect on the Trust’s performance and returns to shareholders.

Information Technology Systems Risk

The Trust is dependent on the Advisors for certain management services as well as back-office functions. The Advisors depend on information technology systems in order to assess investment opportunities, strategies and markets and to monitor and control risks for the Trust. It is possible that a failure of some kind which causes disruptions to these information technology systems could materially limit the Advisors’ ability to adequately assess and adjust investments, formulate strategies and provide adequate risk control. Any such information technology-related difficulty could harm the performance of the Trust. Further, failure of the back-office functions of the Advisors to process trades in a timely fashion could prejudice the investment performance of the Trust.

Cyber Security Risk

With the increased use of technologies such as the Internet to conduct business, the Trust is susceptible to operational, information security and related risks. In general, cyber incidents can result from deliberate attacks or unintentional events. Cyber-attacks include, but are not limited to, gaining unauthorized access to digital systems (e.g., through “hacking” or malicious software coding) for purposes of misappropriating assets or sensitive information, corrupting data, or causing operational disruption. Cyber-attacks may also be carried out in a manner that does not require gaining unauthorized access, such as causing denial-of-service attacks on websites ( i.e. , efforts to make network services unavailable to intended users). Cyber security failures by or breaches of the Advisors and other service providers (including, but not limited to, fund accountants, custodians, transfer agents and administrators), and the issuers of securities in which the Trust invests, have the ability to cause disruptions and impact business operations, potentially resulting in financial losses, interference with the Trust’s ability to calculate its NAV, impediments to trading, the inability of shareholders to transact business, violations of applicable privacy and other laws, regulatory fines, penalties, reputational damage, reimbursement or other compensation costs, or additional compliance costs. In addition, substantial costs may be incurred in order to prevent any cyber incidents in the future. While the Trust has established business continuity plans in the event of, and risk management systems to prevent, such cyber-attacks, there are inherent limitations in such plans and systems including the possibility that certain risks have not been identified. Furthermore, the Trust cannot control the cyber security plans and systems put in place by service providers to the Trust and issuers in which the Trust invests. As a result, the Trust or its shareholders could be negatively impacted.

Misconduct of Employees and of Service Providers Risk

Misconduct or misrepresentations by employees of the Advisors or the Trust’s service providers could cause significant losses to the Trust. Employee misconduct may include binding the Trust to transactions that

 

- 78 -


Table of Contents

exceed authorized limits or present unacceptable risks and unauthorized trading activities, concealing unsuccessful trading activities (which, in any case, may result in unknown and unmanaged risks or losses) or making misrepresentations regarding any of the foregoing. Losses could also result from actions by the Trust’s service providers, including, without limitation, failing to recognize trades and misappropriating assets. In addition, employees and service providers may improperly use or disclose confidential information, which could result in litigation or serious financial harm, including limiting the Trust’s business prospects or future marketing activities. Despite the Advisors’ due diligence efforts, misconduct and intentional misrepresentations may be undetected or not fully comprehended, thereby potentially undermining the Advisors’ due diligence efforts. As a result, no assurances can be given that the due diligence performed by the Advisors will identify or prevent any such misconduct.

Special Risks for Holders of Rights

There is a risk that performance of the Trust may result in the common shares purchasable upon exercise of the rights being less attractive to investors at the conclusion of the subscription period. This may reduce or eliminate the value of the rights. Investors who receive rights may find that there is no market to sell rights they do not wish to exercise. If investors exercise only a portion of the rights, common shares may trade at less favorable prices than larger offerings for similar securities.

Portfolio Turnover Risk

The Trust’s annual portfolio turnover rate may vary greatly from year to year, as well as within a given year. Portfolio turnover rate is not considered a limiting factor in the execution of investment decisions for the Trust. A higher portfolio turnover rate results in correspondingly greater brokerage commissions and other transactional expenses that are borne by the Trust. High portfolio turnover may result in an increased realization of net short-term capital gains by the Trust which, when distributed to common shareholders, will be taxable as ordinary income. Additionally, in a declining market, portfolio turnover may create realized capital losses.

Not a Complete Investment Program

The Trust is intended for investors seeking a high level of total return, through a combination of current income, current gains and long-term capital appreciation. The Trust is not meant to provide a vehicle for those who wish to exploit short-term swings in the stock market and is intended for long-term investors. An investment in shares of the Trust should not be considered a complete investment program. Each shareholder should take into account the Trust’s investment objective as well as the shareholder’s other investments when considering an investment in the Trust.

Anti-Takeover Provisions Risk

The Trust’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust and Bylaws include provisions that could limit the ability of other entities or persons to acquire control of the Trust or convert the Trust to open-end status or to change the composition of the Board. Such provisions could limit the ability of shareholders to sell their shares at a premium over prevailing market prices by discouraging a third party from seeking to obtain control of the Trust. See “Certain Provisions in the Agreement and Declaration of Trust and Bylaws.”

HOW THE TRUST MANAGES RISK

Investment Limitations

The Trust has adopted certain investment limitations designed to limit investment risk. Some of these limitations are fundamental and thus may not be changed without the approval of the holders of a majority of the outstanding common shares. See “Investment Objective and Policies—Investment Restrictions” in the SAI.

 

- 79 -


Table of Contents

The restrictions and other limitations set forth throughout this Prospectus and in the SAI apply only at the time of purchase of securities and will not be considered violated unless an excess or deficiency occurs or exists immediately after and as a result of the acquisition of securities.

Strategic Transactions

The Trust may use certain Strategic Transactions designed to limit the risk of price fluctuations of securities and to preserve capital. These Strategic Transactions include using swaps, financial futures contracts, options on financial futures or options based on either an index of long-term securities, or on securities whose prices, in the opinion of the Advisors, correlate with the prices of the Trust’s investments. There can be no assurance that Strategic Transactions will be used or used effectively to limit risk, and Strategic Transactions may be subject to their own risks.

MANAGEMENT OF THE TRUST

Trustees and Officers

The Board is responsible for the overall management of the Trust, including supervision of the duties performed by the Advisors. There are eleven Trustees. A majority of the Trustees are Independent Trustees of the Trust. The name and business address of the Trustees and officers of the Trust and their principal occupations and other affiliations during the past five years are set forth under “Management of the Trust” in the SAI.

Investment Advisor and Sub-Advisor

BlackRock Advisors acts as the Trust’s investment adviser. BlackRock Advisors is responsible for the management of the Trust’s portfolio and provides the necessary personnel, facilities, equipment and certain other services necessary to the operation of the Trust. BlackRock International Limited acts as the Trust’s sub-adviser and will perform certain of the day-to-day investment management of the Trust. BlackRock Advisors, located at 100 Bellevue Parkway, Wilmington, Delaware 19809, and BlackRock International Limited, located at Exchange Place One, 1 Semple St., Edinburgh, EH3 8BL, United Kingdom, are wholly owned subsidiaries of BlackRock.

BlackRock is one of the world’s largest publicly-traded investment management firms. As of June 30, 2019, BlackRock’s assets under management were approximately $[        ] trillion. BlackRock has over 30 years of experience managing closed-end products and, as of [            ], 2019, advised a registered closed-end family of [                    ] exchange-listed active funds with approximately $[        ] billion in assets.

BlackRock is independent in ownership and governance, with no single majority shareholder and a majority of independent directors. PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. is BlackRock’s largest shareholder.

Investment Philosophy

The portfolio management team’s investment philosophy is centered on offering a stable foundation for investors to protect and grow their assets. The portfolio management team believes in the total return potential and relative downside protection of dividend-paying securities, as they offer the prospect of a consistent revenue stream to buffer against market volatility. The portfolio management team also believes that the potential for downside protection combined with upside participation typically leads to strong long-term total returns and preservation of capital.

 

- 80 -


Table of Contents

Portfolio Managers

The members of the portfolio management team who are primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of the Trust’s portfolio are as follows:

Kyle G. McClements , CFA, Managing Director, is Head of the Equity Derivatives team within BlackRock’s Fundamental Equity division. He is a portfolio manager for equity derivatives overlay and hedging assignments, including BlackRock’s closed-end funds. Mr. McClements’ service with the firm dates back to 2004, including his years with State Street Research & Management (SSRM), which merged with BlackRock in 2005. At SSRM, Mr. McClements was a Vice President and senior derivatives strategist responsible for equity derivative strategy and trading in the Quantitative Equity Group at State Street Research. Prior to joining State Street Research in 2004, Mr. McClements was a senior trader/analyst at Deutsche Asset Management, responsible for derivatives, equity program, technology and energy sector, and foreign exchange trading. Mr. McClements began his career in 1994 as a derivatives analyst with Donaldson Lufkin & Jenrette responsible for pricing and performance analytics for the derivatives trading desk.

Christopher M. Accettella , Director, is a member of the Equity Derivatives team within BlackRock’s Fundamental Active Equity division. He is a portfolio manager for equity derivatives overlay and hedging assignments, including BlackRock’s equity closed-end funds. Prior to joining BlackRock in 2005, Mr. Accettella was an institutional sales trader with American Technology Research. From 2001 to 2003, he was with Deutsche Asset Management where he was responsible for derivatives and program trading. Prior to that, he was a senior associate in the Pacific Basin Equity Group at Scudder Investments Singapore Limited. Mr. Accettella began his investment career in 1997 as a portfolio analyst in the European Equity group of Scudder Kemper Investments, Inc.

Alastair Bishop , Managing Director, is a member of the Natural Resources team within the BlackRock’s Fundamental Equity division. Mr. Bishop currently sits on BlackRock’s Renewable Power Investment Committee and the EMEA Investment Stewardship Oversight Committee. He has also represented BlackRock on several external initiatives related to the Energy Transition including the City of London’s Green Finance Initiative (2016-17) and the UK Government’s Capital Markets Climate Initiative (2013-14). Mr. Bishop joined BlackRock in 2010 from Piper Jaffray where he was a Senior Research Analyst covering Clean Technology. Prior to joining Piper Jaffray in 2009, he covered the Renewable Energy and Industrial sectors for 8 years at the European Investment Bank, Dresdner Kleinwort. Mr. Bishop earned a BSc honors degree in Economics from the University of Nottingham in 2001.

The SAI provides additional information about other accounts managed by the portfolio management team and the ownership of the Trust’s securities by each portfolio manager.

Investment Process

Investment themes are identified through top-down analysis of power and infrastructure markets. We examine the long term growth outlook for different segments of the market (e.g., renewable energy, energy efficiency), current and prospective regional regulatory structures, the relative pricing/competitiveness of alternative technologies and the scope for technical improvement. Within this, we seek differentiated sources of alpha and believe investing in the utilities, new power and infrastructure equities requires a flexible investment style.

Differentiated sources of returns include:

 

   

Growth potential – we seek investments in companies with long-term structural drivers for above market earnings growth

 

   

Relative valuation and re-rating potential – we analyze the valuations of companies and sub-sectors relative to each other and relative to their own histories as we seek to identify and exploit mispricing opportunities

 

   

Turnaround stories – we seek investments in companies that have fallen out of favor but have catalysts which we believe will see them return to favor

 

   

Long-term sustainable business models – we incorporate companies that have a strong portfolio of assets, which are not easily replicable, that are able to deliver consistent growth

These differentiated alpha sources are critical to delivering the distribution stability expected by our clients.

Investment Management Agreements

Pursuant to an investment management agreement between BlackRock Advisors and the Trust (the “Investment Management Agreement”), the Trust has agreed to pay BlackRock Advisors a management fee at an annual rate equal to 1.00% of the average daily value of the net assets of the Trust.

 

- 81 -


Table of Contents

BlackRock Advisors, and not the Trust, pays an annual sub-advisory fee to the Sub-Advisor equal to a percentage of the management fee received by BlackRock Advisors from the Trust with respect to the average daily value of the Trust’s Managed Assets allocated to the Sub-Advisor.

The Advisor voluntarily agreed to waive a portion of the management fee in the amount of 0.025% of the Trust’s average daily net assets. In addition, the Advisor voluntarily agreed to waive its management fee by the amount of investment advisory fees the Trust pays to the Advisor indirectly through its investment in affiliated money market funds.

A discussion regarding the basis for the approval of the Investment Management Agreement and the sub-investment advisory agreement by the Board is available in the Trust’s Semi-Annual Report to shareholders for the period ended June 30, 2018.

Except as otherwise described in this Prospectus, the Trust pays, in addition to the fees paid to the Advisor, all other costs and expenses of its operations, including compensation of its Trustees (other than those affiliated with the Advisor), custodian, leveraging expenses, transfer and dividend disbursing agent expenses, legal fees, rating agency fees, listing fees and expenses, expenses of independent auditors, expenses of repurchasing shares, expenses of preparing, printing and distributing shareholder reports, notices, proxy statements and reports to governmental agencies and taxes, if any.

The Trust and the Advisor have entered into the Fee Waiver Agreement, pursuant to which the Advisor has contractually agreed to waive the management fee with respect to any portion of the Trust’s assets attributable to investments in any equity and fixed-income mutual funds and ETFs managed by the Advisor or its affiliates that have a contractual fee, through June 30, 2020, and may be continued from year to year thereafter, provided that such continuance is specifically approved by the Advisor and the Trust (including by a majority of the Trust’s Independent Trustees). Neither the Advisor nor the Trust is obligated to extend the Fee Waiver Agreement. The Fee Waiver Agreement may be terminated at any time, without the payment of any penalty, only by the Trust (upon the vote of a majority of the Independent Trustees or a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Trust), upon 90 days’ written notice by the Trust to the Advisor.

Administration and Accounting Services

State Street Bank and Trust Company provides certain administration and accounting services to the Trust pursuant to an Administration and Fund Accounting Services Agreement (the “Administration Agreement”). Pursuant to the Administration Agreement, State Street Bank and Trust Company provides the Trust with, among other things, customary fund accounting services, including computing the Trust’s NAV and maintaining books, records and other documents relating to the Trust’s financial and portfolio transactions, and customary fund administration services, including assisting the Trust with regulatory filings, tax compliance and other oversight activities. For these and other services it provides to the Trust, State Street Bank and Trust Company is paid a monthly fee from the Trust at an annual rate ranging from [0.0075% to 0.015% of the Trust’s Managed Assets, along with an annual fixed fee ranging from $0 to $10,000 for the services it provides to the Trust].

Custodian and Transfer Agent

The custodian of the assets of the Trust is State Street Bank and Trust Company, whose principal business address is One Lincoln Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02111. The custodian is responsible for, among other things, receipt of and disbursement of funds from the Trust’s accounts, establishment of segregated accounts as necessary, and transfer, exchange and delivery of Trust portfolio securities.

Computershare Trust Company, N.A., whose principal business address is 250 Royall Street, Canton, Massachusetts 02021, serves as the Trust’s transfer agent with respect to the common shares.

 

- 82 -


Table of Contents

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

[                    ], whose principal business address is [                    ], is the independent registered public accounting firm of the Trust and is expected to render an opinion annually on the financial statements of the Trust.

NET ASSET VALUE

The NAV of the Trust’s common shares will be computed based upon the value of the Trust’s portfolio securities and other assets. NAV per common share will be determined as of the close of the regular trading session on the NYSE on each business day on which the NYSE is open for trading. The Trust calculates NAV per common share by subtracting the Trust’s liabilities (including accrued expenses, dividends payable and any borrowings of the Trust), and the liquidation value of any outstanding Trust preferred shares from the Trust’s total assets (the value of the securities the Trust holds plus cash or other assets, including interest accrued but not yet received) and dividing the result by the total number of common shares of the Trust outstanding.

Valuation of securities held by the Trust is as follows:

Equity Investments . Equity securities traded on a recognized securities exchange (e.g., NYSE), separate trading boards of a securities exchange or through a market system that provides contemporaneous transaction pricing information (an “Exchange”) are valued via independent pricing services generally at the Exchange closing price or if an Exchange closing price is not available, the last traded price on that Exchange prior to the time as of which the assets or liabilities are valued; however, under certain circumstances other means of determining current market value may be used. If an equity security is traded on more than one Exchange, the current market value of the security where it is primarily traded generally will be used. In the event that there are no sales involving an equity security held by the Trust on a day on which the Trust values such security, the last bid (long positions) or ask (short positions) price, if available, will be used as the value of such security. If the Trust holds both long and short positions in the same security, the last bid price will be applied to securities held long and the last ask price will be applied to securities sold short. If no bid or ask price is available on a day on which the Trust values such security, the prior day’s price will be used, unless the Advisor determines that such prior day’s price no longer reflects the fair value of the security, in which case such asset would be treated as a fair value asset.

Fixed-Income Investments . Fixed-income securities for which market quotations are readily available are generally valued using such securities’ current market value. The Trust values fixed-income portfolio securities and non-exchange traded derivatives using the last available bid prices or current market quotations provided by dealers or prices (including evaluated prices) supplied by the Trust’s approved independent third-party pricing services, each in accordance with valuation procedures approved by the Board. The pricing services may use matrix pricing or valuation models that utilize certain inputs and assumptions to derive values, including transaction data (e.g., recent representative bids and offers), credit quality information, perceived market movements, news, and other relevant information and by other methods, which may include consideration of: yields or prices of securities of comparable quality, coupon, maturity and type; indications as to values from dealers; general market conditions; and other factors and assumptions. Pricing services generally value fixed-income securities assuming orderly transactions of an institutional round lot size, but the Trust may hold or transact in such securities in smaller, odd lot sizes. Odd lots often trade at lower prices than institutional round lots. The amortized cost method of valuation may be used with respect to debt obligations with sixty days or less remaining to maturity unless the Advisor determines such method does not represent fair value. Loan participation notes are generally valued at the mean of the last available bid prices from one or more brokers or dealers as obtained from independent third-party pricing services. Certain fixed-income investments including asset-backed and mortgage related securities may be valued based on valuation models that consider the estimated cash flows of each tranche of the entity, establish a benchmark yield and develop an estimated tranche specific spread to the benchmark yield based on the unique attributes of the tranche.

Options, Futures, Swaps and Other Derivatives . Exchange-traded equity options for which market quotations are readily available are valued at the mean of the last bid and ask prices as quoted on the

 

- 83 -


Table of Contents

Exchange or the board of trade on which such options are traded. In the event that there is no mean price available for an exchange traded equity option held by the Trust on a day on which the Trust values such option, the last bid (long positions) or ask (short positions) price, if available, will be used as the value of such option. If no bid or ask price is available on a day on which the Trust values such option, the prior day’s price will be used, unless the Advisor determines that such prior day’s price no longer reflects the fair value of the option in which case such option will be treated as a fair value asset. OTC derivatives may be valued using a mathematical model which may incorporate a number of market data factors. Financial futures contracts and options thereon, which are traded on exchanges, are valued at their last sale price or settle price as of the close of such exchanges. Swap agreements and other derivatives are generally valued daily based upon quotations from market makers or by a pricing service in accordance with the valuation procedures approved by the Board.

Underlying Funds . Shares of underlying open-end funds are valued at NAV. Shares of underlying exchange-traded closed-end funds or other exchange-traded funds will be valued at their most recent closing price.

General Valuation Information . In determining the market value of portfolio investments, the Trust may employ independent third party pricing services, which may use, without limitation, a matrix or formula method that takes into consideration market indexes, matrices, yield curves and other specific adjustments. This may result in the securities being valued at a price different from the price that would have been determined had the matrix or formula method not been used. All cash, receivables and current payables are carried on the Trust’s books at their face value. The price the Trust could receive upon the sale of any particular portfolio investment may differ from the Trust’s valuation of the investment, particularly for securities that trade in thin or volatile markets or that are valued using a fair valuation methodology or a price provided by an independent pricing service. As a result, the price received upon the sale of an investment may be less than the value ascribed by the Trust, and the Trust could realize a greater than expected loss or lesser than expected gain upon the sale of the investment. The Trust’s ability to value its investment may also be impacted by technological issues and/or errors by pricing services or other third party service providers.

Prices obtained from independent third party pricing services, broker-dealers or market makers to value the Trust’s securities and other assets and liabilities are based on information available at the time the Trust values its assets and liabilities. In the event that a pricing service quotation is revised or updated subsequent to the day on which the Trust valued such security, the revised pricing service quotation generally will be applied prospectively. Such determination shall be made considering pertinent facts and circumstances surrounding such revision.

In the event that application of the methods of valuation discussed above result in a price for a security which is deemed not to be representative of the fair market value of such security, the security will be valued by, under the direction of or in accordance with a method specified by the Board as reflecting fair value. All other assets and liabilities (including securities for which market quotations are not readily available) held by the Trust (including restricted securities) are valued at fair value as determined in good faith by the Board or by the Advisor (its delegate). Any assets and liabilities which are denominated in a foreign currency are translated into U.S. dollars at the prevailing rates of exchange.

Certain of the securities acquired by the Trust may be traded on foreign exchanges or OTC markets on days on which the Trust’s NAV is not calculated and common shares are not traded. In such cases, the NAV of the Trust’s common shares may be significantly affected on days when investors can neither purchase nor sell shares of the Trust.

Fair Value . When market quotations are not readily available or are believed by the Advisor to be unreliable, the Trust’s investments are valued at fair value (“Fair Value Assets”). Fair Value Assets are valued by the Advisor in accordance with procedures approved by the Board. The Advisor may conclude that a market quotation is not readily available or is unreliable if a security or other asset or liability does not have a price source due to its complete lack of trading, if the Advisor believes a market quotation from a broker-dealer or other source is unreliable (e.g., where it varies significantly from a recent trade, or no longer reflects the fair value of the security or other asset or liability subsequent to the most recent market quotation), where

 

- 84 -


Table of Contents

the security or other asset or liability is only thinly traded or due to the occurrence of a significant event subsequent to the most recent market quotation. For this purpose, a “significant event” is deemed to occur if the Advisor determines, in its business judgment prior to or at the time of pricing the Trust’s assets or liabilities, that it is likely that the event will cause a material change to the last exchange closing price or closing market price of one or more assets or liabilities held by the Trust. On any date the NYSE is open and the primary exchange on which a foreign asset or liability is traded is closed, such asset or liability will be valued using the prior day’s price, provided that the Advisor is not aware of any significant event or other information that would cause such price to no longer reflect the fair value of the asset or liability, in which case such asset or liability would be treated as a Fair Value Asset. For certain foreign securities, a third-party vendor supplies evaluated, systematic fair value pricing based upon the movement of a proprietary multi-factor model after the relevant foreign markets have closed. This systematic fair value pricing methodology is designed to correlate the prices of foreign securities following the close of the local markets to the price that might have prevailed as of the Trust’s pricing time.

The Advisor, with input from the BlackRock Portfolio Management Group, will submit its recommendations regarding the valuation and/or valuation methodologies for Fair Value Assets to BlackRock’s Valuation Committee. The BlackRock Valuation Committee may accept, modify or reject any recommendations. In addition, the Trust’s accounting agent periodically endeavors to confirm the prices it receives from all third party pricing services, index providers and broker-dealers, and, with the assistance of the Advisor, to regularly evaluate the values assigned to the securities and other assets and liabilities of the Trust. The pricing of all Fair Value Assets is subsequently reported to the Board or a Committee thereof.

When determining the price for a Fair Value Asset, the BlackRock Valuation Committee shall seek to determine the price that the Trust might reasonably expect to receive from the current sale of that asset or liability in an arm’s-length transaction. The price generally may not be determined based on what the Trust might reasonably expect to receive for selling an asset or liability at a later time or if it holds the asset or liability to maturity. Fair value determinations shall be based upon all available factors that the BlackRock Valuation Committee deems relevant at the time of the determination, and may be based on analytical values determined by the Advisor using proprietary or third party valuation models.

Fair value represents a good faith approximation of the value of an asset or liability. The fair value of one or more assets or liabilities may not, in retrospect, be the price at which those assets or liabilities could have been sold during the period in which the particular fair values were used in determining the Trust’s NAV. As a result, the Trust’s sale or repurchase of its shares at NAV, at a time when a holding or holdings are valued at fair value, may have the effect of diluting or increasing the economic interest of existing shareholders.

The Trust’s annual audited financial statements, which are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“US GAAP”), follow the requirements for valuation set forth in Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures” (“ASC 820”), which defines and establishes a framework for measuring fair value under US GAAP and expands financial statement disclosure requirements relating to fair value measurements.

Generally, ASC 820 and other accounting rules applicable to investment companies and various assets in which they invest are evolving. Such changes may adversely affect the Trust. For example, the evolution of rules governing the determination of the fair market value of assets or liabilities to the extent such rules become more stringent would tend to increase the cost and/or reduce the availability of third-party determinations of fair market value.

DISTRIBUTIONS

The Trust intends to make regular monthly cash distributions of all or a portion of its net investment income, including current gains, to common shareholders. The Trust will pay common shareholders at least annually all or substantially all of its investment company taxable income. The Investment Company Act generally limits the Trust to one capital gain distribution per year, subject to certain exceptions, including as discussed below in connection with the Level Distribution Plan.

 

- 85 -


Table of Contents

The Trust has, pursuant to an SEC exemptive order granted to certain of BlackRock’s closed-end funds, adopted a plan to support a level distribution of income, capital gains and/or return of capital. The Level Distribution Plan has been approved by the Board and is consistent with the Trust’s investment objective and policies. Under the Level Distribution Plan, the Trust will distribute all available investment income, including current gains, to its shareholders, consistent with its investment objective and as required by the Code. If sufficient investment income, including current gains, is not available on a monthly basis, the Trust will distribute long-term capital gains and/or return of capital to shareholders in order to maintain a level distribution. A return of capital distribution may involve a return of the shareholder’s original investment. Though not currently taxable, such a distribution may lower a shareholder’s basis in the Trust, thus potentially subjecting the shareholder to future tax consequences in connection with the sale of Trust shares, even if sold at a loss to the shareholder’s original investment. Each monthly distribution to shareholders is expected to be at a fixed amount established by the Board, except for extraordinary distributions and potential distribution rate increases or decreases to enable the Trust to comply with the distribution requirements imposed by the Code. Shareholders should not draw any conclusions about the Trust’s investment performance from the amount of these distributions or from the terms of the Level Distribution Plan. The Trust’s total return performance on NAV will be presented in its financial highlights table, which will be available in the Trust’s shareholder reports, every six-months. The Board may amend, suspend or terminate the Level Distribution Plan without prior notice if it deems such actions to be in the best interests of the Trust or its shareholders. The suspension or termination of the Level Distribution Plan could have the effect of creating a trading discount (if the Trust’s stock is trading at or above NAV) or widening an existing trading discount. The Trust is subject to risks that could have an adverse impact on its ability to maintain level distributions. Examples of potential risks include, but are not limited to, economic downturns impacting the markets, decreased market volatility, companies suspending or decreasing corporate dividend distributions and changes in the Code. Please see “Risks” for a more complete description of the Trust’s risks.

The tax treatment and characterization of the Trust’s distributions may vary significantly from time to time because of the varied nature of the Trust’s investments. The ultimate tax characterization of the Trust’s distributions made in a fiscal year cannot finally be determined until after the end of that fiscal year. As a result, there is a possibility that the Trust may make total distributions during a fiscal year in an amount that exceeds the Trust’s earnings and profits for U.S. federal income tax purposes. In such situations, the amount by which the Trust’s total distributions exceed earnings and profits would generally be treated as a return of capital reducing the amount of a shareholder’s tax basis in such shareholder’s shares, with any amounts exceeding such basis treated as gain from the sale of shares.

Various factors will affect the level of the Trust’s income, including the asset mix and the Trust’s use of hedging. To permit the Trust to maintain a more stable monthly distribution, the Trust may from time to time distribute less than the entire amount of income earned in a particular period. The undistributed income would be available to supplement future distributions. As a result, the distributions paid by the Trust for any particular monthly period may be more or less than the amount of income actually earned by the Trust during that period. Undistributed income will add to the Trust’s NAV and, correspondingly, distributions from undistributed income will deduct from the Trust’s NAV. The Trust intends to distribute any long-term capital gains not distributed under the Level Distribution Plan annually.

Under normal market conditions, the Advisor seeks to manage the Trust in a manner such that the Trust’s distributions are reflective of the Trust’s current and projected earnings levels. The distribution level of the Trust is subject to change based upon a number of factors, including the current and projected level of the Trust’s earnings, and may fluctuate over time.

The Trust reserves the right to change its distribution policy and the basis for establishing the rate of its monthly distributions at any time and may do so without prior notice to common shareholders.

 

- 86 -


Table of Contents

Shareholders will automatically have all dividends and distributions reinvested in common shares of the Trust issued by the Trust or purchased in the open market in accordance with the Trust’s dividend reinvestment plan unless an election is made to receive cash. See “Dividend Reinvestment Plan.”

DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT PLAN

Unless the registered owner of common shares elects to receive cash by contacting Computershare Trust Company, N.A. (the “Reinvestment Plan Agent”), all dividends or other distributions (together, a “dividend”) declared for your common shares of the Trust will be automatically reinvested by the Reinvestment Plan Agent, as agent for shareholders in administering the Trust’s dividend reinvestment plan (the “Reinvestment Plan”), in additional common shares of the Trust. Shareholders who elect not to participate in the Reinvestment Plan will receive all dividends in cash paid by check mailed directly to the shareholder of record (or, if the common shares are held in street or other nominee name, then to such nominee) by the Reinvestment Plan Agent. You may elect not to participate in the Reinvestment Plan and to receive all dividends in cash by contacting the Reinvestment Plan Agent at the address set forth below. Participation in the Reinvestment Plan is completely voluntary and may be terminated or resumed at any time without penalty by written notice if received and processed by the Reinvestment Plan Agent prior to the dividend record date. Additionally, the Reinvestment Plan Agent seeks to process notices received after the record date but prior to the payable date and such notices often will become effective by the payable date. Where late notices are not processed by the applicable payable date, such termination or resumption will be effective with respect to any subsequently declared dividend.

Some brokers may automatically elect to receive cash on your behalf and may re-invest that cash in additional common shares of the Trust for you. If you wish for all dividends declared on your common shares of the Trust to be automatically reinvested pursuant to the Reinvestment Plan, please contact your broker.

The Reinvestment Plan Agent will open an account for each common shareholder under the Reinvestment Plan in the same name in which such common shareholder’s common shares are registered. Whenever the Trust declares a dividend payable in cash, non-participants in the Reinvestment Plan will receive cash and participants in the Reinvestment Plan will receive the equivalent in common shares. The common shares will be acquired by the Reinvestment Plan Agent for the participants’ accounts, depending upon the circumstances described below, either (i) through receipt of additional unissued but authorized common shares from the Trust (“newly issued common shares”) or (ii) by purchase of outstanding common shares on the open market (“open-market purchases”). If, on the dividend payment date, the NAV is equal to or less than the market price per share plus estimated brokerage commissions (such condition often referred to as a “market premium”), the Reinvestment Plan Agent will invest the dividend amount in newly issued common shares on behalf of the participants. The number of newly issued common shares to be credited to each participant’s account will be determined by dividing the dollar amount of the dividend by the NAV on the dividend payment date. However, if the NAV is less than 95% of the market price on the dividend payment date, the dollar amount of the dividend will be divided by 95% of the market price on the dividend payment date. If, on the dividend payment date, the NAV is greater than the market price per share plus estimated brokerage commissions (such condition often referred to as a “market discount”), the Reinvestment Plan Agent will invest the dividend amount in common shares acquired on behalf of the participants in open-market purchases. In the event of a market discount on the dividend payment date, the Reinvestment Plan Agent will have until the last business day before the next date on which the common shares trade on an “ex-dividend” basis or 30 days after the dividend payment date, whichever is sooner, to invest the dividend amount in common shares acquired in open-market purchases. It is contemplated that the Trust will pay monthly income dividends. If, before the Reinvestment Plan Agent has completed its open-market purchases, the market price per common share exceeds the NAV per common share, the average per common share purchase price paid by the Reinvestment Plan Agent may exceed the NAV of the common shares, resulting in the acquisition of fewer common shares than if the dividend had been paid in newly issued common shares on the dividend payment date. Because of the foregoing difficulty with respect to open-market purchases, the Reinvestment Plan provides that if the Reinvestment Plan Agent is unable to invest the full dividend amount in open-market purchases, or if the market discount shifts to a market premium during the purchase period, the Reinvestment Plan Agent may cease making open-market purchases and may invest any uninvested portion in newly issued shares. Investments in newly issued shares made in this manner would be made pursuant to the same process described above and the date of issue for such newly issued shares will substitute for the dividend payment date.

 

- 87 -


Table of Contents

The Reinvestment Plan Agent maintains all shareholders’ accounts in the Reinvestment Plan and furnishes written confirmation of all transactions in the accounts, including information needed by shareholders for tax records. Common shares in the account of each Reinvestment Plan participant will be held by the Reinvestment Plan Agent on behalf of the Reinvestment Plan participant, and each shareholder proxy will include those shares purchased or received pursuant to the Reinvestment Plan.

In the case of shareholders such as banks, brokers or nominees, which hold shares for others who are the beneficial owners, the Reinvestment Plan Agent will administer the Reinvestment Plan on the basis of the number of common shares certified from time to time by the record shareholder’s name and held for the account of beneficial owners who participate in the Reinvestment Plan.

The Reinvestment Plan Agent’s fees for the handling of the reinvestment of dividends will be paid by the Trust. However, each participant will pay a $0.02 per share fee incurred in connection with open-market purchases, which will be deducted from the value of the dividend. The automatic reinvestment of dividends will not relieve participants of any U.S. federal, state or local income tax that may be payable (or required to be withheld) on such dividends. See “Tax Matters.”

Participants that request a sale of shares through the Reinvestment Plan Agent are subject to a $0.02 per share fee. Per share fees include any applicable brokerage commissions the Reinvestment Plan Agent is required to pay.

The Trust reserves the right to amend or terminate the Reinvestment Plan. There is no direct service charge to participants with regard to purchases in the Reinvestment Plan; however, the Trust reserves the right to amend the Reinvestment Plan to include a service charge payable by the participants. Notice of amendments to the Reinvestment Plan will be sent to participants.

All correspondence concerning the Reinvestment Plan should be directed to the Reinvestment Plan Agent, through the internet at http://www.computershare.com/blackrock, or in writing to Computershare, P.O. Box 505000, Louisville, KY 40233, Telephone: (800) 699-1236. Overnight correspondence should be directed to the Reinvestment Plan Agent at Computershare, 462 South 4 th  Street, Suite 1600, Louisville, KY 40202.

RIGHTS OFFERINGS

The Trust may in the future, and at its discretion, choose to make offerings of rights to its shareholders to purchase common shares. Rights may be issued independently or together with any other offered security and may or may not be transferable by the person purchasing or receiving the rights. In connection with a rights offering to shareholders, we would distribute certificates or other documentation ( i.e. , rights cards distributed in lieu of certificates) evidencing the rights and a Prospectus Supplement to our shareholders as of the record date that we set for determining the shareholders eligible to receive rights in such rights offering. Any such future rights offering will be made in accordance with the Investment Company Act. Under the laws of Delaware, the Board is authorized to approve rights offerings without obtaining shareholder approval.

The staff of the SEC has interpreted the Investment Company Act as not requiring shareholder approval of a transferable rights offering to purchase common shares at a price below the then current NAV so long as certain conditions are met, including: (i) a good faith determination by a fund’s board that such offering would result in a net benefit to existing shareholders; (ii) the offering fully protects shareholders’ preemptive rights and does not discriminate among shareholders (except for the possible effect of not offering fractional rights); (iii) management uses its best efforts to ensure an adequate trading market in the rights for use by shareholders who do not exercise such rights; and (iv) the ratio of a transferable rights offering does not exceed one new share for each three rights held.

 

- 88 -


Table of Contents

The applicable Prospectus Supplement would describe the following terms of the rights in respect of which this Prospectus is being delivered:

 

   

the period of time the offering would remain open;

 

   

the underwriter or distributor, if any, of the rights and any associated underwriting fees or discounts applicable to purchases of the rights;

 

   

the title of such rights;

 

   

the exercise price for such rights (or method of calculation thereof);

 

   

the number of such rights issued in respect of each share;

 

   

the number of rights required to purchase a single share;

 

   

the extent to which such rights are transferable and the market on which they may be traded if they are transferable;

 

   

if applicable, a discussion of the material U.S. federal income tax considerations applicable to the issuance or exercise of such rights;

 

   

the date on which the right to exercise such rights will commence, and the date on which such right will expire (subject to any extension);

 

   

the extent to which such rights include an over-subscription privilege with respect to unsubscribed securities and the terms of such over-subscription privilege; and

 

   

termination rights we may have in connection with such rights offering.

A certain number of rights would entitle the holder of the right(s) to purchase for cash such number of common shares at such exercise price as in each case is set forth in, or be determinable as set forth in, the Prospectus Supplement relating to the rights offered thereby. Rights would be exercisable at any time up to the close of business on the expiration date for such rights set forth in the Prospectus Supplement. After the close of business on the expiration date, all unexercised rights would become void. Upon expiration of the rights offering and the receipt of payment and the rights certificate or other appropriate documentation properly executed and completed and duly executed at the corporate trust office of the rights agent, or any other office indicated in the Prospectus Supplement, the common shares purchased as a result of such exercise will be issued as soon as practicable. To the extent permissible under applicable law, we may determine to offer any unsubscribed offered securities directly to persons other than shareholders, to or through agents, underwriters or dealers or through a combination of such methods, as set forth in the applicable Prospectus Supplement.

TAX MATTERS

The following discussion is a brief summary of certain U.S. federal income tax considerations affecting the Trust and the purchase, ownership and disposition of the Trust’s common shares. A more detailed discussion of the tax rules applicable to the Trust and its common shareholders can be found in the SAI that is incorporated by reference into this Prospectus. Except as otherwise noted, this discussion assumes you are a taxable U.S. holder (as defined below) and that you hold your common shares as capital assets for U.S. federal income tax purposes (generally, assets held for investment). This discussion is based upon current provisions of the Code, the regulations promulgated thereunder and judicial and administrative authorities, all of which are subject to change or differing interpretations by the courts or the IRS, possibly with retroactive effect. No attempt is made to present a detailed explanation of all U.S. federal tax concerns affecting the Trust and its common shareholders.  The discussion set forth herein does not constitute tax advice and potential investors are urged to consult their own tax advisers to determine the specific U.S. federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences to them of investing in the Trust.

In addition, no attempt is made to address tax considerations applicable to an investor with a special tax status, such as a financial institution, REIT, insurance company, regulated investment company, individual retirement account, other tax-exempt organization, dealer in securities or currencies, person holding shares of the Trust as part of a hedging, integrated, conversion or straddle transaction, trader in securities that has elected the mark-to-market method of accounting for its securities, U.S. holder (as defined below) whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar, investor with “applicable financial statements” within the meaning of Section 451(b) of the Code, or non-U.S. investor. Furthermore, this discussion does not reflect possible application of the alternative minimum tax.

 

- 89 -


Table of Contents

A U.S. holder is a beneficial owner that is for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

 

   

a citizen or individual resident of the United States (including certain former citizens and former long-term residents);

 

   

a corporation or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

 

   

an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

 

   

a trust with respect to which a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over its administration and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all of its substantial decisions or the trust has made a valid election in effect under applicable Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

Taxation of the Trust

The Trust has elected to be treated as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code. In order to qualify as a RIC, the Trust must, among other things, satisfy certain requirements relating to the sources of its income, diversification of its assets, and distribution of its income to its shareholders. First, the Trust must derive at least 90% of its annual gross income from dividends, interest, payments with respect to securities loans, gains from the sale or other disposition of stock or securities or foreign currencies, or other income (including but not limited to gains from options, futures and forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities or currencies, or net income derived from interests in “qualified publicly traded partnerships” (as defined in the Code) (the “90% gross income test”). Second, the Trust must diversify its holdings so that, at the close of each quarter of its taxable year, (i) at least 50% of the value of its total assets consists of cash, cash items, U.S. Government securities, securities of other RICs and other securities, with such other securities limited in respect of any one issuer to an amount not greater in value than 5% of the value of the Trust’s total assets and to not more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer, and (ii) not more than 25% of the value of the total assets is invested in the securities (other than U.S. Government securities and securities of other RICs) of any one issuer, any two or more issuers controlled by the Trust and engaged in the same, similar or related trades or businesses, or any one or more “qualified publicly traded partnerships.”

As long as the Trust qualifies as a RIC, the Trust will generally not be subject to corporate-level U.S. federal income tax on income and gains that it distributes each taxable year to its shareholders, provided that in such taxable year it distributes at least 90% of the sum of (i) its net tax-exempt interest income, if any, and (ii) its “investment company taxable income” (which includes, among other items, dividends, taxable interest, taxable original issue discount and market discount income, income from securities lending, net short-term capital gain in excess of net long-term capital loss, and any other taxable income other than “net capital gain” (as defined below) and is reduced by deductible expenses) determined without regard to the deduction for dividends paid. The Trust may retain for investment its net capital gain (which consists of the excess of its net long-term capital gain over its net short-term capital loss). However, if the Trust retains any net capital gain or any investment company taxable income, it will be subject to tax at regular corporate rates on the amount retained.

The Code imposes a 4% nondeductible excise tax on the Trust to the extent the Trust does not distribute by the end of any calendar year at least the sum of (i) 98% of its ordinary income (not taking into account any capital gain or loss) for the calendar year and (ii) 98.2% of its capital gain in excess of its capital loss (adjusted for certain ordinary losses) for a one-year period generally ending on October 31 of the calendar

 

- 90 -


Table of Contents

year (unless an election is made to use the Trust’s fiscal year). In addition, the minimum amounts that must be distributed in any year to avoid the excise tax will be increased or decreased to reflect any under-distribution or over-distribution, as the case may be, from the previous year. For purposes of the excise tax, the Trust will be deemed to have distributed any income on which it paid U.S. federal income tax. While the Trust intends to distribute any income and capital gain in the manner necessary to minimize imposition of the 4% nondeductible excise tax, there can be no assurance that sufficient amounts of the Trust’s taxable income and capital gain will be distributed to entirely avoid the imposition of the excise tax. In that event, the Trust will be liable for the excise tax only on the amount by which it does not meet the foregoing distribution requirement.

If in any taxable year the Trust should fail to qualify under Subchapter M of the Code for tax treatment as a RIC, the Trust would incur a regular corporate U.S. federal income tax upon all of its taxable income for that year, and all distributions to its shareholders (including distributions of net capital gain) would be taxable to shareholders as ordinary dividend income for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent of the Trust’s earnings and profits. Provided that certain holding period and other requirements were met, such dividends would be eligible (i) to be treated as qualified dividend income in the case of shareholders taxed as individuals and (ii) for the dividends received deduction in the case of corporate shareholders. In addition, to qualify again to be taxed as a RIC in a subsequent year, the Trust would be required to distribute to shareholders its earnings and profits attributable to non-RIC years. In addition, if the Trust failed to qualify as a RIC for a period greater than two taxable years, then, in order to qualify as a RIC in a subsequent year, the Trust would be required to elect to recognize and pay tax on any net built-in gain (the excess of aggregate gain, including items of income, over aggregate loss that would have been realized if the Trust had been liquidated) or, alternatively, be subject to taxation on such built-in gain recognized for a period of five years.

The remainder of this discussion assumes that the Trust qualifies for taxation as a RIC.

The Trust’s Investments . Certain of the Trust’s investment practices are subject to special and complex U.S. federal income tax provisions (including mark-to-market, constructive sale, straddle, wash sale, short sale and other rules) that may, among other things, (i) disallow, suspend or otherwise limit the allowance of certain losses or deductions, (ii) convert lower taxed long-term capital gains or qualified dividend income into higher taxed short-term capital gains or ordinary income, (iii) convert ordinary loss or a deduction into capital loss (the deductibility of which is more limited), (iv) cause the Trust to recognize income or gain without a corresponding receipt of cash, (v) adversely affect the time as to when a purchase or sale of stock or securities is deemed to occur, (vi) adversely alter the characterization of certain complex financial transactions and (vii) produce income that will not be “qualified” income for purposes of the 90% annual gross income requirement described above. These U.S. federal income tax provisions could therefore affect the amount, timing and character of distributions to common shareholders. The Trust intends to monitor its transactions and may make certain tax elections and may be required to dispose of securities to mitigate the effect of these provisions and prevent disqualification of the Trust as a RIC. Additionally, the Trust may be required to limit its activities in derivative instruments in order to enable it to maintain its RIC status.

The Trust may invest a portion of its net assets in below investment grade securities. Investments in these types of securities may present special tax issues for the Trust. U.S. federal income tax rules are not entirely clear about issues such as when the Trust may cease to accrue interest, original issue discount or market discount, when and to what extent deductions may be taken for bad debts or worthless securities, how payments received on obligations in default should be allocated between principal and income and whether modifications or exchanges of debt obligations in a bankruptcy or workout context are taxable. These and other issues could affect the Trust’s ability to distribute sufficient income to preserve its status as a RIC or to avoid the imposition of U.S. federal income or excise tax.

Certain debt securities acquired by the Trust may be treated as debt securities that were originally issued at a discount. Generally, the amount of the original issue discount is treated as interest income and is included in taxable income (and required to be distributed by the Trust in order to qualify as a RIC and avoid U.S. federal income tax or the 4% excise tax on undistributed income) over the term of the security, even though payment of that amount is not received until a later time, usually when the debt security matures.

 

- 91 -


Table of Contents

If the Trust purchases a debt security on a secondary market at a price lower than its adjusted issue price, the excess of the adjusted issue price over the purchase price is “market discount.” Unless the Trust makes an election to accrue market discount on a current basis, generally, any gain realized on the disposition of, and any partial payment of principal on, a debt security having market discount is treated as ordinary income to the extent the gain, or principal payment, does not exceed the “accrued market discount” on the debt security. Market discount generally accrues in equal daily installments. If the Trust ultimately collects less on the debt instrument than its purchase price plus the market discount previously included in income, the Trust may not be able to benefit from any offsetting loss deductions.

The Trust may invest in preferred securities or other securities the U.S. federal income tax treatment of which may not be clear or may be subject to recharacterization by the IRS. To the extent the tax treatment of such securities or the income from such securities differs from the tax treatment expected by the Trust, it could affect the timing or character of income recognized by the Trust, potentially requiring the Trust to purchase or sell securities, or otherwise change its portfolio, in order to comply with the tax rules applicable to RICs under the Code.

Gain or loss on the sale of securities by the Trust will generally be long-term capital gain or loss if the securities have been held by the Trust for more than one year. Gain or loss on the sale of securities held for one year or less will be short-term capital gain or loss.

Because the Trust may invest in foreign securities, its income from such securities may be subject to non-U.S. taxes. If more than 50% of the Trust’s total assets at the close of its taxable year consists of stock or securities of foreign corporations, the Trust may elect for U.S. federal income tax purposes to treat foreign income taxes paid by it as paid by its shareholders. The Trust may qualify for and make this election in some, but not necessarily all, of its taxable years. If the Trust were to make such an election, shareholders would be required to take into account an amount equal to their pro rata portions of such foreign taxes in computing their taxable income and then treat an amount equal to those foreign taxes as a U.S. federal income tax deduction or as a foreign tax credit against their U.S. federal income tax liability. A taxpayer’s ability to use a foreign tax deduction or credit is subject to limitations under the Code. Shortly after any year for which it makes such an election, the Trust will report to its shareholder the amount per share of such foreign income tax that must be included in each shareholder’s gross income and the amount that may be available for the deduction or credit.

Foreign currency gain or loss on foreign currency exchange contracts, non-U.S. dollar-denominated securities contracts, and non-U.S. dollar-denominated futures contracts, options and forward contracts that are not section 1256 contracts (as defined below) generally will be treated as ordinary income and loss.

Income from options on individual securities written by the Trust will not be recognized by the Trust for tax purposes until an option is exercised, lapses or is subject to a “closing transaction” (as defined by applicable regulations) pursuant to which the Trust’s obligations with respect to the option are otherwise terminated. If the option lapses without exercise, the premiums received by the Trust from the writing of such options will generally be characterized as short-term capital gain. If the Trust enters into a closing transaction, the difference between the premiums received and the amount paid by the Trust to close out its position will generally be treated as short-term capital gain or loss. If an option written by the Trust is exercised, thereby requiring the Trust to sell the underlying security, the premium will increase the amount realized upon the sale of the security, and the character of any gain on such sale of the underlying security as short-term or long-term capital gain will depend on the holding period of the Trust in the underlying security. Because the Trust will not have control over the exercise of the options it writes, such exercises or other required sales of the underlying securities may cause the Trust to realize gains or losses at inopportune times.

Index options that qualify as “section 1256 contracts” will generally be “marked-to-market” for U.S. federal income tax purposes. As a result, the Trust will generally recognize gain or loss on the last day of each taxable year equal to the difference between the value of the option on that date and the adjusted basis of the option. The adjusted basis of the option will consequently be increased by such gain or decreased by such loss. Any gain or loss with respect to options on indices and sectors that qualify as “section 1256 contracts” will be treated as short-term capital gain or loss to the extent of 40% of such gain or loss and long-term

 

- 92 -


Table of Contents

capital gain or loss to the extent of 60% of such gain or loss. Because the mark-to-market rules may cause the Trust to recognize gain in advance of the receipt of cash, the Trust may be required to dispose of investments in order to meet its distribution requirements. “Mark-to-market” losses may be suspended or otherwise limited if such losses are part of a straddle or similar transaction.

Taxation of Common Shareholders

The Trust will either distribute or retain for reinvestment all or part of its net capital gain. If any such gain is retained, the Trust will be subject to a corporate income tax on such retained amount. In that event, the Trust expects to report the retained amount as undistributed capital gain in a notice to its common shareholders, each of whom, if subject to U.S. federal income tax on long-term capital gains, (i) will be required to include in income for U.S. federal income tax purposes as long-term capital gain its share of such undistributed amounts, (ii) will be entitled to credit its proportionate share of the tax paid by the Trust against its U.S. federal income tax liability and to claim refunds to the extent that the credit exceeds such liability and (iii) will increase its basis in its common shares by the amount of undistributed capital gains included in the shareholder’s income less the tax deemed paid by the shareholder under clause (ii).

Distributions paid to you by the Trust from its net capital gain, if any, that the Trust properly reports as capital gain dividends (“capital gain dividends”) are taxable as long-term capital gains, regardless of how long you have held your common shares. All other dividends paid to you by the Trust (including dividends from net short-term capital gains or tax-exempt interest, if any) from its current or accumulated earnings and profits (“ordinary income dividends”) are generally subject to tax as ordinary income. Provided that certain holding period and other requirements are met, ordinary income dividends (if properly reported by the Trust) may qualify (i) for the dividends received deduction in the case of corporate shareholders to the extent that the Trust’s income consists of dividend income from U.S. corporations, and (ii) in the case of individual shareholders, as “qualified dividend income” eligible to be taxed at long-term capital gains rates to the extent that the Trust receives qualified dividend income. Qualified dividend income is, in general, dividend income from taxable domestic corporations and certain qualified foreign corporations (e.g., generally, foreign corporations incorporated in a possession of the United States or in certain countries with a qualifying comprehensive tax treaty with the United States, or whose stock with respect to which such dividend is paid is readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States). There can be no assurance as to what portion, if any, of the Trust’s distributions will constitute qualified dividend income or be eligible for the dividends received deduction.

Any distributions you receive that are in excess of the Trust’s current and accumulated earnings and profits will be treated as a return of capital to the extent of your adjusted tax basis in your common shares, and thereafter as capital gain from the sale of common shares. The amount of any Trust distribution that is treated as a return of capital will reduce your adjusted tax basis in your common shares, thereby increasing your potential gain or reducing your potential loss on any subsequent sale or other disposition of your common shares.

Common shareholders may be entitled to offset their capital gain dividends with capital losses. The Code contains a number of statutory provisions affecting when capital losses may be offset against capital gain, and limiting the use of losses from certain investments and activities. Accordingly, common shareholders that have capital losses are urged to consult their tax advisers.

Dividends and other taxable distributions are taxable to you even though they are reinvested in additional common shares of the Trust. Dividends and other distributions paid by the Trust are generally treated under the Code as received by you at the time the dividend or distribution is made. If, however, the Trust pays you a dividend in January that was declared in the previous October, November or December to common shareholders of record on a specified date in one of such months, then such dividend will be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as being paid by the Trust and received by you on December 31 of the year in which the dividend was declared. In addition, certain other distributions made after the close of the Trust’s taxable year may be “spilled back” and treated as paid by the Trust (except for purposes of the 4% nondeductible excise tax) during such taxable year. In such case, you will be treated as having received such dividends in the taxable year in which the distributions were actually made.

 

- 93 -


Table of Contents

The price of common shares purchased at any time may reflect the amount of a forthcoming distribution. Those purchasing common shares just prior to the record date of a distribution will receive a distribution which will be taxable to them even though it represents, economically, a return of invested capital.

The Trust will send you information after the end of each year setting forth the amount and tax status of any distributions paid to you by the Trust.

The sale or other disposition of common shares will generally result in capital gain or loss to you and will be long-term capital gain or loss if you have held such common shares for more than one year at the time of sale. Any loss upon the sale or other disposition of common shares held for six months or less will be treated as long-term capital loss to the extent of any capital gain dividends received (including amounts credited as an undistributed capital gain dividend) by you with respect to such common shares. Any loss you recognize on a sale or other disposition of common shares will be disallowed if you acquire other common shares (whether through the automatic reinvestment of dividends or otherwise) within a 61-day period beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after your sale or exchange of the common shares. In such case, your tax basis in the common shares acquired will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss.

If the Trust liquidates, shareholders generally will realize capital gain or loss upon such liquidation in an amount equal to the difference between the amount of cash or other property received by the shareholder (including any property deemed received by reason of its being placed in a liquidating trust) and the shareholder’s adjusted tax basis in its common shares. Any such gain or loss will be long-term if the shareholder is treated as having a holding period in the Trust shares of greater than one year, and otherwise will be short-term.

Current U.S. federal income tax law taxes both long-term and short-term capital gain of corporations at the rates applicable to ordinary income. For non-corporate taxpayers, short-term capital gain is currently taxed at rates applicable to ordinary income while long-term capital gain generally is taxed at a reduced maximum rate. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations under the Code.

Certain U.S. holders who are individuals, estates or trusts and whose income exceeds certain thresholds will be required to pay a 3.8% Medicare tax on all or a portion of their “net investment income,” which includes dividends received from the Trust and capital gains from the sale or other disposition of the Trust’s common shares.

A common shareholder that is a nonresident alien individual or a foreign corporation (a “foreign investor”) generally will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at the rate of 30% (or possibly a lower rate provided by an applicable tax treaty) on ordinary income dividends (except as discussed below). In general, U.S. federal withholding tax and U.S. federal income tax will not apply to any gain or income realized by a foreign investor in respect of any distribution of net capital gain (including amounts credited as an undistributed capital gain dividend) or upon the sale or other disposition of common shares of the Trust. Different tax consequences may result if the foreign investor is engaged in a trade or business in the United States or, in the case of an individual, is present in the United States for 183 days or more during a taxable year and certain other conditions are met. Foreign investors should consult their tax advisers regarding the tax consequences of investing in the Trust’s common shares.

Ordinary income dividends properly reported by a RIC are generally exempt from U.S. federal withholding tax where they (i) are paid in respect of the RIC’s “qualified net interest income” (generally, its U.S.-source interest income, other than certain contingent interest and interest from obligations of a corporation or partnership in which the RIC is at least a 10% shareholder, reduced by expenses that are allocable to such income) or (ii) are paid in respect of the RIC’s “qualified short-term capital gains” (generally, the excess of the RIC’s net short-term capital gain over its long-term capital loss for such taxable year). Depending on its circumstances, the Trust may report all, some or none of its potentially eligible dividends as such qualified net interest income or as qualified short-term capital gains, and/or treat such dividends, in whole or in part, as ineligible for this exemption from withholding. In order to qualify for this exemption from withholding, a foreign investor needs to comply with applicable certification requirements

 

- 94 -


Table of Contents

relating to its non-U.S. status (including, in general, furnishing an IRS Form W-8BEN, W-8BEN-E or substitute Form). In the case of common shares held through an intermediary, the intermediary may have withheld even if the Trust reported the payment as qualified net interest income or qualified short-term capital gain. Foreign investors should contact their intermediaries with respect to the application of these rules to their accounts. There can be no assurance as to what portion of the Trust’s distributions would qualify for favorable treatment as qualified net interest income or qualified short-term capital gains.

In addition, withholding at a rate of 30% will apply to dividends paid in respect of common shares of the Trust held by or through certain foreign financial institutions (including investment funds), unless such institution enters into an agreement with the Treasury to report, on an annual basis, information with respect to shares in, and accounts maintained by, the institution to the extent such shares or accounts are held by certain U.S. persons and by certain non-U.S. entities that are wholly or partially owned by U.S. persons and to withhold on certain payments. Accordingly, the entity through which common shares of the Trust are held will affect the determination of whether such withholding is required. Similarly, dividends paid in respect of common shares of the Trust held by an investor that is a non-financial foreign entity that does not qualify under certain exemptions will be subject to withholding at a rate of 30%, unless such entity either (i) certifies that such entity does not have any “substantial United States owners” or (ii) provides certain information regarding the entity’s “substantial United States owners,” which the Trust or applicable withholding agent will in turn provide to the Secretary of the Treasury. An intergovernmental agreement between the United States and an applicable foreign country, or future Treasury regulations or other guidance, may modify these requirements. The Trust will not pay any additional amounts to common shareholders in respect of any amounts withheld. Foreign investors are encouraged to consult with their tax advisers regarding the possible implications of these rules on their investment in the Trust’s common shares.

U.S. federal backup withholding tax may be required on dividends, distributions and sale proceeds payable to certain non-exempt common shareholders who fail to supply their correct taxpayer identification number (in the case of individuals, generally, their social security number) or to make required certifications, or who are otherwise subject to backup withholding. Backup withholding is not an additional tax and any amount withheld may be refunded or credited against your U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, provided that you timely furnish the required information to the IRS.

Ordinary income dividends, capital gain dividends, and gain from the sale or other disposition of common shares of the Trust also may be subject to state, local, and/or foreign taxes. Common shareholders are urged to consult their own tax advisers regarding specific questions about U.S. federal, state, local or foreign tax consequences to them of investing in the Trust.

The foregoing is a general and abbreviated summary of certain provisions of the Code and the Treasury regulations currently in effect as they directly govern the taxation of the Trust and its common shareholders. These provisions are subject to change by legislative or administrative action, and any such change may be retroactive. A more detailed discussion of the tax rules applicable to the Trust and its common shareholders can be found in the SAI that is incorporated by reference into this Prospectus. Common shareholders are urged to consult their tax advisers regarding specific questions as to U.S. federal, state, local and foreign income or other taxes.

Please refer to the SAI for more detailed information. You are urged to consult your tax adviser.

TAXATION OF HOLDERS OF RIGHTS

The value of a right will not be includible in the income of a common shareholder at the time the right is issued.

The basis of a right issued to a common shareholder will be zero, and the basis of the share with respect to which the subscription right was issued (the old share) will remain unchanged, unless either (a) the fair market value of the right on the date of distribution is at least 15% of the fair market value of the old share, or (b) such shareholder affirmatively elects (in the manner set out in Treasury regulations under the Code) to allocate to the subscription right a portion of the basis of the old share. If either (a) or (b) applies, then except as described below such shareholder must allocate basis between the old share and the right in proportion to their fair market values on the date of distribution.

 

- 95 -


Table of Contents

The basis of a right purchased in the market will generally be its purchase price.

The holding period of a right issued to a common shareholder will include the holding period of the old share. No gain or loss will be recognized by a common shareholder upon the exercise of a right.

No loss will be recognized by a common shareholder if a right distributed to such common shareholder expires unexercised because the basis of the old share may be allocated to a right only if the right is exercised. If a right that has been purchased in the market expires unexercised, there will be a recognized loss equal to the basis of the right.

Any gain or loss on the sale of a right will be a capital gain or loss if the right is held as a capital asset (which in the case of rights issued to common shareholders will depend on whether the old share of common stock is held as a capital asset), and will be a long-term capital gain or loss if the holding period is deemed to exceed one year.

CERTAIN PROVISIONS IN THE AGREEMENT AND DECLARATION OF TRUST AND BYLAWS

The Agreement and Declaration of Trust includes provisions that could have the effect of limiting the ability of other entities or persons to acquire control of the Trust or to change the composition of the Board. This could have the effect of depriving shareholders of an opportunity to sell their shares at a premium over prevailing market prices by discouraging a third party from seeking to obtain control over the Trust. Such attempts could have the effect of increasing the expenses of the Trust and disrupting the normal operation of the Trust. The Board is divided into three classes. At each annual meeting of shareholders the term of only one class of Trustees expires and only the Trustees in that one class stand for re-election. Trustees standing for election at an annual meeting of shareholders are elected to a three-year term. This provision could delay for up to two years the replacement of a majority of the Board. A Trustee may be removed from office for cause only, and only by the action of a majority of the remaining Trustees followed by a vote of the holders of at least 75% of the shares then entitled to vote for the election of the respective Trustee.

In addition, the Trust’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust requires the favorable vote of a majority of the Board followed by the favorable vote of the holders of at least 75% of the outstanding shares of each affected class or series of the Trust, voting separately as a class or series, to approve, adopt or authorize certain transactions with 5% or greater holders of a class or series of shares and their associates, unless the transaction has been approved by at least 80% of the Trustees, in which case “a majority of the outstanding voting securities” (as defined in the Investment Company Act) of the Trust shall be required. These voting requirements are in addition to any regulatory relief required from the SEC with respect to such transaction. For purposes of these provisions, a 5% or greater holder of a class or series of shares (a “Principal Shareholder”) refers to any person who, whether directly or indirectly and whether alone or together with its affiliates and associates, beneficially owns 5% or more of the outstanding shares of all outstanding classes or series of shares of beneficial interest of the Trust. The 5% holder transactions subject to these special approval requirements are:

 

   

the merger or consolidation of the Trust or any subsidiary of the Trust with or into any Principal Shareholder;

 

   

the issuance of any securities of the Trust to any Principal Shareholder for cash (other than pursuant to any automatic dividend reinvestment plan);

 

   

the sale, lease or exchange of all or any substantial part of the assets of the Trust to any Principal Shareholder, except assets having an aggregate fair market value of less than 2% of the total assets of the Trust, aggregating for the purpose of such computation all assets sold, leased or exchanged in any series of similar transactions within a twelve-month period; or

 

- 96 -


Table of Contents
   

the sale, lease or exchange to the Trust or any subsidiary of the Trust, in exchange for securities of the Trust, of any assets of any Principal Shareholder, except assets having an aggregate fair market value of less than 2% of the total assets of the Trust, aggregating for purposes of such computation all assets sold, leased or exchanged in any series of similar transactions within a twelve-month period.

To convert the Trust to an open-end investment company, the Trust’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust requires the favorable vote of a majority of the Board followed by the favorable vote of the holders of at least 75% of the outstanding shares of each affected class or series of shares of the Trust, voting separately as a class or series, unless such conversion has been approved by at least 80% of the Trustees, in which case “a majority of the outstanding voting securities” (as defined in the Investment Company Act) of the Trust shall be required. The foregoing vote would satisfy a separate requirement in the Investment Company Act that any conversion of the Trust to an open-end investment company be approved by the shareholders. If approved in the foregoing manner, we anticipate conversion of the Trust to an open-end investment company might not occur until 90 days after the shareholders’ meeting at which such conversion was approved and would also require at least 10 days’ prior notice to all shareholders. Conversion of the Trust to an open-end investment company would require the redemption of any outstanding preferred shares, which could eliminate or alter the leveraged capital structure of the Trust with respect to the common shares. Following any such conversion, it is also possible that certain of the Trust’s investment policies and strategies would have to be modified to assure sufficient portfolio liquidity, including in order to comply with Rule 22e-4 under the Investment Company Act. In the event of conversion, the common shares would cease to be listed on the NYSE or other national securities exchanges or market systems. Shareholders of an open-end investment company may require the company to redeem their shares at any time, except in certain circumstances as authorized by or under the Investment Company Act, at their NAV, less such redemption charge, if any, as might be in effect at the time of a redemption. The Trust expects to pay all such redemption requests in cash, but reserves the right to pay redemption requests in a combination of cash or securities. If such partial payment in securities were made, investors may incur brokerage costs in converting such securities to cash. If the Trust were converted to an open-end fund, it is likely that new shares would be sold at NAV plus a sales load. The Board believes, however, that the closed-end structure is desirable in light of the Trust’s investment objective and policies. Therefore, you should assume that it is not likely that the Board would vote to convert the Trust to an open-end fund.

For the purposes of calculating “a majority of the outstanding voting securities” under the Trust’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust, each class and series of the Trust shall vote together as a single class, except to the extent required by the Investment Company Act or the Trust’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust with respect to any class or series of shares. If a separate vote is required, the applicable proportion of shares of the class or series, voting as a separate class or series, also will be required.

The Board has determined that provisions with respect to the Board and the shareholder voting requirements described above, which voting requirements are greater than the minimum requirements under Delaware law or the Investment Company Act, are in the best interests of shareholders generally. Reference should be made to the Agreement and Declaration of Trust on file with the SEC for the full text of these provisions.

The Trust’s Bylaws generally require that advance notice be given to the Trust in the event a shareholder desires to nominate a person for election to the Board or to transact any other business at an annual meeting of shareholders. Notice of any such nomination or business must be delivered to or received at the principal executive offices of the Trust not less than 120 calendar days nor more than 150 calendar days prior to the anniversary date of the prior year’s annual meeting (subject to certain exceptions). Any notice by a shareholder must be accompanied by certain information as provided in the Bylaws. Reference should be made to the Bylaws on file with the SEC for the full text of these provisions.

 

- 97 -


Table of Contents

CLOSED-END FUND STRUCTURE

The Trust is a diversified, closed-end management investment company (commonly referred to as a closed-end fund). Closed-end funds differ from open-end funds (which are generally referred to as mutual funds) in that closed-end funds generally list their shares for trading on a stock exchange and do not redeem their shares at the request of the shareholder. This means that if you wish to sell your shares of a closed-end fund you must trade them on the stock exchange like any other stock at the prevailing market price at that time. In a mutual fund, if the shareholder wishes to sell shares of the fund, the mutual fund will redeem or buy back the shares at NAV. Also, mutual funds generally offer new shares on a continuous basis to new investors and closed-end funds generally do not. The continuous inflows and outflows of assets in a mutual fund can make it difficult to manage the fund’s investments. By comparison, closed-end funds are generally able to stay more fully invested in securities that are consistent with their investment objective and also have greater flexibility to make certain types of investments and to use certain investment strategies, such as financial leverage and investments in illiquid securities.

Shares of closed-end funds frequently trade at a discount to their NAV. Because of this possibility and the recognition that any such discount may not be in the interest of shareholders, the Board might consider from time to time engaging in open-market repurchases, tender offers for shares or other programs intended to reduce the discount. We cannot guarantee or assure, however, that the Board will decide to engage in any of these actions. Nor is there any guarantee or assurance that such actions, if undertaken, would result in the shares trading at a price equal or close to the NAV per share. See “Repurchase of Common Shares” below and “Repurchase of Common Shares” in the SAI. The Board might also consider converting the Trust to an open-end mutual fund, which would also require a vote of the shareholders of the Trust.

REPURCHASE OF COMMON SHARES

Shares of closed-end investment companies often trade at a discount to their NAVs and the Trust’s common shares may also trade at a discount to their NAV, although it is possible that they may trade at a premium above NAV. The market price of the Trust’s common shares will be determined by such factors as relative demand for and supply of such common shares in the market, the Trust’s NAV, general market and economic conditions and other factors beyond the control of the Trust. See “Net Asset Value” and “Description of Shares—Common Shares.” Although the Trust’s common shareholders will not have the right to redeem their common shares, the Trust may take action to repurchase common shares in the open market or make tender offers for its common shares. This may have the effect of reducing any market discount from NAV.

There is no assurance that, if action is undertaken to repurchase or tender for common shares, such action will result in the common shares’ trading at a price which approximates their NAV. Although share repurchases and tender offers could have a favorable effect on the market price of the Trust’s common shares, you should be aware that the acquisition of common shares by the Trust will decrease the capital of the Trust and, therefore, may have the effect of increasing the Trust’s expense ratio and decreasing the asset coverage with respect to any borrowings or preferred shares outstanding. Any share repurchases or tender offers will be made in accordance with the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Investment Company Act and the principal stock exchange on which the common shares are traded. For additional information, see “Repurchase of Common Shares” in the SAI.

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

We may sell common shares, including to existing shareholders in a rights offering, through underwriters or dealers, directly to one or more purchasers (including existing shareholders in a rights offering), through agents, to or through underwriters or dealers, or through a combination of any such methods of sale. The applicable Prospectus Supplement will identify any underwriter or agent involved in the offer and sale of our common shares, any sales loads, discounts, commissions, fees or other compensation paid to any underwriter, dealer or agent, the offering price, net proceeds and use of proceeds and the terms of any sale. In the case of a rights offering, the applicable Prospectus Supplement will set forth the number of our common shares issuable upon the exercise of each right and the other terms of such rights offering.

 

- 98 -


Table of Contents

The distribution of our common shares may be effected from time to time in one or more transactions at a fixed price or prices, which may be changed, at prevailing market prices at the time of sale, at prices related to such prevailing market prices, or at negotiated prices. Sales of our common shares may be made in transactions that are deemed to be “at the market” as defined in Rule 415 under the Securities Act, including sales made directly on the NYSE or sales made to or through a market maker other than on an exchange.

We may sell our common shares directly to, and solicit offers from, institutional investors or others who may be deemed to be underwriters as defined in the Securities Act for any resales of the securities. In this case, no underwriters or agents would be involved. We may use electronic media, including the Internet, to sell offered securities directly.

In connection with the sale of our common shares, underwriters or agents may receive compensation from us in the form of discounts, concessions or commissions. Underwriters may sell our common shares to or through dealers, and such dealers may receive compensation in the form of discounts, concessions or commissions from the underwriters and/or commissions from the purchasers for whom they may act as agents. Underwriters, dealers and agents that participate in the distribution of our common shares may be deemed to be underwriters under the Securities Act, and any discounts and commissions they receive from us and any profit realized by them on the resale of our common shares may be deemed to be underwriting discounts and commissions under the Securities Act. Any such underwriter or agent will be identified and any such compensation received from us will be described in the applicable Prospectus Supplement. The maximum amount of compensation to be received by any Financial Industry Regulatory Authority member or independent broker-dealer will not exceed eight percent for the sale of any securities being offered pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act. We will not pay any compensation to any underwriter or agent in the form of warrants, options, consulting or structuring fees or similar arrangements. In connection with any rights offering to existing shareholders, we may enter into a standby underwriting arrangement with one or more underwriters pursuant to which the underwriter(s) will purchase common shares remaining unsubscribed after the rights offering.

If a Prospectus Supplement so indicates, we may grant the underwriters an option to purchase additional common shares at the public offering price, less the underwriting discounts and commissions, within 45 days from the date of the Prospectus Supplement, to cover any over-allotments.

Under agreements into which we may enter, underwriters, dealers and agents who participate in the distribution of our common shares may be entitled to indemnification by us against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. Underwriters, dealers and agents may engage in transactions with us, or perform services for us, in the ordinary course of business.

If so indicated in the applicable Prospectus Supplement, we will ourselves, or will authorize underwriters or other persons acting as our agents to solicit offers by certain institutions to purchase our common shares from us pursuant to contracts providing for payment and delivery on a future date. Institutions with which such contacts may be made include commercial and savings banks, insurance companies, pension funds, investment companies, educational and charitable institutions and others, but in all cases such institutions must be approved by us. The obligation of any purchaser under any such contract will be subject to the condition that the purchase of the common shares shall not at the time of delivery be prohibited under the laws of the jurisdiction to which such purchaser is subject. The underwriters and such other agents will not have any responsibility in respect of the validity or performance of such contracts. Such contracts will be subject only to those conditions set forth in the Prospectus Supplement, and the Prospectus Supplement will set forth the commission payable for solicitation of such contracts.

To the extent permitted under the Investment Company Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, the underwriters may from time to time act as brokers or dealers and receive fees in connection with the execution of our portfolio transactions after the underwriters have ceased to be underwriters and, subject to certain restrictions, each may act as a broker while it is an underwriter.

A Prospectus and accompanying Prospectus Supplement in electronic form may be made available on the websites maintained by underwriters. The underwriters may agree to allocate a number of securities for

 

- 99 -


Table of Contents

sale to their online brokerage account holders. Such allocations of securities for Internet distributions will be made on the same basis as other allocations. In addition, securities may be sold by the underwriters to securities dealers who resell securities to online brokerage account holders.

In order to comply with the securities laws of certain states, if applicable, our common shares offered hereby will be sold in such jurisdictions only through registered or licensed brokers or dealers.

PRIVACY PRINCIPLES OF THE TRUST

The Trust is committed to maintaining the privacy of shareholders and to safeguarding their non-public personal information. The following information is provided to help you understand what personal information the Trust collects, how we protect that information, and why in certain cases we may share such information with select other parties.

The Trust does not receive any non-public personal information relating to its shareholders who purchase shares through their broker-dealers. In the case of shareholders who are record holders of the Trust, the Trust receives personal non-public information on account applications or other forms. With respect to these shareholders, the Trust also has access to specific information regarding their transactions in the Trust.

The Trust does not disclose any non-public personal information about its shareholders or former shareholders to anyone, except as permitted by law or as is necessary in order to service our shareholders’ accounts (for example, to a transfer agent).

The Trust restricts access to non-public personal information about its shareholders to BlackRock employees with a legitimate business need for the information. The Trust maintains physical, electronic and procedural safeguards designed to protect the non-public personal information of our shareholders.

 

- 100 -


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS OF STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

 

        Page  

THE TRUST

     S-1  

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE AND POLICIES

     S-1  

INVESTMENT POLICIES AND TECHNIQUES

     S-2  

ADDITIONAL RISK FACTORS

     S-15  

MANAGEMENT OF THE TRUST

     S-25  

PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS AND BROKERAGE

     S-46  

CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

     S-50  

DESCRIPTION OF SHARES

     S-58  

REPURCHASE OF COMMON SHARES

     S-59  

TAX MATTERS

     S-60  

CUSTODIAN AND TRANSFER AGENT

     S-67  

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

     S-67  

CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF SECURITIES

     S-67  

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     S-68  

APPENDIX A – RATINGS OF INVESTMENTS

     A-1  

APPENDIX B – PROXY VOTING POLICIES—BLACKROCK U.S. REGISTERED FUNDS

     B-1  

 

- 101 -


Table of Contents

 

 

$[        ]

BLACKROCK UTILITIES, INFRASTRUCTURE & POWER OPPORTUNITIES TRUST

Common Shares

Rights to Purchase Common Shares

 

 

PROSPECTUS

[            ], 2019

 

 

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this Prospectus Supplement is not complete and may be changed. BlackRock Utilities, Infrastructure & Power Opportunities Trust may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This Prospectus Supplement is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED [ ], 2019

PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT

(To Prospectus dated [●], 2019)

Filed Pursuant to Rule 497(c)

Registration Statement No. [                    ]

BLACKROCK UTILITIES, INFRASTRUCTURE & POWER OPPORTUNITIES TRUST

[ ] Common Shares

 

 

The BlackRock Utilities, Infrastructure & Power Opportunities Trust (the “Trust,” “we,” “us” or “our”) is offering for sale [●] of our common shares. Our common shares are listed on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the symbol “BUI.” As of the close of business on [●], 2019, the last reported net asset value per share of our common shares was $[●] and the last reported sales price per share of our common shares on the NYSE was $[●].

The Trust is a diversified, closed-end management investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”). The Trust’s investment objective is to provide total return through a combination of current income, current gains and long-term capital appreciation. The Trust’s investment adviser is BlackRock Advisors, LLC (the “Advisor”), and the Advisor’s affiliate, BlackRock International Limited (the “Sub-Advisor”), acts as the Trust’s sub-adviser.

[Sales of our common shares, if any, under this Prospectus Supplement and the accompanying Prospectus may be made in negotiated transactions or transactions that are deemed to be “at the market” as defined in Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), including sales made directly on the NYSE or sales made to or through a market maker other than on an exchange.]

An investment in the Trust is not appropriate for all investors. We cannot assure you that the Trust’s investment objective will be achieved. You should read this Prospectus Supplement and the accompanying Prospectus before deciding whether to invest in the common shares and retain it for future reference. The Prospectus Supplement and the accompanying Prospectus contain important information about the Trust. Material that has been incorporated by reference and other information about us can be obtained from the Trust by calling (800) 882-0052, writing to the Trust at 100 Bellevue Parkway, Wilmington, Delaware 19809, accessing the Trust’s website at www.blackrock.com or from the Securities and Exchange Commission’s (“SEC”) website (http://www.sec.gov).

 

 

Investing in the Trust’s common shares involves certain risks that are described in the “Risks” section beginning on page 48 of the accompanying Prospectus.

NEITHER THE SEC NOR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION HAS APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED THESE SECURITIES OR DETERMINED IF THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT IS TRUTHFUL OR COMPLETE. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

 

S-1


Table of Contents
     Per Share     Total (1)  

Public offering price

   $ [ ●]    $ [ ●] 

Underwriting discounts and commissions

   $ [ ●]    $ [ ●] 

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

   $ [ ●]    $ [ ●] 

 

(1)

The aggregate expenses of the offering (excluding underwriting discounts and commissions) are estimated to be $[●], which represents approximately $[●] per share.

[The underwriters may also purchase up to an additional [●] common shares from us at the public offering price, less underwriting discounts and commissions, to cover over-allotments, if any, within 30 days after the date of this Prospectus Supplement. If the over-allotment option is exercised in full, the total proceeds, before expenses, to the Trust would be $[●] and the total underwriting discounts and commissions would be $[●].] The underwriters are expected to deliver the common shares in book-entry form with [insert name of depository] on or about [●],[●].

[●], 2019

 

S-2


Table of Contents

You should rely only on the information contained or incorporated by reference in this Prospectus Supplement and the accompanying Prospectus. Neither the Trust nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide you with different information. The Trust is not making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should not assume that the information contained in this Prospectus Supplement and the accompanying Prospectus is accurate as of any date other than the date of this Prospectus Supplement and the accompanying Prospectus, respectively. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since those dates. In this Prospectus Supplement and in the accompanying Prospectus, unless otherwise indicated, “Trust,” “us,” “our” and “we” refer to BlackRock Utilities, Infrastructure and Power Opportunities Trust. [This Prospectus Supplement also includes trademarks owned by other persons.]

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Prospectus Supplement

 

     Page  

CAUTIONARY NOTICE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     S-4  

TABLE OF FEES AND EXPENSES

     S-5  

USE OF PROCEEDS

     S-6  

CAPITALIZATION

     S-6  

PRICE RANGE OF COMMON SHARES

     S-7  

UNDERWRITING

     S-7  

LEGAL MATTERS

     S-7  

Prospectus

 

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

     1  

SUMMARY OF TRUST EXPENSES

     28  

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

     29  

USE OF PROCEEDS

     29  

THE TRUST

     29  

DESCRIPTION OF SHARES

     29  

THE TRUST’S INVESTMENTS

     32  

LEVERAGE

     45  

RISKS

     48  

HOW THE TRUST MANAGES RISK

     79  

MANAGEMENT OF THE TRUST

     80  

NET ASSET VALUE

     83  

DISTRIBUTIONS

     85  

DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT PLAN

     87  

RIGHTS OFFERINGS

     88  

TAX MATTERS

     89  

TAXATION OF HOLDERS OF RIGHTS

     95  

CERTAIN PROVISIONS IN THE AGREEMENT AND DECLARATION OF TRUST AND BYLAWS

     96  

CLOSED-END FUND STRUCTURE

     98  

REPURCHASE OF COMMON SHARES

     98  

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

     98  

PRIVACY PRINCIPLES OF THE TRUST

     100  

TABLE OF CONTENTS OF STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

     101  

 

S-3


Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY NOTICE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Prospectus Supplement, the accompanying Prospectus and the Statement of Additional Information (the “SAI”) contain “forward-looking statements.” Forward-looking statements can be identified by the words “may,” “will,” “intend,” “expect,” “estimate,” “continue,” “plan,” “anticipate,” and similar terms and the negative of such terms. Such forward-looking statements may be contained in this Prospectus Supplement as well as in the accompanying Prospectus. By their nature, all forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties, and actual results could differ materially from those contemplated by the forward-looking statements. Several factors that could materially affect our actual results are the performance of the portfolio of securities we hold, the price at which our shares will trade in the public markets and other factors discussed in our periodic filings with the SEC.

Although we believe that the expectations expressed in our forward-looking statements are reasonable, actual results could differ materially from those projected or assumed in our forward-looking statements. Our future financial condition and results of operations, as well as any forward-looking statements, are subject to change and are subject to inherent risks and uncertainties, such as those disclosed in the “Risks” section of the accompanying Prospectus. All forward-looking statements contained or incorporated by reference in this Prospectus Supplement or the accompanying Prospectus are made as of the date of this Prospectus Supplement or the accompanying Prospectus, as the case may be. Except for our ongoing obligations under the federal securities laws, we do not intend, and we undertake no obligation, to update any forward-looking statement. The forward-looking statements contained in this Prospectus Supplement, the accompanying Prospectus and the SAI are excluded from the safe harbor protection provided by Section 27A of the Securities Act.

Currently known risk factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from our expectations include, but are not limited to, the factors described in the “Risks” section of the accompanying Prospectus. We urge you to review carefully those sections for a more detailed discussion of the risks of an investment in our common shares.

 

S-4


Table of Contents

TABLE OF FEES AND EXPENSES

The following table is intended to assist you in understanding the various costs and expenses directly or indirectly associated with investing in our common shares as a percentage of Managed Assets (as defined below) attributable to common shares. Amounts are for the current fiscal year after giving effect to anticipated net proceeds of the offering, assuming that we incur the estimated offering expenses.

 

Shareholder Transaction Expenses

  

Sales load paid by you (as a percentage of offering price) (1)

     [     ]% 

Offering expenses borne by the Trust (as a percentage of offering price) (1)

     [     ]% 

Dividend reinvestment plan fees

   $

 

[        ] per share for open-market

purchases of common shares (2)


 

Estimated Annual Expenses (as a percentage of net assets attributable to common shares)

  

Management fees

     1.00

Other expenses

     [     ]% 

Total annual expenses

     [     ]% 

Fee waiver (3)

     [     ]% 

Total annual Trust operating expenses after fee waiver (3)

     [     ]% 

 

(1)

Trust shareholders will pay all offering expenses involved with this offering.

(2)

Computershare Trust Company, N.A.’s (the “Reinvestment Plan Agent”) fees for the handling of the reinvestment of dividends will be paid by the Trust. However, you will pay a $0.02 per share fee incurred in connection with open-market purchases, which will be deducted from the value of the dividend. You will also be charged a $0.02 per share fee if you direct the Reinvestment Plan Agent to sell your common shares held in a dividend reinvestment account. Per share fees include any applicable brokerage commissions the Reinvestment Plan Agent is required to pay.

(3)

The Trust and the Advisor have entered into a fee waiver agreement (the “Fee Waiver Agreement”), pursuant to which the Advisor has contractually agreed to waive the management fee with respect to any portion of the Trust’s assets attributable to investments in any equity and fixed-income mutual funds and exchange-traded funds managed by the Advisor or its affiliates that have a contractual fee, through June 30, 2020. The Fee Waiver Agreement may be terminated at any time, without the payment of any penalty, only by the Trust (upon the vote of a majority of the Trustees who are not “interested persons” (as defined in the Investment Company Act) of the Trust or a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Trust), upon 90 days’ written notice by the Trust to the Advisor.

The purpose of the table above and the example below is to help you understand all fees and expenses that you, as a holder of common shares, would bear directly or indirectly.

Example

The following example illustrates the expenses that you would pay on a $1,000 investment in common shares, assuming (i) total net annual expenses of [    ]% of net assets attributable to common shares, and (ii) a 5% annual return:

 

     1 Year      3 Years      5 Years     10 Years  

Total expenses incurred

   $ [●    $ [●    $ [●   $ [●

The example should not be considered a representation of future expenses. The example assumes that the estimated “Other expenses” set forth in the Estimated Annual Expenses table are accurate and that all dividends and distributions are reinvested at net asset value (“NAV”). Actual expenses may be greater or less than those assumed. Moreover, the Trust’s actual rate of return may be greater or less than the hypothetical 5% return shown in the example.

 

S-5


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate the total net proceeds of the offering to be $[●] ($[●] if the over-allotment option is exercised in full), based on the public offering price of $[●] per share and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The Advisor anticipates that the investment of the proceeds will be made in accordance with the Trust’s investment objective and policies as appropriate investment opportunities are identified, which is expected to be substantially completed within [three] months; however, the identification of appropriate investment opportunities pursuant to the Trust’s investment style or changes in market conditions could result in the Trust’s anticipated investment period extending to as long as [six] months. Pending such investment, the Advisor expects that it will initially invest the proceeds of the offering in [cash and/or high quality, short-term debt securities and instruments]. Depending on market conditions and operations, a portion of the cash held by the Trust, including any proceeds raised from the offering, may be used to pay distributions in accordance with the Trust’s distribution policy and may be a return of capital. A return of capital is a return to investors of a portion of their original investment in the Trust. In general terms, a return of capital would involve a situation in which a Trust distribution (or a portion thereof) represents a return of a portion of a shareholder’s investment in the Trust, rather than making a distribution that is funded from the Trust’s earned income or other profits. Although return of capital distributions may not be currently taxable, such distributions would decrease the basis of a shareholder’s shares, and therefore, may increase a shareholder’s tax liability for capital gains upon a sale of shares, even if sold at a loss to the shareholder’s original investments.

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth the unaudited capitalization of the Trust as of [●], 2019 and its adjusted capitalization assuming the common shares available in the offering discussed in this Prospectus Supplement had been issued.

[To be provided.]

 

S-6


Table of Contents

PRICE RANGE OF COMMON SHARES

The following table sets forth for the quarters indicated, the high and low sale prices on the NYSE per common share and the NAV and the premium or discount from NAV per share at which the common shares were trading, expressed as a percentage of NAV, at each of the high and low sale prices provided.

 

     NAV per Common
Share on
Date of

Market Price
    NYSE
Market Price

  per Common Share  
    Premium/
(Discount) on
Date of

Market Price
    Trading  

During Quarter Ended

   High     Low     High     Low     High     Low      Volume  

June 30, 2019

   $ [               $ [             ]   $ [               $ [                 [     ]%      [     ]%      [            

March 31, 2019

   $ [               $ [               $ [               $ [                 [     ]%      [     ]%      [            

December 31, 2019

   $ [               $ [               $ [               $ [                 [     ]%      [     ]%      [            

September 30, 2018

   $ [               $ [               $ [               $ [                 [     ]%      [     ]%      [            

June 30, 2018

   $ [               $ [               $ [               $ [                 [     ]%      [     ]%      [            

March 31, 2018

   $ [               $ [               $ [               $ [                 [     ]%      [     ]%      [            

December 31, 2017

   $ [               $ [               $ [               $ [                 [     ]%      [     ]%      [            

September 30, 2017

   $ [               $ [               $ [               $ [                 [     ]%      [     ]%      [            

June 30, 2017

   $ [               $ [               $ [               $ [                 [     ]%      [     ]%      [            

March 31, 2018

   $ [               $ [               $ [               $ [                 [     ]%      [     ]%      [            

As of [                    ], 2019, the NAV per common share of the Trust was $[            ] and the market price per common share was $[            ], representing a [premium/discount] to NAV of [     ]%. Common shares of the Trust have historically traded at both a premium and discount to NAV.

UNDERWRITING

[To be provided.]

LEGAL MATTERS

Certain legal matters in connection with the common shares will be passed upon for the Trust by Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP, New York, New York, counsel to the Trust. Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP may rely as to certain matters of Delaware law on the opinion of Morris, Nichols, Arsht & Tunnell LLP, Wilmington, Delaware. [Certain legal matters will be passed on by [                    ] as special counsel to the Underwriters in connection with the offering.]

 

S-7


Table of Contents

 

BLACKROCK UTILITIES, INFRASTRUCTURE & POWER OPPORTUNITIES TRUST

 

Common Shares

 

PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT

[●] , 2019

 


Table of Contents

The information in this Prospectus Supplement is not complete and may be changed. BlackRock Utilities, Infrastructure and Power Opportunities Trust may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This Prospectus Supplement is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED [ ], 2019

PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT

(To

Prospectus dated [●], 2019)

Filed Pursuant to Rule 497(c)

Registration Statement No. [            ]

BLACKROCK UTILITIES, INFRASTRUCTURE & POWER OPPORTUNITIES TRUST

[ ] Rights for [ ] Common Shares

Subscription Rights to Acquire Common Shares

 

 

The BlackRock Utilities, Infrastructure and Power Opportunities Trust (the “Trust,” “we,” “us” or “our”) is issuing subscription rights (the “Rights”) to our common shareholders (the “Common Shareholders”) to purchase additional common shares (each, a “Common Share” and collectively, the “Common Shares”).

The Trust is a diversified, closed-end management investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. The Trust’s investment objective is to provide total return through a combination of current income, current gains and long-term capital appreciation. The Trust’s investment adviser is BlackRock Advisors, LLC (the “Advisor”), and the Advisor’s affiliate, BlackRock International Limited (the “Sub-Advisor”), acts as the Trust’s sub-adviser.

The Common Shares are listed on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the symbol “BUI.” Common Shareholders of record on [●], 2019 (the “Record Date”) will receive [●] Right for each Common Share held. These Rights are transferable and will allow the holders thereof to purchase additional Common Shares. The Rights will be listed for trading on the [●] under the symbol “[●]” during the course of the Rights offering.

On [●], 2019 (the last trading date prior to the Common Shares trading ex-Rights), the last reported net asset value per share of the Common Shares was $[●] and the last reported sales price per share of Common Shares on the NYSE was $[●].

An investment in the Trust is not appropriate for all investors. We cannot assure you that the Trust’s investment objective will be achieved. You should read this Prospectus Supplement and the accompanying Prospectus before deciding whether to invest in the Common Shares and retain it for future reference. The Prospectus Supplement and the accompanying Prospectus contain important information about the Trust. Material that has been incorporated by reference, including the Trust’s audited annual financial statements, and other information about the Trust can be obtained from the Trust by calling (800) 882-0052, writing to the Trust at 100 Bellevue Parkway, Wilmington, Delaware 19809, accessing the Trust’s website at www.blackrock.com or from the Securities and Exchange Commission’s (“SEC”) website (http://www.sec.gov). For additional information, all holders of Rights should contact the Information Agent, [●], at [●]. Common Shareholders please call toll-free at [●] (banks and brokers please call [●]) or please send written requests to [●].

Investing in Common Shares through Rights involves certain risks that are described in the “Special Characteristics and Risks of the Rights Offering” section of this Prospectus Supplement.

 

R-1


Table of Contents

SHAREHOLDERS WHO DO NOT FULLY EXERCISE THEIR RIGHTS MAY, AT THE COMPLETION OF THE OFFERING, OWN A SMALLER PROPORTIONAL INTEREST IN THE TRUST THAN IF THEY EXERCISED THEIR RIGHTS. AS A RESULT OF THE OFFERING YOU MAY EXPERIENCE SUBSTANTIAL DILUTION OF THE AGGREGATE NET ASSET VALUE OF YOUR COMMON SHARES DEPENDING UPON WHETHER THE TRUST’S NET ASSET VALUE PER COMMON SHARE IS ABOVE OR BELOW THE SUBSCRIPTION PRICE ON THE EXPIRATION DATE. ALL COSTS OF THE OFFERING WILL BE BORNE BY THE TRUST, AND INDIRECTLY BY CURRENT SHAREHOLDERS WHETHER THEY EXERCISE THEIR RIGHTS OR NOT. RIGHTS EXERCISED BY A SHAREHOLDER ARE IRREVOCABLE.

ANY COMMON SHARES ISSUED AS A RESULT OF THE RIGHTS OFFERING WILL NOT BE RECORD DATE SHARES FOR THE TRUST’S MONTHLY DISTRIBUTION TO BE PAID ON [ ], 2019 AND WILL NOT BE ENTITLED TO RECEIVE SUCH DISTRIBUTION.

NEITHER THE SEC NOR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION HAS APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED THESE SECURITIES OR DETERMINED IF THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT IS TRUTHFUL OR COMPLETE. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

 

     Per Share     Total  

Estimated subscription price of Common Shares to shareholders exercising Rights (1)

   $ [ ●]    $ [ ●] 

Underwriting discounts and commissions

   $ [ ●]    $ [ ●] 

Estimated proceeds, before expenses, to the Trust (2)

   $ [ ●]    $ [ ●] 

 

(1)  

The estimated subscription price to the public is based upon [●]% of the last reported sales price of the Trust’s Common Shares of beneficial interest on the NYSE on [●], 2019.

 

(2)  

Before deduction of expenses related to the Rights offering, which are estimated approximately at $[●]. Any offering expenses are paid indirectly by shareholders. Such fees and expenses will immediately reduce the net asset value per share of each Common Share purchased by an investor in the Rights offering. The indirect expenses of the offering that shareholders will pay are estimated to be $[●] in the aggregate and $[●] per share. The amount of proceeds to the Trust net of any fees and expenses of the offering are estimated to be $[●] in the aggregate and $[●] per share. Shareholders will not directly bear any offering expenses.

The Common Shares are expected to be ready for delivery in book-entry form through the [insert depository name] on or about [●], 2019[, unless extended. If the offering is extended, the Common Shares are expected to be ready for delivery in book-entry form through the [insert depository name] on or about [●], 2019.]

The date of this Prospectus Supplement is [ ], 2019.

 

R-2


Table of Contents

You should rely only on the information contained or incorporated by reference in this Prospectus Supplement and the accompanying Prospectus. The Trust has not authorized anyone to provide you with different information. The Trust is not making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should not assume that the information contained in this Prospectus Supplement and the accompanying Prospectus is accurate as of any date other than the date of this Prospectus Supplement and the accompanying Prospectus, respectively. This Prospectus Supplement will be amended to reflect material changes to the information contained herein and will be delivered to shareholders. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since those dates. In this Prospectus Supplement and in the accompanying Prospectus, unless otherwise indicated, “Trust,” “us,” “our” and “we” refer to BlackRock Utilities, Infrastructure and Power Opportunities Trust, a Delaware statutory trust. [This Prospectus Supplement also includes trademarks owned by other persons.]

 

R-3


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Prospectus Supplement

 

     PAGE  

CAUTIONARY NOTICE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     R-5  

SUMMARY OF THE TERMS OF THE RIGHTS OFFERING

     R-6  

DESCRIPTION OF RIGHTS OFFERING

     R-9  

TABLE OF FEES AND EXPENSES

     R-18  

USE OF PROCEEDS

     R-19  

CAPITALIZATION

     R-20  

PRICE RANGE OF COMMON SHARES

     R-21  

SPECIAL CHARACTERISTICS AND RISKS OF THE RIGHTS OFFERING

     R-21  

TAXATION

     R-23  

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

     R-24  

LEGAL MATTERS

     R-26  

Prospectus

 

     PAGE  

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

     1  

SUMMARY OF TRUST EXPENSES

     28  

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

     29  

USE OF PROCEEDS

     29  

THE TRUST

     29  

DESCRIPTION OF SHARES

     29  

THE TRUST’S INVESTMENTS

     32  

LEVERAGE

     45  

RISKS

     48  

HOW THE TRUST MANAGES RISK

     79  

MANAGEMENT OF THE TRUST

     80  

NET ASSET VALUE

     83  

DISTRIBUTIONS

     85  

DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT PLAN

     87  

RIGHTS OFFERINGS

     88  

TAX MATTERS

     89  

TAXATION OF HOLDERS OF RIGHTS

     95  

CERTAIN PROVISIONS IN THE AGREEMENT AND DECLARATION OF TRUST AND BYLAWS

     96  

CLOSED-END FUND STRUCTURE

     98  

REPURCHASE OF COMMON SHARES

     98  

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

     98  

PRIVACY PRINCIPLES OF THE TRUST

     100  

TABLE OF CONTENTS OF STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

     101  

 

R-4


Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY NOTICE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Prospectus Supplement, the accompanying Prospectus and the Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) contain “forward-looking statements.” Forward-looking statements can be identified by the words “may,” “will,” “intend,” “expect,” “estimate,” “continue,” “plan,” “anticipate,” and similar terms and the negative of such terms. Such forward-looking statements may be contained in this Prospectus Supplement as well as in the accompanying Prospectus and in the SAI. By their nature, all forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties, and actual results could differ materially from those contemplated by the forward-looking statements. Several factors that could materially affect our actual results are the performance of the portfolio of securities we hold, the price at which our shares will trade in the public markets and other factors discussed in our periodic filings with the SEC.

Although we believe that the expectations expressed in our forward-looking statements are reasonable, actual results could differ materially from those projected or assumed in our forward-looking statements. Our future financial condition and results of operations, as well as any forward-looking statements, are subject to change and are subject to inherent risks and uncertainties, such as those disclosed in the “Risks” section of the accompanying Prospectus and “Special Characteristics and Risks of the Rights Offering” in this Prospectus Supplement. All forward-looking statements contained or incorporated by reference in this Prospectus Supplement or the accompanying Prospectus, or in the SAI, are made as of the date of this Prospectus Supplement or the accompanying Prospectus or SAI, as the case may be. Except for our ongoing obligations under the federal securities laws, we do not intend, and we undertake no obligation, to update any forward-looking statement. The forward-looking statements contained in this Prospectus Supplement, the accompanying Prospectus and the SAI are excluded from the safe harbor protection provided by Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

Currently known risk factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from our expectations include, but are not limited to, the factors described in the “Risks” section of the accompanying Prospectus as well as in the “Special Characteristics and Risks of the Rights Offering” section of this Prospectus Supplement. We urge you to review carefully those sections for a more detailed discussion of the risks of an investment in the Common Shares.

 

R-5


Table of Contents

SUMMARY OF THE TERMS OF THE RIGHTS OFFERING

 

Terms of the Rights Offering   

One transferable subscription right (a “Right”) will be issued for each common share of BlackRock Utilities, Infrastructure and Power Opportunities Trust (the “Trust,” “we,” “us” or “our”) (each, a “Common Share,” and collectively, the “Common Shares”) held on the Record Date (as defined below). Rights are expected to trade on the [●] under the symbol “[●].” The Rights will allow common shareholders to subscribe for new Common Shares of the Trust. [●] Common Shares of the Trust are outstanding as of [●], 2019. [●] Rights will be required to purchase one Common Share. Shares of the Trust, as a closed-end fund, can trade at a discount to net asset value (“NAV”). Upon exercise of the Rights offering, Trust shares are expected to be issued at a price below NAV per Common Share. [An over-subscription privilege will be offered, [subject to the right of the Board of Trustees of the Trust (the “Board”) to eliminate the over-subscription privilege.] [●] Common Shares of the Trust will be issued if all Rights are exercised. See “Terms of the Rights Offering.” Any Common Shares issued as a result of the Rights offering will not be record date shares for the Trust’s monthly distribution to be paid on [●], 2019 and will not be entitled to receive such distribution. The exercise of rights by a shareholder is irrevocable.

Amount Available for Primary Subscription   

Approximately $[●], before expenses.

Title   

Subscription Rights to Acquire Common Shares

Subscription Price   

The final subscription price per Common Share (the “Subscription Price”) will be determined based upon a formula equal to [●]% of the average of the last reported sales price of the Trust’s Common Shares on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) on the Expiration Date (as defined below) and each of the [four] preceding trading days (the “Formula Price”). If, however, the Formula Price is less than [●]% of the NAV per Common Share of the Trust’s Common Shares at the close of trading on the NYSE on the Expiration Date, then the Subscription Price will be [●]% of the Trust’s NAV per Common Share at the close of trading on the NYSE on that day. See “Terms of the Rights Offering.”

Record Date   

Rights will be issued to holders of record of the Trust’s Common Shares as of the close of business on [●], 2019 (the “Record Date”). See “Terms of the Rights Offering.”

Number of Rights Issued   

One Right will be issued in respect of each Common Share of the Trust outstanding as of the close of business on the Record Date. See “Terms of the Rights Offering.”

Number of Rights Required to Purchase One Common Share   

A holder of Rights may purchase [●] Common Share of the Trust for every [●] Rights exercised. The number of Rights to be issued to a shareholder as of the close of business on the Record Date will be rounded up to the nearest number of Rights evenly divisible by [●]. See “Terms of the Rights Offering.”

Over-Subscription Privilege   

Holders of Common Shares as of the close of business on the Record Date (“Record Date Shareholders”) who fully exercise all Rights initially issued to them are entitled to buy those Common Shares, referred to as “primary over-subscription shares,” that were not purchased by other Rights holders at the same Subscription Price. If enough primary over-subscription shares are available, all such requests will be honored in full. If the requests for primary over-subscription shares exceed the primary over-subscription shares available, the available primary over-subscription shares will be allocated pro rata among those fully exercising Record Date Shareholders who over-subscribe based on the number of Rights originally issued to them by the Trust. Common Shares acquired pursuant to the primary over-subscription privilege are subject to allotment. Rights acquired in the secondary market may not participate in the primary over-subscription privilege.



 

R-6


Table of Contents
  

[In addition, the Trust, in its sole discretion, may determine to issue additional Common Shares at the same Subscription Price in an amount of up to [●]% of the shares issued pursuant to the primary subscription, referred to as “secondary over-subscription shares.” Should the Trust determine to issue some or all of the secondary over-subscription shares, they will be allocated only among Record Date Shareholders who submitted over-subscription requests. Secondary over-subscription shares will be allocated pro rata among those fully exercising Record Date Shareholders who over-subscribe based on the number of Rights originally issued to them by the Trust.  Rights acquired in the secondary market may not participate in the secondary over-subscription privilege. ]

  

Notwithstanding the above, the Board has the right in its absolute discretion to eliminate the primary over-subscription privilege and/or secondary over-subscription privilege (together, the “over-subscription privilege”) if it considers it to be in the best interest of the Trust to do so. The Board may make that determination at any time, without prior notice to Rights holders or others, up to and including the fifth day following the Expiration Date (as defined below). See “Over-Subscription Privilege.”

  

Any Common Shares issued pursuant to the over-subscription privilege will be shares registered under the Prospectus.

Transfer of Rights

  

[The Rights will be transferable. See “Terms of the Rights Offering,” “Sales by Rights Agent” and “Method of Transferring Rights.”]

Subscription Period

  

The Rights may be exercised at any time after issuance and prior to expiration of the Rights (the “Subscription Period”), which will be [5:00 PM Eastern Time] on [●], 2019 (the “Expiration Date”), unless otherwise extended. See “Terms of the Rights Offering” and “Method of Exercise of Rights.” The Rights offering may be terminated [or extended] by the Trust at any time for any reason before the Expiration Date. If the Trust terminates the rights offering, the Trust will issue a press release announcing such termination and will direct the Rights Agent (defined below) to return, without interest, all subscription proceeds received to such shareholders who had elected to purchase Common Shares.

Offering Expenses

  

The expenses of the Rights offering are expected to be approximately $[●] and will be borne by holders of the Trust’s Common Shares. See “Use of Proceeds.”

Sale of Rights

  

The Rights are transferable until the completion of the Subscription Period and will be admitted for trading on the [●] under the symbol “[●]”. Although no assurance can be given that a market for the Rights will develop, trading in the Rights on the [●] is expected to begin two Business Days prior to the Record Date and may be conducted until the close of trading on the last [●] trading day prior to the Expiration Date. For purposes of this Prospectus Supplement, a “Business Day” shall mean any day on which trading is conducted on the [●].

  

The value of the Rights, if any, will be reflected by their market price on the [●]. Rights may be sold by individual holders through their broker or financial advisor or may be submitted to the Rights Agent (defined below) for sale. Any Rights submitted to the Rights Agent for sale must be received by the Rights Agent prior to [5:00 PM, Eastern Time], on or before [●], 2019, [●] Business Days prior to the Expiration Date (or, if the Subscription Period is extended, prior to [5:00 PM, Eastern Time], on the [●] Business Day prior to the extended Expiration Date).

  

Rights that are sold will not confer any right to acquire any Common Shares in any over-subscription, and any Record Date Shareholder who sells any Rights will not be eligible to participate in the over-subscription privilege, if any.



 

R-7


Table of Contents
  

Trading of the Rights on the [●] will be conducted on a when-issued basis until and including the date on which the Subscription Certificates (as defined below) are mailed to Record Date Shareholders of record and thereafter will be conducted on a regular-way basis until and including the last [●] trading day prior to the completion of the Subscription Period. The shares are expected to begin trading ex-Rights one Business Day prior to the Record Date.

  

If the Rights Agent receives Rights for sale in a timely manner, the Rights Agent will use its best efforts to sell the Rights on the [●]. The Rights Agent will also attempt to sell any Rights attributable to shareholders of record whose addresses are outside the United States, or who have an APO or FPO address. See “Foreign Restrictions.” The Rights Agent will attempt to sell such Rights, including by first offering such Rights to the Dealer Manager (defined below) for purchase by the Dealer Manager at the then-current market price on the [●]. The Rights Agent will offer Rights to the Dealer Manager before attempting to sell them on the [●].

  

Any commissions will be paid by the selling Rights holders. Neither the Trust nor the Rights Agent will be responsible if Rights cannot be sold and neither has guaranteed any minimum sales price for the Rights. If the Rights can be sold, sales of these Rights will be deemed to have been effected at the weighted average price received by the Rights Agent on the day such Rights are sold, less any applicable brokerage commissions, taxes and other expenses ( i.e. , costs incidental to the sale of Rights).

  

For a discussion of actions that may be taken by [●] (the “Dealer Manager”) to seek to facilitate the trading market for Rights and the placement of Common Shares pursuant to the exercise of Rights, including the purchase of Rights and the sale during the Subscription Period by the Dealer Manager of Common Shares acquired through the exercise of Rights and the terms on which such sales will be made, see “Plan of Distribution.”

  

Shareholders are urged to obtain a recent trading price for the Rights on the [●] from their broker, bank, financial advisor or the financial press.

  

Banks, broker-dealers and trust companies that hold shares for the accounts of others are advised to notify those persons that purchase Rights in the secondary market that such Rights will not participate in any over-subscription privilege. See “Terms of the Rights Offering” and “Sales by Rights Agent.”

Use of Proceeds

  

The Trust estimates the net proceeds of the Rights offering to be approximately $[●]. This figure is based on the Subscription Price per Common Share of $[●] ([●]% of the last reported sales price of the Trust’s Common Shares on the NYSE on [●], 2019) and assumes all new Common Shares offered are sold and that the expenses related to the Rights offering estimated at approximately $[●] are paid.

  

The Advisor anticipates that investment of the proceeds will be made in accordance with the Trust’s investment objective and policies as appropriate investment opportunities are identified, which is expected to be substantially completed in approximately [three] months; however, the identification of appropriate investment opportunities pursuant to the Trust’s investment style or changes in market conditions may cause the investment period to extend as long as [six] months. Pending such investment, the proceeds will be held in [cash and/or high quality, short-term debt securities and instruments]. Depending on market conditions and operations, a portion of the cash held by the Trust, including any proceeds raised from the offering, may be used to pay distributions in accordance with the Trust’s distribution policy and may be a return of capital. A return of capital is a return to investors of a portion of their original investment in the Trust. In general terms, a return of capital would involve a situation in which a Trust distribution (or a portion thereof) represents a return of a portion of a shareholder’s investment in the Trust, rather than making a distribution that is funded from the Trust’s earned income or other profits. Although return of capital distributions may not be currently taxable, such distributions would decrease the basis of a shareholder’s shares, and therefore, may increase a shareholder’s tax liability for capital gains upon a sale of shares, even if sold at a loss to the shareholder’s original investments. See “Use of Proceeds.”

Taxation/ERISA

  

See “Taxation” and “Employee Benefit Plan and IRA Considerations.”

Rights Agent

  

[●]. See “Rights Agent.”

Information Agent

  

[●]. See “Information Agent.”



 

R-8


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF THE RIGHTS OFFERING

Terms of the Rights Offering

The Trust is issuing to Record Date Shareholders Rights to subscribe for Common Shares of the Trust. Each Record Date Shareholder is being issued one transferable Right for each Common Share owned on the Record Date. The Rights entitle the holder to acquire, at a subscription price per Common Share (the “Subscription Price”) determined based upon a formula equal to [●]% of the average of the last reported sales price of the Trust’s Common Shares on the NYSE on the Expiration Date (as defined below) and each of the [four] preceding trading days (the “Formula Price”), [●] new Common Share for each [●] Rights held. If, however, the Formula Price is less than [●]% of the NAV per Common Share of the Trust’s Common Shares at the close of trading on the NYSE on the Expiration Date, then the Subscription Price will be [●]% of the Trust’s NAV per Common Share at the close of trading on the NYSE on that day. The estimated Subscription Price to the public of $[●] is based upon [●]% of the last reported sales price of the Trust’s Common Shares on the NYSE on [●], 2019. Fractional shares will not be issued upon the exercise of the Rights. Accordingly, Common Shares may be purchased only pursuant to the exercise of Rights in integral multiples of [●]. The number of Rights to be issued to a Record Date Shareholder will be rounded up to the nearest number of Rights evenly divisible by [●]. In the case of Common Shares held of record by Cede & Co. (“Cede”), as nominee for the Depository Trust Company (“DTC”)], or any other depository or nominee, the number of Rights issued to Cede or such other depository or nominee will be adjusted to permit rounding up (to the nearest number of Rights evenly divisible by [●]) of the Rights to be received by beneficial owners for whom it is the holder of record only if [insert nominee name] or such other depository or nominee provides to the Trust on or before the close of business on [●], 2019 written representation of the number of Rights required for such rounding. Rights may be exercised at any time during the period (the “Subscription Period”) which commences on [●], 2019, and ends at [5:00 PM Eastern Time] on [●], 2019 (the “Expiration Date”), unless otherwise extended. Shares of the Trust, as a closed-end fund, can trade at a discount to NAV. Upon exercise of the Rights offering, Trust shares are expected to be issued at a price below NAV per Common Share. The right to acquire one Common Share for each [●] Rights held during the Subscription Period (or any extension of the Subscription Period) at the Subscription Price will be referred to in the remainder of this Prospectus Supplement as the “Rights offering.” Rights will expire on the Expiration Date and thereafter may not be exercised. Any Common Shares issued as a result of the Rights offering will not be Record Date shares for the Trust’s monthly distribution to be paid on [ ] , 2019 and will not be entitled to receive such distribution.

The Trust has entered into a dealer manager agreement with [●] (the “Dealer Manager”) that allows the Dealer Manager to take actions to seek to facilitate the trading market for Rights and the placement of Common Shares pursuant to the exercise of Rights. Those actions are expected to involve the Dealer Manager purchasing and exercising Rights during the Subscription Period at prices determined at the time of such exercise, which are expected to vary from the Subscription Price. See “Plan of Distribution” for additional information.

Rights may be evidenced by subscription certificates or may be uncertificated and evidenced by other appropriate documentation ( i.e. , a rights card distributed to registered shareholders in lieu of a subscription certificate) (“Subscription Certificates”). The number of Rights issued to each holder will be stated on the Subscription Certificate delivered to the holder. The method by which Rights may be exercised and Common

 

R-9


Table of Contents

Shares paid for is set forth below in “Method of Exercise of Rights,” “Payment for Shares” and “Plan of Distribution.” A holder of Rights will have no right to rescind a purchase after [●] (the “Rights Agent”) has received payment. See “Payment for Shares” below. It is anticipated that the Common Shares issued pursuant to an exercise of Rights will be listed on the [●].

[Holders of Rights [who are Record Date Shareholders] are entitled to subscribe for additional Common Shares at the same Subscription Price pursuant to the over-subscription privilege, subject to certain limitations, allotment and the right of the Board to eliminate the primary over-subscription privilege [or secondary] over-subscription privilege. See “Over-Subscription Privilege” below.]

For purposes of determining the maximum number of Common Shares that may be acquired pursuant to the Rights offering, broker-dealers, trust companies, banks or others whose shares are held of record by Cede or by any other depository or nominee will be deemed to be the holders of the Rights that are held by Cede or such other depository or nominee on their behalf.

The Rights are transferable until the completion of the Subscription Period and will be admitted for trading on the [●] under the symbol “[●].” Assuming a market exists for the Rights, the Rights may be purchased and sold through usual brokerage channels and also sold through the Rights Agent. Although no assurance can be given that a market for the Rights will develop, trading in the Rights on the [●] is expected to begin two Business Days prior to the Record Date and may be conducted until the close of trading on the last [●] trading day prior to the Expiration Date. Trading of the Rights on the [●] is expected to be conducted on a when-issued basis until and including the date on which the Subscription Certificates are mailed to Record Date Shareholders of record and thereafter is expected to be conducted on a regular way basis until and including the last [●] trading day prior to the Expiration Date. The method by which Rights may be transferred is set forth below under “Method of Transferring Rights.” The Common Shares are expected to begin trading ex-Rights one Business Day prior to the Record Date as determined and announced by the [●]. The Rights offering may be terminated or extended by the Trust at any time for any reason before the Expiration Date. If the Trust terminates the Rights offering, the Trust will issue a press release announcing such termination and will direct the Rights Agent to return, without interest, all subscription proceeds received to such shareholders who had elected to purchase Common Shares.

Nominees who hold the Trust’s Common Shares for the account of others, such as banks, broker-dealers, trustees or depositories for securities, should notify the respective beneficial owners of such shares as soon as possible to ascertain such beneficial owners’ intentions and to obtain instructions with respect to the Rights. If the beneficial owner so instructs, the nominee should complete the Subscription Certificate and submit it to the Rights Agent with proper payment. In addition, beneficial owners of the Common Shares or Rights held through such a nominee should contact the nominee and request the nominee to effect transactions in accordance with such beneficial owner’s instructions.

[Participants in the Trust’s Dividend Reinvestment Plan (the “Plan”) will be issued Rights in respect of the Common Shares held in their accounts in the Plan. Participants wishing to exercise these Rights must exercise the Rights in accordance with the procedures set forth in “Method of Exercise of Rights” and “Payment for Shares.”]

Conditions of the Rights Offering

The Rights offering is being made in accordance with the Investment Company Act of 1940 Act, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”) without shareholder approval. The staff of the SEC has interpreted the Investment Company Act as not requiring shareholder approval of a transferable rights offering to purchase common shares at a price below the then current NAV so long as certain conditions are met, including: (i) a good faith determination by a fund’s board that such offering would result in a net benefit to existing shareholders; (ii) the offering fully protects shareholders’ preemptive rights and does not discriminate among shareholders (except for the possible effect of not offering fractional rights); (iii) management uses its best efforts to ensure an adequate trading market in the rights for use by shareholders who do not exercise such rights; and (iv) the ratio of a transferable rights offering does not exceed one new share for each three rights held.

 

R-10


Table of Contents

Important Dates to Remember

[Please note that the dates in the table below may change if the Rights offering is extended.]

 

Event

  

Date

Record Date

   [●], 2019

Subscription Period

   [●], 2019 through [●], 2019†

Expiration Date*

   [●], 2019†

Payment for Guarantees of Delivery Due*

   [●], 2019†

Issuance Date

   [●], 2019†

Confirmation Date

   [●], 2019†

 

*

A shareholder exercising Rights must deliver to the Rights Agent by [5:00 PM Eastern Time] on [●], 2019 (unless the offer is extended) either (a) a Subscription Certificate and payment for Common Shares or (b) a notice of guaranteed delivery and payment for Common Shares.

Unless the offer is extended.

[Over-Subscription Privilege

The Board has the right in its absolute discretion to eliminate the over-subscription privilege with respect to primary over-subscription shares and secondary over-subscription shares if it considers it to be in the best interest of the Trust to do so. The Board may make that determination at any time, without prior notice to Rights holders or others, up to and including the fifth day following the Expiration Date. If the primary over-subscription privilege is not eliminated, it will operate as set forth below.

Rights holders [who are Record Date Shareholders and who fully exercise their Rights] are entitled to subscribe for additional Common Shares at the same Subscription Price pursuant to the over-subscription privilege, subject to certain limitations and subject to allotment.

[Record Date Shareholders who fully exercise all Rights initially issued to them] are entitled to buy those Common Shares, referred to as “primary over-subscription shares,” that were not purchased by other holders of Rights at the same Subscription Price. If enough primary over-subscription shares are available, all such requests will be honored in full. If the requests for primary over-subscription shares exceed the primary over-subscription shares available, the available primary over-subscription shares will be allocated pro rata among those fully exercising [Record Date Shareholders] who over-subscribe based on the number of Rights originally issued to them by the Trust. Common Shares acquired pursuant to the over-subscription privilege are subject to allotment.

[In addition, the Trust, in its sole discretion, may determine to issue additional Common Shares at the same Subscription Price in an amount of up to [    ]% of the shares issued pursuant to the primary subscription, referred to as “secondary over-subscription shares.” Should the Trust determine to issue some or all of the secondary over-subscription shares, they will be allocated only among Record Date Shareholders who submitted over-subscription requests. Secondary over-subscription shares will be allocated pro rata among those fully exercising Record Date Shareholders who over-subscribe based on the number of Rights originally issued to them by the Trust. Rights acquired in the secondary market may not participate in the over-subscription privilege. ]

Record Date Shareholders who are fully exercising their Rights during the Subscription Period should indicate, on the Subscription Certificate that they submit with respect to the exercise of the Rights issued to them, how many Common Shares they are willing to acquire pursuant to the over-subscription privilege. Rights acquired in the secondary market may not participate in the over-subscription privilege.

 

R-11


Table of Contents

To the extent sufficient Common Shares are not available to fulfill all over-subscription requests, unsubscribed Common Shares (the “Excess Shares”) will be allocated pro rata among those Record Date Shareholders who over-subscribe based on the number of Rights issued to them by the Trust. The allocation process may involve a series of allocations in order to assure that the total number of Common Shares available for over-subscriptions is distributed on a pro rata basis.

The formula to be used in allocating the Excess Shares is as follows:

 

Shareholder’s Record Date Position

  

X

  

Excess Shares Remaining

Total Record Date Position of All Over-Subscribers

Banks, broker-dealers, trustees and other nominee holders of Rights will be required to certify to the Rights Agent, before any over-subscription privilege may be exercised with respect to any particular beneficial owner, as to the aggregate number of Rights exercised during the Subscription Period and the number of Common Shares subscribed for pursuant to the over-subscription privilege by such beneficial owner and that such beneficial owner’s subscription was exercised in full. Nominee holder over-subscription forms and beneficial owner certification forms will be distributed to banks, broker-dealers, trustees and other nominee holders of Rights with the Subscription Certificates. [Nominees should also notify holders purchasing Rights in the secondary market that such Rights may not participate in the over-subscription privilege.]

The Trust will not otherwise offer or sell any Common Shares that are not subscribed for pursuant to the primary subscription, the primary over-subscription privilege or the secondary over-subscription privilege pursuant to the Rights offering.]

Sales by Rights Agent

Holders of Rights who are unable or do not wish to exercise any or all of their Rights may instruct the Rights Agent to sell any unexercised Rights. The Subscription Certificates representing the Rights to be sold by the Rights Agent must be received prior to [5:00 PM, Eastern Time], on [●], 2019, five Business Days prior to the Expiration Date (or, if the Subscription Period is extended, prior to [5:00 PM, Eastern Time], on the fifth Business Day prior to the extended Expiration Date). Upon the timely receipt of the appropriate instructions to sell Rights, the Rights Agent will use its best efforts to complete the sale and will remit the proceeds of sale, net of any commissions, to the holders. The Rights Agent will also attempt to sell any Rights attributable to shareholders of record whose addresses are outside the United States, or who have an APO or FPO address. The selling Rights holder will pay all brokerage commissions incurred by the Rights Agent. These sales may be effected by the Rights Agent. The Rights Agent will automatically attempt to sell any unexercised Rights that remain unclaimed as a result of Subscription Certificates being returned by the postal authorities as undeliverable as of the [●] Business Day prior to the Expiration Date. The Rights Agent will attempt to sell such Rights, including by first offering such Rights to the Dealer Manager for purchase by the Dealer Manager at the then-current market price on the [●]. The Rights Agent will offer Rights to the Dealer Manager before attempting to sell them on the [●], which may affect the market price for Rights on the [●] and reduce the number of Rights available for purchase on the [●], thereby reducing the ability of new investors to participate in the offering. These sales will be made net of commissions, taxes and any other expenses paid on behalf of the nonclaiming holders of Rights. Proceeds from those sales will be held by Computershare Trust Company, N.A. in its capacity as the Trust’s transfer agent, for the account of the nonclaiming holder of Rights until the proceeds are either claimed or escheated. There can be no assurance that the Rights Agent will be able to complete the sale of any of these Rights and neither the Trust nor the Rights Agent has guaranteed any minimum sales price for the Rights. All of these Rights will be sold at the market price, if any, through an exchange or market trading the Rights. If the Rights can be sold, sales of the Rights will be deemed to have been effected at the weighted average price received by the Rights Agent on the day such Rights are sold, less any applicable brokerage commissions, taxes and other expenses.

[Dealer Manager

[●] (previously defined as the “Dealer Manager”), a registered broker-dealer, may also act on behalf of its clients to purchase or sell Rights in the open market and may receive commissions from its clients for such

 

R-12


Table of Contents

services. Holders of Rights attempting to sell any unexercised Rights in the open market through a broker-dealer other than the Dealer Manager may be charged a different commission and should consider the commissions and fees charged by the broker-dealer prior to selling their Rights on the open market. The Dealer Manager is not expected to purchase Rights as principal for its own account in order to seek to facilitate the trading market for Rights or otherwise. See “Plan of Distribution” for additional information.]

Sale of Rights

The Rights are transferable and will be admitted for trading on the [●] under the symbol “[●].” Although no assurance can be given that a market for the Rights will develop, trading in the Rights on the [●] is expected to begin two Business Days prior to the Record Date and may be conducted until the close of trading on the last [●] trading day prior to the Expiration Date.

The value of the Rights, if any, will be reflected by the market price. Rights may be sold by individual holders or may be submitted to the Rights Agent for sale. Any Rights submitted to the Rights Agent for sale must be received by the Rights Agent prior to [5:00 PM, Eastern Time], on [●], 2019, five Business Days prior to the Expiration Date (or, if the Subscription Period is extended, prior to [5:00 PM, Eastern Time], on the [●] Business Day prior to the extended Expiration Date).

[Rights that are sold will not confer any right to acquire any Common Shares in any primary over-subscription privilege or secondary over-subscription privilege, if any, and any Record Date Shareholder who sells any Rights will not be eligible to participate in the primary over-subscription privilege or secondary over-subscription privilege, if any.]

Trading of the Rights on the [●] will be conducted on a when-issued basis until and including the date on which the Subscription Certificates are mailed to Record Date Shareholders of record and thereafter will be conducted on a regular-way basis until and including the last [●] trading day prior to the Expiration Date. The Common Shares are expected to begin trading ex-Rights one Business Day prior to the Record Date.

Shareholders are urged to obtain a recent trading price for the Rights on the [●] from their broker, bank, financial advisor or the financial press.

Method of Transferring Rights

The Rights evidenced by a single Subscription Certificate may be transferred in whole by endorsing the Subscription Certificate for transfer in accordance with the accompanying instructions. A portion of the Rights evidenced by a single Subscription Certificate (but not fractional Rights) may be transferred by delivering to the Rights Agent a Subscription Certificate properly endorsed for transfer, with instructions to register the portion of the Rights evidenced thereby in the name of the transferee (and to issue a new Subscription Certificate to the transferee evidencing the transferred Rights). In this event, a new Subscription Certificate evidencing the balance of the Rights will be issued to the Rights holder or, if the Rights holder so instructs, to an additional transferee.

Holders wishing to transfer all or a portion of their Rights (but not fractional Rights) should promptly transfer such Rights to ensure that: (i) the transfer instructions will be received and processed by the Rights Agent, (ii) a new Subscription Certificate will be issued and transmitted to the transferee or transferees with respect to transferred Rights, and to the holder with respect to retained Rights, if any, and (iii) the Rights evidenced by the new Subscription Certificates may be exercised or sold by the recipients thereof prior to the Expiration Date. Neither the Trust nor the Rights Agent shall have any liability to a transferee or holder of Rights if Subscription Certificates are not received in time for exercise or sale prior to the Expiration Date.

Except for the fees charged by the Rights Agent (which will be paid by the Trust as described below), all commissions, fees and other expenses (including brokerage commissions and transfer taxes) incurred in connection with the purchase, sale, transfer or exercise of Rights will be for the account of the holder of the Rights, and none of these commissions, fees or expenses will be borne by the Trust or the Rights Agent.

 

R-13


Table of Contents

The Trust anticipates that the Rights will be eligible for transfer through, and that the exercise of the Rights may be effected through, the facilities of [insert depository] (Rights exercised through [insert depository] are referred to as “[insert depository] Exercised Rights”).

Rights Agent

The Rights Agent is [●]. The Rights Agent will receive from the Trust an amount estimated to be $[●], comprised of the fee for its services and the reimbursement for certain expenses related to the Rights offering. The shareholders of the Trust will indirectly pay such amount.

Information Agent

INQUIRIES BY ALL HOLDERS OF RIGHTS SHOULD BE DIRECTED TO: THE INFORMATION AGENT, [●]; HOLDERS PLEASE CALL TOLL-FREE AT [●]; BANKS AND BROKERS PLEASE CALL [●].

Method of Exercise of Rights

Rights may be exercised by completing and signing the Subscription Certificate and mailing it in the envelope provided, or otherwise delivering the completed and signed Subscription Certificate to the Rights Agent, together with payment for the Common Shares as described below under “Payment for Shares.” Rights may also be exercised through the broker of a holder of Rights, who may charge the holder of Rights a servicing fee in connection with such exercise. See “Plan of Distribution” for additional information regarding the purchase and exercise of Rights by the Dealer Manager.

Completed Subscription Certificates and payment must be received by the Rights Agent prior to [5:00 PM Eastern Time], on the Expiration Date (unless payment is effected by means of a notice of guaranteed delivery as described below under “Payment for Shares”). Your broker, bank, trust company or other intermediary may impose a deadline for exercising Rights earlier than [5:00 PM, Eastern Time], on the Expiration Date. The Subscription Certificate and payment should be delivered to the Rights Agent at the following address:

If By Mail:

BlackRock Utilities, Infrastructure and Power Opportunities Trust

[●]

If By Overnight Courier:

BlackRock Utilities, Infrastructure and Power Opportunities Trust

[●]

Payment for Shares

Holders of Rights who acquire Common Shares in the Rights offering may choose between the following methods of payment:

 

  (1)

A holder of Rights can send the Subscription Certificate, together with payment in the form of a check (which must include the name of the shareholder on the check) for the Common Shares subscribed for in the Rights offering and, if eligible, for any additional Common Shares subscribed for pursuant to the over-subscription privilege, to the Rights Agent based on the Subscription Price. To be accepted, the payment, together with the executed Subscription Certificate, must be received by the Rights Agent at one of the addresses noted above prior to [5:00 PM Eastern Time] on the Expiration Date. The Rights Agent will deposit all share purchase checks received by it prior to the final due date into a segregated account pending proration and distribution of Common Shares. The Rights Agent will not accept cash as a means of payment for Common Shares.

 

R-14


Table of Contents
  (2)

Alternatively, a subscription will be accepted by the Rights Agent if, prior to [5:00 PM Eastern Time] on the Expiration Date, the Rights Agent has received a written notice of guaranteed delivery by mail or email from a bank, trust company, or a NYSE member, guaranteeing delivery of a properly completed and executed Subscription Certificate. In order for the notice of guarantee to be valid, full payment for the Common Shares at the Subscription Price must be received with the notice. The Rights Agent will not honor a notice of guaranteed delivery unless a properly completed and executed Subscription Certificate is received by the Rights Agent by the close of business on the [second] Business Day after the Expiration Date. The notice of guaranteed delivery must be emailed to the Rights Agent at [•] or delivered to the Rights Agent at one of the addresses noted above.

A PAYMENT PURSUANT TO THIS METHOD MUST BE IN UNITED STATES DOLLARS BY CHECK (WHICH MUST INCLUDE THE NAME OF THE SHAREHOLDER ON THE CHECK) DRAWN ON A BANK LOCATED IN THE CONTINENTAL UNITED STATES, MUST BE PAYABLE TO BLACKROCK UTILITIES, INFRASTRUCTURE AND POWER OPPORTUNITIES TRUST AND MUST ACCOMPANY AN EXECUTED SUBSCRIPTION CERTIFICATE TO BE ACCEPTED.

The method and timing of payment for Common Shares acquired by the Dealer Manager through the exercise of Rights is described under “Plan of Distribution.”

If a holder of Rights who acquires Common Shares pursuant to the Rights offering does not make payment of all amounts due, the Trust reserves the right to take any or all of the following actions: (i) find other purchasers for such subscribed-for and unpaid-for Common Shares; (ii) apply any payment actually received by it toward the purchase of the greatest whole number of Common Shares which could be acquired by such holder upon exercise of the Rights or any over-subscription privilege; (iii) sell all or a portion of the Common Shares purchased by the holder, in the open market, and apply the proceeds to the amounts owed; and (iv) exercise any and all other rights or remedies to which it may be entitled, including, without limitation, the right to set off against payments actually received by it with respect to such subscribed Common Shares and to enforce the relevant guarantee of payment.

Any payment required from a holder of Rights must be received by the Rights Agent prior to [5:00 PM Eastern Time] on the Expiration Date. Issuance and delivery of the Common Shares purchased are subject to collection of checks.

Within [●] Business Days following the Expiration Date (the “Confirmation Date”), a confirmation will be sent by the Rights Agent to each holder of Rights (or, if the Common Shares are held by [insert nominee name] or any other depository or nominee, to [insert nominee name] or such other depository or nominee), showing (i) the number of Common Shares acquired pursuant to the subscription, (ii) the number of Common Shares, if any, acquired pursuant to the over-subscription privilege, and (iii) the per share and total purchase price for the Common Shares. Any payment required from a holder of Rights must be received by the Rights Agent on or prior to the Expiration Date. Any excess payment to be refunded by the Trust to a holder of Rights, or to be paid to a holder of Rights as a result of sales of Rights on its behalf by the Rights Agent, will be mailed by the Rights Agent to the holder within [●] Business Days after the Expiration Date.

A holder of Rights will have no right to rescind a purchase after the Rights Agent has received payment either by means of a notice of guaranteed delivery or a check, which must include the name of the shareholder on the check.

Upon acceptance of a subscription, all funds received by the Rights Agent shall be held by the Rights Agent as agent for the Trust and deposited in one or more bank accounts. Such funds may be invested by the Rights Agent in: bank accounts, short-term certificates of deposit, bank repurchase agreements, and disbursement accounts with commercial banks meeting certain standards. The Rights Agent may receive interest, dividends or other earnings in connection with such deposits or investments.

 

R-15


Table of Contents

Holders, such as broker-dealers, trustees or depositories for securities, who hold Common Shares for the account of others, should notify the respective beneficial owners of the Common Shares as soon as possible to ascertain such beneficial owners’ intentions and to obtain instructions with respect to the Rights. If the beneficial owner so instructs, the record holder of the Rights should complete Subscription Certificates and submit them to the Rights Agent with the proper payment. In addition, beneficial owners of Common Shares or Rights held through such a holder should contact the holder and request that the holder effect transactions in accordance with the beneficial owner’s instructions. [ Banks, broker-dealers, trustees and other nominee holders that hold Common Shares of the Trust for the accounts of others are advised to notify those persons that purchase Rights in the secondary market that such Rights may not participate in any over-subscription privilege offered.]

THE INSTRUCTIONS ACCOMPANYING THE SUBSCRIPTION CERTIFICATES SHOULD BE READ CAREFULLY AND FOLLOWED IN DETAIL. DO NOT SEND SUBSCRIPTION CERTIFICATES TO THE TRUST.

THE METHOD OF DELIVERY OF SUBSCRIPTION CERTIFICATES AND PAYMENT OF THE SUBSCRIPTION PRICE TO THE RIGHTS AGENT WILL BE AT THE ELECTION AND RISK OF THE RIGHTS HOLDERS, BUT IF SENT BY MAIL IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT THE CERTIFICATES AND PAYMENTS BE SENT BY REGISTERED MAIL, PROPERLY INSURED, WITH RETURN RECEIPT REQUESTED, AND THAT A SUFFICIENT NUMBER OF DAYS BE ALLOWED TO ENSURE DELIVERY TO THE RIGHTS AGENT AND CLEARANCE OF PAYMENT PRIOR TO [5:00 PM EASTERN TIME], ON THE EXPIRATION DATE. BECAUSE UNCERTIFIED PERSONAL CHECKS MAY TAKE AT LEAST FIVE BUSINESS DAYS TO CLEAR, YOU ARE STRONGLY URGED TO PAY, OR ARRANGE FOR PAYMENT, BY MEANS OF A CERTIFIED OR CASHIER’S CHECK, WHICH MUST INCLUDE THE NAME OF THE SHAREHOLDER ON THE CHECK.

All questions concerning the timeliness, validity, form and eligibility of any exercise of Rights will be determined by the Trust, whose determinations will be final and binding. The Trust in its sole discretion may waive any defect or irregularity, or permit a defect or irregularity to be corrected within such time as it may determine, or reject the purported exercise of any Right. Subscriptions will not be deemed to have been received or accepted until all irregularities have been waived or cured within such time as the Trust determines in its sole discretion. Neither the Trust nor the Rights Agent will be under any duty to give notification of any defect or irregularity in connection with the submission of Subscription Certificates or incur any liability for failure to give such notification.

Foreign Restrictions

Subscription Certificates will only be mailed to Record Date Shareholders of record whose addresses are within the United States (other than an APO or FPO address). Because the Rights offering will not be registered in any jurisdiction other than the United States, the Rights Agent will attempt to sell all of the Rights issued to shareholders of record outside of these jurisdictions and remit the net proceeds, if any, to such shareholders of record. If the Rights can be sold, sales of these Rights will be deemed to have been effected at the weighted average price received by the Rights Agent on the day the Rights are sold, less any applicable brokerage commissions, taxes and other expenses.

Notice of Net Asset Value Decline

The Trust has, pursuant to the SEC’s regulatory requirements, undertaken to suspend the Rights offering until the Trust amends this Prospectus Supplement if, after [●], 2019 (the date of this Prospectus Supplement), the Trust’s NAV declines more than 10% from the Trust’s NAV as of that date. In that event, the Expiration Date will be extended and the Trust will notify Record Date Shareholders of record of any such decline and permit Rights holders to cancel their exercise of Rights.

 

R-16


Table of Contents

Employee Benefit Plan and IRA Considerations

[Holders of Rights that are employee benefit plans subject to limitations imposed by the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), such as employee plans subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), Keogh Plans and Individual Retirement Accounts (“IRA”) (each a “Benefit Plan” and collectively, “Benefit Plans”), should be aware that the use of additional contributions of cash outside of the Benefit Plan to exercise Rights may be treated as additional contributions to the Benefit Plan. When taken together with contributions previously made, such deemed additional contributions may be in excess of tax limitations and subject the Rights holder to excise taxes for excess or nondeductible contributions. In the case of Benefit Plans qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code, additional contributions could cause the maximum contribution limitations of Section 415 of the Code or other qualification rules to be violated. Benefit Plans contemplating making additional contributions to exercise Rights should consult with their legal and tax counsel prior to making such contributions.

Benefit Plans and other tax exempt entities, including governmental plans, should also be aware that if they borrow to finance their exercise of Rights, they may become subject to the tax on unrelated business taxable income (“UBTI”) under Section 511 of the Code. If any portion of an IRA is used as security for a loan, the portion so used may also be treated as distributed to the IRA depositor.

A Benefit Plan may also be subject to laws, such as ERISA, that impose certain requirements on the Benefit Plan and on those persons who are fiduciaries with respect to the Benefit Plans. Such requirements may include prudence and diversification requirements and require that investments be made in accordance with the documents governing the Benefit Plan. The exercise of Rights by a fiduciary for a Benefit Plan should be considered in light of such fiduciary requirements.

In addition, ERISA and the Code prohibit certain transactions involving the assets of a Benefit Plan and certain persons (referred to as “parties in interest” for purposes of ERISA and “disqualified persons” for purposes of the Code) having certain relationships to such Benefit Plans, unless a statutory or administrative exemption is applicable to the transaction. A party in interest or disqualified person who engages in a nonexempt prohibited transaction may be subject to excise taxes and other penalties and liabilities under ERISA and the Code (or with respect to certain Benefit Plans, such as IRAs, a prohibited transaction may cause the Benefit Plan to lose its tax-exempt status). In this regard, the U.S. Department of Labor has issued prohibited transaction class exemptions (“PTCEs”) that may apply to the exercise of the Rights and holding of the Common Shares. These class exemptions include, without limitation, PTCE 84-14 respecting transactions determined by independent qualified professional asset managers, PTCE 90-1 respecting insurance company pooled separate accounts, PTCE 91-38 respecting bank collective investment funds, PTCE 95-60 respecting life insurance company general accounts and PTCE 96-23 respecting transactions determined by in-house asset managers, PTCE 84-24 governing purchases of shares in investment companies) and PTCE 75-1 respecting sales of securities. In addition, Section 408(b)(17) of ERISA and Section 4975(d)(20) of the Code each provides a limited exemption, commonly referred to as the “service provider exemption,” from the prohibited transaction provisions of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code for certain transactions between a Benefit Plan and a person that is a party in interest and/or a disqualified person (other than a fiduciary or an affiliate that, directly or indirectly, has or exercises any discretionary authority or control or renders any investment advice with respect to the assets of any Benefit Plan involved in the transaction) solely by reason of providing services to the Benefit Plan or by relationship to a service provider, provided that the Benefit Plan receives no less, nor pays no more, than adequate consideration. There can be no assurance that all of the conditions of any such exemptions or any other exemption will be satisfied at the time that the Rights are exercised, or thereafter while the Common Shares are held, if the facts relied upon for using a prohibited transaction exemption change.

In addition, the person making the decision to exercise the Rights on behalf of a Benefit Plan (the “Benefit Plan Fiduciary”) will be deemed to have represented and warranted that (1) neither the Advisor nor the Dealer Manager has provided or will provide advice with respect to the exercise of the Rights by the Benefit Plan, other than to the Benefit Plan Fiduciary which is independent of the Advisor and the Dealer Manager, and the Benefit Plan Fiduciary either: (a) is a bank as defined in Section 202 of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (the “Advisers Act”), or similar institution that is regulated and supervised and subject to periodic examination by a state or federal agency; (b) is an insurance carrier which is qualified under the laws of more than one state to perform the services

 

R-17


Table of Contents

of managing, acquiring or disposing of assets of a Plan; (c) is an investment adviser registered under the Advisers Act, or, if not registered as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act by reason of Section 203A(a)(1) of the Advisers Act, is registered as an investment adviser under the laws of the state in which it maintains its principal office and place of business; (d) is a broker-dealer registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; or (e) has total assets of at least U.S. $50,000,000 under its management or control (provided that this clause (e) shall not be satisfied if the Benefit Plan Fiduciary is either (i) the owner or a relative of the owner of the individual retirement account that is exercising the Right, or (ii) a participant or beneficiary of the Benefit Plan exercising the Right in such capacity); (2) the Benefit Plan Fiduciary is capable of evaluating investment risks independently, both in general and with respect to particular transactions and investment strategies, including the exercise of the Right by the Benefit Plan; (3) the Benefit Plan Fiduciary is a “fiduciary” with respect to the Benefit Plan within the meaning of Section 3(21) of ERISA, Section 4975 of the Code, or both, and is responsible for exercising independent judgment in evaluating the Benefit Plan’s exercise of the Right; (4) neither the Advisor nor the Dealer Manager have exercised any authority to cause the Benefit Plan to exercise the Right or to negotiate the terms of such acquisition; (5) neither the Advisor nor the Dealer Manager receives a fee or other compensation from the Benefit Plan or the Plan Fiduciary in connection with the exercise of the Right; and (6) the Benefit Plan Fiduciary has been informed by the Advisor and the Dealer Manager: (a) (i) that neither the Advisor nor the Dealer Manager is undertaking to provide impartial investment advice or to give advice in a fiduciary capacity, and (ii) that neither entity has given investment advice or otherwise made a recommendation, in connection with the Benefit Plan’s exercising of the Right; and (b) of the existence and nature of the Advisor and Dealer Manager’s financial interests in the Benefit Plan’s exercise of the Right. The above representations are intended to comply with the Department of Labor’s Reg. Sections 29 C.F.R. 2510.3-21(a) and (c)(1) as promulgated on April 8, 2016 (81 Fed. Reg. 20,997). If these regulations are vacated, revoked, repealed or no longer effective, these representations (other than clauses 4 and 6(a)) shall be deemed to be no longer in effect.

Due to the complexity of these rules and the penalties for noncompliance, fiduciaries of Benefit Plans, including the Benefit Plan Fiduciary, should consult with their legal and tax counsel regarding the consequences of their exercise of Rights under ERISA, the Code and other similar laws.]

TABLE OF FEES AND EXPENSES

The following table is intended to assist you in understanding the various costs and expenses directly or indirectly associated with investing in our Common Shares as a percentage of net assets attributable to Common Shares. Amounts are for the current fiscal year after giving effect to anticipated net proceeds of the Rights offering, assuming that we incur the estimated offering expenses.

 

Shareholder Transaction Expenses

  

Sales load paid by you (as a percentage of offering price) (1)

   [    ]%

Offering expenses borne by the Trust (as a percentage of offering price) (1)

   [    ]%

Dividend reinvestment plan fees

   $[        ] per share for open-market purchases of common shares (2)

Estimated Annual Expenses (as a percentage of net assets attributable to common shares)

  

Management fees

   1.00%

Other expenses

   [    ]%

Total annual expenses

   [    ]%

Fee waiver (3)

   [    ]%

Total annual Trust operating expenses after fee waiver (3)

   [    ]%

 

(1)

Trust shareholders will pay all offering expenses involved with this offering.

(2)

Computershare Trust Company, N.A.’s (the “Reinvestment Plan Agent”) fees for the handling of the reinvestment of dividends will be paid by the Trust. However, you will pay a $0.02 per share fee incurred in connection with open-market purchases, which will be deducted from the value of the dividend. You

 

R-18


Table of Contents
 

will also be charged a $0.02 per share fee if you direct the Reinvestment Plan Agent to sell your common shares held in a dividend reinvestment account. Per share fees include any applicable brokerage commissions the Reinvestment Plan Agent is required to pay.

(3)

The Trust and the Advisor have entered into a fee waiver agreement (the “Fee Waiver Agreement”), pursuant to which the Advisor has contractually agreed to waive the management fee with respect to any portion of the Trust’s assets attributable to investments in any equity and fixed-income mutual funds and exchange-traded funds managed by the Advisor or its affiliates that have a contractual fee, through June 30, 2020. The Fee Waiver Agreement may be terminated at any time, without the payment of any penalty, only by the Trust (upon the vote of a majority of the Trustees who are not “interested persons” (as defined in the Investment Company Act) of the Trust or a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Trust), upon 90 days’ written notice by the Trust to the Advisor.

The purpose of the table above and the examples below is to help you understand all fees and expenses that you, as a holder of Common Shares, would bear directly or indirectly.

Example

The following example illustrates the expenses that you would pay on a $1,000 investment in common shares, assuming (i) total net annual expenses of [    ]% of net assets attributable to common shares, and (ii) a 5% annual return:

 

     1 Year      3 Years      5 Years     10 Years  

Total expenses incurred

   $ [●    $ [●    $ [●   $ [●

 

*

The example should not be considered a representation of future expenses. The example assumes that the estimated “Other expenses” set forth in the Estimated Annual Expenses table are accurate and that all dividends and distributions are reinvested at NAV. Actual expenses may be greater or less than those assumed. Moreover, the Trust’s actual rate of return may be greater or less than the hypothetical 5% return shown in the example.

USE OF PROCEEDS

The Trust estimates the net proceeds of the Rights offering to be approximately $[●], based on the estimated Subscription Price per Common Share of $[●] ([●]% of the last reported sales price of the Trust’s Common Shares on the NYSE on [●], 2019), assuming all new Common Shares offered are sold and that the expenses related to the Rights offering estimated at approximately $[●] are paid.

The Advisor expects that it will initially invest the proceeds of the offering in [high quality, short-term debt securities and instruments]. The Advisor anticipates that the investment of the proceeds will be made in accordance with the Trust’s investment objective and policies as appropriate investment opportunities are identified, which is expected to be substantially completed within [three] months; however, the identification of appropriate investment opportunities pursuant to the Trust’s investment style or changes in market conditions may cause the investment period to extend as long as [six] months. Depending on market conditions and operations, a portion of the cash held by the Trust, including any proceeds raised from the Rights offering, may be used to pay distributions in accordance with the Trust’s distribution policy and may be a return of capital. A return of capital is a return to investors of a portion of their original investment in the Trust. In general terms, a return of capital would involve a situation in which a Trust distribution (or a portion thereof) represents a return of a portion of a shareholder’s investment in the Trust, rather than making a distribution that is funded from the Trust’s earned income or other profits. Although return of capital distributions may not be currently taxable, such distributions would decrease the basis of a shareholder’s shares, and therefore, may increase a shareholder’s tax liability for capital gains upon a sale of shares, even if sold at a loss to the shareholder’s original investments.

 

R-19


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth the unaudited capitalization of the Trust as of [●], 2019 and its adjusted capitalization assuming the Common Shares available in the Rights offering discussed in this Prospectus Supplement had been issued.

[To be provided.]

 

R-20


Table of Contents

PRICE RANGE OF COMMON SHARES

The following table sets forth for the quarters indicated, the high and low sale prices on the NYSE per share of our Common Shares and the NAV and the premium or discount from NAV per share at which the Common Shares were trading, expressed as a percentage of NAV, at each of the high and low sale prices provided.

 

     NAV per Common
Share on
Date of

Market Price
    NYSE
Market Price

per Common Share
    Premium/
(Discount) on
Date of

Market Price
    Trading  

During Quarter Ended

   High     Low     High     Low     High     Low
    Volume  

June 30, 2019

   $ [               $ [               $ [               $ [                 [     ]%      [     ]%      [    

March 31, 2019

   $ [               $ [               $ [               $ [                 [     ]%      [     ]%      [    

December 31, 2019

   $ [               $ [               $ [               $ [                 [     ]%      [     ]%      [    

September 30, 2018

   $ [               $ [               $ [               $ [                 [     ]%      [     ]%      [    

June 30, 2018

   $ [               $ [               $ [               $ [                 [     ]%      [     ]%      [    

March 31, 2018

   $ [               $ [               $ [               $ [                 [     ]%      [     ]%      [    

December 31, 2017

   $ [               $ [               $ [               $ [                 [     ]%      [     ]%      [    

September 30, 2017

   $ [               $ [               $ [               $ [                 [     ]%      [     ]%      [    

June 30, 2017

   $ [               $ [               $ [               $ [                 [     ]%      [     ]%      [    

March 31, 2018

   $ [               $ [               $ [               $ [                 [     ]%      [     ]%      [    

As of [            ], 2019, the NAV per common share of the Trust was $[        ] and the market price per common share was $[        ], representing a [premium/discount] to NAV of [     ]%. Common shares of the Trust have historically traded at both a premium and discount to NAV.

SPECIAL CHARACTERISTICS AND RISKS OF THE RIGHTS OFFERING

Risk is inherent in all investing. Therefore, before investing in the Common Shares you should consider the risks associated with such an investment carefully. See “Risks” in the Prospectus. The following summarizes some of the matters that you should consider before investing in the Trust through the Rights offering:

Dilution . Record Date Shareholders who do not fully exercise their Rights will, at the completion of the Rights offering, own a smaller proportional interest in the Trust than owned prior to the Rights offering. The completion of the Rights offering will result in immediate voting dilution for such shareholders. Further, both the sales load and the expenses associated with the Rights offering will immediately reduce the NAV of each outstanding Common Share. In addition, if the Subscription Price is less than the NAV per Common Share as of the Expiration Date, the completion of this Rights offering will result in an immediate dilution of the NAV per Common Share for all existing Common Shareholders ( i.e. , will cause the NAV per Common Share to decrease). It is anticipated that existing Common Shareholders will experience immediate dilution even if they fully exercise their Rights. Such dilution is not currently determinable because it is not known how many Common Shares will be subscribed for, what the NAV per Common Share or market price of the Common Shares will be on the Expiration Date or what the Subscription Price per Common Share will be. If the Subscription Price is substantially less than the current NAV per Common Share, this dilution could be substantial. The Trust will pay expenses associated with the Rights offering, estimated at approximately $[●]. In addition, the Trust has agreed to pay a dealer manager fee (sales load) equal to [●]% of the Subscription Price per Common Share issued pursuant to the exercise of Rights (including pursuant to the Over-Subscription Privilege). The Trust, not investors, pays the sales load, which is ultimately borne by all Common Shareholders. All of the costs of the Rights offering will be borne by the Trust’s Common Shareholders. See “Table of Fees and Expenses” in this Prospectus Supplement and “Summary of Trust Expenses” in the accompanying Prospectus for more information.

If you do not exercise all of your Rights, you may own a smaller proportional interest in the Trust when the Rights offering is over. In addition, you will experience an immediate dilution of the aggregate NAV per Common Share if you do not participate in the Rights offering and will experience a reduction in the NAV per Common

 

R-21


Table of Contents

Share whether or not you exercise your Rights, if the Subscription Price is below the Trust’s NAV per Common Share on the Expiration Date, because:

 

   

the offered Common Shares are being sold at less than their current NAV;

 

   

you will indirectly bear the expenses of the Rights offering; and

 

   

the number of Common Shares outstanding after the Rights offering will have increased proportionately more than the increase in the amount of the Trust’s net assets.

On the other hand, if the Subscription Price is above the Trust’s NAV per Common Share on the Expiration Date, you may experience an immediate accretion of the aggregate NAV per share of your Common Shares even if you do not exercise your Rights and an immediate increase in the NAV per Common Share whether or not you participate in the Rights offering, because:

 

   

the offered Common Shares are being sold at more than their current NAV after deducting the expenses of the Rights offering; and

 

   

the number of Common Shares outstanding after the Rights offering will have increased proportionately less than the increase in the amount of the Trust’s net assets.

[Furthermore, if you do not participate in the secondary over-subscription, if it is available, your percentage ownership will also be diluted.] The Trust cannot state precisely the amount of any dilution because it is not known at this time what the NAV per Common Share will be on the Expiration Date or what proportion of the Rights will be exercised. The impact of the Rights offering on NAV per Common Share is shown by the following examples, assuming the Rights offering is fully subscribed and a $[●] Subscription Price:

Scenario 1: (assumes NAV per share is above Subscription Price) (1)

 

NAV (2)

   [●]

Subscription Price (3)

   [●]

Reduction in NAV ($) (4)

   [●]

Reduction in NAV (%)

   [●]

[Scenario 2: (assumes NAV per share is below Subscription Price) (1)

 

NAV (2)

   [●]

Subscription Price (3)

   [●]

Increase in NAV ($) (4)

   [●]

Increase in NAV (%)

   [●]]

 

(1)  

Both examples assume the full primary subscription [and secondary over-subscription privilege] are exercised. Actual amounts may vary due to rounding.

(2)  

For illustrative purposes only; reflects the Trust’s NAV per Common Share as of [●], 2019. It is not known at this time what the NAV per Common Share will be on the Expiration Date.

(3)  

For illustrative purposes only; reflects an estimated Subscription Price of $[●] based upon [●]% of the last reported sales price of the Trust’s Common Shares on the NYSE on [●], 2019. It is not known at this time what the Subscription Price will be on the Expiration Date.

(4)  

Assumes $[●] in estimated offering expenses.

If you do not wish to exercise your Rights, you should consider selling them as set forth in this Prospectus Supplement. Any cash you receive from selling your Rights may serve as partial compensation for any possible dilution of your interest in the Trust. The Trust cannot give assurance, however, that a market for the Rights will develop or that the Rights will have any marketable value.

 

R-22


Table of Contents

[The Trust’s largest shareholders could increase their percentage ownership in the Trust through the exercise of the primary subscription and over-subscription privilege.]

Risks of Investing in Rights. Shares of closed-end funds such as the Trust frequently trade at a discount to NAV. If the Formula Price is less than [●]% of NAV on the Expiration Date, then the Subscription Price will likely be greater than the market price of a Common Share on that date. In addition, the Formula Price, even if above [●]% of NAV, may be still above the market price of a Common Share on the Expiration Date. If either event occurs, the Rights will have no value, and a person who exercises Rights will experience an immediate loss of value.

Leverage. Leverage creates a greater risk of loss, as well as a potential for more gain, for the Common Shares than if leverage were not used. Following the completion of the Rights offering, the Trust’s amount of leverage outstanding will decrease. The leverage of the Trust as of [●], 2019 was approximately [●]% of the Trust’s Managed Assets. After the completion of the Rights offering, the amount of leverage outstanding is expected to decrease to approximately [●]% of the Trust’s Managed Assets. The use of leverage for investment purposes creates opportunities for greater total returns but at the same time increases risk. When leverage is employed, the NAV and market price of the Common Shares and the yield to holders of Common Shares may be more volatile. Any investment income or gains earned with respect to the amounts borrowed in excess of the interest due on the borrowing will augment the Trust’s income. Conversely, if the investment performance with respect to the amounts borrowed fails to cover the interest on such borrowings, the value of the Trust’s Common Shares may decrease more quickly than would otherwise be the case, and distributions on the Common Shares could be reduced or eliminated. Interest payments and fees incurred in connection with such borrowings will reduce the amount of net income available for distribution to holders of the Common Shares.

The Trust’s leveraging strategy may not be successful.

Increase in Share Price Volatility; Decrease in Share Price. The Rights offering may result in an increase in trading of the Common Shares, which may increase volatility in the market price of the Common Shares. The Rights offering may result in an increase in the number of shareholders wishing to sell their Common Shares, which would exert downward price pressure on the price of Common Shares.

Under-Subscription. It is possible that the Rights offering will not be fully subscribed. Under-subscription of the Rights offering would have an impact on the net proceeds of the Rights offering and whether the Trust achieves any benefits.

TAXATION

[The following is a general summary of the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the Rights offering to Record Date Shareholders who are U.S. persons for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The following summary supplements the discussion set forth in the accompanying Prospectus and SAI and is subject to the qualifications and assumptions set forth therein. The discussion set forth herein does not constitute tax advice and potential investors are urged to consult their own tax advisers to determine the tax consequences of investing in the Trust.

Please refer to the “Tax Matters” section in the Trust’s Prospectus and SAI for a description of the consequences of investing in the Common Shares of the Trust. Special tax considerations relating to this Rights offering are summarized below:

 

   

The value of a Right will not be includible in the income of a Common Shareholder at the time the Right is issued.

 

   

The basis of a Right issued to a Common Shareholder will be zero, and the basis of the Common Share with respect to which the Right was issued (the “Old Common Share”) will not change, unless either the fair market value of the Right on the date of distribution is at least 15% of the fair market value of the Old Common Share, or such Common Shareholder affirmatively elects (in the manner set out in Treasury Regulations under the Code) to allocate to the Right a portion of the basis of the Old

 

R-23


Table of Contents
 

Common Share. If the basis of a Right or Old Common Share changes, such Common Shareholder must allocate basis between the Old Common Share and the Right in proportion to their fair market values on the date of distribution.

 

   

The basis of a Right purchased will generally be its purchase price.

 

   

A Common Shareholder’s holding period in a Right issued includes the holding period of the Old Common Share.

 

   

A Common Shareholder will not recognize a loss if a Right distributed to such Common Shareholder expires unexercised because the basis of the Old Common Share may be allocated to a Right only if the Right is sold or exercised. If a Right that has been purchased in the market expires unexercised, there will be a recognized loss equal to the basis of the Right.

 

   

Any gain or loss on the sale of a Right will be a capital gain or loss if the Right is held as a capital asset (which in the case of a Right issued to Record Date Shareholders will depend on whether the Old Common Share is held as a capital asset), and will be a long term capital gain or loss if the holding period is deemed to exceed one year.

 

   

No gain or loss will be recognized by a Common Shareholder upon the exercise of a Right, and the basis of any Common Share acquired upon exercise (the “New Common Share”) will equal the sum of the basis, if any, of the Right and the Subscription Price for the New Common Share. The holding period for the New Common Share will begin on the date when the Right is exercised (or, in the case of a Right purchased in the market, potentially the day after the date of exercise).

The foregoing is a general and brief summary of the provisions of the Code and the Treasury Regulations in effect as they directly govern the taxation of the Trust and its Common Shareholders, with respect to U.S. federal income taxation only. Other tax issues such as state and local taxation may apply. Investors are urged to consult their own tax advisors to determine the tax consequences of investing in the Trust. These provisions are subject to change by legislative or administrative action, and any such change may be retroactive.]

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

[Distribution Arrangements

[●] will act as Dealer Manager for this Rights offering. Under the terms and subject to the conditions contained in the Dealer Manager Agreement among the Dealer Manager, the Trust and the Advisor, the Dealer Manager will provide financial structuring and solicitation services in connection with the Rights offering and will solicit the exercise of Rights and participation in the over-subscription privilege. The Rights offering is not contingent upon any number of Rights being exercised. The Dealer Manager will also be responsible for forming and managing a group of selling broker-dealers (each, a “Selling Group Member” and collectively, the “Selling Group Members”), whereby each Selling Group Member will enter into a Selling Group Agreement with the Dealer Manager to solicit the exercise of Rights and to sell Common Shares purchased by the Selling Group Member from the Dealer Manager. In addition, the Dealer Manager will enter into a Soliciting Dealer Agreement with other soliciting broker-dealers (each, a “Soliciting Dealer” and collectively, the “Soliciting Dealers”) to solicit the exercise of Rights. See “—Compensation to Dealer Manager” for a discussion of fees and other compensation to be paid to the Dealer Manager, Selling Group Members and Soliciting Dealers in connection with the Rights offering.

The Trust and the Advisor have each agreed to indemnify the Dealer Manager for losses arising out of certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. The Dealer Manager Agreement also provides that the Dealer Manager will not be subject to any liability to the Trust in rendering the services contemplated by the Dealer Manager Agreement except for any act of willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence of the Dealer Manager or reckless disregard by the Dealer Manager of its obligations and duties under the Dealer Manager Agreement.

 

R-24


Table of Contents

In order to seek to facilitate the trading market in the Rights for the benefit of non-exercising shareholders, and the placement of the Common Shares to new or existing investors pursuant to the exercise of the Rights, the Dealer Manager Agreement provides for special arrangements with the Dealer Manager. Under these arrangements, the Dealer Manager is expected to purchase Rights on the [●], as well as Rights received by the Rights Agent for sale by Record Date Stockholders and offered to the Dealer Manager and unexercised Rights of Record Date Shareholders whose record addresses are outside the United States that are held by the Subscription Agent and for which no instructions are received. The number of rights, if any, purchased by the Dealer Manager will be determined by the Dealer Manager in its sole discretion. The Dealer Manager is not obligated to purchase Rights or Common Shares as principal for its own account to facilitate the trading market for Rights or for investment purposes. Rather, its purchases are expected to be closely related to interest in acquiring Common Shares generated by the Dealer Manager through its marketing and soliciting activities. The Dealer Manager intends to exercise Rights purchased by it during the Subscription Period but prior to the Expiration Date. The Dealer Manager may exercise those Rights at its option on one or more dates, which are expected to be prior to the Expiration Date. The Subscription Price for the Common Shares issued through the exercise of Rights by the Dealer Manager prior to the Expiration Date will be the greater of [●]% of the last reported sale price of a Common Share on the NYSE on the date of exercise or [●]% of the last reported NAV of a Common Share on the date prior to the date of exercise. The price and timing of these exercises are expected to differ from those described herein for the Rights offering. The Subscription Price will be paid to the Trust and the dealer manager fee with respect to such proceeds will be paid by the Trust on the applicable settlement date(s) of such exercise(s).

In connection with the exercise of Rights and receipt of Common Shares, the Dealer Manager intends to offer those Common Shares for sale to the public and/or through a group of selling members it has established. The Dealer Manager may set the price for those Common Shares at any price that it determines, in its sole discretion. The Dealer Manager has advised that the price at which such Common Shares are offered is expected to be at or slightly below the closing price of the Common Shares on the NYSE on the date the Dealer Manager exercises Rights. No portion of the amount paid to the Dealer Manager or to a Selling Group Member from the sale of Common Shares in this manner will be paid to the Trust. If the sales price of the Common Shares is greater than the Subscription Price paid by the Dealer Manager for such Common Shares plus the costs to purchase Rights for the purpose of acquiring those Common Shares, the Dealer Manager will receive a gain. Alternatively, if the sales price of the Common Shares is less than the Subscription Price for such Common Shares plus the costs to purchase Rights for the purpose of acquiring those Common Shares, the Dealer Manager will incur a loss. The Dealer Manager will pay a concession to Selling Group Members in an amount equal to approximately [2.50]% of the aggregate price of the Common Shares sold by the respective Selling Group Member. Neither the Trust nor the Advisor has a role in setting the terms, including the sales price, on which the Dealer Manager offers for sale and sells Common Shares it has acquired through purchasing and exercising Rights or the timing of the exercise of Rights or sales of Common Shares by the Dealer Manager. Persons who purchase Common Shares from the Dealer Manager or the selling group will purchase shares at a price set by the Dealer Manager, which may be more or less than the Subscription Price, and at a time set by the Dealer Manager, which is expected to be prior to the Expiration Date.

The Dealer Manager may purchase Rights as principal or act as agent on behalf of its clients for the resale of such Rights. The Dealer Manager may realize gains (or losses) in connection with the purchase and sale of Rights and the sale of Common Shares, although such transactions are intended by the Dealer Manager to facilitate the trading market in the Rights and the placement of the Common Shares to new or existing investors pursuant to the exercise of the Rights. Any gains (or losses) realized by the Dealer Manager from the purchase and sale of Rights and the sale of Common Shares is independent of and in addition to its fee as Dealer Manager. The Dealer Manager has advised that any such gains (or losses) are expected to be immaterial relative to its fee as Dealer Manager.

Since neither the Dealer Manager nor persons who purchase Common Shares from the Dealer Manager or members of the selling group were Record Date Shareholders, they would not be able to participate in the over-subscription privilege.

Persons who purchase Common Shares from the Dealer Manager or the selling group will not purchase shares at the Subscription Price based on the formula price mechanism through which Common Shares will be sold in the Rights offering. Instead, those persons will purchase Common Shares at a price set by the Dealer Manager, which may be more or less than the Subscription Price, and will not have the uncertainty of waiting for the determination of the Subscription Price on the Expiration Date.

 

R-25


Table of Contents

There is no limit on the number of Rights the Dealer Manager can purchase or exercise. Common Shares acquired by the Dealer Manager pursuant to the exercise of Rights acquired by it will reduce the number of Common Shares available pursuant to the over-subscription privilege, perhaps materially, depending on the number of Rights purchased and exercised by the Dealer Manager.

Although the Dealer Manager can seek to facilitate the trading market for Rights as described above, investors can acquire Common Shares at the Subscription Price by acquiring Rights on the [●] and exercising them in the method described above under “Description of the Rights—Method of Exercise of Rights” and “Description of the Rights—Payment for Shares.”

In the ordinary course of their businesses, the Dealer Manager and/or its affiliates may engage in investment banking or financial transactions with the Trust, the Advisor and their affiliates. In addition, in the ordinary course of their businesses, the Dealer Manager and/or its affiliates may, from time to time, own securities of the Trust or its affiliates.

The principal business address of the Dealer Manager is [●].

Compensation to Dealer Manager

Pursuant to the Dealer Manager Agreement, the Trust has agreed to pay the Dealer Manager a fee for its financial structuring and solicitation services equal to [●]% of the Subscription Price per Common Share for each Common Share issued pursuant to the exercise of Rights, including the over-subscription privilege.

The Dealer Manager will reallow to Selling Group Members in the selling group to be formed and managed by the Dealer Manager selling fees equal to [●]% of the Subscription Price for each Common Share issued pursuant to the Rights offering or the over-subscription privilege as a result of their selling efforts. In addition, the Dealer Manager will reallow to Soliciting Dealers that have executed and delivered a Soliciting Dealer Agreement and have solicited the exercise of Rights, solicitation fees equal to [●]% of the Subscription Price for each Common Share issued pursuant to the exercise of Rights as a result of their soliciting efforts, subject to a maximum fee based on the number of Common Shares held by such Soliciting Dealer through [insert depository] on the Record Date. Fees will be paid to the broker-dealer designated on the applicable portion of the subscription certificates or, in the absence of such designation, to the Dealer Manager.

In addition, the Trust, has agreed to pay the Dealer Manager an amount up to $[●] as a partial reimbursement of its expenses incurred in connection with the Rights offering, including reasonable out-of-pocket fees and expenses, if any and not to exceed $[●], incurred by the Dealer Manager, Selling Group Members, Soliciting Dealers and other brokers, dealers and financial institutions in connection with their customary mailing and handling of materials related to the Rights offering to their customers. No other fees will be payable by the Trust or the Advisor to the Dealer Manager in connection with the Rights offering.

LEGAL MATTERS

Certain legal matters in connection with the common shares will be passed upon for the Trust by Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP, New York, New York, counsel to the Trust. Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP may rely as to certain matters of Delaware law on the opinion of Morris, Nichols, Arsht & Tunnell LLP, Wilmington, Delaware. [Certain legal matters will be passed on by [●] as special counsel to the Dealer Manager in connection with the Rights offering.]

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The audited annual financial statements of the Trust for the fiscal year ended December 31, [2018] [and the unaudited financial statements for the six months ended June 30, [2019]] are incorporated by reference into this Prospectus Supplement, the accompanying Prospectus and the Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”). Portions of the Trust’s annual report [and semiannual report] other than the financial statements and related footnotes thereto are not incorporated into, and do not for a part of, this Prospectus Supplement, the accompanying Prospectus or the SAI.

 

R-26


Table of Contents

BLACKROCK UTILITIES, INFRASTRUCTURE & POWER OPPORTUNITIES TRUST

[ ] Rights for [ ] Common Shares

Subscription Rights to Acquire Common Shares

Issuable Upon Exercise of Rights to Subscribe for

Such Common Shares

 

 

PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT

 

 

[ ], 2019

 


Table of Contents

LOGO

Subject to Completion

Dated August 14, 2019

THE INFORMATION IN THIS STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION IS NOT COMPLETE AND MAY BE CHANGED. WE MAY NOT SELL THESE SECURITIES UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IS EFFECTIVE. THIS STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION IS NOT AN OFFER TO SELL THESE SECURITIES AND IS NOT SOLICITING AN OFFER TO BUY THESE SECURITIES IN ANY JURISDICTION WHERE THE OFFER OR SALE IS NOT PERMITTED.

BlackRock Utilities, Infrastructure & Power Opportunities Trust

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

BlackRock Utilities, Infrastructure & Power Opportunities Trust (the “Trust”) is a diversified, closed-end management investment company. This Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) relating to common shares does not constitute a prospectus, but should be read in conjunction with the prospectus relating thereto dated [                    ], and any related prospectus supplement. This SAI, which is not a prospectus, does not include all information that a prospective investor should consider before purchasing common shares, and investors should obtain and read the prospectus and any related prospectus supplement prior to purchasing such shares. A copy of the prospectus and any related prospectus supplement may be obtained without charge by calling (800) 882-0052. You may also obtain a copy of the prospectus on the Securities and Exchange Commission’s (the “SEC”) website (http://www.sec.gov). Capitalized terms used but not defined in this SAI have the meanings ascribed to them in the prospectus.

References to the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”), or other applicable law, will include any rules promulgated thereunder and any guidance, interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, including court interpretations, and exemptive, no-action or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

THE TRUST

     S-1  

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE AND POLICIES

     S-1  

INVESTMENT POLICIES AND TECHNIQUES

     S-2  

ADDITIONAL RISK FACTORS

     S-15  

MANAGEMENT OF THE TRUST

     S-25  

PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS AND BROKERAGE

     S-46  

CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

     S-50  

DESCRIPTION OF SHARES

     S-58  

REPURCHASE OF COMMON SHARES

     S-59  

TAX MATTERS

     S-60  

CUSTODIAN AND TRANSFER AGENT

     S-67  

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

     S-67  

CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF SECURITIES

     S-67  

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     S-68  

APPENDIX A – RATINGS OF INVESTMENTS

     A-1  

APPENDIX B – PROXY VOTING POLICIES—BLACKROCK U.S. REGISTERED FUNDS

     B-1  

This Statement of Additional Information is dated [            ], 2019.


Table of Contents

THE TRUST

The Trust is a diversified, closed-end management investment company registered under the Investment Company Act. The Trust was organized as a Delaware statutory trust on August 25, 2011, pursuant to the Trust’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust, which is governed by the laws of the State of Delaware. The Trust’s investment adviser is BlackRock Advisors, LLC (“BlackRock Advisors” or the “Advisor”), and the Advisor’s affiliate, BlackRock International Limited (the “Sub-Advisor”), acts as the Trust’s sub-adviser. We sometimes refer to the Advisor and the Sub-Advisor collectively as the “Advisors.”

The common shares of the Trust are listed on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the symbol “BUI.” [As of [                    ], the Trust has outstanding [                    ] common shares.]

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE AND POLICIES

Investment Restrictions

Except as described below, the Trust, as a fundamental policy, may not, without the approval of the holders of a majority of the outstanding common shares and Preferred Shares voting together as a single class, and of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Preferred Shares voting as a separate class:

 

  (1)

invest 25% or more of the value of its total assets in any one industry (except that the Trust will invest at least 25% of its total assets in companies operating in the industry or group of related industries that make up the Utilities and Infrastructure business segments);

 

  (2)

issue senior securities or borrow money other than as permitted by the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”) or pledge its assets other than to secure such issuances or in connection with hedging transactions, short sales, when-issued and forward commitment transactions and similar investment strategies;

 

  (3)

make loans of money or property to any person, except through loans of portfolio securities, the purchase of fixed income securities consistent with the Trust’s investment objective and policies or the entry into repurchase agreements;

 

  (4)

underwrite the securities of other issuers, except to the extent that in connection with the disposition of portfolio securities or the sale of its own securities the Trust may be deemed to be an underwriter;

 

  (5)

purchase or sell real estate, except that the Trust may invest in securities of companies that deal in real estate or are engaged in the real estate business, including REITs and real estate operating companies, and instruments secured by real estate or interests therein and the Trust may acquire, hold and sell real estate acquired through default, liquidation, or other distributions of an interest in real estate as a result of the Trust’s ownership of such other assets; or

 

  (6)

purchase or sell commodities or commodity contracts for any purposes except as, and to the extent, permitted by applicable law without the Trust becoming subject to registration with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission as a commodity pool.

When used above with respect to particular shares of the Trust, “majority of the outstanding” means (i) 67% or more of the shares present at a meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the shares are present or represented by proxy, or (ii) more than 50% of the shares, whichever is less.

The policies enumerated above are the Trust’s only fundamental policies that require a shareholder vote to change. The Trust’s investment objective and all of its other investment policies adopted from time to time may be changed by the Board without shareholder approval.

 

S-1


Table of Contents

In addition to the foregoing fundamental investment policies, the Trust is also subject to the following non-fundamental restrictions and policies, which may be changed by the Board. The Trust may not:

 

  (1)

make any short sale of securities except in conformity with applicable laws, rules and regulations and unless after giving effect to such sale, the market value of all securities sold short does not exceed 15% of the value of the Trust’s total assets and the Trust’s aggregate short sales of a particular class of securities of an issuer does not exceed 15% of the then outstanding securities of that class. The Trust may also make short sales “against the box” without respect to such limitations. In this type of short sale, at the time of the sale, the Trust owns or has the immediate and unconditional right to acquire at no additional cost the identical security;

 

  (2)

purchase securities of open-end or closed-end investment companies except in compliance with the Investment Company Act or any regulations promulgated or exemptive relief obtained thereunder;

 

  (3)

under normal market conditions, invest less than 80% of its total assets in equity securities issued by companies that are engaged in the Utilities, Infrastructure and Power Opportunities business segments; the Trust will provide shareholders with notice at least 60 days prior to changing this non-fundamental policy of the Trust unless such change was previously approved by shareholders; or

 

  (4)

purchase securities of companies for the purpose of exercising control.

In accordance with the Investment Company Act, the Trust may invest up to 10% of its total assets in securities of other investment companies. In addition, under the Investment Company Act, the Trust may not own more than 3% of the total outstanding voting stock of any investment company and not more than 5% of the value of the Trust’s total assets may be invested in securities of any investment company. Pursuant to the Investment Company Act (or alternatively, pursuant to exemptive orders received from the Commission), these percentage limitations do not apply to investments in affiliated money market funds, and under certain circumstances, do not apply to investments in affiliated investment companies, including exchange traded funds.

The restrictions and other limitations set forth in the Trust’s prospectus and in this SAI will apply only at the time of purchase of securities and will not be considered violated unless an excess or deficiency occurs or exists immediately after and as a result of the acquisition of securities. Any investment policy or restriction described in the prospectus or in this SAI is deemed to be a non-fundamental policy or restriction of the Trust, unless otherwise stated.

In addition, to comply with U.S. federal income tax requirements for qualification as a “regulated investment company,” the Trust’s investments will be limited in a manner such that at the close of each quarter of each taxable year, (a) no more than 25% of the value of the Trust’s total assets are invested in the securities (other than United States government securities or securities of other regulated investment companies) of (i) a single issuer, (ii) two or more issuers controlled by the Trust and engaged in the same, similar or related trades or businesses or (iii) the securities of one or more “qualified publicly traded partnerships” and (b) with regard to at least 50% of the Trust’s total assets, no more than 5% of its total assets are invested in the securities (other than United States government securities or securities of other regulated investment companies) of a single issuer and such securities do not represent more than 10 percent of the voting securities of such issuer. These tax-related limitations may be changed by the trustees to the extent appropriate in light of changes to applicable tax requirements.

INVESTMENT POLICIES AND TECHNIQUES

The following information supplements the discussion of the Trust’s investment objective, policies and techniques that are described in the prospectus.

 

S-2


Table of Contents

Cash Equivalents and Short-Term Debt Securities

For temporary defensive purposes or to keep cash on hand fully invested, the Trust may invest up to 100% of its total assets in cash equivalents and short-term debt securities. Short-term debt securities include, without limitation, the following:

 

(1)

U.S. government securities, including bills, notes and bonds differing as to maturity and rates of interest that are either issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Treasury or by U.S. government agencies or instrumentalities. U.S. government securities include securities issued by (a) the Federal Housing Administration, Farmers Home Administration, Export Import Bank of the United States, Small Business Administration and Government National Mortgage Association, whose securities are supported by the full faith and credit of the United States; (b) the Federal Home Loan Banks, Federal Intermediate Credit Banks, and Tennessee Valley Authority, whose securities are supported by the right of the agency to borrow from the U.S. Treasury; (c) the Federal National Mortgage Association, whose securities are supported by the discretionary authority of the U.S. government to purchase certain obligations of the agency or instrumentality; and (d) the Student Loan Marketing Association, whose securities are supported only by its credit. While the U.S. government provides financial support to such U.S. government sponsored agencies or instrumentalities, no assurance can be given that it always will do so since it is not so obligated by law. The U.S. government, its agencies and instrumentalities do not guarantee the market value of their securities. Consequently, the value of such securities may fluctuate.

 

(2)

Certificates of deposit issued against funds deposited in a bank or a savings and loan association. Such certificates are for a definite period of time, earn a specified rate of return, and are normally negotiable. The issuer of a certificate of deposit agrees to pay the amount deposited plus interest to the bearer of the certificate on the date specified thereon. Certificates of deposit purchased by the Trust may not be fully insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.

 

(3)

Repurchase agreements, which involve purchases of debt securities.

 

(4)

Commercial paper, which consists of short-term unsecured promissory notes, including variable rate master demand notes issued by corporations to finance their current operations. Master demand notes are direct lending arrangements between the Trust and a corporation. There is no secondary market for such notes. However, they are redeemable by the Trust at any time. The Advisors will consider the financial condition of the corporation (e.g., earning power, cash flow and other liquidity ratios) and will continually monitor the corporation’s ability to meet all of its financial obligations, because the Trust’s liquidity might be impaired if the corporation were unable to pay principal and interest on demand.

Preferred Securities

Traditional Preferred Securities.  Traditional preferred securities generally pay fixed or adjustable rate dividends (or a combination thereof – e.g., a fixed rate that moves to an adjustable rate after some period of time) to investors and generally have a “preference” over common stock in the payment of dividends and the liquidation of a company’s assets. This means that a company must pay dividends on preferred stock before paying any dividends on its common stock. In order to be payable, distributions on such preferred securities must be declared by the issuer’s board of directors. Income payments on typical preferred securities currently outstanding are cumulative, causing dividends and distributions to accumulate even if not declared by the board of directors or otherwise made payable. In such a case all accumulated dividends must be paid before any dividend on the common stock can be paid. However, some traditional preferred stocks are non-cumulative, in which case dividends do not accumulate and need not ever be paid. A portion of the portfolio may include investments in non-cumulative preferred securities, whereby the issuer does not have an obligation to make up any arrearages to its shareholders. Should an issuer of a non-cumulative preferred stock held by the Trust determine not to pay dividends on such stock, the amount of dividends the Trust pays may be adversely affected. There is no assurances that dividends or distributions on the traditional preferred securities in which the Trust invests will be declared or otherwise made payable.

Preferred stockholders usually have no right to vote for corporate directors or on other matters. Shares of traditional preferred securities have a liquidation value that generally equals the original purchase price at the date of issuance. The market value of preferred securities may be affected by favorable and unfavorable changes impacting companies in the utilities and financial services sectors, which are prominent issuers of preferred securities, and by

 

S-3


Table of Contents

actual and anticipated changes in tax laws, such as changes in corporate income tax rates or the “Dividends Received Deduction.” Because the claim on an issuer’s earnings represented by traditional preferred securities may become onerous when interest rates fall below the rate payable on such securities, the issuer may redeem the securities. Thus, in declining interest rate environments in particular, the Trust’s holdings of higher rate-paying fixed rate preferred securities may be reduced and the Trust may be unable to acquire securities of comparable credit quality paying comparable rates with the redemption proceeds.

Trust Preferred Securities . Trust preferred securities are typically issued by corporations, generally in the form of interest-bearing notes with preferred security characteristics, or by an affiliated business trust of a corporation, generally in the form of beneficial interests in subordinated debentures or similarly structured securities. The trust preferred securities market consists of both fixed and adjustable coupon rate securities that are either perpetual in nature or have stated maturity dates.

Trust preferred securities are typically junior and fully subordinated liabilities of an issuer or the beneficiary of a guarantee that is junior and fully subordinated to the other liabilities of the guarantor. In addition, trust preferred securities typically permit an issuer to defer the payment of income for eighteen months or more without triggering an event of default. Generally, the deferral period is five years or more. Because of their subordinated position in the capital structure of an issuer, the ability to defer payments for extended periods of time without default consequences to the issuer, and certain other features (such as restrictions on common dividend payments by the issuer or ultimate guarantor when full cumulative payments on the trust preferred securities have not been made), these trust preferred securities are often treated as close substitutes for traditional preferred securities, both by issuers and investors. Trust preferred securities have many of the key characteristics of equity due to their subordinated position in an issuer’s capital structure and because their quality and value are heavily dependent on the profitability of the issuer rather than on any legal claims to specific assets or cash flows.

Convertible Securities

A convertible security is a bond, debenture, note, preferred stock or other security that may be converted into or exchanged for a prescribed amount of common stock or other equity security of the same or a different issuer within a particular period of time at a specified price or formula. A convertible security entitles the holder to receive interest paid or accrued on debt or the dividend paid on preferred stock until the convertible security matures or is redeemed, converted or exchanged. Before conversion, convertible securities have characteristics similar to nonconvertible income securities in that they ordinarily provide a stable stream of income with generally higher yields than those of common stocks of the same or similar issuers, but lower yields than comparable nonconvertible securities. The value of a convertible security is influenced by changes in interest rates, with investment value declining as interest rates increase and increasing as interest rates decline. The credit standing of the issuer and other factors also may have an effect on the convertible security’s investment value. Convertible securities rank senior to common stock in a corporation’s capital structure but are usually subordinated to comparable nonconvertible securities. Convertible securities may be subject to redemption at the option of the issuer at a price established in the convertible security’s governing instrument.

Rights Offerings and Warrants to Purchase

The Trust may participate in rights offerings and may purchase warrants, which are privileges issued by corporations enabling the owners to subscribe to and purchase a specified number of shares of the corporation at a specified price during a specified period of time. Subscription rights normally have a short life span to expiration. The purchase of rights or warrants involves the risk that the Trust could lose the purchase value of a right or warrant if the right to subscribe to additional shares is not exercised prior to the rights’ and warrants’ expiration. Also, the purchase of rights and/or warrants involves the risk that the effective price paid for the right and/or warrant added to the subscription price of the related security may exceed the value of the subscribed security’s market price such as when there is no movement in the level of the underlying security. Buying a warrant does not make the Trust a shareholder of the underlying stock. The warrant holder has no voting or dividend rights with respect to the underlying stock. A warrant does not carry any right to assets of the issuer, and for this reason investments in warrants may be more speculative than other equity-based investments.

 

S-4


Table of Contents

Depositary Receipts

The Trust may invest in American Depository Receipts (“ADRs”), European Depository Receipts (“EDRs”), Global Depository Receipts (“GDRs”) and other similar global instruments, which are generally subject to risks associated with equity securities and investments in non-U.S. securities. ADRs typically are issued by a U.S. bank or trust company and evidence ownership of underlying securities issued by a non-U.S. corporation. EDRs, which are sometimes referred to as Continental Depositary Receipts, are receipts issued in Europe, typically by non-U.S. banks and trust companies, that evidence ownership of either non-U.S. or domestic underlying securities. GDRs are depositary receipts structured like global debt issues to facilitate trading on an international basis. Unsponsored ADR, EDR and GDR programs are organized independently and without the cooperation of the issuer of the underlying securities. As a result, available information concerning the issuer may not be as current as for sponsored ADRs, EDRs and GDRs, and the prices of unsponsored ADRs, EDRs and GDRs may be more volatile than if such instruments were sponsored by the issuer.

Master Limited Partnerships

Master limited partnerships (“MLPs”) are typically structured such that common units and general partner interests have first priority to receive quarterly cash distributions up to an established minimum amount (“minimum quarterly distributions” or “MQD”). Common and general partner interests also accrue arrearages in distributions to the extent the MQD is not paid. Once common and general partner interests have been paid, subordinated units receive distributions of up to the MQD; however, subordinated units do not accrue arrearages. Distributable cash in excess of the MQD paid to both common and subordinated units is distributed to both common and subordinated units generally on a pro rata basis.

The general partner is also eligible to receive incentive distributions if the general partner operates the business in a manner that results in distributions paid per common unit surpassing specified target levels. As the general partner increases cash distributions to the limited partners, the general partner receives an increasingly higher percentage of the incremental cash distributions. A common arrangement provides that the general partner can reach a tier where it receives 50% of every incremental dollar paid to common and subordinated unit holders. These incentive distributions encourage the general partner to streamline costs, increase capital expenditures and acquire assets in order to increase the partnership’s cash flow and raise the quarterly cash distribution in order to reach higher tiers. Such results benefit all security holders of the MLP.

To qualify as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, an MLP must receive at least 90% of its income from qualifying sources such as interest, dividends, real estate rents, gain from the sale or disposition of real property, income and gain from mineral or natural resources activities, income and gain from the transportation or storage of certain fuels, gain from the sale or disposition of a capital asset held for the production of income described in the foregoing and, in certain circumstances, income and gain from commodities or futures, forwards and options with respect to commodities. Mineral or natural resources activities include exploration, development, production, mining, refining, marketing and transportation (including pipelines), of oil and gas, minerals, geothermal energy, fertilizer, timber or industrial source carbon dioxide. Currently, most MLPs operate in the energy, natural resources or real estate sectors. Due to their partnership structure, MLPs generally do not pay income taxes. Thus, unlike investors in corporate securities, direct MLP investors are generally not subject to double taxation ( i.e. corporate level tax and tax on corporate dividends).

Equity securities issued by MLPs currently consist of common units, subordinated units and preferred units.

MLP Common Units.  MLP common units represent a limited partnership interest in the MLP. Common units are listed and traded on U.S. securities exchanges or over-the-counter (“OTC”), with their value fluctuating predominantly based on prevailing market conditions and the success of the MLP. We may purchase common units in market transactions as well as directly from the MLP or other parties. Unlike owners of common stock of a corporation, owners of common units have limited voting rights and have no ability annually to elect directors. MLPs generally distribute all available cash flow (cash flow from operations less maintenance capital expenditures) in the form of quarterly distributions. Common units along with general partner units, have first priority to receive quarterly cash distributions up to the MQD and have arrearage rights. In the event of liquidation, common units have preference over subordinated units, but not debt or preferred units, to the remaining assets of the MLP.

 

S-5


Table of Contents

MLP Subordinated Units.  MLP subordinated units are typically not listed on an exchange or publicly traded. The Trust will typically purchase MLP subordinated units through negotiated transactions directly with affiliates of MLPs and institutional holders of such units or will purchase newly issued subordinated units directly from MLPs. Holders of MLP subordinated units are entitled to receive minimum quarterly distributions after payments to holders of common units have been satisfied and prior to incentive distributions to the general partner. MLP subordinated units do not provide arrearage rights. Subordinated units typically have limited voting rights similar to common units. Most MLP subordinated units are convertible into common units after the passage of a specified period of time or upon the achievement by the MLP of specified financial goals.

MLP Preferred Units.  MLP preferred units are typically not listed on an exchange or publicly traded. The Trust will typically purchase MLP preferred units through negotiated transactions directly with MLPs, affiliates of MLPs and institutional holders of such units. Holders of MLP preferred units can be entitled to a wide range of voting and other rights, depending on the structure of each separate security.

I-Shares.  I-Shares represent an ownership interest issued by an affiliated party of an MLP. The MLP affiliate uses the proceeds from the sale of I-Shares to purchase limited partnership interests in the MLP in the form of i-units. I-units have similar features as MLP common units in terms of voting rights, liquidation preference and distributions. However, rather than receiving cash, the MLP affiliate receives additional i-units in an amount equal to the cash distributions received by MLP common units. Similarly, holders of I-Shares will receive additional I-Shares, in the same proportion as the MLP affiliates receipt of i-units, rather than cash distributions. I-Shares themselves have limited voting rights which are similar to those applicable to MLP common units. The MLP affiliate issuing the I-Shares is structured as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes. I-Shares are traded on the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”).

Structured Products

The Trust may invest in structured products, including instruments such as credit-linked securities and structured notes, which are potentially high-risk derivatives. For example, a structured product may combine a traditional stock, bond, or commodity with an option or forward contract. Generally, the principal amount, amount payable upon maturity or redemption, or interest rate of a structured product is tied (positively or negatively) to the price of some security, currency or index or another interest rate or some other economic factor (each a “benchmark”). The interest rate or (unlike most fixed income securities) the principal amount payable at maturity of a structured product may be increased or decreased, depending on changes in the value of the benchmark.

Structured products can be used as an efficient means of pursuing a variety of investment goals, including currency hedging, duration management, and increased total return. Structured products may not bear interest or pay dividends. The value of a structured product or its interest rate may be a multiple of a benchmark and, as a result, may be leveraged and move (up or down) more steeply and rapidly than the benchmark. These benchmarks may be sensitive to economic and political events, such as commodity shortages and currency devaluations, which cannot be readily foreseen by the purchaser of a structured product. Under certain conditions, the redemption value of a structured product could be zero. Thus, an investment in a structured product may entail significant market risks that are not associated with a similar investment in a traditional, U.S. dollar-denominated bond that has a fixed principal amount and pays a fixed rate or floating rate of interest. The purchase of structured products also exposes the Trust to the credit risk of the issuer of the structured product. These risks may cause significant fluctuations in the net asset value of the Trust.

Structured Notes and Indexed Securities.  Structured notes are derivative debt instruments, the interest rate or principal of which is determined by an unrelated indicator (for example, a currency, security, commodity or index thereof). The terms of the instrument may be “structured” by the purchaser and the borrower issuing the note. Indexed securities may include structured notes as well as securities other than debt securities, the interest rate or principal of which is determined by an unrelated indicator. Indexed securities may include a multiplier that multiplies the indexed element by a specified factor and, therefore, the value of such securities may be very volatile. The terms of structured notes and indexed securities may provide that in certain circumstances no principal is due at maturity, which may result in a loss of invested capital. Structured notes and indexed securities may be positively or negatively indexed, so that appreciation of the unrelated indicator may produce an increase or a decrease in the interest rate or the value of the structured note or indexed security at maturity may be calculated as a specified

 

S-6


Table of Contents

multiple of the change in the value of the unrelated indicator. Therefore, the value of such notes and securities may be very volatile. Structured notes and indexed securities may entail a greater degree of market risk than other types of debt securities because the investor bears the risk of the unrelated indicator. Structured notes or indexed securities also may be more volatile, less liquid, and more difficult to accurately price than less complex securities and instruments or more traditional debt securities.

Certain issuers of structured products may be deemed to be investment companies as defined in the Investment Company Act. As a result, the Trust’s investments in these structured products may be subject to limits applicable to investments in investment companies and may be subject to restrictions contained in the Investment Company Act.

Strategic Transactions and Other Management Techniques

As described in the prospectus, the Trust may use Strategic Transactions (as defined in the prospectus). This section contains various additional information about the types of Strategic Transactions in which the Trust may engage.

Swaps and Swaptions. The Trust may enter into swap agreements, including interest rate and index swap agreements. Swap agreements are two party contracts entered into primarily by institutional investors for periods ranging from a few weeks to more than one year. In a standard “swap” transaction, two parties agree to exchange the returns (or differentials in rates of return) earned or realized on particular predetermined investments or instruments. The gross returns to be exchanged or “swapped” between the parties are calculated with respect to a “notional amount,” i.e. , the dollar amount invested at a particular interest rate, in a particular foreign currency, or in a “basket” of securities representing a particular index. The “notional amount” of the swap agreement is only a fictive basis on which to calculate the obligations that the parties to a swap agreement have agreed to exchange. The Trust’s obligations (or rights) under a swap agreement will generally be equal only to the net amount to be paid or received under the agreement based on the relative values of the positions held by each party to the agreement (the “net amount”). The Trust’s obligations under a swap agreement will be accrued daily (offset against any amounts owing to the Trust) and the Trust will segregate with a custodian or earmark on its books and records an amount of cash or liquid assets having an aggregate net asset value (“NAV”) at all times at least equal to any accrued but unpaid net amounts owed to a swap counterparty.

Whether the Trust’s use of swap agreements will be successful in furthering its investment objective will depend on the Advisors’ ability to correctly predict whether certain types of investments are likely to produce greater returns than other investments. Moreover, the Trust bears the risk of loss of the amount expected to be received under a swap agreement in the event of the default or bankruptcy of a swap agreement counterparty. Swap agreements also bear the risk that the Trust will not be able to meet its payment obligations to the counterparty. As noted, however, the Trust will deposit in a segregated account, or earmark on its books and records, liquid assets permitted to be so segregated or earmarked by the SEC in an amount equal to or greater than the market value of the Trust’s liabilities under the swap agreement or the amount it would cost the Trust initially to make an equivalent direct investment plus or minus any amount the Trust is obligated to pay or is to receive under the swap agreement. Restrictions imposed by the tax rules applicable to regulated investment companies (“RICs”) may limit the Trust’s ability to use swap agreements. It is possible that developments in the swap market, including government regulation, could adversely affect the Trust’s ability to terminate existing swap agreements or to realize amounts to be received under such agreements.

A swaption is a contract that gives a counterparty the right (but not the obligation) to enter into a new swap agreement or to shorten, extend, cancel or otherwise modify an existing swap agreement, at some designated future time on specified terms. The Trust may write (sell) and purchase put and call swaptions. Depending on the terms of the particular option agreement, the Trust will generally incur a greater degree of risk when it writes a swaption than it will incur when it purchases a swaption. When the Trust purchases a swaption, it risks losing only the amount of the premium it has paid should it decide to let the option expire unexercised. However, when the Trust writes a swaption, upon exercise of the option the Trust will become obligated according to the terms of the underlying agreement.

 

S-7


Table of Contents

Total Return Swaps . Total return swap agreements are contracts in which one party agrees to make periodic payments to another party based on the change in market value of the assets underlying the contract, which may include a specified security, basket of securities or securities indices during the specified period, in return for periodic payments based on a fixed or variable interest rate or the total return from other underlying assets. Total return swap agreements may be used to obtain exposure to a security or market without owning or taking physical custody of such security or investing directly in such market. Total return swap agreements may effectively add leverage to the Trust’s portfolio because, in addition to its Managed Assets (as defined in the prospectus), the Trust would be subject to investment exposure on the notional amount of the swap.

Total return swap agreements are subject to the risk that a counterparty will default on its payment obligations to the Trust thereunder. Swap agreements also bear the risk that the Trust will not be able to meet its obligation to the counterparty. Generally, the Trust will enter into total return swaps on a net basis ( i.e. , the two payment streams are netted against one another with the Trust receiving or paying, as the case may be, only the net amount of the two payments). The net amount of the excess, if any, of the Trust’s obligations over its entitlements with respect to each total return swap will be accrued on a daily basis, and an amount of liquid assets having an aggregate NAV at least equal to the accrued excess will be segregated by the Trust or earmarked on its books and records. If the total return swap transaction is entered into on other than a net basis, the full amount of the Trust’s obligations will be accrued on a daily basis, and the full amount of the Trust’s obligations will be segregated or earmarked by the Trust in an amount equal to or greater than the market value of the liabilities under the total return swap agreement or the amount it would have cost the Trust initially to make an equivalent direct investment, plus or minus any amount the Trust is obligated to pay or is to receive under the total return swap agreement.

Foreign Exchange Transactions. The Trust may engage in spot and forward foreign exchange transactions and currency swaps, purchase and sell options on currencies and purchase and sell currency futures and related options thereon (collectively, “Currency Instruments”). Such transactions could be effected with respect to hedges on foreign dollar denominated securities owned by the Trust, sold by the Trust but not yet delivered, or committed or anticipated to be purchased by the Trust. As an illustration, the Trust may use such techniques to hedge the stated value in U.S. dollars of an investment in a yen-denominated security. In such circumstances, for example, the Trust may purchase a foreign currency put option enabling it to sell a specified amount of yen for dollars at a specified price by a future date. To the extent the hedge is successful, a loss in the value of the yen relative to the dollar will tend to be offset by an increase in the value of the put option. To offset, in whole or in part, the cost of acquiring such a put option, the Trust may also sell a call option which, if exercised, requires it to sell a specified amount of yen for dollars at a specified price by a future date (a technique called a “straddle”). By selling such a call option in this illustration, the Trust gives up the opportunity to profit without limit from increases in the relative value of the yen to the dollar. “Straddles” of the type that may be used by the Trust are considered to constitute hedging transactions. The Trust may not attempt to hedge any or all of its foreign portfolio positions.

Forward Foreign Currency Contracts . The Trust may enter into forward currency contracts to purchase or sell foreign currencies for a fixed amount of U.S. dollars or another foreign currency. A forward currency contract involves an obligation to purchase or sell a specific currency at a future date, which may be any fixed number of days (term) from the date of the forward currency contract agreed upon by the parties, at a price set at the time the forward currency contract is entered into. Forward currency contracts are traded directly between currency traders (usually large commercial banks) and their customers. The Trust may purchase a forward currency contract to lock in the U.S. dollar price of a security denominated in a foreign currency that the Trust intends to acquire. The Trust may sell a forward currency contract to lock in the U.S. dollar equivalent of the proceeds from the anticipated sale of a security or a dividend or interest payment denominated in a foreign currency. The Trust may also use forward currency contracts to shift the Trust’s exposure to foreign currency exchange rate changes from one currency to another. For example, if the Trust owns securities denominated in a foreign currency and the Advisors believe that currency will decline relative to another currency, the Trust might enter into a forward currency contract to sell the appropriate amount of the first foreign currency with payment to be made in the second currency. The Trust may also purchase forward currency contracts to enhance income when the Advisors anticipate that the foreign currency will appreciate in value but securities denominated in that currency do not present attractive investment opportunities. The Trust may also use forward currency contracts to hedge against a decline in the value of existing investments denominated in a foreign currency. Such a hedge would tend to offset both positive and negative currency fluctuations, but would not offset changes in security values caused by other factors. The Trust could also hedge the position by entering into a forward currency contract to sell another currency expected to perform

 

S-8


Table of Contents

similarly to the currency in which the Trust’s existing investments are denominated. This type of transaction could offer advantages in terms of cost, yield or efficiency, but may not hedge currency exposure as effectively as a simple forward currency transaction to sell U.S. dollars. This type of transaction may result in losses if the currency used to hedge does not perform similarly to the currency in which the hedged securities are denominated. The Trust may also use forward currency contracts in one currency or a basket of currencies to attempt to hedge against fluctuations in the value of securities denominated in a different currency if the Advisors anticipate that there will be a correlation between the two currencies.

The cost to the Trust of engaging in forward currency contracts varies with factors such as the currency involved, the length of the contract period and the market conditions then prevailing. Because forward currency contracts are usually entered into on a principal basis, no fees or commissions are involved. When the Trust enters into a forward currency contract, it relies on the counterparty to make or take delivery of the underlying currency at the maturity of the contract. Failure by the counterparty to do so would result in the loss of some or all of any expected benefit of the transaction. Secondary markets generally do not exist for forward currency contracts, with the result that closing transactions generally can be made for forward currency contracts only by negotiating directly with the counterparty. Thus, there can be no assurance that the Trust will in fact be able to close out a forward currency contract at a favorable price prior to maturity. In addition, in the event of insolvency of the counterparty, the Trust might be unable to close out a forward currency contract. In either event, the Trust would continue to be subject to market risk with respect to the position, and would continue to be required to maintain a position in securities denominated in the foreign currency or to maintain cash or liquid assets in a segregated account or earmark such cash or liquid assets on its books and records. The precise matching of forward currency contract amounts and the value of the securities involved generally will not be possible because the value of such securities, measured in the foreign currency, will change after the forward currency contract has been established. Thus, the Trust might need to purchase or sell foreign currencies in the spot (cash) market to the extent such foreign currencies are not covered by forward currency contracts. The projection of short-term currency market movements is extremely difficult and the successful execution of a short-term hedging strategy is highly uncertain.

Use of Options as Strategic Transactions. In addition to the options strategy described in the prospectus as part of the Trust’s investment strategy, the Trust may also use options as Strategic Transactions.

Call Options as Strategic Transactions . The Trust may purchase call options on any of the types of securities or instruments in which it may invest. A purchased call option gives the Trust the right to buy, and obligates the seller to sell, the underlying security at the exercise price at any time during the option period. The Trust also may purchase and sell call options on indices. Index options are similar to options on securities except that, rather than taking or making delivery of securities underlying the option at a specified price upon exercise, an index option gives the holder the right to receive cash upon exercise of the option if the level of the index upon which the option is based is greater than the exercise price of the option.

The Trust may write ( i.e. , sell) covered call options on the securities or instruments it holds and enter into closing purchase transactions with respect to certain of such options. A covered call option is an option in which the Trust, in return for a premium, gives another party a right to buy specified securities owned by the Trust at a specified future date and price set at the time of the contract. The principal reason for writing covered call options is the attempt to realize, through the receipt of premiums, a greater return than would be realized on the securities alone. By writing covered call options, the Trust gives up the opportunity, while the option is in effect, to profit from any price increase in the underlying security above the option exercise price. In addition, the Trust’s ability to sell the underlying security will be limited while the option is in effect unless the Trust enters into a closing purchase transaction. A closing purchase transaction cancels out the Trust’s position as the writer of an option by means of an offsetting purchase of an identical option prior to the expiration of the option it has written. Covered call options also serve as a partial hedge to the extent of the premium received against the price of the underlying security declining.

The Trust may write ( i.e. , sell) uncovered call options on securities or instruments in which it may invest but that are not currently held by the Trust. The principal reason for writing uncovered call options is to realize income without committing capital to the ownership of the underlying securities or instruments. When writing uncovered call options, the Trust must deposit and maintain sufficient margin with the broker-dealer through which it made the uncovered call option as collateral to ensure that the securities can be purchased for delivery if and when the option

 

S-9


Table of Contents

is exercised. In addition, in connection with each such transaction the Trust will segregate, or designate on its books and records, liquid assets or cash with a value at least equal to the Trust’s exposure (the difference between the unpaid amounts owed by the Trust on such transaction minus any collateral deposited with the broker-dealer), on a marked-to-market basis (as calculated pursuant to requirements of the SEC). Such segregation or earmarking will ensure that the Trust has assets available to satisfy its obligations with respect to the transaction and will avoid any potential leveraging of the Trust’s portfolio. Such designation will not limit the Trust’s exposure to loss. During periods of declining securities prices or when prices are stable, writing uncovered calls can be a profitable strategy to increase the Trust’s income with minimal capital risk. Uncovered calls are riskier than covered calls because there is no underlying security held by the Trust that can act as a partial hedge. Uncovered calls have speculative characteristics and the potential for loss is unlimited. When an uncovered call is exercised, the Trust must purchase the underlying security to meet its call obligation. There is also a risk, especially with less liquid preferred and debt securities, that the securities may not be available for purchase. If the purchase price exceeds the exercise price, the Trust will lose the difference.

Put Options as Strategic Transactions . The Trust may purchase put options. By buying a put option, the Trust acquires a right to sell such underlying securities or instruments at the exercise price, thus limiting the Trust’s risk of loss through a decline in the market value of the securities or instruments until the put option expires. The amount of any appreciation in the value of the underlying securities or instruments will be partially offset by the amount of the premium paid for the put option and any related transaction costs. Prior to its expiration, a put option may be sold in a closing sale transaction and profit or loss from the sale will depend on whether the amount received is more or less than the premium paid for the put option plus the related transaction costs. A closing sale transaction cancels out the Trust’s position as the purchaser of an option by means of an offsetting sale of an identical option prior to the expiration of the option it has purchased.

The Trust also may write ( i.e. , sell) put options on securities or instruments in which it may invest but that the Trust does not currently have a corresponding short position or has not deposited cash equal to the exercise value of the put option with the broker dealer through which it made the uncovered put option as collateral. The principal reason for writing such put options is to receive premium income and to acquire such securities or instruments at a net cost below the current market value. The Trust has the obligation to buy the securities or instruments at an agreed upon price if the securities or instruments decrease below the exercise price. If the securities or instruments price increases during the option period, the option will expire worthless and the Trust will retain the premium and will not have to purchase the securities or instruments at the exercise price. In connection with such transaction, the Trust will segregate or designate on its books and records liquid assets or cash with a value at least equal to the Trust’s exposure, on a marked-to-market basis (as calculated pursuant to requirements of the SEC). Such designation will ensure that the Trust has assets available to satisfy its obligations with respect to the transaction and will avoid any potential leveraging of the Trust’s portfolio. Such designation will not limit the Trust’s exposure to loss.

The Trust will not sell puts if, as a result, more than 50% of the Trust’s total assets would be required to cover its potential obligations under its hedging and other investment transactions. In selling puts, there is a risk that the Trust may be required to buy the underlying security at a price higher than the current market price.

Futures Contracts and Options on Futures Contracts. The Trust may engage in transactions in financial futures contracts (“futures contracts”) and related options on such futures contracts. A futures contract is an agreement between two parties which obligates the purchaser of the futures contract to buy and the seller of a futures contract to sell a security for a set price on a future date or, in the case of an index futures contract, to make and accept a cash settlement based upon the difference in value of the index between the time the contract was entered into and the time of its settlement. A majority of transactions in futures contracts, however, do not result in the actual delivery of the underlying instrument or cash settlement, but are settled through liquidation ( i.e. , by entering into an offsetting transaction). Futures contracts have been designed by boards of trade which have been designated “contract markets” by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”).

The Trust may sell financial futures contracts in anticipation of an increase in the general level of interest rates. Generally, as interest rates rise, the market values of securities that may be held by the Trust will fall, thus reducing the NAV of the Trust. However, as interest rates rise, the value of the Trust’s short position in the futures contract also will tend to increase, thus offsetting all or a portion of the depreciation in the market value of the

 

S-10


Table of Contents

Trust’s investments which are being hedged. While the Trust will incur commission expenses in selling and closing out futures positions, these commissions are generally less than the transaction expenses which the Trust would have incurred had the Trust sold portfolio securities in order to reduce its exposure to increases in interest rates. The Trust also may purchase financial futures contracts in anticipation of a decline in interest rates when it is not fully invested in a particular market in which it intends to make investments to gain market exposure that may in part or entirely offset an increase in the cost of securities it intends to purchase. It is anticipated that, in a substantial majority of these transactions, the Trust will purchase securities upon termination of the futures contract.

The Trust may purchase and write call and put options on futures contracts. Options on futures contracts are similar to options on securities except that an option on a futures contract gives the purchaser the right in return for the premium paid to assume a position in a futures contract (a long position if the option is a call and a short position if the option is a put). Generally, these strategies are utilized under the same market and market sector conditions ( i.e. , conditions relating to specific types of investments) in which the Trust enters into futures transactions. The Trust may purchase put options or write call options on futures contracts rather than selling the underlying futures contract in anticipation of a decrease in the market value of securities or an increase in interest rates. Similarly, the Trust may purchase call options, or write put options on futures contracts, as a substitute for the purchase of such futures to hedge against the increased cost resulting from an increase in the market value or a decline in interest rates of securities which the Trust intends to purchase.

The Trust may engage in options and futures transactions on exchanges and options in the OTC markets. In general, exchange-traded contracts are third-party contracts ( i.e. , performance of the parties’ obligation is guaranteed by an exchange or clearing corporation) with standardized strike prices and expiration dates. OTC options transactions are two-party contracts with price and terms negotiated by the buyer and seller. See “—Additional Information About Options,” below.

At the time a futures contract is purchased or sold, the Trust must allocate cash or securities as a deposit payment (“initial margin”). It is expected that the initial margin that the Trust will pay may range from approximately 1% to approximately 5% of the value of the securities or commodities underlying the contract. In certain circumstances, however, such as periods of high volatility, the Trust may be required by an exchange to increase the level of its initial margin payment. Additionally, initial margin requirements may be increased generally in the future by regulatory action. An outstanding futures contract is valued daily and the payment in case of “variation margin” may be required, a process known as “marking to the market.” Transactions in listed options and futures are usually settled by entering into an offsetting transaction, and are subject to the risk that the position may not be able to be closed if no offsetting transaction can be arranged.

When the Trust purchases a futures contract or writes a put option or purchases a call option thereon, an amount of cash or liquid assets will be segregated or designated on the Trust’s books and records so that the amount so designated, plus the amount of variation margin held in the account of its broker, equals the market value of the futures contract, thereby ensuring that the use of such futures is unleveraged.

Additional Information About Options. In the case of either put or call options that it has purchased, if the option expires without being sold or exercised, the Trust will experience a loss in the amount of the option premium plus any commissions paid by the Trust. When the Trust sells put and call options, it receives a premium as the seller of the option. The premium that the Trust receives for selling the option will serve as a partial and limited (to the dollar amount of the premium) hedge, in the amount of the option premium, against changes in the value of the securities in its portfolio. During the term of the option, however, a covered call seller has, in return for the premium on the option, given up the opportunity for capital appreciation above the exercise price of the option if the value of the underlying security increases, but has retained the risk of loss should the price of the underlying security decline. Conversely, a put seller retains the risk of loss should the market value of the underlying security decline below the exercise price of the option, less the premium received on the sale of the option. The Trust may purchase and sell exchange-listed options and OTC Options which are privately negotiated with the counterparty. Listed options are issued by the Options Clearing Corporation (“OCC”), which guarantees the performance of the obligations of the parties to such options.

The Trust’s ability to close out its position as a purchaser or seller of an exchange-listed put or call option is dependent upon the existence of a liquid secondary market on option exchanges. Among the possible reasons for the

 

S-11


Table of Contents

absence of a liquid secondary market on an exchange are: (i) insufficient trading interest in certain options; (ii) restrictions on transactions imposed by an exchange; (iii) trading halts, suspensions or other restrictions imposed with respect to particular classes or series of options or underlying securities; (iv) interruption of the normal operations on an exchange; (v) inadequacy of the facilities of an exchange or OCC to handle current trading volume; or (vi) a decision by one or more exchanges to discontinue the trading of options (or a particular class or series of options), in which event the secondary market on that exchange (or in that class or series of options) would cease to exist, although outstanding options on that exchange that had been listed by the OCC as a result of trades on that exchange would generally continue to be exercisable in accordance with their terms. OTC Options are purchased from or sold to dealers, financial institutions or other counterparties which have entered into direct agreements with the Trust. With OTC Options, such variables as expiration date, exercise price and premium will be agreed upon between the Trust and the counterparty, without the intermediation of a third party such as the OCC. If the counterparty fails to make or take delivery of the securities underlying an option it has written, or otherwise settle the transaction in accordance with the terms of that option as written, the Trust would lose the premium paid for the option as well as any anticipated benefit of the transaction. OTC Options and assets used to cover OTC Options written by the Trust are considered by the staff of the SEC to be illiquid. The illiquidity of such options or assets may prevent a successful sale of such options or assets, result in a delay of sale, or reduce the amount of proceeds that might otherwise be realized.

The hours of trading for options on debt securities may not conform to the hours during which the underlying securities are traded. To the extent that the option markets close before the markets for the underlying securities, significant price and rate movements can take place in the underlying markets that cannot be reflected in the option markets.

Hybrid Instruments. A hybrid instrument is a type of potentially high-risk derivative that combines a traditional bond, stock or commodity with an option or forward contract. Generally, the principal amount, amount payable upon maturity or redemption, or interest rate of a hybrid is tied (positively or negatively) to the price of some commodity, currency or securities index or another interest rate or some other economic factor (each a “benchmark”). The interest rate or (unlike most fixed-income securities) the principal amount payable at maturity of a hybrid security may be increased or decreased, depending on changes in the value of the benchmark. An example of a hybrid could be a bond issued by an oil company that pays a small base level of interest with additional interest that accrues in correlation to the extent to which oil prices exceed a certain predetermined level. Such a hybrid instrument would be a combination of a bond and a call option on oil. Hybrids can be used as an efficient means of pursuing a variety of investment goals, including currency hedging, duration management and increased total return. Hybrids may not bear interest or pay dividends. The value of a hybrid or its interest rate may be a multiple of a benchmark and, as a result, may be leveraged and move (up or down) more steeply and rapidly than the benchmark. These benchmarks may be sensitive to economic and political events, such as commodity shortages and currency devaluations, which cannot be readily foreseen by the purchaser of a hybrid. Under certain conditions, the redemption value of a hybrid could be zero. Thus, an investment in a hybrid may entail significant market risks that are not associated with a similar investment in a traditional, U.S. dollar-denominated bond that has a fixed principal amount and pays a fixed rate or floating rate of interest. The purchase of hybrids also exposes the Trust to the credit risk of the issuer of the hybrids. These risks may cause significant fluctuations in the NAV of the Trust’s common shares if the Trust invests in hybrid instruments.

New Products. The financial markets continue to evolve and financial products continue to be developed. The Trust reserves the right to invest in new financial products as they are developed or become more widely accepted. As with any new financial product, these products will entail risks, including risks to which the Trust currently is not subject.

The principal risks relating to the use of futures contracts and other Strategic Transactions are: (i) less than perfect correlation between the prices of the instrument and the market value of the securities in the Trust’s portfolio; (ii) possible lack of a liquid secondary market for closing out a position in such instruments; (iii) losses resulting from interest rate or other market movements not anticipated by the Advisors; and (iv) the obligation to meet additional variation margin or other payment requirements, all of which could result in the Trust being in a worse position than if such transactions had not been used.

 

S-12


Table of Contents

Certain provisions of the Code may restrict or affect the ability of the Trust to engage in Strategic Transactions. See “Tax Matters.”

OTHER INVESTMENT POLICIES AND TECHNIQUES

Restricted and Illiquid Securities

The Trust may invest in investments that lack an established secondary trading market or otherwise are considered illiquid. Liquidity of an investment relates to the ability to dispose easily of the investment and the price to be obtained upon disposition of the investment, which may be less than would be obtained for a comparable more liquid investment. Illiquid investments may trade at a discount from comparable, more liquid investments. Investment of the Trust’s assets in illiquid investments may restrict the ability of the Trust to dispose of its investments in a timely fashion and for a fair price as well as its ability to take advantage of market opportunities. The risks associated with illiquidity will be particularly acute where a Trust’s operations require cash, such as when the Trust pays dividends, and could result in the Trust borrowing to meet short-term cash requirements or incurring capital losses on the sale of illiquid investments.

The Trust may invest in securities that are not registered under the Securities Act (“restricted securities”). Restricted securities may be sold in private placement transactions between issuers and their purchasers and may be neither listed on an exchange nor traded in other established markets. In many cases, privately placed securities may not be freely transferable under the laws of the applicable jurisdiction or due to contractual restrictions on resale. As a result of the absence of a public trading market, privately placed securities may be less liquid and more difficult to value than publicly traded securities. To the extent that privately placed securities may be resold in privately negotiated transactions, the prices realized from the sales, due to illiquidity, could be less than those originally paid by the Trust or less than their fair market value. In addition, issuers whose securities are not publicly traded may not be subject to the disclosure and other investor protection requirements that may be applicable if their securities were publicly traded. If any privately placed securities held by the Trust are required to be registered under the securities laws of one or more jurisdictions before being resold, the Trust may be required to bear the expenses of registration. Where registration is required for restricted securities, a considerable time period may elapse between the time the Trust decides to sell the security and the time it is actually permitted to sell the security under an effective registration statement. If during such period, adverse market conditions were to develop, the Trust might obtain less favorable pricing terms than when it decided to sell the security. Transactions in restricted securities may entail other transaction costs that are higher than those for transactions in unrestricted securities. Certain of the Trust’s investments in private placements may consist of direct investments and may include investments in smaller, less seasoned issuers, which may involve greater risks. These issuers may have limited product lines, markets or financial resources, or they may be dependent on a limited management group. In making investments in such securities, the Trust may obtain access to material nonpublic information, which may restrict the Trust’s ability to conduct portfolio transactions in such securities.

When-Issued and Forward Commitment Securities

The Trust may purchase securities on a “when-issued” basis and may purchase or sell securities on a “forward commitment” basis in order to acquire the security or to offset against anticipated changes in interest rates and prices. When such transactions are negotiated, the price, which is generally expressed in yield terms, is fixed at the time the commitment is made, but delivery and payment for the securities take place at a later date. When-issued securities and forward commitments may be sold prior to the settlement date, but the Trust will enter into when-issued and forward commitments only with the intention of actually receiving or delivering the securities, as the case may be. If the Trust disposes of the right to acquire a when-issued security prior to its acquisition or disposes of its right to deliver or receive against a forward commitment, it might incur a gain or loss. At the time the Trust enters into a transaction on a when-issued or forward commitment basis, it will designate on its books and records cash or liquid debt securities equal to at least the value of the when-issued or forward commitment securities. The value of these assets will be monitored daily to ensure that their marked to market value will at all times equal or exceed the corresponding obligations of the Trust. There is always a risk that the securities may not be delivered and that the Trust may incur a loss. Settlements in the ordinary course, which may take substantially more than five business days, are not treated by the Trust as when-issued or forward commitment transactions and, accordingly, are not subject to the foregoing restrictions.

 

S-13


Table of Contents

Reverse Repurchase Agreements

The Trust may enter into reverse repurchase agreements with respect to its portfolio investments subject to the investment restrictions set forth herein. Reverse repurchase agreements involve the sale of securities held by the Trust with an agreement by the Trust to repurchase the securities at an agreed upon price, date and interest payment. At the time the Trust enters into a reverse repurchase agreement, it may establish and maintain a segregated account with the custodian containing, or designate on its books and records, cash and/or liquid assets having a value not less than the repurchase price (including accrued interest). If the Trust establishes and maintains such a segregated account, or earmarks such assets as described, a reverse repurchase agreement will not be considered a senior security under the Investment Company Act and therefore will not be considered a borrowing by the Trust; however, under certain circumstances in which the Trust does not establish and maintain such segregated account, or earmark such assets on its books and records, such reverse repurchase agreement will be considered a borrowing for the purpose of the Trust’s limitation on borrowings. The use by the Trust of reverse repurchase agreements involves many of the same risks of leverage since the proceeds derived from such reverse repurchase agreements may be invested in additional securities. The Trust’s use of leverage through reverse repurchase agreements will be subject to the Trust’s policy with respect to the use of leverage. Reverse repurchase agreements involve the risk that the market value of the securities acquired in connection with the reverse repurchase agreement may decline below the price of the securities the Trust has sold but is obligated to repurchase. Also, reverse repurchase agreements involve the risk that the market value of the securities retained in lieu of sale by the Trust in connection with the reverse repurchase agreement may decline in price.

If the buyer of securities under a reverse repurchase agreement files for bankruptcy or becomes insolvent, such buyer or its trustee or receiver may receive an extension of time to determine whether to enforce the Trust’s obligation to repurchase the securities and the Trust’s use of the proceeds of the reverse repurchase agreement may effectively be restricted pending such decision. Also, the Trust would bear the risk of loss to the extent that the proceeds of the reverse repurchase agreement are less than the value of the securities subject to such agreement.

Repurchase Agreements

As temporary investments, the Trust may invest in repurchase agreements. A repurchase agreement is a contractual agreement whereby the seller of securities agrees to repurchase the same security at a specified price on a future date agreed upon by the parties. The agreed-upon repurchase price determines the yield during the Trust’s holding period. Repurchase agreements are considered to be loans collateralized by the underlying security that is the subject of the repurchase contract. The Trust will only enter into repurchase agreements with registered securities dealers or domestic banks that, in the opinion of the Advisors, present minimal credit risk. The risk to the Trust is limited to the ability of the issuer to pay the agreed-upon repurchase price on the delivery date; however, although the value of the underlying collateral at the time the transaction is entered into always equals or exceeds the agreed-upon repurchase price, if the value of the collateral declines, there is a risk of loss of both principal and interest. In the event of default, the collateral may be sold but the Trust might incur a loss if the value of the collateral declines, and might incur disposition costs or experience delays in connection with liquidating the collateral. In addition, if bankruptcy proceedings are commenced with respect to the seller of the security, realization upon the collateral by the Trust may be delayed or limited. The Advisors will monitor the value of the collateral at the time the transaction is entered into and at all times subsequent during the term of the repurchase agreement in an effort to determine that such value always equals or exceeds the agreed-upon repurchase price. In the event the value of the collateral declines below the repurchase price, the Advisors will demand additional collateral from the issuer to increase the value of the collateral to at least that of the repurchase price, including interest.

Short Sales

While the Trust does not currently intend to engage in short sales of securities, the Trust is permitted to engage in such transactions. A short sale is a transaction in which the Trust sells a security it does not own in anticipation that the market price of that security will decline. The Trust may make short sales for risk management purposes, to maintain portfolio flexibility or to seek to enhance total return.

When the Trust makes a short sale, it must borrow the security sold short and deliver it to the broker-dealer through which it made the short sale as collateral for its obligation to deliver the security upon conclusion of the sale. The Trust may have to pay a fee to borrow particular securities and is often obligated to pay over any payments received on such borrowed securities.

 

S-14


Table of Contents

The Trust’s obligation to replace the borrowed security will be secured by collateral deposited with the broker-dealer, usually cash, U.S. government securities or other liquid securities. The Trust will also be required to designate on its books and records similar collateral with its custodian to the extent, if any, necessary so that the aggregate collateral value is at all times at least equal to the current market value of the security sold short. Depending on arrangements made with the broker-dealer from which it borrowed the security regarding payment over of any payments received by the Trust on such security, the Trust may not receive any payments (including interest) on its collateral deposited with such broker-dealer.

If the price of the security sold short increases between the time of the short sale and the time the Trust replaces the borrowed security, the Trust will incur a loss; conversely, if the price declines, the Trust will realize a gain. Any gain will be decreased, and any loss increased, by the transaction costs described above. Although the Trust’s gain is limited to the price at which it sold the security short, its potential loss is theoretically unlimited. There can be no assurance that the securities necessary to cover a short position will be available for purchase. Purchasing securities to close out the short position can itself cause the price of the securities to rise further, thereby exacerbating the loss. The Trust will not make a short sale if, after giving effect to such sale, the market value of all securities sold short exceeds 15% of the value of its total assets or the Trust’s aggregate short sales of a particular class of securities of an issuer exceeds 15% of the issuer’s outstanding securities of that class. The Trust may also make short sales “against the box” without respect to such limitations. In this type of short sale, at the time of the sale, the Trust owns or has the immediate and unconditional right to acquire at no additional cost the identical security.

ADDITIONAL RISK FACTORS

Preferred Stock Risk

The Trust may invest in preferred stock. Preferred stocks are unique securities that combine some of the characteristics of both common stocks and bonds. Preferred stocks generally pay a fixed rate of return and are sold on the basis of current yield, like bonds. However, because they are equity securities, preferred stock provides equity ownership of a company, and the income is paid in the form of dividends. Preferred stocks typically have a yield advantage over common stocks as well as comparably-rated fixed income investments. Preferred stocks are typically subordinated to bonds and other debt instruments in a company’s capital structure, in terms of priority to corporate income, and therefore will be subject to greater credit risk than those debt instruments. Unlike interest payments on debt securities, preferred stock dividends are payable only if declared by the issuer’s board of directors. Preferred stocks also may be subject to optional or mandatory redemption provisions. Certain of the preferred stocks in which the Trust may invest may be convertible preferred stocks, which have risks similar to convertible securities as described below in “—Convertible Securities Risk.”

Convertible Securities Risk

The value of convertible securities is influenced by both the yield on nonconvertible securities of comparable issuers and by the value of the underlying common stock. The value of a convertible security viewed without regard to its conversion feature ( i.e. , strictly on the basis of its yield) is sometimes referred to as its “investment value.” To the extent interest rates change, the investment value of the convertible security typically will fluctuate. At the same time, however, the value of the convertible security will be influenced by its “conversion value,” which is the market value of the underlying common stock that would be obtained if the convertible security were converted. Conversion value fluctuates directly with the price of the underlying common stock. If the conversion value of a convertible security is substantially below its investment value, the price of the convertible security is governed principally by its investment value. To the extent the conversion value of a convertible security increases to a point that approximates or exceeds its investment value, the price of the convertible security will be influenced principally by its conversion value. A convertible security will sell at a premium over the conversion value to the extent investors place value on the right to acquire the underlying common stock while holding a fixed-income security. The yield and conversion premium of convertible securities issued in Japan and the Euromarket are frequently determined at levels that cause the conversion value to affect their market value more than the securities’ investment value.

 

S-15


Table of Contents

Holders of convertible securities generally have a claim on the assets of the issuer prior to the common stockholders but may be subordinated to other debt securities of the same issuer. A convertible security may be subject to redemption at the option of the issuer at a price established in a charter provision, indenture or other governing instrument pursuant to which the convertible security was issued. If a convertible security held by the Trust is called for redemption, the Trust will be required to redeem the security, convert it into the underlying common stock or sell it to a third party. Certain convertible debt securities may provide a put option to the holder, which entitles the holder to cause the security to be redeemed by the issuer at a premium over the stated principal amount of the debt security under certain circumstances.

The Trust may also invest in synthetic convertible securities. Synthetic convertible securities may include either Cash-Settled Convertibles or Manufactured Convertibles. “Cash-Settled Convertibles” are instruments that are created by the issuer and have the economic characteristics of traditional convertible securities but may not actually permit conversion into the underlying equity securities in all circumstances. As an example, a private company may issue a Cash-Settled Convertible that is convertible into common stock only if the company successfully completes a public offering of its common stock prior to maturity and otherwise pays a cash amount to reflect any equity appreciation. “Manufactured Convertibles” are created by the Advisors or another party by combining separate securities that possess one of the two principal characteristics of a convertible security, i.e. , fixed-income (“fixed-income component”) or a right to acquire equity securities (“convertibility component”). The fixed-income component is achieved by investing in nonconvertible fixed-income securities, such as nonconvertible bonds, preferred stocks and money market instruments. The convertibility component is achieved by investing in call options, warrants, or other securities with equity conversion features (“equity features”) granting the holder the right to purchase a specified quantity of the underlying stocks within a specified period of time at a specified price or, in the case of a stock index option, the right to receive a cash payment based on the value of the underlying stock index.

A Manufactured Convertible differs from traditional convertible securities in several respects. Unlike a traditional convertible security, which is a single security that has a unitary market value, a Manufactured Convertible is comprised of two or more separate securities, each with its own market value. Therefore, the total “market value” of such a Manufactured Convertible is the sum of the values of its fixed-income component and its convertibility component.

More flexibility is possible in the creation of a Manufactured Convertible than in the purchase of a traditional convertible security. Because many corporations have not issued convertible securities, the Advisors may combine a fixed-income instrument and an equity feature with respect to the stock of the issuer of the fixed-income instrument to create a synthetic convertible security otherwise unavailable in the market. The Advisors may also combine a fixed-income instrument of an issuer with an equity feature with respect to the stock of a different issuer when the Advisors believe such a Manufactured Convertible would better promote the Trust’s investment objective than alternative investments. For example, the Advisors may combine an equity feature with respect to an issuer’s stock with a fixed-income security of a different issuer in the same industry to diversify the Trust’s credit exposure, or with a U.S. Treasury instrument to create a Manufactured Convertible with a higher credit profile than a traditional convertible security issued by that issuer. A Manufactured Convertible also is a more flexible investment in that its two components may be purchased separately and, upon purchasing the separate securities, “combined” to create a Manufactured Convertible. For example, the Trust may purchase a warrant for eventual inclusion in a Manufactured Convertible while postponing the purchase of a suitable bond to pair with the warrant pending development of more favorable market conditions.

The value of a Manufactured Convertible may respond to certain market fluctuations differently from a traditional convertible security with similar characteristics. For example, in the event the Trust created a Manufactured Convertible by combining a short-term U.S. Treasury instrument and a call option on a stock, the Manufactured Convertible would be expected to outperform a traditional convertible of similar maturity that is convertible into that stock during periods when Treasury instruments outperform corporate fixed-income securities and underperform during periods when corporate fixed-income securities outperform Treasury instruments.

 

S-16


Table of Contents

Rights Risk

The failure to exercise subscription rights to purchase common stock would result in the dilution of the Trust’s interest in the issuing company. The market for such rights is not well developed, and, accordingly, the Trust may not always realize full value on the sale of rights.

Warrants Risk

If the price of the underlying stock does not rise above the exercise price before the warrant expires, the warrant generally expires without any value and the Trust loses any amount it paid for the warrant. Thus, investments in warrants may involve substantially more risk than investments in common stock. Warrants may trade in the same markets as their underlying stock; however, the price of the warrant does not necessarily move with the price of the underlying stock.

Master Limited Partnership Risk

An investment in MLP units involves some risks that differ from an investment in the common stock of a corporation. As compared to common stockholders of a corporation, holders of MLP units have more limited control and limited rights to vote on matters affecting the partnership. In addition, there are certain tax risks associated with an investment in MLP units and conflicts of interest may exist between common unit holders and the general partner, including those arising from incentive distribution payments.

Much of the benefit the Trust derives from its investment in equity securities of MLPs is a result of MLPs generally being treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Partnerships do not pay U.S. federal income tax at the partnership level. Rather, each partner of a partnership, in computing its U.S. federal income tax liability, will include its allocable share of the partnership’s income, gains, losses, deductions and expenses. A change in current tax law, or a change in the business of a given MLP, could result in an MLP being treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, which would result in such MLP being required to pay U.S. federal income tax on its taxable income. The classification of an MLP as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes would have the effect of reducing the amount of cash available for distribution by the MLP and causing any such distributions received by the Trust to be taxed as dividend income to the extent of the MLP’s current or accumulated earnings and profits. Thus, if any of the MLPs owned by the Trust were treated as corporations for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the after-tax return to the Trust and its shareholders with respect to its investment in such MLPs would be materially reduced, which could cause a decline in the value of the common stock.

To the extent that the Trust invests in the equity securities of an MLP, the Trust will be a partner in such MLP. Accordingly, the Trust will be required to include in its taxable income the Trust’s allocable share of the income, gains, losses, deductions and expenses recognized by each such MLP, regardless of whether the MLP distributes cash to the Trust. Historically, MLPs have been able to offset a significant portion of their income with tax deductions. The Trust will recognize taxable income with respect to its allocable share of an MLP’s income and gains that is not offset by the MLP’s tax deductions, losses and credits, or its net operating loss carryforwards, if any. The portion, if any, of a distribution received by the Trust from an MLP that is offset by the MLP’s tax deductions, losses or credits is essentially treated as a return of capital. However, those distributions will reduce the Trust’s adjusted tax basis in the equity securities of the MLP, which will result in an increase in the amount of gain (or decrease in the amount of loss) that will be recognized by the Trust for tax purposes upon the sale of any such equity securities or upon subsequent distributions in respect of such equity securities. The percentage of an MLP’s income and gains that is offset by tax deductions, losses and credits will fluctuate over time for various reasons. A significant slowdown in acquisition activity or capital spending by MLPs held in the Trust’s portfolio could result in a reduction of accelerated depreciation generated by new acquisitions, which may result in an increased distribution requirement for the Trust.

Because of the Trust’s investments in equity securities of MLPs, the Trust’s earnings and profits may be calculated using accounting methods that are different from those used for calculating taxable income. Because of these differences, the Trust may make distributions out of its current or accumulated earnings and profits, which will be treated as dividends, in years in which the Trust’s distributions exceed its taxable income. See “Tax Matters.”

In addition, changes in tax laws or regulations, or future interpretations of such laws or regulations, could adversely affect the Trust or the MLP investments in which the Trust invests.

 

S-17


Table of Contents

Short Sales Risk

The Trust may take short positions in securities that the Advisors believe may decline in price or in the aggregate may underperform broad market benchmarks. The Trust may also engage in derivatives transactions that provide similar short exposure. In times of unusual or adverse market, economic, regulatory or political conditions, the Trust may not be able, fully or partially, to implement a short selling strategy.

Short sales are transactions in which the Trust sells a security or other instrument (such as an option, forward, futures or other derivative contract) that it does not own. Short selling allows the Trust to profit from a decline in market price to the extent such decline exceeds the transaction costs and the costs of borrowing the securities. If a security sold short increases in price, the Trust may have to cover its short position at a higher price than the short sale price, resulting in a loss. The Trust may have substantial short positions and must borrow those securities to make delivery to the buyer. The Trust may not be able to borrow a security that it needs to deliver or it may not be able to close out a short position at an acceptable price and may have to sell related long positions before it had intended to do so. Thus, the Trust may not be able to successfully implement its short sale strategy due to limited availability of desired securities or for other reasons. Also, there is the risk that the counterparty to a short sale may fail to honor its contractual terms, causing a loss to the Trust.

Because losses on short sales arise from increases in the value of the security sold short, such losses are theoretically unlimited. By contrast, a loss on a long position arises from decreases in the value of the security and is limited by the fact that a security’s value cannot go below zero. The use of short sales in combination with long positions in the Trust’s portfolio in an attempt to improve performance or reduce overall portfolio risk may not be successful and may result in greater losses or lower positive returns than if the Trust held only long positions. It is possible that the Trust’s long securities positions will decline in value at the same time that the value of its short securities positions increase, thereby increasing potential losses to the Trust. In addition, the Trust’s short selling strategies will limit its ability to fully benefit from increases in the securities markets.

By investing the proceeds received from selling securities short, the Trust could be deemed to be employing a form of leverage, which creates special risks. The use of leverage may increase the Trust’s exposure to long securities positions and make any change in the Trust’s NAV greater than it would be without the use of leverage. This could result in increased volatility of returns. There is no guarantee that any leveraging strategy the Trust employs will be successful during any period in which it is employed.

Regulatory authorities in the United States or other countries may adopt bans on short sales of certain securities, either generally, or with respect to certain industries or countries, in response to market events. Restrictions and/or bans on short selling may make it impossible for the Trust to execute certain investment strategies.

Repurchase Agreements Risk

Subject to its investment objective and policies, the Trust may invest in repurchase agreements for investment purposes. Repurchase agreements typically involve the acquisition by the Trust of debt securities from a selling financial institution such as a bank, savings and loan association or broker-dealer. The agreement provides that the Trust will sell the securities back to the institution at a fixed time in the future. The Trust does not bear the risk of a decline in the value of the underlying security unless the seller defaults under its repurchase obligation. In the event of the bankruptcy or other default of a seller of a repurchase agreement, the Trust could experience both delays in liquidating the underlying securities and losses, including possible decline in the value of the underlying security during the period in which the Trust seeks to enforce its rights thereto; possible lack of access to income on the underlying security during this period; and expenses of enforcing its rights. While repurchase agreements involve certain risks not associated with direct investments in debt securities, the Trust follows procedures approved by the Trust’s Board that are designed to minimize such risks. In addition, the value of the collateral underlying the repurchase agreement will be at least equal to the repurchase price, including any accrued interest earned on the repurchase agreement. In the event of a default or bankruptcy by a selling financial institution, the Trust generally will seek to liquidate such collateral. However, the exercise of the Trust’s right to liquidate such collateral could involve certain costs or delays and, to the extent that proceeds from any sale upon a default of the obligation to repurchase were less than the repurchase price, the Trust could suffer a loss.

 

S-18


Table of Contents

When-Issued and Delayed-Delivery Transactions Risk

The Trust may purchase fixed income securities on a when-issued basis, and may purchase or sell those securities for delayed delivery. When-issued and delayed-delivery transactions occur when securities are purchased or sold by the Trust with payment and delivery taking place in the future to secure an advantageous yield or price. Securities purchased on a when-issued or delayed-delivery basis may expose the Trust to counterparty risk of default, as well as the risk that securities may experience fluctuations in value prior to their actual delivery. The Trust will not accrue income with respect to a when-issued or delayed-delivery security prior to its stated delivery date. Purchasing securities on a when-issued or delayed-delivery basis can involve the additional risk that the price or yield available in the market when the delivery takes place may not be as favorable as that obtained in the transaction itself.

Risk Factors in Strategic Transactions and Derivatives

The Trust’s use of derivative instruments involves risks different from, and possibly greater than, the risks associated with investing directly in securities and other traditional investments. Derivatives are subject to a number of risks such as credit risk, leverage risk, illiquidity risk, correlation risk and index risk as described below:

 

   

Credit Risk —the risk that the counterparty in a derivative transaction will be unable to honor its financial obligation to the Trust, or the risk that the reference entity in a derivative will not be able to honor its financial obligations. In particular, derivatives traded in OTC markets often are not guaranteed by an exchange or clearing corporation and often do not require payment of margin, and to the extent that the Trust has unrealized gains in such instruments or has deposited collateral with its counterparties the Trust is at risk that its counterparties will become bankrupt or otherwise fail to honor their obligations.

 

   

Currency Risk —the risk that changes in the exchange rate between two currencies will adversely affect the value (in U.S. dollar terms) of an investment.

 

   

Leverage Risk— the risk associated with certain types of investments or trading strategies (such as, for example, borrowing money to increase the amount of investments) that relatively small market movements may result in large changes in the value of an investment. Certain transactions in derivatives (such as futures transactions or sales of put options) involve substantial leverage risk and may expose the Trust to potential losses that exceed the amount originally invested by the Trust. When the Trust engages in such a transaction, the Trust will deposit in a segregated account, or earmark on its books and records, liquid assets with a value at least equal to the Trust’s exposure, on a mark-to-market basis, to the transaction (as calculated pursuant to requirements of the SEC). Such segregation or earmarking will ensure that the Trust has assets available to satisfy its obligations with respect to the transaction, but will not limit the Trust’s exposure to loss.

 

   

Illiquidity Risk— the risk that certain securities may be difficult or impossible to sell at the time that the Trust would like or at the price that the Trust as seller believes the security is currently worth. There can be no assurance that, at any specific time, either a liquid secondary market will exist for a derivative or the Trust will otherwise be able to sell such instrument at an acceptable price. It may, therefore, not be possible to close a position in a derivative without incurring substantial losses, if at all. The absence of liquidity may also make it more difficult for the Trust to ascertain a market value for such instruments. Although both OTC and exchange-traded derivatives markets may experience a lack of liquidity, certain derivatives traded in OTC markets, including swaps and OTC options, involve substantial illiquidity risk. The illiquidity of the derivatives markets may be due to various factors, including congestion, disorderly markets, limitations on deliverable supplies, the participation of speculators, government regulation and intervention, and technical and operational or system failures. In addition, the liquidity of a secondary market in an exchange-traded derivative contract may be adversely affected by “daily price fluctuation limits” established by the exchanges which limit the amount of fluctuation in an exchange-traded contract price during a single trading day. Once the daily limit has been reached in the contract, no trades may be entered into at a price beyond the limit, thus preventing the liquidation of open positions. Prices have in the past moved beyond the daily limit on a number of consecutive trading days. If it is not possible to close an open derivative position entered into by the Trust, the Trust would continue to be required to make daily

 

S-19


Table of Contents

cash payments of variation margin in the event of adverse price movements. In such a situation, if the Trust has insufficient cash, it may have to sell portfolio securities to meet daily variation margin requirements at a time when it may be disadvantageous to do so.

 

   

Correlation Risk —the risk that changes in the value of a derivative will not match the changes in the value of the portfolio holdings that are being hedged or of the particular market or security to which the Trust seeks exposure through the use of the derivative. There are a number of factors which may prevent a derivative instrument from achieving the desired correlation (or inverse correlation) with an underlying asset, rate or index, such as the impact of fees, expenses and transaction costs, the timing of pricing, and disruptions or illiquidity in the markets for such derivative instrument.

 

   

Index Risk —if the derivative is linked to the performance of an index, it will be subject to the risks associated with changes in that index. If the index changes, the Trust could receive lower interest payments or experience a reduction in the value of the derivative to below the price that the Trust paid for such derivative.

 

   

Volatility Risk —the risk that the Trust’s use of derivatives may reduce income or gain and/or increase volatility. Volatility is defined as the characteristic of a security, an index or a market to fluctuate significantly in price over a defined time period. The Trust could suffer losses related to its derivative positions as a result of unanticipated market movements, which losses are potentially unlimited.

When a derivative is used as a hedge against a position that the Trust holds, any loss generated by the derivative generally should be substantially offset by gains on the hedged investment, and vice versa. While hedging can reduce or eliminate losses, it can also reduce or eliminate gains. Hedges are sometimes subject to imperfect matching between the derivative and the underlying security, and there can be no assurance that the Trust’s hedging transactions will be effective. The Trust could also suffer losses related to its derivative positions as a result of unanticipated market movements, which losses are potentially unlimited. The Advisors may not be able to predict correctly the direction of securities prices, interest rates and other economic factors, which could cause the Trust’s derivatives positions to lose value. In addition, some derivatives are more sensitive to interest rate changes and market price fluctuations than other securities. The possible lack of a liquid secondary market for derivatives and the resulting inability of the Trust to sell or otherwise close a derivatives position could expose the Trust to losses and could make derivatives more difficult for the Trust to value accurately.

When engaging in a hedging transaction, the Trust may determine not to seek to establish a perfect correlation between the hedging instruments utilized and the portfolio holdings being hedged. Such an imperfect correlation may prevent the Trust from achieving the intended hedge or expose the Trust to a risk of loss. The Trust may also determine not to hedge against a particular risk because it does not regard the probability of the risk occurring to be sufficiently high as to justify the cost of the hedge or because it does do not foresee the occurrence of the risk. It may not be possible for the Trust to hedge against a change or event at attractive prices or at a price sufficient to protect the assets of the Trust from the decline in value of the portfolio positions anticipated as a result of such change. The Trust may also be restricted in its ability to effectively manage the portion of its assets that are segregated or earmarked to cover its obligations. In addition, it may not be possible to hedge at all against certain risks.

If the Trust invests in a derivative instrument it could lose more than the principal amount invested. Moreover, derivatives raise certain tax, legal, regulatory and accounting issues that may not be presented by investments in securities, and there is some risk that certain issues could be resolved in a manner that could adversely impact the performance of the Trust.

The Trust is not required to use derivatives or other portfolio strategies to seek to increase return or to seek to hedge its portfolio and may choose not to do so. Also, suitable derivative transactions may not be available in all circumstances and there can be no assurance that the Trust will engage in these transactions to reduce exposure to other risks when that would be beneficial. Although the Advisors seek to use derivatives to further the Trust’s investment objective, there is no assurance that the use of derivatives will achieve this result.

 

S-20


Table of Contents

Options Risk. There are several risks associated with transactions in options on securities and indexes. For example, there are significant differences between the securities and options markets that could result in an imperfect correlation between these markets, causing a given transaction not to achieve its objectives. In addition, a liquid secondary market for particular options, whether traded OTC or on a recognized securities exchange (e.g., NYSE), separate trading boards of a securities exchange or through a market system that provides contemporaneous transaction pricing information (an “Exchange”) may be absent for reasons which include the following: there may be insufficient trading interest in certain options; restrictions may be imposed by an Exchange on opening transactions or closing transactions or both; trading halts, suspensions or other restrictions may be imposed with respect to particular classes or series of options or underlying securities; unusual or unforeseen circumstances may interrupt normal operations on an Exchange; the facilities of an Exchange or the OCC may not at all times be adequate to handle current trading volume; or one or more Exchanges could, for economic or other reasons, decide or be compelled at some future date to discontinue the trading of options (or a particular class or series of options), in which event the secondary market on that Exchange (or in that class or series of options) would cease to exist, although outstanding options that had been issued by the OCC as a result of trades on that Exchange would continue to be exercisable in accordance with their terms.

Futures Transactions and Options Risk. The primary risks associated with the use of futures contracts and options are (a) the imperfect correlation between the change in market value of the instruments held by the Trust and the price of the futures contract or option; (b) possible lack of a liquid secondary market for a futures contract and the resulting inability to close a futures contract when desired; (c) losses caused by unanticipated market movements, which are potentially unlimited; (d) the Advisors’ inability to predict correctly the direction of securities prices, interest rates, currency exchange rates and other economic factors; and (e) the possibility that the counterparty will default in the performance of its obligations.

Investment in futures contracts involves the risk of imperfect correlation between movements in the price of the futures contract and the price of the security being hedged. The hedge will not be fully effective when there is imperfect correlation between the movements in the prices of two financial instruments. For example, if the price of the futures contract moves more or less than the price of the hedged security, the Trust will experience either a loss or gain on the futures contract which is not completely offset by movements in the price of the hedged securities. To compensate for imperfect correlations, the Trust may purchase or sell futures contracts in a greater dollar amount than the hedged securities if the volatility of the hedged securities is historically greater than the volatility of the futures contracts. Conversely, the Trust may purchase or sell fewer futures contracts if the volatility of the price of the hedged securities is historically lower than that of the futures contracts.

The particular securities comprising the index underlying a securities index financial futures contract may vary from the securities held by the Trust. As a result, the Trust’s ability to hedge effectively all or a portion of the value of its securities through the use of such financial futures contracts will depend in part on the degree to which price movements in the index underlying the financial futures contract correlate with the price movements of the securities held by the Trust. The correlation may be affected by disparities in the average maturity, ratings, geographical mix or structure of the Trust’s investments as compared to those comprising the securities index and general economic or political factors. In addition, the correlation between movements in the value of the securities index may be subject to change over time as additions to and deletions from the securities index alter its structure. The correlation between futures contracts on U.S. Government securities and the securities held by the Trust may be adversely affected by similar factors and the risk of imperfect correlation between movements in the prices of such futures contracts and the prices of securities held by the Trust may be greater. The trading of futures contracts also is subject to certain market risks, such as inadequate trading activity, which could at times make it difficult or impossible to liquidate existing positions.

The Trust may liquidate futures contracts it enters into through offsetting transactions on the applicable contract market. There can be no assurance, however, that a liquid secondary market will exist for any particular futures contract at any specific time. Thus, it may not be possible to close out a futures position. In the event of adverse price movements, the Trust would continue to be required to make daily cash payments of variation margin. In such situations, if the Trust has insufficient cash, it may be required to sell portfolio securities to meet daily variation margin requirements at a time when it may be disadvantageous to do so. The inability to close out futures positions also could have an adverse impact on the Trust’s ability to hedge effectively its investments in securities. The liquidity of a secondary market in a futures contract may be adversely affected by “daily price fluctuation

 

S-21


Table of Contents

limits” established by commodity exchanges which limit the amount of fluctuation in a futures contract price during a single trading day. Once the daily limit has been reached in the contract, no trades may be entered into at a price beyond the limit, thus preventing the liquidation of open futures positions. Prices have in the past moved beyond the daily limit on a number of consecutive trading days.

The successful use of transactions in futures and related options also depends on the ability of the Advisors to forecast correctly the direction and extent of interest rate movements within a given time frame. To the extent interest rates remain stable during the period in which a futures contract or option is held by the Trust or such rates move in a direction opposite to that anticipated, the Trust may realize a loss on the Strategic Transaction which is not fully or partially offset by an increase in the value of portfolio securities. As a result, the Trust’s total return for such period may be less than if it had not engaged in the Strategic Transaction.

Because of low initial margin deposits made upon the opening of a futures position, futures transactions involve substantial leverage. As a result, relatively small movements in the price of the futures contracts can result in substantial unrealized gains or losses. There is also the risk of loss by the Trust of margin deposits in the event of bankruptcy of a broker with which the Trust has an open position in a financial futures contract. Because the Trust will engage in the purchase and sale of futures contracts for hedging purposes or to seek to enhance the Trust’s return, any losses incurred in connection therewith may, if the strategy is successful, be offset in whole or in part by increases in the value of securities held by the Trust or decreases in the price of securities the Trust intends to acquire.

The amount of risk the Trust assumes when it purchases an option on a futures contract is the premium paid for the option plus related transaction costs. In addition to the correlation risks discussed above, the purchase of an option on a futures contract also entails the risk that changes in the value of the underlying futures contract will not be fully reflected in the value of the option purchased.

General Risk Factors in Hedging Foreign Currency . Hedging transactions involving Currency Instruments involve substantial risks, including correlation risk. While the Trust’s use of Currency Instruments to effect hedging strategies is intended to reduce the volatility of the NAV of the Trust’s common shares, the NAV of the Trust’s common shares will fluctuate. Moreover, although Currency Instruments may be used with the intention of hedging against adverse currency movements, transactions in Currency Instruments involve the risk that anticipated currency movements will not be accurately predicted and that the Trust’s hedging strategies will be ineffective. To the extent that the Trust hedges against anticipated currency movements that do not occur, the Trust may realize losses and decrease its total return as the result of its hedging transactions. Furthermore, the Trust will only engage in hedging activities from time to time and may not be engaging in hedging activities when movements in currency exchange rates occur.

It may not be possible for the Trust to hedge against currency exchange rate movements, even if correctly anticipated, in the event that (i) the currency exchange rate movement is so generally anticipated that the Trust is not able to enter into a hedging transaction at an effective price, or (ii) the currency exchange rate movement relates to a market with respect to which Currency Instruments are not available and it is not possible to engage in effective foreign currency hedging. The cost to the Trust of engaging in foreign currency transactions varies with such factors as the currencies involved, the length of the contract period and the market conditions then prevailing. Since transactions in foreign currency exchange usually are conducted on a principal basis, no fees or commissions are involved.

Foreign Currency Forwards Risk . Forward foreign currency exchange contracts do not eliminate fluctuations in the value of Non-U.S. Securities (as defined in the prospectus) but rather allow the Trust to establish a fixed rate of exchange for a future point in time. This strategy can have the effect of reducing returns and minimizing opportunities for gain.

In connection with its trading in forward foreign currency contracts, the Trust will contract with a foreign or domestic bank, or foreign or domestic securities dealer, to make or take future delivery of a specified amount of a particular currency. There are no limitations on daily price moves in such forward contracts, and banks and dealers are not required to continue to make markets in such contracts. There have been periods during which certain banks or dealers have refused to quote prices for such forward contracts or have quoted prices with an unusually wide

 

S-22


Table of Contents

spread between the price at which the bank or dealer is prepared to buy and that at which it is prepared to sell. Governmental imposition of credit controls might limit any such forward contract trading. With respect to its trading of forward contracts, if any, the Trust will be subject to the risk of bank or dealer failure and the inability of, or refusal by, a bank or dealer to perform with respect to such contracts. Any such default would deprive the Trust of any profit potential or force the Trust to cover its commitments for resale, if any, at the then market price and could result in a loss to the Trust.

The Trust may also engage in proxy hedging transactions to reduce the effect of currency fluctuations on the value of existing or anticipated holdings of portfolio securities. Proxy hedging is often used when the currency to which the Trust is exposed is difficult to hedge or to hedge against the dollar. Proxy hedging entails entering into a forward contract to sell a currency whose changes in value are generally considered to be linked to a currency or currencies in which some or all of the Trust’s securities are, or are expected to be, denominated, and to buy U.S. dollars. Proxy hedging involves some of the same risks and considerations as other transactions with similar instruments. Currency transactions can result in losses to the Trust if the currency being hedged fluctuates in value to a degree or in a direction that is not anticipated. In addition, there is the risk that the perceived linkage between various currencies may not be present or may not be present during the particular time that the Trust is engaging in proxy hedging. The Trust may also cross-hedge currencies by entering into forward contracts to sell one or more currencies that are expected to decline in value relative to other currencies to which the Trust has or in which the Trust expects to have portfolio exposure. For example, the Trust may hold both Canadian government bonds and Japanese government bonds, and the Advisors may believe that Canadian dollars will deteriorate against Japanese yen. The Trust would sell Canadian dollars to reduce its exposure to that currency and buy Japanese yen. This strategy would be a hedge against a decline in the value of Canadian dollars, although it would expose the Trust to declines in the value of the Japanese yen relative to the U.S. dollar.

Some of the forward non-U.S. currency contracts entered into by the Trust may be classified as non-deliverable forwards (“NDFs”). NDFs are cash-settled, short-term forward contracts that may be thinly traded or are denominated in non-convertible foreign currency, where the profit or loss at the time at the settlement date is calculated by taking the difference between the agreed upon exchange rate and the spot rate at the time of settlement, for an agreed upon notional amount of funds. All NDFs have a fixing date and a settlement date. The fixing date is the date at which the difference between the prevailing market exchange rate and the agreed upon exchange rate is calculated. The settlement date is the date by which the payment of the difference is due to the party receiving payment. NDFs are commonly quoted for time periods of one month up to two years, and are normally quoted and settled in U.S. dollars. They are often used to gain exposure to and/or hedge exposure to foreign currencies that are not internationally traded.

Currency Futures Risk. The Trust may also seek to hedge against the decline in the value of a currency or to enhance returns through use of currency futures or options thereon. Currency futures are similar to forward foreign exchange transactions except that futures are standardized, exchange-traded contracts while forward foreign exchange transactions are traded in the OTC market. Currency futures involve substantial currency risk, and also involve leverage risk.

Currency Options Risk. The Trust may also seek to hedge against the decline in the value of a currency or to enhance returns through the use of currency options. Currency options are similar to options on securities. For example, in consideration for an option premium the writer of a currency option is obligated to sell (in the case of a call option) or purchase (in the case of a put option) a specified amount of a specified currency on or before the expiration date for a specified amount of another currency. The Trust may engage in transactions in options on currencies either on exchanges or OTC markets. Currency options involve substantial currency risk, and may also involve credit, leverage or illiquidity risk.

Currency Swaps Risk. The Trust may enter into currency swaps, which are transactions in which one currency is simultaneously bought for a second currency on a spot basis and sold for the second currency on a forward basis. Currency swaps involve the exchange of the rights of the Trust and another party to make or receive payments in specified currencies. Currency swaps usually involve the delivery of the entire principal value of one designated currency in exchange for the other designated currency. Because currency swaps usually involve the delivery of the entire principal value of one designated currency in exchange for the other designated currency, the entire principal value of a currency swap is subject to the risk that the other party to the swap will default on its contractual delivery obligations.

 

S-23


Table of Contents

Over-the-Counter Trading Risk. The derivative instruments that may be purchased or sold by the Trust may include instruments not traded on an exchange. The risk of nonperformance by the counterparty to an instrument may be greater than, and the ease with which the Trust can dispose of or enter into closing transactions with respect to an instrument may be less than, the risk associated with an exchange traded instrument. In addition, significant disparities may exist between “bid” and “asked” prices for derivative instruments that are not traded on an exchange. The absence of liquidity may make it difficult or impossible for the Trust to sell such instruments promptly at an acceptable price. Derivative instruments not traded on exchanges also are not subject to the same type of government regulation as exchange traded instruments, and many of the protections afforded to participants in a regulated environment may not be available in connection with the transactions. Because derivatives traded in OTC markets generally are not guaranteed by an exchange or clearing corporation and generally do not require payment of margin, to the extent that the Trust has unrealized gains in such instruments or has deposited collateral with its counterparties the Trust is at risk that its counterparties will become bankrupt or otherwise fail to honor its obligations.

Dodd-Frank Act Risk. Title VII of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) (the “Derivatives Title”) imposed a substantially new regulatory structure on derivatives markets, with particular emphasis on swaps and security-based swaps. This new regulatory framework covers a broad range of swap market participants, including banks, non-banks, credit unions, insurance companies, broker-dealers and investment advisers. Although the CFTC and the prudential regulators have adopted and implemented substantially all of the required regulations, the SEC has not yet implemented regulations governing security-based swaps. In October 2018, the SEC re-opened comments on its capital and margin requirements. Upon finalization of those rules together with the recordkeeping rules applicable in connection with security-based swaps and a compliance period (which has yet to be determined), the SEC requirements are expected to go into effect. As currently proposed, the SEC’s margin requirements for security-based swaps are substantially different from those applicable to swaps and margining requirements applicable to banks acting as counterparties for security-based swaps. These differences could result in additional costs to counterparties such as the Trust or constrict the size of the security-based swaps market. Current regulations for swaps require the mandatory central clearing and mandatory exchange trading of particular types of interest rate swaps and index credit default swaps (together, “Covered Swaps”). The Trust is required to clear its Covered Swaps through a clearing broker, which requires, among other things, posting initial margin and variation margin to the Trust’s clearing broker in order to enter into and maintain positions in Covered Swaps. Covered Swaps generally are required to be executed through a swap execution facility (“SEF”), which can involve additional transaction fees.

Additionally, under the Dodd-Frank Act, certain derivatives are subject to margin requirements and swap dealers are required to collect margin from the Trust with respect to such derivatives. Specifically, regulations are now in effect that require swap dealers to post and collect variation margin (comprised of specified liquid instruments and subject to a required haircut) in connection with trading of OTC swaps with the Trust. Shares of investment companies (other than certain money market funds) may not be posted as collateral under these regulations. Requirements for posting of initial margin in connection with OTC swaps will be phased-in through 2020. The CFTC has not yet adopted capital requirements for swap dealers. As uncleared capital requirements for swap dealers and uncleared capital and margin requirements for security-based swaps have been and continue to be finalized and implemented, such requirements may make certain types of trades and/or trading strategies more costly or impermissible. There may be market dislocations due to uncertainty during the implementation period of any new regulation and the Advisors cannot know how the derivatives market will adjust to new regulations.

Legal and Regulatory Risk . At any time after the date hereof, legislation or additional regulations may be enacted that could negatively affect the assets of the Trust. Changing approaches to regulation may have a negative impact on the securities in which the Trust invests. Legislation or regulation may also change the way in which the Trust itself is regulated. There can be no assurance that future legislation, regulation or deregulation will not have a material adverse effect on the Trust or will not impair the ability of the Trust to achieve its investment objective. In addition, as new rules and regulations resulting from the passage of the Dodd-Frank Act are implemented and new international capital and liquidity requirements are introduced under the Basel III Accords, the market may not react the way the Advisors expect. Whether the Trust achieves its investment objective may depend on, among other things, whether the Advisors correctly forecast market reactions to this and other legislation. In the event the Advisors incorrectly forecast market reaction, the Trust may not achieve its investment objective.

 

S-24


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT OF THE TRUST

Investment Management Agreement

Although the Advisor intends to devote such time and effort to the business of the Trust as is reasonably necessary to perform its duties to the Trust, the services of the Advisor are not exclusive and the Advisor provides similar services to other investment companies and other clients and may engage in other activities.

The investment management agreement between the Advisor and the Trust (the “Investment Management Agreement”) also provides that in the absence of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of its obligations thereunder, the Advisor is not liable to the Trust or any of the Trust’s shareholders for any act or omission by the Advisor in the supervision or management of its respective investment activities or for any loss sustained by the Trust or the Trust’s shareholders and provides for indemnification by the Trust of the Advisor, its directors, officers, employees, agents and control persons for liabilities incurred by them in connection with their services to the Trust, subject to certain limitations and conditions.

The Investment Management Agreement provides for the Trust to pay a management fee at an annual rate equal to 1.00% of the average daily value of the net assets of the Trust.

The Trust and the Advisor have entered into a fee waiver agreement (the “Fee Waiver Agreement”), pursuant to which the Advisor has contractually agreed to waive the management fee with respect to any portion of the Trust’s assets attributable to investments in any equity and fixed-income mutual funds and ETFs managed by the Advisor or its affiliates that have a contractual fee, through June 30, 2020, and may be continued from year to year thereafter, provided that such continuance is specifically approved by the Advisor and the Trust (including by a majority of the Trustees who are not “interested persons” (as defined in the Investment Company Act) (the “Independent Trustees”)). Neither the Advisor nor the Trust is obligated to extend the Fee Waiver Agreement. The Fee Waiver Agreement may be terminated at any time, without the payment of any penalty, only by the Trust (upon the vote of a majority of the Independent Trustees or a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Trust), upon 90 days’ written notice by the Trust to the Advisor.

The Advisor voluntarily agreed to waive a portion of the management fee in the amount of 0.025% of the Trust’s average daily net assets. In addition, the Advisor voluntarily agreed to waive its management fees by the amount of investment advisory fees the Trust pays to the Advisor indirectly through its investment in affiliated money market funds.

The Investment Management Agreement was approved by the sole common shareholder of the Trust as of October 24, 2011. The Investment Management Agreement will continue in effect from year to year, provided that each continuance is specifically approved at least annually by both (1) the vote of a majority of the Board or the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Trust (as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act) and (2) by the vote of a majority of the Trustees who are not parties to the Investment Management Agreement or “interested persons” (as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act) of any such party, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval. The Investment Management Agreement may be terminated as a whole at any time by the Trust, without the payment of any penalty, upon the vote of a majority of the Board or a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Trust or by the Advisor, on 60 days’ written notice by either party to the other which can be waived by the non-terminating party. The Investment Management Agreement will terminate automatically in the event of its “assignment” (as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act and the rules thereunder).

A discussion regarding the basis for the approval of the Investment Management Agreement by the Board is available in the Trust’s Semi-Annual Report to shareholders for the period ended June 30, [2018].

 

S-25


Table of Contents

The table below sets forth information about the total management fees paid by the Trust to the Advisor, and the amounts waived by the Advisor, for the periods indicated:

 

Fiscal Year Ended December 31,

   Paid to the Advisor      Waived by the Advisor  

2018

   $ [            $ [        

2017

   $ [            $ [        

2016

   $ [            $ [        

Sub-Investment Advisory Agreement

Pursuant to a separate sub-investment advisory agreement (the “Sub-Investment Advisory Agreement”), the Advisor has appointed BlackRock International Limited, an affiliate of the Advisor, to perform certain of the day-to-day investment management of the Trust.

BlackRock Advisors, and not the Trust, pays an annual sub-advisory fee to the Sub-Advisor equal to a percentage of the management fee received by BlackRock Advisors from the Trust with respect to the average daily value of the Trust’s Managed Assets allocated to the Sub-Advisor.

The Sub-Investment Advisory Agreement also provides that, in the absence of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of its obligations thereunder, the Trust will indemnify the Sub-Advisor and its respective directors, officers, employees, agents, associates and control persons for liabilities incurred by them in connection with their services to the Trust, subject to certain limitations.

Although the Sub-Advisor intends to devote such time and effort to the business of the Trust as is reasonably necessary to perform its duties to the Trust, the services of the Sub-Advisor are not exclusive and the Sub-Advisor provides similar services to other investment companies and other clients and may engage in other activities.

The Sub-Investment Advisory Agreement was approved by the sole common shareholder of the Trust as of October 24, 2011. The Sub-Investment Advisory Agreement will continue in effect from year to year, provided that each continuance is specifically approved at least annually by both (1) the vote of a majority of the Board or the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Trust (as defined in the Investment Company Act) and (2) by the vote of a majority of the trustees who are not parties to such agreement or interested persons (as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act) of any such party, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval. The sub-investment advisory agreement may be terminated as a whole at any time by the Trust without the payment of any penalty, upon the vote of a majority of the Board or a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Trust, or by the Advisor or the Sub-Advisor, on 60 days’ written notice by either party to the other. The Sub-Investment Advisory Agreement will also terminate automatically in the event of its assignment (as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act and the rules thereunder).

A discussion regarding the basis for the approval of the Sub-Investment Advisory Agreement by the Board is available in the Trust’s Semi-Annual Report to shareholders for the period ended June 30, [2018].

Biographical Information Pertaining to the Trustees

The Board consists of eleven individuals (each, a “Trustee”), nine of whom are Independent Trustees. The registered investment companies advised by the Advisor or its affiliates (the “BlackRock-advised Funds”) are organized into one complex of closed-end funds and open-end non-index fixed-income funds (the “BlackRock Fixed-Income Complex”), one complex of open-end equity, multi-asset, index and money market funds (the “BlackRock Multi-Asset Complex”) and one complex of exchange-traded funds (each, a “BlackRock Fund Complex”). The Trust is included in the BlackRock Fund Complex referred to as the BlackRock Fixed-Income Complex. The Trustees also oversee as board members the operations of the other open-end and closed-end registered investment companies included in the BlackRock Fixed-Income Complex.

 

S-26


Table of Contents

Certain biographical and other information relating to the Trustees of the Trust is set forth below, including their year of birth, their principal occupation for at least the last five years, the length of time served, the total number of BlackRock-advised Funds overseen and any public directorships or trusteeships.

 

S-27


Table of Contents

Name and

Year of Birth 1,2

  

Position(s)

Held

(Length of

Service) 3

  

Principal Occupation(s)

During Past Five Years

  

Number of

BlackRock-

Advised

Registered

Investment

Companies

(“RICs”)

Consisting of

Investment

Portfolios

(“Portfolios”)

Overseen

   Public
Company
and Other
Investment
Company
Directorships
Held During
Past  Five
Years
Independent Trustees          

Richard E. Cavanagh

1946

  

Co-Chair of the Board (Since 2019) and Trustee

(Since 2011)

   Director, The Guardian Life Insurance Company of America since 1998; Board Chair, Volunteers of America (a not-for-profit organization) from 2015 to 2018 (board member since 2009); Director, Arch Chemicals (chemical and allied products) from 1999 to 2011; Trustee, Educational Testing Service from 1997 to 2009 and Chairman thereof from 2005 to 2009; Senior Advisor, The Fremont Group since 2008 and Director thereof since 1996; Faculty Member/Adjunct Lecturer, Harvard University since 2007 and Executive Dean from 1987 to 1995; President and Chief Executive Officer, The Conference Board, Inc. (global business research organization) from 1995 to 2007.    [                    ] RICs consisting of [                    ] Portfolios    None

Karen P. Robards

1950

  

Co-Chair of the Board (Since 2019) and Trustee

(Since 2011)

   Principal of Robards & Company, LLC (consulting and private investing) since 1987; Co-founder and Director of the Cooke Center for Learning and Development (a not-for-profit organization) since 1987; Director of Enable Injections, LLC (medical devices) since 2019; Investment Banker at Morgan Stanley from 1976 to 1987.    [                    ] RICs consisting of [                    ] Portfolios    Greenhill &
Co., Inc.;
AtriCure,
Inc.
(medical
devices)
from 2000
until 2017

Michael J. Castellano

1946

  

Trustee

(Since 2011)

   Chief Financial Officer of Lazard Group LLC from 2001 to 2011; Chief Financial Officer of Lazard Ltd from 2004 to 2011; Director, Support Our Aging Religious (non-profit) from 2009 to June 2015 and since 2017; Director, National Advisory Board of Church Management at Villanova University since 2010; Trustee, Domestic Church Media Foundation since 2012; Director, CircleBlack Inc. (financial technology company) since 2015.    [                    ] RICs consisting of [                    ] Portfolios    None

 

S-28


Table of Contents

Name and

Year of Birth 1,2

  

Position(s)

Held

(Length of

Service) 3

  

Principal Occupation(s)

During Past Five Years

  

Number of

BlackRock-

Advised

Registered

Investment

Companies

(“RICs”)

Consisting of

Investment

Portfolios

(“Portfolios”)

Overseen

   Public
Company
and Other
Investment
Company
Directorships
Held During
Past  Five
Years

Cynthia L. Egan

1955

  

Trustee

(Since 2016)

   Advisor, U.S. Department of the Treasury from 2014 to 2015; President, Retirement Plan Services, for T. Rowe Price Group, Inc. from 2007 to 2012; executive positions within Fidelity Investments from 1989 to 2007.    [                    ] RICs consisting of [                    ] Portfolios    Unum (insurance);
The Hanover
Insurance Group
(insurance);
Envestnet
(investment
platform) from
2013 until 2016

Frank J. Fabozzi 4

1948

  

Trustee

(Since 2011)

   Editor of The Journal of Portfolio Management since 1986; Professor of Finance, EDHEC Business School (France) since 2011; Visiting Professor, Princeton University for the 2013 to 2014 academic year and Spring 2017 semester; Professor in the Practice of Finance, Yale University School of Management from 1994 to 2011 and currently a Teaching Fellow in Yale’s Executive Programs; Board Member, BlackRock Equity-Liquidity Funds from 2014 to 2016; affiliated professor Karlsruhe Institute of Technology from 2008 to 2011.    [                    ] RICs consisting of [                    ] Portfolios    None

Henry Gabbay

1947

  

Trustee

(Since 2019)

   Board Member, BlackRock Equity-Bond Board from 2007 to 2018; Board Member, BlackRock Equity-Liquidity and BlackRock Closed-End Fund Boards from 2007 through 2014; Consultant, BlackRock, Inc. from 2007 to 2008; Managing Director, BlackRock, Inc. from 1989 to 2007; Chief Administrative Officer, BlackRock Advisors, LLC from 1998 to 2007; President of BlackRock Funds and BlackRock Allocation Target Shares (formerly, BlackRock Bond Allocation Target Shares) from 2005 to 2007 and Treasurer of certain closed-end funds in the BlackRock fund complex from 1989 to 2006.    [                    ] RICs consisting of [                    ] Portfolios    None

 

S-29


Table of Contents

Name and

Year of Birth 1,2

  

Position(s)

Held

(Length of

Service) 3

  

Principal Occupation(s)

During Past Five Years

  

Number of

BlackRock-

Advised

Registered

Investment

Companies

(“RICs”)

Consisting of

Investment

Portfolios

(“Portfolios”)

Overseen

   Public
Company
and Other
Investment
Company
Directorships
Held During
Past  Five
Years

R. Glenn Hubbard

1958

  

Trustee

(Since 2011)

   Dean, Columbia Business School since 2004; Faculty member, Columbia Business School since 1988.    [                    ] RICs consisting of [                    ] Portfolios    ADP (data and
information
services);
Metropolitan
Life Insurance
Company
(insurance);
KKR Financial
Corporation
(finance) from
2004 until
2014

W. Carl Kester 4

1951

  

Trustee

(Since 2011)

   George Fisher Baker Jr. Professor of Business Administration, Harvard Business School since 2008; Deputy Dean for Academic Affairs from 2006 to 2010; Chairman of the Finance Unit, from 2005 to 2006; Senior Associate Dean and Chairman of the MBA Program from 1999 to 2005; Member of the faculty of Harvard Business School since 1981.    [                    ] RICs consisting of [                    ] Portfolios    None

Catherine A. Lynch 4

1961

  

Trustee

(Since 2016)

   Chief Executive Officer, Chief Investment Officer and various other positions, National Railroad Retirement Investment Trust from 2003 to 2016; Associate Vice President for Treasury Management, The George Washington University from 1999 to 2003; Assistant Treasurer, Episcopal Church of America from 1995 to 1999.    [                    ] RICs consisting of [                    ] Portfolios    None

 

S-30


Table of Contents

Name and

Year of Birth 1,2

  

Position(s)

Held

(Length of

Service) 3

  

Principal Occupation(s)

During Past Five Years

  

Number of

BlackRock-

Advised

Registered

Investment

Companies

(“RICs”)

Consisting of

Investment

Portfolios

(“Portfolios”)

Overseen

   Public
Company
and Other
Investment
Company
Directorships
Held During
Past  Five
Years
Interested Trustees 5      

Robert Fairbairn

1965

  

Trustee

(Since 2018)

   Vice Chairman of BlackRock, Inc. since 2019; Member of BlackRock’s Global Executive and Global Operating Committees; Co-Chair of BlackRock’s Human Capital Committee; Senior Managing Director of BlackRock, Inc. from 2010 to 2019; oversaw BlackRock’s Strategic Partner Program and Strategic Product Management Group from 2012 to 2019; Member of the Board of Managers of BlackRock Investments, LLC from 2011 to 2018; Global Head of BlackRock’s Retail and iShares ® businesses from 2012 to 2016.    [                    ] RICs consisting of [                    ] Portfolios    None

John M. Perlowski 4

1964

  

Trustee (Since 2015) and President and Chief Executive Officer

(Since [                    ])

   Managing Director of BlackRock, Inc. since 2009; Head of BlackRock Global Accounting and Product Services since 2009; Advisory Director of Family Resource Network (charitable foundation) since 2009.    [                    ] RICs consisting of [                    ] Portfolios    None

 

1  

The address of each Trustee is c/o BlackRock, Inc., 55 East 52nd Street, New York, New York 10055.

2  

Each Independent Trustee holds office until his or her successor is duly elected and qualifies or until his or her earlier death, resignation, retirement or removal as provided by the Trust’s bylaws or charter or statute, or until December 31 of the year in which he or she turns 75. Trustees who are “interested persons,” as defined in the Investment Company Act, serve until their successor is duly elected and qualifies or until their earlier death, resignation, retirement or removal as provided by the Trust’s bylaws or statute, or until December 31 of the year in which they turn 72. The Board may determine to extend the terms of Independent Trustees on a case-by-case basis, as appropriate.

3  

Following the combination of Merrill Lynch Investment Managers, L.P. (“MLIM”) and BlackRock in September 2006, the various legacy MLIM and legacy BlackRock fund boards were realigned and consolidated into three new fund boards in 2007. Certain Independent Trustees first became members of the boards of other legacy MLIM or legacy BlackRock funds as follows: Richard E. Cavanagh, 1994; Frank J. Fabozzi, 1988; R. Glenn Hubbard, 2004; W. Carl Kester, 1995; and Karen P. Robards, 1998. Certain other Independent Trustees became members of the boards of the closed-end funds in the BlackRock Fixed-Income Complex as follows: Michael J. Castellano, 2011; Cynthia L. Egan, 2016; and Catherine A. Lynch, 2016.

4  

Dr. Fabozzi, Mr. Kester, Ms. Lynch and Mr. Perlowski are also trustees of the BlackRock Credit Strategies Fund.

5  

Mr. Fairbairn and Mr. Perlowski are both “interested persons,” as defined in the Investment Company Act, of the Trust based on their positions with BlackRock, Inc. and its affiliates. Mr. Fairbairn and Mr. Perlowski are also board members of the BlackRock Multi-Asset Complex.

 

S-31


Table of Contents

Experience, Qualifications and Skills of the Trustees

The Independent Trustees have adopted a statement of policy that describes the experiences, qualifications, skills and attributes that are necessary and desirable for potential Independent Trustee candidates (the “Statement of Policy”). The Board believes that each Independent Trustee satisfied, at the time he or she was initially elected or appointed a Trustee, and continues to satisfy, the standards contemplated by the Statement of Policy as well as the standards set forth in the Trust’s Bylaws. Furthermore, in determining that a particular Trustee was and continues to be qualified to serve as a Trustee, the Board has considered a variety of criteria, none of which, in isolation, was controlling. The Board believes that, collectively, the Trustees have balanced and diverse experiences, skills, attributes and qualifications, which will allow the Board to operate effectively in governing the Trust and protecting the interests of shareholders. Among the attributes common to all Trustees is their ability to review critically, evaluate, question and discuss information provided to them, to interact effectively with the Advisor, other service providers, counsel and independent auditors, and to exercise effective business judgment in the performance of their duties as Trustees. Each Trustee’s ability to perform his or her duties effectively is evidenced by his or her educational background or professional training; business, consulting, public service or academic positions; experience from service as a board member of the Trust or the other funds in the BlackRock Fund Complexes (and any predecessor funds), other investment funds, public companies, or not-for-profit entities or other organizations; ongoing commitment and participation in Board and Committee meetings, as well as his or her leadership of standing and other committees of other BlackRock-advised Funds throughout the years; or other relevant life experiences.

The table below discusses some of the experiences, qualifications and skills of each Trustee that support the conclusion that he or she should serve on the Board.

 

Trustee

  

Experience, Qualifications and Skills

Independent Trustees
Richard E. Cavanagh    Richard E. Cavanagh brings to the Board a wealth of practical business knowledge and leadership as an experienced director/trustee of various public and private companies. In particular, because Mr. Cavanagh served for over a decade as President and Chief Executive Officer of The Conference Board, Inc., a global business research organization, he is able to provide the Board with expertise about business and economic trends and governance practices. Mr. Cavanagh created the “blue ribbon” Commission on Public Trust and Private Enterprise in 2002, which recommended corporate governance enhancements. Mr. Cavanagh’s service as a director of The Guardian Life Insurance Company of America and as a senior advisor and director of The Fremont Group provides added insight into investment trends and conditions. Mr. Cavanagh’s long-standing service as a director/trustee/chair of the BlackRock Fixed-Income Complex also provides him with a specific understanding of the Trust, its operations, and the business and regulatory issues facing the Trust. Mr. Cavanagh is also an experienced board leader, having served as the lead independent director of a NYSE public company (Arch Chemicals) and as the Board Chairman of the Educational Testing Service. Mr. Cavanagh’s independence from the Trust and the Advisor enhances his service as Co-Chair of the Board, Chair of the Executive Committee, and a member of the Compliance Committee, the Governance and Nominating Committee and the Performance Oversight Committee.

 

S-32


Table of Contents

Trustee

  

Experience, Qualifications and Skills

Karen P. Robards    The Board benefits from Karen P. Robards’ many years of experience in investment banking and the financial advisory industry where she obtained extensive knowledge of the capital markets and advised clients on corporate finance transactions, including mergers and acquisitions and the issuance of debt and equity securities. Ms. Robards’ prior position as an investment banker at Morgan Stanley provides useful oversight of the Trust’s investment decisions and investment valuation processes. Additionally, Ms. Robards’ experience as a director of publicly held and private companies allows her to provide the Board with insight into the management and governance practices of other companies. Ms. Robards’ long-standing service on the boards of directors/trustees of closed-end funds in the BlackRock Fixed-Income Complex also provides her with a specific understanding of the Trust, its operations, and the business and regulatory issues facing the Trust. Ms. Robards’ knowledge of financial and accounting matters qualifies her to serve as Co-Chair of the Board and Chair of the Audit Committee. Ms. Robards’ independence from the Trust and the Advisor enhances her service as a member of the Governance and Nominating Committee, the Performance Oversight Committee, and the Executive Committee.
Michael J. Castellano    The Board benefits from Michael J. Castellano’s career in accounting which spans over forty years. Mr. Castellano has served as Chief Financial Officer of Lazard Ltd. and as a Managing Director and Chief Financial Officer of Lazard Group. Prior to joining Lazard, Mr. Castellano held various senior management positions at Merrill Lynch & Co., including Senior Vice President—Chief Control Officer for Merrill Lynch’s capital markets businesses, Chairman of Merrill Lynch International Bank and Senior Vice President—Corporate Controller. Prior to joining Merrill Lynch & Co., Mr. Castellano was a partner with Deloitte & Touche where he served a number of investment banking clients over the course of his 24 years with the firm. Mr. Castellano currently serves as a director for CircleBlack Inc. Mr. Castellano’s knowledge of financial and accounting matters is expected to qualify him to serve as a member of the Audit Committee. Mr. Castellano’s independence from the Trust and the Advisor is expected to enhance his service as a member of the Governance and Nominating Committee and the Performance Oversight Committee.
Cynthia L. Egan    Cynthia L. Egan brings to the Board a broad and diverse knowledge of investment companies and the retirement industry as a result of her many years of experience as President, Retirement Plan Services, for T. Rowe Price Group, Inc. and her various senior operating officer positions at Fidelity Investments, including her service as Executive Vice President of FMR Co., President of Fidelity Institutional Services Company and President of the Fidelity Charitable Gift Trust. Ms. Egan has also served as an advisor to the U.S. Department of Treasury as an expert in domestic retirement security. Ms. Egan began her professional career at the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve and the Federal Reserve Bank of New York. Ms. Egan is also a director of UNUM Corporation, a publicly traded insurance company providing personal risk reinsurance, and of The Hanover Group, a public property casualty insurance company. Ms. Egan’s independence from the Trust and the Advisor enhances her service as Chair of the Compliance Committee, and a member of the Performance Oversight Committee.

 

S-33


Table of Contents

Trustee

  

Experience, Qualifications and Skills

Frank J. Fabozzi    Frank J. Fabozzi has served for over 25 years on the boards of registered investment companies. Dr. Fabozzi holds the designations of Chartered Financial Analyst and Certified Public Accountant. Dr. Fabozzi was inducted into the Fixed Income Analysts Society’s Hall of Fame and is the 2007 recipient of the C. Stewart Sheppard Award and the 2015 recipient of the James R. Vertin Award, both given by the CFA Institute. The Board benefits from Dr. Fabozzi’s experiences as a professor and author in the field of finance. Dr. Fabozzi’s experience as a professor at various institutions, including EDHEC Business School, Yale, MIT, and Princeton, as well as Dr. Fabozzi’s experience as a Professor in the Practice of Finance and Becton Fellow at the Yale University School of Management and as editor of the Journal of Portfolio Management demonstrates his wealth of expertise in the investment management and structured finance areas. Dr. Fabozzi has authored and edited numerous books and research papers on topics in investment management and financial econometrics, and his writings have focused on fixed-income securities and portfolio management, many of which are considered standard references in the investment management industry. Dr. Fabozzi’s long-standing service on the boards of directors/trustees of the closed-end funds in the BlackRock Fixed-Income Complex also provides him with a specific understanding of the Trust, its operations and the business and regulatory issues facing the Trust. Moreover, Dr. Fabozzi’s knowledge of financial and accounting matters qualifies him to serve as a member of the Audit Committee. Dr. Fabozzi’s independence from the Trust and the Advisor enhances his service as Chair of the Performance Oversight Committee.
Henry Gabbay    Henry Gabbay’s many years of experience in finance provide the Board with a wealth of practical business knowledge and leadership. In particular, Mr. Gabbay’s experience as a Consultant for and Managing Director of BlackRock, Inc., Chief Administrative Officer of BlackRock Advisors, LLC and President of BlackRock Trusts provides the Trust with greater insight into the analysis and evaluation of both its existing investment portfolios and potential future investments as well as enhanced oversight of its investment decisions and investment valuation processes. In addition, Mr. Gabbay’s former positions as Chief Administrative Officer of BlackRock Advisors, LLC and as Treasurer of certain closed-end funds in the BlackRock Fund Complex, as well as his former positions on the boards of directors/trustees of the certain funds in the BlackRock Multi-Asset Complex and the closed-end funds in the BlackRock Fixed-Income Complex, provide the Board with direct knowledge of the operations of the Trust and the Advisor. Mr. Gabbay’s previous service on and long-standing relationship with the Board also provide him with a specific understanding of the Trust, its operations, and the business and regulatory issues facing the Trust. Mr. Gabbay’s knowledge of financial and accounting matters qualifies him to serve as a member of the Audit Committee. Mr. Gabbay’s independence from the Trust and the Advisor enhances his service as a member of the Performance Oversight Committee.

 

S-34


Table of Contents

Trustee

  

Experience, Qualifications and Skills

R. Glenn Hubbard    R. Glenn Hubbard has served in numerous roles in the field of economics, including as the Chairman of the U.S. Council of Economic Advisers of the President of the United States. Dr. Hubbard serves as the Dean of Columbia Business School, has served as a member of the Columbia Faculty and as a Visiting Professor at the John F. Kennedy School of Government at Harvard University, the Harvard Business School and the University of Chicago. Dr. Hubbard’s experience as an adviser to the President of the United States adds a dimension of balance to the Trust’s governance and provides perspective on economic issues. Dr. Hubbard’s service on the boards of ADP and Metropolitan Life Insurance Company provides the Board with the benefit of his experience with the management practices of other financial companies. Dr. Hubbard’s long-standing service on the boards of directors/trustees of the closed-end funds in the BlackRock Fixed-Income Complex also provides him with a specific understanding of the Trust, its operations, and the business and regulatory issues facing the Trust. Dr. Hubbard’s independence from the Trust and the Advisor is expected to enhance his service as Chair of the Governance and Nominating Committee and a member of the Compliance Committee and the Performance Oversight Committee.
W. Carl Kester    The Board benefits from W. Carl Kester’s experiences as a professor and author in finance, and his experience as the George Fisher Baker Jr. Professor of Business Administration at Harvard Business School and as Deputy Dean of Academic Affairs at Harvard Business School from 2006 through 2010 adds to the Board a wealth of expertise in corporate finance and corporate governance. Dr. Kester has authored and edited numerous books and research papers on both subject matters, including co-editing a leading volume of finance case studies used worldwide. Dr. Kester’s long-standing service on the boards of directors/trustees of the closed-end funds in the BlackRock Fixed-Income Complex also provides him with a specific understanding of the Trust, its operations, and the business and regulatory issues facing the Trust. Dr. Kester’s knowledge of financial and accounting matters qualifies him to serve as a member of the Audit Committee. Dr. Kester’s independence from the Trust and the Advisor enhances his service as a member of the Performance Oversight Committee.
Catherine A. Lynch    Catherine A. Lynch, who served as the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Investment Officer of the National Railroad Retirement Investment Trust, benefits the Board by providing business leadership and experience and a diverse knowledge of pensions and endowments. Ms. Lynch also holds the designation of Chartered Financial Analyst. Ms. Lynch’s knowledge of financial and accounting matters is expected to qualify her to serve as a member of the Audit Committee. Ms. Lynch’s independence from the Trust and the Advisor is expected to enhance her service as a member of the Performance Oversight Committee.
Interested Trustees
Robert Fairbairn    Robert Fairbairn has more than 25 years of experience with BlackRock, Inc. and over 30 years of experience in finance and asset management. In particular, Mr. Fairbairn’s positions as Vice Chairman of BlackRock, Inc., Member of BlackRock’s Global Executive and Global Operating Committees and Co-Chair of BlackRock’s Human Capital Committee provide the Board with a wealth of practical business knowledge and leadership. In addition, Mr. Fairbairn has global investment management and oversight experience through his former positions as Global Head of BlackRock’s Retail and iShares ® businesses, Head of BlackRock’s Global Client Group, Chairman of BlackRock’s international businesses and his previous oversight over BlackRock’s Strategic Partner Program and Strategic Product Management Group. Mr. Fairbairn also serves as a board member for the funds in the BlackRock Multi-Asset Complex.

 

S-35


Table of Contents

Trustee

  

Experience, Qualifications and Skills

John M. Perlowski    John M. Perlowski’s experience as Managing Director of BlackRock, Inc. since 2009, as the Head of BlackRock Global Accounting and Product Services since 2009, and as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Trust provides him with a strong understanding of the Trust, its operations, and the business and regulatory issues facing the Trust. Mr. Perlowski’s prior position as Managing Director and Chief Operating Officer of the Global Product Group at Goldman Sachs Asset Management, and his former service as Treasurer and Senior Vice President of the Goldman Sachs Mutual Trusts and as Director of the Goldman Sachs Offshore Trusts provides the Board with the benefit of his experience with the management practices of other financial companies. Mr. Perlowski also serves as a board member for the funds in the BlackRock Multi-Asset Complex. Mr. Perlowski’s experience with BlackRock enhances his service as a member of the Executive Committee.

Board Leadership Structure and Oversight

The Board has overall responsibility for the oversight of the Trust. The Co-Chairs of the Board and the Chief Executive Officer are different people. Not only is each Co-Chair of the Board an Independent Trustee, but also the Chair of each Board committee (each, a “Committee”) is an Independent Trustee. The Board has five standing Committees: an Audit Committee, a Governance and Nominating Committee, a Compliance Committee, a Performance Oversight Committee and an Executive Committee. The role of each Co-Chair of the Board is to preside over all meetings of the Board and to act as a liaison with service providers, officers, attorneys, and other Trustees between meetings. The Chair of each Committee performs a similar role with respect to the Committee. The Co-Chairs of the Board or Chair of a Committee may also perform such other functions as may be delegated by the Board or the Committee from time to time. The Independent Trustees meet regularly outside the presence of the Trust’s management, in executive sessions or with other service providers to the Trust. The Board has regular meetings five times a year, including a meeting to consider the approval of the Trust’s investment management agreement, and, if necessary, may hold special meetings before its next regular meeting. Each Committee meets regularly to conduct the oversight functions delegated to that Committee by the Board and reports its findings to the Board. The Board and each standing Committee conduct annual assessments of their oversight function and structure. The Board has determined that the Board’s leadership structure is appropriate because it allows the Board to exercise independent judgment over management and to allocate areas of responsibility among Committees and the Board to enhance oversight.

The Board decided to separate the roles of Chief Executive Officer from the Co-Chairs because it believes that having independent Co-Chairs:

 

   

increases the independent oversight of the Trust and enhances the Board’s objective evaluation of the Chief Executive Officer;

 

   

allows the Chief Executive Officer to focus on the Trust’s operations instead of Board administration;

 

   

provides greater opportunities for direct and independent communication between shareholders and the Board; and

 

   

provides an independent spokesman for the Trust.

The Board has engaged the Advisor to manage the Trust on a day-to-day basis. The Board is responsible for overseeing the Advisor, other service providers, the operations of the Trust and associated risks in accordance with the provisions of the Investment Company Act, state law, other applicable laws, the Trust’s charter, and the Trust’s investment objective and strategies. The Board reviews, on an ongoing basis, the Trust’s performance, operations, and investment strategies and techniques. The Board also conducts reviews of the Advisor and its role in running the operations of the Trust.

 

S-36


Table of Contents

Day-to-day risk management with respect to the Trust is the responsibility of the Advisor or other service providers (depending on the nature of the risk), subject to the supervision of the Advisor. The Trust is subject to a number of risks, including investment, compliance, operational and valuation risks, among others. While there are a number of risk management functions performed by the Advisor or other service providers, as applicable, it is not possible to eliminate all of the risks applicable to the Trust. Risk oversight is part of the Board’s general oversight of the Trust and is addressed as part of various Board and Committee activities. The Board, directly or through Committees, also reviews reports from, among others, management, the independent registered public accounting firm for the Trust, the Advisor, and internal auditors for the Advisor or its affiliates, as appropriate, regarding risks faced by the Trust and management’s or the service provider’s risk functions. The Committee system facilitates the timely and efficient consideration of matters by the Trustees and facilitates effective oversight of compliance with legal and regulatory requirements and of the Trust’s activities and associated risks. The Board approved the appointment of a Chief Compliance Officer (“CCO”), who oversees the implementation and testing of the Trust’s compliance program and reports regularly to the Board regarding compliance matters for the Trust and its service providers. The Independent Trustees have engaged independent legal counsel to assist them in performing their oversight responsibilities.

Audit Committee . The Board has a standing Audit Committee composed of Michael J. Castellano (Chair), Frank J. Fabozzi, Henry Gabbay, Catherine A. Lynch and Karen P. Robards, all of whom are Independent Trustees. The principal responsibilities of the Audit Committee are to assist the Board in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities relating to the accounting and financial reporting policies and practices of the Trust. The Audit Committee’s responsibilities include, without limitation: (i) approving and recommending to the full Board for approval the selection, retention, termination and compensation of the Trust’s independent registered public accounting firm (the “Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm”) and evaluating the independence and objectivity of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm; (ii) approving all audit engagement terms and fees for the Trust; (iii) reviewing the conduct and results of each audit; (iv) reviewing any issues raised by the Trust’s Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm or management regarding the accounting or financial reporting policies and practices of the Trust, its internal controls, and, as appropriate, the internal controls of certain service providers and management’s response to any such issues; (v) reviewing and discussing the Trust’s audited and unaudited financial statements and disclosure in the Trust’s shareholder reports relating to the Trust’s performance; (vi) assisting the Board’s responsibilities with respect to the internal controls of the Trust and its service providers with respect to accounting and financial matters; and (vii) resolving any disagreements between the Trust’s management and the Trust’s Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm regarding financial reporting. The Board has adopted a written charter for the Board’s Audit Committee. A copy of the Audit Committee Charter for the Trust can be found in the “Corporate Governance” section of the BlackRock Closed-End Fund website at www.blackrock.com. During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018, the Audit Committee met [●] times.

Governance and Nominating Committee . The Board has a standing Governance and Nominating Committee composed of R. Glenn Hubbard (Chair), Michael J. Castellano, Richard E. Cavanagh and Karen P. Robards, all of whom are Independent Trustees. The principal responsibilities of the Governance and Nominating Committee are: (i) identifying individuals qualified to serve as Independent Trustees and recommending Board nominees that are not “interested persons” of the Trust (as defined in the Investment Company Act) for election by shareholders or appointment by the Board; (ii) advising the Board with respect to Board composition, procedures and Committees of the Board (other than the Audit Committee); (iii) overseeing periodic self-assessments of the Board and Committees of the Board (other than the Audit Committee); (iv) reviewing and making recommendations in respect to Independent Trustee compensation; (v) monitoring corporate governance matters and making recommendations in respect thereof to the Board; (vi) acting as the administrative committee with respect to Board policies and procedures, committee policies and procedures (other than the Audit Committee) and codes of ethics as they relate to the Independent Trustees; and (vii) reviewing and making recommendations to the Board in respect of Trust share ownership by the Independent Trustees. The Board has adopted a written charter for the Board’s Governance and Nominating Committee. During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018, the Governance and Nominating Committee met [●] times.

The Governance and Nominating Committee of the Board seeks to identify individuals to serve on the Board who have a diverse range of viewpoints, qualifications, experiences, backgrounds and skill sets so that the Board will be better suited to fulfill its responsibility of overseeing the Trust’s activities. In so doing, the Governance and

 

S-37


Table of Contents

Nominating Committee reviews the size of the Board, the ages of the current Trustees and their tenure on the Board, and the skills, background and experiences of the Trustees in light of the issues facing the Trust in determining whether one or more new trustees should be added to the Board. The Board as a group strives to achieve diversity in terms of gender, race and geographic location. The Governance and Nominating Committee believes that the Trustees as a group possess the array of skills, experiences and backgrounds necessary to guide the Trust. The Trustees’ biographies included herein highlight the diversity and breadth of skills, qualifications and expertise that the Trustees bring to the Trust.

The Governance and Nominating Committee may consider nominations for Trustees made by the Trust’s shareholders as it deems appropriate. Under the Trust’s Bylaws, shareholders must follow certain procedures to nominate a person for election as a Trustee at an annual or special meeting, or to introduce an item of business at an annual meeting. Under these advance notice procedures, shareholders must submit the proposed nominee or item of business by delivering a notice to the Secretary of the Trust at its principal executive offices. The Trust must receive notice of a shareholder’s intention to introduce a nomination or proposed item of business for an annual shareholder meeting not less than 120 days nor more than 150 days before the anniversary date of the prior year’s annual shareholder meeting. However, if the Trust holds its annual shareholder meeting on a date that is not within 25 days before or after the anniversary date of the prior year’s annual shareholder meeting, the Trust must receive the notice of a shareholder’s intention to introduce a nomination or proposed item of business not later than the close of business on the tenth day following the day on which the notice of the date of the shareholder meeting was mailed or the public disclosure of the date of the shareholder meeting was made, whichever comes first.

The Trust’s Bylaws provide that notice of a proposed nomination must include certain information about the shareholder and the nominee, as well as a written consent of the proposed nominee to serve if elected. A notice of a proposed item of business must include a description of and the reasons for bringing the proposed business to the meeting, any material interest of the shareholder in the business, and certain other information about the shareholder.

Further, the Trust has adopted Trustee qualification requirements which can be found in the Trust’s Bylaws and are applicable to all Trustees that may be nominated, elected, appointed, qualified or seated to serve as Trustees. The qualification requirements include: (i) age limits; (ii) limits on service on other boards; (iii) restrictions on relationships with investment advisers other than BlackRock; and (iv) character and fitness requirements. In addition to not being an “interested person” of the Trust as defined under Section 2(a)(19) of the Investment Company Act, each Independent Trustee may not be or have certain relationships with a shareholder owning five percent or more of the Trust’s voting securities or owning other percentage ownership interests in investment companies registered under the Investment Company Act. Reference is made to the Trust’s Bylaws for more details.

A copy of the Governance and Nominating Committee Charter for the Trust can be found in the “Corporate Governance” section of the BlackRock Closed-End Fund website at www.blackrock.com .

Compliance Committee . The Board has a Compliance Committee composed of Cynthia L. Egan (Chair), Richard E. Cavanagh, R. Glenn Hubbard and W. Carl Kester, all of whom are Independent Trustees. The Compliance Committee’s purpose is to assist the Board in fulfilling its responsibility with respect to the oversight of regulatory and fiduciary compliance matters involving the Trust, the fund-related activities of BlackRock, and any subadviser and the Trust’s other third party service providers. The Compliance Committee’s responsibilities include, without limitation: (i) overseeing the compliance policies and procedures of the Trust and its service providers and recommending changes or additions to such policies and procedures; (ii) reviewing information on and, where appropriate, recommending policies concerning the Trust’s compliance with applicable law; (iii) reviewing information on any significant correspondence with or other actions by regulators or governmental agencies with respect to the Trust and any employee complaints or published reports that raise concerns regarding compliance matters; and (iv) reviewing reports from, overseeing the annual performance review of, and making certain recommendations in respect of, the CCO, including, without limitation, determining the amount and structure of the CCO’s compensation. The Board has adopted a written charter for the Board’s Compliance Committee. During the fiscal year ended [●], 2018, the Compliance Committee met [●] times.

Performance Oversight Committee . The Board has a Performance Oversight Committee composed of Frank J. Fabozzi (Chair), Michael J. Castellano, Richard E. Cavanagh, Cynthia L. Egan, Henry Gabbay, R. Glenn Hubbard, W. Carl Kester, Catherine A. Lynch and Karen P. Robards, all of whom are Independent Trustees. The Performance

 

S-38


Table of Contents

Oversight Committee’s purpose is to assist the Board in fulfilling its responsibility to oversee the Trust’s investment performance relative to the Trust’s investment objective, policies and practices. The Performance Oversight Committee’s responsibilities include, without limitation: (i) reviewing the Trust’s investment objective, policies and practices; (ii) recommending to the Board any required action in respect of changes in fundamental and non-fundamental investment restrictions; (iii) reviewing information on appropriate benchmarks and competitive universes; (iv) reviewing the Trust’s investment performance relative to such benchmarks; (v) reviewing information on unusual or exceptional investment matters; (vi) reviewing whether the Trust has complied with its investment policies and restrictions; and (vii) overseeing policies, procedures and controls regarding valuation of the Trust’s investments. The Board has adopted a written charter for the Board’s Performance Oversight Committee. During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018, the Performance Oversight Committee met [●] times.

Executive Committee . The Board has an Executive Committee composed of Richard E. Cavanagh (Chair), and Karen P. Robards, both of whom are Independent Trustees, and John M. Perlowski, who serves as an interested Trustee. The principal responsibilities of the Executive Committee include, without limitation: (i) acting on routine matters between meetings of the Board; (ii) acting on such matters as may require urgent action between meetings of the Board; and (iii) exercising such other authority as may from time to time be delegated to the Executive Committee by the Board. The Board has adopted a written charter for the Board’s Executive Committee. During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018, the Executive Committee [met [●] times][did not meet].

Information about the specific experience, skills, attributes and qualifications of each Trustee, which in each case led to the Board’s conclusion that the Trustee should serve (or continue to serve) as a Trustee of the Trust, is provided in “Biographical Information of the Trustees.”

Trustee Share Ownership

Information relating to each Trustee’s share ownership in the Trust and in all BlackRock-advised Funds that are currently overseen by the respective Trustee (“Supervised Funds”) as of December 31, 2018 is set forth in the chart below:

 

Name of Trustee

   Dollar Range of Equity
Securities in the Trust*
     Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity
Securities in Supervised Funds*
 

Independent Trustees

     

Michael J. Castellano

     [              Over $ 100,000  

Richard E. Cavanagh

     [              Over $ 100,000  

Cynthia L. Egan

     [              Over $ 100,000  

Frank J. Fabozzi

     [              Over $ 100,000  

Henry Gabbay

     [              Over $ 100,000  

R. Glenn Hubbard

     [              Over $ 100,000  

W. Carl Kester

     [              Over $ 100,000  

Catherine A. Lynch

     [              Over $ 100,000  

Karen P. Robards

     [              Over $ 100,000  

Interested Trustees

     

Robert Fairbairn

     [              Over $ 100,000  

John M. Perlowski

     [              Over $ 100,000  

 

*

Includes share equivalents owned under the deferred compensation plan in the Supervised Funds by certain Independent Trustees who have participated in the deferred compensation plan of the Supervised Funds.

Compensation of Trustees

Each Trustee who is an Independent Trustee is paid an annual retainer of $330,000 per year for his or her services as a Board member of the BlackRock-advised Funds, including the Trust, and each Independent Trustee may also receive a $10,000 Board meeting fee for special unscheduled meetings or meetings in excess of six Board

 

S-39


Table of Contents

meetings held in a calendar year, together with out-of-pocket expenses in accordance with a Board policy on travel and other business expenses relating to attendance at meetings. In addition, each Co-Chair of the Board is paid an additional annual retainer of $100,000. The Chairs of the Audit Committee, Performance Oversight Committee, Compliance Committee, and Governance and Nominating Committee are paid an additional annual retainer of $45,000, $30,000, $45,000 and $20,000, respectively. Each of the members of the Audit Committee and Compliance Committee are paid an additional annual retainer of $30,000 and $25,000, respectively, for his or her service on such committee. The Trust will pay a pro rata portion quarterly (based on relative net assets) of the foregoing Trustee fees paid by the funds in the BlackRock Fixed-Income Complex.

The Independent Trustees have agreed that a maximum of 50% of each Independent Trustee’s total compensation paid by funds in the BlackRock Fixed-Income Complex may be deferred pursuant to the BlackRock Fixed-Income Complex’s deferred compensation plan. Under the deferred compensation plan, deferred amounts earn a return for the Independent Trustees as though equivalent dollar amounts had been invested in shares of certain funds in the BlackRock Fixed-Income Complex selected by the Independent Trustees. This has approximately the same economic effect for the Independent Trustees as if they had invested the deferred amounts in such funds in the BlackRock Fixed-Income Complex. The deferred compensation plan is not funded and obligations thereunder represent general unsecured claims against the general assets of a fund and are recorded as a liability for accounting purposes.

Prior to January 1, 2019, each Independent Trustee of the Trust was subject to a different compensation arrangement with respect to his or her services as a member of the board of directors/trustees of certain other BlackRock-advised Funds.

The following table sets forth the compensation paid to the Trustees by the Trust for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018, and the aggregate compensation paid to them by all BlackRock-advised Funds for the calendar year ended December 31, 2018. Messrs. Fairbairn and Perlowski serve without compensation from the Trust because of their affiliation with BlackRock, Inc. (“BlackRock”) and the Advisor.

 

Name (1)

   Compensation
from the
Trust
     Estimated Annual
Benefits upon
Retirement
     Aggregate Compensation from the
BlackRock-Advised Funds (2)
 

Independent Trustees

        

Michael J. Castellano

   $ [              None        $310,000 (3)  

Richard E. Cavanagh

   $ [              None        $412,500 (3)  

Cynthia L. Egan

   $ [              None        $337,500 (3)  

Frank J. Fabozzi

   $ [              None        $340,000 (3)  

Henry Gabbay

   $ [              None        $352,500 (3)  

R. Glenn Hubbard

   $ [              None        $312,500 (3)  

W. Carl Kester

   $ [              None        $310,000 (3)  

Catherine A. Lynch

   $ [              None        $310,000 (3)  

Karen P. Robards

   $ [              None        $415,000 (3)  

Interested Trustees

        

Robert Fairbairn

     None        None        None  

John M. Perlowski

     None      None      None  

 

(1)  

For the number of BlackRock-advised Funds from which each Trustee receives compensation, see the Biographical Information chart beginning on page S-[    ].

 

S-40


Table of Contents
(2)  

For the Independent Trustees (other than Mr. Gabbay), this amount represents the aggregate compensation earned from the closed-end funds in the BlackRock Fixed-Income Complex during the calendar year ended December 31, 2018. Of this amount, Mr. Castellano, Mr. Cavanagh, Dr. Fabozzi, Dr. Hubbard, Dr. Kester, Ms. Lynch and Ms. Robards deferred $93,000, $136,125, $0, $156,250, $40,000, $62,000, and $20,750, respectively, pursuant to the BlackRock Fixed-Income Complex’s deferred compensation plan. During the calendar year ended December 31, 2018, Mr. Gabbay served as a director/trustee of the complex of open-end BlackRock-advised Funds formerly known as the BlackRock Equity-Bond Complex.

(3)  

Total amount of deferred compensation payable by the BlackRock Fixed-Income Complex to Mr. Castellano, Mr. Cavanagh, Dr. Fabozzi, Dr. Hubbard, Dr. Kester, Ms. Lynch and Ms. Robards is $712,330, $1,170,403, $698,845, $1,969,120, $1,034,985, $115,221, and $769,248, respectively, as of December 31, 2018. Ms. Egan and Mr. Gabbay did not participate in the deferred compensation plan as of December 31, 2018.

Independent Trustee Ownership of Securities

As of December 31, 2018, none of the Independent Trustees of the Trust or their immediate family members owned beneficially or of record any securities of BlackRock or any affiliate of any BlackRock person controlling, controlled by or under common control with BlackRock nor did any Independent Trustee of the Trust or their immediate family member have any material interest in any transaction, or series of similar transactions, during the most recently completed two calendar years involving the Trust, BlackRock or any affiliate of any BlackRock person controlling, controlled by or under common control with the Trust or BlackRock.

[As of the date of this SAI, the officers and Trustees of the Trust, as a group, beneficially owned less than 1% of the outstanding common shares of the Trust.]

Information Pertaining to the Officers

Certain biographical and other information relating to the officers of the Trust who are not Trustees is set forth below, including their address and year of birth, principal occupations for at least the last five years and length of time served. With the exception of the CCO, executive officers receive no compensation from the Trust. The Trust compensates the CCO for his services as its CCO.

Each executive officer is an “interested person” of the Trust (as defined in the Investment Company Act) by virtue of that individual’s position with BlackRock or its affiliates described in the table below.

 

Name and Year of

Birth 1,2                    

     Position(s) Held
(Length of Service)
  

Principal Occupations(s) During Past Five Years

Officers Who Are Not Trustees

Jonathan Diorio

1980

     Vice President

(Since 2015)

   Managing Director of BlackRock since 2015; Director of BlackRock, Inc. from 2011 to 2015; Director of Deutsche Asset & Wealth Management from 2009 to 2011.

Neal J. Andrews

1966

     Chief Financial
Officer

(Since 2011)

   Chief Financial Officer of the iShares ® exchange traded funds since 2019; Managing Director of BlackRock since 2006.

Jay M. Fife

1970

     Treasurer

(Since 2011)

   Managing Director of BlackRock since 2007.

 

S-41


Table of Contents

Charles Park

1967

     Chief
Compliance
Officer

(Since 2014)

   Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Officer for certain BlackRock-advised Funds from 2014 to 2015; Chief Compliance Officer of BlackRock Advisors, LLC and the BlackRock-advised Funds in the BlackRock Multi-Asset Complex and the BlackRock Fixed-Income Complex since 2014; Principal of and Chief Compliance Officer for iShares ® Delaware Trust Sponsor LLC since 2012 and BlackRock Trust Advisors (“BFA”) since 2006; Chief Compliance Officer for the BFA-advised iShares ® exchange traded funds since 2006; Chief Compliance Officer for BlackRock Asset Management International Inc. since 2012.

Janey Ahn

1975

     Secretary

(Since 2014)

   Managing Director of BlackRock, Inc. since 2018; Director of BlackRock, Inc. from 2009 to 2017.

 

1  

The address of each Officer is c/o BlackRock, Inc., 55 East 52nd Street, New York, NY 10055.

2  

Officers of the Trust serve at the pleasure of the Board.

Indemnification of Trustees and Officers

The governing documents of the Trust generally provide that, to the extent permitted by applicable law, the Trust will indemnify its Trustees and officers against liabilities and expenses incurred in connection with litigation in which they may be involved because of their offices with the Trust unless, as to liability to the Trust or its investors, it is finally adjudicated that they engaged in willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in their offices. In addition, the Trust will not indemnify Trustees with respect to any matter as to which Trustees did not act in good faith in the reasonable belief that his or her action was in the best interest of the Trust or, in the case of any criminal proceeding, as to which Trustees had reasonable cause to believe that the conduct was unlawful. Indemnification provisions contained in the Trust’s governing documents are subject to any limitations imposed by applicable law.

Closed-end funds in the BlackRock Fixed-Income Complex, including the Trust, have also entered into a separate indemnification agreement with the board members of each board of such funds (the “Indemnification Agreement”). The Indemnification Agreement (i) extends the indemnification provisions contained in a fund’s governing documents to board members who leave that fund’s board and serve on an advisory board of a different fund in the BlackRock Fixed-Income Complex; (ii) sets in place the terms of the indemnification provisions of a fund’s governing documents once a board member retires from a board; and (iii) in the case of board members who left the board of a fund in connection with or prior to the board consolidation that occurred in 2007 as a result of the merger of BlackRock and Merrill Lynch & Co., Inc.’s investment management business, clarifies that such fund continues to indemnify the trustee for claims arising out of his or her past service to that fund.

Portfolio Management

Portfolio Manager Assets Under Management

The following table sets forth information about funds and accounts other than the Trust for which the portfolio managers are primarily responsible for the day-to-day portfolio management as of December 31, 2018:

 

    

Number of Other Accounts Managed

and Assets by Account Type

  

Number of Other Accounts and

Assets for Which Advisory Fee is

Performance-Based

Name of Portfolio Manager   

Other

Registered

Investment

Companies

  

Other Pooled

Investment

Vehicles

  

Other

Accounts

  

Other

Registered

Investment

Companies

  

Other Pooled

Investment

Vehicles

  

Other

Accounts

Kyle G. McClements, CFA

   12    11    1    0    0    0
   $21.55
Billion
   $7.84
Billion
   $428.1
Million
   $0    $0    $0

Christopher M. Accettella

   11    11    1    0    0    0
   $21.43
Billion
   $7.99
Billion
   $428.1
Million
   $0    $0    $0

Alastair Bishop

   7    10    2    0    0    0
   $2.31
Billion
   $2.45
Billion
   $0.08
Million
   $0    $0    $0

 

S-42


Table of Contents

Portfolio Manager Compensation Overview

The discussion below describes the portfolio managers’ compensation as of December 31, 2018.

The Advisor’s financial arrangements with its portfolio managers, its competitive compensation and its career path emphasis at all levels reflect the value senior management places on key resources. Compensation may include a variety of components and may vary from year to year based on a number of factors. The principal components of compensation include a base salary, a performance-based discretionary bonus, participation in various benefits programs and one or more of the incentive compensation programs established by the Advisor.

Base Compensation.  Generally, portfolio managers receive base compensation based on their position with the firm.

Discretionary Incentive Compensation – Messrs. McClements and Accettella

Discretionary incentive compensation is a function of several components: the performance of the Advisor, Inc., the performance of the portfolio manager’s group within the Advisor, the investment performance, including risk-adjusted returns, of the firm’s assets or strategies under management or supervision by that portfolio manager, and/or the individual’s performance and contribution to the overall performance of these portfolios and the Advisor. Among other things, the Advisor’s Chief Investment Officers make a subjective determination with respect to each portfolio manager’s compensation based on the performance of the funds, other accounts or strategies managed by each portfolio manager. Performance is generally measured on a pre-tax basis over various time periods including 1-, 3- and 5- year periods, as applicable. The performance of some funds, other accounts or strategies may not be measured against a specific benchmark.

Discretionary Incentive Compensation – Mr. Bishop

Generally, discretionary incentive compensation for Active Equity portfolio managers is based on a formulaic compensation program. The Advisor’s formulaic portfolio manager compensation program is based on team revenue and pre-tax investment performance relative to appropriate competitors or benchmarks over 1-, 3- and 5-year performance periods, as applicable. In most cases, these benchmarks are the same as the benchmark or benchmarks against which the performance of the funds or other accounts managed by the portfolio managers are measured. The Advisor’s Chief Investment Officers determine the benchmarks or rankings against which the performance of funds and other accounts managed by each portfolio management team is compared and the period of time over which performance is evaluated. With respect to this portfolio manager, such benchmarks for the Fund and other accounts are: S&P Global Clean Energy Index; MSCI 10/40 DW Energy (Net); S&P Global Natural Resources Index; MSCI World SMID Energy Index total return (net); BGR Option Overwriting Strategy Composite Index (NEW); MSCI World Energy Net Daily TR Index; SNP Glob Infrastr Utilities Option Overwrite Strategy Composite Index - 3; S&P North American Natural Resources Sector Index; E_GMO Historical Performance Shell; BCX Overwrite Benchmark Strategy Index (BX3); FTSE Gold Mining Index - expressed in AUD; S&P Global Natural Resources Index - In GBP; 50% HSBCMINGBP / 50% MSW_NTGBP Index, in GBP; S&P Global Natural Resources Net Return; E_GF Historical Performance Shell; FTSE Gold Mines Index (Gross Total Return); LIBOR 3 Month Index; Euromoney Global Mining Index (Close); Euromoney Mining Index - expressed in GBP; NYSE Arca Gold Miners Index EUR Net Total Return; FTSE Gold Mining Index (GBP); Euromoney Global Mining Constrained Weights Index (Open) Net; Euromoney Global Mining Index Total Return; Bloomberg Commodity Index Total Return; DAX Global Agribusiness Index in USD.

 

S-43


Table of Contents

Distribution of Discretionary Incentive Compensation.  Discretionary incentive compensation is distributed to portfolio managers in a combination of cash, deferred BlackRock. stock awards, and/or deferred cash awards that notionally track the return of certain Advisor investment products.

Portfolio managers receive their annual discretionary incentive compensation in the form of cash. Portfolio managers whose total compensation is above a specified threshold also receive deferred BlackRock stock awards annually as part of their discretionary incentive compensation. Paying a portion of discretionary incentive compensation in the form of deferred BlackRock stock puts compensation earned by a portfolio manager for a given year “at risk” based on the Advisor’s ability to sustain and improve its performance over future periods. In some cases, additional deferred BlackRock stock may be granted to certain key employees as part of a long-term incentive award to aid in retention, align interests with long-term shareholders and motivate performance. Deferred BlackRock stock awards are generally granted in the form of BlackRock restricted stock units that vest pursuant to the terms of the applicable plan and, once vested, settle in BlackRock common stock. The portfolio managers of this Fund have deferred BlackRock stock awards.

For certain portfolio managers, a portion of the discretionary incentive compensation is also distributed in the form of deferred cash awards that notionally track the returns of select Advisor investment products they manage, which provides direct alignment of portfolio manager discretionary incentive compensation with investment product results. Deferred cash awards vest ratably over a number of years and, once vested, settle in the form of cash. Only portfolio managers who manage specified products and whose total compensation is above a specified threshold are eligible to participate in the deferred cash award program.

Other Compensation Benefits.  In addition to base salary and discretionary incentive compensation, portfolio managers may be eligible to receive or participate in one or more of the following:

Incentive Savings Plans — BlackRock has created a variety of incentive savings plans in which BlackRock, employees are eligible to participate, including a 401(k) plan, the BlackRock Retirement Savings Plan (RSP), and the BlackRock Employee Stock Purchase Plan (ESPP). The employer contribution components of the RSP include a company match equal to 50% of the first 8% of eligible pay contributed to the plan capped at $5,000 per year, and a company retirement contribution equal to 3-5% of eligible compensation up to the Internal Revenue Service limit ($275,000 for 2018). The RSP offers a range of investment options, including registered investment companies and collective investment funds managed by the firm. BlackRock contributions follow the investment direction set by participants for their own contributions or, absent participant investment direction, are invested into a target date fund that corresponds to, or is closest to, the year in which the participant attains age 65. The ESPP allows for investment in BlackRock common stock at a 5% discount on the fair market value of the stock on the purchase date. Annual participation in the ESPP is limited to the purchase of 1,000 shares of common stock or a dollar value of $25,000 based on its fair market value on the purchase date. Messrs. McClements and Accettella are eligible to participate in these plans.

United Kingdom-based portfolio managers are also eligible to participate in broad-based plans offered generally to the Advisor’s employees, including broad-based retirement, health and other employee benefit plans. For example, the Advisor has created a variety of incentive savings plans in which employees are eligible to participate, including the BlackRock Retirement Savings Plan (RSP) and the BlackRock Employee Stock Purchase Plan (ESPP). The employer contribution to the RSP is between 6% to 15% (dependent on service related entitlement) of eligible pay capped at £150,000 per annum. The RSP offers a range of investment options, including several collective investment funds managed by the firm. Advisor contributions follow the investment direction set by participants for their own contributions or, in the absence of an investment election being made, are invested into a target date fund that corresponds to, or is closest to, the year in which the participant attains age 65. The ESPP allows for investment in BlackRock common stock at a 5% discount on the fair market value of the stock on the purchase date. Annual participation in the ESPP is limited to the purchase of 1,000 shares of common stock or a US dollar value of $25,000 based on its fair market value on the purchase date. Mr. Bishop is eligible to participate in these plans.

 

S-44


Table of Contents

Securities Ownership of Portfolio Managers

As of December 31, 2018, the end of the Trust’s most recently completed fiscal year end, the dollar range of securities beneficially owned by each portfolio manager in the Trust is shown below:

 

Portfolio Manager

   Dollar Range of Equity Securities Beneficially Owned

Kyle G. McClements, CFA

   $10,001 - $50,000

Christopher M. Accettella

   $10,001 - $50,000

Alastair Bishop

   None

Potential Material Conflicts of Interest

The Advisor has built a professional working environment, firm-wide compliance culture and compliance procedures and systems designed to protect against potential incentives that may favor one account over another. The Advisor has adopted policies and procedures that address the allocation of investment opportunities, execution of portfolio transactions, personal trading by employees and other potential conflicts of interest that are designed to ensure that all client accounts are treated equitably over time. Nevertheless, the Advisor furnishes investment management and advisory services to numerous clients in addition to the Fund, and the Advisor may, consistent with applicable law, make investment recommendations to other clients or accounts (including accounts which are hedge funds or have performance or higher fees paid to the Advisor, or in which portfolio managers have a personal interest in the receipt of such fees), which may be the same as or different from those made to the Fund. In addition, BlackRock, its affiliates and significant shareholders and any officer, director, shareholder or employee may or may not have an interest in the securities whose purchase and sale the Advisor recommends to the Fund. BlackRock, or any of its affiliates or significant shareholders, or any officer, director, shareholder, employee or any member of their families may take different actions than those recommended to the Fund by the Advisor with respect to the same securities. Moreover, the Advisor may refrain from rendering any advice or services concerning securities of companies of which any of BlackRock’s (or its affiliates’ or significant shareholders’) officers, directors or employees are directors or officers, or companies as to which BlackRock or any of its affiliates or significant shareholders or the officers, directors and employees of any of them has any substantial economic interest or possesses material non-public information. Certain portfolio managers also may manage accounts whose investment strategies may at times be opposed to the strategy utilized for a fund. It should also be noted that Mr. Bishop may be managing hedge fund and/or long only accounts, or may be part of a team managing hedge fund and/or long only accounts, subject to incentive fees. Mr. Bishop may therefore be entitled to receive a portion of any incentive fees earned on such accounts.

As a fiduciary, the Advisor owes a duty of loyalty to its clients and must treat each client fairly. When the Advisor purchases or sells securities for more than one account, the trades must be allocated in a manner consistent with its fiduciary duties. The Advisor attempts to allocate investments in a fair and equitable manner among client accounts, with no account receiving preferential treatment. To this end, BlackRock has adopted policies that are intended to ensure reasonable efficiency in client transactions and provide the Advisor with sufficient flexibility to allocate investments in a manner that is consistent with the particular investment discipline and client base, as appropriate.

Proxy Voting Policies

The Board has delegated the voting of proxies for the Trust’s securities to the Advisor pursuant to the Advisor’s proxy voting guidelines. Under these guidelines, the Advisor will vote proxies related to Trust securities in the best interests of the Trust and its shareholders. From time to time, a vote may present a conflict between the interests of the Trust’s shareholders, on the one hand, and those of the Advisor, or any affiliated person of the Trust or the Advisor, on the other. In such event, provided that the Advisor’s Equity Investment Policy Oversight Committee, or a sub-committee thereof (the “Oversight Committee”), is aware of the real or potential conflict, if the matter to be voted on represents a material, non-routine matter and if the Oversight Committee does not reasonably believe it is able to follow its general voting guidelines (or if the particular proxy matter is not addressed in the guidelines) and vote impartially, the Oversight Committee may retain an independent fiduciary to advise the Oversight Committee on how to vote or to cast votes on behalf of the Advisor’s clients. If the Advisor determines

 

S-45


Table of Contents

not to retain an independent fiduciary, or does not desire to follow the advice of such independent fiduciary, the Oversight Committee shall determine how to vote the proxy after consulting with the Advisor’s Portfolio Management Group and/or the Advisor’s Legal and Compliance Department and concluding that the vote cast is in its client’s best interest notwithstanding the conflict. A copy of the Closed-End Fund Proxy Voting Policy is included as Appendix B to this SAI. Information on how the Trust voted proxies relating to portfolio securities during the most recent 12-month period ended June 30 will be available (i) at www.blackrock.com and (ii) on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov .

Codes of Ethics

The Trust and the Advisors have adopted codes of ethics pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the Investment Company Act. These codes permit personnel subject to the codes to invest in securities, including securities that may be purchased or held by the Trust. These codes may be obtained by calling the SEC at (202) 551-8090. These codes of ethics are available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s website (http://www.sec.gov), and copies of these codes may be obtained, after paying a duplicating fee, by electronic request at the following e-mail address: publicinfo@sec.gov.

Other Information

BlackRock, Inc. is independent in ownership and governance, with no single majority stockholder and a majority of independent directors. PNC (as defined below) is BlackRock, Inc.’s largest stockholder.

PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS AND BROKERAGE

Subject to policies established by the Board, the Advisor is primarily responsible for the execution of the Trust’s portfolio transactions and the allocation of brokerage. The Advisor does not execute transactions through any particular broker or dealer, but seeks to obtain the best net results for the Trust, taking into account such factors as price (including the applicable brokerage commission or dealer spread), size of order, difficulty of execution, operational facilities of the firm and the firm’s risk and skill in positioning blocks of securities. While the Advisor generally seeks reasonable trade execution costs, the Trust does not necessarily pay the lowest spread or commission available, and payment of the lowest commission or spread is not necessarily consistent with obtaining the best price and execution in particular transactions. Subject to applicable legal requirements, the Advisor may select a broker based partly upon brokerage or research services provided to the Advisor and its clients, including the Trust. In return for such services, the Advisor may cause the Trust to pay a higher commission than other brokers would charge if the Advisor determines in good faith that the commission is reasonable in relation to the services provided.

In selecting brokers or dealers to execute portfolio transactions, the Advisor seeks to obtain the best price and most favorable execution for the Trust, taking into account a variety of factors including: (i) the size, nature and character of the security or instrument being traded and the markets in which it is purchased or sold; (ii) the desired timing of the transaction; (iii) the Advisor’s knowledge of the expected commission rates and spreads currently available; (iv) the activity existing and expected in the market for the particular security or instrument, including any anticipated execution difficulties; (v) the full range of brokerage services provided; (vi) the broker’s or dealer’s capital; (vii) the quality of research and research services provided; (viii) the reasonableness of the commission, dealer spread or its equivalent for the specific transaction; and (ix) the Advisor’s knowledge of any actual or apparent operational problems of a broker or dealer.

Section 28(e) of the Exchange Act (“Section 28(e)”) permits an investment adviser, under certain circumstances, to cause an account to pay a broker or dealer a commission for effecting a transaction that exceeds the amount another broker or dealer would have charged for effecting the same transaction in recognition of the value of brokerage and research services provided by that broker or dealer. This includes commissions paid on riskless principal transactions under certain conditions. Brokerage and research services include: (1) furnishing advice as to the value of securities, including pricing and appraisal advice, credit analysis, risk measurement analysis, performance and other analysis, as well as the advisability of investing in, purchasing or selling securities, and the availability of securities or purchasers or sellers of securities; (2) furnishing analyses and reports concerning issuers, industries, securities, economic factors and trends, portfolio strategy, and the performance of accounts; and (3) effecting securities transactions and performing functions incidental to securities transactions (such as clearance, settlement, and custody). The Advisor believes that access to independent investment research is beneficial to its investment decision-making processes and, therefore, to the Trust.

 

S-46


Table of Contents

The Advisor may participate in client commission arrangements under which the Advisor may execute transactions through a broker-dealer and request that the broker-dealer allocate a portion of the commissions or commission credits to another firm that provides research to the Advisor. The Advisor believes that research services obtained through soft dollar or commission sharing arrangements enhance its investment decision-making capabilities, thereby increasing the prospects for higher investment returns. The Advisor will engage only in soft dollar or commission sharing transactions that comply with the requirements of Section 28(e). The Advisor regularly evaluates the soft dollar products and services utilized, as well as the overall soft dollar and commission sharing arrangements to ensure that trades are executed by firms that are regarded as best able to execute trades for client accounts, while at the same time providing access to the research and other services the Advisor views as impactful to its trading results.

The Advisor may utilize soft dollars and related services, including research (whether prepared by the broker-dealer or prepared by a third-party and provided to the Advisor by the broker-dealer) and execution or brokerage services within applicable rules and the Advisor’s policies to the extent that such permitted services do not compromise the Advisor’s ability to seek to obtain best execution. In this regard, the portfolio management investment and/or trading teams may consider a variety of factors, including the degree to which the broker-dealer: (a) provides access to company management; (b) provides access to their analysts; (c) provides meaningful/insightful research notes on companies or other potential investments; (d) facilitates calls on which meaningful or insightful ideas about companies or potential investments are discussed; (e) facilitates conferences at which meaningful or insightful ideas about companies or potential investments are discussed; or (f) provides research tools such as market data, financial analysis, and other third party related research and brokerage tools that aid in the investment process.

Research-oriented services for which the Advisor might pay with Trust commissions may be in written form or through direct contact with individuals and may include information as to particular companies or industries and securities or groups of securities, as well as market, economic, or institutional advice and statistical information, political developments and technical market information that assists in the valuation of investments. Except as noted immediately below, research services furnished by brokers may be used in servicing some or all client accounts and not all services may be used in connection with the Trust or account that paid commissions to the broker providing such services. In some cases, research information received from brokers by investment company management personnel, or personnel principally responsible for the Advisor’s individually managed portfolios, is not necessarily shared by and between such personnel. Any investment advisory or other fees paid by the Trust to the Advisor are not reduced as a result of the Advisor’s receipt of research services. In some cases, the Advisor may receive a service from a broker that has both a “research” and a “non-research” use. When this occurs the Advisor makes a good faith allocation, under all the circumstances, between the research and non-research uses of the service. The percentage of the service that is used for research purposes may be paid for with client commissions, while the Advisor will use its own funds to pay for the percentage of the service that is used for non-research purposes. In making this good faith allocation, the Advisor faces a potential conflict of interest, but the Advisor believes that its allocation procedures are reasonably designed to ensure that it appropriately allocates the anticipated use of such services to their research and non-research uses.

Payments of commissions to brokers who are affiliated persons of the Trust will be made in accordance with Rule 17e-1 under the Investment Company Act.

From time to time, the Trust may purchase new issues of securities in a fixed price offering. In these situations, the broker may be a member of the selling group that will, in addition to selling securities, provide the Advisor with research services. The Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. has adopted rules expressly permitting these types of arrangements under certain circumstances. Generally, the broker will provide research “credits” in these situations at a rate that is higher than that available for typical secondary market transactions. These arrangements may not fall within the safe harbor of Section 28(e).

The Advisor does not consider sales of shares of the investment companies it advises as a factor in the selection of brokers or dealers to execute portfolio transactions for the Trust; however, whether or not a particular broker or dealer sells shares of the investment companies advised by the Advisor neither qualifies nor disqualifies such broker or dealer to execute transactions for those investment companies.

 

S-47


Table of Contents

The Trust anticipates that its brokerage transactions involving foreign securities generally will be conducted primarily on the principal stock exchanges of the applicable country. Foreign equity securities may be held by the Trust in the form of depositary receipts, or other securities convertible into foreign equity securities. Depositary receipts may be listed on stock exchanges, or traded in OTC markets in the United States or Europe, as the case may be. American Depositary Receipts, like other securities traded in the United States, will be subject to negotiated commission rates.

The Trust may invest in certain securities traded in the OTC market and intends to deal directly with the dealers who make a market in the particular securities, except in those circumstances in which better prices and execution are available elsewhere. Under the Investment Company Act, persons affiliated with the Trust and persons who are affiliated with such affiliated persons are prohibited from dealing with the Trust as principal in the purchase and sale of securities unless a permissive order allowing such transactions is obtained from the SEC. Since transactions in the OTC market usually involve transactions with the dealers acting as principal for their own accounts, the Trust will not deal with affiliated persons in connection with such transactions. However, an affiliated person of the Trust may serve as its broker in OTC transactions conducted on an agency basis provided that, among other things, the fee or commission received by such affiliated broker is reasonable and fair compared to the fee or commission received by non-affiliated brokers in connection with comparable transactions.

OTC issues, including most fixed-income securities such as corporate debt and U.S. Government securities, are normally traded on a “net” basis without a stated commission, through dealers acting for their own account and not as brokers. The Trust will primarily engage in transactions with these dealers or deal directly with the issuer unless a better price or execution could be obtained by using a broker. Prices paid to a dealer with respect to both foreign and domestic securities will generally include a “spread,” which is the difference between the prices at which the dealer is willing to purchase and sell the specific security at the time, and includes the dealer’s normal profit.

Purchases of money market instruments by the Trust are made from dealers, underwriters and issuers. The Trust does not currently expect to incur any brokerage commission expense on such transactions because money market instruments are generally traded on a “net” basis with dealers acting as principal for their own accounts without a stated commission. The price of the security, however, usually includes a profit to the dealer.

Securities purchased in underwritten offerings include a fixed amount of compensation to the underwriter, generally referred to as the underwriter’s concession or discount. When securities are purchased or sold directly from or to an issuer, no commissions or discounts are paid.

The Advisor may seek to obtain an undertaking from issuers of commercial paper or dealers selling commercial paper to consider the repurchase of such securities from the Trust prior to maturity at their original cost plus interest (sometimes adjusted to reflect the actual maturity of the securities), if it believes that the Trust’s anticipated need for liquidity makes such action desirable. Any such repurchase prior to maturity reduces the possibility that the Trust would incur a capital loss in liquidating commercial paper, especially if interest rates have risen since acquisition of such commercial paper.

Investment decisions for the Trust and for other investment accounts managed by the Advisor are made independently of each other in light of differing conditions. The Advisor allocates investments among client accounts in a fair and equitable manner. A variety of factors will be considered in making such allocations. These factors include: (i) investment objectives or strategies for particular accounts, including sector, industry, country or region and capitalization weightings, (ii) tax considerations of an account, (iii) risk or investment concentration parameters for an account, (iv) supply or demand for a security at a given price level, (v) size of available investment, (vi) cash availability and liquidity requirements for accounts, (vii) regulatory restrictions, (viii) minimum investment size of an account, (ix) relative size of account, and (x) such other factors as may be approved by the Advisor’s general counsel. Moreover, investments may not be allocated to one client account over another based on any of the following considerations: (i) to favor one client account at the expense of another, (ii) to generate higher fees paid by one client account over another or to produce greater performance compensation to the

 

S-48


Table of Contents

Advisor, (iii) to develop or enhance a relationship with a client or prospective client, (iv) to compensate a client for past services or benefits rendered to the Advisor or to induce future services or benefits to be rendered to the Advisor, or (v) to manage or equalize investment performance among different client accounts.

Equity securities will generally be allocated among client accounts within the same investment mandate on a pro rata basis. This pro-rata allocation may result in the Trust receiving less of a particular security than if pro-ration had not occurred. All allocations of equity securities will be subject, where relevant, to share minimums established for accounts and compliance constraints.

Initial public offerings of securities may be over-subscribed and subsequently trade at a premium in the secondary market. When the Advisor is given an opportunity to invest in such an initial offering or “new” or “hot” issue, the supply of securities available for client accounts is often less than the amount of securities the accounts would otherwise take. In order to allocate these investments fairly and equitably among client accounts over time, each portfolio manager or a member of his or her respective investment team will indicate to the Advisor’s trading desk their level of interest in a particular offering with respect to eligible clients’ accounts for which that team is responsible. Initial public offerings of U.S. equity securities will be identified as eligible for particular client accounts that are managed by portfolio teams who have indicated interest in the offering based on market capitalization of the issuer of the security and the investment mandate of the client account and in the case of international equity securities, the country where the offering is taking place and the investment mandate of the client account. Generally, shares received during the initial public offering will be allocated among participating client accounts within each investment mandate on a pro rata basis. In situations where supply is too limited to be allocated among all accounts for which the investment is eligible, portfolio managers may rotate such investment opportunities among one or more accounts so long as the rotation system provides for fair access for all client accounts over time. Other allocation methodologies that are considered by the Advisor to be fair and equitable to clients may be used as well.

Because different accounts may have differing investment objectives and policies, the Advisor may buy and sell the same securities at the same time for different clients based on the particular investment objective, guidelines and strategies of those accounts. For example, the Advisor may decide that it may be entirely appropriate for a growth fund to sell a security at the same time a value fund is buying that security. To the extent that transactions on behalf of more than one client of the Advisor or its affiliates during the same period may increase the demand for securities being purchased or the supply of securities being sold, there may be an adverse effect on price. For example, sales of a security by the Advisor on behalf of one or more of its clients may decrease the market price of such security, adversely impacting other of the Advisor’s clients that still hold the security. If purchases or sales of securities arise for consideration at or about the same time that would involve the Trust or other clients or funds for which the Advisor or an affiliate act as investment manager, transactions in such securities will be made, insofar as feasible, for the respective funds and clients in a manner deemed equitable to all.

In certain instances, the Advisor may find it efficient for purposes of seeking to obtain best execution, to aggregate or “bunch” certain contemporaneous purchases or sale orders of its advisory accounts. In general, all contemporaneous trades for client accounts under management by the same portfolio manager or investment team will be bunched in a single order if the trader believes the bunched trade would provide each client with an opportunity to achieve a more favorable execution at a potentially lower execution cost. The costs associated with a bunched order will be shared pro rata among the clients in the bunched order. Generally, if an order for a particular portfolio manager or management team is filled at several different prices through multiple trades, all accounts participating in the order will receive the average price except in the case of certain international markets where average pricing is not permitted. While in some cases this practice could have a detrimental effect upon the price or value of the security as far as the Trust is concerned, in other cases it could be beneficial to the Trust. Transactions effected by the Advisor on behalf of more than one of its clients during the same period may increase the demand for securities being purchased or the supply of securities being sold, causing an adverse effect on price. The trader will give the bunched order to the broker dealer that the trader has identified as being able to provide the best execution of the order. Orders for purchase or sale of securities will be placed within a reasonable amount of time of the order receipt and bunched orders will be kept bunched only long enough to execute the order.

The Trust will not purchase securities during the existence of any underwriting or selling group relating to such securities of which the Advisor or any affiliated person (as defined in the Investment Company Act) thereof is

 

S-49


Table of Contents

a member except pursuant to procedures adopted by the Board in accordance with Rule 10f-3 under the Investment Company Act. In no instance will portfolio securities be purchased from or sold to the Advisor or any affiliated person of the foregoing entities except as permitted by SEC exemptive order or by applicable law.

While the Trust generally does not expect to engage in trading for short-term gains, it will effect portfolio transactions without regard to any holding period if, in the Advisor’s judgment, such transactions are advisable in light of a change in circumstances of a particular company or within a particular industry or in general market, economic or financial conditions. The portfolio turnover rate is calculated by dividing the lesser of the Trust’s annual sales or purchases of portfolio securities (exclusive of purchases or sales of U.S. Government Securities and all other securities whose maturities at the time of acquisition were one year or less) by the monthly average value of the securities in the portfolio during the year. A high rate of portfolio turnover results in certain tax consequences, such as increased capital gain dividends and/or ordinary income dividends, and in correspondingly greater transaction costs in the form of dealer spreads and brokerage commissions, which are borne directly by the Trust.

Information about the brokerage commissions paid by the Trust, including commissions paid to affiliates, for the last three fiscal years, is set forth in the following table:

 

Fiscal Year Ended December 31,

   Aggregate Brokerage
Commissions Paid
     Commissions Paid to Affiliates  

2018

   $ [                $ [            

2017

   $ [                $ [            

2016

   $ [                $ [            

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018, the brokerage commissions paid to affiliates by the Trust represented [    ]% of the aggregate brokerage commissions paid and involved [    ]% of the dollar amount of transactions involving payment of commissions during the year.

The following table shows the dollar amount of brokerage commissions paid to brokers for providing third-party research services and the approximate dollar amount of the transactions involved for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018. The provision of third-par ty research services was not necessarily a factor in the placement of all brokerage business with such brokers.

 

Amount of Commissions Paid to Brokers for  Providing
Research Services

   Amount of Brokerage Transactions Involved

$[            ]

   $[            ]

[As of December 31, 2018, the Trust held no securities of its “regular brokers or dealers” (as defined in Rule 10b-1 under the Investment Company Act) whose shares were purchased during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018.]

CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. (“PNC”), through a subsidiary, has a significant economic interest in BlackRock, Inc., the parent of the Advisor. Certain activities of BlackRock, Inc., the Advisor and the other subsidiaries of BlackRock, Inc. (collectively referred to in this section as “BlackRock”) and PNC and its subsidiaries (collectively referred to in this section as the “Entities”), and their respective directors, officers or employees, with respect to the Trust and/or other accounts managed by BlackRock or Entities, may give rise to actual or perceived conflicts of interest such as those described below.

BlackRock is one of the world’s largest asset management firms. PNC is a diversified financial services organization spanning the retail, business and corporate markets. BlackRock, PNC and their respective subsidiaries

 

S-50


Table of Contents

and each of their respective directors, officers and employees, including, in the case of BlackRock, the business units or entities and personnel who may be involved in the investment activities and business operations of the Trust, are engaged worldwide in businesses, including managing equities, fixed-income securities, cash and alternative investments, and banking and other financial services, and have interests other than that of managing the Trust. These are considerations of which investors in the Trust should be aware, and which may cause conflicts of interest that could disadvantage the Trust and its shareholders. These businesses and interests include potential multiple advisory, transactional, financial and other relationships with, or interests in companies and interests in securities or other instruments that may be purchased or sold by the Trust.

BlackRock and the Entities have proprietary interests in, and may manage or advise with respect to, accounts or funds (including separate accounts and other funds and collective investment vehicles) that have investment objectives similar to those of the Trust and/or that engage in transactions in the same types of securities, currencies and instruments as the Trust. BlackRock and the Entities are also major participants in the global currency, equities, swap and fixed-income markets, in each case, for the accounts of clients and, in some cases, on a proprietary basis. As such, BlackRock and the Entities are or may be actively engaged in transactions in the same securities, currencies, and instruments in which the Trust invests. Such activities could affect the prices and availability of the securities, currencies, and instruments in which the Trust invests, which could have an adverse impact on the Trust’s performance. Such transactions, particularly in respect of most proprietary accounts or client accounts, will be executed independently of the Trust’s transactions and thus at prices or rates that may be more or less favorable than those obtained by the Trust.

When BlackRock seeks to purchase or sell the same assets for managed accounts, including the Trust, the assets actually purchased or sold may be allocated among the accounts on a basis determined in its good faith discretion to be equitable. In some cases, this system may adversely affect the size or price of the assets purchased or sold for the Trust. In addition, transactions in investments by one or more other accounts managed by BlackRock (or Entities) may have the effect of diluting or otherwise disadvantaging the values, prices or investment strategies of the Trust, particularly, but not limited to, with respect to small capitalization, emerging market or less liquid strategies. This may occur with respect to BlackRock-advised accounts when investment decisions regarding the Trust are based on research or other information that is also used to support decisions for other accounts. When BlackRock implements a portfolio decision or strategy on behalf of another account ahead of, or contemporaneously with, similar decisions or strategies for the Trust, market impact, liquidity constraints, or other factors could result in the Trust receiving less favorable trading results and the costs of implementing such decisions or strategies could be increased or the Trust could otherwise be disadvantaged. BlackRock may, in certain cases, elect to implement internal policies and procedures designed to limit such consequences, which may cause the Trust to be unable to engage in certain activities, including purchasing or disposing of securities, when it might otherwise be desirable for it to do so.

Conflicts may also arise because portfolio decisions regarding the Trust may benefit other accounts managed by BlackRock. For example, the sale of a long position or establishment of a short position by the Trust may impair the price of the same security sold short by (and therefore benefit) BlackRock or its other accounts or funds, and the purchase of a security or covering of a short position in a security by the Trust may increase the price of the same security held by (and therefore benefit) BlackRock or its other accounts or funds. In addition, to the extent permitted by applicable law, the Trust may invest its assets in other funds advised by BlackRock, including funds that are managed by one or more of the same portfolio managers, which could result in conflicts of interest relating to asset allocation, timing of Trust purchases and redemptions, and increased remuneration and profitability for BlackRock and/or its personnel, including portfolio managers.

In certain circumstances, BlackRock, on behalf of the Trust, may seek to buy from or sell securities to another fund or account advised by BlackRock. BlackRock may (but is not required to) effect purchases and sales between BlackRock clients (“cross trades”), including the Trust, if BlackRock believes such transactions are appropriate based on each party’s investment objectives and guidelines, subject to applicable law and regulation. There may be potential conflicts of interest or regulatory issues relating to these transactions which could limit BlackRock’s decision to engage in these transactions for the Trust. BlackRock may have a potentially conflicting division of loyalties and responsibilities to the parties in such transactions.

 

S-51


Table of Contents

BlackRock and the Entities and their respective clients may pursue or enforce rights with respect to an issuer in which the Trust has invested, and those activities may have an adverse effect on the Trust. As a result, prices, availability, liquidity and terms of the Trust’s investments may be negatively impacted by the activities of BlackRock or the Entities or their respective clients, and transactions for the Trust may be impaired or effected at prices or terms that may be less favorable than would otherwise have been the case.

The results of the Trust’s investment activities may differ significantly from the results achieved by BlackRock for its proprietary accounts or other accounts (including investment companies or collective investment vehicles) which it manages or advises. It is possible that one or more accounts managed or advised by BlackRock and such other accounts will achieve investment results that are substantially more or less favorable than the results achieved by the Trust. Moreover, it is possible that the Trust will sustain losses during periods in which one or more proprietary or other accounts managed or advised by BlackRock achieve significant profits. The opposite result is also possible.

From time to time, the Trust may be restricted from purchasing or selling securities, or from engaging in other investment activities because of regulatory, legal or contractual requirements applicable to BlackRock or one or more Entities or other accounts managed or advised by BlackRock or an Entity for clients worldwide, and/or the internal policies of BlackRock and the Entities designed to comply with such requirements. As a result, there may be periods, for example, when BlackRock will not initiate or recommend certain types of transactions in certain securities or instruments with respect to which BlackRock and/or one or more Entities are performing services or when position limits have been reached. For example, the investment activities of BlackRock for its proprietary accounts and accounts under its management may limit the investment opportunities for the Trust in certain emerging and other markets in which limitations are imposed upon the amount of investment, in the aggregate or in individual issuers, by affiliated foreign investors.

In connection with its management of the Trust, BlackRock may have access to certain fundamental analysis and proprietary technical models developed by BlackRock. BlackRock will not be under any obligation, however, to effect transactions on behalf of the Trust in accordance with such analysis and models. In addition, BlackRock will not have any obligation to make available any information regarding their proprietary activities or strategies, or the activities or strategies used for other accounts managed by them, for the benefit of the management of the Trust and it is not anticipated that BlackRock will have access to such information for the purpose of managing the Trust. The proprietary activities or portfolio strategies of BlackRock or the activities or strategies used for accounts managed by BlackRock or other client accounts could conflict with the transactions and strategies employed by BlackRock in managing the Trust.

In addition, certain principals and certain employees of the Trust’s investment adviser are also principals or employees of other business units or entities within BlackRock. As a result, these principals and employees may have obligations to such other business units or entities or their clients and such obligations to other business units or entities or their clients may be a consideration of which investors in the Trust should be aware.

BlackRock may enter into transactions and invest in securities, instruments and currencies on behalf of the Trust in which clients of BlackRock or an Entity, or, to the extent permitted by the SEC and applicable law, BlackRock or an Entity, serves as the counterparty, principal or issuer. In such cases, such party’s interests in the transaction will be adverse to the interests of the Trust, and such party may have no incentive to assure that the Trust obtains the best possible prices or terms in connection with the transactions. In addition, the purchase, holding and sale of such investments by the Trust may enhance the profitability of BlackRock or an Entity.

BlackRock or one or more Entities may also create, write or issue derivatives for their clients, the underlying securities, currencies or instruments of which may be those in which the Trust invests or which may be based on the performance of the Trust. BlackRock has entered into an arrangement with Markit Indices Limited, the index provider for underlying fixed-income indexes used by certain iShares ETFs, related to derivative fixed-income products that are based on such iShares ETFs. In connection with these products, BlackRock will receive certain payments for licensing intellectual property belonging to BlackRock and for facilitating provision of data in connection with such derivative products, which may include payments based on the trading volumes of, or revenues generated by, such products. The Trust and other accounts managed by BlackRock may transact in such products where permitted by the Trust’s investment strategy. These transactions could contribute to the viability of

 

S-52


Table of Contents

such products, potentially leading to increased payments to BlackRock, as well as greater liquidity for such products, increased purchase activity with respect to the applicable iShares ETFs and increased assets under management for BlackRock.

The Trust may, subject to applicable law, purchase investments that are the subject of an underwriting or other distribution by BlackRock or one or more Entities and may also enter into transactions with other clients of BlackRock or an Entity where such other clients have interests adverse to those of the Trust.

At times, these activities may cause business units or entities within BlackRock or an Entity to give advice to clients that may cause these clients to take actions adverse to the interests of the Trust. To the extent such transactions are permitted, the Trust will deal with BlackRock and/or Entities on an arms-length basis.

To the extent authorized by applicable law, BlackRock or one or more Entities may act as broker, dealer, agent, lender or adviser or in other commercial capacities for the Trust. It is anticipated that the commissions, mark-ups, mark-downs, financial advisory fees, underwriting and placement fees, sales fees, financing and commitment fees, brokerage fees, other fees, compensation or profits, rates, terms and conditions charged by BlackRock or an Entity will be in its view commercially reasonable, although BlackRock and each Entity, including its sales personnel, will have an interest in obtaining fees and other amounts that are favorable to BlackRock or the Entity and such sales personnel, which may have an adverse effect on the Trust.

Subject to applicable law, BlackRock and the Entities (and their personnel and other distributors) will be entitled to retain fees and other amounts that they receive in connection with their service to the Trust as broker, dealer, agent, lender, adviser or in other commercial capacities. No accounting to the Trust or its shareholders will be required, and no fees or other compensation payable by the Trust or its shareholders will be reduced by reason of receipt by BlackRock or an Entity of any such fees or other amounts.

When BlackRock or an Entity acts as broker, dealer, agent, adviser or in other commercial capacities in relation to the Trust, BlackRock or the Entity may take commercial steps in its own interests, which may have an adverse effect on the Trust. The Trust will be required to establish business relationships with its counterparties based on the Trust’s own credit standing. BlackRock will not have any obligation to allow credit to be used in connection with the Trust’s establishment of its business relationships, nor is it expected that the Trust’s counterparties will rely on the credit of BlackRock in evaluating the Trust’s creditworthiness.

BlackRock Investment Management, LLC (“BIM”), an affiliate of BlackRock, pursuant to SEC exemptive relief, acts as securities lending agent to, and receives a share of securities lending revenues from, the Trust. BIM may receive compensation for managing the reinvestment of the cash collateral from securities lending. There are potential conflicts of interests in managing a securities lending program, including but not limited to: (i) BIM as securities lending agent may have an incentive to increase or decrease the amount of securities on loan or to lend particular securities in order to generate additional risk-adjusted revenue for BIM and its affiliates; and (ii) BIM as securities lending agent may have an incentive to allocate loans to clients that would provide more revenue to BIM. As described further below, BIM seeks to mitigate this conflict by providing its securities lending clients with equal lending opportunities over time in order to approximate pro-rata allocation.

As part of its securities lending program, BlackRock indemnifies certain clients and/or funds against a shortfall in collateral in the event of borrower default. BlackRock’s Risk and Quantitative Analytics Group (“RQA”) calculates, on a regular basis, BlackRock’s potential dollar exposure to the risk of collateral shortfall upon counterparty default (“shortfall risk”) under the securities lending program for both indemnified and non-indemnified clients. On a periodic basis, RQA also determines the maximum amount of potential indemnified shortfall risk arising from securities lending activities (“indemnification exposure limit”) and the maximum amount of counterparty-specific credit exposure (“credit limits”) BlackRock is willing to assume as well as the program’s operational complexity. RQA oversees the risk model that calculates projected shortfall values using loan-level factors such as loan and collateral type and market value as well as specific borrower counterparty credit characteristics. When necessary, RQA may further adjust other securities lending program attributes by restricting eligible collateral or reducing counterparty credit limits. As a result, the management of the indemnification exposure limit may affect the amount of securities lending activity BlackRock may conduct at any given point in time and impact indemnified and non-indemnified clients by reducing the volume of lending opportunities for certain loans (including by asset type, collateral type and/or revenue profile).

 

S-53


Table of Contents

BlackRock uses a predetermined systematic process in order to approximate pro-rata allocation over time. In order to allocate a loan to a portfolio: (i) BlackRock as a whole must have sufficient lending capacity pursuant to the various program limits ( i.e. indemnification exposure limit and counterparty credit limits); (ii) the lending portfolio must hold the asset at the time a loan opportunity arrives; and (iii) the lending portfolio must also have enough inventory, either on its own or when aggregated with other portfolios into one single market delivery, to satisfy the loan request. In doing so, BlackRock seeks to provide equal lending opportunities for all portfolios, independent of whether BlackRock indemnifies the portfolio. Equal opportunities for lending portfolios does not guarantee equal outcomes. Specifically, short and long-term outcomes for individual clients may vary due to asset mix, asset/liability spreads on different securities, and the overall limits imposed by the firm.

Purchases and sales of securities and other assets for the Trust may be bunched or aggregated with orders for other BlackRock client accounts, including with accounts that pay different transaction costs solely due to the fact that they have different research payment arrangements. BlackRock, however, is not required to bunch or aggregate orders if portfolio management decisions for different accounts are made separately, or if they determine that bunching or aggregating is not practicable or required, or in cases involving client direction.

Prevailing trading activity frequently may make impossible the receipt of the same price or execution on the entire volume of securities purchased or sold. When this occurs, the various prices may be averaged, and the Trust will be charged or credited with the average price. Thus, the effect of the aggregation may operate on some occasions to the disadvantage of the Trust. In addition, under certain circumstances, the Trust will not be charged the same commission or commission equivalent rates in connection with a bunched or aggregated order.

As discussed in the section entitled “Portfolio Transactions and Brokerage” in this SAI, BlackRock, unless prohibited by applicable law, may cause the Trust or account to pay a broker or dealer a commission for effecting a transaction that exceeds the amount another broker or dealer would have charged for effecting the same transaction in recognition of the value of brokerage and research services provided by that broker or dealer.

Subject to applicable law, BlackRock may select brokers (including, without limitation, certain Entities) that furnish BlackRock, the Trust, other BlackRock client accounts or personnel, directly or through correspondent relationships, with research or other appropriate services which provide, in BlackRock’s view, appropriate assistance to BlackRock in the investment decision-making process (including with respect to futures, fixed-price offerings and OTC transactions). Such research or other services may include, to the extent permitted by law, research reports on companies, industries and securities; economic and financial data; financial publications; proxy analysis; trade industry seminars; computer data bases; research-oriented software and other services and products.

Research or other services obtained in this manner may be used in servicing any or all of the Trust and other BlackRock client accounts, including in connection with BlackRock client accounts other than those that pay commissions to the broker relating to the research or other service arrangements. Such products and services may disproportionately benefit other BlackRock client accounts relative to the Trust based on the amount of brokerage commissions paid by the Trust and such other BlackRock client accounts. For example, research or other services that are paid for through one client’s commissions may not be used in managing that client’s account. In addition, other BlackRock client accounts may receive the benefit, including disproportionate benefits, of economies of scale or price discounts in connection with products and services that may be provided to the Trust and to such other BlackRock client accounts. To the extent that BlackRock uses soft dollars, it will not have to pay for those products and services itself.

BlackRock, unless prohibited by applicable law, may endeavor to execute trades through brokers who, pursuant to such arrangements, provide research or other services in order to ensure the continued receipt of research or other services BlackRock believes are useful in its investment decision-making process. BlackRock may from time to time choose not to engage in the above described arrangements to varying degrees. BlackRock, unless prohibited by applicable law, may also enter into commission sharing arrangements under which BlackRock may execute transactions through a broker-dealer, including, where permitted, an Entity, and request that the broker-

 

S-54


Table of Contents

dealer allocate a portion of the commissions or commission credits to another firm that provides research to BlackRock. To the extent that BlackRock engages in commission sharing arrangements, many of the same conflicts related to traditional soft dollars may exist.

BlackRock may utilize certain electronic crossing networks (“ECNs”) (including, without limitation, ECNs in which BlackRock or an Entity has an investment or other interest, to the extent permitted by applicable law) in executing client securities transactions for certain types of securities. These ECNs may charge fees for their services, including access fees and transaction fees. The transaction fees, which are similar to commissions or markups/markdowns, will generally be charged to clients and, like commissions and markups/markdowns, would generally be included in the cost of the securities purchased. Access fees may be paid by BlackRock even though incurred in connection with executing transactions on behalf of clients, including the Trust. In certain circumstances, ECNs may offer volume discounts that will reduce the access fees typically paid by BlackRock. BlackRock will only utilize ECNs consistent with its obligation to seek to obtain best execution in client transactions.

BlackRock has adopted policies and procedures designed to prevent conflicts of interest from influencing proxy voting decisions that it makes on behalf of advisory clients, including the Trust, and to help ensure that such decisions are made in accordance with BlackRock’s fiduciary obligations to its clients. Nevertheless, notwithstanding such proxy voting policies and procedures, actual proxy voting decisions of BlackRock may have the effect of favoring the interests of other clients or businesses of other divisions or units of BlackRock and/or an Entity, provided that BlackRock believes such voting decisions to be in accordance with its fiduciary obligations. For a more detailed discussion of these policies and procedures, see Appendix B.

It is possible that the Trust may invest in securities of, or engage in transactions with, companies with which an Entity has developed or is trying to develop investment banking relationships as well as securities of entities in which BlackRock or an Entity has significant debt or equity investments or other interests or in which an Entity makes a market. The Trust may also invest in issuances (such as structured notes) by entities for which BlackRock provides and is compensated for cash management services relating to the proceeds from the sale of such issuances. The Trust also may invest in securities of, or engage in transactions with, companies to which an Entity provides or may in the future provide research coverage. Such investments or transactions could cause conflicts between the interests of the Trust and the interests of BlackRock, other clients of BlackRock or an Entity. In making investment decisions for the Trust, BlackRock is not permitted to obtain or use material non-public information acquired by any unit of BlackRock, in the course of these activities. In addition, from time to time, the activities of BlackRock or an Entity may limit the Trust’s flexibility in purchases and sales of securities. When an Entity is engaged in an underwriting or other distribution of securities of an entity, BlackRock may be prohibited from purchasing or recommending the purchase of certain securities of that entity for the Trust. As indicated below, BlackRock or an Entity may engage in transactions with companies in which BlackRock-advised funds or other clients of BlackRock or of an Entity have an investment.

BlackRock and Chubb Limited (“Chubb”), a public company whose securities are held by BlackRock-advised funds and other accounts, partially funded the creation of a re-insurance company (“Re Co”) pursuant to which each has approximately a 9.9% ownership interest and each has representation on the board of directors. Certain employees and executives of BlackRock have a less than 1/2 of 1% ownership interest in Re Co.

BlackRock manages the investment portfolio of Re Co, which is held in a wholly-owned subsidiary. Re Co participates as a reinsurer with reinsurance contracts underwritten by subsidiaries of Chubb. An independent director of certain BlackRock-advised funds also serves as an independent director of Chubb and has no interest or involvement in the Re Co transaction.

BlackRock may provide valuation assistance to certain clients with respect to certain securities or other investments and the valuation recommendations made for such clients’ accounts may differ from the valuations for the same securities or investments assigned by the Trust’s pricing vendors, especially if such valuations are based on broker-dealer quotes or other data sources unavailable to the Trust’s pricing vendors. While BlackRock will generally communicate its valuation information or determinations to the Trust’s pricing vendors and/or fund accountants, there may be instances where the Trust’s pricing vendors or fund accountants assign a different valuation to a security or other investment than the valuation for such security or investment determined or recommended by BlackRock.

 

S-55


Table of Contents

As disclosed in more detail in “Net Asset Value” in the prospectus, when market quotations are not readily available or are believed by BlackRock to be unreliable, the Trust’s investments are valued at fair value by BlackRock, in accordance with procedures adopted by the Trust’s Board of Trustees. When determining a “fair value price,” BlackRock seeks to determine the price that the Trust might reasonably expect to receive from the current sale of that asset or liability in an arm’s-length transaction. The price generally may not be determined based on what the Trust might reasonably expect to receive for selling an asset or liability at a later time or if it holds the asset or liability to maturity. While fair value determinations will be based upon all available factors that BlackRock deems relevant at the time of the determination, and may be based on analytical values determined by BlackRock using proprietary or third party valuation models, fair value represents only a good faith approximation of the value of an asset or liability. The fair value of one or more assets or liabilities may not, in retrospect, be the price at which those assets or liabilities could have been sold during the period in which the particular fair values were used in determining the Trust’s net asset value. As a result, the Trust’s sale or repurchase of its shares at net asset value, at a time when a holding or holdings are valued by BlackRock (pursuant to Board-adopted procedures) at fair value, may have the effect of diluting or increasing the economic interest of existing shareholders and may affect the amount of revenue received by BlackRock with respect to services for which it receives an asset-based fee.

To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Trust may invest all or some of its short-term cash investments in any money market fund or similarly-managed private fund advised or managed by BlackRock. In connection with any such investments, the Trust, to the extent permitted by the Investment Company Act, may pay its share of expenses of a money market fund or other similarly-managed private fund in which it invests, which may result in the Trust bearing some additional expenses.

BlackRock and its directors, officers and employees, may buy and sell securities or other investments for their own accounts and may have conflicts of interest with respect to investments made on behalf of the Trust. As a result of differing trading and investment strategies or constraints, positions may be taken by directors, officers, and employees of BlackRock that are the same, different from or made at different times than positions taken for the Trust. To lessen the possibility that the Trust will be adversely affected by this personal trading, the Trust and the Advisor each have adopted a Code of Ethics in compliance with Section 17(j) of the Investment Company Act that restricts securities trading in the personal accounts of investment professionals and others who normally come into possession of information regarding the Trust’s portfolio transactions. Each Code of Ethics is also available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet site at http://www.sec.gov, and copies may be obtained, after paying a duplicating fee, by e-mail at publicinfo@sec.gov.

BlackRock will not purchase securities or other property from, or sell securities or other property to, the Trust, except that the Trust may in accordance with rules or guidance adopted under the Investment Company Act engage in transactions with accounts that are affiliated with the Trust as a result of common officers, directors, or investment advisers or pursuant to exemptive orders granted to the Trust and/or BlackRock by the SEC. These transactions would be effected in circumstances in which BlackRock determined that it would be appropriate for the Trust to purchase and another client of BlackRock to sell, or the Trust to sell and another client of BlackRock to purchase, the same security or instrument on the same day. From time to time, the activities of the Trust may be restricted because of regulatory requirements applicable to BlackRock and/or BlackRock’s internal policies designed to comply with, limit the applicability of, or otherwise relate to such requirements. A client not advised by BlackRock would not be subject to some of those considerations. There may be periods when BlackRock may not initiate or recommend certain types of transactions, or may otherwise restrict or limit their advice in certain securities or instruments issued by or related to companies for which BlackRock or an Entity is performing investment banking, market making, advisory or other services or has proprietary positions. For example, when BlackRock is engaged to provide advisory or risk management services for a company, BlackRock may be prohibited from or limited in purchasing or selling securities of that company on behalf of the Trust, particularly where such services result in BlackRock obtaining material non-public information about the company (e.g., in connection with participation in a creditors’ committee). Similar situations could arise if personnel of BlackRock serve as directors of companies the securities of which the Trust wishes to purchase or sell. However, if permitted by applicable law, and where consistent with BlackRock’s policies and procedures (including the necessary implementation of appropriate information barriers), the Trust may purchase securities or instruments that are issued by such companies, are the subject of an underwriting, distribution, or advisory assignment by an Entity or are the subject of an advisory or risk management assignment by BlackRock, or where personnel of BlackRock are directors or officers of the issuer.

 

S-56


Table of Contents

The investment activities of BlackRock for their proprietary accounts and for client accounts may also limit the investment strategies and rights of the Trust. For example, in certain circumstances where the Trust invests in securities issued by companies that operate in certain regulated industries, in certain emerging or international markets, or are subject to corporate or regulatory ownership restrictions, or invest in certain futures and derivative transactions, there may be limits on the aggregate amount invested by BlackRock for their proprietary accounts and for client accounts (including the Trust) that may not be exceeded without the grant of a license or other regulatory or corporate consent, or, if exceeded, may cause BlackRock, the Trust or other client accounts to suffer disadvantages or business restrictions. If certain aggregate ownership thresholds are reached or certain transactions undertaken, the ability of BlackRock on behalf of clients (including the Trust) to purchase or dispose of investments, or exercise rights or undertake business transactions, may be restricted by regulation or otherwise impaired. As a result, BlackRock on behalf of its clients (including the Trust) may limit purchases, sell existing investments, or otherwise restrict, forgo or limit the exercise of rights (including transferring, outsourcing or limiting voting rights or forgoing the right to receive dividends) when BlackRock, in its sole discretion, deems it appropriate in light of potential regulatory or other restrictions on ownership or other consequences resulting from reaching investment thresholds.

In those circumstances where ownership thresholds or limitations must be observed, BlackRock seeks to allocate limited investment opportunities equitably among clients (including the Trust), taking into consideration benchmark weight and investment strategy. When ownership in certain securities nears an applicable threshold, BlackRock may limit purchases in such securities to the issuer’s weighting in the applicable benchmark used by BlackRock to manage the Trust. If client (including Trust) holdings of an issuer exceed an applicable threshold and BlackRock is unable to obtain relief to enable the continued holding of such investments, it may be necessary to sell down these positions to meet the applicable limitations. In these cases, benchmark overweight positions will be sold prior to benchmark positions being reduced to meet applicable limitations.

In addition to the foregoing, other ownership thresholds may trigger reporting requirements to governmental and regulatory authorities, and such reports may entail the disclosure of the identity of a client or BlackRock’s intended strategy with respect to such security or asset.

BlackRock may maintain securities indices. To the extent permitted by applicable laws, the Trust may seek to license and use such indices as part of their investment strategy. Index based funds that seek to track the performance of securities indices also may use the name of the index or index provider in the fund name. Index providers, including BlackRock (to the extent permitted by applicable law), may be paid licensing fees for use of their index or index name. BlackRock is not obligated to license its indices to the Trust and the Trust is under no obligation to use BlackRock indices. The Trust cannot be assured that the terms of any index licensing agreement with BlackRock will be as favorable as those terms offered to other licensees.

BlackRock may enter into contractual arrangements with third-party service providers to the Trust (e.g., custodians, administrators and index providers) pursuant to which BlackRock receives fee discounts or concessions in recognition of BlackRock’s overall relationship with such service providers. To the extent that BlackRock is responsible for paying these service providers out of its management fee, the benefits of any such fee discounts or concessions may accrue, in whole or in part, to BlackRock.

BlackRock owns or has an ownership interest in certain trading, portfolio management, operations and/or information systems used by Trust service providers. These systems are, or will be, used by the Trust service provider in connection with the provision of services to accounts managed by BlackRock and funds managed and sponsored by BlackRock, including the Trust, that engage the service provider (typically the custodian). The Trust’s service provider remunerates BlackRock for the use of the systems. The Trust’s service provider’s payments to BlackRock for the use of these systems may enhance the profitability of BlackRock.

BlackRock’s receipt of fees from a service provider in connection with the use of systems provided by BlackRock may create an incentive for BlackRock to recommend that the Trust enter into or renew an arrangement with the service provider.

 

S-57


Table of Contents

The Trust from time to time may purchase in the secondary market (i) certain mortgage pass-through securities packaged and master serviced by PNC Mortgage Securities Corp. (“PNC Mortgage”) or Midland Loan Services, Inc. (“Midland”), or (ii) mortgage-related securities containing loans or mortgages originated by PNC Bank, National Association (“PNC Bank”) or its affiliates. It is possible that under some circumstances, PNC Mortgage, Midland or other affiliates could have interests that are in conflict with the holders of these mortgage-backed securities, and such holders could have rights against PNC Mortgage, Midland or their affiliates. For example, if PNC Mortgage, Midland or their affiliates engaged in negligence or willful misconduct in carrying out its duties as a master servicer, then any holder of the mortgage-backed security could seek recourse against PNC Mortgage, Midland or their affiliates, as applicable. Also, as a master servicer, PNC Mortgage, Midland or their affiliates may make certain representations and warranties regarding the quality of the mortgages and properties underlying a mortgage-backed security. If one or more of those representations or warranties is false, then the holders of the mortgage-backed securities could trigger an obligation of PNC Mortgage, Midland or their affiliates, as applicable, to repurchase the mortgages from the issuing trust. Finally, PNC Mortgage, Midland or their affiliates may own securities that are subordinate to the senior mortgage-backed securities owned by the Trust.

Present and future activities of BlackRock (including BlackRock Advisors, LLC) and the Entities, and their respective directors, officers and employees, in addition to those described in this section, may give rise to additional conflicts of interest.

DESCRIPTION OF SHARES

Common Shares

The Trust intends to hold annual meetings of shareholders so long as the common shares are listed on a national securities exchange and such meetings are required as a condition to such listing.

Preferred Shares

The Trust currently does not intend to issue preferred shares. Although the terms of any preferred shares that the Trust might issue in the future, including dividend rate, liquidation preference and redemption provisions, will be determined by the Board, subject to applicable law and the Agreement and Declaration of Trust, it is likely that any such preferred shares issued would be structured to carry a relatively short-term dividend rate reflecting interest rates on short-term debt securities, by providing for the periodic redetermination of the dividend rate at relatively short intervals through a fixed spread or remarketing procedure, subject to a maximum rate which would increase over time in the event of an extended period of unsuccessful remarketing. The Trust also believes that it is likely that the liquidation preference, voting rights and redemption provisions of any such preferred shares would be similar to those stated below.

Liquidation Preference. In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Trust, the holders of preferred shares will be entitled to receive a preferential liquidating distribution, which would be expected to equal the original purchase price per preferred share plus accrued and unpaid dividends, whether or not declared, before any distribution of assets is made to holders of common shares. After payment of the full amount of the liquidating distribution to which they are entitled, the holders of preferred shares would not be entitled to any further participation in any distribution of assets by the Trust.

Voting Rights . The Investment Company Act requires that the holders of any preferred shares, voting separately as a single class, have the right to elect at least two Trustees at all times. The remaining Trustees will be elected by holders of common shares and preferred shares, voting together as a single class. In addition, subject to the prior rights, if any, of the holders of any other class of senior securities outstanding, the holders of any preferred shares have the right to elect a majority of the Trustees at any time two years’ dividends on any preferred shares are unpaid. The Investment Company Act also requires that, in addition to any approval by shareholders that might otherwise be required, the approval of the holders of a majority of any outstanding preferred shares, voting separately as a class, would be required to (1) adopt any plan of reorganization that would adversely affect the preferred shares, and (2) take any action requiring a vote of security holders under Section 13(a) of the Investment Company Act, including, among other things, changes in the Trust’s sub-classification as a closed-end investment company or changes in its fundamental investment restrictions. See “Certain Provisions in the Agreement and

 

S-58


Table of Contents

Declaration of Trust and Bylaws” in the prospectus. As a result of these voting rights, the Trust’s ability to take any such actions may be impeded to the extent that there are any preferred shares outstanding. The Board presently intends that, except as otherwise indicated in the prospectus or this SAI and except as otherwise required by applicable law, holders of any preferred shares will have equal voting rights with holders of common shares (one vote per share, unless otherwise required by the Investment Company Act) and will vote together with holders of common shares as a single class.

The affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of any outstanding preferred shares, voting as a separate class, would be required to amend, alter or repeal any of the preferences, rights or powers of holders of preferred shares so as to affect materially and adversely such preferences, rights or powers, or to increase or decrease the authorized number of preferred shares. The class vote of holders of preferred shares described above would in each case be in addition to any other vote required to authorize the action in question.

Redemption, Purchase and Sale of Preferred Shares by the Trust . The terms of any preferred shares are expected to provide that (1) they are redeemable by the Trust in whole or in part at the original purchase price per share plus accrued dividends per share, (2) the Trust may tender for or purchase preferred shares and (3) the Trust may subsequently resell any shares so tendered for or purchased. Any redemption or purchase of preferred shares by the Trust would reduce the leverage applicable to the common shares, while any resale of shares by the Trust would increase that leverage.

Liquidity Feature . Preferred shares may include a liquidity feature that allows holders of preferred shares to have their shares purchased by a liquidity provider in the event that sell orders have not been matched with purchase orders and successfully settled in a remarketing. The Trust would pay a fee to the provider of this liquidity feature, which would be borne by common shareholders of the Trust. The terms of such liquidity feature may require the Trust to redeem preferred shares still owned by the liquidity provider following a certain period of continuous, unsuccessful remarketing, which may adversely impact the Trust.

The discussion above describes the possible offering of preferred shares by the Trust. If the Board determines to proceed with such an offering, the terms of the preferred shares may be the same as, or different from, the terms described above, subject to applicable law and the Trust’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust. The Board, without the approval of the holders of common shares, may authorize an offering of preferred shares or may determine not to authorize such an offering, and may fix the terms of the preferred shares to be offered.

Other Shares

The Board (subject to applicable law and the Trust’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust) may authorize an offering, without the approval of the holders of common shares and, depending on their terms, any preferred shares outstanding at that time, of other classes of shares, or other classes or series of shares, as they determine to be necessary, desirable or appropriate, having such terms, rights, preferences, privileges, limitations and restrictions as the Board sees fit. The Trust currently does not expect to issue any other classes of shares, or series of shares, except for the common shares.

REPURCHASE OF COMMON SHARES

The Trust is a closed-end management investment company and as such its shareholders will not have the right to cause the Trust to redeem their shares. Instead, the Trust’s common shares will trade in the open market at a price that will be a function of several factors, including dividend levels (which are in turn affected by expenses), NAV, call protection for portfolio securities, dividend stability, liquidity, relative demand for and supply of the common shares in the market, general market and economic conditions and other factors. Because shares of a closed-end investment company may frequently trade at prices lower than NAV, the Board may consider action that might be taken to reduce or eliminate any material discount from NAV in respect of common shares, which may include the repurchase of such shares in the open market or in private transactions, the making of a tender offer for such shares, or the conversion of the Trust to an open-end investment company. The Board may decide not to take any of these actions. In addition, there can be no assurance that share repurchases or tender offers, if undertaken, will reduce market discount.

 

S-59


Table of Contents

Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time when the Trust has preferred shares outstanding, the Trust may not purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any of its common shares unless (1) all accrued preferred share dividends have been paid and (2) at the time of such purchase, redemption or acquisition, the NAV of the Trust’s portfolio (determined after deducting the acquisition price of the common shares) is at least 200% of the liquidation value of any outstanding preferred shares (expected to equal the original purchase price per share plus any accrued and unpaid dividends thereon). Any service fees incurred in connection with any tender offer made by the Trust will be borne by the Trust and will not reduce the stated consideration to be paid to tendering shareholders.

Subject to its investment restrictions, the Trust may borrow to finance the repurchase of shares or to make a tender offer. Interest on any borrowings to finance share repurchase transactions or the accumulation of cash by the Trust in anticipation of share repurchases or tender offers will reduce the Trust’s net income. Any share repurchase, tender offer or borrowing that might be approved by the Board would have to comply with the Exchange Act, the Investment Company Act and the rules and regulations thereunder.

Although the decision to take action in response to a discount from NAV will be made by the Board at the time it considers such issue, it is the Board’s present policy, which may be changed by the Board, not to authorize repurchases of common shares or a tender offer for such shares if: (i) such transactions, if consummated, would (a) result in the delisting of the common shares from the NYSE, or (b) impair the Trust’s status as a RIC under the Code, (which would make the Trust a taxable entity, causing the Trust’s income to be taxed at the corporate level in addition to the taxation of shareholders who receive dividends from the Trust) or as a registered closed-end investment company under the Investment Company Act; (ii) the Trust would not be able to liquidate portfolio securities in an orderly manner and consistent with the Trust’s investment objective and policies in order to repurchase shares; or (iii) there is, in the Board’s judgment, any (a) material legal action or proceeding instituted or threatened challenging such transactions or otherwise materially adversely affecting the Trust, (b) general suspension of or limitation on prices for trading securities on the NYSE, (c) declaration of a banking moratorium by federal or state authorities or any suspension of payment by United States or New York banks, (d) material limitation affecting the Trust or the issuers of its portfolio securities by federal or state authorities on the extension of credit by lending institutions or on the exchange of foreign currency, (e) commencement of war, armed hostilities or other international or national calamity directly or indirectly involving the United States, or (f) other event or condition which would have a material adverse effect (including any adverse tax effect) on the Trust or its shareholders if shares were repurchased. The Board may in the future modify these conditions in light of experience.

The repurchase by the Trust of its shares at prices below NAV will result in an increase in the NAV of those shares that remain outstanding. However, there can be no assurance that share repurchases or tender offers at or below NAV will result in the Trust’s common shares trading at a price equal to their NAV. Nevertheless, the fact that the Trust’s common shares may be the subject of repurchases or tender offers from time to time, or that the Trust may be converted to an open-end investment company, may reduce any spread between market price and NAV that might otherwise exist.

In addition, a purchase by the Trust of its common shares will decrease the Trust’s net assets which would likely have the effect of increasing the Trust’s expense ratio. Any purchase by the Trust of its common shares at a time when preferred shares are outstanding will increase the leverage applicable to the outstanding common shares then remaining.

Before deciding whether to take any action if the common shares trade below NAV, the Board would likely consider all relevant factors, including the extent and duration of the discount, the liquidity of the Trust’s portfolio, the impact of any action that might be taken on the Trust or its shareholders and market considerations. Based on these considerations, even if the Trust’s common shares should trade at a discount, the Board may determine that, in the interest of the Trust and its shareholders, no action should be taken.

TAX MATTERS

The following is a description of certain U.S. federal income tax consequences to a shareholder of acquiring, holding and disposing of common shares of the Trust. Except as otherwise noted, this discussion assumes you are a taxable U.S. holder (as defined below). This discussion is based upon current provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), the regulations promulgated thereunder and judicial and administrative

 

S-60


Table of Contents

authorities, all of which are subject to change or differing interpretations by the courts or the IRS, possibly with retroactive effect. No attempt is made to present a detailed explanation of all U.S. federal income tax concerns affecting the Trust and its shareholders, and the discussions set forth here do not constitute tax advice. This discussion assumes that investors hold common shares of the Trust as capital assets (generally, for investment). The Trust has not sought and will not seek any ruling from the IRS regarding any matters discussed herein. No assurance can be given that the IRS would not assert, or that a court would not sustain, a position contrary to those set forth below. This summary does not discuss any aspects of foreign, state or local tax. Prospective investors must consult their own tax advisers as to the U.S. federal income tax consequences (including the alternative minimum tax consequences) of acquiring, holding and disposing of the Trust’s common shares, as well as the effects of state, local and non-U.S. tax laws.

In addition, no attempt is made to address tax considerations applicable to an investor with a special tax status, such as a financial institution, REIT, insurance company, regulated investment company, individual retirement account, other tax-exempt organization, dealer in securities or currencies, person holding shares of the Trust as part of a hedging, integrated, conversion or straddle transaction, trader in securities that has elected the mark-to-market method of accounting for its securities, U.S. holder (as defined below) whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar, investor with “applicable financial statements” within the meaning of Section 451(b) of the Code, or non-U.S. investor. Furthermore, this discussion does not reflect possible application of the alternative minimum tax.

A U.S. holder is a beneficial owner that is for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

 

   

a citizen or individual resident of the United States (including certain former citizens and former long-term residents);

 

   

a corporation or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

 

   

an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

 

   

a trust with respect to which a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over its administration and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all of its substantial decisions or the trust has made a valid election in effect under applicable Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

Taxation of the Trust

The Trust intends to elect to be treated and to qualify to be taxed as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code. In order to qualify as a RIC, the Trust must, among other things, satisfy certain requirements relating to the sources of its income, diversification of its assets, and distribution of its income to its shareholders. First, the Trust must derive at least 90% of its annual gross income from dividends, interest, payments with respect to securities loans, gains from the sale or other disposition of stock or securities or foreign currencies, or other income (including but not limited to gains from options, futures and forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities or currencies, or net income derived from interests in “qualified publicly traded partnerships” (as defined in the Code) (the “90% gross income test”). Second, the Trust must diversify its holdings so that, at the close of each quarter of its taxable year, (i) at least 50% of the value of its total assets consists of cash, cash items, U.S. Government securities, securities of other RICs and other securities, with such other securities limited in respect of any one issuer to an amount not greater in value than 5% of the value of the Trust’s total assets and to not more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer, and (ii) not more than 25% of the value of the total assets is invested in the securities (other than U.S. Government securities and securities of other RICs) of any one issuer, any two or more issuers controlled by the Trust and engaged in the same, similar or related trades or businesses, or any one or more “qualified publicly traded partnerships.”

As long as the Trust qualifies as a RIC, the Trust will generally not be subject to corporate-level U.S. federal income tax on income and gains that it distributes each taxable year to its shareholders, provided that in such taxable year it distributes at least 90% of the sum of (i) its net tax-exempt interest income, if any, and (ii) its “investment company taxable income” (which includes, among other items, dividends, taxable interest, taxable original issue discount and market discount income, income from securities lending, net short-term capital gain in excess of net long-term capital loss, and any other taxable income other than “net capital gain” (as defined below) and is reduced

 

S-61


Table of Contents

by deductible expenses) determined without regard to the deduction for dividends paid. The Trust may retain for investment its net capital gain (which consists of the excess of its net long-term capital gain over its net short-term capital loss). However, if the Trust retains any net capital gain or any investment company taxable income, it will be subject to tax at regular corporate rates on the amount retained.

The Code imposes a 4% nondeductible excise tax on the Trust to the extent the Trust does not distribute by the end of any calendar year at least the sum of (i) 98% of its ordinary income (not taking into account any capital gain or loss) for the calendar year and (ii) 98.2% of its capital gain in excess of its capital loss (adjusted for certain ordinary losses) for a one-year period generally ending on October 31 of the calendar year (unless an election is made to use the Trust’s fiscal year). In addition, the minimum amounts that must be distributed in any year to avoid the excise tax will be increased or decreased to reflect any under-distribution or over-distribution, as the case may be, from the previous year. For purposes of the excise tax, the Trust will be deemed to have distributed any income on which it paid U.S. federal income tax. While the Trust intends to distribute any income and capital gain in the manner necessary to minimize imposition of the 4% nondeductible excise tax, there can be no assurance that sufficient amounts of the Trust’s taxable income and capital gain will be distributed to entirely avoid the imposition of the excise tax. In that event, the Trust will be liable for the excise tax only on the amount by which it does not meet the foregoing distribution requirement.

If in any taxable year the Trust should fail to qualify under Subchapter M of the Code for tax treatment as a RIC, the Trust would incur a regular corporate U.S. federal income tax upon all of its taxable income for that year, and all distributions to its shareholders (including distributions of net capital gain) would be taxable to shareholders as ordinary dividend income for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent of the Trust’s earnings and profits. Provided that certain holding period and other requirements were met, such dividends would be eligible (i) to be treated as qualified dividend income in the case of shareholders taxed as individuals and (ii) for the dividends received deduction in the case of corporate shareholders. In addition, to qualify again to be taxed as a RIC in a subsequent year, the Trust would be required to distribute to shareholders its earnings and profits attributable to non-RIC years. In addition, if the Trust failed to qualify as a RIC for a period greater than two taxable years, then, in order to qualify as a RIC in a subsequent year, the Trust would be required to elect to recognize and pay tax on any net built-in gain (the excess of aggregate gain, including items of income, over aggregate loss that would have been realized if the Trust had been liquidated) or, alternatively, be subject to taxation on such built-in gain recognized for a period of ten years.

The remainder of this discussion assumes that the Trust qualifies for taxation as a RIC.

The Trust’s Investments

Certain of the Trust’s investment practices are subject to special and complex U.S. federal income tax provisions (including mark-to-market, constructive sale, straddle, wash sale, short sale and other rules) that may, among other things, (i) disallow, suspend or otherwise limit the allowance of certain losses or deductions, (ii) convert lower taxed long-term capital gains or qualified dividend income into higher taxed short-term capital gains or ordinary income, (iii) convert ordinary loss or a deduction into capital loss (the deductibility of which is more limited), (iv) cause the Trust to recognize income or gain without a corresponding receipt of cash, (v) adversely affect the time as to when a purchase or sale of stock or securities is deemed to occur, (vi) adversely alter the characterization of certain complex financial transactions and (vii) produce income that will not be “qualified” income for purposes of the 90% annual gross income requirement described above. These U.S. federal income tax provisions could therefore affect the amount, timing and character of distributions to common shareholders. The Trust intends to monitor its transactions and may make certain tax elections and may be required to dispose of securities to mitigate the effect of these provisions and prevent disqualification of the Trust as a RIC. Additionally, the Trust may be required to limit its activities in derivative instruments in order to enable it to maintain its RIC status.

The Trust may invest a portion of its net assets in below investment grade securities, commonly known as “junk” securities. Investments in these types of securities may present special tax issues for the Trust. U.S. federal income tax rules are not entirely clear about issues such as when the Trust may cease to accrue interest, original issue discount or market discount, when and to what extent deductions may be taken for bad debts or worthless securities, how payments received on obligations in default should be allocated between principal and income and

 

S-62


Table of Contents

whether modifications or exchanges of debt obligations in a bankruptcy or workout context are taxable. These and other issues could affect the Trust’s ability to distribute sufficient income to preserve its status as a RIC or to avoid the imposition of U.S. federal income or excise tax.

Certain debt securities acquired by the Trust may be treated as debt securities that were originally issued at a discount. Generally, the amount of the original issue discount is treated as interest income and is included in taxable income (and required to be distributed by the Trust in order to qualify as a RIC and avoid U.S. federal income tax or the 4% excise tax on undistributed income) over the term of the security, even though payment of that amount is not received until a later time, usually when the debt security matures.

If the Trust purchases a debt security on a secondary market at a price lower than its adjusted issue price, the excess of the adjusted issue price over the purchase price is “market discount.” Unless the Trust makes an election to accrue market discount on a current basis, generally, any gain realized on the disposition of, and any partial payment of principal on, a debt security having market discount is treated as ordinary income to the extent the gain, or principal payment, does not exceed the “accrued market discount” on the debt security. Market discount generally accrues in equal daily installments. If the Trust ultimately collects less on the debt instrument than its purchase price plus the market discount previously included in income, the Trust may not be able to benefit from any offsetting loss deductions.

The Trust may invest in preferred securities or other securities the U.S. federal income tax treatment of which may not be clear or may be subject to recharacterization by the IRS. To the extent the tax treatment of such securities or the income from such securities differs from the tax treatment expected by the Trust, it could affect the timing or character of income recognized by the Trust, potentially requiring the Trust to purchase or sell securities, or otherwise change its portfolio, in order to comply with the tax rules applicable to RICs under the Code.

Gain or loss on the sale of securities by the Trust will generally be long-term capital gain or loss if the securities have been held by the Trust for more than one year. Gain or loss on the sale of securities held for one year or less will be short-term capital gain or loss.

Because the Trust may invest in foreign securities, its income from such securities may be subject to non-U.S. taxes. If more than 50% of the Trust’s total assets at the close of its taxable year consists of stock or securities of foreign corporations, the Trust may elect for U.S. federal income tax purposes to treat foreign income taxes paid by it as paid by its shareholders. The Trust may qualify for and make this election in some, but not necessarily all, of its taxable years. If the Trust were to make such an election, shareholders would be required to take into account an amount equal to their pro rata portions of such foreign taxes in computing their taxable income and then treat an amount equal to those foreign taxes as a U.S. federal income tax deduction or as a foreign tax credit against their U.S. federal income tax liability. A taxpayer’s ability to use a foreign tax deduction or credit is subject to limitations under the Code. Shortly after any year for which it makes such an election, the Trust will report to its shareholder the amount per share of such foreign income tax that must be included in each shareholder’s gross income and the amount that may be available for the deduction or credit.

Foreign currency gain or loss on foreign currency exchange contracts, non-U.S. dollar-denominated securities contracts, and non-U.S. dollar-denominated futures contracts, options and forward contracts that are not section 1256 contracts (as defined below) generally will be treated as ordinary income and loss.

Income from options on individual securities written by the Trust will generally not be recognized by the Trust for tax purposes until an option is exercised, lapses or is subject to a “closing transaction” (as defined by applicable regulations) pursuant to which the Trust’s obligations with respect to the option are otherwise terminated. If the option lapses without exercise, the premiums received by the Trust from the writing of such options will generally be characterized as short-term capital gain. If the Trust enters into a closing transaction, the difference between the premiums received and the amount paid by the Trust to close out its position will generally be treated as short-term capital gain or loss. If an option written by the Trust is exercised, thereby requiring the Trust to sell the underlying security, the premium will increase the amount realized upon the sale of the security, and the character of any gain on such sale of the underlying security as short-term or long-term capital gain will depend on the holding period of the Trust in the underlying security. Because the Trust will not have control over the exercise of the options it writes, such exercises or other required sales of the underlying securities may cause the Trust to realize gains or losses at inopportune times.

 

S-63


Table of Contents

Options on indices of securities and sectors of securities that qualify as “section 1256 contracts” will generally be “marked-to-market” for U.S. federal income tax purposes. As a result, the Trust will generally recognize gain or loss on the last day of each taxable year equal to the difference between the value of the option on that date and the adjusted basis of the option. The adjusted basis of the option will consequently be increased by such gain or decreased by such loss. Any gain or loss with respect to options on indices and sectors that qualify as “section 1256 contracts” will be treated as short-term capital gain or loss to the extent of 40% of such gain or loss and long-term capital gain or loss to the extent of 60% of such gain or loss. Because the mark-to-market rules may cause the Trust to recognize gain in advance of the receipt of cash, the Trust may be required to dispose of investments in order to meet its distribution requirements. “Mark-to-market” losses may be suspended or otherwise limited if such losses are part of a straddle or similar transaction.

Taxation of Common Shareholders

The Trust will either distribute or retain for reinvestment all or part of its net capital gain. If any such gain is retained, the Trust will be subject to a corporate income tax on such retained amount. In that event, the Trust expects to report the retained amount as undistributed capital gain in a notice to its common shareholders, each of whom, if subject to U.S. federal income tax on long-term capital gains, (i) will be required to include in income for U.S. federal income tax purposes as long-term capital gain its share of such undistributed amounts, (ii) will be entitled to credit its proportionate share of the tax paid by the Trust against its U.S. federal income tax liability and to claim refunds to the extent that the credit exceeds such liability and (iii) will increase its basis in its common shares by the amount of undistributed capital gains included in the shareholder’s income less the tax deemed paid by the shareholder under clause (ii).

Distributions paid to you by the Trust from its net capital gain, if any, that the Trust properly reports as capital gain dividends (“capital gain dividends”) are taxable as long-term capital gains, regardless of how long you have held your common shares. All other dividends paid to you by the Trust (including dividends from net short-term capital gains or tax-exempt interest, if any) from its current or accumulated earnings and profits (“ordinary income dividends”) are generally subject to tax as ordinary income. Provided that certain holding period and other requirements are met, ordinary income dividends (if properly reported by the Trust) may qualify (i) for the dividends received deduction in the case of corporate shareholders to the extent that the Trust’s income consists of dividend income from U.S. corporations, and (ii) in the case of individual shareholders, as “qualified dividend income” eligible to be taxed at long-term capital gains rates to the extent that the Trust receives qualified dividend income. Qualified dividend income is, in general, dividend income from taxable domestic corporations and certain qualified foreign corporations (e.g., generally, foreign corporations incorporated in a possession of the United States or in certain countries with a qualifying comprehensive tax treaty with the United States, or whose stock with respect to which such dividend is paid is readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States). There can be no assurance as to what portion, if any, of the Trust’s distributions will constitute qualified dividend income or be eligible for the dividends received deduction.

Any distributions you receive that are in excess of the Trust’s current and accumulated earnings and profits will be treated as a return of capital to the extent of your adjusted tax basis in your common shares, and thereafter as capital gain from the sale of common shares. The amount of any Trust distribution that is treated as a return of capital will reduce your adjusted tax basis in your common shares, thereby increasing your potential gain or reducing your potential loss on any subsequent sale or other disposition of your common shares.

Common shareholders may be entitled to offset their capital gain dividends with capital losses. The Code contains a number of statutory provisions affecting when capital losses may be offset against capital gain, and limiting the use of losses from certain investments and activities. Accordingly, common shareholders that have capital losses are urged to consult their tax advisers.

Dividends and other taxable distributions are taxable to you even though they are reinvested in additional common shares of the Trust. Dividends and other distributions paid by the Trust are generally treated under the Code as received by you at the time the dividend or distribution is made. If, however, the Trust pays you a dividend

 

S-64


Table of Contents

in January that was declared in the previous October, November or December to common shareholders of record on a specified date in one of such months, then such dividend will be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as being paid by the Trust and received by you on December 31 of the year in which the dividend was declared. In addition, certain other distributions made after the close of the Trust’s taxable year may be “spilled back” and treated as paid by the Trust (except for purposes of the 4% nondeductible excise tax) during such taxable year. In such case, you will be treated as having received such dividends in the taxable year in which the distributions were actually made.

The price of common shares purchased at any time may reflect the amount of a forthcoming distribution. Those purchasing common shares just prior to the record date for a distribution will receive a distribution which will be taxable to them even though it represents, economically, a return of invested capital.

The Trust will send you information after the end of each year setting forth the amount and tax status of any distributions paid to you by the Trust.

The sale or other disposition of common shares will generally result in capital gain or loss to you and will be long-term capital gain or loss if you have held such common shares for more than one year at the time of sale. Any loss upon the sale or other disposition of common shares held for six months or less will be treated as long-term capital loss to the extent of any capital gain dividends received (including amounts credited as an undistributed capital gain dividend) by you with respect to such common shares. Any loss you recognize on a sale or other disposition of common shares will be disallowed if you acquire other common shares (whether through the automatic reinvestment of dividends or otherwise) within a 61-day period beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after your sale or exchange of the common shares. In such case, your tax basis in the common shares acquired will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss.

If the Trust conducts a tender offer for its shares, a repurchase by the Trust of a shareholder’s shares pursuant to such tender offer generally will be treated as a sale or exchange of the shares by a shareholder provided that either (i) the shareholder tenders, and the Trust repurchases, all of such shareholder’s shares, thereby reducing the shareholder’s percentage ownership of the Trust, whether directly or by attribution under Section 318 of the Code, to 0%, (ii) the shareholder meets numerical safe harbors under the Code with respect to percentage voting interest and reduction in ownership of the Trust following completion of the tender offer, or (iii) the tender offer otherwise results in a “meaningful reduction” of the shareholder’s ownership percentage interest in the Trust, which determination depends on a particular shareholder’s facts and circumstances.

If a tendering shareholder’s proportionate ownership of the Trust (determined after applying the ownership attribution rules under Section 318 of the Code) is not reduced to the extent required under the tests described above, such shareholder will be deemed to receive a distribution from the Trust under Section 301 of the Code with respect to the shares held (or deemed held under Section 318 of the Code) by the shareholder after the tender offer (a “Section 301 distribution”). The amount of this distribution will equal the price paid by the Trust to such shareholder for the shares sold, and will be taxable as a dividend, i.e. , as ordinary income, to the extent of the Trust’s current or accumulated earnings and profits allocable to such distribution, with the excess treated as a return of capital reducing the shareholder’s tax basis in the shares held after the tender offer, and thereafter as capital gain. Any Trust shares held by a shareholder after a tender offer will be subject to basis adjustments in accordance with the provisions of the Code.

Provided that no tendering shareholder is treated as receiving a Section 301 distribution as a result of selling shares pursuant to a particular tender offer, shareholders who do not sell shares pursuant to that tender offer will not realize constructive distributions on their shares as a result of other shareholders selling shares in the tender offer. In the event that any tendering shareholder is deemed to receive a Section 301 distribution, it is possible that shareholders whose proportionate ownership of the Trust increases as a result of that tender offer, including shareholders who do not tender any shares, will be deemed to receive a constructive distribution under Section 305(c) of the Code in an amount equal to the increase in their percentage ownership of the Trust as a result of the tender offer. Such constructive distribution will be treated as a dividend to the extent of current or accumulated earnings and profits allocable to it.

 

S-65


Table of Contents

Use of the Trust’s cash to repurchase shares may adversely affect the Trust’s ability to satisfy the distribution requirements for treatment as a regulated investment company described above. The Trust may also recognize income in connection with the sale of portfolio securities to fund share purchases, in which case the Trust would take any such income into account in determining whether such distribution requirements have been satisfied.

If the Trust liquidates, shareholders generally will realize capital gain or loss upon such liquidation in an amount equal to the difference between the amount of cash or other property received by the shareholder (including any property deemed received by reason of its being placed in a liquidating trust) and the shareholder’s adjusted tax basis in its shares. Any such gain or loss will be long-term if the shareholder is treated as having a holding period in Trust shares of greater than one year, and otherwise will be short-term.

The foregoing discussion does not address the tax treatment of shareholders who do not hold their shares as a capital asset. Such shareholders should consult their own tax advisors on the specific tax consequences to them of participating or not participating in the tender offer or upon liquidation of the Trust.

Current U.S. federal income tax law taxes both long-term and short-term capital gain of corporations at the rates applicable to ordinary income. For non-corporate taxpayers, short-term capital gain is currently taxed at rates applicable to ordinary income while long-term capital gain generally is taxed at a reduced maximum rate. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations under the Code.

Certain U.S. holders who are individuals, estates or trusts and whose income exceeds certain thresholds will be required to pay a 3.8% Medicare tax on all or a portion of their “net investment income,” which includes dividends received from the Trust and capital gains from the sale or other disposition of the Trust’s common shares.

A common shareholder that is a nonresident alien individual or a foreign corporation (a “foreign investor”) generally will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at the rate of 30% (or possibly a lower rate provided by an applicable tax treaty) on ordinary income dividends (except as discussed below). In general, U.S. federal withholding tax and U.S. federal income tax will not apply to any gain or income realized by a foreign investor in respect of any distribution of net capital gain (including amounts credited as an undistributed capital gain dividend) or upon the sale or other disposition of common shares of the Trust. Different tax consequences may result if the foreign investor is engaged in a trade or business in the United States or, in the case of an individual, is present in the United States for 183 days or more during a taxable year and certain other conditions are met. Foreign investors should consult their tax advisers regarding the tax consequences of investing in the Trust’s common shares.

Ordinary income dividends properly reported by the RIC are generally exempt from U.S. federal withholding tax where they (i) are paid in respect of the RIC’s “qualified net interest income” (generally, its U.S.-source interest income, other than certain contingent interest and interest from obligations of a corporation or partnership in which the RIC is at least a 10% shareholder, reduced by expenses that are allocable to such income) or (ii) are paid in respect of the RIC’s “qualified short-term capital gains” (generally, the excess of the RIC’s net short-term capital gain over its long-term capital loss for such taxable year). Depending on its circumstances, the Trust may report all, some or none of its potentially eligible dividends as such qualified net interest income or as qualified short-term capital gains, and/or treat such dividends, in whole or in part, as ineligible for this exemption from withholding. In order to qualify for this exemption from withholding, a foreign investor needs to comply with applicable certification requirements relating to its non-U.S. status (including, in general, furnishing an IRS Form W-8BEN, W-8BEN-E, or substitute Form). In the case of common shares held through an intermediary, the intermediary may have withheld even if the Trust reported the payment as qualified net interest income or qualified short-term capital gain. Foreign investors should contact their intermediaries with respect to the application of these rules to their accounts. There can be no assurance as to what portion of the Trust’s distributions would qualify for favorable treatment as qualified net interest income or qualified short-term capital gains if the provision is extended.

In addition withholding at a rate of 30% will apply to dividends paid in respect of common shares of the Trust held by or through certain foreign financial institutions (including investment funds), unless such institution enters into an agreement with the Treasury to report, on an annual basis, information with respect to shares in, and accounts maintained by, the institution to the extent such shares or accounts are held by certain U.S. persons and by certain non-U.S. entities that are wholly or partially owned by U.S. persons and to withhold on certain payments. Accordingly, the entity through which common shares of the Trust are held will affect the determination of whether

 

S-66


Table of Contents

such withholding is required. Similarly, dividends paid in respect of common shares of the Trust held by an investor that is a non-financial foreign entity that does not qualify under certain exemptions will be subject to withholding at a rate of 30%, unless such entity either (i) certifies that such entity does not have any “substantial United States owners” or (ii) provides certain information regarding the entity’s “substantial United States owners,” which the applicable withholding agent will in turn provide to the Secretary of the Treasury. An intergovernmental agreement between the United States and an applicable foreign country, or future Treasury regulations or other guidance, may modify these requirements. The Trust will not pay any additional amounts to common shareholders in respect of any amounts withheld. Foreign investors are encouraged to consult with their tax advisers regarding the possible implications of these rules on their investment in the Trust’s common shares.

U.S. federal backup withholding tax may be required on dividends, distributions and sale proceeds payable to certain non-exempt common shareholders who fail to supply their correct taxpayer identification number (in the case of individuals, generally, their social security number) or to make required certifications, or who are otherwise subject to backup withholding. Backup withholding is not an additional tax and any amount withheld may be refunded or credited against your U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, provided that you timely furnish the required information to the IRS.

Ordinary income dividends, capital gain dividends, and gain from the sale or other disposition of common shares of the Trust also may be subject to state, local, and/or foreign taxes. Common shareholders are urged to consult their own tax advisers regarding specific questions about U.S. federal, state, local or foreign tax consequences to them of investing in the Trust.

****

The foregoing is a general and abbreviated summary of certain provisions of the Code and the Treasury Regulations presently in effect as they directly govern the taxation of the Trust and its shareholders. For complete provisions, reference should be made to the pertinent Code sections and Treasury Regulations. The Code and the Treasury Regulations are subject to change by legislative or administrative action, and any such change may be retroactive with respect to Trust transactions. Holders of common shares are advised to consult their own tax advisers for more detailed information concerning the U.S. federal income taxation of the Trust and the income tax consequences to its holders of common shares.

CUSTODIAN AND TRANSFER AGENT

The custodian of the assets of the Trust is State Street Bank and Trust Company, whose principal business address is One Lincoln Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02111. The custodian will be responsible for, among other things, receipt of and disbursement of funds from the Trust’s accounts, establishment of segregated accounts as necessary, and transfer, exchange and delivery of Trust portfolio securities.

Computershare Trust Company, N.A., whose principal business address is 250 Royall Street, Canton, Massachusetts 02021, will serve as the Trust’s transfer agent with respect to the common shares.

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

[                    ], whose principal business address is [                    ], is the independent registered public accounting firm of the Trust and is expected to render an opinion annually on the financial statements of the Trust.

CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF SECURITIES

A control person is a person who beneficially owns, either directly or indirectly, more than 25% of the voting securities of a company. [As of [            ], 2019, the Trust did not know of any person or entity who “controlled” the Trust.]

 

S-67


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The audited financial statements included in the annual report to the Trust’s shareholders for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018, together with the report of [ ] for the Trust’s annual report, [and the unaudited financial statements included in the semi-annual report to the Trust’s shareholders for the fiscal period ended June 30, 2019] are incorporated herein by reference to the Trust’s annual report [and semi-annual report] to shareholders[, respectively]. All other portions of the annual report [and semi-annual report] to shareholders are not incorporated herein by reference and are not part of the registration statement, the SAI, the prospectus or any prospectus supplement.

 

S-68


Table of Contents

APPENDIX A

RATINGS OF INVESTMENTS

S&P Global Ratings —A brief description of the applicable S&P Global Ratings (“S&P”) rating symbols and their meanings (as published by S&P) follows:

An S&P issue credit rating is a forward-looking opinion about the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to a specific financial obligation, a specific class of financial obligations, or a specific financial program (including ratings on medium-term note programs and commercial paper programs). It takes into consideration the creditworthiness of guarantors, insurers, or other forms of credit enhancement on the obligation and takes into account the currency in which the obligation is denominated. The opinion reflects S&P’s view of the obligor’s capacity and willingness to meet its financial commitments as they come due, and this opinion may assess terms, such as collateral security and subordination, which could affect ultimate payment in the event of default.

Issue credit ratings can be either long-term or short-term. Short-term ratings are generally assigned to those obligations considered short-term in the relevant market. Short-term ratings are also used to indicate the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to put features on long-term obligations. Medium-term notes are assigned long-term ratings.

Long-Term Issue Credit Ratings*

Issue credit ratings are based, in varying degrees, on S&P’s analysis of the following considerations:

 

   

The likelihood of payment – the capacity and willingness of the obligor to meet its financial commitments on an obligation in accordance with the terms of the obligation;

 

   

The nature and provisions of the financial obligation, and the promise we impute; and

 

   

The protection afforded by, and relative position of, the financial obligation in the event of a bankruptcy, reorganization, or other arrangement under the laws of bankruptcy and other laws affecting creditors’ rights.

An issue rating is an assessment of default risk but may incorporate an assessment of relative seniority or ultimate recovery in the event of default. Junior obligations are typically rated lower than senior obligations, to reflect lower priority in bankruptcy, as noted above. (Such differentiation may apply when an entity has both senior and subordinated obligations, secured and unsecured obligations, or operating company and holding company obligations.)

 

AAA    An obligation rated ‘AAA’ has the highest rating assigned by S&P. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is extremely strong.
AA    An obligation rated ‘AA’ differs from the highest-rated obligations only to a small degree. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is very strong.
A    An obligation rated ‘A’ is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher-rated categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is still strong.
BBB    An obligation rated ‘BBB’ exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to weaken the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.
BB; B;    Obligations rated ‘BB’, ‘B’, ‘CCC’, ‘CC’, and ‘C’ are regarded as having significant speculative
CCC;    characteristics. ‘BB’ indicates the least degree of speculation and ‘C’ the highest. While such obligations
CC;    will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties
and C    or major exposure to adverse conditions.

 

A-1


Table of Contents
BB    An obligation rated ‘BB’ is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions that could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

 

B    An obligation rated ‘B’ is more vulnerable to nonpayment than obligations rated ‘BB’, but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation. Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair the obligor’s capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

 

CCC    An obligation rated ‘CCC’ is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitments on the obligation. In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

 

CC    An obligation rated ‘CC’ is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment. The ‘CC’ rating is used when a default has not yet occurred but S&P expects default to be a virtual certainty, regardless of the anticipated time to default.

 

C    An obligation rated ‘C’ is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment, and the obligation is expected to have lower relative seniority or lower ultimate recovery compared with obligations that are rated higher.

 

D    An obligation rated ‘D’ is in default or in breach of an imputed promise. For non-hybrid capital instruments, the ‘D’ rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due, unless S&P Global Ratings believes that such payments will be made within five business days in the absence of a stated grace period or within the earlier of the stated grace period or 30 calendar days. The ‘D’ rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of similar action and where default on an obligation is a virtual certainty, for example due to automatic stay provisions. A rating on an obligation is lowered to ‘D’ if it is subject to a distressed exchange offer.

* The ratings from ‘AA’ to ‘CCC’ may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (-) sign to show relative standing within the rating categories.

Short-Term Issue Credit Ratings

 

A-1    A short-term obligation rated ‘A-1’ is rated in the highest category by S&P. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is strong. Within this category, certain obligations are designated with a plus sign (+). This indicates that the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on these obligations is extremely strong.

 

A-2    A short-term obligation rated ‘A-2’ is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rating categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is satisfactory.
A-3    A short-term obligation rated ‘A-3’ exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to weaken an obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.
B    A short-term obligation rated ‘B’ is regarded as vulnerable and has significant speculative characteristics. The obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitments; however, it faces major ongoing uncertainties that could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitments.

 

C    A short-term obligation rated ‘C’ is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitments on the obligation.

 

A-2


Table of Contents
D    A short-term obligation rated ‘D’ is in default or in breach of an imputed promise. For non-hybrid capital instruments, the ‘D’ rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due, unless S&P believes that such payments will be made within any stated grace period. However, any stated grace period longer than five business days will be treated as five business days. The ‘D’ rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action and where default on an obligation is a virtual certainty, for example due to automatic stay provisions. A rating on an obligation is lowered to ‘D’ if it is subject to a distressed exchange offer.

Description of S&P’s Municipal Short-Term Note Ratings

An S&P U.S. municipal note rating reflects S&P’s opinion about the liquidity factors and market access risks unique to the notes. Notes due in three years or less will likely receive a note rating. Notes with an original maturity of more than three years will most likely receive a long-term debt rating. In determining which type of rating, if any, to assign, S&P’s analysis will review the following considerations:

 

   

Amortization schedule – the larger the final maturity relative to other maturities, the more likely it will be treated as a note; and

 

   

Source of payment – the more dependent the issue is on the market for its refinancing, the more likely it will be treated as a note.

Municipal Short-Term Note Ratings

 

SP-1    Strong capacity to pay principal and interest. An issue determined to possess a very strong capacity to pay debt service is given a plus (+) designation.
SP-2    Satisfactory capacity to pay principal and interest, with some vulnerability to adverse financial and economic changes over the term of the notes.
SP-3    Speculative capacity to pay principal and interest.

 

D    ‘D’ is assigned upon failure to pay the note when due, completion of a distressed exchange offer, or the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of similar action and where default on an obligation is a virtual certainty, for example due to automatic stay provisions.

Moody’s Investors Service Inc. — A brief description of the applicable Moody’s Investors Service Inc. (“Moody’s”) rating symbols and their meanings (as published by Moody’s) follows:

Ratings assigned on Moody’s global long-term and short-term rating scales are forward-looking opinions of the relative credit risks of financial obligations issued by non-financial corporates, financial institutions, structured finance vehicles, project finance vehicles, and public sector entities. Long-term ratings are assigned to issuers or obligations with an original maturity of one year or more and reflect both on the likelihood of a default or impairment on contractual financial obligations and the expected financial loss suffered in the event of default or impairment. Short-term ratings are assigned to obligations with an original maturity of thirteen months or less and reflect both on the likelihood of a default or impairment on contractual financial obligations and the expected financial loss suffered in the event of default or impairment.

Global Long-Term Rating Scale

 

Aaa    Obligations rated Aaa are judged to be of the highest quality, subject to the lowest level of credit risk.
Aa    Obligations rated Aa are judged to be of high quality and are subject to very low credit risk.
A    Obligations rated A are judged to be upper-medium grade and are subject to low credit risk.
Baa    Obligations rated Baa are judged to be medium-grade and subject to moderate credit risk and as such may possess certain speculative characteristics.
Ba    Obligations rated Ba are judged to be speculative and are subject to substantial credit risk.

 

A-3


Table of Contents
B    Obligations rated B are considered speculative and are subject to high credit risk.
Caa    Obligations rated Caa are judged to be speculative of poor standing and are subject to very high credit risk.
Ca    Obligations rated Ca are highly speculative and are likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect of recovery of principal and interest.
C    Obligations rated C are the lowest rated and are typically in default, with little prospect for recovery of principal or interest.

Note : Moody’s appends numerical modifiers 1, 2, and 3 to each generic rating classification from Aa through Caa. The modifier 1 indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category. Additionally, a “(hyb)” indicator is appended to all ratings of hybrid securities issued by banks, insurers, finance companies, and securities firms.*

* By their terms, hybrid securities allow for the omission of scheduled dividends, interest, or principal payments, which can potentially result in impairment if such an omission occurs. Hybrid securities may also be subject to contractually allowable write-downs of principal that could result in impairment. Together with the hybrid indicator, the long-term obligation rating assigned to a hybrid security is an expression of the relative credit risk associated with that security.

Global Short-Term Rating Scale

 

P-1    Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-1 have a superior ability to repay short-term debt obligations.
P-2    Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-2 have a strong ability to repay short-term debt obligations.
P-3    Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-3 have an acceptable ability to repay short-term obligations.

 

NP    Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.

Description of Moody’s US Municipal Short-Term Obligation Ratings

The Municipal Investment Grade (MIG) scale is used to rate US municipal bond anticipation notes of up to five years maturity. Municipal notes rated on the MIG scale may be secured by either pledged revenues or proceeds of a take-out financing received prior to note maturity. MIG ratings expire at the maturity of the obligation, and the issuer’s long-term rating is only one consideration in assigning the MIG rating. MIG ratings are divided into three levels—MIG 1 through MIG 3—while speculative grade short-term obligations are designated SG.

 

MIG 1    This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by established cash flows, highly reliable liquidity support, or demonstrated broad-based access to the market for refinancing.
MIG 2    This designation denotes strong credit quality. Margins of protection are ample, although not as large as in the preceding group.
MIG 3    This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Liquidity and cash-flow protection may be narrow, and market access for refinancing is likely to be less well-established.
SG    This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Debt instruments in this category may lack sufficient margins of protection.

Description of Moody’s Demand Obligation Ratings

In the case of variable rate demand obligations (VRDOs), a two-component rating is assigned: a long or short-term debt rating and a demand obligation rating. The first element represents Moody’s evaluation of risk associated with scheduled principal and interest payments. The second element represents Moody’s evaluation of risk associated with the ability to receive purchase price upon demand (“demand feature”). The second element uses a rating from a variation of the MIG scale called the Variable Municipal Investment Grade (VMIG) scale.

 

A-4


Table of Contents
VMIG 1    This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by the superior short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.
VMIG 2    This designation denotes strong credit quality. Good protection is afforded by the strong short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.
VMIG 3    This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Adequate protection is afforded by the satisfactory short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.
SG    This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Demand features rated in this category may be supported by a liquidity provider that does not have an investment grade short-term rating or may lack the structural and/or legal protections necessary to ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

Fitch Ratings, Inc. — A brief description of the applicable Fitch Ratings, Inc. (“Fitch”) ratings symbols and meanings (as published by Fitch) follows:

Fitch’s credit ratings relating to issuers are an opinion on the relative ability of an entity to meet financial commitments, such as interest, preferred dividends, repayment of principal, insurance claims or counterparty obligations. Credit ratings are used by investors as indications of the likelihood of receiving the money owed to them in accordance with the terms on which they invested.

Fitch’s credit ratings do not directly address any risk other than credit risk. In particular, ratings do not deal with the risk of a market value loss on a rated security due to changes in interest rates, liquidity and other market considerations. However, in terms of payment obligation on the rated liability, market risk may be considered to the extent that it influences the ability of an issuer to pay upon a commitment. Ratings nonetheless do not reflect market risk to the extent that they influence the size or other conditionality of the obligation to pay upon a commitment (for example, in the case of index-linked bonds).

In the default components of ratings assigned to individual obligations or instruments, the agency typically rates to the likelihood of non-payment or default in accordance with the terms of that instrument’s documentation. In limited cases, Fitch may include additional considerations ( i.e. rate to a higher or lower standard than that implied in the obligation’s documentation).

The terms “investment grade” and “speculative grade” have established themselves over time as shorthand to describe the categories ‘AAA’ to ‘BBB’ (investment grade) and ‘BB’ to ‘D’ (speculative grade). The terms investment grade and speculative grade are market conventions and do not imply any recommendation or endorsement of a specific security for investment purposes. Investment grade categories indicate relatively low to moderate credit risk, while ratings in the speculative categories either signal a higher level of credit risk or that a default has already occurred.

A designation of Not Rated or NR is used to denote securities not rated by Fitch where Fitch has rated some, but not all, securities comprising an issuance capital structure.

Description of Fitch’s Long-Term Credit Ratings Scale

Rated entities in a number of sectors, including financial and non-financial corporations, sovereigns, insurance companies and certain sectors within public finance, are generally assigned Issuer Default Ratings (IDRs). IDRs are also assigned to certain entities or enterprises in global infrastructure, project finance and public finance. IDRs opine on an entity’s relative vulnerability to default (including by way of a distressed debt exchange) on financial obligations. The threshold default risk addressed by the IDR is generally that of the financial obligations whose non-payment would best reflect the uncured failure of that entity. As such, IDRs also address relative vulnerability to bankruptcy, administrative receivership or similar concepts.

 

A-5


Table of Contents

In aggregate, IDRs provide an ordinal ranking of issuers based on the agency’s view of their relative vulnerability to default, rather than a prediction of a specific percentage likelihood of default.

 

AAA    Highest credit quality. ‘AAA’ ratings denote the lowest expectation of default risk. They are assigned only in cases of exceptionally strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is highly unlikely to be adversely affected by foreseeable events.
AA    Very high credit quality. ‘AA’ ratings denote expectations of very low default risk. They indicate very strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events.
A    High credit quality. ‘A’ ratings denote expectations of low default risk. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered strong. This capacity may, nevertheless, be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic conditions than is the case for higher ratings.
BBB    Good credit quality. ‘BBB’ ratings indicate that expectations of default risk are currently low. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered adequate, but adverse business or economic conditions are more likely to impair this capacity.
BB    Speculative. ‘BB’ ratings indicate an elevated vulnerability to default risk, particularly in the event of adverse changes in business or economic conditions over time; however, business or financial flexibility exists that supports the servicing of financial commitments.
B    Highly speculative. ‘B’ ratings indicate that material default risk is present, but a limited margin of safety remains. Financial commitments are currently being met; however, capacity for continued payment is vulnerable to deterioration in the business and economic environment.
CCC    Substantial credit risk. Default is a real possibility.
CC   

Veryhigh levels of credit risk. Default of some kind appears probable.

C    Near default. A default or default-like process has begun, or the issuer is in standstill, or for a closed funding vehicle, payment capacity is irrevocably impaired. Conditions that are indicative of a ‘C’ category rating for an issuer include:
  

a.   the issuer has entered into a grace or cure period following non-payment of a material financial obligation;

  

b.  the issuer has entered into a temporary negotiated waiver or standstill agreement following a payment default on a material financial obligation;

  

c.   the formal announcement by the issuer or their agent of a distressed debt exchange;

  

d.  a closed financing vehicle where payment capacity is irrevocably impaired such that it is not expected to pay interest and/or principal in full during the life of the transaction, but where no payment default is imminent.

RD    Restricted default. ‘RD’ ratings indicate an issuer that in Fitch’s opinion has experienced:
  

a.   an uncured payment default or distressed debt exchange on a bond, loan or other material financial obligation, but

  

b.  has not entered into bankruptcy filings, administration, receivership, liquidation, or other formal winding-up procedure, and

  

c.   has not otherwise ceased operating.

   This would include:
  

i.   the selective payment default on a specific class or currency of debt;

 

A-6


Table of Contents
  

ii.  the uncured expiry of any applicable grace period, cure period or default forbearance period following a payment default on a bank loan, capital markets security or other material financial obligation;

  

iii.   the extension of multiple waivers or forbearance periods upon a payment default on one or more material financial obligations, either in series or in parallel; ordinary execution of a distressed debt exchange on one or more material financial obligations.

D    Default. ‘D’ ratings indicate an issuer that in Fitch’s opinion has entered into bankruptcy filings, administration, receivership, liquidation or other formal winding-up procedure or that has otherwise ceased business.
   Default ratings are not assigned prospectively to entities or their obligations; within this context, non-payment on an instrument that contains a deferral feature or grace period will generally not be considered a default until after the expiration of the deferral or grace period, unless a default is otherwise driven by bankruptcy or other similar circumstance, or by a distressed debt exchange.
   In all cases, the assignment of a default rating reflects the agency’s opinion as to the most appropriate rating category consistent with the rest of its universe of ratings and may differ from the definition of default under the terms of an issuer’s financial obligations or local commercial practice.

Notes: The modifiers “+” or “-” may be appended to a rating to denote relative status within major rating categories.

Description of Fitch’s Short-Term Credit Ratings Scale

A short-term issuer or obligation rating is based in all cases on the short-term vulnerability to default of the rated entity and relates to the capacity to meet financial obligations in accordance with the documentation governing the relevant obligation. Short-term deposit ratings may be adjusted for loss severity. Short-Term Ratings are assigned to obligations whose initial maturity is viewed as “short term” based on market convention. Typically, this means up to 13 months for corporate, sovereign, and structured obligations and up to 36 months for obligations in U.S. public finance markets.

 

F1    Highest short-term credit quality. Indicates the strongest intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments; may have an added “+” to denote any exceptionally strong credit feature.
F2    Good short-term credit quality. Good intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments.
F3    Fair short-term credit quality. The intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is adequate.

 

B    Speculative short-term credit quality. Minimal capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, plus heightened vulnerability to near term adverse changes in financial and economic conditions.
C    High short-term default risk. Default is a real possibility.
RD    Restricted default. Indicates an entity that has defaulted on one or more of its financial commitments, although it continues to meet other financial obligations. Typically applicable to entity ratings only.
D    Default. Indicates a broad-based default event for an entity, or the default of a short-term obligation.

Specific Limitations Relating to Credit Rating Scales

The following specific limitations relate to issuer default scales, ratings assigned to corporate finance obligations, ratings assigned to public finance obligations, ratings assigned to structured finance transactions, ratings assigned to global infrastructure and project finance transactions, ratings assigned for banks (Viability Ratings, Support Ratings, Support Floors), derivative counterparty ratings and insurer financial strength ratings.

 

   

The ratings do not predict a specific percentage of default likelihood or failure likelihood over any given time period.

 

A-7


Table of Contents
   

The ratings do not opine on the market value of any issuer’s securities or stock, or the likelihood that this value may change.

 

   

The ratings do not opine on the liquidity of the issuer’s securities or stock.

 

   

The ratings do not opine on the possible loss severity on an obligation should an issuer (or an obligation with respect to structured finance transactions) default, except in the following cases:

 

   

Ratings assigned to individual obligations of issuers in corporate finance, banks, non-bank financial institutions, insurance and covered bonds.

 

   

In limited circumstances for U.S. public finance obligations where Chapter 9 of the Bankruptcy Code provides reliably superior prospects for ultimate recovery to local government obligations that benefit from a statutory lien on revenues or during the pendency of a bankruptcy proceeding under the Code if there is sufficient visibility on potential recovery prospects.

 

   

The ratings do not opine on the suitability of an issuer as a counterparty to trade credit.

 

   

The ratings do not opine on any quality related to an issuer’s business, operational or financial profile other than the agency’s opinion on its relative vulnerability to default or in the case of bank Viability Ratings on its relative vulnerability to failure. For the avoidance of doubt, not all defaults will be considered a default for rating purposes. Typically, a default relates to a liability payable to an unaffiliated, outside investor.

 

   

The ratings do not opine on any quality related to a transaction’s profile other than the agency’s opinion on the relative vulnerability to default of an issuer and/or of each rated tranche or security.

 

   

The ratings do not predict a specific percentage of extraordinary support likelihood over any given period.

 

   

In the case of bank Support Ratings and Support Rating Floors, the ratings do not opine on any quality related to an issuer’s business, operational or financial profile other than the agency’s opinion on its relative likelihood of receiving external extraordinary support.

 

   

The ratings do not opine on the suitability of any security for investment or any other purposes

The above list is not exhaustive and is provided for the reader’s convenience.

 

A-8


Table of Contents

APPENDIX B

Closed-End Fund Proxy Voting Policy

October 1, 2018

 

LOGO

Effective Date: October 1, 2018

Applies to the following types of Funds registered under the 1940 Act:

Open-End Mutual Funds (including money market funds)

Money Market Funds Only

iShares ETFs

Closed-End Funds

Other

 

 

The Boards of Trustees/Directors (the “Directors”) of the closed-end funds advised by BlackRock Advisors, LLC (“BlackRock”) (the “Funds”) have the responsibility for the oversight of voting proxies relating to portfolio securities of the Funds, and have determined that it is in the best interests of the Funds and their shareholders to delegate that responsibility to BlackRock as part of BlackRock’s authority to manage, acquire and dispose of account assets, all as contemplated by the Funds’ respective investment management agreements.

BlackRock has adopted guidelines and procedures (together and as from time to time amended, the “BlackRock Proxy Voting Guidelines”) governing proxy voting by accounts managed by BlackRock. BlackRock will cast votes on behalf of each of the Funds on specific proxy issues in respect of securities held by each such Fund in accordance with the BlackRock Proxy Voting Guidelines; provided that in the case of securities held by Funds that have or propose to adopt classified boards, BlackRock will typically (a) vote in favor of proposals to adopt classification and against proposals to eliminate classification, and (b) not vote against directors as a result of their adoption of a classified board structure.

BlackRock will report on an annual basis to the Directors on (1) a summary of all proxy votes that BlackRock has made on behalf of the Funds in the preceding year together with a representation that all votes were in accordance with the BlackRock Proxy Voting Guidelines (as modified pursuant to the immediately preceding paragraph), and (2) any changes to the BlackRock Proxy Voting Guidelines that have not previously been reported.

 

LOGO

 

B-1


Table of Contents

PROXY VOTING POLICIES – BLACKROCK U.S. REGISTERED FUNDS

 

LOGO

BlackRock Investment Stewardship

Global Corporate Governance Guidelines & Engagement Principles

January 2019

 

LOGO

Contents

 

Introduction to BlackRock

     B-3  

Philosophy on corporate governance

     B-3  

Corporate governance, engagement and voting

     B-3  

Boards and directors

     B-4  

Auditors and audit-related issues

     B-6  

Capital structure, mergers, asset sales and other special transactions

     B-6  

Compensation and benefits

     B-6  

Environmental and social issues

     B-7  

General corporate governance matters and Shareholder protections

     B-8  

BlackRock’s oversight of our investment stewardship activities

     B-8  

Oversight

     B-8  

Vote execution

     B-8  

Conflicts management policies and procedures

     B-9  

Voting guidelines

     B-10  

Reporting and vote transparency

     B-11  

 

B-2


Table of Contents

INTRODUCTION TO BLACKROCK

BlackRock helps investors build better financial futures. As a fiduciary to our clients, we provide the investment and technology solutions they need when planning for their most important goals. We manage assets on behalf of institutional and individual clients, across a full spectrum of investment strategies, asset classes and regions. Our client base includes pension plans, endowments, foundations, charities, official institutions, insurers and other financial institutions, as well as individuals around the world.

PHILOSOPHY ON CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

BlackRock’s Investment Stewardship activities are focused on protecting and enhancing the economic value of the companies in which we invest on behalf of clients. We do this through engagement with boards and management of investee companies and, for those clients who have given us authority, through voting at shareholder meetings.

We believe that there are certain fundamental rights attached to shareholding. Companies and their boards should be accountable to shareholders and structured with appropriate checks and balances to ensure that they operate in shareholders’ best interests. Effective voting rights are central to the rights of ownership and there should be one vote for one share. Shareholders should have the right to elect, remove and nominate directors, approve the appointment of the auditor and to amend the corporate charter or by-laws. Shareholders should be able to vote on matters that are material to the protection of their investment including but not limited to changes to the purpose of the business, dilution levels and pre-emptive rights, and the distribution of income and capital structure. In order to make informed decisions, we believe that shareholders have the right to sufficient and timely information.

Our primary focus is on the performance of the board of directors. As the agent of shareholders, the board should set the company’s strategic aims within a framework of prudent and effective controls, which enables risk to be assessed and managed. The board should provide direction and leadership to management and oversee management’s performance. Our starting position is to be supportive of boards in their oversight efforts on shareholders’ behalf and we would generally expect to support the items of business they put to a vote at shareholder meetings. Votes cast against or withheld from resolutions proposed by the board are a signal that we are concerned that the directors or management have either not acted in the best interests of shareholders or have not responded adequately to shareholder concerns. We assess voting matters on a case-by-case basis and in light of each company’s unique circumstances taking into consideration regional best practices and long-term value creation.

These principles set out our approach to engaging with companies, provide guidance on our position on corporate governance and outline how our views might be reflected in our voting decisions. Corporate governance practices can vary internationally, so our expectations in relation to individual companies are based on the legal and regulatory framework of each local market. However, we believe there are overarching principles of corporate governance that apply globally and provide a framework for more detailed, market-specific assessments.

We believe BlackRock has a responsibility in relation to monitoring and providing feedback to companies, sometimes known as “stewardship.” These ownership responsibilities include engaging with management or board members on corporate governance matters, voting proxies in the best long-term economic interests of shareholders and engaging with regulatory bodies to ensure a sound policy framework consistent with promoting long-term shareholder value creation. We also believe in the responsibility to our clients to have appropriate resources and oversight structures. Our approach is set out in the section below titled “BlackRock’s oversight of its investment stewardship activities” and is further detailed in a team profile on our website

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE, ENGAGEMENT AND VOTING

We recognize that accepted standards of corporate governance differ between markets, but we believe there are sufficient common threads globally to identify an overarching set of principles. The objective of our investment stewardship activities is the protection and enhancement of the value of our clients’ investments in public

 

B-3


Table of Contents

corporations. Thus, these principles focus on practices and structures that we consider to be supportive of long-term value creation. We discuss below the principles under six key themes. In our regional and market-specific voting guidelines we explain how these principles inform our voting decisions in relation to specific resolutions that may appear on the agenda of a shareholder meeting in the relevant market.

The six key themes are:

 

 

Boards and directors

 

 

Auditors and audit-related issues

 

 

Capital structure, mergers, asset sales and other special transactions

 

 

Compensation and benefits

 

 

Environmental and social issues

 

 

General corporate governance matters and shareholder protections

At a minimum, we expect companies to observe the accepted corporate governance standards in their domestic market or to explain why doing so is not in the interests of shareholders. Where company reporting and disclosure is inadequate or the approach taken is inconsistent with our view of what is in the best interests of shareholders, we will engage with the company and/or use our vote to encourage a change in practice. In making voting decisions, we perform independent research and analysis, such as reviewing relevant information published by the company and apply our voting guidelines to achieve the outcome we believe best protects our clients’ long-term economic interests. We also work closely with our active portfolio managers, and may take into account internal and external research.

BlackRock views engagement as an important activity; engagement provides us with the opportunity to improve our understanding of investee companies and their governance structures to better inform our voting decisions. Engagement also allows us to share our philosophy and approach to investment and corporate governance with companies to enhance their understanding of our objectives. Our engagements often focus on providing our feedback on company disclosures, particularly where we believe they could be enhanced. There are a range of approaches we may take in engaging companies depending on the nature of the issue under consideration, the company and the market.

BlackRock takes an engagement-first approach, emphasizing direct dialogue with companies on governance issues that have a material impact on financial performance. We generally prefer to engage in the first instance where we have concerns and give management time to address or resolve the issue. As a long-term investor, we are patient and persistent in working with our portfolio companies to have an open dialogue and develop mutual understanding of governance matters, to promote the adoption of best practices and to assess the merits of a company’s approach to its governance. We monitor the companies in which we invest and engage with them constructively and privately where we believe doing so helps protect shareholders’ interests. We do not try to micro-manage companies, or tell management and boards what to do. We present our views as a long-term shareholder and listen to companies’ responses. The materiality and immediacy of a given issue will generally determine the level of our engagement and whom we seek to engage at the company, which could be management representatives or board directors.

Boards and directors

The performance of the board is critical to the economic success of the company and to the protection of shareholders’ interests. Board members serve as agents of shareholders in overseeing the strategic direction and operation of the company. For this reason, BlackRock focuses on directors in many of our engagements and sees the election of directors as one of our most important responsibilities in the proxy voting context.

We expect the board of directors to promote and protect shareholder interests by:

 

 

establishing an appropriate corporate governance structure

 

B-4


Table of Contents
 

supporting and overseeing management in setting long-term strategic goals, applicable measures of value-creation and milestones that will demonstrate progress, and steps taken if any obstacles are anticipated or incurred

 

 

ensuring the integrity of financial statements

 

 

making independent decisions regarding mergers, acquisitions and disposals

 

 

establishing appropriate executive compensation structures

 

 

addressing business issues, including environmental and social issues, when they have the potential to materially impact company reputation and performance

There should be clear definitions of the role of the board, the committees of the board and senior management such that the responsibilities of each are well understood and accepted. Companies should report publicly the approach taken to governance (including in relation to board structure) and why this approach is in the best interest of shareholders. We will seek to engage with the appropriate directors where we have concerns about the performance of the board or the company, the broad strategy of the company, or the performance of individual board members.

BlackRock believes that directors should stand for re-election on a regular basis. We assess directors nominated for election or re-election in the context of the composition of the board as a whole. There should be detailed disclosure of the relevant credentials of the individual directors in order for shareholders to assess the caliber of an individual nominee. We expect there to be a sufficient number of independent directors on the board to ensure the protection of the interests of all shareholders. Common impediments to independence may include but are not limited to:

 

 

current or former employment at the company or a subsidiary within the past several years

 

 

being, or representing, a shareholder with a substantial shareholding in the company

 

 

interlocking directorships

 

 

having any other interest, business or other relationship which could, or could reasonably be perceived to, materially interfere with the director’s ability to act in the best interests of the company

BlackRock believes that the operation of the board is enhanced when there is a clearly independent, senior non-executive director to chair it or, where the chairman is also the CEO (or is otherwise not independent), an independent lead director. The role of this director is to enhance the effectiveness of the independent members of the board through shaping the agenda, ensuring adequate information is provided to the board and encouraging independent participation in board deliberations. The lead independent board director should be available to shareholders in those situations where a director is best placed to explain and justify a company’s approach. To ensure that the board remains effective, regular reviews of board performance should be carried out and assessments made of gaps in skills or experience amongst the members. BlackRock believes it is beneficial for new directors to be brought onto the board periodically to refresh the group’s thinking and to ensure both continuity and adequate succession planning. In identifying potential candidates, boards should take into consideration the multiple dimensions of diversity, including personal factors such as gender, ethnicity, and age; as well as professional characteristics, such as a director’s industry, area of expertise, and geographic location. The board should review these dimensions of the current directors and how they might be augmented by incoming directors. We believe that directors are in the best position to assess the optimal size for the board, but we would be concerned if a board seemed too small to have an appropriate balance of directors or too large to be effective.

There are matters for which the board has responsibility that may involve a conflict of interest for executives or for affiliated directors. BlackRock believes that shareholders’ interests are best served when the board forms committees of fully independent directors to deal with such matters. In many markets, these committees of the board specialize in audit, director nominations and compensation matters. An ad hoc committee might also be formed to decide on a special transaction, particularly one with a related party or to investigate a significant adverse event.

 

B-5


Table of Contents

Auditors and audit-related issues

BlackRock recognizes the critical importance of financial statements, which should provide a true and fair picture of a company’s financial condition. We will hold the members of the audit committee or equivalent responsible for overseeing the management of the audit function. We take particular note of cases involving significant financial restatements or ad hoc notifications of material financial weakness.

The integrity of financial statements depends on the auditor being free of any impediments to being an effective check on management. To that end, we believe it is important that auditors are, and are seen to be, independent. Where the audit firm provides services to the company in addition to the audit, the fees earned should be disclosed and explained. Audit committees should have in place a procedure for assessing annually the independence of the auditor.

Capital structure, mergers, asset sales and other special transactions

The capital structure of a company is critical to its owners, the shareholders, as it impacts the value of their investment and the priority of their interest in the company relative to that of other equity or debt investors. Pre-emptive rights are a key protection for shareholders against the dilution of their interests.

Effective voting rights are central to the rights of ownership and we believe strongly in one vote for one share as a guiding principle that supports good corporate governance. Shareholders, as the residual claimants, have the strongest interest in protecting company value, and voting power should match economic exposure.

We are concerned that the creation of a dual share class may result in an over-concentration of power in the hands of a few shareholders, thus disenfranchising other shareholders and amplifying the potential conflict of interest, which the one share, one vote principle is designed to mitigate. However, we recognize that in certain circumstances, companies may have a valid argument for dual-class listings, at least for a limited period of time. We believe that such companies should review these dual-class structures on a regular basis or as company circumstances change. Additionally, they should receive shareholder approval of their capital structure on a periodic basis via a management proposal in the company’s proxy. The proposal should give unaffiliated shareholders the opportunity to affirm the current structure or establish mechanisms to end or phase out controlling structures at the appropriate time, while minimizing costs to shareholders.

In assessing mergers, asset sales or other special transactions, BlackRock’s primary consideration is the long-term economic interests of shareholders. Boards proposing a transaction need to clearly explain the economic and strategic rationale behind it. We will review a proposed transaction to determine the degree to which it enhances long-term shareholder value. We would prefer that proposed transactions have the unanimous support of the board and have been negotiated at arm’s length. We may seek reassurance from the board that executives’ and/or board members’ financial interests in a given transaction have not adversely affected their ability to place shareholders’ interests before their own.

Where the transaction involves related parties, we would expect the recommendation to support it to come from the independent directors and it is good practice to be approved by a separate vote of the non-conflicted shareholders.

BlackRock believes that shareholders have a right to dispose of company shares in the open market without unnecessary restriction. In our view, corporate mechanisms designed to limit shareholders’ ability to sell their shares are contrary to basic property rights. Such mechanisms can serve to protect and entrench interests other than those of the shareholders. We believe that shareholders are broadly capable of making decisions in their own best interests. We expect any so-called ‘shareholder rights plans’ proposed by a board to be subject to shareholder approval upon introduction and periodically thereafter for continuation.

Compensation and benefits

BlackRock expects a company’s board of directors to put in place a compensation structure that incentivizes and rewards executives appropriately and is aligned with shareholder interests, particularly generating sustainable long-term shareholder returns. We would expect the compensation committee to take into account the specific circumstances of the company and the key individuals the board is trying to incentivize. We encourage companies to ensure that their compensation plans incorporate appropriate and challenging performance conditions consistent

 

B-6


Table of Contents

with corporate strategy and market practice. We use third party research, in addition to our own analysis, to evaluate existing and proposed compensation structures. We hold members of the compensation committee or equivalent board members accountable for poor compensation practices or structures.

BlackRock believes that there should be a clear link between variable pay and company performance that drives shareholder returns. We are not supportive of one-off or special bonuses unrelated to company or individual performance. We acknowledge that the use of peer group evaluation by compensation committees can help ensure competitive pay; however we are concerned when increases in total compensation at a company are justified solely on peer benchmarking rather than outperformance. We support incentive plans that foster the sustainable achievement of results relative to competitors. The vesting timeframes associated with incentive plans should facilitate a focus on long-term value creation. We believe consideration should be given to building claw back provisions into incentive plans such that executives would be required to forgo rewards when they are not justified by actual performance.

Compensation committees should guard against contractual arrangements that would entitle executives to material compensation for early termination of their contract. Finally, pension contributions and other deferred compensation arrangements should be reasonable in light of market practice.

Non-executive directors should be compensated in a manner that is commensurate with the time and effort expended in fulfilling their professional responsibilities. Additionally, these compensation arrangements should not risk compromising their independence or aligning their interests too closely with those of the management, whom they are charged with overseeing.

Environmental and social issues

It is within this context of our fiduciary duty to clients that we undertake our investment stewardship activities. Sound practices in relation to the material environmental and social (“E&S”) factors inherent in the business model can be a signal of operational excellence and management quality.

BlackRock expects companies to identify and report on the material, business-specific E&S risks and opportunities and to explain how these are managed. This explanation should make clear how the approach taken by the company best serves the interests of shareholders and protects and enhances the long-term economic value of the company. E&S factors are material if they are core to how the business operates. The key performance indicators in relation to E&S factors should also be disclosed and performance against them discussed, along with any peer group benchmarking and verification processes in place. This helps shareholders assess how well management is dealing with the material E&S factors relevant to the business. Any generally recognized best practices and reporting standards adopted by the company should also be discussed in this context.

We do not see it as our role to make social or political judgments on behalf of clients. Our consideration of these E&S factors is consistent with protecting the long-term economic interest of our clients’ assets. We expect investee companies to comply, at a minimum, with the laws and regulations of the jurisdictions in which they operate. They should explain how they manage situations where local laws or regulations that significantly impact the company’s operations are contradictory or ambiguous to global norms.

Given that E&S factors are often not issues on which a shareholder votes, we will engage directly with the board or management. Engagement on a particular E&S factor is based on our assessment that there are potential material economic ramifications for shareholders over the long-term.

We may vote against the election of directors where we have concerns that a company might not be dealing with material E&S factors appropriately. Sometimes we may reflect such concerns by supporting a shareholder proposal on the issue, where there seems to be either a significant potential threat or realized harm to shareholders’ interests caused by poor management of E&S factors. In deciding our course of action, we will assess whether the company has already taken sufficient steps to address the concern and whether there is a clear and material economic disadvantage to the company if the issue is not addressed.

 

B-7


Table of Contents

General corporate governance matters and shareholder protections

BlackRock believes that shareholders have a right to timely and detailed information on the financial performance and viability of the companies in which they invest. In addition, companies should also publish information on the governance structures in place and the rights of shareholders to influence these. The reporting and disclosure provided by companies help shareholders assess whether their economic interests have been protected and the quality of the board’s oversight of management. We believe shareholders should have the right to vote on key corporate governance matters, including changes to governance mechanisms, to submit proposals to the shareholders’ meeting and to call special meetings of shareholders.

BlackRock’s oversight of its investment stewardship activities

Oversight

We hold ourselves to a very high standard in our investment stewardship activities, including proxy voting. This function is executed by a team called BlackRock Investment Stewardship (“BIS”) which is comprised of BlackRock employees who do not have other responsibilities other than their roles in BIS. BIS is considered an investment function. The team does not have sales responsibilities.

BlackRock maintains three regional advisory committees (“Stewardship Advisory Committees”) for (a) the Americas; (b) Europe, the Middle East and Africa (“EMEA”); and (c) Asia-Pacific, generally consisting of senior BlackRock investment professionals and/or senior employees with practical boardroom experience. The regional Stewardship Advisory Committees review and advise on amendments to the proxy voting guidelines covering markets within each respective region (“Guidelines”).

In addition to the regional Stewardship Advisory Committees, the Investment Stewardship Global Oversight Committee (“Global Committee”) is a risk-focused committee, comprised of senior representatives from various BlackRock investment teams, BlackRock’s Deputy General Counsel, the Global Head of Investment Stewardship (“Global Head”), and other senior executives with relevant experience and team oversight.

The Global Head has primary oversight of the activities of BIS, including voting in accordance with the Guidelines, which require the application of professional judgment and consideration of each company’s unique circumstances. The Global Committee reviews and approves amendments to these Global Corporate Governance & Engagement Principles. The Global Committee also reviews and approves amendments to the regional Guidelines, as proposed by the regional Stewardship Advisory Committees.

In addition, the Global Committee receives and reviews periodic reports regarding the votes cast by BIS, as well as regular updates on material process issues, procedural changes and other risk oversight considerations. The Global Committee reviews these reports in an oversight capacity as informed by the BIS corporate governance engagement program and Guidelines.

BIS carries out engagement with companies, monitors and executes proxy votes, and conducts vote operations (including maintaining records of votes cast) in a manner consistent with the relevant Guidelines. BIS also conducts research on corporate governance issues and participates in industry discussions to keep abreast of important developments in the corporate governance field. BIS may utilize third parties for certain of the foregoing activities and performs oversight of those third parties. BIS may raise complicated or particularly controversial matters for internal discussion with the relevant investment teams and/or refer such matters to the appropriate regional Stewardship Advisory Committees for review, discussion and guidance prior to making a voting decision.

Vote execution

We carefully consider proxies submitted to funds and other fiduciary account(s) (“Fund” or “Funds”) for which we have voting authority. BlackRock votes (or refrains from voting) proxies for each Fund for which we have voting authority based on our evaluation of the best long-term economic interests of shareholders, in the exercise of our independent business judgment, and without regard to the relationship of the issuer of the proxy (or any shareholder proponent or dissident shareholder) to the Fund, the Fund’s affiliates (if any), BlackRock or BlackRock’s affiliates, or BlackRock employees (see “Conflicts management policies and procedures”, below).

 

B-8


Table of Contents

When exercising voting rights, BlackRock will normally vote on specific proxy issues in accordance with the Guidelines for the relevant market. The Guidelines are reviewed regularly and are amended consistent with changes in the local market practice, as developments in corporate governance occur, or as otherwise deemed advisable by BlackRock’s Stewardship Advisory Committees. BIS may, in the exercise of their professional judgment, conclude that the Guidelines do not cover the specific matter upon which a proxy vote is required or that an exception to the Guidelines would be in the best long-term economic interests of BlackRock’s clients.

In the uncommon circumstance of there being a vote with respect to fixed-income securities or the securities of privately held issuers, the decision generally will be made by a Fund’s portfolio managers and/or BIS based on their assessment of the particular transactions or other matters at issue.

In certain markets, proxy voting involves logistical issues which can affect BlackRock’s ability to vote such proxies, as well as the desirability of voting such proxies. These issues include but are not limited to: (i) untimely notice of shareholder meetings; (ii) restrictions on a foreigner’s ability to exercise votes; (iii) requirements to vote proxies in person; (iv) “share-blocking” (requirements that investors who exercise their voting rights surrender the right to dispose of their holdings for some specified period in proximity to the shareholder meeting); (v) potential difficulties in translating the proxy; (vi) regulatory constraints; and (vii) requirements to provide local agents with unrestricted powers of attorney to facilitate voting instructions. We are not supportive of impediments to the exercise of voting rights such as shareblocking or overly burdensome administrative requirements.

As a consequence, BlackRock votes proxies on a “best-efforts” basis. In addition, BIS may determine that it is generally in the best interests of BlackRock’s clients not to vote proxies if the costs (including but not limited to opportunity costs associated with shareblocking constraints) associated with exercising a vote are expected to outweigh the benefit the client would derive by voting on the proposal.

Portfolio managers have full discretion to vote the shares in the Funds they manage based on their analysis of the economic impact of a particular ballot item. Portfolio managers may from time to time reach differing views on how best to maximize economic value with respect to a particular investment. Therefore, portfolio managers may, and sometimes do, vote shares in the Funds under their management differently from one another. However, because BlackRock’s clients are mostly long-term investors with long-term economic goals, ballots are frequently cast in a uniform manner.

Conflicts management policies and procedures

BIS maintains the following policies and procedures that seek to prevent undue influence on BlackRock’s proxy voting activity. Such influence might stem from any relationship between the investee company (or any shareholder proponent or dissident shareholder) and BlackRock, BlackRock’s affiliates, a Fund or a Fund’s affiliates, or BlackRock employees. The following are examples of sources of perceived or potential conflicts of interest:

 

 

BlackRock clients who may be issuers of securities or proponents of shareholder resolutions

 

 

BlackRock business partners or third parties who may be issuers of securities or proponents of shareholder resolutions

 

 

BlackRock employees who may sit on the boards of public companies held in Funds managed by BlackRock

 

 

Significant BlackRock, Inc. investors who may be issuers of securities held in Funds managed by BlackRock

 

 

Securities of BlackRock, Inc. or BlackRock investment funds held in Funds managed by BlackRock

 

 

BlackRock, Inc. board members who serve as senior executives of public companies held in Funds managed by BlackRock

 

B-9


Table of Contents

BlackRock has taken certain steps to mitigate perceived or potential conflicts including, but not limited to, the following:

 

 

Adopted the Guidelines which are designed to protect and enhance the economic value of the companies in which BlackRock invests on behalf of clients.

 

 

Established a reporting structure that separates BIS from employees with sales, vendor management or business partnership roles. In addition, BlackRock seeks to ensure that all engagements with corporate issuers, dissident shareholders or shareholder proponents are managed consistently and without regard to BlackRock’s relationship with such parties. Clients or business partners are not given special treatment or differentiated access to BIS. BIS prioritizes engagements based on factors including but not limited to our need for additional information to make a voting decision or our view on the likelihood that an engagement could lead to positive outcome(s) over time for the economic value of the company. Within the normal course of business, BIS may engage directly with BlackRock clients, business partners and/or third parties, and/or with employees with sales, vendor management or business partnership roles, in discussions regarding our approach to stewardship, general corporate governance matters, client reporting needs, and/or to otherwise ensure that proxy-related client service levels are met.

 

 

Determined to engage, in certain instances, an independent fiduciary to vote proxies as a further safeguard to avoid potential conflicts of interest, to satisfy regulatory compliance requirements, or as may be otherwise required by applicable law. In such circumstances, the independent fiduciary provides BlackRock’s proxy voting agent with instructions, in accordance with the Guidelines, as to how to vote such proxies, and BlackRock’s proxy voting agent votes the proxy in accordance with the independent fiduciary’s determination. BlackRock uses an independent fiduciary to vote proxies of (i) any company that is affiliated with BlackRock, Inc., (ii) any public company that includes BlackRock employees on its board of directors, (iii) The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc., (iv) any public company of which a BlackRock, Inc. board member serves as a senior executive, and (v) companies when legal or regulatory requirements compel BlackRock to use an independent fiduciary. In selecting an independent fiduciary, we assess several characteristics, including but not limited to: independence, an ability to analyze proxy issues and vote in the best economic interest of our clients, reputation for reliability and integrity, and operational capacity to accurately deliver the assigned votes in a timely manner. We may engage more than one independent fiduciary, in part in order to mitigate potential or perceived conflicts of interest at an independent fiduciary. The Global Committee appoints and reviews the performance of the independent fiduciar(ies), generally on an annual basis.

When so authorized, BlackRock acts as a securities lending agent on behalf of Funds. With regard to the relationship between securities lending and proxy voting, BlackRock’s approach is driven by our clients’ economic interests. The decision whether to recall securities on loan to vote is based on a formal analysis of the revenue producing value to clients of loans, against the assessed economic value of casting votes. Generally, we expect that the likely economic value to clients of casting votes would be less than the securities lending income, either because, in our assessment, the resolutions being voted on will not have significant economic consequences or because the outcome would not be affected by BlackRock recalling loaned securities in order to vote. BlackRock also may, in our discretion, determine that the value of voting outweighs the cost of recalling shares, and thus recall shares to vote in that instance.

Periodically, BlackRock reviews our process for determining whether to recall securities on loan in order to vote and may modify it as necessary.

Voting guidelines

The issue-specific Guidelines published for each region/country in which we vote are intended to summarize BlackRock’s general philosophy and approach to issues that may commonly arise in the proxy voting context in each market where we invest. These Guidelines are not intended to be exhaustive. BIS applies the Guidelines on a case-by-case basis, in the context of the individual circumstances of each company and the specific issue under review. As such, these Guidelines do not indicate how BIS will vote in every instance. Rather, they share our view about corporate governance issues generally, and provide insight into how we typically approach issues that commonly arise on corporate ballots.

 

B-10


Table of Contents

Reporting and vote transparency

We inform clients about our engagement and voting policies and activities through direct communication and through disclosure on our website. Each year we publish an annual report, an annual engagement and voting statistics report, and our full voting record to our website. On a quarterly basis, we publish regional reports which provide an overview of our investment stewardship engagement and voting activities during the quarter, including market developments, speaking engagements, and engagement and voting statistics. Additionally, we make public our market-specific voting guidelines for the benefit of clients and companies with whom we engage.

 

B-11


Table of Contents

PART C

Other Information

 

Item 25.

Financial Statements And Exhibits

The agreements included or incorporated by reference as exhibits to this Registration Statement contain representations and warranties by each of the parties to the applicable agreement. These representations and warranties were made solely for the benefit of the other parties to the applicable agreement and (i) were not intended to be treated as categorical statements of fact, but rather as a way of allocating the risk to one of the parties if those statements prove to be inaccurate; (ii) may have been qualified in such agreement by disclosures that were made to the other party in connection with the negotiation of the applicable agreement; (iii) may apply contract standards of “materiality” that are different from “materiality” under the applicable securities laws; and (iv) were made only as of the date of the applicable agreement or such other date or dates as may be specified in the agreement.

The Registrant acknowledges that, notwithstanding the inclusion of the foregoing cautionary statements, it is responsible for considering whether additional specific disclosures of material information regarding material contractual provisions are required to make the statements in this Registration Statement not misleading.

 

(1)    Financial Statements
   Part A: Financial Highlights
   Part B: Audited financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018 and related Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm are incorporated herein by reference to the Trust’s annual report for the year ended December 31, 2018.
(2)    Exhibits
(a)    Agreement and Declaration of Trust(1)
(b)    Bylaws(2)
(c)    Inapplicable
(d) (1)    Article VI (Shares of Beneficial Interest) and Article X (Shareholders) of the Agreement and Declaration of Trust(1)
    (2)    Article I (Shareholder Meetings) of the Bylaws(2)
(e)    Form of Automatic Dividend Reinvestment Plan(1)
(f)    Inapplicable
(g) (1)    Form of Investment Management Agreement(3)
    (2)    Sub-Investment Advisory Agreement with BlackRock International Limited – filed herewith
(h)    Inapplicable
(i)    BlackRock Fixed-Income Complex Amended and Restated Deferred Compensation Plan – filed herewith
(j)    Form of Master Custodian Agreement – filed herewith


Table of Contents
(k) (1)    Form of Transfer Agency and Service Agreement – filed herewith
    (2)    Form of Administration and Accounting Services Agreement – filed herewith
    (3)    Form of Securities Lending Agreement – filed herewith
(l)    Opinion and Consent of Counsel to the Registrant – to be filed by amendment
(m)    Inapplicable
(n)    Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm Consent – to be filed by amendment
(o)    Inapplicable
(p)    Inapplicable
(q)    Inapplicable
(r)    Code of Ethics of the Registrant, the Advisor and Sub-Advisor – filed herewith
(s)    Power of Attorney – filed herewith

 

 

(1)

Incorporated by reference to Pre-Effective Amendment No. 2 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333-176661), as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 26, 2011.

(2)

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant’s Report on Form 8-K, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 28, 2016.

(3)

Incorporated by reference to Pre-Effective Amendment No. 3 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333-176661), as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 21, 2011.

 

Item 26.

Marketing Arrangements

The information contained under the section entitled “Plan of Distribution” in the Prospectus is incorporated by reference, and any information concerning any underwriters will be contained in the accompanying Prospectus Supplement, if any.

 

Item 27.

Other Expenses Of Issuance And Distribution

The following table sets forth the estimated expenses to be incurred in connection with the offering described in this Registration Statement:

 

Registration fee

   $ [            

NYSE listing fee

     [            

Printing (other than certificates)

     [            

Marketing expenses

     [            

Engraving and printing certificates

     [            

Accounting fees and expenses

     [            

Legal fees and expenses

     [            

FINRA fee

     [            

Miscellaneous

     [            
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ [            

 

- 2 -


Table of Contents
Item 28.

Persons Controlled By Or Under Common Control With The Registrant

None.

 

Item 29.

Number Of Holders Of Shares

As of July 31, 2019:

 

Title Of Class

  

Number Of Record Holders

Common Shares of Beneficial Interest

   8

 

Item 30.

Indemnification

Article V of the Registrant’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust provides as follows:

5.1 No Personal Liability of Shareholders, Trustees, etc . No Shareholder of the Trust shall be subject in such capacity to any personal liability whatsoever to any Person in connection with Trust Property or the acts, obligations or affairs of the Trust. Shareholders shall have the same limitation of personal liability as is extended to stockholders of a private corporation for profit incorporated under the Delaware General Corporation Law. No Trustee or officer of the Trust shall be subject in such capacity to any personal liability whatsoever to any Person, save only liability to the Trust or its Shareholders arising from bad faith, willful misfeasance, gross negligence or reckless disregard for his duty to such Person; and, subject to the foregoing exception, all such Persons shall look solely to the Trust Property for satisfaction of claims of any nature arising in connection with the affairs of the Trust. If any Shareholder, Trustee or officer, as such, of the Trust, is made a party to any suit or proceeding to enforce any such liability, subject to the foregoing exception, he shall not, on account thereof, be held to any personal liability. Any repeal or modification of this Section 5.1 shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a Trustee or officer of the Trust existing at the time of such repeal or modification with respect to acts or omissions occurring prior to such repeal or modification.

5.2 Mandatory Indemnification . (a) The Trust hereby agrees to indemnify each person who at any time serves as a Trustee or officer of the Trust (each such person being an “indemnitee”) against any liabilities and expenses, including amounts paid in satisfaction of judgments, in compromise or as fines and penalties, and reasonable counsel fees reasonably incurred by such indemnitee in connection with the defense or disposition of any action, suit or other proceeding, whether civil or criminal, before any court or administrative or investigative body in which he may be or may have been involved as a party or otherwise or with which he may be or may have been threatened, while acting in any capacity set forth in this Article V by reason of his having acted in any such capacity, except with respect to any matter as to which he shall not have acted in good faith in the reasonable belief that his action was in the best interest of the Trust or, in the case of any criminal proceeding, as to which he shall have had reasonable cause to believe that the conduct was unlawful, provided, however, that no indemnitee shall be indemnified hereunder against any liability to any person or any expense of such indemnitee arising by reason of (i) willful misfeasance, (ii) bad faith, (iii) gross negligence, or (iv) reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his position (the conduct referred to in such clauses (i) through (iv) being sometimes referred to herein as “disabling conduct”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any action, suit or other proceeding voluntarily prosecuted by any indemnitee as plaintiff, indemnification shall be mandatory only if the prosecution of such action, suit or other proceeding by such indemnitee (1) was authorized by a majority of the Trustees or (2) was instituted by the indemnitee to enforce his or her rights to indemnification hereunder in a case in which the indemnitee is found to be entitled to such indemnification. The rights to indemnification set forth in this Declaration shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a Trustee or officer of the Trust and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors and personal and legal representatives. No amendment or restatement of this Declaration or repeal of any of its provisions shall limit or eliminate any of the benefits provided to any person who at any time is or was a Trustee or officer of the Trust or otherwise entitled to indemnification hereunder in respect of any act or omission that occurred prior to such amendment, restatement or repeal.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, no indemnification shall be made hereunder unless there has been a determination (i) by a final decision on the merits by a court or other body of competent jurisdiction before whom the issue of entitlement to indemnification hereunder was brought that such indemnitee is entitled to indemnification hereunder or, (ii) in the absence of such a decision, by (1) a majority vote of a quorum of those Trustees who are

 

- 3 -


Table of Contents

neither ‘‘interested persons’’ of the Trust (as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act) nor parties to the proceeding (‘‘Disinterested Non-Party Trustees’’), that the indemnitee is entitled to indemnification hereunder, or (2) if such quorum is not obtainable or even if obtainable, if such majority so directs, independent legal counsel in a written opinion concludes that the indemnitee should be entitled to indemnification hereunder. All determinations to make advance payments in connection with the expense of defending any proceeding shall be authorized and made in accordance with the immediately succeeding paragraph (c) below.

(c) The Trust shall make advance payments in connection with the expenses of defending any action with respect to which indemnification might be sought hereunder if the Trust receives a written affirmation by the indemnitee of the indemnitee’s good faith belief that the standards of conduct necessary for indemnification have been met and a written undertaking to reimburse the Trust unless it is subsequently determined that the indemnitee is entitled to such indemnification and if a majority of the Trustees determine that the applicable standards of conduct necessary for indemnification appear to have been met. In addition, at least one of the following conditions must be met: (i) the indemnitee shall provide adequate security for his undertaking, (ii) the Trust shall be insured against losses arising by reason of any lawful advances, or (iii) a majority of a quorum of the Disinterested Non-Party Trustees, or if a majority vote of such quorum so direct, independent legal counsel in a written opinion, shall conclude, based on a review of readily available facts (as opposed to a full trial-type inquiry), that there is substantial reason to believe that the indemnitee ultimately will be found entitled to indemnification.

(d) The rights accruing to any indemnitee under these provisions shall not exclude any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under this Declaration, the By-Laws of the Trust, any statute, agreement, vote of stockholders or Trustees who are ‘‘disinterested persons’’ (as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act) or any other right to which he or she may be lawfully entitled.

(e) Subject to any limitations provided by the 1940 Act and this Declaration, the Trust shall have the power and authority to indemnify and provide for the advance payment of expenses to employees, agents and other Persons providing services to the Trust or serving in any capacity at the request of the Trust to the full extent corporations organized under the Delaware General Corporation Law may indemnify or provide for the advance payment of expenses for such Persons, provided that such indemnification has been approved by a majority of the Trustees.

5.3 No Bond Required of Trustees . No Trustee shall, as such, be obligated to give any bond or other security for the performance of any of his duties hereunder.

5.4 No Duty of Investigation; No Notice in Trust Instruments, etc . No purchaser, lender, transfer agent or other person dealing with the Trustees or with any officer, employee or agent of the Trust shall be bound to make any inquiry concerning the validity of any transaction purporting to be made by the Trustees or by said officer, employee or agent or be liable for the application of money or property paid, loaned, or delivered to or on the order of the Trustees or of said officer, employee or agent. Every obligation, contract, undertaking, instrument, certificate, Share, other security of the Trust, and every other act or thing whatsoever executed in connection with the Trust shall be conclusively taken to have been executed or done by the executors thereof only in their capacity as Trustees under this Declaration or in their capacity as officers, employees or agents of the Trust. The Trustees may maintain insurance for the protection of the Trust Property, the Shareholders, Trustees, officers, employees and agents in such amount as the Trustees shall deem adequate to cover possible tort liability, and such other insurance as the Trustees in their sole judgment shall deem advisable or is required by the 1940 Act.

5.5 Reliance on Experts, etc . Each Trustee and officer or employee of the Trust shall, in the performance of its duties, be fully and completely justified and protected with regard to any act or any failure to act resulting from reliance in good faith upon the books of account or other records of the Trust, upon an opinion of counsel, or upon reports made to the Trust by any of the Trust’s officers or employees or by any advisor, administrator, manager, distributor, selected dealer, accountant, appraiser or other expert or consultant selected with reasonable care by the Trustees, officers or employees of the Trust, regardless of whether such counsel or expert may also be a Trustee.

Registrant has also entered into an agreement with Trustees and officers of the Registrant entitled to indemnification under the Agreement and Declaration of Trust pursuant to which the Registrant has agreed to advance expenses and costs incurred by the indemnitee in connection with any matter in respect of which indemnification might be sought pursuant to the Agreement and Declaration of Trust to the maximum extent permitted by law.

 

- 4 -


Table of Contents

Reference is also made to:

 

   

Sections 10 and 11 of the Registrant’s Investment Management Agreement, a form of which is filed as Exhibit (g)(1) to Pre-Effective Amendment No. 3 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333-176661), as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 21, 2011.

 

   

Sections 9 and 10 of the Registrant’s Sub-Investment Advisory Agreement, which is filed as Exhibit (g)(2) of this Registration Statement.

Additionally, the Registrant and the other funds in the BlackRock Fixed-Income Complex jointly maintain, at their own expense, E&O/D&O insurance policies for the benefit of its Trustees, officers and certain affiliated persons. The Registrant pays a pro rata portion of the premium on such insurance policies.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, may be permitted to Trustees, officers and controlling persons of the Trust, pursuant to the foregoing provisions or otherwise, the Trust has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a Trustee, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such Trustee, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

Item 31.

Business And Other Connections Of Investment Advisor

BlackRock Advisors, LLC, a limited liability company organized under the laws of Delaware (the “Advisor”), acts as investment adviser to the Registrant. The Registrant is fulfilling the requirement of this Item 31 to provide a list of the officers and directors of the Advisor, together with information as to any other business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature engaged in by the Advisor or those officers and directors during the past two years, by incorporating by reference the information contained in the Form ADV of the Advisor filed with the commission pursuant to the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (Commission File No. 801-47710).

BlackRock International Limited (“BIL”) acts as sub-adviser for a number of affiliated registered investment companies advised by BlackRock Advisors, LLC. The address of each of these registered investment companies is 100 Bellevue Parkway, Wilmington, Delaware 19809. The address of BIL is Exchange Place One, 1 Semple Street, Edinburgh, EH3 8BL, United Kingdom. The list required by this Item 31 about officers and directors of BIL, together with information as to any other business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature engaged in by such officers and directors during the past two years, is incorporated by reference to Schedules A and D of Form ADV, filed by BIL pursuant to the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (SEC File No. 801-51087).

 

Item 32.

Location Of Accounts And Records

The Registrant’s accounts, books and other documents are currently located at the offices of the Registrant, c/o BlackRock Advisors, LLC, 100 Bellevue Parkway, Wilmington, DE 19809 and at the offices of State Street Bank and Trust Company, the Registrant’s Custodian and Administrator, at One Lincoln Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02111, The Bank of New York Mellon, the Registrant’s former custodian and transfer agent, at One Wall Street, New York, New York 10286, Computershare Trust Company, N.A., the Registrant’s Transfer Agent, at 250 Royall Street, Canton, Massachusetts 02021, and BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (US) Inc., the Registrant’s former administrator, at One Wall Street, New York, New York 10286.

 

Item 33.

Management Services

Not Applicable

 

Item 34.

Undertakings

 

(1)

The Registrant hereby undertakes to suspend the offering of its units until it amends its prospectus if (a) subsequent to the effective date of its registration statement, the net asset value declines more than 10 percent from its net asset value as of the effective date of the registration statement or (b) the net asset value increases to an amount greater than its net proceeds as stated in the prospectus.

 

- 5 -


Table of Contents
(2)

Not applicable.

 

(3)

Any securities not taken in a rights offering by shareholders are to be reoffered to the public, and we undertake to supplement the prospectus, after the expiration of the subscription period, to set forth the results of the subscription offer, the transactions by underwriters during the subscription period, the amount of unsubscribed securities to be purchased by underwriters, and the terms of any subsequent reoffering thereof. If any public offering by the underwriters of the securities being registered is to be made on terms differing from those set forth on the cover page of the prospectus, we undertake to file a post-effective amendment to set forth the terms of such offering.

 

(4)

The securities being registered will be offered on a delayed or continuous basis in reliance on Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933. Accordingly, the Registrant undertakes:

 

  (a)

to file, during and period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this Registration Statement: (1) to include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933; (2) to reflect in the prospectus any facts or events after the effective date of the Registration Statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the Registration Statement; and (3) to include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the Registration Statement or any material change to such information in the Registration Statement.

 

  (b)

that for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof;

 

  (c)

to remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering; and

 

  (d)

that, for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser, if the Registrant is subject to Rule 430C: Each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 497(b), (c), (d) or (e) under the Securities Act of 1933 as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A under the Securities Act of 1933 shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.

 

  (e)

that for the purpose of determining liability of the Registrant under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser in the initial distribution of securities: The undersigned Registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned Registrant pursuant to this Registration Statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned Registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to the purchaser: (1) any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned Registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 497 under the Securities Act of 1933; (2) the portion of any advertisement pursuant to Rule 482 under the Securities Act of 1933 relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned Registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned Registrant; and (3) any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned Registrant to the purchaser.

 

- 6 -


Table of Contents
(5)

If applicable:

 

  (a)

For the purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of a registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in the form of prospectus filed by the Registrant under Rule 497(h) under the Securities Act of 1933 shall be deemed to be part of the Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

  (b)

For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of the securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

(6)

The Registrant undertakes to send by first class mail or other means designed to ensure equally prompt delivery within two business days of receipt of a written or oral request, any Statement of Additional Information constituting Part B of this Registration Statement.

 

- 7 -


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 and the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Trust has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, and the State of New York, on the 14th day of August, 2019.

 

BLACKROCK UTILITIES, INFRASTRUCTURE & POWER OPPORTUNITIES TRUST
By:  

/s/ John M. Perlowski

  John M. Perlowski
  President and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated and on the 14th day of August, 2019.

 

Signature

       

Title

/s/ John M. Perlowski

John M. Perlowski

      Trustee, President and Chief Executive Officer

/s/ Neal J. Andrews

Neal J. Andrews

      Chief Financial Officer

 

Richard E. Cavanagh

      Trustee

*

Karen P. Robards

      Trustee

*

Michael J. Castellano

      Trustee

*

Cynthia L. Egan

      Trustee

*

Frank J. Fabozzi

      Trustee

*

Henry Gabbay

      Trustee

*

R. Glenn Hubbard

      Trustee

*

W. Carl Kester

      Trustee

*

Catherine A. Lynch

      Trustee

*

Robert W. Fairbairn

      Trustee

 

- 8 -


Table of Contents
*By:  

/s/ John M. Perlowski

  John M. Perlowski
  as Attorney-in-Fact

 

- 9 -


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

(g)(2)   Sub-Investment Advisory Agreement with BlackRock International Limited
(i)   BlackRock Fixed-Income Complex Amended and Restated Deferred Compensation Plan
(j)   Form of Master Custodian Agreement
(k)(1)   Form of Transfer Agency and Service Agreement
(k)(2)   Form of Administration and Accounting Services Agreement
(k)(3)   Form of Securities Lending Agreement
(r)   Code of Ethics of the Registrant, the Advisor and the Sub-Advisor
(s)   Power of Attorney

 

- 10 -

SUB-INVESTMENT ADVISORY AGREEMENT

AGREEMENT dated March 1, 2017, among BlackRock Utility and Infrastructure Trust, a Delaware statutory trust (the “ Trust ”), BlackRock Advisors, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Advisor ”), and BlackRock International Limited, a corporation organized under the laws of Scotland (the “ Sub-Advisor ”).

WHEREAS, the Advisor has agreed to furnish investment advisory services to the Trust, a closed-end management investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “ 1940 Act ”);

WHEREAS, the Advisor wishes to retain the Sub-Advisor to provide it with certain sub-advisory services as described below in connection with Advisor’s advisory activities on behalf of the Trust;

WHEREAS, the investment management agreement between the Advisor and the Trust, dated November 22, 2011 (such agreement or the most recent successor agreement between such parties relating to advisory services to the Trust is referred to herein as the “ Advisory Agreement ”), contemplates that the Advisor may appoint a sub-adviser to perform investment advisory services with respect to the Trust; and

WHEREAS, this Agreement has been approved in accordance with the provisions of the 1940 Act, and the Sub-Advisor is willing to furnish such services upon the terms and conditions herein set forth;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual premises and covenants herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, it is agreed by and between the parties hereto as follows:

1.     Appointment . The Advisor hereby appoints the Sub-Advisor to act as sub-advisor with respect to the Trust and the Sub-Advisor accepts such appointment and agrees to render the services herein set forth for the compensation herein provided. For the purposes of the rules of the Financial Conduct Authority of the United Kingdom and based on information obtained in respect of the Advisor, the Advisor will be treated by the Sub-Advisor as a professional client. The Advisor acknowledges and accepts this categorization. The Advisor has the right to request a different categorization at any time from the Sub-Advisor, however the Sub-Advisor only provides the services to professional clients and will no longer be able to provide services to the Advisor in the event of a request for a change in categorization.

2.     Services of the Sub-Advisor . Subject to the succeeding provisions of this section, the oversight and supervision of the Advisor and the direction and control of the Board of Trustees of the Trust, the Sub-Advisor will perform certain of the day-to-day operations of the Trust, which may include one or more of the following services, at the request of the Advisor: (a) acting as investment advisor for and managing the investment and reinvestment of those assets of the Trust as the Advisor may from time to time request and in connection therewith have complete discretion in purchasing and

 

1


selling such securities and other assets for the Trust and in voting, exercising consents and exercising all other rights appertaining to such securities and other assets on behalf of the Trust; (b) arranging, subject to the provisions of paragraph 3 hereof, for the purchase and sale of securities and other assets of the Trust; (c) providing investment research and credit analysis concerning the Trust’s investments, (d) assisting the Advisor in determining what portion of the Trust’s assets will be invested in cash, cash equivalents and money market instruments, (e) placing orders for all purchases and sales of such investments made for the Trust, and (f) maintaining the books and records as are required to support the Trust’s investment operations. At the request of the Advisor, the Sub-Advisor will also, subject to the oversight and supervision of the Advisor and the direction and control of the Board of Trustees of the Trust, provide to the Advisor or the Trust any of the facilities and equipment and perform any of the services described in Section 3 of the Advisory Agreement. In addition, the Sub-Advisor will keep the Trust and the Advisor informed of developments materially affecting the Trust and shall, on its own initiative, furnish to the Trust from time to time whatever information the Sub-Advisor believes appropriate for this purpose. The Sub-Advisor will periodically communicate to the Advisor, at such times as the Advisor may direct, information concerning the purchase and sale of securities for the Trust, including: (a) the name of the issuer, (b) the amount of the purchase or sale, (c) the name of the broker or dealer, if any, through which the purchase or sale is effected, (d) the CUSIP number of the instrument, if any, and (e) such other information as the Advisor may reasonably require for purposes of fulfilling its obligations to the Trust under the Advisory Agreement. The Sub-Advisor will provide the services rendered by it under this Agreement in accordance with the Trust’s investment objective, policies and restrictions (as currently in effect and as they may be amended or supplemented from time to time) as stated in the Trust’s Prospectus and Statement of Additional Information and the resolutions of the Trust’s Board of Trustees.

The Sub-Advisor represents, warrants and covenants that it is authorized and regulated by the Financial Conduct Authority (“FCA” and the applicable rules promulgated by the FCA, the “FCA Rules”).

3.     Covenants . (a) In the performance of its duties under this Agreement, the Sub-Advisor shall at all times conform to, and act in accordance with, any requirements imposed by: (i) the provisions of the 1940 Act, and the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “ Advisers Act ”), and all applicable Rules and Regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ SEC ”); (ii) any other applicable provision of law; (iii) the provisions of the Agreement and Declaration of Trust and By-Laws of the Trust, as such documents are amended from time to time; (iv) the investment objective and policies of the Trust as set forth in its Registration Statement on Form N-2; and (v) any policies and determinations of the Board of Trustees of the Trust.

(b)    In addition, the Sub-Advisor will:

(i)    place orders either directly with the issuer or with any broker or dealer. Subject to the other provisions of this paragraph, in placing orders with

 

2


brokers and dealers, the Sub-Advisor will attempt to obtain the best price and the most favorable execution of its orders. In placing orders, the Sub-Advisor will consider the experience and skill of the firm’s securities traders as well as the firm’s financial responsibility and administrative efficiency. Consistent with this obligation, the Sub-Advisor may select brokers on the basis of the research, statistical and pricing services they provide to the Trust and other clients of the Advisor or the Sub-Advisor. Information and research received from such brokers will be in addition to, and not in lieu of, the services required to be performed by the Sub-Advisor hereunder. A commission paid to such brokers may be higher than that which another qualified broker would have charged for effecting the same transaction, provided that the Sub-Advisor determines in good faith that such commission is reasonable in terms either of the transaction or the overall responsibility of the Advisor and the Sub-Advisor to the Trust and their other clients and that the total commissions paid by the Trust will be reasonable in relation to the benefits to the Trust over the long-term. In no instance, however, will the Trust’s securities be purchased from or sold to the Advisor, the Sub-Advisor or any affiliated person thereof, except to the extent permitted by the SEC or by applicable law. Subject to the foregoing and the provisions of the 1940 Act, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and other applicable provisions of law, the Sub-Advisor may select brokers and dealers with which it or the Trust is affiliated;

(ii)    maintain books and records with respect to the Trust’s securities transactions and will render to the Advisor and the Trust’s Board of Trustees, such periodic and special reports as they may request;

(iii)    maintain a policy and practice of conducting its investment advisory services hereunder independently of the commercial banking operations of its affiliates. When the Sub-Advisor makes investment recommendations for the Trust, its investment advisory personnel will not inquire or take into consideration whether the issuer of securities proposed for purchase or sale for the Trust’s accounts are customers of the commercial department of its affiliates; and

(iv)    treat confidentially and as proprietary information of the Trust all records and other information relative to the Trust, and the Trust’s prior, current or potential shareholders, and will not use such records and information for any purpose other than performance of its responsibilities and duties hereunder, except after prior notification to and approval in writing by the Trust which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld and may not be withheld where the Sub-Advisor may be exposed to civil or criminal contempt proceedings for failure to comply, when requested to divulge such information by duly constituted authorities, or when so requested by the Trust.

(c)    In addition, the Advisor:

(i)    agrees that the Sub-Advisor may, to the extent permitted by the FCA Rules, aggregate transactions for the Fund with transactions for other clients

 

3


and/ or its own account, but shall be under no obligation to aggregate transactions for the Fund. In relation to a particular order, aggregation may operate on some occasions to the advantage of the Advisor and on other occasions to the Advisor’s disadvantage. However, it must be unlikely that the aggregation of orders and transactions will work overall to the disadvantage of the Advisor before transactions will be aggregated; and

(ii)    instructs the Sub-Advisor not to make or book client limit orders (being a specific instruction from the Advisor to buy or sell a financial instrument at a specified price limit or better and for a specified size) in respect of securities admitted to trading on a regulated market which are not immediately executed under prevailing market conditions.

(d)    The Advisor acknowledges that the Sub-Advisor does not hold “client money” and/or “safe custody assets” for the Advisor under the Client Asset Rules (the “CASS Rules”) of the FCA.

4.     Services Not Exclusive . Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent the Sub-Advisor or any officer, employee or other affiliate thereof from acting as investment advisor for any other person, firm or corporation, or from engaging in any other lawful activity, and shall not in any way limit or restrict the Sub-Advisor or any of its officers, employees or agents from buying, selling or trading any securities for its or their own accounts or for the accounts of others for whom it or they may be acting; provided, however, that the Sub-Advisor will undertake no activities which, in its judgment, will adversely affect the performance of its obligations under this Agreement.

5.     Books and Records . In compliance with the requirements of Rule 31a-3 under the 1940 Act, the Sub-Advisor hereby agrees that all records which it maintains for the Trust are the property of the Trust as the case may be and further agrees to surrender promptly to the Trust, any such records upon the Trust’s request as the case may be. The Sub-Advisor further agrees to preserve for the periods prescribed by Rule 31a-2 under the 1940 Act the records required to be maintained by Rule 31a-1 under the 1940 Act (to the extent such books and records are not maintained by the Advisor).

6.     Agency Cross Transactions . From time to time, the Sub-Advisor or brokers or dealers affiliated with it may find themselves in a position to buy for certain of their brokerage clients (each an “ Account ”) securities which the Sub-Advisor’s investment advisory clients wish to sell, and to sell for certain of their brokerage clients securities which advisory clients wish to buy. Where one of the parties is an advisory client, the Advisor or the affiliated broker or dealer cannot participate in this type of transaction (known as a cross transaction) on behalf of an advisory client and retain commissions from both parties to the transaction without the advisory client’s consent. This is because in a situation where the Sub-Advisor is making the investment decision (as opposed to a brokerage client who makes his own investment decisions), and the Sub-Advisor or an affiliate is receiving commissions from one or both sides of the transaction, there is a potential conflicting division of loyalties and responsibilities on the Sub-Advisor’s part regarding the advisory client. The SEC has adopted a rule under the

 

4


Advisers Act which permits the Sub-Advisor or its affiliates to participate on behalf of an Account in agency cross transactions if the advisory client has given written consent in advance. By execution of this Agreement, the Trust authorizes the Sub-Advisor or its affiliates to participate in agency cross transactions involving an Account. The Trust may revoke its consent at any time by written notice to the Sub-Advisor.

7.     Expenses . During the term of this Agreement, the Sub-Advisor will bear all costs and expenses of its employees and any overhead incurred by the Sub-Advisor in connection with its duties hereunder; provided that the Board of Trustees of the Trust may approve reimbursement to the Sub-Advisor of the pro-rata portion of the salaries, bonuses, health insurance, retirement benefits and all similar employment costs for the time spent on the Trust’s operations (including, without limitation, compliance matters) (other than the provision of investment advice and administrative services required to be provided hereunder) of all personnel employed by the Sub-Advisor who devote substantial time to the Trust’s operations or the operations of other investment companies advised or sub-advised by the Sub-Advisor.

8.     Compensation .

(a)    For that portion of the Trust for which the Sub-Advisor acts as sub-advisor, the Advisor agrees to pay to the Sub-Advisor and the Sub-Advisor agrees to accept as full compensation for all services rendered by the Sub-Advisor pursuant to this Agreement, an annual fee in arrears in an amount equal to 47.3% of the management fees received by the Advisor from the Trust with respect to the average daily value of the Managed Assets of the Trust allocated to the Sub-Advisor. “Managed Assets” means the total assets of the Trust (including any assets attributable to money borrowed for investment purposes) minus the sum of the Trust’s accrued liabilities (other than money borrowed for investment purposes).

(b)    For purposes of this Agreement, the Managed Assets of the Trust shall be calculated pursuant to the procedures adopted by resolutions of the Board of Trustees of the Trust for calculating the value of the Trust’s assets or delegating such calculations to third parties.

9.     Indemnity .

(a)    The Trust may, with the prior consent of the Board of Trustees of the Trust, including a majority of the trustees of the Trust that are not “interested persons” of the Trust (as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act), indemnify the Sub-Advisor and each of the Sub-Advisor’s directors, officers, employees, agents, associates and controlling persons and the directors, partners, members, officers, employees and agents thereof (including any individual who serves at the Sub-Advisor’s request as director, officer, partner, member, trustee or the like of another entity) (each such person being an “ Indemnitee ”) against any liabilities and expenses, including amounts paid in satisfaction of judgments, in compromise or as fines and penalties, and counsel fees (all as provided in accordance with applicable state law) reasonably incurred by such Indemnitee in connection with the defense or disposition of any action, suit or other

 

5


proceeding, whether civil or criminal, before any court or administrative or investigative body in which such Indemnitee may be or may have been involved as a party or otherwise or with which such Indemnitee may be or may have been threatened, while acting in any capacity set forth herein or thereafter by reason of such Indemnitee having acted in any such capacity, except with respect to any matter as to which such Indemnitee shall have been adjudicated not to have acted in good faith in the reasonable belief that such Indemnitee’s action was in the best interest of the Trust and furthermore, in the case of any criminal proceeding, so long as such Indemnitee had no reasonable cause to believe that the conduct was unlawful; provided, however, that (1) no Indemnitee shall be indemnified hereunder against any liability to the Trust, the Trust’s shareholders or any expense of such Indemnitee arising by reason of (i) willful misfeasance, (ii) bad faith, (iii) gross negligence or (iv) reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of such Indemnitee’s position (the conduct referred to in such clauses (i) through (iv) being sometimes referred to herein as “ disabling conduct ”), (2) as to any matter disposed of by settlement or a compromise payment by such Indemnitee, pursuant to a consent decree or otherwise, no indemnification either for said payment or for any other expenses shall be provided unless there has been a determination that such settlement or compromise is in the best interests of the Trust and that such Indemnitee appears to have acted in good faith in the reasonable belief that such Indemnitee’s action was in the best interest of the Trust and did not involve disabling conduct by such Indemnitee and (3) with respect to any action, suit or other proceeding voluntarily prosecuted by any Indemnitee as plaintiff, indemnification shall be mandatory only if the prosecution of such action, suit or other proceeding by such Indemnitee was authorized by a majority of the full Board of Trustees of the Trust, including a majority of the trustees of the Trust who are not “interested persons” of the Trust (as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act).

(b)    The Trust shall make advance payments in connection with the expenses of defending any action with respect to which indemnification might be sought hereunder if the Trust receives a written affirmation of the Indemnitee’s good faith belief that the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification has been met and a written undertaking to reimburse the Trust unless it is subsequently determined that such Indemnitee is entitled to such indemnification and if the trustees of the Trust determine that the facts then known to them would not preclude indemnification. In addition, at least one of the following conditions must be met: (A) the Indemnitee shall provide a security for such Indemnitee-undertaking, (B) the Trust shall be insured against losses arising by reason of any unlawful advance, or (C) a majority of a quorum consisting of trustees of the Trust who are neither “interested persons” of the Trust (as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act) nor parties to the proceeding (“ Disinterested Non-Party Trustees ”) or an independent legal counsel in a written opinion, shall determine, based on a review of readily available facts (as opposed to a full trial-type inquiry), that there is reason to believe that the Indemnitee ultimately will be found entitled to indemnification.

(c)    All determinations with respect to indemnification hereunder shall be made (1) by a final decision on the merits by a court or other body before whom the proceeding was brought that such Indemnitee is not liable by reason of disabling conduct, or (2) in the absence of such a decision, by (i) a majority vote of a quorum of the Disinterested Non-Party Trustees of the Trust, or (ii) if such a quorum is not obtainable or

 

6


even, if obtainable, if a majority vote of such quorum so directs, independent legal counsel in a written opinion. All determinations that advance payments in connection with the expense of defending any proceeding shall be authorized shall be made in accordance with the immediately preceding clause (2) above.

The rights accruing to any Indemnitee under these provisions shall not exclude any other right to which such Indemnitee may be lawfully entitled.

10.     Limitation on Liability .

(a)    The Sub-Advisor will not be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss suffered by the Advisor or by the Trust in connection with the performance of this Agreement, except a loss resulting from a breach of fiduciary duty with respect to the receipt of compensation for services or a loss resulting from willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence on its part in the performance of its duties or from reckless disregard by it of its duties under this Agreement.

(b)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the parties hereto acknowledge and agree that, as provided in Section 5.1 of Article V of the Agreement and Declaration of Trust, this Agreement is executed by the Trustees and/or officers of the Trust, not individually but as such Trustees and/or officers of the Trust, and the obligations hereunder are not binding upon any of the Trustees or Shareholders individually but bind only the estate of the Trust.

11.     Duration and Termination .

(a)    This Agreement shall become effective as of the date hereof and, unless sooner terminated with respect to the Trust as provided herein, shall continue in effect for a period of two years. Thereafter, if not terminated, this Agreement shall continue in effect with respect to the Trust for successive periods of 12 months, provided such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by both (a) the vote of a majority of the Trust’s Board of Trustees or a vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Trust at the time outstanding and entitled to vote and (b) by the vote of a majority of the Trustees, who are not parties to this Agreement or interested persons (as such term is defined in the 1940 Act) of any such party, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval.

(b)    Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be terminated by the Trust or the Advisor at any time, without the payment of any penalty, upon giving the Sub-Advisor 60 days’ notice (which notice may be waived by the Sub-Advisor), provided that such termination by the Trust or the Advisor shall be directed or approved by the vote of a majority of the Trustees of the Trust in office at the time or by the vote of the holders of a majority of the voting securities of the Trust at the time outstanding and entitled to vote, or by the Sub-Advisor on 60 days’ written notice (which notice may be waived by the Trust and the Advisor), and will terminate automatically upon any termination of the Advisory Agreement between the Trust and the Advisor. This Agreement will also immediately terminate in the event of its assignment. (As used in this Agreement, the terms “ majority of the outstanding voting securities ,” “ interested person ” and “ assignment ” shall have the same meanings of such terms in the 1940 Act.)

 

7


12.     Notices . Any notice under this Agreement shall be in writing to the other party at such address as the other party may designate from time to time for the receipt of such notice and shall be deemed to be received on the earlier of the date actually received or on the fourth day after the postmark if such notice is mailed first class postage prepaid.

13.     Amendment of this Agreement . No provision of this Agreement may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated orally, but only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of the change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought. Any amendment of this Agreement shall be subject to the 1940 Act.

14.     Miscellaneous . The captions in this Agreement are included for convenience of reference only and in no way define or delimit any of the provisions hereof or otherwise affect their construction or effect. If any provision of this Agreement shall be held or made invalid by a court decision, statute, rule or otherwise, the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby. This Agreement shall be binding on, and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors.

15.     Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York for contracts to be performed entirely therein without reference to choice of law principles thereof and in accordance with the applicable provisions of the 1940 Act.

16.     Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts by the parties hereto, each of which shall constitute an original counterpart, and all of which, together, shall constitute one Agreement.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

8


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this instrument to be executed by their duly authorized officers designated below as of the day and year first above written.

 

BLACKROCK ADVISORS, LLC
By:  

LOGO

 

  Name:   Neal J. Andrews
  Title:   Managing Director                                    
BLACKROCK INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
By:  

                                                                               

  Name:  
  Title:  
BLACKROCK UTILITY AND INFRASTRUCTURE TRUST
By:  

LOGO

 

  Name:   John M. Perlowski
  Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer

 

Signature Page to BIL Sub-Investment Advisory Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this instrument to be executed by their duly authorized officers designated below as of the day and year first above written.

 

  BLACKROCK ADVISORS, LLC
  By:  

 

    Name:   Neal J. Andrews
    Title:   Managing Director
  BLACKROCK INTERNATIONAL LIMITED

Elliott Hughes

Director

BlackRock

  By:  

LOGO

 

         LOGO     Name:   Cathy Carnegie
    Title:   Managing Director BlackRock
 

 

BLACKROCK UTILITY AND INFRASTRUCTURE TRUST

  By:  

 

    Name:   John M. Perlowski
    Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer

 

Signature Page to BIL Sub-Investment Advisory Agreement

Exhibit (i)

THE BLACKROCK FUND COMPLEX

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

(Effective as of January 1, 2019)

The purpose of the BlackRock Fund Complex Third Amended and Restated Deferred Compensation Plan (the “ Plan ”) is to provide eligible trustees of Participating Funds the opportunity to defer the receipt of all or a portion of the amounts payable to them as compensation for services rendered as members of the Board of the respective funds. The terms and conditions applicable to Deferred Compensation that is not Grandfathered Deferred Compensation shall be governed by the terms of Appendix A attached hereto.

1. DEFINITIONS

1.1 Definitions. Unless a different meaning is plainly implied by the context, the following terms as used in the Plan shall have the following meanings:

The term “ Administrator ” shall mean BlackRock Advisors, LLC, in its capacity as the administrator of the Plan on behalf of the Participating Funds; provided, that, BlackRock Advisors, LLC may hire consultants or other third parties to provide administrative services in connection with the Plan.

The term “ Advisor ” shall mean BlackRock Advisors, LLC and its affiliates.

The term “ Board ” shall mean the Board of Trustees or Board of Directors of each respective Participating Fund.

The term “ Deferral Share Account ” shall mean a book entry account maintained to reflect the number and value of shares of Eligible Investments that the Administrator determines could have been purchased with an Eligible Trustee’s Deferred Compensation as provided in this Plan and any earnings thereon.

The term “ Eligible Investment ” shall mean a fund managed by the Advisor and designated by the Participating Funds from time to time as an investment medium in which such Trustee’s Deferred Compensation shall be deemed to be invested.

The term “ Eligible Trustee ” shall mean a member of the Board who is not an “interested person” of a Participating Fund or the Adviser, as such term is defined under Section 2(a)(19) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “ 1940 Act ”).

The term “ Exchange ” shall mean the principal stock exchange on which common shares of an Eligible Investment that is a closed-end fund trade.

The term “ Fair Market Value ” shall mean, with respect to a date, on a per share basis, (a) for an Eligible Investment that is a listed closed-end fund, the closing price of such Eligible Investment, as reported on the consolidated tape of the Exchange on such date or, if the Exchange is closed on such date, the next succeeding date on which it is open and (b) for an Eligible Investment that is an open-end fund, the net asset value as determined at the close of business on the New York Stock Exchange (“ NYSE ”) (generally 4:00 p.m. Eastern time) or, if the NYSE is closed, the next succeeding date on which it is open.

The term “ Grandfather Deferred Compensation ” shall mean all Deferred Compensation amounts which were earned and vested under the Plan as of December 31, 2004. For the avoidance of doubt, neither this amendment and restatement nor any prior amendments or restatements to the Plan are intended to constitute a “material modification” with respect to any amount of Grandfathered Deferred Compensation for purposes of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.


The term “ Participating Funds ” shall mean those registered management investment companies for which the Advisor serves or will serve in the future as investment manager, whether existing at the time of adoption of the Plan or established at a later date, designated by each respective Board as a fund from which compensation may be deferred by an Eligible Trustee. Participating Funds shall be listed on Schedule A to the Plan from time to time, provided that failure to list a Participating Fund on Schedule A shall not affect its status as a Participating Fund.

The term “ Valuation Date ” shall mean the last business day of each calendar quarter and any other day upon which the Participating Fund makes valuations of the Deferral Share Accounts.

1.2 Trustees and Directors. Where appearing in the Plan, “ Trustee ” shall also refer to “ Director ” and “ Board of Trustees ” shall also refer to “ Board of Directors .”

1.3 Separate Plan for each Participating Fund. The Plan is drafted, and shall be construed, as a separate Plan between each Eligible Trustee and each Participating Fund.

2. DEFERRALS

2.1 Deferral Elections.

(a) An Eligible Trustee that elects to participate in the Plan (a “ Participant ”) may defer receipt of up to 50% of all annual compensation (including fees for attending meetings) earned by such Eligible Trustee for serving as a member of the Board or as a member of any committee (or subcommittee of such committee) of the Board of which such Eligible Trustee from time to time may be a member (the “ Deferred Compensation ”). Expenses of attending meetings of the Board, committees of the Board or subcommittees of such committees or other reimbursable expenses may not be deferred.

(b) Deferred Compensation shall be withheld from each payment of compensation by the Participating Fund to the Participant based upon the percentage amount elected by the Participant under Section 2.3 hereof and pursuant to the Participant’s Election Form.

2.2 Manner of Election.

(a) An Eligible Trustee shall elect to participate in the Plan and defer compensation by completing, signing and filing with the Participating Funds an election to defer in such written form as may be prescribed (the “ Election ”). The Election shall include:

(i) The percentage of compensation to be deferred;

(ii) The method of payment of Deferred Compensation (i.e., in a lump sum or the number of installments);

(iii) The time or times of payment of the Deferred Compensation; and

(iv) Any beneficiary(ies) designated by the Participant pursuant to Section 3.2 of the Plan.

(b) Each Participant’s receipt of compensation shall be deferred until the first to occur of any of the following events:

(i) The date which such Participant ceases to be a Trustee of the Participating Fund;

(ii) A date selected by such Participant as specified on the Participant’s Election;

(iii) A date on which some future event occurs which is not within the Participant’s control, as specified on the Participant’s Election;

(iv) Upon the death of the Participant;

(v) In the sole discretion of the Participating Fund, upon disability or financial hardship of the Participant;

(vi) The effective date of the sale or liquidation of the Participating Fund or to comply with applicable law; or

(vii) Upon termination of the Plan in accordance with Section 4.5 hereof.

 

- 2 -


2.3 Period of Deferrals.

(a) Any Election by an Eligible Trustee pursuant to the Plan shall be irrevocable from and after the date on which such Election is filed with the Participating Fund and shall be effective to defer compensation of an Eligible Trustee as follows:

(i) As to any Eligible Trustee in office on the original effective date of the Plan (prior to any amendments or restatements) who files an Election no later than thirty (30) days after such effective date, such Election shall be effective to defer any compensation which is earned by the Eligible Trustee after the date of the filing of the Election, or such effective date of the Plan, if later;

(ii) As to any individual who becomes an Eligible Trustee after the original effective date of the Plan and who files an Election within thirty (30) days of becoming an Eligible Trustee, such Election shall be effective to defer any compensation which is earned by the Eligible Trustee after the date of the filing of the Election, or the effective date of the Plan, if later;

(iii) As to any other Eligible Trustee, the Election shall be effective to defer any compensation that is earned from and after the first day of the calendar year next succeeding the calendar year in which the Election is filed; and

(iv) Any Elections in effect on the date this Plan is amended and restated shall remain in effect so that a Participant need not execute new a Election.

(b) A Participant may revoke such Participant’s Election at any time by filing a written notice of termination with the Participating Fund. Any compensation earned by the Participant after receipt of the notice by the Participating Fund shall be paid currently and no longer deferred as provided in the Plan.

(c) A Participant who has filed a notice to terminate deferral of compensation may thereafter again file a new Election pursuant to Section 2.2(a) hereof effective for any calendar year subsequent to the calendar year in which the new Election is filed.

2.4 Valuation of Deferral Share Account.

(a) Deferred Compensation will be deferred on the date it otherwise would have been paid to a Participant (the “ Deferral Date ”). Participating Funds from which Compensation will be deferred will establish a Deferral Share Account for each Participant that will be credited with all or a portion of the Participant’s Deferred Compensation from time to time in accordance with this Plan. The specific Participating Funds that maintain Deferral Share Accounts will be determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion. The amount initially credited to a Participant’s Deferral Share Account in connection with each Deferred Compensation amount shall be determined by reference to the number of whole shares of Eligible Investments that the Deferred Compensation could have purchased at the Fair Market Value per share of such Eligible Investments on a date on or about the Deferral Date (less any brokerage fees payable upon the acquisition of shares of such Eligible Investment in the open market). Deferred Compensation shall be credited to the Deferral Share Account as soon as reasonably practicable after the Deferral Date, as determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion. Deferred Compensation not credited to the Deferral Share Account on or about the Deferral Date ( e.g. , because the remaining amount is not sufficient to purchase an additional whole share of Eligible Investments or for any other reason) shall be credited to the Deferral Share Account as soon as reasonably practicable, as determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion ( i.e. , as soon as such amount, when taken together with other uncredited amounts, is sufficient to purchase a whole share of an Eligible Investment).

(b) On each Valuation Date, each Deferral Share Account will be credited or debited with the amount of gain or loss that would have been recognized had the Deferral Share Account been invested in the Eligible Investments. If applicable, each Deferral Share Account will be credited with the Fair Market Value of shares that would have been acquired through reinvestment of dividends and capital gains distributed as if the amount of Deferred Compensation represented by such Deferral Share Account had been invested and reinvested in shares of the Eligible Investments. Each Participating Fund shall, from time to time, further adjust the Participant’s Deferral Share Account to reflect the value which would have been earned as if the amount of Deferred Compensation credited to such Deferral Share Account had been invested and reinvested in shares of the Eligible Investments, as determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion in accordance with this Plan.

 

- 3 -


(c) The Deferral Share Account shall be debited to reflect any distributions as of the date such distributions are made in accordance with Section 3 of the Plan.

2.5 Investment of Deferral Share Account.

(a) The Participating Funds shall from time to time designate one or more funds eligible for investment. A Participant’s deferred amounts shall be allocated among the Eligible Investments in accordance with the allocation percentages set forth on Schedule B to the Plan. If, as the result of the requirement that notional purchases of Eligible Investments be made in whole shares as set forth in Section 2.4 or for any other reason, not all of a Participant’s Deferred Compensation has been credited to the Deferral Share Account, the cash balance of such Deferred Compensation shall be held until the next Valuation Date on which the Administrator determines, in its sole discretion, that it is reasonably practicable to make a notional purchase (debiting the cash balance of the Participant’s Deferred Compensation) of one or more Eligible Investments.

(b) The Participating Funds may, from time to time, remove any fund from or add any fund to the list of Eligible Investments or amend the applicable allocation percentages set forth on Schedule B to the Plan. If the Participating Funds discontinue an Eligible Investment, the Administrator will redirect amounts deferred in the discontinued Eligible Investment to other Eligible Investments currently in effect.

3. DISTRIBUTIONS FROM DEFERRAL SHARE ACCOUNT

3.1 Distribution Election.

The aggregate value of a Participant’s Deferral Share Account and any Deferred Compensation held in cash and not yet credited to a Participant’s Deferral Share Account will be paid in a lump sum or in ten (10) or fewer annual installments, as specified in the Participant’s Election (or Elections). Distributions will be made as of the first business day of January of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Participant ceases being a Trustee or on such other dates as the Participant may specify in such Election (or Elections), which shall not be earlier than six (6) months following the Election.

(a) If a Participant elects installment payments, the unpaid balance in the Participant’s Deferral Share Account shall continue to accrue earnings and dividend equivalents (as applicable), computed in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.4, and shall be prorated and paid over the installment period. The amount of the first payment shall be a fraction of the then Fair Market Value of such Participant’s Deferral Share Account, the numerator of which is one, and the denominator of which is the total number of installments; provided that cash not yet credited to a Participant’s Deferral Share Account, if any, will be added to such amount as a part of the first payment. The amount of each subsequent payment shall be a fraction of the then Fair Market Value of the Participant’s Deferral Share Account remaining after the prior payment, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is the total number of installments elected minus the number of installments previously paid.

(b) All payments shall be in cash; provided, however, if a lump sum payment is elected, the Participant may elect to receive payment in full and fractional shares of the Eligible Investments at Fair Market Value at the time of payment of the amounts credited to the Participant’s Deferral Share Account; provided, further, that any Deferred Compensation held in cash will be distributed in cash. Any such election shall be filed in writing by the Participant with the Participating Fund at least ten (10) business days prior to the date which such payment is to be made.

(c) A Participant may at any time, and from time to time, change any distribution election applicable to such Participant’s Deferral Share Account, provided that no election to change the timing of any distribution shall be effective unless it is made in writing and received by the Participating Fund at least six (6) months prior to the earlier of (i) the time at which the Participant ceases to be a Trustee or (ii) the time such distribution shall commence.

3.2 Death Prior to Complete Distribution. In the event of a Participant’s death prior to distribution of all amounts in such Participant’s Deferral Share Account, notwithstanding any Election made by the Participant and notwithstanding any other provision set forth herein, the value of such Deferral Share Account plus any Deferred

 

- 4 -


Compensation held in cash shall be paid in a lump sum in accordance with the provisions of the Plan as soon as reasonably possible to the Participant’s designated beneficiary(ies) (the “ Beneficiary ”) or, if such Beneficiary(ies) does not survive the Participant or no beneficiary is designated, to such Participant’s estate. Any Beneficiary(ies) so designated by a Participant may be changed at any time by notice in writing from such Participant to the Participating Fund. All payments under this Section 3.2 shall otherwise be paid in accordance with Section 3.1 hereof.

3.3 Payment in Discretion of Participating Funds.

Amounts deferred hereunder, based on the then adjusted value of the Participant’s Deferral Share Account as of the Valuation Date next following plus any Deferred Compensation held in cash, may become payable to the Participant in the discretion of the Participating Fund:

(a) Disability. If the Participating Fund finds on the basis of medical evidence satisfactory to it that the Participant is prevented from engaging in any suitable gainful employment or occupation and that such disability will be permanent and continuous during the remainder of such Participant’s life, the Participating Fund shall distribute the amounts in the Participant’s Deferral Share Account plus any Deferred Compensation held in cash in a lump sum or in the number of installments previously selected by the Participant.

(b) Financial Hardship. If the Participant requests and if the Participant provides evidence of financial hardship, the Participating Fund may, in its sole and absolute discretion, permit a distribution of all or a portion of the Participant’s Deferral Share Account plus any Deferred Compensation held in cash prior to the date on which payments would have commenced under Section 3.1.

3.4 Acceleration of Payments.

(a) In the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of a Participating Fund or the distribution of all or substantially all of a Participating Fund’s assets and property to its shareholders (for this purpose a sale, conveyance or transfer of a Participating Fund’s assets to a trust, partnership, association or another corporation in exchange for cash, shares or other securities with the transfer being made subject to, or with the assumption by the transferee of, the liabilities of such Participating Fund shall not be deemed a termination of such Participating Fund or such a distribution), the entire unpaid balance of the Participant’s Deferral Share Account plus any Deferred Compensation held in cash of such Participating Fund shall be paid in a lump sum as of the effective date thereof.

(b) The Participating Funds are empowered to accelerate the payment of deferred amounts to all Participants and Beneficiaries in the event that there is a change in law which would have the effect of adversely affecting such persons’ rights and benefits under the Plan if acceleration did not occur.

4. MISCELLANEOUS

4.1 Statements of Account.

The Participating Funds will furnish each Participant with a statement setting forth the value of such Participant’s Deferral Share Account plus any Deferred Compensation held in cash as of the end of each calendar year and all credits and debits of such Deferral Share Account or to any Deferred Compensation held in cash during such year. Such statements will be furnished no later than sixty (60) days after the end of each calendar year.

4.2 Rights in Deferral Share Account.

Credits to the Deferral Share Accounts or to any Deferred Compensation held in cash shall (i) remain part of the general assets of the Participating Funds, (ii) at all times be the sole and absolute property of the Participating Funds and (iii) in no event be deemed to constitute a fund, trust or collateral security for the payment of the Deferred Compensation to which Participants are entitled. The right of the Participant or any Beneficiary or estate to receive future payment of Deferred Compensation under the provisions of the Plan shall be an unsecured claim against the general assets of the Participating Funds, if any, available at the time of payment. A Participating Fund shall not reserve or set aside funds for the payment of its obligations hereunder by any form of trust, escrow, or similar arrangement. The arrangement described in this Plan shall be “unfunded” for U.S. federal income tax purposes and for purposes of the Employee Retirement Security Income Act of 1974, as amended.

 

- 5 -


4.3 Non-Assignability.

The rights and benefits of Participants under the Plan and any other person or persons to whom payments may be made pursuant to the Plan shall not be subject to alienation, assignment, pledge, transfer or other disposition, except as otherwise provided by law.

4.4 Interpretation and Administration.

The Participating Funds shall have the general authority to interpret, construe and implement provisions of the Plan and to adopt, alter and repeal such administrative rules, guidelines and practices governing the Plan as shall be from time to time, deemed advisable. Any determination by the Participating Funds shall be final and conclusive.

4.5 Amendment and Termination.

The Participating Funds may in their sole discretion amend or terminate the Plan at any time. No amendment or termination shall adversely affect any then existing deferred amounts or rights under the Plan. Upon termination of the Plan, the remaining balance of the Participant’s Deferral Share Account plus any Deferred Compensation held in cash shall be paid to the Participant (or to a beneficiary, as the case may be), in a lump sum as soon as practicable but no more than thirty (30) days following termination of the Plan.

4.6 Incapacity.

If the Participating Funds shall receive satisfactory evidence that the Participant or any Beneficiary entitled to receive any benefit under the Plan is, at the time when such benefit becomes payable, a minor, or is physically or mentally incompetent to receive such benefit and to give a valid release therefor, and that another person or an institution is then maintaining or has custody of the Participant or Beneficiary and that no guardian, committee or other representative of the estate of the Participant or Beneficiary shall have been duly appointed, the Participating Funds may make payment of such benefit otherwise payable to the Participant or Beneficiary to such other person or institution and the release of such other person or institution shall be a valid and complete discharge for the payment of such benefit.

4.7 Payments Due Missing Persons.

The Participating Funds shall make a reasonable effort to locate all persons entitled to benefits under the Plan. However, notwithstanding any provisions of the Plan to the contrary, if, after a period of five (5) years from the date such benefit shall be due, any such persons entitled to benefits have not been located, their rights under the Plan shall stand suspended. Before this provision becomes operative, the Participating Funds shall send a certified letter to all such persons to their last known address advising them that their benefits under the Plan shall be suspended. Any such suspended amounts shall be held by the Participating Funds for a period of three (3) additional years (or a total of eight (8) years from the time the benefits first become payable) and thereafter, if unclaimed, such amounts shall be forfeited, subject to applicable laws in the jurisdiction in which the respective Participating Fund is organized.

4.8 Agents.

The Participating Funds may employ agents and provide for such clerical, legal, actuarial, accounting, advisory or other services as they deem necessary to perform their duties under the Plan. The Participating Funds shall bear the cost of such services and all other expenses incurred in connection with the administration of the Plan.

 

- 6 -


4.9 Governing Law.

All matters concerning the validity, construction and administration of the Plan shall be governed by the laws of the state in which the respective Participating Fund is organized.

4.10 Non-Guarantee of Status.

Nothing contained in the Plan shall be construed as a contract or guarantee of the right of the Participant to be, or remain as, a Trustee of any of the Participating Funds or to receive any, or any particular rate of, compensation from any of the Participating Funds.

4.11 Counsel.

The Participating Funds may consult with legal counsel with respect to the meaning or construction of the Plan, their obligations or duties hereunder or with respect to any action or proceeding or any question of law, and they shall be fully protected with respect to any action taken or omitted by them in good faith pursuant to the advice of legal counsel.

4.12 Entire Plan.

The Plan contains the entire understanding between the Participating Funds and the Participant with respect to the payment of non-qualified elective deferred compensation by the Participating Funds to the Participant.

4.13 Non-liability of Administrator and Participating Funds.

Interpretations of, and determinations (including factual determinations) related to, the Plan made by the Administrator or Participating Funds in good faith, including any determinations of the amounts of the Deferral Share Accounts, shall be conclusive and binding upon all parties; and the Administrator, the Participating Funds and their officers and Trustees shall not incur any liability to the Participant for any such interpretation or determination so made or for any other action taken by it in connection with the Plan in good faith.

4.14 Successors and Assigns.

The Plan shall be binding upon, and shall inure to the benefit of, the Participating Funds and their successors and assigns and to the Participants and their heirs, executors, administrators and personal representatives.

4.15 Severability.

In the event any one or more provisions of the Plan are held to be invalid or unenforceable, such illegality or unenforceability shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions hereof and such other provisions shall remain in full force and effect unaffected by such invalidity or unenforceability.

4.16 Rule 16b-3 Compliance.

It is the intention of the Participating Funds that all transactions under the Plan be exempt from liability imposed by Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Therefore, if any transaction under the Plan is found not to be in compliance with Section 16(b), the provision of the Plan governing such transaction shall be deemed amended so that the transaction does so comply and is so exempt, to the extent permitted by law and deemed advisable by the Participating Fund, and in all events the Plan shall be construed in favor of its meeting the requirements of an exemption.

 

- 7 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each Participating Fund has caused this Plan to be executed by one of its duly authorized officers, as of this [     ] day of [November] 2018, to be effective as of January 1, 2019.

 

By:  
Name:  
Title:  

 

Witness:  
Name:  
Title:  

 

- 8 -


SCHEDULE A

BLACKROCK FUND COMPLEX

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

PARTICIPATING FUNDS

Each registered management investment company advised by BlackRock Advisors, LLC and governed by the Board is a Participating Fund except as set forth below:

None

 

- 9 -


SCHEDULE B

(Effective as of January 1, 2019)

ELIGIBLE INVESTMENTS

 

Equities (20% of Total; 10% to Each Eligible Investment)

1.  BlackRock Enhanced Equity Dividend Trust (NYSE: BDJ)

2.  BlackRock Enhanced Capital and Income Fund, Inc. (NYSE: CII)

Fixed Income (80% of Total; 16% to Each Eligible Investment)

1.  BlackRock Credit Allocation Income Trust (NYSE: BTZ)

2.  BlackRock Limited Duration Income Trust (NYSE: BLW)

3.  BlackRock Total Return Fund, a series of BlackRock Bond Fund, Inc.

4.  BlackRock Strategic Income Opportunities Portfolio, a series of BlackRock Funds V

5.  BlackRock High Yield Bond Portfolio, a series of BlackRock Funds V

 

- 10 -


BLACKROCK FUND COMPLEX

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

Deferral Election Form

This Deferral Election Form applies to any amounts deferred for the calendar year beginning January 1, 2019.

☐   The undersigned hereby elects to participate in the BlackRock Fund Complex Third Amended and Restated Deferred Compensation Plan (“ Plan ”) in accordance with the elections made in this Deferral Election Form (“ Form ”). I understand that the percentage of my compensation set forth below will be deferred under the Plan and “invested” in the funds that are Eligible Investments (as defined in the Plan) in accordance with the allocation percentages set forth on Schedule B to the Plan.

☐   I do not wish to participate in the Plan. (If you checked this box, please stop here.)

 

1.

Initial Enrollment in Deferred Compensation Plan

 

  a.

Amount Deferred

I hereby elect to defer up to % (not more than 50%) of the annual compensation I earn as a Director/Trustee of the Participating Funds (as defined in the Plan) in respect of the calendar year beginning January 1, 2019.

 

  b.

Time of Payment

I hereby elect for amounts deferred pursuant to this Form, in respect of the calendar year beginning January 1, 2019, to be paid as follows:

☐   On the last business day in January of the calendar year following the calendar year in which I cease to be a Director/Trustee; or

☐   On the following other date:                     

 

  c.

Number of Payments

I hereby elect to receive payment for amounts deferred pursuant to this Form, in respect of the calendar year beginning January 1, 2019:

☐   Entire amount in a lump sum; or

☐   In                     annual installments (not to exceed 10).

 

  d.

Designation of Beneficiary

I hereby:

☐   Designate the beneficiaries reflected in Appendix A hereto; or

☐   I do not wish to designate any beneficiary.

***

 

- 11 -


I hereby relinquish and release any and all rights to receive payment of the deferred amounts except in accordance with the Plan. I hereby direct and authorize the Administrator (as defined in the Plan) to make payments of deferral amounts as it deems necessary or desirable to facilitate administration of the Plan; provided, that such payments shall be made in accordance with the Plan and the foregoing elections.

Executed this      day of         , 2018.

 

 

Print Name

 

Director’s/Trustee’s Signature

Received and accepted by each of the Eligible Investments (as defined in the Plan):

 

By:  

 

Date:  

 

 

- 12 -


BLACKROCK FUND COMPLEX

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

Deferral Election Form

This Deferral Election Form applies to any amounts deferred for the calendar year beginning January 1, 2019.

☐   The undersigned hereby elects to participate in the BlackRock Fund Complex Third Amended and Restated Deferred Compensation Plan (“ Plan ”) in accordance with the elections made in this Deferral Election Form (“ Form ”). I understand that the percentage of my compensation set forth below will be deferred under the Plan and “invested” in the funds that are Eligible Investments (as defined in the Plan) in accordance with the allocation percentages set forth on Schedule B to the Plan.

☐   I do not wish to participate in the Plan. (If you checked this box, please stop here.)

 

1.

Continuation of Past Elections

A copy of my Deferral Election Form from last year is attached hereto and noted below. With respect to the boxes checked below, I would like to continue with the same elections from the prior year.

☐   Amount Deferred (X%)

☐   Time of Payment (January of the calendar year following the calendar year in which I cease to be a Trustee)

☐   Number of Payments (Lump Sum Payment or Installment Payments)

☐   Designation of Beneficiary:

Primary:

Secondary:

(For any category not checked above, please complete the applicable portion of this Form below to reflect your new elections.)

 

2.

Change Elections

a. Amount Deferred

I hereby elect to defer up to % (not more than 50%) of the annual compensation I earn as a Director/Trustee of the Participating Funds (as defined in the Plan) in respect of the calendar year beginning January 1, 2019.

b. Time of Payment

I hereby elect for amounts deferred pursuant to this Form, in respect of the calendar year beginning January 1, 2019, to be paid as follows:

☐   On the last business day in January of the calendar year following the calendar year in which I cease to be a Director/Trustee; or

☐   On the following other date:                     

c. Number of Payments

I hereby elect to receive payment for amounts deferred pursuant to this Form, in respect of the calendar year beginning January 1, 2019:

☐   Entire amount in a lump sum; or

 

- 13 -


☐   In                     annual installments (not to exceed 10).

d. Designation of Beneficiary

I hereby:

☐   Designate the beneficiaries reflected in Appendix A hereto; or

☐   I do not wish to designate any beneficiary.

***

I hereby relinquish and release any and all rights to receive payment of the deferred amounts except in accordance with the Plan. I hereby direct and authorize the Administrator (as defined in the Plan) to make payments of deferral amounts as it deems necessary or desirable to facilitate administration of the Plan; provided, that such payments shall be made in accordance with the Plan and the foregoing elections.

Executed this     day of         , 2018.

 

 

Print Name

 

Director’s/Trustee’s Signature

 

- 14 -


Received and accepted by each of the Eligible Investments (as defined in the Plan):

 

By:  

 

Date:  

 

 

- 15 -


BLACKROCK FUND COMPLEX

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

Designation of Beneficiary

The undersigned hereby designates the person or persons named below as the beneficiary(ies) of any benefits which may become due according to the terms and conditions of the BlackRock Fund Complex Third Amended and Restated Deferred Compensation Plan (the “Plan”) in the event of my death.

 

  ☐   To my Estate: or
  ☐   To the following beneficiaries:
  Primary:  

 

   

 

   

 

        (Name, address and relationship) if living, or if not living at my death, to
  Secondary:  

 

   

 

   

 

        (Name, address and relationship) if living, or if not living at my death, to my Estate.

I hereby revoke all prior beneficiary designation(s) made under the terms of the Plan by execution of this form.

Executed this      day of         ,     .

 

 

 Trustee’s Signature

 

- 16 -

Exhibit (j)

MASTER CUSTODIAN AGREEMENT

Between

Each BlackRock Entity Listed in Appendix A

And

State Street Bank and Trust Company

Dated as of December 31, 2018


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

1.

 

DEFINITIONS

     3  

2.

 

EMPLOYMENT OF CUSTODIAN

     4  

3.

 

ACTIVITIES OF THE CUSTODIAN WITH RESPECT TO PROPERTY HELD IN THE UNITED STATES

     5  

4.

 

PROVISIONS RELATING TO RULES 17F-5 AND 17F-7

     6  

5.

 

ACTIVITIES OF THE CUSTODIAN WITH RESPECT TO PROPERTY HELD OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES

     8  

6.

 

FOREIGN EXCHANGE

     10  

7.

 

TAX SERVICES

     12  

8.

 

PAYMENT FOR SALES OR REDEMPTIONS OF PORTFOLIO INTERESTS

     13  

9.

 

PROPER INSTRUCTIONS

     13  

10.

 

ACTIONS PERMITTED WITHOUT EXPRESS AUTHORITY

     14  

11.

 

[RESERVED]

     14  

12.

 

RECORDS

     14  

13.

 

FUND’S INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS; REPORTS

     14  

14.

 

CUSTODIAN’S STANDARD OF CARE; EXCULPATION

     14  

15.

 

COMPENSATION AND INDEMNIFICATION OF CUSTODIAN; SECURITY INTEREST

     16  

16.

 

EFFECTIVE PERIOD AND TERMINATION

     17  

17.

 

SUCCESSOR CUSTODIAN

     18  

18.

 

REMOTE ACCESS SERVICES ADDENDUM

     19  

19.

 

LOAN SERVICES ADDENDUM

     19  

20.

 

GENERAL

     19  

 

- 2 -


MASTER CUSTODIAN AGREEMENT

This Agreement is made as of December 31, 2018 (this Agreement ), between each BlackRock entity identified on Appendix A and each BlackRock entity which becomes a party to this Agreement in accordance with the terms hereof (in each case, a Fund ), including, if applicable, each series of the Fund identified on Appendix A and each series which becomes a party to this Agreement in accordance with the terms hereof, and State Street Bank and Trust Company, a Massachusetts trust company (the Custodian ).

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, each Fund desires for the Custodian to provide certain custodial services relating to securities and other assets of the Fund; and

WHEREAS, the Custodian is willing to provide the services upon the terms contained in this Agreement;

SECTION 1. DEFINITIONS . In addition to terms defined in Section 4.1 (Rule 17f-5 and Rule 17f-7 related definitions) or elsewhere in this Agreement, (a) terms defined in the UCC have the same meanings herein as therein and (b) the following other terms have the following meanings for purposes of this Agreement:

1940 Act means the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended from time to time.

Board means, in relation to a Fund, the board of directors, trustees or other governing body of the Fund.

Client Publications means the general client publications of State Street Bank and Trust Company available from time to time to clients and their investment advisers.

Deposit Account Agreement means the Deposit Account Agreement and Disclosure, as may be amended from time to time, issued by the Custodian and available on the Custodian’s internet customer portal, “my.statestreet.com”.

Domestic securities means securities held within the United States.

Foreign securities means securities primarily held outside of the United States.

Held outside of the United States means not held within the United States.

Held within the United States means (a) in relation to a security or other financial asset, the security or other financial asset (i) is a certificated security registered in the name of the Custodian or its sub-custodian, agent or nominee or is endorsed to the Custodian or its sub-custodian, agent or nominee or in blank and the security certificate is located within the United States, (ii) is an uncertificated security or other financial asset registered in the name of the Custodian or its sub-custodian, agent or nominee at an office located in the United States, or (iii) has given rise to a security entitlement of which the Custodian or its sub-custodian, agent or nominee is the entitlement holder against a U.S. Securities System or another securities intermediary for which the securities intermediary’s jurisdiction is within the United States, and (b) in relation to cash, the cash is maintained in a deposit account denominated in U.S. dollars with the banking department of the Custodian or with another bank or trust company’s office located in the United States.

Investment Advisor means, in relation to a Portfolio, the investment manager or investment advisor of the Portfolio.

On book currency means (a) U.S. dollars or (b) a foreign currency that, when credited to a deposit account of a customer maintained in the banking department of the Custodian or an Eligible Foreign Custodian, the Custodian maintains on its books as an amount owing as a liability by the Custodian to the customer.

 

- 3 -


Portfolio means (a) in relation to a Fund that is a series organization, a series of the Fund and (b) in relation to a Fund that is not a series organization, the Fund itself.

Portfolio Interests means beneficial interests in a Portfolio.

Proper Instructions means instructions in accordance with Section 9 received by the Custodian from a Fund, the Fund’s Investment Advisor, or an individual or organization duly authorized by the Fund or the Investment Advisor. The term includes standing instructions.

SEC means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

Series organization means an organization that, pursuant to the statute under which the organization is organized, has the following characteristics: (a) the organic record of the organization provides for creation by the organization of one or more series (however denominated) with respect to specified property of the organization, and provides for records to be maintained for each series that identify the property of or associated with the series, (b) debt incurred or existing with respect to the activities of, or property of or associated with a particular series is enforceable against the property of or associated with the series only, and not against the property of or associated with the organization or of other series of the organization, and (c) debt incurred or existing with respect to the activities or property of the organization is enforceable against the property of the organization only, and not against the property of or associated with any series of the organization.

UCC ” means the Uniform Commercial Code of the State of New York as in effect from time to time.

Underlying Portfolios ” means a group of investment companies as defined in Section 12(d)(1)(G)(ii) of the 1940 Act.

Underlying Shares” means shares or other securities, issued by a U.S. issuer, of Underlying Portfolios and other registered “investment companies” (as defined in Section 3(a)(1) of the 1940 Act), whether or not in the same “group of investment companies” (as defined in Section 12(d)(1)(G)(ii) of the 1940 Act).

Underlying Transfer Agent ” means State Street Bank and Trust Company or such other organization which may from time to time be appointed by the Fund to act as a transfer agent for the Underlying Portfolios and with respect to which the Custodian is provided with Proper Instructions.

U.S. Securities System ” means a securities depository or book-entry system authorized by the U.S. Department of the Treasury or a “clearing corporation” as defined in Section 8-102 of the UCC.

SECTION 2. EMPLOYMENT OF CUSTODIAN .

SECTION 2.1 GENERAL . Each Fund hereby employs the Custodian as a custodian of (a) securities and cash of each of the Portfolios and (b) other assets of each of the Portfolios that the Custodian agrees to treat as financial assets. Each Fund, on behalf of each of its Portfolios, agrees to deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Custodian (i) all securities and cash of each Portfolio, (ii) all other assets of each Portfolio that the Fund desires the Custodian, and the Custodian is willing, to treat as a financial asset and (iii) all cash and other proceeds of the securities and financial assets held in custody under this Agreement. The holding of confirmation statements that identify Underlying Shares as being recorded in the Custodian’s name on behalf of the Portfolios will be custody for purposes of this Section 2.1. This Agreement does not require the Custodian to accept or treat any asset that is not a security or cash as a financial asset.

SECTION 2.2 SUB-CUSTODIANS . Upon receipt of Proper Instructions, the Custodian shall on behalf of a Fund appoint one or more banks, trust companies or other entities located in the United States and designated in the Proper Instructions to act as a sub-custodian for the purposes of effecting such transactions as may be designated by the Fund in the Proper Instructions. The Custodian may place and maintain each Fund’s foreign securities with foreign banking institution sub-custodians employed by the Custodian or foreign securities depositories, all in accordance with the applicable provisions of Sections 4 and 5. An entity acting in the capacity of Underlying Transfer Agent is not an agent or sub-custodian of the Custodian for purposes of this Agreement.

 

- 4 -


SECTION 2.3 RELATIONSHIP . With respect to securities and other financial assets, the Custodian is a securities intermediary and the Portfolio is the entitlement holder. With respect to cash maintained in a deposit account and denominated in an “on book” currency, the Custodian is a bank and the Portfolio is the bank’s customer. If cash is maintained in a deposit account with a bank other than the Custodian and the cash is denominated in an “on book” currency, the Custodian is that bank’s customer. The Custodian agrees to treat the claim to the cash as a financial asset for the benefit of the Portfolio. The Custodian does not otherwise agree to treat cash as financial asset. The duties of the Custodian as securities intermediary and bank set forth in the UCC are varied by the terms of this Agreement to the extent that the duties may be varied by agreement under the UCC.

SECTION 3. ACTIVITIES OF THE CUSTODIAN WITH RESPECT TO PROPERTY HELD IN THE UNITED STATES.

SECTION 3.1 HOLDING SECURITIES . The Custodian may deposit and maintain securities or other financial assets of a Portfolio in a U.S. Securities System in compliance with the conditions of Rule 17f-4 under the 1940 Act. Upon receipt of Proper Instructions on behalf of a Portfolio, the Custodian shall establish and maintain a segregated account or accounts for and on behalf of the Portfolio and into which account or accounts may be transferred cash or securities and other financial assets, including securities and financial assets maintained in a U.S. Securities System. The Custodian shall hold and physically segregate for the account of each Portfolio all securities and other financial assets held by the Custodian in the United States, including all domestic securities of the Portfolio, other than (a) securities or other financial assets maintained in a U.S. Securities System and (b) Underlying Shares maintained pursuant to Section 3.6 in an account of an Underlying Transfer Agent. The Custodian may at any time or times in its discretion appoint any other bank or trust company, qualified under the 1940 Act to act as a custodian in the United States, as the Custodian’s agent to carry out such of the provisions of this Section as the Custodian may from time to time direct. The appointment of any agent shall not relieve the Custodian of any of its duties hereunder and the Custodian shall be responsible for the acts and omissions of its agents hereunder as if performed by the Custodian hereunder. The Custodian may at any time or times in its discretion remove a bank or trust company as the Custodian’s agent.

SECTION 3.2 REGISTRATION OF SECURITIES . Domestic securities or other financial assets held by the Custodian and that are not bearer securities shall be registered in the name of the applicable Portfolio or in the name of any nominee of a Fund on behalf of the Portfolio or of any nominee of the Custodian, or in the name or nominee name of any agent or any sub-custodian permitted hereby. All securities accepted by the Custodian on behalf of the Portfolio under the terms of this Agreement shall be in “street name” or other good delivery form. However, if a Fund directs the Custodian to maintain securities or other financial assets in “street name,” the Custodian shall utilize reasonable efforts only to timely collect income due the Fund on the securities and other financial assets and to notify the Fund of relevant issuer actions including, without limitation, pendency of calls, maturities, tender or exchange offers.

SECTION 3.3 BANK ACCOUNTS . The Custodian shall open and maintain upon the terms of the Deposit Account Agreement a separate deposit account or accounts in the United States in the name of each Portfolio, subject only to draft or order by the Custodian acting pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. The Custodian shall credit to the deposit account or accounts, subject to the provisions hereof, all cash received by the Custodian from or for the account of the Portfolio, other than cash maintained by the Portfolio in a deposit account established and used in accordance with Rule 17f-3 under the 1940 Act. Funds held by the Custodian for a Portfolio may be deposited by the Custodian to its credit as Custodian in the banking department of the Custodian or in such other banks or trust companies as it may in its discretion deem necessary or desirable; provided, however, that every such bank or trust company shall be qualified to act as a custodian under the 1940 Act. The funds shall be deposited by the Custodian in its capacity as Custodian and shall be withdrawable by the Custodian only in that capacity.

SECTION 3.4 COLLECTION OF INCOME . Subject to the domestic securities or other financial assets held in the United States being registered as provided in Section 3.2, the Custodian shall collect on a timely basis all income and other payments with respect to the securities and other financial assets and to which a Portfolio shall be entitled either by law or pursuant to custom in the securities business. The Custodian shall collect on a timely basis all income and other payments with respect to bearer domestic securities if, on the date of payment by the issuer, the securities are held by the Custodian or its agent. The Custodian shall present for payment all income items requiring presentation as and when they become due and shall collect interest when due on securities and other financial assets held hereunder. The Custodian shall credit income to the Portfolio as such income is received or in accordance with the Custodian’s then current payable date income schedule. Any credit to the Portfolio in advance of receipt may be reversed when the Custodian determines that payment will not occur in due course, and the Portfolio may be charged at the Custodian’s applicable rate for time credited.

 

- 5 -


SECTION 3.5 DELIVERY OUT . The Custodian shall release and deliver out domestic securities and other financial assets of a Portfolio held in a U.S. Securities System, or in an account at the Underlying Transfer Agent, only upon receipt of, and in accordance with, Proper Instructions on behalf of the applicable Portfolio, specifying the domestic securities or financial assets held in the United States to be delivered out and the person or persons to whom delivery is to be made. The Custodian shall pay out cash of a Portfolio upon receipt of, and in accordance with, Proper Instructions on behalf of the applicable Portfolio, specifying the amount of the payment and the person or persons to whom the payment is to be made.

SECTION 3.6 DEPOSIT OF FUND ASSETS WITH THE UNDERLYING TRANSFER AGENT . Underlying Shares of a Fund, on behalf of a Portfolio, shall be deposited and held in an account or accounts maintained with an Underlying Transfer Agent. The Custodian’s only responsibilities with respect to the Underlying Shares shall be limited to the following:

 

  1)

Upon receipt of a confirmation or statement from an Underlying Transfer Agent that the Underlying Transfer Agent is holding or maintaining Underlying Shares in the name of the Custodian (or a nominee of the Custodian) for the benefit of a Portfolio, the Custodian shall identify by book-entry that the Underlying Shares are being held by it as custodian for the benefit of the Portfolio.

 

  2)

Upon receipt of Proper Instructions to purchase Underlying Shares for the account of a Portfolio, the Custodian shall pay out cash of the Portfolio as so directed to purchase the Underlying Shares and record the payment from the account of the Portfolio on the Custodian’s books and records.

 

  3)

Upon receipt of Proper Instructions for the sale or redemption of Underlying Shares for the account of a Portfolio, the Custodian shall transfer the Underlying Shares as so directed to sell or redeem the Underlying Shares, record the transfer from the account of the Portfolio on the Custodian’s books and records and, upon the Custodian’s receipt of the proceeds of the sale or redemption, record the receipt of the proceeds for the account of such Portfolio on the Custodian’s books and records.

SECTION 3.7 PROXIES . The Custodian shall cause to be promptly executed by the registered holder of domestic securities or other financial assets held in the United States of a Portfolio, if the securities or other financial assets are registered otherwise than in the name of the Portfolio or a nominee of the Portfolio, all proxies, without indication of the manner in which the proxies are to be voted, and shall promptly deliver to the Fund such proxies, all proxy soliciting materials and all notices relating to the securities or other financial assets.

SECTION 3.8 COMMUNICATIONS . Subject to the domestic securities or other financial assets held in the United States being registered as provided in Section 3.2, the Custodian shall transmit promptly to the applicable Fund for each Portfolio all written information received by the Custodian from issuers of the securities and other financial assets being held for the Portfolio. The Custodian shall transmit promptly to the applicable Fund all written information received by the Custodian from issuers of the securities and other financial assets whose tender or exchange is sought and from the party or its agent making the tender or exchange offer. The Custodian shall also transmit promptly to the applicable Fund for each Portfolio all written information received by the Custodian regarding any class action or other collective litigation relating to Portfolio securities or other financial assets issued in the United States and then held, or previously held, during the relevant class-action period during the term of this Agreement by the Custodian for the account of the Fund for the Portfolio, including, but not limited to, opt-out notices and proof-of-claim forms. The Custodian does not support class-action participation by a Fund beyond such forwarding of written information received by the Custodian, except as may otherwise be mutually agreed to in writing between the Custodian and a Fund.

SECTION 4. PROVISIONS RELATING TO RULES 17F-5 AND 17F-7 .

SECTION 4.1. DEFINITIONS . As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the following meanings:

Country Risk ” means all factors reasonably related to the systemic risk of holding Foreign Assets in a particular country. The factors include but are not limited to risks arising from the country’s political environment, economic

 

- 6 -


and financial infrastructure (including any Eligible Securities Depository operating in the country); prevailing or developing custody, tax and settlement practices; nationalization, expropriation or other government actions; currency restrictions, devaluations or fluctuations; market conditions affecting the orderly execution of securities transactions or the value of assets; the regulation of the banking and securities industries, including changes in market rules; and laws and regulations applicable to the safekeeping and recovery of Foreign Assets held in custody in that country.

Covered Foreign Country ” means a country listed on Schedule A, which list of countries may be amended from time to time at the request of any Fund and with the agreement of the Foreign Custody Manager.

Eligible Foreign Custodian ” has the meaning set forth in Section (a)(1) of Rule 17f-5.

Eligible Securities Depository ” has the meaning set forth in section (b)(1) of Rule 17f-7.

Foreign Assets ” means, in relation to a Portfolio, any of the Portfolio’s securities or other investments (including foreign currencies) for which the primary market is outside the United States, and any cash and cash equivalents that are reasonably necessary to effect transactions of the Portfolio in those investments.

Foreign Custody Manager ” has the meaning set forth in section (a)(3) of Rule 17f-5.

Foreign Securities System ” means an Eligible Securities Depository listed on Schedule B.

Rule 17f-5 ” means Rule 17f-5 promulgated under the 1940 Act.

Rule 17f-7 ” means Rule 17f-7 promulgated under the 1940 Act.

SECTION 4.2. THE CUSTODIAN AS FOREIGN CUSTODY MANAGER .

4.2.1 DELEGATION . Each Fund, by resolution adopted by its Board, has delegated to the Custodian, subject to Section (b) of Rule 17f-5, the responsibilities set forth in this Section 4.2 with respect to Foreign Assets of the Portfolios held outside the United States. The Custodian hereby accepts such delegation (the Custodian, in such delegated capacity, the Foreign Custody Manager). By giving at least 30 days’ prior written notice to the Fund, the Foreign Custody Manager may withdraw its acceptance of the delegated responsibilities generally or with respect to a Covered Foreign Country designated in the notice. Following the withdrawal, the Custodian shall have no further responsibility in its capacity as Foreign Custody Manager to the Fund generally or, as the case may be, with respect to the Covered Foreign Country so designated.

4.2.2 EXERCISE OF CARE AS FOREIGN CUSTODY MANAGER . The Foreign Custody Manager shall exercise reasonable care, prudence and diligence such as a person having responsibility for the safekeeping of the Foreign Assets would exercise in performing the delegated responsibilities.

4.2.3 FOREIGN CUSTODY ARRANGEMENTS . The Foreign Custody Manager shall be responsible for performing the delegated responsibilities only with respect to Covered Foreign Countries. The Foreign Custody Manager shall list on Schedule A for a Covered Foreign Country each Eligible Foreign Custodian selected by the Foreign Custody Manager to maintain the Foreign Assets of the Portfolios with respect to the Covered Foreign Country. The list of Eligible Foreign Custodians may be amended by the Foreign Custody Manager from time to time upon notice to the Funds in the sole discretion of the Foreign Custody Manager. This Agreement constitutes a Proper Instruction by a Fund, on behalf of each applicable Portfolio, to open an account, and to place and maintain Foreign Assets, for the Portfolio in each applicable Covered Foreign Country. The Fund, on behalf of the Portfolios, shall satisfy the account opening requirements for the Covered Foreign Country, and the delegation with respect to the Portfolio for the Covered Foreign Country will not be considered to have been accepted by the Custodian until that satisfaction. If the Foreign Custody Manager receives from the Fund Proper Instructions directing the Foreign Custody Manager to close the account, the delegation shall be considered withdrawn, and the Custodian shall immediately cease to be the Foreign Custody Manager with respect to the Portfolio for the Covered Foreign Country.

 

- 7 -


4.2.4 SCOPE OF DELEGATED RESPONSIBILITIES : Subject to the provisions of this Section 4.2, the Foreign Custody Manager may place and maintain Foreign Assets in the care of an Eligible Foreign Custodian selected by the Foreign Custody Manager in each applicable Covered Foreign Country. The Foreign Custody Manager shall determine that (a) the Foreign Assets will be subject to reasonable care, based on the standards applicable to custodians in the country in which the Foreign Assets will be held by the Eligible Foreign Custodian, after considering all factors relevant to the safekeeping of such assets, including, without limitation the factors specified in Rule 17f-5(c)(1) and (b) the contract between the Foreign Custody Manager and the Eligible Foreign Custodian governing the foreign custody arrangements will satisfy the requirements of Rule 17f-5(c)(2). The Foreign Custody Manager shall establish a system to monitor (i) the appropriateness of maintaining the Foreign Assets with the Eligible Foreign Custodian and (ii) the performance of the contract governing the custody arrangements. The liability of the Foreign Custody Manager with respect to the acts or omissions of an Eligible Foreign Custodian is addressed in Section 14.4. If the Foreign Custody Manager determines that the custody arrangements with an Eligible Foreign Custodian are no longer appropriate, the Foreign Custody Manager shall so notify the Fund.

4.2.5 REPORTING REQUIREMENTS . The Foreign Custody Manager shall (a) report the withdrawal of Foreign Assets from an Eligible Foreign Custodian and the placement of Foreign Assets with another Eligible Foreign Custodian by making available to the Fund an amended Schedule A at the end of the calendar quarter in which the action has occurred, and (b) after the occurrence of any other material change in the foreign custody arrangements of the Portfolios described in this Section 4.2, make a written report to the Board containing a notification of the change.

4.2.6 REPRESENTATIONS . The Foreign Custody Manager represents to each Fund that it is a U.S. Bank as defined in Section (a)(7) of Rule 17f-5. Each Fund represents to the Custodian that its Board has (a) determined that it is reasonable for the Board to rely on the Custodian to perform the responsibilities delegated pursuant to this Agreement to the Custodian as the Foreign Custody Manager of the Portfolios and (b) considered and determined to accept such Country Risk as is incurred by placing and maintaining the Foreign Assets of each Portfolio in each Covered Foreign Country.

4.2.7 TERMINATION BY A PORTFOLIO OF THE CUSTODIAN AS FOREIGN CUSTODY MANAGER . By giving at least 30 days’ prior written notice to the Custodian, a Fund, on behalf of a Portfolio, may terminate the delegation to the Custodian as the Foreign Custody Manager for the Portfolio. Following the termination, the Custodian shall have no further responsibility in its capacity as Foreign Custody Manager to the Portfolio.

SECTION 4.3 MONITORING OF ELIGIBLE SECURITIES DEPOSITORIES . The Custodian shall (a) provide the Fund or its Investment Advisor with an analysis of the custody risks associated with maintaining assets with the Eligible Securities Depositories set forth on Schedule B in accordance with Section (a)(1)(i)(A) of Rule 17f-7 and (b) monitor such risks on a continuing basis and promptly notify the Fund or its Investment Advisor of any material change in such risks, in accordance with Section (a)(1)(i)(B) of Rule 17f-7.

SECTION 5. ACTIVITIES OF THE CUSTODIAN WITH RESPECT TO PROPERTY HELD OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES .

SECTION 5.1. HOLDING SECURITIES . Foreign securities and other financial assets held outside of the United States shall be maintained in a Foreign Securities System in a Covered Foreign Country through arrangements implemented by the Custodian or an Eligible Foreign Custodian, as applicable, in the Covered Foreign Country. The Custodian shall identify on its books as belonging to the Portfolios the foreign securities and other financial assets held by each Eligible Foreign Custodian or Foreign Securities System, and shall provide or make available information to a Portfolio and such other persons as a Portfolio may designate with respect to the registration status of each Fund’s securities and a record of securities held by each Portfolio and such Portfolio’s respective interest therein. The Custodian may hold foreign securities and other financial assets for all of its customers, including the Portfolios, with any Eligible Foreign Custodian in an account that is identified as the Custodian’s account for the benefit of its customers; provided however, that (a) the records of the Custodian with respect to foreign securities or other financial assets of a Portfolio maintained in the account shall identify those securities and other financial assets as belonging to the Portfolio and (b) to the extent permitted and customary in the market in which the account is maintained, the Custodian shall require that securities and other financial assets so held by the Eligible Foreign Custodian be held separately from any assets of the Eligible Foreign Custodian or of other customers of the Eligible Foreign Custodian.

 

- 8 -


SECTION 5.2. REGISTRATION OF FOREIGN SECURITIES . Foreign securities and other financial assets held outside of the United States maintained in the custody of an Eligible Foreign Custodian and that are not bearer securities shall be registered in the name of the applicable Portfolio or in the name of the Custodian or in the name of any Eligible Foreign Custodian or in the name of any nominee of any of the foregoing. Each Fund on behalf of a Portfolio agrees to hold any such nominee harmless from any liability as a holder of record of the foreign securities or other financial assets. The Custodian or an Eligible Foreign Custodian reserves the right not to accept securities or other financial assets on behalf of a Portfolio under the terms of this Agreement unless the form of the securities or other financial assets and the manner in which they are delivered are in accordance with local market practice.

SECTION 5.3. INDEMNIFICATION BY ELIGIBLE FOREIGN CUSTODIANS . Each contract pursuant to which the Custodian employs an Eligible Foreign Custodian shall, to the extent possible, require the Eligible Foreign Custodian to indemnify and hold harmless the Custodian from and against any loss, cost or expense arising out of or in connection with the Eligible Foreign Custodian’s performance of its obligations. At a Fund’s election, a Portfolio shall be entitled to be subrogated to the rights of the Custodian with respect to any claims against an Eligible Foreign Custodian as a consequence of any such loss, cost or expense if and to the extent that the Portfolio has not been made whole for the loss, cost or expense. In no event shall the Custodian be obligated to bring suit in its own name or to allow suit to be brought in its name with respect to an Eligible Foreign Custodian.

SECTION 5.4 BANK ACCOUNTS .

5.4.1 GENERAL . The Custodian shall identify on its books as for the account of the applicable Portfolio the amount of cash (including cash denominated in foreign currencies) deposited with the Custodian. The Custodian shall maintain cash deposits in on book currencies on its balance sheet. The Custodian shall be liable for such balances. If the Custodian is unable to maintain, or market practice does not facilitate the maintenance for the Portfolio of a cash balance in a currency as an on book currency, a deposit account shall be opened and maintained by the Custodian outside the United States on behalf of the Portfolio with an Eligible Foreign Custodian. The Custodian shall not maintain such cash deposit on its balance sheet. The Eligible Foreign Custodian will be liable for such balance directly to the Portfolio. All deposit accounts referred to in this Section shall be subject only to draft or order by the Custodian or, if applicable, the Eligible Foreign Custodian acting pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. Cash maintained in a deposit account and denominated in an “on book” currency will be maintained under and subject to the laws of the State of New York. The Custodian will not have any deposit liability for deposits in any currency that is not an “on book” currency.

5.4.2 NON-U.S. BRANCH AND NON-U.S. DOLLAR DEPOSITS . In accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, the Custodian shall not be required to repay any deposit made at a non-U.S. branch of the Custodian or any deposit made with the Custodian and denominated in a non-U.S. dollar currency, if repayment of the deposit or the use of assets denominated in the non-U.S. dollar currency is prevented, prohibited or otherwise blocked due to (a) an act of war, insurrection or civil strife; (b) any action by a non-U.S. government or instrumentality or authority asserting governmental, military or police power of any kind, whether such authority be recognized as a de facto or a de jure government, or by any entity, political or revolutionary movement or otherwise that usurps, supervenes or otherwise materially impairs the normal operation of civil authority; or (c) the closure of a non-U.S. branch in order to prevent, in the reasonable judgment of the Custodian, harm to the employees or property of the Custodian.

SECTION 5.5. COLLECTION OF INCOME . The Custodian shall use reasonable commercial efforts to collect all income and other payments with respect to the Foreign Assets held hereunder to which a Portfolio shall be entitled. If extraordinary measures are required to collect the income or payment, the Fund and the Custodian shall consult as to such measures and as to the compensation and expenses of the Custodian relating to such measures. The Custodian shall credit income to the applicable Portfolio as such income is received or in accordance with the Custodian’s then current payable date income schedule. Any credit to the Portfolio in advance of receipt may be reversed when the Custodian determines that payment will not occur in due course, and the Portfolio may be charged at the Custodian’s applicable rate for time credited. Income on securities or other financial assets loaned other than from the Custodian’s securities lending program shall be credited as received.

 

- 9 -


SECTION 5.6. TRANSACTIONS IN FOREIGN CUSTODY ACCOUNT .

5.6.1 DELIVERY OUT . The Custodian or an Eligible Foreign Custodian shall release and deliver foreign securities or other financial assets held outside of the United States owned by a Portfolio and held by the Custodian or such Eligible Foreign Custodian, or in a Foreign Securities System account, only upon receipt of, and in accordance with, Proper Instructions, specifying the foreign securities to be delivered and the person or persons to whom delivery is to be made. The Custodian shall pay out, or direct the respective Eligible Foreign Custodian or the respective Foreign Securities System to pay out, cash of a Portfolio only upon receipt of, and in accordance with, Proper Instructions specifying the amount of the payment and the person or persons to payment is to be made.

5.6.2 MARKET CONDITIONS . Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, settlement and payment for Foreign Assets received for the account of the Portfolios and delivery of Foreign Assets maintained for the account of the Portfolios may be effected in accordance with the customary established securities trading or processing practices and procedures in the country or market in which the transaction occurs, including, without limitation, delivering Foreign Assets to the purchaser thereof or to a dealer therefor (or an agent for such purchaser or dealer) with the expectation of receiving later payment for the Foreign Assets from such purchaser or dealer.

5.6.3 SETTLEMENT PRACTICES . The Custodian shall provide to the Fund or its Investment Advisor the information with respect to custody and settlement practices in countries in which the Custodian employs an Eligible Foreign Custodian described on Schedule C at the time or times set forth on the Schedule. The Custodian may revise Schedule C from time to time, but no revision shall result in a Board being provided with substantively less information than had been previously provided on Schedule C.

SECTION 5.7 SHAREHOLDER OR BONDHOLDER RIGHTS . The Custodian shall use reasonable commercial efforts to facilitate the exercise of voting and other shareholder and bondholder rights, including delivery to the Fund of any proxies, proxy soliciting materials and all applicable notices, with respect to foreign securities and other financial assets held outside the United States, subject always to the laws, regulations and practical constraints that may exist in the country where the securities or other financial assets are issued. The Custodian may utilize Broadridge Financial Solutions, Inc. or another proxy service firm of recognized standing as its delegate to provide proxy services for the exercise of shareholder and bondholder rights. Local conditions, including lack of regulation, onerous procedural obligations, lack of notice and other factors may have the effect of severely limiting the ability of a Fund to exercise shareholder and bondholder rights.

SECTION 5.8. COMMUNICATIONS . The Custodian shall transmit promptly to the applicable Fund written information with respect to materials received by the Custodian through Eligible Foreign Custodians from issuers of the foreign securities and other financial asset assets being held outside the United States for the account of a Portfolio. The Custodian shall transmit promptly to the applicable Fund written information with respect to materials so received by the Custodian from issuers of foreign securities whose tender or exchange is sought or from the party or its agent making the tender or exchange offer. The Custodian shall also transmit promptly to the Fund all written information received by the Custodian through Eligible Foreign Custodians from issuers of the foreign securities or other financial assets issued outside of the United States and being held for the account of the Portfolio regarding any class action or other collective litigation relating to the Portfolio’s foreign securities or other financial assets issued outside the United States and then held, or previously held, during the relevant class-action period during the term of this Agreement by the Custodian via an Eligible Foreign Custodian for the account of the Fund for the Portfolio, including, but not limited to, opt-out notices and proof-of-claim forms. The Custodian does not support class-action participation by a Fund beyond such forwarding of written information received by the Custodian, except as may otherwise be mutually agreed to in writing between the Custodian and a Fund.

SECTION 6. FOREIGN EXCHANGE .

SECTION 6.1. GENERALLY . Upon receipt of Proper Instructions, which for purposes of this section may also include security trade advices, the Custodian shall facilitate the processing and settlement of foreign exchange transactions. Such foreign exchange transactions do not constitute part of the services provided by the Custodian under this Agreement.

 

- 10 -


SECTION 6.2. FUND ELECTIONS . Each Fund (or its Investment Advisor acting on its behalf) may elect to enter into and execute foreign exchange transactions with third parties that are not affiliated with the Custodian, with State Street Global Markets, which is the foreign exchange division of State Street Bank and Trust Company and its affiliated companies (“ SSGM ”), or with a sub-custodian. Where the Fund or its Investment Advisor gives Proper Instructions for the execution of a foreign exchange transaction using an indirect foreign exchange service described in the Client Publications, the Fund (or its Investment Advisor) instructs the Custodian, on behalf of the Fund, to direct the execution of such foreign exchange transaction to SSGM or, when the relevant currency is not traded by SSGM, to the applicable sub-custodian. The Custodian shall not have any agency (except as contemplated in preceding sentence), trust or fiduciary obligation to the Fund, its Investment Advisor or any other person in connection with the execution of any foreign exchange transaction. The Custodian shall have no responsibility under this Agreement for the selection of the counterparty to, or the method of execution of, any foreign exchange transaction entered into by the Fund (or its Investment Advisor acting on its behalf) or the reasonableness of the execution rate on any such transaction.

SECTION 6.3. FUND ACKNOWLEDGEMENT Each Fund acknowledges that in connection with all foreign exchange transactions entered into by the Fund (or its Investment Advisor acting on its behalf) with SSGM or any sub-custodian, SSGM and each such sub-custodian:

 

(i)

shall be acting in a principal capacity and not as broker, agent or fiduciary to the Fund or its Investment Advisor;

 

(ii)

shall seek to profit from such foreign exchange transactions, and are entitled to retain and not disclose any such profit to the Fund or its Investment Advisor; and

 

(iii)

shall enter into such foreign exchange transactions pursuant to the terms and conditions, including pricing or pricing methodology, (a) agreed with the Fund or its Investment Advisor from time to time or (b) in the case of an indirect foreign exchange service, (i) as established by SSGM and set forth in the Client Publications with respect to the particular foreign exchange execution services selected by the Fund or the Investment Advisor or (ii) as established by the sub-custodian from time to time.

SECTION 6.4. TRANSACTIONS BY STATE STREET . The Custodian or its affiliates, including SSGM, may trade based upon information that is not available to the Fund (or its Investment Advisor acting on its behalf), and may enter into transactions for its own account or the account of clients in the same or opposite direction to the transactions entered into with the Fund (or its Investment Advisor), and shall have no obligation, under this Agreement, to share such information with or consider the interests of their respective counterparties, including, where applicable, the Fund or the Investment Advisor.

SECTION 6A. CONTRACTUAL SETTLEMENT SERVICES (PURCHASE/SALES) .

SECTION 6A.1 GENERAL . The Custodian shall, in accordance with the terms set out in this Section 6A, debit or credit the appropriate deposit account of each Portfolio on a contractual settlement basis in connection with the purchase of securities or other financial assets for the Portfolio or the receipt of the proceeds of the sale or redemption of securities or other financial assets.

SECTION 6A.2 PROVISION OF SERVICES . The services described in Section 6A.1 (the “ Contractual Settlement Services ”) shall be provided for the securities and other financial assets and in such markets as the Custodian may advise from time to time. The Custodian may terminate or suspend any part of the provision of the Contractual Settlement Services at its sole discretion immediately upon notice to the applicable Fund on behalf of each Portfolio, including, without limitation, in the event of force majeure events affecting settlement, any disorder in markets, or other changed external business circumstances affecting the markets or the Fund.

SECTION 6A.3 PURCHASE CONSIDERATION . The consideration payable in connection with a purchase transaction shall be debited from the appropriate deposit account of the Portfolio as of the time and date that funds would ordinarily be required to settle the transaction in the applicable market in accordance with prevailing standards for transactions by institutions. The Custodian shall promptly recredit the amount at the time that the Portfolio or the Fund notifies the Custodian by Proper Instruction that the transaction has been canceled.

 

- 11 -


SECTION 6A.4 SALES AND REDEMPTIONS . A provisional credit of an amount equal to the net sale price for a sale or redemption of securities or other financial assets shall be made to the account of the Portfolio as if the amount had been received as of the close of business on the date on which good funds would ordinarily be immediately available in the applicable market in accordance with prevailing standards for transactions by institutions. The provisional credit will be made conditional upon the Custodian having received Proper Instructions with respect to, or reasonable notice of, the transaction, as applicable; and the Custodian or its agent having possession of the securities of other financial assets (excluding financial assets subject to any third party lending arrangement entered into by a Portfolio) associated with the transaction in good deliverable form and not being aware of any facts which would lead the Custodian or its agent to believe that the transaction will not settle in the time period ordinarily applicable to such transactions in the applicable market.

SECTION 6A.5. REVERSALS OF PROVISIONAL CREDITS OR DEBITS . The Custodian shall have the right to reverse any provisional credit or debit given in connection with the Contractual Settlement Services at any time when the Custodian believes, in its reasonable judgment, that such transaction will not settle in accordance with its terms or amounts due pursuant thereto, will not be collectable or where the Custodian has not been provided Proper Instructions with respect thereto, as applicable. The Portfolio shall be responsible for any costs or liabilities resulting from such reversal. Upon such reversal, a sum equal to the credited or debited amount shall become immediately payable by the Portfolio to the Custodian and may be debited from any deposit or other account held for benefit of the Portfolio.

SECTION 7. TAX SERVICES .

SECTION 7.1 FUND INFORMATION . Each Fund will provide documentary evidence of its tax domicile, organizational specifics and other documentation and information as may be required by the Custodian from time to time for tax purposes, including, without limitation, information relating to any special ruling or treatment to which the Fund may be entitled that is not applicable to the general nationality and category of person to which the Fund belongs under general laws and treaty obligations and documentation and information required in relation to countries where the Fund engages or proposes to engage in investment activity or where Portfolio assets are or will be held. The provision of such documentation and information shall be deemed to be a Proper Instruction, upon which the Custodian shall be entitled to rely and act. In giving such documentation and information, the Fund represents and warrants that it is true and correct in all material respects and that it will promptly provide the Custodian with all necessary corrections or updates upon becoming aware of any changes or inaccuracies in the documentation or information supplied.

SECTION 7.2 TAX RESPONSIBILITY . The Fund shall be liable for all taxes (including Taxes, as defined below) relating to its investment activity, including with respect to any cash or securities held by the Custodian on behalf of the Fund or any transactions related thereto. Subject to compliance by the Fund with its obligations under Section 7.1, the Custodian shall withhold (or cause to be withheld) the amount of any Tax which is required to be withheld under applicable law in connection with the collection on behalf of the Fund pursuant to this Agreement of any dividend, interest income or other distribution with respect to any security and the proceeds or income from the sale or other transfer of any security held by the Custodian. If any Taxes become payable with respect to any prior payment made to the Fund by the Custodian or otherwise, the Custodian may apply any credit balance in the Fund’s deposit account to the extent necessary to satisfy such Tax obligation. The Fund shall remain liable for any tax deficiency. The Custodian is not liable for any tax obligations relating to the Portfolio or the Fund, other than those Tax services as set out specifically in this Section 7. The Fund agrees that the Custodian is not, and shall not be deemed to be, providing tax advice or tax counsel. The capitalized terms “Tax” or “Taxes” means any withholding or capital gains tax, stamp duty, levy, impost, charge, assessment, deduction or related liability, including any addition to tax, penalty or interest imposed on or in respect of (i) cash or securities, (ii) the transactions effected under this Agreement, or (iii) the Fund.

SECTION 7.3 TAX RELIEF . The Custodian will provide tax relief services in relation to designated markets as may be specified from time to time in the Client Publications. Subject to the preceding sentence and compliance by the Fund with its obligations under Section 7.1, the Custodian will apply for a reduction of withholding tax and refund of any tax paid or tax credits which apply in each applicable market in respect of income payments on securities for the benefit of the Fund. The Custodian shall provide information on reduction at source and tax reclaim processing in its Tax Entitlement Service Overview made available to the Fund on the Custodian’s customer portal,

 

- 12 -


“my.statestreet.com.” The Custodian shall maintain tax entitlement accruals for possible tax benefits available in markets of investment and monitor tax entitlements and tax reclaim accruals based on existing situations in markets of investment with respect to the Fund’s entitlements. The Custodian shall facilitate communications to the Fund’s local tax consultants and Eligible Foreign Custodians with respect to reporting, payment and filing requirements regarding capital gains processing. Unless otherwise informed by the Fund, the Custodian shall be entitled to categorize a Fund in the relevant tax category according to its nationality, particulars of its organization and other relevant details supplied by the Fund.

SECTION 8. PAYMENTS FOR SALES OR REDEMPTIONS OF PORTFOLIO INTERESTS .

SECTION 8.1 PAYMENT FOR PORTFOLIO INTERESTS ISSUED . The Custodian shall receive from the distributor of Portfolio Interests of a Fund or from the Fund’s transfer agent (the “ Transfer Agent ”) and deposit into the account of the Portfolio such payments as are received for Portfolio Interests issued or sold from time to time by the Fund. The Custodian will provide timely notification to the Fund on behalf of the Portfolio and the Transfer Agent of any receipt of the payments by the Custodian.

SECTION 8.2 PAYMENT FOR PORTFOLIO INTERESTS REDEEMED . Upon receipt of instructions from the Transfer Agent, the Custodian shall set aside funds of a Portfolio to the extent available for payment to holders of Portfolio Interests who have delivered to the Transfer Agent a request for redemption of their Portfolio Interests. The Custodian is authorized upon receipt of instructions from the Transfer Agent to wire funds to or through a commercial bank designated by the redeeming interest holders. If the Custodian furnishes a check to a holder in payment for the redemption of the holder’s Portfolio Interests and the check is drawn on the Custodian, the Custodian shall honor the check so long as the check is presented to the Custodian in accordance with the Deposit Account Agreement and such procedures and controls as are mutually agreed upon from time to time between the Fund and the Custodian.

SECTION 9. PROPER INSTRUCTIONS .

SECTION 9.1 FORM AND SECURITY PROCEDURES . Proper Instructions may be in writing signed by the authorized individual or individuals or may be in a tested communication or in a communication utilizing access codes effected between electro-mechanical or electronic devices or may be by such other means and utilizing such intermediary systems and utilities as may be agreed to from time to time by the Custodian and the individual or organization giving the instruction, provided that the Fund has followed any security procedures agreed to from time to time by the applicable Fund and the Custodian. The Custodian may agree to accept oral instructions, and in such case oral instructions will be considered Proper Instructions. The Fund shall cause all oral instructions to be confirmed in writing, but the Fund’s failure to do so shall not affect the Custodian’s authority to rely on the oral instructions.

SECTION 9.2 RELIANCE ON OFFICER’S CERTIFICATE . Concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, and from time to time thereafter, as appropriate, each Fund shall deliver to the Custodian an officer’s certificate setting forth the names, titles, signatures and scope of authority of all individuals authorized to give Proper Instructions or any other notice, request, direction, instruction, certificate or instrument on behalf of the Fund. The certificate may be accepted and conclusively relied upon by the Custodian and shall be considered to be in full force and effect until receipt by the Custodian of a similar certificate to the contrary and the Custodian has had a reasonable time to act thereon.

SECTION 9.3 UNTIMELY PROPER INSTRUCTIONS . If the Custodian is not provided with reasonable time to execute a Proper Instruction (including any Proper Instruction not to execute, or any other modification to, a prior Proper Instruction), the Custodian will use good faith efforts to execute the Proper Instruction but will not be responsible or liable if the Custodian’s efforts are not successful (including any inability to change any actions that the Custodian had taken pursuant to the prior Proper Instruction). The inclusion of a statement of purpose or intent (or any similar notation) in a Proper Instruction shall not impose any additional obligations on the Custodian or condition or qualify its authority to effect the Proper Instruction. The Custodian will not assume a duty to ensure that the stated purpose or intent is fulfilled and will have no responsibility or liability when it follows the Proper Instruction without regard to such purpose or intent.

 

- 13 -


SECTION 10. ACTIONS PERMITTED WITHOUT EXPRESS AUTHORITY .

The Custodian may in its discretion, without express authority from the applicable Fund on behalf of each Portfolio:

 

  1)

Make payments to itself or others for normal and routine expenses to facilitate the settlement of securities transactions that are customary in the markets in which the Fund is trading and relating to the Custodian’s duties under this Agreement; provided that all such payments shall be accounted for to the Fund on behalf of the Portfolio;

 

  2)

Surrender securities or other financial assets in temporary form for securities or other financial assets in definitive form;

 

  3)

Endorse for collection, in the name of the Portfolio, checks, drafts and other negotiable instruments; and

 

  4)

In general, attend to all non-discretionary details in connection with the sale, exchange, substitution, purchase, transfer and other dealings with the securities and other financial assets of the Portfolio except as otherwise directed by the applicable Board.

SECTION 11. RESERVED .

SECTION 12. RECORDS .

The Custodian shall with respect to each Portfolio create and maintain all records relating to its activities and obligations under this Agreement in such manner as will meet the obligations of each Fund under the 1940 Act, with particular attention to Section 31 thereof and Rules 31a-1 and 31a-2 thereunder. All such records shall be the property of the Fund and shall at all times during the regular business hours of the Custodian be open for inspection by duly authorized officers, employees or agents of the Fund and employees and agents of the SEC. The Custodian shall, at the Fund’s request, supply the Fund with a tabulation of securities owned by each Portfolio and held by the Custodian and shall, when requested to do so by the Fund and for such compensation as shall be agreed upon between the Fund and the Custodian, include certificate numbers in such tabulations. In the event that the Custodian is requested or authorized by a Fund, or required by subpoena, administrative order, court order or other legal process, applicable law or regulation, or required in connection with any investigation, examination or inspection of the Fund by state or federal regulatory agencies, to produce the records of the Fund or the Custodian’s personnel as witnesses, the Fund agrees to pay the Custodian for the Custodian’s reasonable time and expenses, as well as the reasonable fees and expenses of the Custodian’s counsel, incurred in responding to such request, order or requirement. The Custodian shall, to the extent permitted by law, provide notice to the applicable Fund promptly after receipt of any request for records by an entity other than such Fund. Upon request, the Custodian shall provide the applicable Fund with an update on the fees and expenses incurred in responding to any such requests for records.

SECTION 13. FUND’S INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS; REPORTS .

SECTION 13.1 OPINIONS . The Custodian shall take all reasonable action, as a Fund with respect to a Portfolio may from time to time request, to obtain from year to year favorable opinions from the Fund’s independent accountants with respect to its activities hereunder in connection with the preparation of the Fund’s Form N-1A or Form N-2, as applicable, and other annual reports to the SEC and with respect to any other requirements thereof.

SECTION 13.2 REPORTS . Upon reasonable request of a Fund, the Custodian shall provide the Fund with a copy of the Custodian’s Service Organizational Control (SOC) 1 reports prepared in accordance with the requirements of AT section 801, Reporting on Controls at a Service Organization (formerly Statement on Standards for Attestation Engagements (SSAE) No. 16). The Custodian shall use commercially reasonable efforts to provide the Fund with such reports as the Fund may reasonably request or otherwise reasonably require to fulfill its duties under Rule 38a-1 of the 1940 Act or similar legal and regulatory requirements.

SECTION 14. CUSTODIAN’S STANDARD OF CARE; EXCULPATION .

14.1 STANDARD OF CARE. In carrying out the provisions of this Agreement, the Custodian shall act (i) with reasonable care and diligence and in good faith, (ii) without negligence, fraud, willful misconduct, willful omission or bad faith, and at least at the same standard of care as the Custodian provides for itself and its affiliates (“ Affiliates ”) with respect to similar services, and (iii) with the level of skill and care which would be expected from

 

- 14 -


a reasonably skilled and experienced professional provider of services similar to the services provided under this Agreement. Subject to the terms of the Agreement, including any exculpatory language, the Custodian shall have no liability for any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss or damage resulting from the performance or nonperformance of its duties hereunder unless and to the extent the Custodian fails to exercise such standard of care. Upon the occurrence of any event that causes or that the Custodian believes or a Portfolio reasonably believes will imminently cause any loss, damage or expense to any Portfolio, the Custodian (i) shall take and (ii) shall take all reasonable steps to cause any applicable sub-custodian to take all commercially reasonable steps (to the extent consistent with the Custodian’s obligations pursuant to Rules 17f-5 and 17f-7, as applicable) to mitigate the effects of such event and to avoid continuing harm to a Portfolio.

14.2 RELIANCE ON PROPER INSTRUCTIONS . The Custodian shall be entitled conclusively to rely and act upon Proper Instructions until the Custodian has received notice of any change from the Fund and has had a reasonable time to act thereon. The Custodian may act on a Proper Instruction if it reasonably believes that it contains sufficient information and may refrain from acting on any Proper Instructions until such time that it has determined, in its sole discretion, that is has received any required clarification or authentication of Proper Instructions. The Custodian may rely upon and shall be protected in acting upon any Proper Instruction or any other instruction, notice, request, consent, certificate or other instrument or paper reasonably believed by it in good faith to be genuine and to have been properly executed by or on behalf of the applicable Fund.

14.3 OTHER RELIANCE . The Custodian is authorized and instructed to rely upon the information that the Custodian receives from the Fund or any third party on behalf of the Fund. The Custodian shall have no responsibility to review, confirm or otherwise assume any duty with respect to the accuracy or completeness of any information supplied to it by or on behalf of any Fund. The Custodian shall have no liability in respect of any loss, cost or expense incurred or sustained by the Fund arising from the performance of the Custodian’s duties hereunder in reliance upon records that were maintained for the Fund by any individual or organization, other than the Custodian, prior to the Custodian’s appointment as custodian hereunder. The Custodian shall be entitled to rely on and may act upon reasonable advice of reputable counsel (who may be counsel for the Fund) on all matters and shall be without liability for any action reasonably taken or omitted in good faith pursuant to the advice; provided, however, that with respect to the reliance on such reasonable advice and the performance of any action or omission of any action upon such advice, the Custodian shall be required to conform to the standard of care set forth above. The Custodian and the applicable Funds shall mutually agree as to which entity will bear the cost of such advice of counsel.

14.4 LIABILITY FOR FOREIGN CUSTODIANS AND U.S. SUB-CUSTODIANS . The Custodian shall be liable for the acts or omissions of an Eligible Foreign Custodian and of any domestic sub-custodian selection by the Custodian to the same extent as if the action or omission were performed by the Custodian itself, taking into account the facts and circumstances and the established local market practices and laws prevailing in the particular jurisdiction in which the Fund elects to invest. If a Fund directs the Custodian to appoint a specific domestic sub-custodian, the Custodian shall, with respect to such domestic sub-custodian, be responsible only for losses arising from its own failure to meet the standard of care set forth in Section 14.1.

14.5 INSOLVENCY AND COUNTRY RISK . The Custodian shall in no event be liable for (a) the insolvency of any Eligible Foreign Custodian or U.S. sub-custodian, (b) the insolvency of any depositary bank maintaining in a deposit account cash denominated in any currency other than an “on book” currency, or (c) any loss, cost or expense incurred or sustained by a Fund or Portfolio resulting from or caused by Country Risk.

14.6 FORCE MAJEURE AND THIRD PARTY ACTIONS . The Custodian shall be without responsibility or liability to any Fund or Portfolio for: (a) events or circumstances beyond the reasonable control of the Custodian, including, without limitation, the interruption, suspension or restriction of trading on or the closure of any currency or securities market or system, power or other mechanical or technological failures or interruptions, computer viruses or communications disruptions, work stoppages, natural disasters, acts of war, revolution, riots or terrorism or other similar force majeure events or acts; (b) errors by any Fund, its Investment Advisor or any other duly authorized person in their instructions to the Custodian; (c) the insolvency of or acts or omissions by a U.S. Securities System, Foreign Securities System, Underlying Transfer Agent or a domestic sub-custodian designated by a Fund pursuant to Section 2.2; (d) the failure of any Fund, its Investment Advisor, Portfolio or any duly authorized individual or organization to adhere to the Custodian’s operational policies and procedures; (e) any delay or failure of any broker,

 

- 15 -


agent, securities intermediary or other intermediary, central bank or other commercially prevalent payment or clearing system to deliver to the Custodian’s sub-custodian or agent securities or other financial assets purchased or in the remittance or payment made in connection with securities or other financial assets sold; (f) any delay or failure of any organization in charge of registering or transferring securities or other financial assets in the name of the Custodian, any Fund, any Portfolio, the Custodian’s sub-custodians, nominees or agents including non-receipt of bonus, dividends and rights and other accretions or benefits; (g) delays or inability to perform its duties due to any disorder in market infrastructure with respect to any particular security, other financial asset, U.S. Securities System or Foreign Securities System; and (h) the effect of any provision of any law or regulation or order of the United States of America, or any state thereof, or any other country, or political subdivision thereof or of any court of competent jurisdiction.

14.7 INDIRECT/SPECIAL/CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES . Notwithstanding any other provision set forth herein, in no event shall the Custodian be liable for any special, indirect, incidental, punitive or consequential damages of any kind whatsoever (including, without limitation, lost profits) with respect to the services provided pursuant to this Agreement, regardless of whether either party has been advised of the possibility of such damages.

14.8 DELIVERY OF PROPERTY . The Custodian shall not be responsible for any securities or other assets of a Portfolio which are not received by the Custodian or which are delivered out in accordance with Proper Instructions. The Custodian shall not be responsible for the title, validity or genuineness of any securities or other assets or evidence of title thereto received by it or delivered by it pursuant to this Agreement.

14.9 NO INVESTMENT ADVICE . The Custodian has no responsibility to monitor or oversee the investment activity undertaken by a Fund or its Investment Advisor or by a Portfolio. The Custodian has no duty to ensure or to inquire whether an Investment Advisor complies with any investment objectives or restrictions agreed upon between a Fund and the Investment Advisor or whether the Investment Advisor complies with its legal obligations under applicable securities laws or other laws, including laws intended to protect the interests of investors. The Custodian shall neither assess nor take any responsibility or liability for the suitability or appropriateness of the investments made by a Fund or a Portfolio or on its behalf.

14.10 COMMUNICATIONS . Subject to Section 14.1, the Custodian shall not be liable for any untimely exercise of any tender, exchange or other right or power in connection with securities or other financial assets of a Portfolio at any time held by the Custodian unless (a) the Custodian or the Eligible Foreign Custodian is in actual possession of such securities or other financial assets, (b) the Custodian receives Proper Instructions with regard to the exercise of the right or power, and (c) both of the conditions referred to in the foregoing clauses (a) and (b) have been satisfied at least three business days prior to the date on which the Custodian is to take action to exercise the right or power.

14.11 LOANED SECURITIES . Income due to each Portfolio on securities or other financial assets loaned shall be the responsibility of the applicable Fund. The Custodian will have no duty or responsibility in connection with loaned securities or other financial assets, other than to provide the Fund with such information or data as may be necessary to assist the Fund in arranging for the timely delivery to the Custodian of the income to which the Portfolio is entitled, except as may otherwise be mutually agreed to in writing between the Custodian and a Fund.

14.12 TRADE COUNTERPARTIES . A Fund’s receipt of securities or other financial assets from a counterparty in connection with any of its purchase transactions and its receipt of cash from a counterparty in connection with any sale or redemption of securities or other financial assets will be at the Fund’s sole risk, and the Custodian shall not be obligated to make demands on the Fund’s behalf if the Fund’s counterparty defaults. If a Fund’s counterparty fails to deliver securities, other financial assets or cash, the Custodian will, as its sole responsibility, notify the Fund’s Investment Advisor of the failure within a reasonable time after the Custodian became aware of the failure.

SECTION 15. COMPENSATION AND INDEMNIFICATION OF CUSTODIAN; SECURITY INTEREST .

SECTION. 15.1 COMPENSATION . The Custodian shall be entitled to reasonable compensation for its services and expenses as agreed upon from time to time between each Fund on behalf of each applicable Portfolio and the Custodian.

 

- 16 -


SECTION 15.2 INDEMNIFICATION . Each Portfolio severally and not jointly agrees to indemnify the Custodian and to hold the Custodian harmless from and against any loss, cost or expense sustained or incurred by the Custodian in acting or omitting to act under or in respect of this Agreement in a manner consistent with the standard of care set forth in Section 14.1, including, without limitation, (a) the Custodian’s compliance with Proper Instructions and (b) in connection with the provision of services to a Fund pursuant to Section 7, any obligations, including taxes, withholding and reporting requirements, claims for exemption and refund, additions for late payment, interest, penalties and other expenses, that may be assessed against the Fund, the Portfolio or the Custodian as custodian of the assets of the Fund or the Portfolio. If a Fund on behalf of a Portfolio instructs the Custodian to take any action with respect to securities or other financial assets, and the action involves the payment of money or may, in the opinion of the Custodian, result in the Custodian or its nominee assigned to the Fund or the Portfolio being liable therefor, the Fund on behalf of the Portfolio, as a prerequisite to the Custodian taking the action, shall provide to the Custodian at the Custodian’s request such further indemnification in an amount and form satisfactory to the Custodian.

SECTION 15.3 SECURITY INTEREST . Each Fund hereby grants to the Custodian, to secure the payment and performance of the Fund’s obligations under this Agreement, whether contingent or otherwise, a security interest in and right of recoupment and setoff against all cash and all securities and other financial assets at any time held for the account of a Portfolio by or through the Custodian. The obligations include, without limitation, the Fund’s obligations to reimburse the Custodian if the Custodian or any of its Affiliates, subsidiaries or agents advances cash or securities or other financial assets to the Fund for any purpose (including but not limited to settlements of securities or other financial assets, foreign exchange contracts and assumed settlement), or in the event that the Custodian or its nominee shall incur or be assessed any taxes, charges, expenses, assessments, claims or liabilities in connection with the performance of this Agreement, except such as may arise from its or its nominee’s own negligence, as well as the Fund’s obligation to compensate the Custodian pursuant to Section 15.1 or indemnify the Custodian pursuant to Section 15.2. Should the Fund fail to reimburse or otherwise pay the Custodian any obligation under this Agreement promptly, the Custodian shall have the rights and remedies of a secured party under this Agreement, the UCC and other applicable law, including the right to utilize available cash and to sell or otherwise dispose of the Portfolio’s assets to the extent necessary to obtain payment or reimbursement. The Custodian may at any time decline to follow Proper Instructions to deliver out cash, securities or other financial assets if the Custodian determines in its reasonable discretion that, after giving effect to the Proper Instructions, the cash, securities or other financial assets remaining will not have sufficient value fully to secure the Fund’s payment or reimbursement obligations, whether contingent or otherwise.

SECTION 16. EFFECTIVE PERIOD AND TERMINATION .

SECTION 16.1 TERM . This Agreement shall remain in full force and effect for an initial term of one (1) year from the effective date (the “Initial Term”). After the expiration of the Initial Term, this Agreement shall automatically renew for successive one (1) year terms. Following the Initial Term, this Agreement may be terminated by any Fund or Portfolio upon no less than ninety (90) days’ prior written notice to the Custodian, or by the Custodian upon no less than 180 days’ prior written notice to the applicable Fund or Portfolio.

SECTION 16.2 TERMINATION . Either party may terminate this Agreement as to a Fund or a Portfolio: (a) in the event of the other party’s material breach of a material provision of this Agreement that the other party has either failed to cure, or failed to establish a remedial plan to cure that is reasonably acceptable to the non-breaching party, within 60 days’ written notice being given by the non-breaching party of the breach, or (b) in the event of the appointment of a conservator or receiver for the other party, the commencement by or against the other party of a bankruptcy or insolvency case or proceeding, or upon the happening of a like event to the other party at the direction of an appropriate agency or court of competent jurisdiction.

SECTION 16.3 PAYMENTS OWING TO THE CUSTODIAN . Upon termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 16.1 or 16.2 with respect to any Fund or Portfolio, the applicable Fund shall pay to the Custodian any compensation then due and shall reimburse the Custodian for its other fees, expenses and charges. In the event of: (a) any Fund’s termination of this Agreement with respect to such Fund or a Portfolio of the Fund in any manner other than as set forth in Section 16.1 or 16.2 or (b) a transaction not in the ordinary course of business pursuant to which the Custodian is not retained to continue providing services hereunder to a Fund or Portfolio (or its respective successor), the applicable Fund shall pay to the Custodian any compensation due through the end of the then-current

 

- 17 -


term (based upon the average monthly compensation previously earned by the Custodian with respect to the Fund or Portfolio) and shall reimburse the Custodian for its other fees, expenses and charges. Upon receipt of such payment and reimbursement, the Custodian will deliver the Fund’s or Portfolio’s cash and its securities and other financial assets as set forth in Section 17.

SECTION 16.4 EXCLUSIONS . No full term payment will be required pursuant to clause (b) of Section 16.3 in the event of any transaction consisting of (a) the liquidation or dissolution of a Fund or a Portfolio and distribution of the Fund’s or Portfolio’s assets as a result of the Board’s determination in its reasonable business judgment that the Fund or Portfolio is no longer viable or that the liquidation is in the best interest of the Fund or such Portfolio, (b) a merger of a Fund or Portfolio into, or the consolidation of a Fund or Portfolio with, another organization or series, or (c) the sale by a Fund or Portfolio of all or substantially all of its assets to another organization or series and, in the case of a transaction referred to in the foregoing clause (b) or (c) the applicable Funds provide 90 days’ prior written notice in advance of the closing date of any such transactions.

SECTION 16.5 EFFECT OF TERMINATION . Termination of this Agreement with respect to any one particular Fund or Portfolio shall in no way affect the rights and duties under this Agreement with respect to any other Fund or Portfolio. Following termination with respect to a Fund or Portfolio, the Custodian shall have no further responsibility to forward information under Section 3.8 or 5.8. The provisions of Sections 7, 14, 15 and 17 of this Agreement shall survive termination of this Agreement.

SECTION 17. SUCCESSOR CUSTODIAN .

SECTION 17.1 SUCCESSOR APPOINTED . If a successor custodian shall be appointed for a Portfolio by its Board, the Custodian shall, upon termination of this Agreement and receipt of Proper Instructions, deliver to the successor custodian at the office of the Custodian, duly endorsed and in the form for transfer, all cash and all securities and other financial assets of the Portfolio then held by the Custodian hereunder and shall transfer to an account of the successor custodian all of the securities and other financial assets of the Portfolio held in a U.S. Securities System or Foreign Securities System or at the Underlying Transfer Agent.

SECTION 17.2 NO SUCCESSOR APPOINTED . If no such successor custodian shall be appointed, the Custodian shall, in like manner, upon receipt of Proper Instructions, deliver at the office of the Custodian and transfer the cash and the securities and other financial assets of the Portfolio in accordance with the Proper Instructions.

SECTION 17.3 NO SUCCESSOR APPOINTED AND NO PROPER INSTRUCTIONS . If no successor custodian has been appointed and no Proper Instructions have been delivered to the Custodian on or before the termination of this Agreement, then the Custodian shall have the right to deliver to a bank or trust company, which is a “bank” as defined in the 1940 Act, doing business in Boston, Massachusetts, or New York, New York, of its own selection, all cash and all securities and other financial assets of the Portfolio then held by the Custodian hereunder, and to transfer to an account of the bank or trust company all of the securities and other financial assets of the Portfolio held in any U.S. Securities System or Foreign Securities System or at the Underlying Transfer Agent. The transfer will be on such terms as are contained in this Agreement or as the Custodian may otherwise reasonably negotiate with the bank or trust company. Any compensation payable to the bank or trust company, and any cost or expense incurred by the Custodian, in connection with the transfer shall be for the account of the Portfolio.

SECTION 17.4 REMAINING PROPERTY . If any cash or any securities or other financial assets of the Portfolio held by the Custodian hereunder remain held by the Custodian after the termination of this Agreement owing to the failure of the applicable Fund to provide Proper Instructions, the Custodian shall be entitled to fair compensation for its services during such period as the Custodian holds the cash or the securities or other financial assets (the existing agreed-to compensation at the time of termination shall be one indicator of what is considered fair compensation). The provisions of this Agreement relating to the duties, exculpation and indemnification of the Custodian shall apply in favor of the Custodian during such period.

SECTION 17.5 RESERVES . Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 17, the Custodian may retain cash or securities or other financial assets of the Fund or Portfolio as a reserve reasonably established by the Custodian to secure the payment or performance of any obligations of the Fund or Portfolio secured by a security interest or right of recoupment or setoff in favor of the Custodian.

 

- 18 -


SECTION 18. REMOTE ACCESS SERVICES ADDENDUM . The Custodian and each Fund agree to be bound by the terms of the Remote Access Services Addendum hereto.

SECTION 19. LOAN SERVICES ADDENDUM . If a Fund directs the Custodian in writing to perform loan services, the Custodian and the Fund will be bound by the terms of the Loan Services Addendum attached hereto. The Fund shall reimburse Custodian for its fees and expenses related thereto as agreed upon from time to time in writing by the Fund and the Custodian.

SECTION 20. GENERAL .

SECTION 20.1 GOVERNING LAW . Any and all matters in dispute between the parties hereto, whether arising from or relating to this Agreement, shall be governed by and construed in accordance with laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to any conflict of laws rules.

SECTION 20.2 [RESERVED]

SECTION 20.3 PRIOR AGREEMENTS; AMENDMENTS . This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements between each Fund on behalf of each of the Fund’s Portfolios and the Custodian relating to the custody of the Fund’s assets. This Agreement may be amended at any time in writing by mutual agreement of the parties hereto.

SECTION 20.4 ASSIGNMENT; DELEGATION . This Agreement may not be assigned by (a) any Fund without the written consent of the Custodian or (b) the Custodian without the written consent of each applicable Fund. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Custodian may assign this Agreement to a successor of all or a substantial portion of its business, or to an Affiliate of the Custodian upon ninety (90) days’ prior written notice to the Fund. The Custodian shall retain the right to employ its Affiliates to provide or assist it in the provision of any part of the services described herein or the discharge of any other obligations or duties under this Agreement without the consent or approval of any Fund. The Custodian may employ other agents, subcontractors, consultants and other third parties (each a “ Delegate ”) to provide the services stated herein to the Funds upon the prior written consent of the Funds. Except as otherwise provided below, the Custodian shall be responsible for the acts and omissions of any such Delegate or Affiliate so employed as if the Custodian had committed such acts and omissions itself. The Custodian shall be responsible for the compensation of its Delegates and Affiliates. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the term Delegate include sub-custodians, Eligible Foreign Custodians, U.S. Securities Systems and Foreign Securities Systems, consultants, authorized data sources, suppliers of Custodian’s third party technology, providers of market infrastructure, and other non-affiliated entities that provide similar assistance to the Custodian in its performance of its duties under this Agreement, and the Custodian shall have no liability for their acts or omissions except as otherwise expressly provided elsewhere in this Agreement. The liability of the Custodian for the acts and omissions of sub-custodians, Eligible Foreign Custodians, U.S. Securities Systems and Foreign Securities Systems shall be as set forth in Section 14 above.

SECTION 20.5 INTERPRETIVE AND ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS. In connection with the operation of this Agreement, the Custodian and each Fund on behalf of each of the Portfolios, may from time to time agree on such provisions interpretive of or in addition to the provisions of this Agreement as may in their joint opinion be consistent with the general tenor of this Agreement. Any such interpretive or additional provisions shall be in a writing signed by all parties, provided that no such interpretive or additional provisions shall contravene any applicable laws or regulations or any provision of a Fund’s organic record and Prospectus. No interpretive or additional provisions made as provided in the preceding sentence shall be an amendment of this Agreement.

SECTION 20.6 ADDITIONAL FUNDS AND PORTFOLIOS .

20.6.1 ADDITIONAL FUNDS . If any management investment company in addition to those listed on Appendix A desires the Custodian to render services as custodian under the terms of this Agreement, the management investment company shall so notify the Custodian in writing. If the Custodian agrees in writing to provide the services, the management investment company shall become a Fund hereunder and be bound by all terms and conditions and provisions hereof including, without limitation, the representations and warranties set forth in Section 20.7 below.

20.6.2 ADDITIONAL PORTFOLIOS . If any Fund establishes a series in addition to the Portfolios set forth on Appendix A with respect to which the Fund desires the Custodian to render services as custodian under the terms of this Agreement, the Fund shall so notify the Custodian in writing. If the Custodian agrees in writing to provide the services, the series shall become a Portfolio hereunder.

 

- 19 -


SECTION 20.7 THE PARTIES; REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES . All references in this Agreement to the “Fund” are to each of the management investment companies listed on Appendix A, and each management investment company made subject to this Agreement in accordance with Section 20.6 above, individually, as if this Agreement were between the individual Fund and the Custodian. In the case of a series organization, all references in this Agreement to the “Portfolio” are to the individual series of the series organization on behalf of the individual series. Any reference in this Agreement to “the parties” shall mean the Custodian and such other individual Fund as to which the matter pertains.

20.7.1 FUND REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES . Each Fund hereby represents and warrants that (a) it is duly organized and validly existing in good standing in its jurisdiction of organization; (b) it has the requisite power and authority under applicable law and its organic record to enter into and perform this Agreement; (c) all requisite proceedings have been taken to authorize it to enter into and perform this Agreement; (d) no legal or administrative proceedings have been instituted or threatened which would materially impair the Fund’s ability to perform its duties and obligations under this Agreement; and (e) its entering into this Agreement shall not cause a material breach or be in material conflict with any other agreement or obligation of the Fund or any law or regulation applicable to it.

20.7.2 CUSTODIAN REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES . The Custodian hereby represents and warrants that (a) it is a trust company, duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts; (b) it has the requisite power and authority to carry on its business in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts; (c) all requisite proceedings have been taken to authorize it to enter into and perform this Agreement; (d) no legal or administrative proceedings have been instituted or threatened which would materially impair the Custodian’s ability to perform its duties and obligations under this Agreement; (e) its entering into this Agreement shall not cause a material breach or be in material conflict with any other agreement or obligation of the Custodian or any law or regulation applicable to it; and (f) it has and will maintain at least the minimum qualifications required by Section 17(f)(1) of the 1940 Act to act as custodian of the portfolio securities of each Portfolio.

SECTION 20.8 NOTICES . Any notice, instruction or other communication required to be given hereunder will, unless otherwise provided in this Agreement, be in writing and may be sent by hand, or by facsimile transmission, or overnight delivery by any recognized delivery service, to the parties at the following addresses or such other addresses as may be notified by any party from time to time.

 

To any Fund:    c/o BLACKROCK FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT, INC.
   100 Bellevue Parkway
   Wilmington, DE 19809-3700
   Attention: Neal Andrews
   Telephone: 302-797-6179
To the Custodian:    STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY
   100 Summer Street
   Boston, MA 02110
   Attention: Anthony Ostler
   Telephone: 617-664-9797
with a copy to:   
   STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY
   Legal Division – Global Services Americas
   One Lincoln Street
   Boston, MA 02110
   Attention: Senior Vice President and Senior Managing Counsel

 

- 20 -


SECTION 20.9 COUNTERPARTS . This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, and all such counterparts taken together shall constitute one and the same Agreement . Counterparts may be executed in either original or electronically transmitted form (e.g., faxes or emailed portable document format (PDF) form), and the parties hereby adopt as original any signatures received in electronically transmitted form.

SECTION 20.10 SEVERABILITY; NO WAIVER . If any provision of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, unlawful or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired. The failure of a party hereto to insist upon strict adherence to any term of this Agreement on any occasion or the failure of a party hereto to exercise or any delay in exercising any right or remedy under this Agreement shall not constitute a waiver of any the term, right or remedy or a waiver of any other rights or remedies, and no single or partial exercise of any right or remedy under this Agreement shall prevent any further exercise of the right or remedy or the exercise of any other right or remedy.

SECTION 20.11 CONFIDENTIALITY . All information provided under this Agreement by a party (the “ Disclosing Party ”) to the other party (the “ Receiving Party ”) regarding the Disclosing Party’s business and operations shall be treated as confidential. Subject to Section 20.12 below, all confidential information provided under this Agreement by Disclosing Party shall be used, including disclosure to third parties, by the Receiving Party, or its agents or service providers, solely for the purpose of performing or receiving the services and discharging the Receiving Party’s other obligations under the Agreement or managing the business of the Receiving Party and its Affiliates, including financial and operational management and reporting, risk management, legal and regulatory compliance and client service management. The foregoing shall not be applicable to any information (a) that is publicly available when provided or thereafter becomes publicly available, other than through a breach of this Agreement, (b) that is independently derived by the Receiving Party without the use of any information provided by the Disclosing Party in connection with this Agreement, (c) that is disclosed to comply with any legal or regulatory proceeding, investigation, audit, examination, subpoena, civil investigative demand or other similar process, (d) that is disclosed as required by operation of law or regulation or as required to comply with the requirements of any market infrastructure that the Disclosing Party or its agents direct the Custodian or its Affiliates to employ (or which is required in connection with the holding or settlement of instruments included in the assets subject to this Agreement), or (e) where the party seeking to disclose has received the prior written consent of the party providing the information, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld .

SECTION 20.12 USE OF DATA .

(a) In connection with the provision of the services and the discharge of its other obligations under this Agreement, the Custodian (which term for purposes of this Section 20.12 includes each of its Affiliates) may collect and store information regarding the Funds or Portfolios (“Fund Information”) and share such Fund Information with its Affiliates, agents, delegates and service providers in order and to the extent reasonably necessary (i) to carry out the provision of services contemplated under this Agreement and other agreements between a Fund and the Custodian or any of its Affiliates and (ii) to carry out the internal management of its businesses, including, but not limited to, financial and operational management and reporting, risk management, legal and regulatory compliance.

(b) Except as expressly contemplated by this Agreement, nothing in this Section 20.12 shall limit the confidentiality and data-protection obligations of the Custodian and its Affiliates under this Agreement and applicable law. The Custodian shall cause any Affiliate, agent or service provider to which it has disclosed Data pursuant to this Section 20.12 to comply at all times with confidentiality and data-protection obligations as if it were a party to this Agreement.

SECTION 20.13 DATA PRIVACY. The Custodian will implement and maintain a written information security program that contains appropriate security measures to safeguard the personal information of the Funds’ shareholders, employees, directors and officers that the Custodian receives, stores, maintains, processes or otherwise accesses in connection with the provision of services hereunder. The term, “ personal information ”, as used in this

 

- 21 -


Section, means (a) an individual’s name (first initial and last name or first name and last name), address or telephone number plus (i) Social Security number, (ii) driver’s license number, (iii) state identification card number, (iv) debit or credit card number, (v) financial account number or (vi) personal identification number or password that would permit access to a person’s account, or (b) any combination of any of the foregoing that would allow a person to log onto or access an individual’s account. The term does not include information that is lawfully obtained from publicly available information, or from federal, state or local government records lawfully made available to the general public.

SECTION 20.14 LIMITATION ON LIABILITY OF TRUSTEES . Notice is hereby given that this Agreement is not executed on behalf of any directors or trustees of any Fund as individuals, and the obligations of this Agreement are not binding on any of the directors, trustees, officers, shareholders or partners of any Fund individually, but are binding only upon the property of each Fund or Portfolio. In relation to each Fund which is a business trust, this Agreement is executed and made by the Trustees of the Fund not individually, but as trustees under the Declarations of Trust of the Fund and the obligations of this Agreement are not binding upon any of such Trustees or upon any of the shareholders of the Fund individually, but bind only the trust estate of the Fund. The Custodian agrees that no shareholder, director, trustee, officer or partner of any Fund may be held personally liable or responsible for any obligations of any Fund arising out of this Agreement.

SECTION 20.15 REPRODUCTION OF DOCUMENTS . This Agreement and all schedules, addenda, exhibits, appendices, attachments and amendments hereto may be reproduced by any photographic, photostatic, microfilm, micro-card, miniature photographic or other similar process. Any such reproduction shall be admissible in evidence as the original itself in any judicial or administrative proceeding, whether or not the original is in existence and whether or not such reproduction was made by a party in the regular course of business, and any enlargement, facsimile or further reproduction of such reproduction shall likewise be admissible in evidence.

SECTION 20.16 REGULATION GG . Each Fund represents and warrants that it does not engage in an “Internet gambling business,” as such term is defined in Section 233.2(r) of Federal Reserve Regulation GG (12 CFR 233) and covenants that it shall not engage in an Internet gambling business. In accordance with Regulation GG, each Fund is hereby notified that “restricted transactions,” as such term is defined in Section 233.2(y) of Regulation GG, are prohibited in any dealings with the Custodian pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise between or among any party hereto.

SECTION 20.17 SHAREHOLDER COMMUNICATIONS ELECTION . SEC Rule 14b-2 requires banks that hold securities, as that term is used in federal securities laws, for the account of customers to respond to requests by issuers of securities for the names, addresses and holdings of beneficial owners of securities of that issuer held by the bank unless the beneficial owner has expressly objected to disclosure of this information. In order to comply with the rule, as may be applicable, the Custodian needs each Fund to indicate whether it authorizes the Custodian to provide such Fund’s name, address, and share position to requesting companies whose securities the Fund owns. If a Fund tells the Custodian “no,” the Custodian will not provide this information to requesting companies. If a Fund tells the Custodian “yes” or does not check either “yes” or “no” below, the Custodian is required by the rule, as applicable, to treat the Fund as consenting to disclosure of this information for all securities owned by the Fund or any funds or accounts established by the Fund. For a Fund’s protection, the Rule, as applicable, prohibits the requesting company from using the Fund’s name and address for any purpose other than corporate communications. Please indicate below whether the Fund consents or objects by checking one of the alternatives below.

 

YES

   The Custodian is authorized to release the Fund’s name, address, and share positions.

NO

   The Custodian is not authorized to release the Fund’s name, address, and share positions.

[Remainder of the page intentionally left blank]

 

- 22 -


SIGNATURE PAGE

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , each of the parties has caused this Agreement to be executed in its name and behalf by its duly authorized representative under seal as of the date first above-written.

EACH OF ENTITIES

SET FORTH ON APPENDIX A HERETO

 

By:  

/s/ Neal J. Andrews

Name:   Neal J. Andrews
Title:   Chief Financial Officer

STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY

 

By:  

/s/ Andrew Erickson

Name:   Andrew Erickson
Title:   Executive Vice President

 

- 23 -


APPENDIX A

TO

MASTER CUSTODIAN AGREEMENT

 

- 24 -

Exhibit (k)(1)

Transfer Agency and Service Agreement

Among

Each of the BlackRock Closed-End Investment Companies

Listed Herein on Appendix A

and

Computershare Trust Company, N.A.

and

Computershare Inc.


Table of Contents

 

Section 1.

  

Certain Definitions

     3  

Section 2.

  

Appointment of Agent

     4  

Section 3.

  

Standard Services

     5  

Section 4.

  

Fees and Expenses

     5  

Section 5.

  

Representations and Warranties of Transfer Agent

     6  

Section 6.

  

Representations and Warranties of Customer

     7  

Section 7.

  

Indemnification/Limitation of Liability

     7  

Section 8.

  

Service Fee Credits; Service Levels

     8  

Section 9.

  

Damages

     9  

Section 10.

  

Responsibilities of the Transfer Agent

     9  

Section 11.

  

Covenants of the Customer and Transfer Agent

     10  

Section 12.

  

Addition or Deletion of a Fund

     10  

Section 13.

  

Audits and Site Visits

     10  

Section 14.

  

Confidentiality

     11  

Section 15.

  

Privacy

     13  

Section 16.

  

Term and Termination

     13  

Section 17.

  

Assignment

     15  

Section 18.

  

Unaffiliated Third Parties

     15  

Section 19.

  

Disaster Recovery

     15  

Section 20.

  

Miscellaneous

     16  

Appendix A — Fund List

     19  

Appendix B — Form of CFTC Compliance Letter

     23  

Appendix C — Form of New Fund Confirmation Letter

     25  

 

- 2 -


TRANSFER AGENCY AGREEMENT

This Transfer Agency Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is made as of January 1, 2015, by and among each of the BlackRock closed-end investment companies listed on Appendix A , as amended from time to time, having a principal office and place of business at 100 Bellevue Parkway, Wilmington, Delaware 19809 (each a “ Customer ” or a “ Fund ”), Computershare Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its fully owned subsidiary Computershare Trust Company, N.A., a federally chartered trust company (“ Trust Company ”), both doing business at 250 Royall Street, Canton, Massachusetts 02021 (collectively the “ Transfer Agent ” or “ Computershare ”).

WHEREAS , the Customer desires to appoint Trust Company as its sole transfer agent, registrar and dividend disbursing agent for the Shares, and administrator of dividend reinvestment plans, and Computershare Inc. as processor of all payments received or made by Customer under this Agreement;

WHEREAS , Trust Company and Computershare Inc. will each separately provide specified services covered by this Agreement and, in addition, Trust Company may arrange for Computershare Inc. to act on behalf of Trust Company in providing certain of its services covered by this Agreement;

WHEREAS , Trust Company and Computershare Inc. desire to accept such respective appointments and perform the services related to such appointments; and

WHEREAS , the Board of Directors or Trustees, as applicable, of each Customer has approved the appointment of the Transfer Agent and the form of this Agreement.

NOW THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants herein contained, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto agree to the statements made in the preceding paragraphs and as follows:

Section 1. Certain Definitions.

1933 Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

1934 Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

1940 Act ” means the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

Account ” or “ Accounts ” means the account of each Shareholder which account shall hold any full or fractional Shares held by such Shareholder, outstanding funds or reportable tax information.

Additional Services ” means any and all services which are not Services, but performed by Transfer Agent upon request of a Customer.

Agreement ” means this agreement and any and all appendices, exhibits or Schedules and any and all amendments or modifications, which may from time to time be executed.

Board of Directors ” means the Board of Directors or the Board of Trustees, as the case may be, of each Customer.

Dividend Reinvestment Plan ” means any dividend reinvestment plan, direct stock purchase plan, or other investment programs administered by the Trust Company for Customer, the services for which are as set forth in the Service Schedule.

Effective Date ” means the date first stated above.

Electronic Transmission ” means any form of communication, not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, which creates a record that may be retained, retrieved and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process.

Fee Letter ” means the fee letter attached to the Side Agreement as Schedule 1 , as may be amended from time to time.

Initial Term ” means the term commencing on the Effective Date and continuing for a period of one (1) year from such date.

 

- 3 -


KPI Document ” means the KPI document describing the agreed to service levels attached to the Side Agreement as Schedule 3 , as may be amended from time to time.

Schedule ” or “ Schedules ” means each schedule attached hereto, separately or collectively as the context requires, as the same may be amended from time to time.

SEC ” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

Securities Laws ” means the 1933 Act and the 1934 Act as applicable to the Transfer Agent.

Service Schedule ” means the service schedule attached to the Side Agreement as Schedule 2 .

Services ” means any and all services as further described herein and in the Service Schedule or the Schedules.

Share ” means common units of beneficial interest or common stock, as the case may be, of each Customer authorized by the Customer’s respective Declaration of Trust or Articles of Incorporation, as the case may be.

Side Agreement ” means the Side Agreement for Transfer Agency Services between the Customer and Transfer Agent dated as of January 1, 2015.

Shareholder ” means the holder of record of one or more Shares.

U.S. ” means the states of the United States of America, the District of Columbia, Guam, Puerto Rico, U.S. Virgin Islands and any territory or commonwealth of the United States of America with a formal local government substantially equivalent to a state government. Each will be referred to as a “ State ”.

Section 2. Appointment of Agent.

 

2.1

Appointment . The Fund hereby appoints the Trust Company to serve as sole transfer agent and registrar for the Shares, Shareholder servicing agent to the Fund and administrator of the Dividend Reinvestment Plans in accordance with the terms and conditions thereof and appoints Computershare Inc. as the service provider to the Trust Company and as processor of all payments received or made by or on behalf of Customer under this Agreement, and the Trust Company and Computershare Inc. accept such respective appointments and agree in connection with such appointments to furnish the Services expressly set forth in this Agreement. Computershare represents that it is currently registered with the SEC as a transfer agent and will remain so registered during the effectiveness of this Agreement.

 

2.2

Documents . In connection with the appointment of the Trust Company as the transfer agent and registrar for a Customer, the Customer will provide or has previously provided the following documents to the Transfer Agent:

 

  (a)

Copies of Registration Statements and amendments thereto, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission for initial public offerings; and

 

  (b)

Specimens of the Signatures of the officers of the Customer authorized to sign written instructions and requests.

 

2.3

Records . The books and records pertaining to the Customer required by Securities Laws and the 1940 Act which are in the possession or under the control of Computershare shall be the property of the Customer. Agent will prepare and maintain such books and records as required by Securities Laws, or as otherwise mutually agreed by the parties, subject to additional fees. Such books and records shall, to the extent practicable, be maintained separately for each Fund. Upon the reasonable request of the Fund, copies of any such books and records shall be provided by Computershare to an Authorized Person, and may be subject to a reasonable fee to be agreed upon by the parties. Transfer Agent may adopt as part of its records all lists of Shareholders, records of the Customer’s Shares, books, documents and records which have been employed by any former agent of the Customer for the maintenance of the ledgers for the Customer’s Shares, provided such ledger is certified by an officer of Customer or the prior transfer agent to be true, authentic and complete.

 

2.4

Shares . The Customer shall, if applicable, inform Transfer Agent as to (i) the existence or termination of any restrictions on the transfer of Shares and in the application to or removal from any book entry interest of stock of any legend restricting the transfer of such Shares or the substitution for such book entry interest of a book entry interest without such legend, (ii) any authorized but unissued Shares reserved for specific purposes, (iii) any outstanding shares which are exchangeable for Shares and the basis for exchange, (iv) reserved Shares subject to option and the details of such reservation and (v) special instructions regarding dividends and information of foreign holders.

 

- 4 -


2.5

Customer’s Agent . Transfer Agent represents that it is engaged in an independent business and will perform its obligations under this Agreement as an agent of the Customer.

 

2.6

Certificates . No physical certificates will be issued while this Agreement is in effect. All Shares issued while this Agreement is in effect shall be represented by book entry notations only.

Section 3. Standard Services.

 

3.1

Services . Computershare shall perform the Services set forth in the Service Schedule.

 

3.2

Information Security and Data Protection . Computershare shall comply with the provisions of Schedules 9 and 10 of the Side Agreement.

 

3.3

Reports and Information . Computershare shall provide the Funds with the reports specified in Schedule 6 of the Side Agreement within the periods of time prescribed in Schedule 6 of the Side Agreement and at no additional cost to the Funds.

 

3.4

Internet Services . Transfer Agent shall make available to Customer and Shareholders, through www.computershare.com (“ Web Site ”), online access to certain Account and Shareholder information and certain transaction capabilities (“ Internet Services ”), subject to Transfer Agent’s security procedures and the terms and conditions set forth herein and on the Web Site. Transfer Agent provides Internet Services on an “as available” basis as set forth in Schedule 2 of the Side Agreement, and hereby specifically disclaims any and all representations or warranties, express or implied, regarding such Internet Services, including any implied warranty of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose and implied warranties arising from course of dealing or course of performance. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Transfer Agent shall ensure that content as posted to Web Site by Transfer Agent is an accurate and complete reflection of information contained in Transfer Agent’s records database.

 

3.5

Proprietary Information . Customer agrees that the databases, programs, screen and report formats, interactive design techniques, Internet Services, software (including methods or concepts used therein, source code, object code, or related technical information) and documentation manuals furnished to Customer by Transfer Agent as part of the Services are under the control and ownership of Transfer Agent or a third party (including its affiliates) and constitute copyrighted, trade secret, or other proprietary information (collectively, “ Proprietary Information ”). In no event shall Proprietary Information be deemed Shareholder data. Customer agrees that Proprietary Information is of substantial value to Transfer Agent or other third party and will treat all Proprietary Information as confidential in accordance with Section 14 of this Agreement. Customer shall take reasonable efforts to advise its relevant employees and agents of its obligations pursuant to this Section 3.5. Subject to this Section 3.5, Transfer Agent grants to Customer a nonexclusive, nontransferable, royalty free license to use any Proprietary Information solely for the internal business purposes of Customer. Any rights to the Proprietary Information not expressly licensed hereunder are reserved by Transfer Agent.

 

3.6

Third Party Content . Transfer Agent may provide real-time or delayed quotations and other market information and messages (“ Market Data ”), which Market Data is provided to Transfer Agent by certain third parties who may assert a proprietary interest in Market Data disseminated by them but do not guarantee the timeliness, sequence, accuracy or completeness thereof. Customer agrees and acknowledges that Transfer Agent shall not be liable in any way for any loss or damage arising from or occasioned by any inaccuracy, error, delay in, omission of, or interruption in any Market Data or the transmission thereof.

 

3.7

Compliance with Laws . The Customer agrees the Transfer Agent is obligated to and the Transfer Agent agrees to comply with all applicable U.S. federal, state and local laws and regulations, codes, order and government rules in the performance of its duties under this Agreement.

Section 4. Fees and Expenses.

 

4.1

Fee Letters . As compensation for Services rendered by Computershare during the term of this Agreement, the Fund will pay to Computershare such fees and charges and reimburse Computershare for such expenses, as set forth in the Fee Letter or as may otherwise be agreed to from time to time in writing by the Fund and Computershare.

 

- 5 -


4.2

Adjustments . Notwithstanding Section 4.1 above, fees may be changed from time to time as agreed upon in writing between the Transfer Agent and the Customer.

 

4.3

Invoices . The Customer agrees to pay all fees and reimbursable expenses within forty-five (45) days of receipt of the respective billing notice, except for any fees or expenses that are subject to good faith dispute. In the event of such a dispute, the Customer may only withhold that portion of the fee or expense subject to the good faith dispute. The Customer shall notify the Transfer Agent within forty-five (45) days following the receipt of each billing notice if the Customer is disputing any amounts in good faith. If the Customer does not provide such notice of dispute within the required time, the billing notice will be deemed accepted by the Customer. The Customer shall settle such disputed amounts within a reasonable time following the day on which the parties agree on the amount to be paid by payment of the agreed amount. If no agreement is reached, then such disputed amounts shall be settled as may be required by law or legal process.

 

4.4

Late Payments.

(a) If any undisputed amount in an invoice of the Transfer Agent (for fees or reimbursable expenses) is not paid when due, the Customer shall pay the Transfer Agent interest thereon (from the due date to the date of payment) at a per annum rate equal to one percent (1.0%) plus the Prime Rate (that is, the base rate on corporate loans posted by large domestic Transfer Agents) published by The Wall Street Journal (or, in the event such rate is not so published, a reasonably equivalent published rate selected by Customer on the first day of publication during the month when such amount was due. Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, such interest rate shall be no greater than permitted under applicable provisions of Massachusetts law.

(b) The failure by Customer to pay an invoice within forty-five (45) days after written and telephonic notice to Customer that payment is overdue or the failure by the Customer to timely pay two consecutive invoices shall constitute a material breach pursuant to Section 16.3(a) below. Transfer Agent will provide notice by writing and telephone forty-five (45) days after payment is past due. The Transfer Agent may terminate this Agreement for such material breach immediately and shall not be obligated to provide the Customer with thirty (30) days to cure such breach.

 

4.5

Taxes . Customer shall pay all sales or use taxes in lieu thereof with respect to the Services (if applicable) provided by the Transfer Agent under this Agreement.

Section 5. Representations and Warranties of Transfer Agent.

 

5.1

Governance . Computershare Trust Company, N.A. is a federally chartered limited purpose national bank duly organized under the laws of the U.S. and Computershare Shareholder Services Inc. is a corporation validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and they have full corporate power, authority and legal right to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by Computershare has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action and constitutes the legal valid and binding obligation of Computershare enforceable against Computershare in accordance with its terms.

 

5.2

Compliance . The execution, delivery and performance of the Agreement by Computershare will not violate, conflict with or result in the breach of any material term, condition or provision of, or require the consent of any other party to, (i) any existing law, ordinance, or governmental rule or regulation to which Computershare is subject, (ii) any judgment, order, writ, injunction, decree or award of any court, arbitrator or governmental or governmental or regulatory official, body or authority which is applicable to Computershare, (iii) the incorporation documents or by-laws of, or any material agreement to which Computershare is a party.

 

5.3

Facilities . The Transfer Agent has and will continue to have access to the necessary facilities, equipment and personnel to perform its duties and obligations under this Agreement.

 

5.4

Insurance . The Transfer Agent shall procure and maintain in effect all insurance coverages required by law, and further, shall procure and maintain the policies of insurance (regardless of whether such insurance is required by law) covering claims and liabilities arising from this Agreement as identified in Schedule 8 of the Side Agreement.

 

- 6 -


Section 6. Representations and Warranties of Customer.

 

6.1

Each Customer severally and not jointly represents and warrants to the Transfer Agent that:

 

  (a)

Organization . It is a corporation or Trust duly organized and existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization;

 

  (b)

Governance . It is empowered under applicable laws and by its charter documents to enter into and perform this Agreement. All corporate proceedings required by said charter documents and applicable law have been taken to authorize it to enter into and perform this Agreement. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by each Customer has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or trust action and constitutes the legal valid and binding obligation of each Customer enforceable against each Customer in accordance with its terms;

 

  (c)

A registration statement under the 1933 Act has been filed and is currently effective, or will be effective prior to the sale of any Shares, and will remain so effective, and all appropriate state securities law filings have been made with respect to all the Shares of each Customer outstanding or being offered for sale except for any Shares which are offered in a transaction or series of transactions which are exempt from the registration requirements of the 1933 Act and state securities laws; information to the contrary will result in immediate notification to the Transfer Agent.

Section 7. Indemnification/Limitation of Liability.

 

7.1

Standard of Care . The Transfer Agent shall at all times act in good faith and agrees to use its best efforts within reasonable time limits to insure the accuracy of all Services performed under this Agreement, but assumes no responsibility and shall not be liable for loss or damage unless said loss or damage is caused by its negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct or that of its employees as set forth or breach of any representation or warranty of the Transfer Agent hereunder and subject to the limitations set forth hereunder in Section 7.4 7.3 below.

 

7.2

Customer Indemnity . The Transfer Agent shall not be responsible for, and the Customer shall indemnify and hold the Transfer Agent harmless from and against, any and all claims, losses, damages, costs, charges, payments, expenses, liability and, court costs, fees and expenses of attorneys, expert witnesses, and other professionals reasonably acceptable to Customer arising out of or attributable to:

 

  (a)

All actions of the Transfer Agent or its agents or subcontractors required to be taken pursuant to this Agreement, provided such actions are taken in good faith and without negligence or willful misconduct;

 

  (b)

The Customer’s bad faith, negligence or willful misconduct or the material breach of any representation or warranty of the Customer hereunder;

 

  (c)

The reliance or use by the Transfer Agent or its agents or subcontractors of information, records and documents which (i) are received by the Transfer Agent or its agents or subcontractors and furnished to it by or on behalf of the Customer, and (ii) have been prepared and /or maintained by the Customer or any other person or firm on behalf of the Customer;

 

  (d)

The reliance or use by the Transfer Agent or its agents or subcontractors of any paper or document reasonably believed to be genuine and to have been signed by the proper person or persons including Shareholders;

 

  (e)

The reliance on, or the carrying out by the Transfer Agent or its agents or subcontractors of any instructions or requests of the Customer’s representatives, provided such actions are taken in good faith and without negligence or willful misconduct; and

 

  (f)

The offer or sale of Shares in violation of any federal or state securities laws requiring that such shares be registered or in violation of any stop order or other determination or ruling by any federal or state agency with respect to the offer or sale of such Shares.

 

- 7 -


7.3

Instructions . From time to time, the Customer may provide Transfer Agent with instructions concerning the Services. In addition, at any time the Transfer Agent may apply to any officer of the Customer for instruction, and may consult with legal counsel reasonably acceptable to Customer with respect to any matter arising in connection with the services to be performed by the Transfer Agent under this Agreement, and Transfer Agent and its agents and subcontractors shall not be liable and shall be indemnified by the Customer for taking action or omitting to take action by it in reliance upon such instructions or upon the advice or opinion of such counsel provided that when the action is taken it is performed in good faith and without negligence or willful misconduct. The Transfer Agent, its agents and subcontractors shall be protected and indemnified in acting upon any paper or document reasonably believed to be genuine and to have been signed by the proper person or persons, or upon any instruction, information, data, records or documents provided the Transfer Agent or its agents or subcontractors by telephone, in person, machine readable input, telex, CRT data entry or similar means authorized by the Customer or the Fund, and shall not be held to have notice of any change of authority of any person, until receipt of written notice thereof from the Customer. The Transfer Agent, its agents and subcontractors shall also be protected and indemnified in recognizing stock certificates which are reasonably believed to bear the proper manual or facsimile signatures of officers of the Customer, and the proper countersignature of any former transfer agent or former registrar, or of a co-transfer agent or co-registrar.

 

7.4

Transfer Agent Indemnification/Limitation of Liability . Transfer Agent shall be responsible for and shall indemnify and hold the Customer harmless from and against any and all claims, losses, damages, costs, charges, payments, expenses, liability, court costs, and reasonable fees and expenses of attorneys, expert witnesses, and other professionals, arising out of or attributable to Transfer Agent’s refusal or failure to comply with the terms of this Agreement, or which arise out of Transfer Agent’s bad faith, negligence or willful misconduct or which arise out of the breach of any representation or warranty of Transfer Agent hereunder, for which Transfer Agent is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement. Any liability of the Transfer Agent shall be limited as set forth in Schedule 11 of the Side Agreement.

 

7.5

Events Beyond Reasonable Control . Neither party nor its affiliates shall be liable for any loss (including loss caused by delays, failure, errors, interruption or loss of data) or breach hereunder occurring directly or indirectly by reason of any event or circumstance, whether foreseeable or unforeseeable, which despite the taking of commercially reasonable measures is beyond its reasonable control, including without limitation: natural disasters, such as floods, hurricanes, tornados, earthquakes and wildfires; epidemics; action or inaction of civil or military authority; war, terrorism, riots or insurrection; criminal acts; job action by organized labor; interruption, loss or malfunction of utilities, transportation, computer or communications capabilities; nonperformance by third parties (other than subcontractors of Transfer Agent for duties or obligations described herein, except to the extent that such non-performance would be an Event Beyond Reasonable Control of Transfer Agent if Transfer Agent was itself the non-performing party and the event(s) referenced above had affected Transfer Agent); or functions or malfunctions of the internet, firewalls, encryption systems or security devices caused by any of the foregoing (all and any of the foregoing being an “ Event Beyond Reasonable Control ”). Upon the occurrence of an Event Beyond Reasonable Control, the affected party shall be excused from any non-performance caused by the Event Beyond Reasonable Control for so long such affected party continues to use commercially reasonable efforts to attempt to perform the obligation so impacted.

 

7.6

Notice . In order that the indemnification provisions contained in this Section 7 shall apply, upon the assertion of a claim for which one party may be required to indemnify the other, the party seeking indemnification shall promptly notify the other party of such assertion, and shall keep the other party advised with respect to all developments concerning such claim. The indemnifying party shall have the option to participate with the indemnified party in the defense of such claim or to defend against said claim in its own name or the name of the indemnified party. The indemnified party shall in no case confess any claim or make any compromise in any case in which the indemnifying party may be required to indemnify it except with the indemnifying party’s prior written consent.

Section 8. Service Fee Credits; Service Levels.

 

8.1

The KPI Document sets forth provisions applicable to the determination and assessment of “ Service Fee Credits”, as such term is defined in the KPI Document. Service Fee Credits shall not be an exclusive remedy for any loss incurred as a result of breach conduct (which may be claimable as damages pursuant to the terms of this Agreement), but are intended to be a form of recompense to the Fund for failure by the Transfer Agent to

 

- 8 -


  deliver the Services in a proper, timely and consistent manner, in view of the key significance that the service levels have to the Fund. The application of Service Fee Credits shall be without prejudice to any rights of the Fund under this Agreement including the right of the Fund to terminate this Agreement pursuant to the terms of the Agreement or to claim damages from Transfer Agent, pursuant to the terms of the Agreement, as a result of any matter constituting breach conduct that contributes to circumstances that cause Service Fee Credits that accrue to the Customer.

 

8.2

The Services provided by Computershare to the Fund shall be provided in accordance with the terms of the KPI Document, as relevant. The KPI Document is subject to change, as agreed in writing between the parties.

Section 9. Damages.

 

9.1

NOTWITHSTANDING ANY OTHER PROVISION OF THE AGREEMENT, IN NO EVENT SHALL ANY PARTY, ITS AFFILIATES OR ANY OF ITS OR THEIR DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS OR SUBCONTRACTORS BE LIABLE UNDER ANY THEORY OF TORT, CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY OR OTHER LEGAL OR EQUITABLE THEORY FOR LOST PROFITS, FOR EXEMPLARY, PUNITIVE, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, OR FOR ANY OTHER DAMAGES WHICH ARE NOT DIRECT DAMAGES REGARDLESS OF WHETHER SUCH DAMAGES WERE OR SHOULD HAVE BEEN FORESEEABLE AND REGARDLESS OF WHETHER ANY ENTITY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES, ALL AND EACH OF WHICH DAMAGES IS HEREBY EXCLUDED BY AGREEMENT OF THE PARTIES. FOR PURPOSES OF CLARIFICATION: NO OTHER PROVISION OF THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE INTERPRETED TO CONDITION, LIMIT, MODIFY, NULLIFY OR OTHERWISE PREVAIL IN WHOLE OR IN PART OVER THIS SECTION 9.

Section 10. Responsibilities of the Transfer Agent.

 

10.1

The Transfer Agent undertakes the duties and obligations imposed by this Agreement upon the following terms and conditions, by all of which the Customer, by its acceptance hereof, shall be bound:

 

  (a)

Whenever in the performance of its duties hereunder the Transfer Agent shall deem it necessary or desirable that any fact or matter be proved or established prior to taking or suffering any action hereunder, such fact or matter may be deemed to be conclusively proved and established by a certificate signed by the Chairman of the Board, the President, any Vice President, the Treasurer, any Assistant treasurer, the Secretary any Assistant Secretary or Chief Financial Officer of the Customer and delivered to the Transfer Agent. Such certificate shall be full authorization to the Transfer Agent for any action taken or suffered in good faith by it under the provisions of this Agreement in reliance upon such certificate provided the action taken is without negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct.

 

  (b)

The Customer agrees that it will perform, execute, acknowledge and deliver or cause to be performed, executed, acknowledged and delivered all such further and other acts, instruments and assurances as may reasonably be required by the Transfer Agent for the carrying out, or performing by the Transfer Agent of the provisions of this Agreement.

 

  (c)

Transfer Agent, any of its affiliates or subsidiaries, and any stockholder, director, officer or employee of the Transfer Agent may buy, sell or deal in the securities of the Customer or become pecuniary interested in any transaction in which the Customer may be interested, or contract with or lend money to the Customer or otherwise act as fully and freely as though it were not appointed as agent under this Agreement. Nothing herein shall preclude the Transfer Agent from acting in any other capacity for the Customer or for any other legal entity.

 

  (d)

No provision of this Agreement shall require the Transfer Agent to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or in the exercise of its rights if it shall believe in good faith that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnification against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.

 

- 9 -


Section 11. Covenants of the Customer and Transfer Agent.

 

11.1

Customer Corporate Authority . The Customer has previously furnished or shall furnish to the Transfer Agent the following:

 

  (a)

A copy of the Articles of incorporation and By-Laws of the Customer;

 

  (b)

Copies of all material amendments to its Articles of Incorporation or By-Laws made after the date of this Agreement, promptly after such amendments are made; and

 

  (c)

A certificate of the Customer as to the Shares authorized, issued and outstanding, as well as a description of all reserves of unissued shares relating to the exercise of options, warrants or a conversion of debentures or otherwise.

 

11.2

Transfer Agent Facilities . The Transfer Agent hereby agrees to establish and maintain facilities and procedures consistent with industry standards for the safekeeping of check forms and facsimile signature imprinting devices, if any, and for the preparation, use, and recordkeeping of such forms and devices.

 

11.3

Notification . Customer shall notify the Transfer Agent as soon as possible in advance of any stock split, stock dividend or any similar event which may affect the Shares and any bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium or other proceeding regarding Customer affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Agreement to the contrary, the Transfer Agent will have no obligation to perform any Services under the Agreement subsequent to the commencement of any bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium or other proceeding regarding Customer affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights unless the Transfer Agent receives assurance satisfactory to it that it will receive full payment for such services. Further, Customer may not assume the Agreement after the filing of a bankruptcy petition without the Transfer Agent’s written consent.

 

11.4

Summary of Policies and Procedures . Transfer Agent shall upon request provide Customer with a summary of any of its policies and procedures relating to Services or this Agreement and provide prompt summary e-mail notification of material changes to such policies and procedures

Section 12. Addition or Deletion of a Fund.

 

12.1

The parties shall cooperate to update Appendix A (e.g. ,add or remove a Fund) within thirty (30) days of the end of each calendar quarter to reflect the addition or deletion of any Fund receiving Services pursuant to this Agreement.

 

12.2

The parties agree that Appendix A may be amended for purposes of Section 12.1 and otherwise without an executed written amendment if (a) any member of the BlackRock Relationship Team (as identified in Schedule 4 of the Side Agreement) delivers by email to the Transfer Agent Senior Customer Service Officer or a Transfer Agent Customer Service Officer (all as identified in Schedule 4 of the Side Agreement) (i) a copy of an amended and restated Appendix A , dated as of the date such amended and restated Appendix A is intended to be effective, and (ii) to the extent a Fund is being added, a letter substantially in the format stated in Appendix C signed by an authorized officer of such Fund confirming the addition of such Fund as a party to the Agreement, and (b) the Transfer Agent Senior Customer Service Officer or a Transfer Agent Customer Service Officer, as the case may be, receiving the email message and attachment(s) acknowledges in a responding email that the amended and restated Appendix A has been received.

 

12.3

The parties agree that Funds listed on Appendix A, as it may be amended from time to time, automatically agree to be bound by the terms of the Side Agreement.

 

12.4

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Transfer Agent determines and advises the Customer that additions or revisions to the SCRIP System are necessary in order to accommodate any such new fund the Customer shall be deemed to have submitted a request for an amendment to the Agreement.

Section 13. Audits and Site Visits.

 

13.1

Subject to the further provisions of this Section 13, a reasonable number of representatives of the Customer together, if applicable, with auditors associated with a firm of certified independent public accountants (“ Auditor Firms”) may, during normal weekday business hours, upon giving the Transfer Agent at least

 

- 10 -


  twenty (20) days advance notice, no more frequently than once per year (unless required by Customer’s regulators or in response to a previously-identified deficiency, in which event the additional audit will only relate to such deficiency), except that, at mutually agreed dates, and subject to the Transfer Agent’s reasonable security, privacy and confidentiality policies and procedures inspect the Transfer Agent premises principally utilized to perform the Services and related operations, and (ii) examine on-site any books and records required to be maintained by the Transfer Agent in connection with the performance of the Services and the written procedures utilized by the Transfer Agent in performing the Services, solely to determine the Transfer Agent’s compliance with this Agreement.

 

13.2

During the annual site visit by the BlackRock Relationship Team at mutually agreed dates, and subject to the Transfer Agent’s reasonable security, privacy and confidentiality policies and procedures the Customer may, subject to the further provisions of this Section 13, (i) inspect the Transfer Agent premises principally utilized to perform the Services and related operations, and (ii) request the Transfer Agent provide system and transaction processing demonstrations, and (iii) make available employees with knowledge about the Services performed to conduct discussions with the Customer and answer reasonable questions of the Customer about such subjects.

 

13.3

Subject to the further provisions of this Section 13, and Transfer Agent’s reasonable security, privacy and confidentiality policies and procedures. Transfer Agent will give regulatory authorities with jurisdiction over the Customer, upon reasonable advance written notice and during normal weekday business hours, the ability to (i) inspect the Transfer Agent premises principally utilized to perform the Services and related operations, and (ii) examine on-site any books and records required to be maintained by the Transfer Agent in connection with the performance of the Services.

 

13.4

Transfer Agent shall not be required in connection with any site visits under this Section 13 to engage in any conduct that would significantly interfere with or disrupt the normal business operations of the Transfer Agent. The Transfer Agent may, in its sole discretion, prohibit the Customer, personnel of Auditor Firms, and regulators of the Customer from entering certain areas of its facilities for security reasons, in which case the Transfer Agent will provide the Customer with alternative access to the books and records, information or personnel in such restricted area, to the extent reasonably possible. Audits shall not include penetration testing. Any audit under this Section 13 includes the right to inspect the books and records of the Transfer Agent on-site at Transfer Agent’s office, but not the right to copy any records. The Customer will provide the Transfer Agent with a written scope of work including a mutually agreed level of detail, at least ten (10) business days in advance of commencement of any audit. Personnel of Auditor Firms or regulators of the Customer, who in the sole judgment of the Transfer Agent will have access to customer, confidential, proprietary or other privileged information of the Transfer Agent, must prior to the site visit if so requested by the Transfer Agent execute confidentiality agreements containing terms reasonably satisfactory to the Transfer Agent. The Transfer Agent shall not under any circumstances be obligated to divulge any information that is prohibited by law or by a confidentiality agreement with a third party.

 

13.5

The Customer will compensate the Transfer Agent for all out of pocket expenses incurred in connection with any audit under this Section 13, and will also compensate the Transfer Agent, in accordance with the Transfer Agent’s fee schedule in effect at the time of such audit, for the time of each of the Transfer Agent’s employees required to assist with such audit; provided, however, that in no event shall the Customer be charged for the time incurred by the Transfer Agent’s Relationship Management employees required to assist with such audit.

Section 14. Confidentiality.

 

14.1

Each party shall keep the Confidential Information (as defined in below) of the other party in confidence and will not use or disclose or allow access to or use of such Confidential Information except as set forth in Section 14.4 below. Each party acknowledges that the Confidential Information of the disclosing party will remain the sole property of such party. In complying with the first sentence of this Section 14.1, each party will use at least the same degree of care it uses to protect its own confidential information, but in no event less than a commercially reasonable degree of care.

 

14.2

Subject to Sections 14.3 and 14.4 below, “ Confidential Information ” means (i) except to the extent disclosure may be required by the Securities Laws or the 1940 Act, the terms and conditions (but not the existence of) this

 

- 11 -


  Agreement, all compensation agreements, arrangements and understandings (including waivers) respecting this Agreement, disputes pertaining to the Agreement, and information about a party’s exercise of rights hereunder, performance of obligations hereunder or other conduct of a party in connection with the Agreement, in whatever form, and (ii) information and data of, owned by or about a disclosing party or its affiliates, customers, or subcontractors that may be provided to the other party or become known to the other party in the course of the relationship established by this Agreement, regardless of form or content, including but not limited to (A) competitively sensitive material, and not generally known to the public, including, but not limited to, studies, plans, reports, surveys, summaries, documentation and analyses, regardless of form, information about product plans, marketing strategies, finances, operations, customer relationships, customer profiles, customer lists, sales estimates, business plans, and internal performance results relating to the past, present or future business activities of the Fund or Computershare, their respective subsidiaries and Affiliates and the customers, clients and suppliers of any of them; (B) scientific, technical or technological information, a design, process, procedure, formula, or improvement that is commercially valuable and secret in the sense that its confidentiality affords the Fund or Computershare a competitive advantage over its competitors; (C) a confidential or proprietary concept, Proprietary Information, documentation, report, data, specification, computer software, source code, object code, flow chart, database, invention, know how, trade secret, whether or not patentable or copyrightable; (D) information related to security, disaster recovery, business continuity and any other operational plans, procedures, practices and protocols, and (E) anything designated as confidential.

 

14.3

Information or data that would otherwise constitute Confidential Information under Section 14.2 shall not constitute Confidential Information to the extent it:

 

  (a)

is already known to the receiving party at the time it is obtained;

 

  (b)

is or becomes publicly known or available through no wrongful act of the receiving party;

 

  (c)

is rightfully received from a third party who, to the receiving party’s knowledge, is not under a duty of confidentiality;

 

  (d)

is released by the protected party to a third party without restriction; or

 

  (e)

has been or is independently developed or obtained by the receiving party without reference to the Confidential Information provided by the protected party.

 

14.4

Confidential Information of a disclosing party may be used or disclosed by the receiving party in the circumstances set forth below but except for such permitted use or disclosure shall remain Confidential Information subject to all applicable terms of this Agreement:

 

  (a)

in connection with activities contemplated by this Agreement;

 

  (b)

as required by law or regulation or pursuant to a court order, subpoena, order or request of a governmental or regulatory or self-regulatory authority or agency, or binding discovery request in pending litigation (provided that, other than for requests to the Transfer Agent for Shareholder records pursuant to standard subpoenas from state or federal government authorities (e.g., divorce and criminal actions) the receiving party will provide the other party written notice of such requirement or request, to the extent such notice is permitted, and subject to proper jurisdiction, if applicable);

 

  (c)

in connection with inquiries, examinations, audits or other reviews by a governmental, regulatory or self-regulatory authority or agency, audits by independent auditors or requests for advice or opinions from counsel;

 

  (d)

the information or data is relevant and material to any claim or cause of action between the parties or the defense of any claim or cause of action asserted against the receiving party; or

 

  (e)

as otherwise agreed in writing between the parties.

 

14.5

Subject to the exceptions in Section 14.4, each party agrees not to publicly disseminate Confidential Information of the other party or mutual Confidential Information.

 

14.6

Notwithstanding Section 20.8 (Survival) of this Agreement, the provisions of this Section 14 shall survive termination of this Agreement for a period of three (3) years after such termination.

 

- 12 -


Section 15. Privacy.

 

15.1

Computershare agrees to implement and maintain appropriate security measures to protect “personal information”, as that term is defined in 201 CMR 17.00: Standards For The Protection Of Personal Information Of Residents Of The Commonwealth (“ Massachusetts Privacy Regulation”), consistent with the Massachusetts Privacy Regulation and any applicable federal regulations. Computershare shall treat non-public personal information of Shareholders as confidential, and shall not disclose such information except in connection with carrying out the Services set forth in this Agreement, as required by law or regulation, or as allowed in this Agreement.

Section 16. Term and Termination.

 

16.1

Term . This Agreement shall be effective from the Effective Date and shall remain in full force and effect and continue through to the end of the Initial Term and shall, upon the expiration thereof, be automatically renewed thereafter for successive one (1) year terms, unless terminated pursuant to Section 16.

 

16.2

Termination for Convenience . Either party may terminate this Agreement by providing a written notice of termination to the other party, specifying the date this Agreement will terminate as follows: (a) if terminated by Customer, at least ninety (90) days and not more than 365 days in advance of the termination date so specified in the notice, or (b) if terminated by Computershare, at least 180 days and not more than 365 days in advance of the termination date so specified in the notice.

 

16.3

Termination for Cause . Without prejudice to its other rights under this Agreement, a party (the “ Terminating Party”) shall be entitled to terminate this Agreement if:

 

  (a)

the other party commits a material breach of the Agreement which is capable of being remedied but, following receipt of written notice of such material breach from the Terminating Party, the breaching party does not remedy the material breach within ninety (90) days of receiving such notice (or within such other period as the Customer and the Transfer Agent may agree upon following receipt of such notice). In such case, the Terminating Party may terminate this Agreement by providing a written notice of termination to the breaching party, specifying the date as of which this Agreement will terminate, which may be any date, including the date such written notice is provided, however, the failure by the Customer to pay an invoiced Fee which is subject to a good faith dispute shall not constitute a material breach of the Agreement;

 

  (b)

a party commits a material breach of the Agreement which is not capable of being remedied. In such case, the Terminating Party may terminate this Agreement by providing a written notice of termination to the breaching party, specifying the date as of which this Agreement will terminate, which may be any date ninety (90) days from the date such written notice is provided;

 

  (c)

In the case of Transfer Agent assigning this Agreement pursuant to Section 17.1, Customer may terminate this Agreement. Customer must exercise its right to terminate pursuant to this Section 16.3(c) within sixty (60) days from the date Customer receives notice of such assignment and must provide the Transfer Agent with not less than ninety (90) days prior written notice of termination.

 

  (d)

a party ceases to maintain a regulatory license, registration, permission or authorization that, in the case of the Transfer Agent materially impairs its ability to provide the Services or any material portion thereof or in the case of the Customer, materially alters its ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement; or

 

  (e)

the other party becomes the subject of a significant action (such as an enforcement action or investigation) by a regulatory authority with jurisdiction over that party that materially impacts, in the case of the Transfer Agent, its ability to provide Services and, in the case of the Customer, its ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement.

 

16.4

Regulatory Necessity . In the event the Customer, is required by the written directive an applicable provincial or federal regulatory or self-regulatory organization with jurisdiction over the Customer (the “ Issuing Regulator”) to terminate this Agreement or to cease to receive or procure one or more Services from the Transfer Agent or to cease to carry on the business for the purpose of which it requires the Services due to any

 

- 13 -


  circumstance relating specifically to the Transfer Agent (a “ Termination Directive”), the Customer shall provide the Transfer Agent with a copy of the Termination Directive as promptly as permitted by such Termination Directive, if permitted, and thereafter be entitled to terminate the Agreement or impacted Services in accordance with the requirements of the Termination Directive.

 

16.5

Termination by the Customer . The Customer may terminate this Agreement by providing a written notice of termination to the Transfer Agent, specifying the date as of which this Agreement will terminate, which may be any date, including the date such written notice is provided, provided the circumstances described below giving rise to the termination right are continuing at the time of the Transfer Agent’s receipt of such written notice, if as a result of an Event Beyond Reasonable Control:

 

  (a)

The Transfer Agent is prevented from performing the whole or substantially the whole of the Services, or of any key elements of the Services, for a continuous period in excess of sixty (60) days; or

 

  (b)

The Transfer Agent is prevented from performing the whole or substantially the whole of the Services, or of any key elements of the Services for a continuous period in excess of fourteen (14) days and during that period it has not used all commercially reasonable efforts to: find a solution by which its obligations under this Agreement may be performed despite the continuance of the Event Beyond Reasonable Control; or attempt to perform the impacted obligations, including by implementing its business continuity and disaster recovery plan.

 

16.6

Insolvency .

 

  (a)

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Customer or the Transfer Agent may in their or its sole discretion terminate this Agreement immediately by sending notice thereof to the other party upon the happening of any of the following to such other party:

 

  (i)

such party commences as debtor any case or proceeding under any bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law, or there is commenced against such party any such case or proceeding;

 

  (ii)

such party commences as debtor any case or proceeding seeking the appointment of a receiver, conservator, trustee, custodian or similar official for such party or any substantial part of its property or there is commenced against such party any such case or proceeding;

 

  (iii)

such party makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; or

 

  (iv)

such party states in any medium, written, electronic or otherwise, any public communication or in any other public manner its inability to pay debts as they come due.

 

  (b)

Each of the Customer, and the Transfer Agent may exercise its termination right under Section 16 at any time after the occurrence of any of the foregoing events notwithstanding that such event may cease to be continuing prior to such exercise, and any delay in exercising this right shall not be construed as a waiver or other extinguishment of that right. Any exercise by the Customer or the Transfer Agent of its termination right under Section 16 shall be without any prejudice to any other remedies or rights available to such party and shall not be subject to any fee or penalty, whether monetary or equitable. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, notice of termination under this Section 16 shall be considered given and effective when given, not when received.

 

16.7

Each party will notify the other party promptly of any occurrence of the circumstances specified in Sections 16.2, 16.3, 16.4, 16.5, and 16.6. No failure or delay by a party to give any such notice will prejudice or limit the rights of the other party to terminate this Agreement (whether arising out of, in connection with or relating to this Agreement or otherwise).

 

16.8

Records . Upon receipt of written notice of termination, the parties will use commercially practicable efforts to effect an orderly termination of this Agreement. Subject to the provisions in Schedule 7 of the Side Agreement, the Transfer Agent will deliver promptly to the Customer electronically or in other media, in Computershare’s industry standard format, all stockholder and other records, files and data supplied to or compiled by the Transfer Agent on behalf of the Customer, subject to applicable law and Transfer Agent’s records management policy.

 

- 14 -


Section 17. Assignment.

 

17.1

Affiliates . Upon thirty (30) days prior written notice to Customer, the Transfer Agent may, without further consent of the Customer assign its right and obligations hereunto to any affiliated and registered transfer agent under Rule 17Ac2-1 promulgated under the 1934 Act. The Transfer Agent will not assign its rights and obligations to any other person without the Customer’s prior written consent.

 

17.2

Sub-contractors . The Transfer Agent may, without further consent of the Customer, subcontract with (a) any affiliates, or (b) unaffiliated subcontractors such services as may be required from time to time (e.g. , lost shareholder searches, escheatment, telephone and mailing services); provided, however, that the Transfer Agent shall be as fully responsible to the Customer for the acts and omissions of any subcontractor as it is for its own acts and omissions.

Section 18. Unaffiliated Third Parties.

 

18.1

Nothing herein shall impose any duty upon the Transfer Agent in connection with or make the Transfer Agent liable for the actions or omissions to act of unaffiliated third parties such as, by way of example and not limitation, airborne services, the U.S. mails and telecommunication companies, provided, if the Transfer Agent selected such company, the Transfer Agent shall have exercised due care in selecting the same.

Section 19. Disaster Recovery.

 

19.1

Computershare shall maintain or arrange with third parties for back-up facilities (“ Back-Up Facilities ”) to the primary operations and data centers used by Computershare to provide the Services (“ Primary Facilities ”). The Back-Up Facilities will be capable of providing the Services in the event an incident to the Primary Facilities significantly interrupts the delivery of a significant Service. In the event of equipment failures, Computershare shall, at no additional expense to the Fund, take reasonable steps to minimize service interruptions, including using the Back-Up Facilities where appropriate.

 

19.2

Computershare shall develop and maintain a business continuity plan containing disaster recovery procedures for its data centers and operations facilities (“ Business Continuity Plan ”). Computershare will provide business continuity and disaster recovery services in accordance with its Business Continuity Plan. Computershare’s Business Continuity Plan will at a minimum contain:

 

  (a)

Crisis management procedures for command and control during a disaster;

 

  (b)

Emergency notification process;

 

  (c)

Activation procedures including assignment of the authority to activate;

 

  (d)

Recovery process;

 

  (e)

Procedures and accommodations for the recovery of systems, applications and networks; and

 

  (f)

Identification of external service providers required for recovery, including but not limited to, disaster recovery service providers, equipment maintenance, transportation, salvage and building maintenance.

 

19.3

Annually, or upon the Fund’s reasonable request, Computershare will certify that its Business Continuity Plan complies with the provisions of this Section 19 and Schedule 5 of the Side Agreement.

 

19.4

Attached to the Side Agreement as Schedule 5 is an executive summary of the Business Continuity Plan as the Business Continuity Plan was constituted on the Effective Date which sets forth in reasonable detail the characteristics of the Business Continuity Plan. Computershare shall annually provide the Fund with an executive summary in written form of the Business Continuity Plan, updated as necessary to incorporate into the executive summary, as of the date provided, summaries of any changes to the Business Continuity Plan since the Effective Date, or the date of the last executive summary of the Business Continuity Plan provided to the Fund, as the case may be.

 

- 15 -


Section 20. Miscellaneous.

 

20.1

Notices .

All notices or other communications required to be given pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing, including by Electronic Transmission, and shall be deemed given when (i) delivered in person, by overnight delivery through a commercial courier service, or by registered or certified mail or (ii) delivered by electronic mail directed to the electronic mail address set out in this Section 20. Notices shall be addressed to each party at its address set forth below, or such other address as the recipient may have specified by earlier notice to the sender.

If to the Customer:

c/o BlackRock Advisors, LLC

100 Bellevue Parkway

Wilmington, Delaware 19809

Attn: TA Oversight

E-mail: Matthew.luongo@blackrock.com

If to the Transfer Agent:

Computershare Trust Company, N.A.

250 Royall Street

Canton, MA 02021

Attn: Client Services

E-mail: Jennifer.bridges@computershare.com

The Transfer Agent and the Customer may, by notice to the other, designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

 

20.2

Successors .

All the covenants and provisions of this Agreement by or for the benefit of the Customer or the Transfer Agent shall bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns hereunder.

 

20.3

Amendments .

This Agreement may be amended or modified by a written amendment executed by both parties hereto and, to the extent required by Customer, authorized or approved by a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Customer, subject to the provisions of Section 12.

 

20.4

Severability .

If any term, provision, covenant or restriction of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction or other authority to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provision, covenants and restrictions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated.

 

20.5

Governing Law .

This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

 

20.6

Descriptive Headings .

Descriptive headings of the several sections of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not control or affect the meaning or construction of any of the provisions hereof.

 

20.7

Third Party Beneficiaries .

The provisions of this Agreement are intended to benefit only the Transfer Agent, the Customer and their respective permitted successors and assigns. No rights shall be granted to any other person by virtue of this Agreement, and there are no third party beneficiaries hereof.

 

- 16 -


20.8

Survival .

All provisions regarding indemnification, warranty, liability and limits thereon, and confidentiality and protection of proprietary rights and trade secrets shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

20.9

Merger of Agreement .

This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto and supersedes any prior agreement with respect to the subject matter hereof, whether oral or written.

 

20.10

Priorities .

In the event of any conflict, discrepancy, or ambiguity between the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement and any schedules or attachments hereto, the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement shall take precedence.

 

20.11

Counterparts .

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and each of such counterparts shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original, and all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument. A signature to this Agreement transmitted electronically shall have the same authority, effect, and enforceability as an original signature.

 

- 17 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has caused this Agreement to be executed by one of its officers thereunto duly authorized, all as of the date first written above.

 

Computershare Trust Company, N.A. and

Computershare Inc.

   
On Behalf of Both Entities:    

On Behalf of the BlackRock Closed-End

Investment Companies Listed on Appendix A:

By:  

/s/ Martin J. McHale, Jr.

    By:  

/s/ Neal J. Andrews

Name:   Martin J. McHale, Jr.     Name:   Neal J. Andrews
Title:   President, U.S. Equity Services     Title:   Chief Financial Officer
Date:   1/7/15     Date:  

 

- 18 -


Appendix A

Fund List

 

Coy

(Legacy

Co

Code)

   Company Name     
BAF    BlackRock Municipal Income Investment Quality Trust   
BBF    BlackRock Municipal Income Investment Trust   
BBK    BlackRock Municipal Bond Trust   
BBN    BlackRock Build America Bond Trust   
BCX    BlackRock Resources & Commodities Strategy Trust   
BDJ    BlackRock Enhanced Equity Dividend Trust   
BFK    BlackRock Municipal Income Trust   
BFO    BlackRock Florida Municipal 2020 Term Trust   
BFY    BlackRock New York Municipal Income Trust II   
BFZ    BlackRock California Municipal Income Trust   
BGRT    BlackRock Energy & Resources Trust   
BGT    BlackRock Floating Rate Income Trust   
BGY    BlackRock International Growth & Income Trust   
BHK    BlackRock Core Bond Trust   
BHL    BlackRock Defined Opportunity Credit Trust   
BHV    BlackRock Virginia Municipal Bond Trust   
BIE    BlackRock Municipal Bond Investment Trust   
BIT    BlackRock Multi-Sector Income Trust   
BJZ    BlackRock California Municipal 2018 Term Trust   
BKK    BlackRock Municipal 2020 Term Trust   
BKN    BlackRock Investment Quality Municipal Trust   

 

- 19 -


Coy

(Legacy

Co

Code)

   Company Name     
BKT    BlackRock Income Trust, Inc.   
BLE    BlackRock Municipal Income Trust II   
BLH    BlackRock New York Municipal 2018 Term Trust   
BLJ    BlackRock New Jersey Municipal Bond Trust   
BLW    BlackRock Limited Duration Income Trust   
BME    BlackRock Health Sciences Trust   
BNJ    BlackRock New Jersey Municipal Income Trust   
BNY    BlackRock New York Municipal Income Trust   
BOE    BlackRock Global Opportunities Equity Trust   
BPK    BlackRock Municipal 2018 Term Trust   
BPS    BlackRock Pennsylvania Strategic Municipal Trust   
BQH    BlackRock New York Municipal Bond Trust   
BSD    BlackRock Strategic Municipal Trust   
BSE    BlackRock New York Municipal Income Quality Trust   
BST    BlackRock Science and Technology Trust   
BTA    BlackRock Long-Term Municipal Advantage Trust   
BTT    BlackRock Municipal Target Term Trust   
BTZ    BlackRock Credit Allocation Income Trust   
BUI    BlackRock Utility and Infrastructure Trust   
BYM    BlackRock Municipal Income Quality Trust   
BZM    BlackRock Maryland Municipal Bond Trust   
CII    BlackRock Enhanced Capital & Income Fund, Inc.   
DSU    BlackRock Debt Strategies Fund, Inc.   
EGF    BlackRock Enhanced Government Fund, Inc.   

 

- 20 -


Coy

(Legacy

Co

Code)

   Company Name     
FRA    BlackRock Floating Rate Income Strategies Fund, Inc.   
HYT    BlackRock Corporate High Yield Fund, Inc.   
MCA    BlackRock MuniYield California Quality Fund, Inc.   
MEN    BlackRock MuniEnhanced Fund, Inc.   
MFL    BlackRock MuniHoldings Investment Quality Fund   
MFT    BlackRock MuniYield Investment Quality Fund   
MHD    BlackRock MuniHoldings Fund, Inc.   
MHE    BlackRock Massachusetts Tax-Exempt Trust   
MHN    BlackRock MuniHoldings New York Quality Fund, Inc.   
MIY    BlackRock MuniYield Michigan Quality Fund, Inc.   
MJI    BlackRock MuniYield New Jersey Quality Fund, Inc.   
MNE    BlackRock Muni New York Intermediate Duration Fund   
MPA    BlackRock MuniYield Pennsylvania Quality Fund   
MQT    BlackRock MuniYield Quality Fund II, Inc.   
MQY    BlackRock MuniYield Quality Fund, Inc.   
MUA    BlackRock MuniAssets Fund, Inc.   
MUC    BlackRock MuniHoldings California Quality Fund, Inc.   
MUE    BlackRock Muniholdings Quality Fund II, Inc.   
MUH    BlackRock MuniHoldings Fund II, Inc.   
MUI    BlackRock Muni Intermediate Duration Fund, Inc.   
MUJ    BlackRock MuniHoldings New Jersey Quality Fund, Inc.   
MUS    BlackRock MuniHoldings Quality Fund, Inc.   
MVF    BlackRock MuniVest Fund, Inc.   
MVT    BlackRock MuniVest Fund II, Inc.   

 

- 21 -


Coy

(Legacy

Co

Code)

   Company Name     
MYCF    BlackRock MuniYield California Fund, Inc.   
MYD    BlackRock MuniYield Fund, Inc.   
MYFD    BlackRock MuniYield Investment Fund   
MYI    BlackRock MuniYield Quality Fund III, Inc.   
MYJ    BlackRock MuniYield New Jersey Fund, Inc.   
MYM    BlackRock MuniYield Michigan Quality Fund II, Inc.   
MYN    BlackRock MuniYield New York Quality Fund, Inc.   
MZA    BlackRock MuniYield Arizona Fund, Inc.   

 

- 22 -


Appendix B

Form of CFTC Compliance Letter

[DATE]

BlackRock

100 Bellevue Parkway

Wilmington, DE 19809

Re: Retention of Books and Records

Dear Sir or Madam:

This letter is provided with respect to the BlackRock Core Bond Trust (NYSE: BHK) and BlackRock Income Trust, Inc. (NYSE: BKT) (each a “ Fund ” and together the “ Funds ”) that are regulated by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“ CFTC ”) as commodity pools. BlackRock Advisors, LLC (the “ Advisor ”) is a registered commodity pool operator acting as the investment advisor and commodity pool operator of the Funds.

The Funds are party to an agreement with Computershare Trust Company, N.A. and Computershare Inc. (together, “ Computershare ”) pursuant to which Computershare Trust Company, N.A. has been appointed as the transfer agent for the Funds. As part of that agreement, Computershare maintains the transfer agency records of the Funds at 250 Royall St, Canton, MA 02021.

At the request of the Advisor and the Funds, Computershare hereby acknowledges the following:

 

(i)

The Advisor intends that Computershare keep and maintain certain records of ownership for record holders of Fund shares reflecting the name and address of the holder, and share transactions in the account (the “ required books and records ”);

 

(ii)

Computershare shall endeavor to keep and maintain books and records required in accordance with CFTC regulation 1.31 as further discussed below; and

 

(iii)

Computershare agrees to keep such required books and records open to inspection by any representative of the CFTC or the United States Department of Justice in accordance with CFTC Regulation 1.31 and agrees to make such required books and records available to pool participants in accordance with CFTC Regulation 4.23.

Please note that the full application of CFTC Regulation 1.31 in the context contemplated by this letter is not clear at this time. The books and records of the Fund are currently maintained in accordance with the rules and regulations under the Investment Act of 1940 as applicable to Computershare.

 

- 23 -


Computershare shall not be deemed to be acting as a “commodity pool operator”, and the Advisor shall remain fully responsible for compliance with the Commodity Exchange Act and CFTC rules regarding the maintenance of the Funds’ books and records.

 

COMPUTERSHARE TRUST COMPANY,

N.A.

By:  
Name:   Tyler Haynes
Title:   Vice President

 

- 24 -


Appendix C

Form of New Fund Confirmation Letter

[ DATE ]

Computershare Trust Company, N.A.

250 Royall Street

Canton, MA 02021

Attention: Jennifer Bridges

Re: Addition of Fund to Agreement

Dear Jennifer:

Reference is made to the Transfer Agency and Service Agreement among certain BlackRock Closed-End Investment Companies, Computershare Trust Company, N.A., and Computershare Inc. dated as of January 1, 2015 (“Agreement”). [ New Fund Name ] hereby confirms that as of [ Effective Date of New Fund Being Added to Agreement ], it is added to the Agreement as a party and will be included in the definition of “Fund” and “Customer” as such terms are defined in the Agreement.

 

[ NEW FUND NAME ]
By:  

                                                                      

Name:  
Title:  

 

- 25 -


SIDE AGREEMENT

This Side Agreement for Transfer Agency Services (“ Side Agreement ”) is made and effective as of January 1, 2015, by and among each of the BlackRock closed-end investment companies listed on Appendix A, as may be amended from time to time, of the Agreement (defined below) and having a principal office and place of business at 100 Bellevue Parkway, Wilmington, Delaware, 19809 (each a “ Customer ” or a “ Fund ”), Computershare Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its fully owned subsidiary Computershare Trust Company, N.A., a federally chartered trust company, both doing business at 250 Royall Street, Canton, Massachusetts, 02021 (collectively, “ Agent ”).

WHEREAS, Customer and Agent are parties to that certain Transfer Agency Agreement dated as of the date hereof, inclusive of all appendices, schedules, exhibits and attachments and as may be amended from time to time (“ Agreement ”);

WHEREAS, all capitalized terms used but not defined in this Side Agreement shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Agreement;

WHEREAS, Customer and Agent wish to set forth certain other terms and conditions in connection with the Agreement; and

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.

Schedules . Schedules 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, and 11, each as respectively referenced in the Agreement, are all attached hereto and incorporated herein.

 

2.

Termination . This Side Agreement will terminate automatically upon termination of the Agreement.

 

3.

Incorporation by Reference . All terms and conditions set forth in the Agreement, as amended from time to time, not otherwise modified by this Side Agreement, shall be incorporated by reference herein, and are made a part of this Side Agreement as fully as if set forth herein.

 

- 26 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Side Agreement by their duly authorized officers as of the day and year above written.

 

EACH OF THE BLACKROCK CLOSED-

END INVESTMENT COMPANIES

LISTED ON APPENDIX A OF THE

AGREEMENT

By:  

/s/ Neal J. Andrews

Name:   Neal J. Andrews
Title:   Chief Financial Officer

COMPUTERSHARE TRUST COMPANY,

N.A. and COMPUTERSHARE INC. (on

behalf of both entities)

By:  

/s/ Martin J. McHale, Jr.

Name   Martin J. McHale, Jr.
Title:   President, U.S. Equity Services

 

- 27 -


SCHEDULE 1

FEE LETTER

FOR STOCK TRANSFER SERVICES

between

EACH OF THE BLACKROCK CLOSED-END INVESTMENT COMPANIES

LISTED ON APPENDIX A OF THE AGREEMENT

and

COMPUTERSHARE TRUST COMPANY, N.A.

and

COMPUTERSHARE INC.

This Fee Letter (“ Fee Letter ”) is by and between Computershare Trust Company, N. A. and Computershare Inc. (collectively, “ Transfer Agent ” or “ Computershare ”) and each of the BlackRock closed-end investment companies listed on Appendix A of the Agreement (each, a “ Fund ” and hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ Customer ”) and is an exhibit to the Side Agreement. Unless specifically defined in this Fee Letter, capitalized terms used in this Fee Letter shall have the meaning assigned to them in the Agreement.

TERM

The term of this Fee Letter shall be for a period of three (3) years, commencing from January 1, 2015, the effective date of the Side Agreement. From the date of its effectiveness, this Fee Letter supersedes all other fee letters in place for the Funds or the Customer with the Transfer Agent for the services listed in Schedule 2 of the Side Agreement.

FEES AND SERVICES

Transfer Agent and Registrar Fee

 

$  610.00    Monthly Administrative Fee, Per Fund

DRP and DTC Fees :

 

$      1.00

   For each Dividend Reinvestment per participant

$  250.00

   DTC Participation Monthly fee, per Fund

Includes the standard Transfer Agent and Registrar services as stated in the following sections: (the services listed apply to each Fund)

Lost Shareholder Search Services

 

•   SEC Electronic Database Search

   $2.00 per Account searched

ITEMS NOT COVERED

Additional Services

Items not included in the fees and services set forth in this Fee Letter including, but not limited to, services associated with the payment of a stock dividend, stock split, corporate reorganization, or any services associated with a special project are to be billed separately, based on a statement of work from the Transfer Agent that has been approved by the Customer.

 

- 28 -


Services required by legislation or regulatory fiat which become effective after the date of acceptance of this Fee Letter shall not be a part of the Standard Services and may be subject to additional fees to be mutually agreed by the parties.

Out Of Pocket Expenses

All direct out-of-pocket expenses listed on Schedule A will be billed as incurred. Expenses associated with the bank accounts referenced in Schedule 2 of the Side Agreement will not be billed to Customer.

ACCEPTANCE

In witness whereof, the parties hereto have caused this Fee Letter to be executed by their respective officers, hereunto duly agreed and authorized, as of the effective date of this Fee Letter.

 

On behalf of the BlackRock Closed-End

Investment Companies listed on Appendix A

of the Agreement

By:  

/s/ Neal J. Andrews

Name:   Neal J. Andrews
Title:   Chief Financial Officer
Date:  

COMPUTERSHARE TRUST COMPANY,

N.A. and COMPUTERSHARE INC.

On Behalf of Both Entities
By:  

/s/ Martin J. McHale, Jr.

Name:   Martin J. McHale, Jr.
Title:   President, U.S. Equity Services
Date:   1-7-15

 

- 29 -


Schedule A

Out of Pocket Expenses

Out of pocket expenses associated with, but not limited to, the following are not included in the fees quoted in this Fee Letter and are billable as incurred.

Postage (Outgoing and Business Reply)

Envelopes

Labels

Forms, Stationery and Proxy Cards

Fulfillment

Proxy Proof Set-up

Printing

Enclosing

Record Retention

Insurance Premiums (Mailing certificates)

Delivery and Freight charges (including overnight delivery; Airborne Express, FedEx, etc.)

Typesetting (proxy cards, due diligence mailings, etc.)

Destruction of excess/obsolete material

DTC trade transactions expenses (Treasury buybacks, etc.)

Custody Settlement charges

Telephone usage and line expenses

Please Note:

Other out of pocket expenses could be incurred depending on the services utilized.

Good funds to cover postage expenses in excess of $5,000 for Shareholder mailings must be received in full by 12:00 p.m. Eastern Time on the scheduled mailing date. Postage expenses less than $5,000 will be billed as incurred.

 

- 30 -


SCHEDULE 2

SERVICE SCHEDULE

Section 1. Standard Services.

 

1.1

General Services . The Transfer Agent shall perform the following services in accordance with procedures established from time to time by agreement between the Customer and the Transfer Agent:

 

  (a)

issue and record the appropriate number of Shares as authorized and hold such Shares in the appropriate Shareholder account;

 

  (b)

maintain Shareholder accounts, including but not limited to (i) establishing new accounts (ii) preparing and mailing W-9 solicitations for new accounts that do not have Tax Identification Numbers (iii) processing address changes (iv) processing Tax Identification Number changes (v) processing routine and non-routine transfers of ownership upon receipt of appropriate documentation (vi) posting debit and credit transactions (vii) responding to written Shareholder communications (viii) responding to Shareholder telephone inquiries (ix) placing and releasing stop transfers (x) Online access to Shareholder account information and services and (xi) Dividend Reinvestment Plan accounts and establish new participant accounts;

 

  (c)

Computershare Inc. will prepare and transmit payments for dividends and distributions declared by the Customer, provided good funds for said dividends or distributions are received by Computershare Inc. on or prior to the scheduled payable date on or about 11:00 a.m. ET for said dividends or distributions;

 

  (d)

act as agent for Shareholders pursuant to the Dividend Reinvestment Plan, and other investment programs, if any, as amended from time to time in accordance with the terms of the agreements relating thereto to which the Transfer Agent is or will be a party;

 

  (e)

issue replacement book entry shares for those certificates alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed upon receipt from the respective Shareholder by the Transfer Agent of an open penalty surety bond satisfactory to it and holding it and the Customer harmless, absent notice to the Customer and the Transfer Agent that such certificates have been acquired by a bona fide purchaser. The Transfer Agent, at its option, may issue replacement book entry shares in place of mutilated stock certificates upon presentation thereof without such indemnity. Further, the Transfer Agent may at its sole option accept indemnification from a Customer to issue replacement book entry shares for those certificates alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed in lieu of an open penalty bond;

 

  (f)

Computershare Inc. will issue replacement checks and place a stop payment order on original checks based on a Shareholder’s representation that a check was not received or was lost, once the check has been verified as outstanding;

 

  (g)

Execute and deliver the letter substantially in the form attached hereto as Appendix B of the Agreement, annually upon demand of the Funds;

 

  (h)

At the Customer’s request, prepare and deliver standard reports;

 

  (i)

Support and implement Customer corporate action instructions, issuance or distribution of Shares to Shareholders (e.g., instructions relating to Fund mergers, liquidations, name changes, etc.) (may be subject to additional fees);

 

  (j)

Perform any other services typically provided by a transfer agent, dividend disbursing agent, dividend reinvestment plan agent, and other investment programs consistent with those requirements in effect as of the date of the Agreement;

 

  (k)

Computershare Inc. will prepare, mail and file tax filings relating to the Services or the subject thereof, with the IRS and the States; and

 

  (1)

Provide Additional Services to the Customer pursuant to the Agreement as shall be agreed in writing between the Customer and Computershare from time to time.

 

- 31 -


In connection with the appointment set forth in the Agreement, Computershare shall ensure that (i) all of its operations utilized in providing Services and (ii) the provision of the Services, shall comply with the provisions of Schedules 9 and 10 of the Side Agreement .

 

1.2

Reports and Information . Computershare shall provide the Funds with the reports specified in Schedule 6 of the Side Agreement within the periods of time prescribed in Schedule 6 of the Side Agreement and at no additional cost to the Funds, subject to the following limitations:

 

  (a)

Addressing, enclosing and mailing to registered Shareholders Customer-provided materials three (3) times per annum

 

  (b)

Preparing six (6) standard reports at the Customer’s discretion per annum

Report distributions in excess of these limits may accrue additional costs.

 

1.3

Communications to Shareholders .

 

  (a)

Subject to receipt by Computershare of timely written instructions as appropriate, Computershare shall mail all communications by the Customer to Shareholders, including but not limited to:

 

  (i)

Annual and semi-annual reports to Shareholders;

 

  (ii)

Confirmations of sales of Shares;

 

  (iii)

Monthly and/or quarterly statements including but not limited to cash and Dividend Reinvestment Plan detail statements, which shall be prepared by Computershare;

 

  (iv)

Dividend(s) and distribution notices including Section 19 notices, which shall be prepared by Computershare Inc.; and

 

  (v)

Tax form information including but not limited to Form 1099s, 1042 and State filings, which shall be prepared by Computershare Inc..

 

  (b)

Computershare shall provide electronic delivery of the Shareholder communications listed in Section 1.3(a) above to individual Shareholders, with the exception of Sections 1.3(a)(i) and (v), upon the satisfaction by individual Shareholders of all pre-requisite requirements for electronic delivery.

 

  (c)

Computershare shall answer such correspondence from Shareholders, securities brokers and others relating to its duties hereunder and such other correspondence pursuant to written procedures.

 

  (d)

Computershare Inc. will in accordance with IRS regulations, utilizing relevant information provided to Computershare in the ordinary course of performing the services provided for in the Agreement, report cost basis information to Shareholders on a first in, first out (“ FIFO ”) basis by tax year and Shares, except when a Shareholder requests such reporting to occur on another basis.

 

  (e)

Computershare Inc. will in accordance with the Code, prepare and deliver year-end and other Federal tax forms to Shareholders based on transactions in Fund Shares and related actions taken by Shareholders with respect to their Fund accounts and file the related Federal tax reports with the IRS.

 

1.4

Dividend Disbursing Services .

 

  (a)

Declaration of Dividends . Upon receipt by Computershare Inc. of written instructions containing all requisite information that may be reasonably requested by Computershare Inc., including payment directions and authorization, Computershare Inc. shall issue Shares in payment of the dividend or distribution, or, upon Shareholder election, pay such dividend or distribution in cash, if provided for in the Fund’s prospectus.

 

  (b)

Tax Withholding . Computershare Inc. is authorized to deduct from all dividends declared by the Fund and disbursed by Computershare Inc., as dividend disbursing agent, the tax required to be withheld pursuant to Sections 1441, 1442 and 3406 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or by any Federal or State statutes subsequently enacted, and to make the necessary return and payment of such tax in connection therewith.

 

- 32 -


  (c)

Bank Accounts . All funds received by Computershare Inc. under the Agreement that are to be distributed or applied by Computershare Inc. in the performance of Services (the “ Funds ”) shall be held by Computershare Inc. “as agent for” Customer and deposited in one or more bank accounts to be maintained by Computershare Inc. in its name as agent for Customer. Until paid pursuant to the Agreement, Computershare Inc. may hold or invest the Funds through such accounts in: (a) obligations of, or guaranteed by, the U.S.; or (b) AAA rated money market funds that comply with Rule 2a-7 of the Investment Company Act of 1940. Customer shall have no responsibility or liability for any diminution of the Funds that may result from any deposit or investment made by Computershare Inc. in accordance with this paragraph, including any losses resulting from a default by any bank or financial institution. Computershare Inc. may from time to time receive interests, dividends or other earnings in connection with such deposits or investments. Computershare Inc. shall not be obligated to pay such interest, dividends or earnings to Customer, any Shareholder or any other party.

 

  (d)

In connection with dividend disbursing services, Computershare Inc. shall perform the following, as required from time to time:

 

  (i)

reconciling paid and outstanding checks;

 

  (ii)

All funds must be received by Computershare Inc. before or on dividend payable date on or about 11:00 a.m. Eastern Time via Federal Funds Wire.

 

  (iii)

Dividend checks will be drawn on a Direct Deposit Account (DDA) set up by Computershare Inc. on behalf of the Customer. The funds received from the Customer will be immediately available on mailing date.

 

  (iv)

processing and recordkeeping of accumulated uncashed dividends; and

 

  (v)

performing the following duties listed below:

 

  (1)

Withholding taxes from funds issued in connection with Shareholder Accounts as required by United States government regulations;

 

  (2)

Reconciling and reporting taxes withheld, including additional 1099 reporting requirements, to the IRS;

 

  (3)

Responding to Shareholder inquiries regarding taxes withheld;

 

  (4)

Mailing to new accounts which have had taxes withheld, to inform them of procedures to be followed to curtail subsequent back-up withholding;

 

  (5)

Performing Shareholder file adjustments to reflect certification of Accounts;

 

  (6)

Providing sample 1099 DIVs to Customer for review, prior to mailing;

 

  (7)

Providing signoff to Customer that mailing occurred prior to IRS imposed deadlines;

 

  (8)

Responding to IRS notices and inquiries upon receipt from Customer; and

 

  (9)

Preparing and filing applications for extension of time to file withholding tax forms with the IRS (if necessary).

 

1.5

Dividend Reinvestment Services . As administrator of the Customer’s original issue Dividend Reinvestment Plan, Trust Company shall:

 

  (a)

Invest Dividend Reinvestment Plan purchases, up to fourteen (14) per annum, and execute reinvestment transactions of Dividend Reinvestment Plan participant accounts;

 

  (b)

Process the termination and withdrawal requests;

 

  (c)

Act as certificate depository; and

 

  (d)

Execute market trades or issue shares within the timing allowed by the Fund’s Dividend Reinvestment Plan. Provide reporting to Customer for approval, as soon as practical after completion of the process.

 

- 33 -


1.6

Unclaimed Property and Lost Shareholders . The Transfer Agent shall report unclaimed property to each state in compliance with state law. The Transfer Agent shall direct filing of abandoned property by:

 

  (a)

Processing and mailing due diligence notices to all qualifying Shareholder accounts in accordance with Computershare’s schedule of States’ due diligence and abandoned property filing requirements, also known as the “ State Filing Matrix ”;

 

  (b)

Processing returned due diligence notices and remitting property to Shareholders prior to escheatment;

 

  (c)

Preparing and filing preliminary and final abandoned property reports;

 

  (d)

Preparing and filing payments for each State covering unclaimed funds as per a particular State’s requirements;

 

  (e)

Issuing and filing book entry shares registered to the applicable State(s) representing returned (RPO) certificates and underlying share certificates; and

 

  (f)

Retaining, or returning to the Customer upon the termination of the Agreement, as required by law or otherwise, records of property escheated to the several States and responding, after appropriate research, to Shareholder, Customer or state or federal regulator inquiries relating to same.

 

1.7

Lost Shareholder Services . The Transfer Agent shall perform the following services and shall comply with Rule17Ad-17 promulgated under the 1934 Act for Lost Shareholders and Unresponsive Payees.

 

  (a)

Code Shareholder Accounts as ‘lost’ when mail has been returned as undeliverable by the United States Postal Service

 

  (b)

Identify lost Accounts eligible for SEC Mandated Searches

 

  (c)

Perform electronic database searches in accordance with SEC requirements

 

  (d)

Update Shareholder Account with a new address provided by search firm and remove lost status

 

  (e)

Send SEC ADDRESS VERIFICATION NOTICE to Shareholders when a new address has been applied to the Account

 

  (f)

Send SEC ADDRESS VERIFICATION NOTICE to Shareholders when the address search has provided the Account address of record as the most current (lost status not removed)

 

  (g)

Reissue unclaimed property to Shareholders upon receipt of signed verification notice

 

  (h)

Identify a Shareholder as an Unresponsive Payee if a check is sent to the Shareholder and is not negotiated:

 

  (i)

before the earlier of the paying agent’s sending the next regularly scheduled check or

 

  (ii)

the elapsing of six (6) months (or 180 days) after the sending of the not yet negotiated check

 

  (i)

Provide written notification to each Unresponsive Payee with a non-negotiated check outstanding more than 180 days and valued at $25 or more, stating that the Unresponsive Payee has been sent a check that has not yet been negotiated. That notification must be provided no later than seven (7) months (or 210 days) after the sending of the not yet negotiated check.

 

1.8

In-Depth Shareholder Search .

Pursuant to Section 7.3 of the Agreement, Customer hereby authorizes and instructs Transfer Agent to provide a Shareholder file or list of those Shareholders not located following the required Rule 17Ad-17 searches to any service provider administering any in-depth shareholder location program on behalf of, and authorized by, Customer. If Customer selects a locating service provider other than one selected by Transfer Agent, then Transfer Agent shall not be responsible for the terms of any agreement between such provider and Customer and additional fees that apply will be charged to the service provider.

 

- 34 -


1.9

Proxy/Annual Meeting Services . The Transfer Agent shall perform the following services in accordance with procedures established from time to time by agreement between the Customer and the Transfer Agent:

 

  (a)

Prepare one (1) set of files per fund per annum for delivery to the solicitation/proxy vendor selected by the Funds (the “ Solicitation/Proxy Vendor ”).

 

  (b)

Receive back from the Solicitation/Proxy Vendor a file containing last contact date and/or address updates.

 

  (c)

If files are to be delivered to a non-Computershare entity the then set fees per fund for sending and receiving files will be charged to the Customer.

 

1.10

Online Services . The on-line systems, described below, shall be available at least 23 hours a day, Monday – Friday (subject to Section B(3) of the KPI Document) provided further that the potential daily downtime shall not occur during normal business hours. Evening (6:00 p.m. to 8:00 a.m.) and weekend availability subject additionally to scheduled maintenance windows). Computershare shall:

 

  (a)

Provide availability to “Issuer Online,” which provides access to Customer and Shareholder information administered by Computershare, which permits data management including accessing standard reports such as Top 10 – 200 Shareholder lists, submitting real-time inquiries such as an issued capital query, and reporting by holding range.

 

  (b)

Provide availability to “Investor Centre,” which provides Shareholder Account information, transaction capabilities, downloadable forms and FAQs.

 

  (c)

Provide on-demand reporting to allow Customer to generate non-standard reports.

 

1.11

Correspondence and Complaints .

 

  (a)

Retain electronic copies of manual correspondence letter output on Computershare Image system and make a copy available to Customer within 2 Business Days of a request.

 

  (b)

Notify Customer of any complaint addressed to a Computershare or Customer executive, or from any regulatory agency (“ Complaint ”) within 2 Business Days of its identification.

 

1.12

Automated Clearinghouse (ACH) Services

 

  (a)

Review data for accuracy and completeness

 

  (b)

Mail cure letter to Shareholders with incomplete information

 

  (c)

Code Accounts for ACH and performing pre-note test

 

  (d)

Identify rejected ACH transmissions, mail dividend check and explanation letter to Shareholders with rejected transmissions

 

  (e)

Respond to Shareholder inquiries concerning the ACH Program

 

  (f)

Calculate on a monthly/quarterly basis the Share breakdown for ACH vs. other dividend payments and notifying the Company of funding amount for ACH transmissions and other payable date funds

 

  (g)

Credit ACH designated bank accounts automatically on dividend payable date

 

  (h)

Maintenance of ACH participant file, including coding new ACH Accounts

 

  (i)

Process termination requests

 

  (j)

Keep adequate records including retention of ACH documents

 

1.13

Direct Registration System Services

 

  (a)

Register, issue and transfer DRS book-entry Shares

 

  (b)

Issue DRS statements of holding

 

  (c)

Provide Shareholders with the ability to sell Shares in accordance with the terms and conditions, including applicable fees, of the DRS Sales Facility

 

  (d)

Process sales requests within the appropriate timeframe based on the type of service requested, in accordance with the terms of the DRS sales facility

 

- 35 -


  (e)

Coordinate the issuance, payment and reconcilement for any proceeds stemming from the use of the DRS sales facility, in accordance with the terms and conditions of the facility

 

  (f)

Coordinate the mailing of advices to Shareholders

 

  (g)

Accept and cancel certificated Shares and credit such Shares into a DRS position

 

1.14

Compliance with Laws . The Customer agrees the Transfer Agent is obligated to and the Transfer Agent agrees to comply with all applicable federal, state and local laws and regulations, codes, order and government rules in the performance of its duties under the Agreement.

 

1.15

U.S. Government List Matching Services .

 

  (a)

Computershare will compare, as frequently as is consistent with industry best practice, Appropriate List Matching Data (as defined in Section 1.15(c) below) contained in Computershare databases which are maintained for the Fund pursuant to the Agreement (“ Fund Data ”) to “ U.S. Government Lists ”, which is hereby defined to mean the following:

 

  (i)

data promulgated in connection with the list of Specially Designated Nationals published by the Office of Foreign Asset Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury (“ OFAC ”) and any other sanctions lists or programs administered by OFAC to the extent such lists or programs remain operative and applicable to the Fund (“ OFAC Lists ”);

 

  (ii)

data promulgated in connection with the list of Non-Cooperative Countries and Territories (“ NCCT List ”) published by the Financial Action Task Force;

 

  (iii)

data promulgated in connection with determinations by the Director (the “ Director ”) of the Financial Crimes Enforcement Network of the U.S. Department of the Treasury that a foreign jurisdiction, institution, class of transactions, type of account or other matter is a primary money laundering concern (“ PMLC Determination ”); and

 

  (iv)

data promulgated in connection with any other lists, programs or determinations (A) which Computershare determines to be substantially similar in purpose to any of the foregoing lists, programs or determinations, or Section 1.15(b) which Computershare and the Fund agree in writing to add to the service described in this Section 1.15(a).

 

  (b)

In the event that following a comparison of Fund Data to a U.S. Government List as described in Section 1.15 (a) Computershare determines that any Fund Data constitutes a “match” with the U.S. Government List in accordance with the criteria applicable to the particular U.S. Government List, Computershare:

 

  (i)

will notify the Fund of such match;

 

  (ii)

will send any other notifications required by applicable law or regulation by virtue of the match;

 

  (iii)

if a match to an OFAC List, will to the extent required by applicable law or regulation assist the Fund in taking appropriate steps to block any transactions or attempted transactions to the extent such action may be required by applicable law or regulation;

 

  (iv)

if a match to the NCCT List or a PMLC Determination, will to the extent required by applicable law or regulation conduct a suspicious activity review of accounts related to the match and if suspicious activity is detected will deliver a suspicious activity referral to the Fund;

 

  (v)

if a match to a PMLC Determination, will assist the Fund in taking the appropriate special measures imposed by the Director; and

 

  (vi)

will assist the Fund in taking any other appropriate actions required by applicable law or regulation.

 

- 36 -


  (c)

Appropriate List Matching Data ” means (i) account registration and alternate payee data, to the extent made appropriate by statutes, rules or regulations governing the U.S. Government Lists, (ii) data determined by Computershare in light of statutes, rules or regulations governing the U.S. Government Lists to be necessary to provide the services described in this Section 1.15(c), and (iii) data the parties agree in writing to be necessary to provide the services described in this Section 1.15(c).

 

1.16

Red Flags Services .

 

  (a)

The provisions of this Section 1.16 (the “ Red Flags Section ”) shall apply in the event the Fund elects to receive the “ Red Flags Services ”, which are hereby defined to mean the following services:

 

  (i)

Computershare will maintain written controls reasonably designed to detect the occurrence of Red Flags (as defined below) in connection with:

 

  (1)

account opening and other account activities and transactions conducted directly through Computershare with respect to Direct Accounts (as defined below), and

 

  (2)

transactions effected directly through Computershare by Covered Persons (as defined below) in Covered Accounts (as defined below). Such controls, as they may be revised from time to time hereunder, are referred to herein as the “ Controls ”. Solely for purposes of the Red Flags Section, the capitalized terms below will have the respective meaning ascribed to each:

Red Flag ” means a pattern, practice, or specific activity or a combination of patterns, practices or specific activities that may indicate the possible existence of Identity Theft (as defined below) affecting a Registered Owner (as defined below) or a Covered Person.

Identity Theft ” means a fraud committed or attempted using the identifying information of another person without authority.

Registered Owner ” means the owner of record of a Direct Account on the books and records of the Fund maintained by Computershare as registrar of the Fund (the “ Fund Registry ”).

Covered Person ” means the owner of record of a Covered Account on the Fund Registry.

Direct Account ” means an Account established directly with and through Computershare as a registered account on the Fund Registry and through which the owner of record has the ability to directly conduct account and transactional activity with and through Computershare.

Covered Account ” means an Account established by a financial intermediary for another as the owner of record on the Fund Registry and through which such owner of record has the ability to conduct transactions in Fund shares directly with and through Computershare.

Account ” means (1) an account holding Fund Shares with respect to which a natural person is the owner of record, and (2) any other account holding Fund Shares with respect to which there is a reasonably foreseeable risk to the particular account owner’s customers from identity theft, including financial, operational, compliance, reputation, or litigation risks.

 

  (ii)

Computershare will provide the Fund with a copy of the policy and procedures and controls.

 

  (iii)

Computershare will notify the Fund of Red Flags that it detects and reasonably determines to indicate a significant risk of Identity Theft to a Registered Owner or Covered Person (“ Possible Identity Theft ”) and assist the Fund in determining the appropriate response of the Fund to the Possible Identity Theft.

 

  (iv)

Computershare will (A) engage an independent auditing firm or other similar flint of independent examiners to conduct an annual evaluation of the Controls and issue a report on the results of the evaluation (the “ Evaluation Report ”), and (B) furnish a copy of the Evaluation Report to the Fund; and

 

  (v)

On a Quarterly basis issue a certification in a form determined to be appropriate by Computershare in its reasonable discretion, certifying to Computershare’s continuing compliance with the Controls after the date of the most recent Evaluation Report.

 

- 37 -


  (b)

The Fund agrees it is responsible for complying with and determining the applicability to the Fund of Section 615 (e) of the Fair Credit Reporting Act of 1970, as amended in 2010, and regulations promulgated thereunder by the SEC (the “ Red Flags Requirements ”), for determining the extent to which the Red Flags Services assist the Fund in complying with the Red Flags Requirements, and for furnishing any supplementation or augmentation to the Red Flags Services it determines to be appropriate, and that Computershare has given no advice and makes no representations with respect to such matters. This Red Flags Section shall not be interpreted in any manner which imposes a duty on Computershare to act on behalf of the Fund or otherwise, including any duty to take any action upon the occurrence of a Red Flag, other than as expressly provided for in this Red Flags Section. The Controls and the Red Flags Services may be changed at any time and from time to time by Computershare in its reasonable sole discretion to include commercially reasonable provisions appropriate to the Red Flags Requirements, as they may be constituted from time to time and Computershare shall provide notice to the Fund of such changes as soon as reasonably practicable under the circumstances.

 

- 38 -


SCHEDULE 3

KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS

Unless specifically defined in this Schedule 3 or specifically defined by reference to an Appendix or Schedule, capitalized terms used in this Schedule 3 shall have the meaning assigned to them in the Agreement.

 

A)

Certain Definitions .

“BlackRock” means, as the context requires, all Funds considered collectively or the Fund or Funds relevant to the particular context.

“BlackRock Legal and Compliance” means the group of individuals designated by the Funds and communicated to Computershare’s Customer Service Officer in writing as responsible for the oversight of the Funds’ related programs under the USA PATRIOT Act.

“Business Day” means a day the NYSE is open for business.

“Emergency Service” means Computershare’s performance of a service, activity or conduct requested by one or more Funds which is not provided for in the Agreement.

“Financial Transactions” means a redemption received by Computershare in good order.

Green Zone ” means the performance level in the column of the KPI Table titled “Green Zone”.

Impacted Service Performance ” has the meaning set forth in Section B(3) of this KPI Document.

“KPI Component” means a service level standard component outlined in the KPI Table in Section C of this KPI document.

“KPI Document” means this Key Performance Indicators document.

“Month” means a calendar month.

“Monthly Applicable Fees” means with respect to a given Month, the aggregate fees owed by the Funds pursuant to the section of the Fee Letter entitled “Transfer Agent and Registrar Fee” for that Month.

“Monthly Minimum” means the minimum number of transactions per Month that must be processed in each KPI Component in order to be eligible for the Service Fee Credit in Section D of this KPI document, to the extent noted in the KPI Table

Non-Financial Transactions” means the certificate stops, certificate replacement via book entry shares and addition of information or changes to information in Fund accounts of Shareholders.

“Non-Routine Correspondence” means correspondence types not defined by the SEC as regulated pursuant to Rule 17Ad-5.

“Non-Routine Transactions” means transfer types which require, include, or involve any of the conditions defined by Rule 17Ad-1(i)(1)-(8).

“NYSE” means the New York Stock Exchange.

Red Zone ” means the performance level in the column of the KPI Table titled “Red Zone”.

Routine Correspondence ” means correspondence types defined by the SEC as regulated pursuant to Rule 17Ad-5.

 

- 39 -


“Routine Transactions” means transfer types which do not require, include, or involve any of the conditions defined by 17Ad-1 (i)(1)-(8).

“Service Fee Credit” has the meaning set forth in Section D(1) of this KPI Document.

“Subsequent Invoice” means, in connection with a Service Fee Credit, the invoice sent by Computershare to the Funds for the Month after the Service Fee Credit Amount is owed.

“Transactions” means Financial Transactions and Non-Financial Transactions, collectively.

“Yellow Zone” means the performance level in the column of the KPI Table titled “Yellow Zone”.

 

B)

General Terms and Conditions .

 

  1)

All times expressed in this KPI Document are Eastern Time.

 

  2)

The words “the Funds” when used in this KPI Document shall mean, without further specification or clarification of any nature, “the Funds considered collectively as a whole and not individually”.

 

  3)

If the occurrence of any of the events, circumstances, or conduct listed immediately below adversely impacts Computershare’s performance of a KPI Component listed in the KPI Table in Section C, below (such as by causing interference with or delaying Computershare’s normal performance of an activity, increasing demand for resources or reducing the availability of resources) and Computershare provides reasonable proof of such adverse impact (an “ Impacted Service Performance ”), then if in the Month that the Impacted Service Performance occurs, Computershare’s performance of the KPI Component represented by the Impacted Service Performance falls within the Red Zone for the relevant KPI Component as a result of that/those Impacted Service Performance (s), then the Month shall be skipped (deemed not to have occurred) for purposes of determining Service Fee Credits, provided that, with respect to (iv) no such Month shall be skipped unless the parties have agreed in writing in advance of such occurrences for the KPI or KPIs that may be so impaired;

 

  i)

Any breaches of the Agreement by a Fund, any negligent conduct or errors of a Fund, or any failure of a Fund to perform in accordance with standard for the mutual fund industry or which is needed for the performance by Computershare of any KPI Component in accordance with applicable performance standards;

 

  ii)

An Event Beyond Reasonable Control (as defined in Section 7 of the Agreement), provided Computershare satisfies the condition specified in the last sentence of Section 7.5 of the Agreement;

 

  iii)

Errant Data;

 

  iv)

Any performance by Computershare of an Emergency Service; and/or

 

  v)

The average volume of transactions or inquiries significantly increases as a result of outside factors or unforeseen circumstances for which Computershare is not the proximate cause.

 

  4)

Computershare acknowledges that the Funds regard KPI performance in the Yellow Zone to be less than satisfactory to the Funds, and in the event performance of a KPI is reported within that KPI’s Yellow Zone, Computershare will increase its oversight of the performance of that KPI activity with the goal of increasing performance to that KPI’ s Green Zone level.

 

C)

KPI Table.

The service level standards in the following table (the “ KPI Table ”) will be monitored and measured on a Monthly basis and all KPI metrics will be reported to BlackRock (including KPI’s that do not meet the “Monthly Minimum” set forth in the KPI Table). For KPI’s that include multiple process measurements to calculate the KPI percentage, if one of the process measurements does not meet the applicable monthly minimum, then the calculation is based solely on the remaining process measurement for that specific KPI, if such remaining process measurement meets the applicable monthly minimum.

 

- 40 -


KPI#

  

KPI Description

  

Service Description

  

Monthly

Minimum

  

Calculation

  

Green

Zone

  

Yellow

Zone

  

Red

Zone

1

   Telephone inquiries – abandoned rate    Achieve abandoned call rate on average each Month.    N/A    Calls abandoned over 20 seconds, divided by total calls in Month.    £ 2%   

>2 to

£ 2.5%

   >2.5%

2

   Telephone customer service level    Achieve telephone customer service level on average each Month    N/A    Calls answered under 20 seconds + calls abandoned under 20 seconds, divided by total calls in Month.    ³ 85%   

<85% to

>80%

   £ 80%

3

   Processing of Financial Transactions in a timely manner    Financial Transaction timeliness. Processed within 5 Business Days of receipt.    35    Number of Financial Transactions processed within 5 Business Days divided by number of Financial Transactions received for the Month.    ³ 98%   

<98 to

³ 97%

   <97%

4

   Distribution Output    ACH payments released by Computershare on Payable Date Checks mailed on Payable Date    N/A   

Total percentage of distribution ACH payments released on Payable Date per month.

Total percentage of distribution checks mailed on Payable Date per month.

The final KPI percentage is a combined average of the above.

   =100%   

<100 to

£ 99%

   <99%

5

   Non-Financial Transactions Timeliness    Non-Financial Transactions processed within 5 Business Days    35    Number of Non-Financial Transactions processed within 5 Business Days divided by total number of Non-Financial Transactions received for the Month.    >99%   

<99% to

³ 97%

   <97%

6

   Routine Transactions    Routine Transactions processed within 3 Business Days    35   

Number of Routine Transactions processed within 3 Business days divided by total number of Routine Transactions received for the Month.

Number of Non-Routine Transactions processed within 10 Business days divided by total number of Non-Routine Transactions received for the Month.

   ³ 98%   

<98 to

³ 97%

   <97%

 

- 41 -


   Non-Routine Transactions    Non-Routine Transactions processed within 10 Business Days    35    The final KPI percentage is a combined average of the above.         
   SEC Routine Correspondence       35   

 

Number of Routine Correspondence items processed within 5 Business days divided by total number of Routine Correspondence items received for the Month.

        
7       Routine Correspondence processed within 5 Business Days       Number of Non-Routine Correspondence items processed within 10 Business days divided by total number of Non-Routine Correspondence items received for the Month.    ³ 98%   

<98 to

³ 97%

   <97%
   SEC Non-Routine Correspondence    Non-Routine Correspondence processed within 10 Business Days    35    The final KPI percentage is a combined average of the above.         
      Make the Shareholder statements available online within 5 Business Days from statement production end period category for Month.       The number of mailing items completed for each category in the target timeframe divided by the total mailing items for each         
8    Shareholder communications    Complete the Shareholder Regulatory Report Mailings within 5 Business Days of receipt of the reports. BlackRock to provide expected receipt date in advance.    N/A    The final KPI percentage is a combined average of the above.    –100%   

100%

to ³ 95%

   <95%

 

- 42 -


      Complete Year-end 1099DIV tax form mailings by the IRS deadlines. Complete Check mailings for redemptions on T+4 Complete Shareholder letters mailing within the agreed upon timeframe for each mailing               
9    Regulatory Reporting Oversight    Notice of OFAC matches – provided to BlackRock Legal and Compliance as generated within 2 reports sent within the    N/A    Total number of regulatory items provided within the specified timeframes divided by the total number of regulatory items and or Business Days. Month.    100%   

<100%

to ³ 95%

   <95%
10    System availability    Ensure SCRIP system is available for update of Shareholder records and trade processing.    N/A    Availability shall be measured by dividing the aggregate time of Unscheduled Outage periods (defined below) for a given Month by the total amount of Committed Time (defined below) available for that Month. An “ Unscheduled Outage ” shall mean any outage that is not a “ Scheduled Outage ”. “ Committed Time ” shall mean, as to each Business Day, one hour before the trading session for that day is scheduled to open on the NYSE and one hour after the trading session on the NYSE for that day finally closes, but excluding the following periods of Scheduled Outage (defined below). A “ Scheduled Outage ” shall mean (1) those time periods from 12 AM Saturday to 6:00 AM Sunday each week and 11:00 PM to 12:00 AM daily, during which Computershare’s System maybe unavailable due to routine maintenance; and (2) any time period as to which Company has received prior notice.    ³ 99.5%   

<99.5%

to ³ 98%

   <98%

 

- 43 -


D)

Service Fee Credits.

 

  1)

Service Fee Credits.

Except as otherwise provided in this KPI Document, BlackRock shall be entitled to a Service Fee Credit applied against the Monthly Applicable Fees when Computershare fails to meet any 1 (or more) of the KPI Components set forth in the Red Zone detailed as follows:

 

Number of continuous Months the same KPI Component

set forth in the Red Zone has not been met

   Credit of Monthly fees (per KPI Component in Red
Zone)
 

1

   $ 0  

2

   $ 1,500  

3 or more

   $ 2,500  

 

  a.

A service fee credit owed by Computershare under Section D(1) of this KPI Document is referred to herein as a “ Service Fee Credit ”.

 

  b.

Computershare’s obligation to pay any Service Fee Credits shall be determined, and if owed, calculated, with respect to individual Months. With respect to any Month, if Computershare shall owe a Service Fee Credit amount pursuant to the terms of this KPI Document, such Service Fee Credit(s) shall be included on the Subsequent Invoice.

 

  2)

Service Fee Credits shall not apply to the first three full Months that the Agreement is effective.

 

- 44 -


SCHEDULE 4

GOVERNANCE

 

1.

GENERAL MATTERS.

 

1.1

Unless specifically defined in this Schedule 4 or specifically defined by reference to an Appendix or Schedule, capitalized terms used in this Schedule 4 shall have the meaning assigned to them in the Agreement.

 

1.2

The Fund and Computershare acknowledge that meaningful interactions between senior members of their respective organizations, in addition to the meetings set forth in Section 3, may be mutually advantageous.

 

1.3

This Schedule 4 is intended to set out a process by which the Fund may:

 

  (i)

Discuss the activities of Computershare contemplated by the Agreement, including without limitation:

 

  (A)

performance of the Services generally and performance of Services subject to the service level standards included in the KPI Table (as defined in Schedule 3 );

 

  (B)

activities that occur in accordance with Schedule 2 but solely to assist the Fund Agent (as defined in Schedule 2 ) in performing the role of Fund Agent; and

 

  (C)

issues and concerns arising in connection with such activities;

 

  (ii)

Disseminate information to Computershare above and beyond that furnished to Computershare in the ordinary course of business that may be useful to Computershare in performing its obligations under the Agreement; and

 

  (iii)

Discuss potential improvements and refinements to the Services, including the development of new or improved technologies and processes that could be implemented.

 

2.

RELATIONSHIP TEAMS

 

2.1

Certain Definitions:

Blackrock Oversight Team ” means the individuals listed in the table at Section 2.2 (including as it may be revised pursuant to Section 2.3) as the Head of Domestic Shareholder Services and TA Oversight Director for the Funds.

BlackRock Relationship Team ” means the individuals listed in the table at Section 2.2 (including as it may be revised pursuant to Section 2.3) under the heading BlackRock Relationship Team.

Computershare Relationship Team ” means the individuals listed in the table at Section 2.2 (including as it may be revised pursuant to Section 2.3) under the heading Computershare Relationship Team.

Computershare Service Team ” means the individuals listed in the table at Section 2.2 (including as it may be revised pursuant to Section 2.3) as the Relationship Executive, the Senior Customer Service Officer and the Customer Service Officers of Computershare.

Relationship Teams ” means the BlackRock Relationship Team and the Computershare Relationship Team considered collectively, whether used in the singular or the plural number.

 

2.2

Each Fund hereby authorizes each individual member of the BlackRock Relationship Team to represent the Fund on all matters reasonably related to this Schedule 4 , and, on its behalf, to communicate with Computershare; Computershare may rely on any communication from an individual member of the BlackRock Relationship Team as a communication directly from a Fund and may rely on this authorization. Furthermore, the Fund may provide Computershare with lists of other authorized persons from time to time and shall indicate the authority granted to each such person in sufficient detail to provide reasonable guidance to Computershare.

 

- 45 -


Relationship Teams

BlackRock Relationship Team

 

Fund Position

  

Name of Individual Filling Position

Global Head of TA Services    Daniel J. Schwieger
Head of Domestic Shareholder Services    Lisa A. Hill
TA Oversight Director    John Sebulsky
Lead for Global Provider Services    Georgia A. Plevritis, Dawn Ferrotta, Jennifer Scharnitz, Matthew Luongo,
   Sharman Fleming, Sharon Fucci, Lynn Louie, Fran Gero, Paul Mickle

Computershare Relationship Team

 

Computershare Position

  

Name of Individual Filling Position

Business Head    Steven Rothbloom
Business Executive    Jay McHale
Relationship Executive    Mike Lang
Senior Customer Service Officer    Tyler Haynes
Customer Service Officers    Jen Bridges, Jeff Almeida, Angela Dray

 

2.3

Each party will promptly notify the other party in writing of any changes to their respective Relationship Teams.

 

2.4

Any of Computershare’s Customer Service Officers shall constitute the initial escalation points for the Fund to seek prompt attention to significant issues relating to the delivery of the Services.

 

2.5

Computershare agrees to consider any evaluations of the members of its Relationship Team provided to it in writing by the Fund but retains the right to appoint members of its Relationship Team in its sole and absolute discretion.

 

3.

GOVERNANCE MEETINGS

Without modifying in any manner any provision of the Agreement that requires the parties to communicate in a particular manner:

 

3.1

Periodic Review Meetings .

 

  (a)

Such members of the BlackRock Relationship Team and the Computershare Relationship Team as may reasonably be deemed appropriate by agreement of the parties, shall meet periodically, either in person or telephonically, (such meeting being the “ Review Meeting ”) to discuss the matters that the Fund or Computershare may reasonably request to include in the agenda for the particular meeting, including without limitation the following:

 

  (i)

Computershare’s performance of Services generally and of the Services subject to the service level standards included in the KPI Table (as defined in Schedule 3 );

 

  (ii)

Issues that may impact Computershare’s performance, or the Fund’s receipt, of the Services or other issues affecting the relationship of Computershare and the Fund generally;

 

  (iii)

Financial management of the Agreement;

 

  (iv)

Service Fee Credits (as defined in Schedule 3 ) and issues arising from them;

 

  (v)

Matters arising under any Schedule;

 

  (vi)

Performance of each party’s respective obligations and responsibilities under and in accordance with the Agreement.

 

- 46 -


  (b)

If a relevant member of a Relationship Team is unable to attend a particular Review Meeting, the party that person represents may send another person (to be designated in advance) in such person’s place. In these circumstances, the parties agree to send only representatives who have the necessary power and authority to conduct and advance discussions in good faith at the appropriate level with respect to matters on the agenda for such Review Meeting.

 

  (c)

The parties will use reasonable efforts at each Review Meeting to agree upon the date and time for the next Review Meeting.

 

  (d)

The parties will use reasonable efforts to submit proposed agenda items to each other reasonably in advance of each scheduled Review Meeting.

 

  (e)

The parties will use reasonable efforts to submit draft papers and appropriate supporting documents, as relevant, to each other reasonably in advance of each scheduled Review Meeting.

 

  (f)

Computershare shall, to the extent agreed upon by the parties at the particular Review Meeting, take notes on major discussion points that occurred at the meeting on matters mutually designated by the parties, including without limitation, to the extent mutually identified, action items and timelines with major milestones, and distribute the notes to all participants in the particular Review Meeting within a reasonable period following the meeting. Computershare shall discuss the distributed notes to the extent reasonably requested by the Fund, shall revise the distributed notes following such discussions to the extent it determines in its discretion to do so, and shall distribute any notes so revised to all participants in the particular Review Meeting. The Fund may distribute to all participants in the particular Review Meeting its own notes with respect to matters addressed by Computershare’s notes.

 

  (g)

Reasonably in advance of a scheduled Review Meeting, Computershare shall distribute an agenda for the particular Review Meeting (with respect to Fund agenda items, to the extent it has received such from the Fund), materials reasonably requested by the Fund or reasonably determined by Computershare to be appropriate for the meeting, and, to the extent required by agreement of the parties at the prior Review Meeting, information that describes in reasonable detail the status of specified action items. The Fund may distribute to all participants in a scheduled Review Meeting materials that it reasonably determines to be appropriate for the meeting.

 

3.2

Operational Meetings .

 

  (a)

As mutually agreed upon, the parties will meet by conference telephone to discuss any day-to-day operational matter of interest (the “ Operational Meeting ”) that the Fund or Computershare may reasonably request to include in the agenda for the particular meeting, including without limitation the following:

 

  (i)

As reasonably requested by the Fund giving it an opportunity to ask questions, give information and provide opinions with respect to the day- to-day services provided by Computershare, support needs of the Fund, and activities contemplated by Schedule 2 .

 

  (ii)

Computershare’s capacity and capabilities for expanding and enhancing the Services;

 

  (iii)

Fund priorities and strategy; and

 

  (iv)

Changes in Applicable Law and other regulatory issues;

 

  (b)

In the event the Fund or Computershare requests of the other party that it meet other than in a meeting described elsewhere in this Section 3 on urgent operational or service-related matters and the other party agrees, then:

 

  (i)

The meetings will involve the Fund and Computershare representatives as agreed upon by the parties with appropriate levels of knowledge and seniority to discuss the matters with respect to which the meeting will be held and to make commitments (in his or her sole discretion) on behalf of the party represented;

 

- 47 -


  (ii)

The parties will use reasonable efforts provide relevant information reasonably requested by the other party prior to or at the meeting;

 

  (iii)

Subsequent to each meeting the parties will use reasonable efforts to distribute all materials they agreed to provide during the meeting within the time periods they agreed to provide them, including for example a list of the issues, discussion points, action items and timelines.

 

3.3

Other Meetings .

 

  (a)

Annual Due Diligence Meeting . Once each calendar year the parties will meet to provide the Fund an opportunity to ask questions, give information and provide opinions with respect to, and to examine to the extent expressly granted by the Agreement: regulatory and operating risk issues, Computershare’s controls framework, on-going compliance of the Services and any significant breaches or trends about which the Fund or Computershare are concerned.

 

  (b)

User Group Meetings . To the extent Computershare plans and holds meetings between the personnel who manage its technology products and the clients who use particular technology products, if applicable Computershare will provide the Fund with reasonable advance notice of such meetings and invite the Fund to attend.

 

  (c)

Chief Compliance Officer (CCO) Forum . To the extent Computershare plans and holds meetings between its clients and the personnel who manage its compliance services and other support services of interest to Chief Compliance Officers of its clients, Computershare will provide the Fund with reasonable advance notice of such meetings and invite the Fund to attend.

 

  (d)

Computershare Service Team and BlackRock Oversight Team . Such members of the BlackRock Oversight Team and the Computershare Relationship Team as may reasonably be deemed appropriate by agreement of the parties will, upon the reasonable request of the other, meet to discuss in good faith operational matters.

 

  (e)

Facilitated Contact . BlackRock’s TA Oversight Director and Computershare’s Relationship Executive will, upon the reasonable request of the other, facilitate direct contact between appropriate Fund personnel and appropriate Computershare personnel with respect to operational matters that both individuals reasonably agree require direct contact between operational personnel in addition to that which occurs in the ordinary course of business.

 

3.4

High Level Contacts . Both parties agree to communication between BlackRock’s Head of Domestic Shareholder Services and Computershare’s Business Executive on an as-needed basis.

 

- 48 -


SCHEDULE 5

BUSINESS CONTINUITY PLANNING/DISASTER RECOVERY

 

1.

Business Continuity Plans/Disaster Recovery

Computershare shall maintain a Business Continuity Plan for the Services and execute the Business Continuity Plan in the event of any unplanned or anticipated interruption of the Services consistent with the provisions set forth in this Schedule 5 (“ Schedule ”). Computershare shall provide BlackRock with a summary of the business continuity process, Exhibit A of this Schedule, in accordance with Section 19 of the Agreement. Computershare shall provide BlackRock with its periodic disaster recovery exercise attestation letters as soon as available, and at a minimum at least annually.

If Computershare fails to reinstate the Services within the recovery times set forth in this Schedule, BlackRock may, in addition to other remedies available hereunder, at its sole discretion, immediately terminate the Agreement as a non-curable default under Section 16.3(b) of the Agreement. The force majeure and Section 7.5 terms of the Agreement do not remove or diminish Computershare’s obligation to deliver the recovery service levels described herein.

 

2.

Business Continuity Service Levels

Computershare will comply with all Recovery Time Objectives (RTO) and Recovery Point Objectives (RPO) as defined in this Schedule.

Recovery capacity shall equal the normal service levels defined in the Agreement.

The continuity service levels apply regardless of the number of other customers

Computershare is obligated to service during any such interruption of Service.

 

3.

Business Continuity Plan Maintenance and Exercising

Review and testing of Computershare’s business continuity plans shall occur at least annually Computershare shall develop a plan to remedy any failures or anomalies identified during testing.

 

4.

Notification

Computershare shall promptly notify the Fund (i) in the event the Business Continuity Plan is executed for any Services or work locations supporting the Fund, or (ii) Computershare’s Customer Service Officer (as defined in Schedule 4 of the Side Agreement) becomes aware that it is reasonably likely that the Business Continuity Plan will be executed. Each party shall maintain at all times identified points of contact for the purpose of requesting information and obtaining the detailed, up-to-date status of the other party’s progress and ongoing actions during disasters which require execution of the Business Continuity Plan (“ Plan Contacts ”). Computershare’s lead Customer Service Officer (as defined in Schedule 4 of the Side Agreement) for the Fund shall be responsible for coordinating Computershare’s communication with the Fund regarding the Business Continuity Plan, including, without limitation, recovery testing and implementation of recovery procedures. Each party shall notify the Plan Contacts of the other party in writing (e-mail shall constitute a writing for this purpose) of any changes to the Plan Contacts or any updates to their contact information.

Annually or upon request of the Fund as part of any annual site visit conducted by the Fund, Computershare will provide the following documentation to the Fund to evidence compliance of the Business Continuity Plan with the requirements of this Agreement:

 

  (a)

a written summary schedule of Business Continuity Testing Events (as defined immediately below);

 

  (b)

a written summary of testing performed, including, but not limited to, identification of any significant challenges experienced in the testing and actions taken or planned to address such challenges; and

 

  (c)

a written summary of any material changes to the Business Continuity Plan or related procedures reasonably expected to be implemented during the year following the site visit. “ Business Continuity Testing Events ” means an annual call tree test, annual alternate site recovery and semi-annual application test for recovery objective.

 

- 49 -


5.

Business Continuity Service Levels

Recovery Time Objective (RTO) is the time period (objective) it takes to switch over to the disaster recovery site once Computershare makes the decision to switch over. The aim is to have a fully functional system within that time frame.

Recovery Point Objective (RPO) is the point in time before the disaster that Computershare can recover to. Computershare will comply with all Recovery Time Objectives (RTO) and Recovery Point Objectives (RPO) provided by the Customer Service Officer from time to time. The RTO and RPO as of the Effective date are set forth below:

 

   

“RPO” recovery time will be within four (4) hours, subject to Computershare’s ability to access at least one (1) of its data centers.

 

   

“RTO” recovery time will be within twenty-four (24) hours, subject to Computershare’s ability to access at least one (1) of its data centers.

Recovery capacity shall equal the normal service levels defined in the Agreement. The continuity service levels apply regardless of the number of other customers Computershare is obligated to service during a disaster.

 

6.

In the event that the Fund (or the Fund’s investment adviser) implements or updates its business continuity and/or disaster recovery plan, Computershare shall provide all reasonable assistance to the Fund as may be requested.

 

- 50 -


EXHIBIT A (CPU Executive Summary)

 

- 51 -


SCHEDULE 6

REPORTS AND INFORMATION

 

    

Report

  

Frequency

1.    Distribution Funding Grids    By the 5th Business day after record date, but no later than 1 Business Day before payable date
2.    DRP Trade Summaries    Daily during DRIP cycle
3.    DRP Recap Report    Daily during the DRP cycle, as funds issue shares and finish purchasing
4.    Late Term Report    On Payable + 1
5.    DRP Analysis Grid    As soon as practical after all funds have completed the DRP process
6.    Shares Outstanding Report    Weekly, every Monday, as of the previous business day and on month end
7.    Number of Registered accounts    Monthly by the 5th Business Day
8.    Affiliate Reporting    Monthly by the 5th Business Day
9.    Monthly Score Card    Monthly by the 15th Business Day
10.    38a-1 Certification    Quarterly
11.    Pre-escheatment list of at risk accounts    With commercially reasonable advance notice of each escheatment cycle

 

*

Computershare agrees to provide such other reports (including but not limited to ad hoc reports) as shall be requested by the Fund from time to time.

 

- 52 -


SCHEDULE 7

POST-TERMINATION SERVICES EXTENSION AND DECONVERSION SERVICES

 

1.

GENERAL TERMS.

 

1.1

Unless specifically defined in this Schedule 7 or specifically defined by reference to a Schedule, capitalized terms used in this Schedule 7 shall have the meaning assigned thereto in the Agreement.

 

1.2

Computershare shall communicate on all Deconversion matters solely with the Deconversion Fund, Computershare shall not be obligated to act on any communication relating to a Deconversion matter if the communication does not come directly from the Deconversion Fund, and Computershare may rely on any communication from the Deconversion Fund as a communication directly from the Fund. On all Deconversion matters, the Fund hereby authorizes the Deconversion Fund to communicate with Computershare on its behalf and to enter into legally binding agreements with Computershare regarding Deconversion matters and Computershare may rely on this authorization.

 

1.3

The Deconversion Fund and Computershare’s Customer Service Officer (as defined in Schedule 4 of the Side Agreement) shall constitute the principle points of contact between the Deconversion Fund and Computershare with respect to Deconversion matters.

 

1.4

Notices required or permitted to be given under this Schedule 7 shall be governed by Section 20.1 of the Agreement, unless specifically provided otherwise in this Schedule 7 .

 

2.

CERTAIN DEFINITIONS.

Deconversion ” means the collaborative process of transferring Shareholder files and records related to the Funds from the Computershare system to the processing system of the Replacement Provider.

Deconversion Activities ” means any activities of Computershare, including without limitation all Deconversion Services, associated with any transfer or movement of files, records, materials or information or a conversion thereof to the Replacement provider.

Deconversion Commencement Date ” means the date that Computershare begins sending files regarding the Deconversion Fund to the Replacement Provider.

Deconversion End Date ” means the final expiration date of the Agreement with respect to a Deconversion Fund.

Deconversion Fund ” means the particular Fund or Funds that are deconverting.

“Deconversion Services ” means the Computershare services described by Sections 4.2 through 4.7, as may be amended from time to time.

“Funds Termination Notice ” means a termination notice sent by the Fund pursuant to Section 16 of the Agreement satisfying all terms of the provision pursuant to which it was sent.

“Computershare Termination Notice ” means a termination notice sent by Computershare pursuant to Section 16 of the Agreement satisfying all terms of the provision pursuant to which it was sent.

“Replacement Provider ” means the entity designated by the Deconversion Fund in a written notice received by a Customer Service Officer as the successor service Provider for such Deconversion Fund.

“Termination Notice ” means a Funds Termination Notice or a Computershare Termination Notice.

 

- 53 -


3.

NOTIFICATIONS REGARDING DECONVERSIONS.

 

3.1

Deconversion Services .

 

  (a)

In the event Computershare receives a Funds Termination Notice or the Fund receives a Computershare Termination Notice, Computershare shall provide Deconversion Services with respect to termination of the Agreement or Services being terminated, as the case may be, subject to the particular Termination Notice.

 

  (b)

A Deconversion Notice shall in all cases be conclusively presumed to request that the Deconversion Activities be completed as of the Deconversion End Date.

 

4.

THE DECONVERSION SERVICES.

 

4.1

Computershare shall undertake commercially reasonable efforts, subject to the further provisions of Section 5, to perform the Deconversion Services subject to the good faith and commercially reasonable cooperation of the Replacement Provider and the Deconversion Fund in such efforts.

 

4.2

Computershare will cooperate in good faith with the Deconversion Fund and Replacement Provider to advise them with respect to their creation of a Deconversion plan, including without limitation advice with respect to objectives, feasible timelines and significant milestones, specifications and requirements supported by Computershare, master files and balancing reports typically furnished by Computershare in deconversions, and to reasonably assist in the manner customary for terminating service providers in the execution of reasonable action items in the Deconversion plan.

 

4.3

Computershare will provide a certification letter on the first business day following the Deconversion End Date verifying key system totals including:

 

  (i)

Total Issued and outstanding shares

 

  (ii)

Current year distributions, and withholding

 

4.4

Computershare will reasonably cooperate with the Deconversion Fund and Replacement Provider in their efforts, as may be requested, to create a document which maps the transfer of responsibility for applicable transfer agent functions from Computershare to the Replacement Provider, including, but not limited to:

 

  (i)

Uncashed checks

 

  (ii)

Shareholder mail

 

  (iii)

ACH returns

 

  (iv)

Misdirected wires

 

  (v)

Open control reconciliation items

 

  (vi)

RPO and escheat items

 

  (vii)

Civil penalties

 

  (viii)

W-9 forms and W-8 forms

 

  (ix)

Tax reporting

 

  (x)

Shareholder confirmations and statements

 

  (xi)

Research items

 

  (xii)

Correspondence items

 

  (xiii)

Fulfillment items

 

  (xiv)

Adjustments

 

- 54 -


  (xv)

Shareholder servicing (call center)

 

  (xvi)

Control reporting and settlement

 

4.5

In connection with a reasonable number of a “dress rehearsals” or “mock deconversions” reasonably requested by the Replacement Provider prior to the Deconversion End Date, Computershare will provide a master file and balancing report for each Deconversion Fund customary for a deconversion to the Replacement Provider in closed-end fund/equity transfer agent format and specifications, and provide the Replacement Provider with the customary assistance of a transferring service provider in such “dress rehearsals” or “mock deconversions”. The Customer shall pay for each individual file created by Computershare in connection with such “dress rehearsals” or “mock deconversions” in accordance with the fee schedule of Computershare for such services in place at the time of the “dress rehearsals” or “mock deconversions”.

 

4.6

In connection with the Deconversion of each Deconversion Fund, Computershare will provide a master file and balancing report customary for a deconversion to the Replacement Provider in closed-end fund/equity transfer agent format and specifications, with data relating to the Deconversion Fund as of the Deconversion End Date and provide the Replacement Provider with the customary assistance of a transferring service provider in deconversions.

 

4.7

Notwithstanding anything in this Schedule 7 to the contrary, nothing herein contained will be construed to require Computershare to share any of its Confidential Information or its Proprietary Information with any entity which is a competitor of Computershare.

 

5.

ADDITIONAL TERMS GOVERNING SERVICES EXTENSIONS AND DECONVERSION SERVICES

 

5.1

Computershare will have no obligation to furnish the Services after the termination date of the Agreement.

 

5.2

Computershare will have no obligation to provide Deconversion Services until Computershare receives notification of termination of the Deconversion Fund.

 

5.3

Computershare will use commercially reasonable efforts to commence the Deconversion and perform the Deconversion Services by the applicable termination date, but Computershare makes no warranties, covenants, guarantees or representations that it will or be able to commence the Deconversion or complete all Deconversion Services by such date. Provided that, in the event Computershare is not able to commence the Deconversion or complete all Deconversion Services by the termination date, including as the result of any delays relating to the preparations for such Deconversion by the Replacement Provider or the Deconversion Fund, the parties agree to work together in good faith to mutually determine a new termination date for such Deconversion Fund, including cooperating on any subsequent changes to such date as are required to complete the Deconversion.

 

5.4

All obligations of Computershare with respect to the performance of Service and Service Levels shall remain in effect until the Deconversion Commencement Date; provided, however, any failure of Computershare to perform a Service at a Service Level included in the KPI Table (as defined in the KPI Document) or otherwise in accordance with the Agreement that is reasonably attributable to the performance of Deconversion Activities, based on supporting materials or written reports furnished by Computershare, shall not be considered a breach of the Agreement or a Service Level and shall not be included in any determination of Service Fee Credits (as defined in the KPI Document).

 

5.5

In connection with any termination of the Agreement, upon request of the other party, each party will either return to the other party no later than the Deconversion End Date, or destroy, all Confidential Information of the other party, and upon the request of the other party will certify that it has complied with its obligations under this Section 5.5 with respect to the other party’s Confidential Information, except that a party may retain the other party’s Confidential Information subject to the confidentiality obligations of the Agreement to the extent (and for the limited period) that the party is required to do so for the purposes of compliance with applicable recordkeeping laws, rules or regulations; provided, however, notwithstanding the foregoing, Computershare may retain, subject to the confidentiality obligations set forth in the Agreement, copies of all data, information, files and records of whatsoever nature received, processed or created in connection with its activities under the

 

- 55 -


  Agreement that it reasonably determines to be appropriate to document its compliance with the Agreement, to protect its rights under the Agreement, or to comply with legal, regulatory, audit, accounting or similar business requirements provided it does so in accordance with its information security policies and document destruction and retention policies.

 

6.

DECONVERSION FEES.

 

6.1

in connection with any termination under Section 16 of the Agreement involving Deconversion Services, the Fund shall pay to Computershare the amounts described in clauses (i) through (iii) below, in advance of the Deconversion Commencement Date:

 

  (i)

any Fees and reimbursable expenses that may be owed pursuant to Section 4 of the Agreement for services performed by Computershare pursuant to the Agreement through the Deconversion End Date, as appropriate (whether or not previously invoiced);

 

  (ii)

all fees and out of pocket expenses associated with the movement of records and materials to the Funds or the Replacement Provider, including fees such as, but not limited to, data files and reports, in accordance with the fee schedule of Computershare in place at the time of the Deconversion End Date, and any out of pockets incurred, including but no limited to freight;

 

  (iii)

the amount estimated in good faith by Computershare (“ Good Faith Estimate ”) for the reasonable out-of-pocket expenses expected to be incurred in performing any services to be provided by Computershare following the dates with respect to which the compensation contemplated by clauses (i) and (ii) above has been calculated that constitute services provided for by the Agreement or that may relate to a cessation of operations or the winding up of the affairs covered by the Agreement, including by way of example and not limitation, answering general shareholder inquiries, furnishing historical shareholder account information to authorized parties, providing tax services with respect to transactions occurring before the termination such as the filing of final tax forms, maintaining a service account for checks not yet cleared, and compliance with record retention requirements (“ Reimbursable Trailing Expenses ”); and

 

  (iv)

Computershare’s obligation to perform any Deconversion Activities is expressly conditioned on the prior performance by the Fund, to Computershare’s reasonable satisfaction, of the Fund’s obligations set forth in the Agreement.

 

6.2

Within 120 days following the appropriate Deconversion End Date:

 

  (i)

Computershare shall determine any (A) amounts that should have been paid pursuant to Section 6.1 or otherwise but could not or was not determined, invoiced or estimated by Computershare and have not been paid, and (B) any amounts paid pursuant to Section 6.1 or otherwise that are in excess of amounts actually owed;

 

  (ii)

Computershare shall net the amounts determined in accordance with clause (i) above and notify the Fund whether Computershare owes money to the Fund or the Fund owes money to Computershare and the amount owed; and

 

  (iii)

Within seven (7) Business Days following the notice in accordance with Section 6.2(ii), Computershare will pay the Fund any amount it owes the Fund or the Fund shall pay Computershare any amount it owes Computershare.

 

  (iv)

Computershare will perform any tax or regulatory required mailings that may occur outside 120 days, as mutually agreed upon by the parties.

 

- 56 -


SCHEDULE 8

INSURANCE

 

Section 1.

General Matters . Unless specifically defined in this Schedule 8 or specifically defined by reference to an Appendix or Schedule, capitalized terms used in this Schedule 8 shall have the meaning assigned to them in the Agreement.

 

Section 2.

Minimum Coverage Requirements . Computershare shall at its sole cost and expense, during the term of the Agreement, procure and maintain in effect the insurance coverage covering the risks, claims and liabilities arising from or in connection with the performance of work under the Agreement by Computershare, its agents, representatives, employees or, where applicable, subcontractors, as specified in this Exhibit.. All insurance shall be procured from reputable insurers (rated A-, VIII or better by A.M. Best & Company) that are licensed, approved or admitted to do business in the state.

 

Section 3.

Insurance Coverage .

(i) Insurance covering Computershare’s employees for injuries arising out of their employment for services provided under the Agreement in an amount that will be sufficient to meet all applicable statutory requirements to cover Computershare’s employees (commonly referred to as “Workers’ Compensation Insurance”).

(ii) Insurance covering all sums Computershare shall become legally obligated to pay because of bodily injury by accident or disease sustained by any employee of Computershare arising out of their employment for services provided under the Agreement (commonly referred to as “Employer’s Liability Insurance”) in amounts not less than (a) $1,000,000 each accident for bodily injury by accident; (b) $1,000,000 each employee for bodily injury by disease; and (c) $1,000,000 policy limit for bodily injury by disease;

(iii) Insurance covering all sums Computershare shall be legally obligated to pay because of claims for bodily injury and property damage arising out of premises, operations, products and completed operations; and advertising and personal injury (commonly referred to as “Commercial General Liability Insurance” or “Public Liability Insurance”) in amounts not less than (a) $1,000,000 per occurrence and $1,000,000 in aggregate; and (b) $10,000,000 per occurrence of “Umbrella Liability Insurance” scheduling the “Commercial General Liability Insurance” or “Public Liability Insurance.” This insurance shall include: (a) contractual liability covering Computershare’s liability under the Agreement; and (b) a severability of interest clause.

(iv) If automobiles or other vehicles are used in connection with the performance or provision of the services under the Agreement, insurance covering all sums Computershare shall be legally obligated to pay because of claims for bodily injury or property damage arising out of the use of owned, hired, and non-owned automobiles in the rendering of Services to be provided under the Agreement (commonly referred to as “Automobile Liability Insurance”) in an amount not less than (a) $1,000,000 combined single limit for bodily injury and property damage per accident and in aggregate.

(v) Insurance covering loss resulting from dishonest or fraudulent acts committed by Computershare’s employees, its agents and, where applicable, subcontractors; forgery and alteration and including coverage of third party property; and computer crime as further described in (vii) (commonly referred to as “Crime Insurance” or “Fidelity Bond”) in an amount not less than $10,000,000 per claim.

(vi) Insurance covering all sums Computershare shall be legally obligated to pay because of claims for wrongful acts, negligent errors or negligent omissions committed by Computershare, its agents and employees arising from the Services to be provided under the Agreement (commonly referred to as “Professional Liability Insurance” or “Errors & Omissions Insurance”) in an amount not less than $10,000,000 per claim. If coverage is written on a “claims-made” basis, the retroactive date must be shown, and must be on or before the commencement of the services or work.

(vii) Insurance covering all sums Computershare shall be legally obligated to pay because of claims alleging a security failure (including but not limited to failure of a computer system, unauthorized access / use of a computer system, virus transmission, denial of service, physical theft of hardware) or a privacy event (including but not

 

- 57 -


limited to failure to protect confidential information) (commonly referred to as “Cyber Liability Insurance” or “Network Security and Privacy Liability Insurance” or alternatively afforded by Comprehensive Crime and Computer Electronic Crime insurance) in an amount not less than $10,000,000 per claim. If coverage is written on a “claims-made” basis, the retroactive date must be shown, and must be on or before the commencement of the services or work.

 

Section 4.

Effect . The insurance requirements under the Agreement are not intended and shall not be construed to modify, limit, increase, or reduce the indemnification obligations made in the Agreement by Computershare to Customer or to modify, limit, increase or reduce Computershare’s liability as set forth in the Agreement.

 

Section 5.

No warranty is made by Customer that the coverage or limits set forth herein are adequate to cover and protect the interests of Computershare for Computershare’s operations.

 

Section 6.

Evidence of Insurance Coverage . Prior to the execution of the Agreement, Computershare shall furnish Customer with a certificate of insurance that evidences all the insurance required in the Agreement and thereafter at the request of Customer. Computershare’s failure to deliver evidence of coverage in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Customer or its designee shall not be construed as a waiver of that party’s obligation to provide the required insurance coverage. Receipt by Customer of a non-conforming certificate of insurance does not constitute acceptance.

 

Section 7.

Notifications . Computershare shall provide for at least 30 days prior written notice to be given to Customer in the event coverage is materially changed, cancelled or non-renewed. Computershare shall not take or omit to take any reasonable action or (insofar as it is reasonably within its power) permit anything to occur in relation to the insurance policies indicated above as would entitle the relevant insurer to refuse to pay any claim under the policies.

 

- 58 -


SCHEDULE 9

CUSTOMER INFORMATION SECURITY

Adherence to Standards of Protection.

In fulfilling its obligations under this Schedule 9 (“ Schedule ”), Computershare may utilize methods, processes, or procedures concerning information security (“ Processes ”) similar to and substantially conforming to certain terms herein. Computershare shall at all times ensure that any such Processes are no less rigorous in their protection to Customer than (i) the standards reflected in this Exhibit’s terms set forth below, and (ii) the Processes by which Computershare maintains the integrity and efficacy of its own information security. In all cases Computershare’s Processes shall provide safeguards no less protective than those of the terms of this Exhibit in all material respects. Unless specifically defined in this Schedule, or specifically defined by reference to an Appendix or Schedule to the Agreement or Side Agreement, capitalized terms used in this Schedule shall have the meaning assigned to them in the Agreement.

 

(i)

Definitions.

 

  a.

Customer Confidential Information ” means Confidential Information of the Customer provided to Computershare.

 

  b.

Firewall ” is an integrated collection of security measures used to protect against unauthorized electronic access to a networked computer system.

 

  c.

Encryption ” is a process of using an algorithm to transform data into coded information in order to protect confidentiality.

 

  d.

Intrusion Detection Process ” (or “ IDP ”) is a method of reviewing system logs and processes in near real time and, without unreasonable delay, alerting management to known patterns of behavior that indicate an intrusion is occurring or is likely to take place soon.

 

(ii)

Breach Notification and Remediation.

In the event of an actual security breach incident involving Computershare’s systems or network that has resulted in unauthorized access to or disclosure of, or have any material adverse effect on, Customer Confidential Information (“ Incident ”), Computershare shall:

 

  a.

Within two business days after the confirmation by Computershare of the occurrence of an Incident, notify a Lead for Global Provider Services (as defined in Schedule 4 of the Side Agreement ) by telephone and subsequently in writing. Notice shall include the approximate date and time of the Incident and a summary of all relevant facts along with the actions taken to rectify the Processes and address the Incident’s effects. An Incident may include, but is not limited to, instances in which Computershare’s personnel (“ Computershare Personnel”) access systems in excess of their user rights or otherwise use the systems inappropriately;

 

  b.

Immediately implement commercially reasonable measures necessary to ensure the security of Computershare’s systems and restore the security of Customer Confidential Information. If such measures include temporarily restricting access to any of Computershare’s information, network or systems in order to mitigate against further breaches, Computershare shall notify Customer of the restricted access, in advance of such restriction when possible but in all cases as soon as possible. Customer may request additional steps of Computershare relating to Computershare’s Processes and to address the Incident’s effects. In the event of an Incident, Computershare shall reasonably cooperate with Customer in order for Customer to verify Computershare’s compliance with its obligations under this section (ii)(b).

 

- 59 -


(iii)

Independent Control Attestations.

Computershare shall:

 

  a.

Computershare will engage a certified public accounting film to conduct a SSAE 16, AT 101, or equivalent audit of the control environment and activities of Computershare and prepare a report on an annual basis. Computershare shall make available to Customer a copy of each such report prepared in connection with each such audit, within a reasonable amount of time after receipt. Customer will pay a fee for each such report in accordance with Computershare’s fees in effect at such time; and

 

  b.

Penetration Testing . For Computershare systems that host or process Customer Confidential Information, Computershare shall at least annually engage at its own expense a third party service provider for penetration testing and provide Customer with an executive overview of such testing. The method of test scoring and issue ratings shall follow standard industry practice, such as the latest Common Vulnerability Scoring System (CVSS) published by the US National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST). For any material findings (critical, priority, or high risk), Computershare shall within thirty (30) days from its receipt of penetration test results produce a remediation plan detailing the actions and dates by when these security issues shall be fully resolved. Computershare’s failure to prepare and schedule a remediation plan within sixty (60) days of the penetration test report represents sufficient grounds for Customer to terminate the Agreement for cause.

 

(iv)

Data Management.

Computershare shall:

 

  a.

Information Classification . Unless otherwise indicated by Customer, consider all Customer Confidential Information to be classified as “Confidential” and handle accordingly.

 

  b.

Encryption of Information . Use industry-standard encryption techniques (for example, public encryption algorithms such as 3DES, RC4 RC5, IDEA, RSA and AES) at cipher strengths no less than 128-bit or equivalent for Customer Confidential Information. Computershare shall use industry standard authentication practices for Customer Confidential Information.

 

  c.

Cryptographic Key Management . Ensure that cryptographic keys are managed securely at all times, in accordance with documented control requirements and procedures which are consistent with good industry practice, and shall ensure that Customer Confidential Information is protected against unauthorized access or destruction. Computershare shall ensure that if public key infrastructure (PKI) is used, it shall be protected by ‘hardening’ the underlying operating system(s).

 

  d.

Transmission . If transferred across the Internet, any wireless network (e.g., cellular, 802.11x, or similar technology), or other public or shared networks, data must be protected using cryptography consistent with good industry practice. Computershare’s policies do not allow for the copying of Confidential Information to Removable Media (defined below).

 

  e.

Data Backups . In connection with the performance of Services, Computershare shall create backup records of Customer’s information, including but not limited to server files (“ backup files ”) at least daily. Computershare will not create backup files on Removable Media. Any Computershare storage or retention of backup files is subject to all terms of this Section (iv).

 

  f.

Event Logging . For Computershare’s systems directly utilized for providing services to Customer and/or processing or storing Customer Confidential Information, Computershare shall maintain logs of key events that may affect the confidentiality, integrity, and/or availability of the Service to Customer and that may assist in the identification or investigation of material incidents and/or security breaches occurring in relation to Computershare systems. Computershare shall retain the log for at least 12 months and protect the log against unauthorized changes (including, unauthorized amending or deleting a log). Computershare shall regularly review the logs of all key events within Computershare systems (preferably using automated tools) and notify Customer upon identification of any Incidents in accordance with Section (ii)(a) of this Schedule.

 

- 60 -


  g.

Software Updates . Computershare shall (i) use the most current version of software required to support the performance of Services, including anti-virus and other security software, (ii) regularly review its software applications and systems in light of new products or software releases providing enhanced functionality, and (iii) replace or “patch” existing software as enhancements become available as determined appropriate by Computershare and consistent with good industry practice.

 

  h.

Removable Media . For purposes of this Schedule , “ Removable Media ” means portable or removable hard disks, floppy disks, USB memory drives, zip disks, optical disks, CDs, DVDs, digital film, memory cards (e.g. , Secure Digital (SD), Memory Sticks (MS), CompactFlash (CF), SmartMedia (SM), MultiMediaCard (MMC), and xD-Picture Card (xD)), magnetic tape, and all other removable data storage media whether owned by Customer or Computershare.

 

  i.

Media Disposal and Servicing . In the event any hardware, storage media or Removable Media used in connection with the Services must be disposed of or transported for servicing, Computershare shall ensure all Customer Confidential Information has been deleted and is not accessible from such hardware and/or media using methods such as, burning, shredding, pulping, melting, mutilation, chemical decomposition, or pulverizing. Crosscut shredders shall be designed to produce residue particle size not exceeding 1/32 inch in width (with a 1/64 inch tolerance by 1/2 inch in length). Classified material in microform; that is, microfilm, microfiche, or similar high data density material may be destroyed by burning or chemical decomposition. Industry best practices should be deployed, such as those of the U.S. National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST).

 

(v)

Computer & Network Security.

 

  a.

Server Security . Access to any of Computershare’s computer servers used to perform development Services for Customer shall be limited to only Computershare Personnel performing Services. Computershare will back-up the server files daily

 

  b.

Internal Network Segment Security . All data entering Computershare’s internal data network from any external source (including, without limitation, the Internet), must pass through Firewalls to enforce secure connections between internal and external systems and such Firewalls shall only allow specific types of data to pass through.

 

  c.

External Segment Security . Computershare’s external connections to the Internet or direct connections to Customer shall (i) have commercially reasonable security measures and controls applied to its routers, and (ii) include an IDP that will monitor all data within the external segment and information coming from routers to the Firewalls. Computershare shall disable unnecessary network access points to prevent unauthorized devices from accessing the Customer VLAN. Computershare Personnel may not use PDAs to access devices with the Customer VLAN.

 

  d.

Network and Systems Monitoring . Computershare shall actively monitor all of its networks and systems (including but not limited to IDP, Local Area Network/Wide Area Network (LAN/WAN) equipment and systems and all servers) to detect deviation from access control policies and actual or attempted intrusions or other unauthorized acts.

 

  e.

Data Leakage . Computershare shall deploy data leakage tools to detect any unauthorized transfers of Customer Confidential Information outside Computershare systems and any unauthorized external transfers of such information.

 

  f.

Instant Messaging and Email . Computershare shall ensure that its instant messaging and email services are protected by both policy and technical application controls, configuring all commercially reasonable methods for Computershare’s related infrastructure. To the extent Computershare Personnel will have access to external email or the Internet Computershare will have policies or systems to monitor its usage.

 

- 61 -


  g.

User Authentication . Computershare shall implement processes designed to authenticate the identity of all network users through the following means:

 

  i.

User ID. Each user of an application containing Customer Confidential Information shall be assigned a unique identification code (“ User ID ”).

 

  ii.

Passwords. Each user on Computershare’s network should use a unique password to access applications containing Customer Confidential information. Passwords should be at least eight (8) alphanumeric characters, using mixed upper and lower case, numbers and special characters. Passwords and PINs must be different than User IDs and must be updated at least every ninety (90) calendar days. The use of passwords that are easily discerned shall be avoided (e.g., passwords made up from users’ birthdays, street addresses, children’s names, etc.) and shall align with ISO/EIC 27001:2005 and BS7799-2:2005. Computershare shall require users to update, at least every sixty (60) calendar days, PINs and passwords which control access to applications or systems containing Customer Confidential Information.

 

  iii.

Secure tokens. Remote access to applications containing Customer Confidential Information shall require the use of security codes that are made available to users via a key fob or other token device issued by Computershare to each user.

 

  iv.

Deactivation. Computershare applications shall automatically deactivate a User ID after a specified number of unsuccessful log-in attempts. Sessions must be restricted or timed out after a defined period of inactivity and require Users to re-authenticate. User IDs for Computershare Personnel with access to Customer Confidential Information shall be deactivated immediately upon changes in job responsibilities that render such access unnecessary, or upon termination of employment.

 

  h.

Privileged Access . Computershare shall ensure that:

 

  i.

Privileged user access accounts are not provided for use in day-to-day operations.

 

  ii.

Users provided with privileged user access have such access terminated within two days following the relevant user leaving Computershare’s employment.

 

  i.

Anti-virus Protection . Computershare shall:

 

  i.

Scan incoming files. Computershare shall use industry-accepted anti-virus tools to scan all incoming files that may be stored or processed with files containing Customer Confidential Information.

 

  ii.

Use commercially reasonable efforts to protect against any Unauthorized Code. “ Unauthorized Code ” means any virus, Trojan horse, worm or other software routines or equipment components whose effect is to permit unauthorized access or to disable, erase or otherwise harm software, equipment or data, or to perform any other actions not authorized by Customer.

 

  iii.

Use commercially reasonable efforts to protect against transferring Unauthorized Code to Customer or Customer’s systems via email or other electronic transmission.

 

  iv.

Use commercially reasonable efforts to protect against any Self-Help Codes. “ Self-Help Codes ” means any back door, time bomb, drop-dead device, or other software routine whose effect is to disable a computer program automatically with the passage of time or under the positive control of an unauthorized person. Self-Help Codes do not include software routines whose effect is to permit an owner or authorized user of the computer program to obtain access to a Customer’s computer system (s) (e.g., remote access via modem) solely for purposes of maintenance or technical support.

 

(vi)

System Development

 

  a.

Development Methodology and Installation Process .

 

  i.

For systems directly providing services to Customer and/or processing or storing Customer Confidential Infonnation, Computershare shall ensure that development activities are carried out in accordance with a documented system development methodology.

 

- 62 -


  ii.

Computershare shall ensure that new systems and changes to existing systems are deployed to the live environment strictly in accordance with a documented process.

 

  b.

Development Environments . Computershare shall ensure that system development is performed in distinct environments segregated from the production environment, and protected against unauthorized disclosure of Customer Confidential Information.

 

  c.

Capacity and Performance Planning . For systems directly providing services to Customer, Computershare shall ensure that the likelihood and impact of system failures or outages are minimized, through the use of effective capacity and performance planning practices. For systems used to process Customer transactions and/or to manage Customer assets, Computershare shall maintain capacity plans and conduct performance monitoring in accordance with good industry practice.

 

  d.

Testing Process . Computershare shall ensure that all elements of a system (i. e. application software packages, system software, hardware and services) shall be tested at all stages of the systems development lifecycle before the system is promoted its live environment.

 

  e.

Live Data in Test Environments . Computershare shall ensure that Customer Confidential Information (including Personal Data) is never used within test environments without documented controls needed to protect such information, including but not limited to the scrambling and obfuscating of such Customer Confidential Information in accordance with commercially reasonable standards.

 

  f.

Secure Coding Practices . Computershare shall have secure development practices, including the definition, testing, and deployment of security requirements.

 

(vii)

General Security.

 

  a.

Point of Contact . Computershare shall designate a point of contact to coordinate and be accountable for the continued security of all Customer Confidential Information and related systems in Computershare’s possession or to which Computershare has access.

 

  b.

Facilities . All Services involving the processing of Customer Confidential Information shall be (i) developed in Computershare facilities, and (ii) housed in secure areas and protected by perimeter security such as barrier access controls (e. g. , the use of guards and entry badges) that provide a physical environment secure from unauthorized access, damage, and interference (the “ Dedicated Facilities ”). Additional requirements specific to the Dedicated Facilities are:

 

  i.

All access points are designed to restrict entry and limit access to certain designated areas to authorized personnel and peimitted visitors.

 

  ii.

Computershare shall implement and maintain personnel and physical security policies, including, without limitation, a “clean desk” policy. In addition, the Dedicated Facilities must contain shredders and confidential bins for disposing of documents containing Customer Confidential Information or related to the Services, and all papers discarded in such bins must be shredded.

 

  iii.

Computershare has installed closed circuit television (CCTV) systems and CCTV recording systems to monitor and record access to controlled areas.

 

  iv.

All Computershare Personnel shall be issued and shall display an identification badge showing the bearer’s name and photographic likeness.

 

  v.

Each location shall maintain procedures for validating visitor identity and authorization to enter the premises, including but not limited to an identification check, issuance of an identification badge, validation of host identity, purpose of visit and recorded entry and departure time.

 

- 63 -


  c.

Change and Patch Management

 

  i.

Computershare shall ensure that changes to applications, any part of Computershare’s IT infrastructure, and the network shall be tested, reviewed and applied using a documented change management process.

 

  ii.

Computershare shall ensure that emergency fixes, including security patches, are implemented when available and approved, unless this introduces higher business risks. Computershare systems that for any reason cannot be updated shall have security measures installed to fully protect the vulnerable system. All changes must be undertaken in accordance with Computershare’s approved change management process.

 

  iii.

Patch Management . Computershare shall develop and implement a patch management strategy that is supported by management controls and patch management procedures and operational documentation. Within a reasonable time, Computershare will review newly available security patches and determine whether to implement a particular patch and the timing of any such implementation based upon risks to Computershare or its customers and such other factors as Computershare deems relevant.

 

  iv.

Computershare shall have a documented process to identify and remediate security vulnerabilities in any software provided to Customer and provide these updates to Customer within a reasonable time after their becoming available, if applicable.

 

  d.

Training of Computershare Personnel .

Computershare shall at least annually supply all Computershare Personnel with appropriate ongoing training regarding Computershare’s Processes, including, without limitation, procedures to ensure all Computershare Personnel promptly report Incidents and suspected security breach incidents. Such training shall be provided within one (1) month of Computershare Personnel being engaged in the provision of Services or prior to Computershare Personnel being given access to Customer Confidential Information. Computershare shall be responsible for retaining documentation that annual training has been completed for each Computershare Personnel engaged in the provision of Services.

 

(viii)

Data Center Controls.

 

  a.

Base Requirements . Any Computershare data center supporting the Services shall possess the following minimum requirements:

 

  i.

Adequate physical security and access controls;

 

  ii.

Professional HVAC & environmental controls;

 

  iii.

Professional network/cabling environment;

 

  iv.

Professional fire detection/suppression capability; and

 

  v.

A comprehensive business continuity plan.

 

  b.

Enhanced Requirements . Computershare’s data center shall possess all requirements and capabilities of a highly-available, redundant “N+1” data center, where multiple components each have at least one independent backup component to ensure that system functionality continues at acceptable performance levels in the event of a system failure, except as may be otherwise provided in the Agreement.

 

- 64 -


SCHEDULE 10

DATA PROTECTION: PERSONAL DATA SUPPLEMENT

 

1.

Definitions.

 

  a.

Data Protection Legislation ” means, to the extent applicable to Computershare in the provision of any Services under the Agreement, the EU Data Protection Directive 95/46/EC (“ Directive ”), the EU Directive on Privacy and Electronic Communications 2002/58/EC, Commission decisions.

 

  b.

Personal Data ” has the meaning given to that term by the Directive.

 

  c.

Process(ing) ” has the meaning given to that term by the Directive and “Processed” shall have a corresponding meaning.

 

2.

Other Terms.

 

  a.

Computershare and Customer acknowledge that for the purposes of the Directive, Customer is the Controller and Computershare is the data processor of any Personal Data. Computershare shall, at all times, comply with its obligations and ensure that its personnel (“ Computershare Personnel ”) comply with their obligations under Data Protection Legislation in relation to all Personal Data that is Processed by it in the course of performing its obligations under the Agreement, including by maintaining any valid and up-to-date registration or notification required under Data Protection Legislation.

 

  b.

Computershare shall process the Personal Data only to the extent, and in such a manner, as is necessary for the purposes specified in the Agreement and shall not process the Personal Data for any purpose other than those expressly authorized by Customer herein. Computershare will keep a record of any processing of personal data it carries out on behalf of Customer.

 

- 65 -


SCHEDULE 11

LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

In accordance with Section 7.4 of the Agreement, Transfer Agent’s aggregate liability during any annual term of the Agreement with respect to, arising from, or arising in connection with the Agreement, or as a result of any Services provided or omitted to be provided under the Agreement, whether in contract, or in tort, or otherwise, is limited to, and shall not exceed, the following amounts: (a) amounts paid hereunder by the Customer to Transfer Agent as fees and charges, but not including reimbursable expenses, during the thirty-six (36) calendar months immediately preceding the event for which recovery from the Transfer Agent is being sought which arises out of the Transfer Agent’s negligence, and (b) amounts paid hereunder by the Customer to Transfer Agent as fees and charges, but not including reimbursable expenses, during the sixty (60) calendar months immediately preceding the event for which recovery is being sought which arises out of the Transfer Agent’s gross negligence. For the avoidance of doubt, the Transfer Agent’s aggregate liability during any term of the Agreement with respect to, arising from, or arising in connection with the Agreement, or as a result of any Services provided or omitted to be provided under the Agreement, whether in contract, or in tort, or otherwise, which arises out of the Transfer Agent’s bad faith of willful misconduct shall not be subject to the foregoing limitations.

 

- 66 -

Exhibit (k)(2)

ADMINISTRATION AND FUND ACCOUNTING SERVICES AGREEMENT

Between

Each BlackRock Management Investment Company Listed in Schedule A

And

State Street Bank and Trust Company

Dated as of December 31, 2018


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

1.

 

APPOINTMENT OF ADMINISTRATOR

     4  

2.

 

DELIVERY OF DOCUMENTS

     4  

3.

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE ADMINISTRATOR

     5  

4.

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE FUNDS

     5  

5.

 

ADMINISTRATION SERVICES

     6  

6.

 

COMPENSATION OF ADMINISTRATOR; EXPENSE REIMBURSEMENT; FUND EXPENSES

     6  

7.

 

INSTRUCTIONS AND ADVICE

     6  

8.

 

STANDARD OF CARE; LIMITATION OF LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION

     7  

9.

 

CONFIDENTIALITY

     8  

10.

 

USE OF DATA

     8  

11.

 

COMPLIANCE WITH GOVERNMENTAL RULES AND REGULATIONS; RECORDS

     9  

12.

 

SERVICES NOT EXCLUSIVE

     9  

13.

 

EFFECTIVE PERIOD AND TERMINATION

     9  

14.

 

DELEGATION

     10  

15.

 

INTERPRETIVE AND ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS

     10  

16.

 

NOTICES

     11  

17.

 

AMENDMENT

     11  

18.

 

ASSIGNMENT

     11  

19.

 

SUCCESSORS

     11  

20.

 

DATA PROTECTION

     11  

21.

 

ENTIRE AGREEMENT

     12  

22.

 

WAIVER

     12  

23.

 

SEVERABILITY

     12  

24.

 

GOVERNING LAW

     12  

25.

 

REPRODUCTION OF DOCUMENTS

     12  

26.

 

LIMITATION OF LIABILITY OF TRUSTEES

     12  

27.

 

COUNTERPARTS

     12  

 

- 2 -


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

SCHEDULE A

  

LISTING OF FUNDS AND PORTFOLIOS

SCHEDULE B

  

LIST OF SERVICES

SCHEDULE B1

  

FUND ADMINISTRATION TREASURY SERVICES

SCHEDULE B2

  

FUND ADMINISTRATION TAX SERVICES

SCHEDULE B5

  

FUND ADMINISTRATION MONEY MARKET FUND SERVICES

SCHEDULE B6

  

FUND ADMINISTRATION FORM N-PORT AND FORM N-CEN SUPPORT SERVICES

SCHEDULE B7

  

FUND ACCOUNTING SERVICES

 

- 3 -


ADMINISTRATION AND FUND ACCOUNTING SERVICES AGREEMENT

This Administration and Fund Accounting Services Agreement (“ Agreement ”) dated and effective as of December 31, 2018, is by and between State Street Bank and Trust Company, a Massachusetts trust company (the “ Administrator ”), and each management investment company identified on Schedule A hereto, together with each management investment company which becomes a party to this Agreement in accordance with the terms hereof (each a “ Fund ” and collectively, the “ Funds ”).

WHEREAS, each Fund is, unless otherwise noted, an open-end or closed-end, management investment company, and may be currently comprised of different series (each, a “ Portfolio ” and collectively, the “ Portfolios ”), and is registered with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) by means of a registration statement (“Registration Statement”) under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), and in most instances, the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“1933 Act”); and

WHEREAS, each Fund desires to retain the Administrator to furnish certain administrative services to the Funds, and the Administrator is willing to furnish such services, on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.

APPOINTMENT OF ADMINISTRATOR

Each Fund hereby appoints the Administrator to act as administrator to such Fund for purposes of providing certain administrative services for the period and on the terms set forth in this Agreement. The Administrator accepts such appointment and agrees to render the services stated herein.

Certain Funds currently consist of the Portfolios as listed in Schedule A to this Agreement. In the event that a Fund establishes one or more additional Portfolio(s) with respect to which it wishes to retain the Administrator to act as administrator hereunder, the Fund shall notify the Administrator in writing. Upon written acceptance by the Administrator, such Portfolio(s) shall become subject to the provisions of this Agreement to the same extent as the existing Portfolios, except to the extent that such provisions (including those relating to compensation and expenses payable) may be modified with respect to such Portfolio in writing by the Fund and the Administrator at the time of the addition of such Portfolio.

 

2.

DELIVERY OF DOCUMENTS

Each Fund has or will promptly deliver, or make available electronically, to the Administrator copies of each of the following documents and all future amendments and supplements, if any:

 

  a.

The Fund’s Charter Documents (“Governing Documents”);

 

  b.

The Fund’s currently effective Registration Statement under the 1933 Act (if applicable) and the 1940 Act and each Prospectus and Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) relating to the Portfolio(s) and all amendments and supplements thereto as in effect from time to time;

 

  c.

Copies of the resolutions of the Board of Directors/Trustees of each Fund (the “Board”) certified by such Fund’s Secretary authorizing (1) the Fund to enter into this Agreement and (2) certain individuals on behalf of the Fund to (a) give instructions to the Administrator pursuant to this Agreement and (b) sign checks and pay expenses;

 

  d.

A copy of the investment advisory agreement between each Fund, on behalf of itself or each Portfolio, and its investment adviser; and

 

  e.

Such other certificates, documents or opinions which the Administrator may, in its reasonable discretion, deem necessary or appropriate in the proper performance of its duties.

 

- 4 -


3.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE ADMINISTRATOR

The Administrator represents and warrants to the Funds that:

 

  a.

It is a Massachusetts trust company, duly organized and existing under the laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts;

 

  b.

It has the requisite power and authority to carry on its business in The Commonwealth of Massachusetts;

 

  c.

All requisite corporate proceedings have been taken to authorize it to enter into and perform this Agreement;

 

  d.

No legal or administrative proceedings have been instituted or threatened which would have a material effect on the Administrator’s ability to perform its duties and obligations under this Agreement; and

 

  e.

Its entrance into this Agreement shall not cause a material breach or be in material conflict with any other agreement or obligation of the Administrator or any law or regulation applicable to it.

 

4.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE FUNDS

Each Fund represents and warrants to the Administrator that:

 

  a.

It is a corporation, business trust or statutory trust, as the case may be, duly organized, existing and in good standing under the laws of its state of formation;

 

  b.

It has the requisite power and authority under applicable laws and by its Governing Documents to enter into and perform this Agreement;

 

  c.

All requisite proceedings have been taken to authorize it to enter into and perform this Agreement;

 

  d.

A Registration Statement has been filed and, with respect to Funds that are open-end management investment companies, will be effective and remain effective during the term of this Agreement. Each Fund also warrants to the Administrator that as of the effective date of this Agreement, all necessary filings under the securities laws of the states in which the Fund offers or sells its shares have been made;

 

  e.

No legal or administrative proceedings have been instituted or threatened which would have a material effect on a Fund’s ability to perform its duties and obligations under this Agreement;

 

  f.

Its entrance into this Agreement will not cause a material breach or be in material conflict with any other agreement or obligation of the Funds or any law or regulation applicable to it; and

 

  g.

Where information provided by the Funds or the Funds’ shareholders includes information about an identifiable individual (“Personal Information”), each Fund represents and warrants that it has obtained all consents and approvals, as required by all applicable laws, regulations, by-laws and ordinances that regulate the collection, processing, use or disclosure of Personal Information, necessary to disclose such Personal Information to the Administrator, and as required for the Administrator to use and disclose such Personal Information in connection with the performance of the services hereunder. Each Fund acknowledges that the Administrator may perform any of the services, and may use and disclose Personal Information outside of the jurisdiction in which it was initially collected by the Funds, including the United States, solely in connection with the performance of the services set out in this Agreement and that information relating to the Funds, including Personal Information may be accessed by national security authorities, law enforcement and courts. The Administrator shall be kept indemnified by and be without liability to the Funds for any action taken or omitted by it in reliance upon this representation and warranty, including without limitation, any liability or costs in connection with claims or complaints for failure to comply with any applicable law that regulates the collection, processing, use or disclosure of Personal Information.

 

- 5 -


5.

ADMINISTRATION SERVICES

The Administrator shall provide the services as listed on Schedule B, subject to the authorization and direction of the Funds and, in each case where appropriate, the review and comment by the Funds’ independent accountants and legal counsel and in accordance with procedures which may be established from time to time between the Funds and the Administrator.

The Administrator shall perform such other services for the Funds that are mutually agreed to in writing by the parties from time to time, for which the Funds will pay such fees as may be mutually agreed upon in writing, including the Administrator’s reasonable out-of-pocket expenses. The provision of such services shall be subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, unless otherwise modified in writing.

The Administrator shall provide the office facilities and the personnel determined by it to perform the services contemplated herein.

 

6.

COMPENSATION OF ADMINISTRATOR; EXPENSE REIMBURSEMENT; FUND EXPENSES

The Administrator shall be entitled to reasonable compensation for its services and expenses, as agreed upon from time to time in writing between the Funds on behalf of each applicable Portfolio and the Administrator.

The Funds agree to promptly reimburse, or cause to be reimbursed, the Administrator for any equipment and supplies specially ordered by or for the Funds through the Administrator and for any other reasonable expenses not contemplated by this Agreement that the Administrator may incur on the Funds’ behalf at the Funds’ request or with the Funds’ consent.

Each Fund will bear all expenses that are incurred in its operation and not specifically assumed by the Administrator. For the avoidance of doubt, Fund expenses not assumed by the Administrator include, but are not limited to: organizational expenses; cost of services of independent accountants and outside legal and tax counsel (including such counsel’s review of the Registration Statement, Form N-CSR, Form N-Q or Form N-PORT (as applicable), Form N-PX, Form N-MFP, Form N-SAR or Form N-CEN (as applicable), proxy materials, federal and state tax qualification as a regulated investment company and other notices, registrations, reports, filings and materials prepared by the Administrator under this Agreement, as applicable); cost of any services contracted for by the Funds directly from parties other than the Administrator; cost of trading operations and brokerage fees, commissions and transfer taxes in connection with the purchase and sale of securities for the Funds; investment advisory fees; taxes, insurance premiums and other fees and expenses applicable to its operation; costs incidental to any meetings of shareholders including, but not limited to, legal and accounting fees, proxy filing fees and the costs of preparation (e.g., typesetting, XBRL-tagging, page changes and all other print vendor and EDGAR charges, collectively referred to herein as “Preparation”), printing, distribution and mailing of any proxy materials; costs incidental to Board meetings, including fees and expenses of Board members; the salary and expenses of any officer, director/trustee or employee of the Funds; costs of Preparation, printing, distribution and mailing, as applicable, of the Funds’ Registration Statements and any amendments and supplements thereto; printing, distribution and mailing of shareholder reports; cost of Preparation and filing of the Funds’ tax returns, Form N-1A, Form N-2, Form N-CSR, Form N-Q or Form N-PORT (as applicable), Form N-PX, Form N-MFP and Form N-SAR or Form N-CEN (as applicable), and all notices, registrations and amendments associated with applicable federal and state tax and securities laws; all applicable registration fees and filing fees required under federal and state securities laws; the cost of fidelity bond and D&O/E&O liability insurance; and the cost of independent pricing services used in computing the Portfolio(s)’ net asset value.

 

7.

INSTRUCTIONS AND ADVICE

At any time, the Administrator may apply to any officer of the Funds or his or her designee for instructions or the independent accountants for the Funds, with respect to any matter arising in connection with the services to be performed by the Administrator under this Agreement. The Administrator shall be entitled to rely on and may act upon reasonable advice of reputable counsel (who may be counsel for the Funds) on all matters, and shall be without liability for any action reasonably taken or omitted in good faith pursuant to such advice; provided, however, that with respect to the reliance of such reasonable advice and performance of any action or omission of any action upon such advice, the Administrator shall be required to conform to the standard of care set forth in Section 8. The Administrator and the applicable Funds shall mutually agree as to which entity will bear the cost of such advice of counsel.

 

- 6 -


Subject to the standard of care set forth in Section 8, the Administrator shall not be liable, and shall be indemnified by the Funds, for any action taken or omitted by it in good faith in reliance upon any such instructions or advice or upon any paper or document reasonably believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed by the proper person or persons. The Administrator shall not be held to have notice of any change of authority of any person until receipt of written notice thereof from the Fund(s). The Administrator shall provide written confirmation of receipt of such notice promptly after receipt.

Pursuant to other agreements (the “Other State Street Agreements”) now or at any time in effect between a Fund (or its investment manager or investment advisor, on its behalf) and the Administrator or its affiliates (“Affiliates”) in any capacity other than as the Administrator hereunder (in such other capacities, the “Bank”), the Bank may be in possession of certain information and data relating to a Fund and/or a Portfolio that is necessary to provide the Services, including the Services described in Schedule B6. The Funds hereby acknowledge and agree that this Section 7 of the Agreement serves as its consent and instruction for itself and on behalf of each Fund/Portfolio under and pursuant to such Other State Street Agreements for the Bank to provide or otherwise make available (including via platforms such as my.statestreet.com) to the Administrator, Funds and Portfolios information such as net asset values and information relating to the net assets of the Funds/Portfolios, holdings and liquidity reports, market value and other information and data related to the Funds/Portfolios that is necessary to provide the Services and subject to Section 9 hereof.

 

8.

STANDARD OF CARE; LIMITATION OF LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION

In carrying out the provisions of this Agreement, the Administrator shall act (i) with reasonable care and diligence and in good faith, (ii) without negligence, fraud, willful misconduct, willful omission or bad faith, and at least at the same standard of care as the Administrator provides for itself and its Affiliates with respect to similar services, and (iii) with the level of skill and care which would be expected from a reasonably skilled and experienced professional provider of services similar to the services provided under this Agreement. The Administrator shall have no liability for any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss or damage resulting from the performance or nonperformance of its duties hereunder unless and to the extent that the Administrator fails to exercise such standard of care. The Administrator shall be responsible for the performance only of such duties as are set forth in this Agreement and, except as otherwise provided under Section 14, shall have no responsibility for the actions or activities of any other party, including other service providers. The Administrator shall have no liability in respect of any loss, damage or expense suffered by the Funds insofar as such loss, damage or expense arises from the performance of the Administrator’s duties hereunder in reliance upon records that were maintained for the Funds by entities other than the Administrator prior to the Administrator’s appointment as administrator for the Funds. The Administrator shall not be liable for any special, indirect, incidental, punitive or consequential damages, including lost profits, of any kind whatsoever (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees) under any provision of this Agreement or for any such damages arising out of any act or failure to act hereunder, each of which is hereby excluded by agreement of the parties regardless of whether such damages were foreseeable or whether either party or any entity had been advised of the possibility of such damages. Except as may otherwise be agreed to by the parties, the Administrator’s cumulative liability for each calendar year (a “Liability Period”) with respect to the Funds under this Agreement regardless of the form of action or legal theory shall be limited to its total annual compensation earned and fees payable hereunder during the preceding Compensation Period, as defined herein, for any liability or loss suffered by the Funds including, but not limited to, any liability relating to qualification of the Funds as a regulated investment company or any liability relating to the Funds’ compliance with any federal or state tax or securities statute, regulation or ruling during such Liability Period. “Compensation Period” shall mean the calendar year ending immediately prior to each Liability Period in which the event(s) giving rise to the Administrator’s liability for that period have occurred.

Neither party shall be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in performance of its obligations under this Agreement arising out of or caused, directly or indirectly, by circumstances beyond its control, including without limitation, work stoppage, power or other mechanical failure, computer virus, natural disaster, governmental action or communication disruption.

 

- 7 -


Each Fund severally and not jointly shall indemnify and hold the Administrator and its directors, officers, employees and agents harmless from all loss, cost, damage and expense, including reasonable fees and expenses for counsel, incurred by the Administrator resulting from any claim, demand, action or suit in connection with the Administrator’s acceptance of this Agreement, any action or omission by it in the performance of its duties hereunder, or as a result of acting upon any instructions reasonably believed by it to have been duly authorized by the Funds or upon reasonable reliance on information or records given or made by the Funds or its investment adviser, provided that this indemnification shall not apply to actions or omissions of the Administrator, its agents, delegates, officers or employees in cases of its or their own negligence, fraud, willful misconduct, willful omission or bad faith.

The limitation of liability and indemnification contained herein shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

9.

CONFIDENTIALITY

All information provided under this Agreement by a party (the “Disclosing Party”) to the other party (the “Receiving Party”) regarding the Disclosing Party’s business and operations shall be treated as confidential. Subject to Section 10 below, all confidential information provided under this Agreement by Disclosing Party shall be used, including disclosure to third parties, by the Receiving Party, or its agents, delegates or service providers, solely for the purpose of performing or receiving the services and discharging the Receiving Party’s other obligations under the Agreement or managing the business of the Receiving Party and its affiliates, including financial and operational management and reporting, risk management, legal and regulatory compliance and client service management. The foregoing shall not be applicable to any information (a) that is publicly available when provided or thereafter becomes publicly available, other than through a breach of this Agreement, (b) that is independently derived by the Receiving Party without the use of any information provided by the Disclosing Party in connection with this Agreement, or (c) where the party seeking to disclose has received the prior written consent of the party providing the information. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Receiving Party shall be permitted to disclose any confidential information provided under this Agreement by the Disclosing Party (i) to comply with any legal or regulatory proceeding, investigation, audit, examination, subpoena, civil investigative demand or other similar process or (ii) as required by operation of law or regulation or as required to comply with the requirements of any market infrastructure that the Disclosing Party or its agents direct the Administrator or its Affiliates to employ (or which is required in connection with the holding or settlement of instruments included in the assets subject to this Agreement), provided that the Receiving Party take reasonable steps to otherwise maintain the confidential nature of such information.

 

10.

USE OF DATA

(a) In connection with the provision of the services and the discharge of its other obligations under this Agreement, the Administrator (which term for purposes of this Section 10 includes each of its Affiliates) may collect and store information regarding the Funds or Portfolios (“Fund Information”) and share such Fund Information with its Affiliates, agents, delegates and service providers in order and to the extent reasonably necessary (i) to carry out the provision of services contemplated under this Agreement and other agreements between the Funds and the Administrator or any of its Affiliates and (ii) to carry out the internal management of its businesses, including, but not limited to, financial and operational management and reporting, risk management, legal and regulatory compliance.

(b) Except as expressly contemplated by this Agreement, nothing in this Section 10 shall limit the confidentiality and data-protection obligations of the Administrator and its Affiliates under this Agreement and applicable law. The Administrator shall cause any Affiliate, agent, delegate or service provider to which it has disclosed Data pursuant to this Section 10 to comply at all times with confidentiality and data-protection obligations as if it were a party to this Agreement.

 

- 8 -


11.

COMPLIANCE WITH GOVERNMENTAL RULES AND REGULATIONS; RECORDS

Each Fund assumes full responsibility for complying with all securities, tax, commodities and other laws, rules and regulations applicable to it.

In compliance with the requirements of Rule 31a-3 under the 1940 Act, the Administrator agrees that all records which it maintains for the Funds shall at all times remain the property of the Funds, shall be readily accessible during normal business hours, and shall be promptly surrendered upon the termination of the Agreement or otherwise on written request except as otherwise provided in Section 13. The Administrator further agrees that all records that it maintains for the Funds pursuant to Rule 31a-1 under the 1940 Act will be preserved for the periods prescribed by Rule 31a-2 under the 1940 Act unless any such records are earlier surrendered as provided above. Records may be surrendered in either written or machine-readable form, at the option of the Administrator. In the event that the Administrator is requested or authorized by the Funds, or required by subpoena, administrative order, court order or other legal process, applicable law or regulation, or required in connection with any investigation, examination or inspection of the Funds by state or federal regulatory agencies, to produce the records of the Funds or the Administrator’s personnel as witnesses or deponents, the Funds agrees to pay the Administrator for the Administrator’s reasonable time and expenses, as well as the reasonable fees and expenses of the Administrator’s counsel incurred in such production. The Administrator shall, to the extent permitted by law, provide notice to the applicable Fund promptly after receipt of any request for records by an entity other than such Fund. Upon request, the Administrator shall provide the applicable Fund with an update on the fees and expenses incurred in responding to any such requests for records.

 

12.

SERVICES NOT EXCLUSIVE

The services of the Administrator are not to be deemed exclusive, and the Administrator shall be free to render similar services to others. The Administrator shall be deemed to be an independent contractor and shall, unless otherwise expressly provided herein or authorized by the Funds from time to time, have no authority to act or represent the Funds in any way or otherwise be deemed an agent of the Funds.

 

13.

EFFECTIVE PERIOD AND TERMINATION

 

  (a)

Term. This Agreement shall remain in full force and effect for an initial term ending one (1) year from the effective date (the “Initial Term”). After the expiration of the Initial Term, this Agreement shall automatically renew for successive one (1) year terms. Following the Initial Term, this Agreement may be terminated by any Fund or Portfolio upon no less than ninety (90) days’ prior written notice to the Administrator, or by the Administrator upon no less than 180 days’ prior written notice to the applicable Fund or Portfolio.

 

  (b)

Termination. During the Initial Term and thereafter, either party may terminate this Agreement: (i) in the event of the other party’s material breach of a material provision of this Agreement that the other party has either failed to cure or failed to establish a remedial plan to cure that is reasonably acceptable, in each case within 60 days’ written notice of such breach, or (ii) in the event of the appointment of a conservator or receiver for the other party or upon the happening of a like event to the other party at the direction of an appropriate agency or court of competent jurisdiction.

 

- 9 -


  (c)

Payments Owing to the Administrator. Upon termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 13(a) or 13(b) with respect to the Funds or any Portfolio, the Funds or applicable Portfolio shall pay Administrator its compensation due as of the date of such termination and shall reimburse Administrator for its costs, expenses and disbursements. In the event of: (i) the Funds’ termination of this Agreement with respect to the Funds or their Portfolio(s) in any manner other than as set forth in Section 13(a) and 13(b) or (ii) a transaction not in the ordinary course of business pursuant to which the Administrator is not retained to continue providing services hereunder to the Funds or a Portfolio (or its respective successor), the Fund or applicable Portfolio shall pay the Administrator any compensation due through the end of the then-current term (based upon the average monthly compensation previously earned by the Administrator with respect to the Fund or Portfolio) and shall reimburse the Administrator for its costs, expenses and disbursements. Upon receipt of such payment and reimbursement, the Administrator will deliver the Funds’ or such Portfolio’s records as set forth herein.

 

  (d)

Exclusions. For the avoidance of doubt, no full term payment will be required pursuant to clause (ii) of Section 13(c) in the event of any transaction such as (i) the liquidation or dissolution of the Funds or a Portfolio and distribution of the Funds’ or such Portfolio’s assets as a result of the Board’s determination in its reasonable business judgment that the Funds or such Portfolio is no longer viable or that the liquidation is in the best interest of the Funds or such Portfolio, (ii) a merger of the Funds or a Portfolio into, or the consolidation of the Funds or a Portfolio with, another entity, or (iii) the sale by the Funds or a Portfolio of all, or substantially all, of the Funds’ or Portfolio’s assets to another entity, in each of (ii) and (iii) where the applicable Funds provide ninety (90) days’ prior written notice in advance of the closing date of any such transactions.

 

  (e)

Effect of Termination. Termination of this Agreement with respect to any one particular Portfolio shall in no way affect the rights and duties under this Agreement with respect to the Funds or any other Portfolio.

 

14.

DELEGATION

The Administrator shall retain the right to employ its Affiliates to provide or assist it in the provision of any part of the services stated herein or the discharge of any other obligations or duties under this Agreement without the consent or approval of any Fund. The Administrator may employ other agents, subcontractors, consultants and other third parties (each a “Delegate”) to provide the services stated herein to the Funds upon the prior written consent of the Funds. The Administrator shall be responsible for the acts and omissions of any such Delegate or Affiliate so employed as if the Administrator had committed such acts and omissions itself. The Administrator shall be responsible for the compensation of its Delegates and Affiliates. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the term Delegate include consultants, authorized data sources, suppliers of Administrator’s third party technology, providers of market infrastructure, and other non-affiliated entities that provide similar assistance to the Administrator in the performance of its duties under this Agreement, and the Administrator shall have no liability for their acts or omissions except as otherwise expressly provided elsewhere in this Agreement.

 

15.

INTERPRETIVE AND ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS

In connection with the operation of this Agreement, the Administrator and the Funds on behalf of each of the Portfolios, may from time to time agree on such provisions interpretive of or in addition to the provisions of this Agreement as may in their joint opinion be consistent with the general tenor of this Agreement. Any such interpretive or additional provisions shall be in a writing signed by all parties, provided that no such interpretive or additional provisions shall contravene any applicable laws or regulations or any provision of the Funds’ Governing Documents. No interpretive or additional provisions made as provided in the preceding sentence shall be deemed to be an amendment of the Agreement.

 

- 10 -


16.

NOTICES

Any notice, instruction or other instrument required to be given hereunder will be in writing and may be sent by hand, or by facsimile transmission, or overnight delivery by any recognized delivery service, to the parties at the following address or such other address as may be notified by any party from time to time:

If to the Funds:

C/O BLACKROCK ADVISORS, LLC

100 Bellevue Parkway

Wilmington, DE 19809-3700

Attention: Neal Andrews

Telephone: 302-797-6179

If to the Administrator:

100 Summer Street

Boston, MA 02110

Attention: Anthony Ostler

Telephone: 617-664-9797

with a copy to:

STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY

Legal Division – Global Services Americas

One Lincoln Street

Boston, MA 02111

Attention: Senior Vice President and Senior Managing Counsel

 

17.

AMENDMENT

This Agreement may be amended at any time in writing by mutual agreement of the parties hereto.

 

18.

ASSIGNMENT

This Agreement may not be assigned by (a) the Funds without the written consent of the Administrator or (b) the Administrator without the written consent of the Funds. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrator may assign this Agreement to a successor of all or a substantial portion of its business or to an Affiliate of the Administrator upon ninety (90) days’ written notice to the Fund.

 

19.

SUCCESSORS

This Agreement shall be binding on and shall inure to the benefit of the Funds and the Administrator and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

 

20.

DATA PROTECTION

The Administrator shall implement and maintain a comprehensive written information security program that contains appropriate security measures to safeguard the personal information of each Fund’s shareholders, employees, directors and/or officers that the Administrator receives, stores, maintains, processes or otherwise accesses in connection with the provision of services hereunder. For these purposes, “personal information” shall mean (i) an individual’s name (first initial and last name or first name and last name), address or telephone number plus (a) social security number, (b) driver’s license number, (c) state identification card number, (d) debit or credit card number, (e) financial account number or (f) personal identification number or password that would permit access to a person’s account or (ii) any combination of the foregoing that would allow a person to log onto or access an individual’s account. Notwithstanding the foregoing “personal information” shall not include information that is lawfully obtained from publicly available information, or from federal, state or local government records lawfully made available to the general public.

 

- 11 -


21.

ENTIRE AGREEMENT

This Agreement contains the entire understanding between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all previous representations, warranties or commitments regarding the services to be performed hereunder whether oral or in writing.

 

22.

WAIVER

The failure of a party to insist upon strict adherence to any term of this Agreement on any occasion shall not be considered a waiver nor shall it deprive such party of the right thereafter to insist upon strict adherence to that term or any term of this Agreement or the failure of a party hereto to exercise or any delay in exercising any right or remedy under this Agreement shall not constitute a waiver of any such term, right or remedy or a waiver of any other rights or remedies, and no single or partial exercise of any right or remedy under this Agreement shall prevent any further exercise of the right or remedy or the exercise or any other right or remedy. Any waiver must be in writing signed by the waiving party.

 

23.

SEVERABILITY

If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, unlawful or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired.

 

24.

GOVERNING LAW

This Agreement shall be construed and the provisions thereof interpreted under and in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to its conflicts of laws rules.

 

25.

REPRODUCTION OF DOCUMENTS

This Agreement and all schedules, exhibits, attachments and amendments hereto may be reproduced by any photographic, xerographic, photostatic, microfilm, micro-card, miniature photographic or other similar process. The parties hereto all/each agree that any such reproduction shall be admissible in evidence as the original itself in any judicial or administrative proceeding, whether or not the original is in existence and whether or not such reproduction was made by a party in the regular course of business, and that any enlargement, facsimile or further reproduction of such reproduction shall likewise be admissible in evidence.

 

26.

LIMITATION ON LIABILITY OF TRUSTEES

In relation to each Fund which is a business trust, this Agreement is executed and made by the Trustees of the Fund not individually, but as trustees under the Declarations of Trust of the Fund and the obligations of this Agreement are not binding upon any of such Trustees or upon any of the shareholders of the Fund individually, but bind only the trust estate of the Fund.

 

27.

COUNTERPARTS

This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, and all such counterparts taken together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. Counterparts may be executed in either original or electronically transmitted form (e.g., faxes or emailed portable document format (PDF) form), and the parties hereby adopt as original any signatures received via electronically transmitted form.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank.]

 

- 12 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by their officers designated below as of the date first written above.

 

EACH MANAGEMENT INVESTMENT COMPANY

IDENTIFIED ON SCHEDULE A HERETO

By:  

/s/ Neal J. Andrews

Name:   Neal J. Andrews
Title:   Chief Financial Officer
STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY
By:  

/s/ Andrew Erickson

Name:   Andrew Erickson
Title:   Executive Vice President

 

- 13 -

Exhibit (k)(3)

FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED

SECURITIES LENDING AGENCY AGREEMENT

This Fifth Amended and Restated Agreement, dated as of January 1, 2019, between each investment company, severally and not jointly, identified on Schedule A, as such schedule may be amended from time to time (each a “Client”), acting on behalf of itself or the funds listed on Schedule A hereto and any future series of a Client (each, a “Fund”), by and through BlackRock Advisors, LLC (“BlackRock”), not in its individual capacity but as agent and investment advisor, and BlackRock Investment Management, LLC (the “Lending Agent”), a Delaware limited liability company.

WHEREAS, each Client is registered as an open-end management investment company or closed end management investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”);

WHEREAS, the Lending Agent acts as the agent for each Client and its corresponding Funds, as applicable, for the purpose of lending securities pursuant to a Fourth Amended and Restated Securities Lending Agency Agreement dated January 1, 2018;

WHEREAS, the parties to this Agreement desire to amend and restate such agreement on the terms set forth herein; and

WHEREAS, the Directors or Trustees, as the case may be, of each Client have authorized each Client and its corresponding Funds, as applicable, to lend securities to Approved Borrowers (as defined below); and

WHEREAS, the Directors or Trustees, as the case may be, of each Client have approved the appointment of the Lending Agent as each Client’s securities lending agent and coordinator of each Client’s securities lending program, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the mutual promises contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Appointment . The Client, on behalf of its Funds, as applicable, appoints BlackRock Investment Management, LLC as its lending agent to perform the duties and responsibilities set forth in this Agreement in its capacity as Lending Agent, and BlackRock Investment Management, LLC accepts such appointment. The Lending Agent will act solely as a directed agent of the Client hereunder, and the Lending Agent shall have no duties or responsibilities in respect of securities lending transactions except those expressly set forth in this Agreement.

2. Authorizations . The Client authorizes the Lending Agent to act as agent as set forth in this Section.

 

  2.1

Lending of Available Securities . The Client authorizes the Lending Agent to lend, on the Client’s behalf, those securities (“Available Securities”) which are held in

 

1


  accounts maintained under the supervision of the Client’s custodian (the “Custodian”) or any sub-custodian (each a “Custody Account”), other than securities which the Client’s investment advisor (the “Advisor”), on behalf of the Client, specifically notifies the Lending Agent are not available for lending. With respect to the Clients identified on Schedule A as Closed-End Funds, except as otherwise agreed by the Client and the Advisor, the Lending Agent shall lend Available Securities only when the “lending spread” with respect to such Available Securities is equal to or greater than 300 basis points, determined at the time such loan is entered into (“Threshold Lending Securities”). For purposes of this Agreement, “lending spread” shall mean the difference between the rebate rate (interest rate) owed to the Approved Borrower and the risk free rate (typically Fed Funds Target). The Client warrants to the Lending Agent that it will give appropriate instructions to the Advisor and the Custodian sufficient to permit the Lending Agent to arrange and settle loan transactions on the Client’s behalf as contemplated by this Agreement.

 

  2.2

Lending to Approved Borrowers. The Client authorizes the lending of Available Securities to any one or more of the institutions approved by the Client, the Client’s Board of Directors/Trustees and/or the Client’s Advisor, in accordance with the Funds’ Guidelines and Procedures for Lending of Securities (“Securities Lending Guidelines”) (each, an “Approved Borrower”). The Client’s Advisor, on behalf of the Client, may request that the Lending Agent change the Approved Borrowers by delivering an updated list to the Lending Agent, provided that the Advisor shall report to the Board of Directors/Trustees at its next quarterly meeting any addition or removal of an Approved Borrower to or from the “approved list” made by the Advisor since the Board of Directors/Trustees prior quarterly meeting.

 

  2.3

Securities Loan Agreement. The Lending Agent is authorized to execute securities loan agreements (each an “SLA”) as the Client’s agent on a disclosed basis with Approved Borrowers. The SLA will be in substantially a form or forms set forth in Schedule B hereto, as such form or forms may be materially amended from time to time with prior written approval of the Client. The Client specifically approves such form of agreement and agrees, upon request of the Lending Agent, to cause the Advisor to promptly furnish to the Lending Agent the Client’s financial statements or other documents or information reasonably requested by the Lending Agent in order to enable the Lending Agent to satisfy reasonable credit and legal requests by Approved Borrowers in connection with any SLA or loan transaction.

 

  2.4

Lending under Approved Terms. All loans arranged by the Lending Agent on behalf of a Client shall comply with applicable Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) guidelines for securities lending, any applicable SEC exemptive orders, no-action positions taken by the staff of the SEC with respect to securities lending transactions, and the investment restrictions and/or guidelines for the Client, all of which shall be provided to the Lending Agent by the Client or the Advisor, and shall be subject to the terms of an SLA substantially similar to Schedule B. The Client may, at the request of the Lending Agent, approve changes to the approved terms by delivering an amended Schedule B to the Lending Agent.

 

2


      

The Lending Agent shall negotiate on behalf of the Client with each Approved Borrower all terms of a securities loan, including the amounts or fees to be received or paid pursuant to the applicable SLA. The Lending Agent may prepare a transactional confirmation in respect of each loan effected pursuant to an SLA, setting forth the securities borrowed and the material terms of the loan, and may transmit such confirmation to the Approved Borrower in accordance with such SLA. The Client understands and agrees that the identity of the Client will be disclosed by the Lending Agent to the Approved Borrower in accordance with the SLA.

 

  2.5

Authorizations by Client. The Client authorizes and empowers the Lending Agent to execute in the Client’s name all agreements and documents as may be necessary or appropriate in the Lending Agent’s judgment to carry out the purposes of this Agreement. It is understood and agreed that the Lending Agent is authorized to supply any information regarding the Client that is required by an SLA or under applicable law, subject to Section 10.1 hereof.

3. Loan of Securities. During the term of any securities loan, the Client shall permit the loaned securities to be transferred, pursuant to an SLA, into the name of an Approved Borrower.

 

  3.1

Limits on Return of Loaned Securities. The Client acknowledges that, under the applicable SLA, Approved Borrowers will not be required to return loaned securities immediately upon receipt of notice from the Lending Agent terminating the applicable loan, but instead will be required to return such loaned securities within the earlier of (i) such period of time following such notice which is the standard settlement period for trades of the loaned securities entered into on the date of such notice in the principal market therefor, or from the giving of such notice or (ii) the third business day following such notice.

 

  3.2

Recall of Loaned Securities. Upon receiving a notice from the Advisor that Available Securities which have been lent to an Approved Borrower should no longer be considered Available Securities (whether because of the sale of such securities or otherwise), the Lending Agent shall notify promptly thereafter the Approved Borrower which has borrowed such securities that the loan of such securities is terminated and that such securities are to be returned within the time specified by the applicable SLA, provided that the Lending Agent may alternatively determine that it is in the best interests of another lending client of the Lending Agent to renew and restate such loan transaction on behalf, and in the name, of such other lending client and cause to be delivered to the Client an equivalent amount of such security from the assets of such other lending client (in which event such renewal and restatement of the loan shall constitute separate transactions between each lending client of the Lending Agent and the borrower and shall not be construed as a transaction between such lending clients).

 

  3.3

Notification of Sales of Loaned Securities. The Client acknowledges its obligation to the Lending Agent, as applicable, to cause and require the Advisor to provide notification of any sale of securities which are out on loan by the close of business, in the principal market therefor, on trade date of such sale.

 

3


  3.4

Termination. The Lending Agent is authorized in its discretion to terminate any securities loan entered into with an Approved Borrower without prior notice to the Client, subject to the conditions of the relevant SLA. The Advisor, on behalf of a Client, may instruct the Lending Agent to terminate any loan on any date, subject to the conditions of the relevant SLA. The Lending Agent agrees to comply with any such instruction.

 

  3.5

Lending Agent Subject to Supervision of Advisor. The Lending Agent shall at all times be subject to the supervision of the Advisor.

 

  3.6

Compliance with Securities Lending Guidelines . The Lending Agent hereby acknowledges receipt of the current Securities Lending Guidelines. The Client shall promptly notify the Lending Agent of any changes to the Securities Lending Guidelines. The Lending Agent acknowledges and agrees that it shall only lend Securities on behalf of the Client and its Funds in accordance with the conditions of the Securities Lending Guidelines applicable to the Lending Agent.

4. Loan Collateral. For each loan of securities, the Approved Borrower shall pledge at all times during the term of the loan collateral in the form of one or more of the following items: (a) cash in U.S. dollars or foreign currency (“Cash Collateral”), or (b) securities issued or fully guaranteed by the United States government or any agencies or instrumentalities thereof or such other collateral as may be then permitted by applicable law, regulation and/or interpretation, and the Securities Lending Guidelines (“Non-Cash Collateral” and, collectively with Cash Collateral, “Collateral”) in the aggregate having a market value (as determined by the Lending Agent pursuant to the applicable SLA) at least equal to the market value of the loaned securities (as determined by the Lending Agent pursuant to the applicable SLA).

 

  4.1

Receipt of Collateral. At the commencement of any loan, the Lending Agent shall instruct the Approved Borrower to transfer to the Lending Agent the required Collateral. Collateral will be received from an Approved Borrower prior to or simultaneous with delivery of the securities loaned. If the Approved Borrower does not provide Collateral to the Lending Agent, as previously agreed, then the Lending Agent will cancel the corresponding loan instruction prior to delivery.

 

  4.2

Holding and Administration of Collateral.

 

  (a)

Cash Collateral. All Cash Collateral shall be received, held and administered by the Lending Agent for the benefit of the Client in the applicable account maintained for the Lending Agent. The Lending Agent is hereby authorized and directed, without obtaining any further approval from the Client or the Advisor, to invest and reinvest all Cash Collateral in accordance with the Securities Lending Guidelines (“Permitted Investments”).

 

4


  (b)

Non-Cash Collateral. All Non-Cash Collateral shall be received, held and administered by the Lending Agent for the benefit of the Client in the applicable account established for the purpose of holding Non-Cash Collateral.

 

  4.3

Maintenance of Collateral Margin. In respect of loans of securities entered into on behalf of the Client, the Lending Agent will value on a daily basis under policies consistent with the valuation policies of the Client, in accordance with the applicable SLA, the loaned securities and all Collateral and, where applicable, the Lending Agent shall, in accordance with the provisions of the applicable SLA, request the Approved Borrower to deliver sufficient additional Collateral to the Client by 12:00 noon on the next business day to satisfy the applicable margin requirement. If, as a result of marking-to-market, Collateral is required to be returned to the Approved Borrower under the SLA, the Lending Agent will return such Collateral to the Approved Borrower.

 

  4.4

Substitution of Collateral. To the extent the Client’s Board of Directors/Trustees permits the use of Non-Cash Collateral, the Client acknowledges and agrees that, pursuant to any SLA, the Lending Agent may permit an Approved Borrower to substitute Collateral of any type specified in Section 4 hereof during the term of any loan so long as the required margin in respect of such loan continues to be satisfied at the time of such substitution.

 

  4.5

Return of Collateral. Upon termination of the loan, the Lending Agent shall instruct the Approved Borrower to return the loaned securities to the applicable Custody Account. The Lending Agent will instruct any custodian or sub-custodian of the Client to accept such return delivery of loaned securities. The Lending Agent shall monitor the return of loaned securities. Once the Lending Agent has confirmed settlement of the return of the loaned securities, the Lending Agent shall effect, on behalf of the Client, the redemption of any Permitted Investment, if applicable, and effect the return of Collateral due the Approved Borrower in accordance with the Approved Borrower’s transfer instructions with respect thereto, without obtaining any further approval from the Client.

5. Investment of Cash Collateral. Pursuant to the SLA, the Client shall have the right to invest Cash Collateral received in respect of any loan, subject to an obligation, upon the termination of the loan, to return to the Approved Borrower the amount of cash initially pledged (as adjusted for any interim marks-to-market).

 

  5.1

Cash Collateral Investment Direction. The Client authorizes and directs the Lending Agent, subject to oversight by the Advisor, to cause to be invested, on the Client’s behalf and at the Client’s sole risk, all Cash Collateral by effecting purchases and sales and/or subscriptions and redemptions of such Collateral in accordance with the Securities Lending Guidelines. The Lending Agent shall, where applicable, send timely instructions to the transfer agent of the Permitted Investment with respect to any cash transfers required to be completed in conjunction with any subscription or redemption in a Permitted Investment, and

 

5


  cause the Advisor and the Custodian to be notified of such investment. To facilitate the Lending Agent’s ability to effect investments of Cash Collateral authorized by this Agreement, the Client appoints the Lending Agent as its true and lawful attorney-in-fact, with full power of substitution and revocation, in its name, place and stead to take action in the Client’s name to the extent necessary or desirable to fulfill the purposes of this Agreement, including, without limitation, (i) to establish trading accounts in a Client’s name, (ii) to execute and deliver such contracts and other documents on a Client’s behalf as the Lending Agent, in its discretion, deems necessary or desirable to establish such trading accounts or otherwise to effect investments on the Client’s behalf that are authorized by this Agreement, and (iii) to act, in the Lending Agent’s discretion, in the Client’s name to enforce the Client’s rights and remedies under such contracts or documents.

 

  5.2

Cash Collateral Investment Risk. Any investment of Cash Collateral shall be at the sole risk of the Client. Any income or gains and losses from investing and reinvesting any Cash Collateral delivered by an Approved Borrower pursuant to an SLA shall be at the Client’s risk, and the Client agrees that to the extent any such losses reduce the amount of cash below the amount required to be returned to the Approved Borrower upon the termination of any loan (including any Cash Collateral Fee as defined in the SLA), the Client will, on demand of the Lending Agent, immediately pay or cause to be paid to such Approved Borrower an equivalent amount in cash.

6. Borrower Default. In the event of default by a Borrower with respect to any loan entered into pursuant to an SLA, the Lending Agent will take such actions as agent for the Client as are set forth in the applicable SLA. In addition, the following provisions shall apply.

 

  6.1

Replacement of Loaned Securities. If the Lending Agent declares an event of default pursuant to the SLA with a Borrower (a “Default Event”), then the Lending Agent shall use the Collateral or the proceeds of the liquidation of Collateral to purchase for the affected Client’s account, for settlement in the normal course, replacement securities of the same issue, type, class and series as that of the loaned securities (“Buy-In”). The Lending Agent shall purchase an amount of replacement securities having a value equal to the value of the securities on loan for which a Default Event has been declared. If the cost of fully replacing the loaned securities is greater than the value of the Collateral (or liquidated damages calculated under Section 6.2), the Lending Agent shall be responsible for using its funds, at its expense, to satisfy the shortfall, but only to the extent that such shortfall is not due to any diminution in the value of the Collateral due to reinvestment risk that is borne by the Client pursuant to Section 5 of this Agreement. For purposes of this Section, value of the Collateral shall be calculated as follows:

 

  6.1.1

Value of Cash Collateral. In the case of loans collateralized solely by Cash Collateral, the value of the Collateral shall be the market value of such Cash Collateral.

 

6


  6.1.2

Value of Securities Collateral. In the case of loans collateralized solely by securities Collateral, the value of the Collateral shall be the market value of such Collateral.

 

  6.1.3

Valuation Date. The value of the Collateral shall be determined on the date of the Buy-In (or the payment made pursuant to Section 6.2 below).

 

  6.1.4

Market Value. Market value shall be determined by the Lending Agent, where applicable, based upon the valuation policies adopted by the Client’s Board of Directors/Trustees.

 

  6.1.5

Multiple Forms of Collateral. Where a loan is collateralized by more than one type of Collateral, the aggregate market value of Collateral securing such loan (for the purpose of computing the indemnity) shall be the sum of the market values for each relevant type of Collateral.

 

  6.2

Impossibility of Replacement/Liquidated Damages. If the Lending Agent determines that a Buy-In is commercially impracticable (for any reason other than price), the Lending Agent shall, in lieu of effecting a Buy-In, pay to the affected Client an amount equal to the market value of the loaned securities determined at the close of business on the date of the Default Event to be reduced by any shortfall diminution in the value of the Collateral due to reinvestment risk that is borne by the Client pursuant to Section 5.

 

  6.3

Replacement of Distributions. In addition to making the purchases or payments required above, the Lending Agent shall pay from the proceeds of Collateral to the Client the value of all distributions on the Loaned Securities, the record dates for which occur before the date that the Lending Agent executes a Buy-In or makes the payments to the Client required pursuant to Section 6.2 and that have not otherwise been credited to the Client’s applicable account. For purposes of this Section, the value of such distributions shall be calculated net of taxes, expenses or other deductions that would normally accrue to such distributions. The Lending Agent shall use Collateral or the proceeds of such Collateral to the extent available to make such payments of distributions.

 

  6.4

Collateral not in Possession or Control of the Lending Agent. If, on the date of the Default Event, by reason of the Client’s request or actions, the Lending Agent is not in possession or control of the Collateral allocated to the defaulted Loan, the Client shall promptly cause such Collateral to be transferred to the Lending Agent for application against the cost of any Buy-In. In such event, the replacement provisions of this Section 6 shall not apply, and the compensation of the Client shall be limited to the value of the Collateral on the date that Buy-In or replacement payment may be affected.

 

  6.5

Subrogation and Assignment of Rights in Collateral. In the event that the Lending Agent is required to perform or make any payment under this Section, the Client agrees that, to the extent of such performance or payment, the Lending Agent

 

7


      

shall be subrogated to the Client, and the Client shall assign, and be deemed to have assigned, to the Lending Agent all of such Client’s rights in, to and against the Borrower in respect of the related loan, any Collateral pledged by such Borrower in respect of such loan and all proceeds of such Collateral to the extent permitted by applicable law. In the event that the Client receives or is credited with any payment, benefit or value from or on behalf of the Borrower in respect of rights to which the Lending Agent is subrogated as provided herein, the Client shall promptly remit or pay to the Lending Agent the same (or, where applicable, its United States dollar equivalent).

7. Income, Corporate Actions and Substitute Payments. Income, corporate actions and Substitute Payments (as defined in Sections 7.1 and 7.2) shall be dealt with as provided in this Section 7.

 

  7.1

Income and Related Payments to Borrower. Payments to an Approved Borrower shall be made in accordance with the terms of the applicable SLA.

 

  7.2

Income and Related Payments to Client. The Lending Agent shall instruct each Approved Borrower which is a party to an SLA to remit any payment in-lieu-of the interest or other distribution on loaned securities (“Loan Substitute Payment”) for the account of the Client. The Lending Agent shall also instruct each Approved Borrower which is a party to an SLA to remit any other fees payable on loaned securities to the Lending Agent for the account of the Client, and the Lending Agent shall receive, hold and administer the same for the account of the Client.

 

  7.3

Corporate Actions and Proxy Rights. The Client acknowledges that, with respect to securities which are out on loan over the applicable record date for such action, unless otherwise agreed hereto, it will not be entitled to participate in any dividend reinvestment program or vote any proxies; provided, however, that the Client may recall such securities upon sufficient notice to exercise proxy rights. Corporate actions will otherwise be processed in accordance with the SLA.

8. Reports and Statements. The Lending Agent shall furnish the Client with the reports and statements set forth in the Securities Lending Guidelines or as otherwise agreed from time to time.

9. SIPC Coverage. THE PARTIES ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THE PROVISIONS OF THE SECURITIES INVESTOR PROTECTION ACT OF 1970 (“SIPA”) OR THE DODD-FRANK ACT OF 2010 (“DFA”) MAY NOT PROTECT THE FUND WITH RESPECT TO THE SECURITIES LOAN TRANSACTION AND THAT, THEREFORE, THE COLLATERAL DELIVERED BY AN APPROVED BORROWER TO THE FUND MAY CONSTITUTE THE ONLY SOURCE OF SATISFACTION OF THE OBLIGATION OF THE APPROVED BORROWER IN THE EVENT THE APPROVED BORROWER (OR ITS AGENT) FAILS TO RETURN THE SECURITIES. THE LENDING AGENT SHALL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY LOSSES INCURRED OR LIABILITIES WHICH ARISE SOLELY DUE TO THE APPLICATION OF SIPA OR DFA TO THE SECURITIES LENDING TRANSACTIONS DESCRIBED HEREIN.

 

8


10. Client Information. The Client covenants and agrees to promptly furnish to the Lending Agent any information regarding the Client which is necessary to effect transactions on behalf of the Client, including, but not limited to, any limitations imposed pursuant to any applicable law, regulation, authority, charter, by-law, statute or other instrument. The Lending Agent agrees to comply with such restrictions and limitations.

 

  10.1

The Lending Agent may not disclose or supply any information regarding the Client or Fund unless required by any law or governmental regulation now or hereafter in effect or requested to do so by the Client; provided that the Lending Agent may disclose or supply information regarding the Client and/or Fund and any transactions authorized by this Agreement as necessary in the sole discretion of the Lending Agent in order to facilitate, effect or continue any securities loans hereunder or to assist in the analysis of the performance of the securities lending program.

11. Tax Treatment. The Client acknowledges that the tax treatment of Substitute Payments may differ from the tax treatment of the interest or dividend to which such payment relates and that the Client has made its own determination as to the tax treatment of any securities loan transactions undertaken pursuant to this Agreement and of any dividends, distributions, remuneration or other funds received hereunder. The Client also acknowledges that, to the extent that either the Client or the Approved Borrower is a non-U.S. resident, the Lending Agent may be required to withhold tax on amounts payable to or by the Client pursuant to a securities loan and may at any time claim from the Client any shortfall in the amount so withheld.

12. Responsibility of the Lending Agent. Except as otherwise set forth herein, and subject to the requirements of applicable law, the Lending Agent shall not be liable with respect to any losses incurred by the Client in connection with this securities lending program or under any provision hereof, except to the extent that such losses result from the Lending Agent’s willful misfeasance, bad faith, negligence or reckless disregard in the performance of its duties under this Agreement. The Lending Agent shall not be liable for losses, costs, expenses or liabilities caused by or resulting from the acts or omissions of the Client or of any agent or third party custodian of the Client. The Lending Agent shall not be responsible for any special, punitive, indirect or consequential damages, whether or not the Lending Agent has been apprised of the likelihood of such damages.

13. Standard of Care: Indemnification.

 

  13.1

Subject to Section 6, the Client shall indemnify and hold harmless the Lending Agent (which, for purposes of this paragraph shall include its respective officers, directors, partners, managers, employees and agents) from and against any and all claims, damages, liabilities, losses, costs or expenses, including the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel (each, a “Loss”) incurred, suffered or sustained by the Lending Agent, which arise from the Lending Agent’s actions or failure to act, in either case taken in good faith in performance of this Agreement, except to the extent that such claims, damages, liabilities, losses, costs or expenses were caused by the willful misfeasance, bad faith, negligence or reckless disregard of the Lending Agent, provided that the Client’s indemnification obligation with respect to the acts or omissions of the Advisor shall not exceed the indemnification provided by such Advisor to the Client. This indemnity shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the resignation or removal of the Lending Agent as agent.

 

9


  13.2

The Lending Agent shall indemnify and hold harmless the Client and each Fund, its Board of Directors/Trustees and the Advisor (which for purposes of this paragraph shall include its officers, directors, partners, managers, employees and agents) and any other investment advisor for the Clients and Funds from any and all Losses to the extent that any such Loss arises out of the material breach of this Agreement by or the willful misfeasance, bad faith, negligence or reckless disregard of the Lending Agent, its officers, directors or employees in connection with the securities lending activities undertaken pursuant to this Agreement, provided that the Lending Agent’s indemnification obligation with respect to the acts or omissions of its subcustodians shall not exceed the indemnification provided by the applicable subcustodian to the Lending Agent. This indemnity shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the resignation or removal of the Lending Agent.

14. Representations and Warranties. Each party represents and warrants to the other that (i) it has due authority to enter into and perform this Agreement and any transactions contemplated thereby; (ii) the execution and performance of this Agreement and any transaction contemplated thereby has been duly authorized by all necessary action, corporate or otherwise, and does not violate any law, regulation, charter, by-law or other instrument, restriction or provision applicable to it; and (iii) this Agreement constitutes such party’s legal, valid and binding obligation enforceable in accordance with its terms. In addition, the Client represents that: (a) any loan authorized hereunder and the performance of this Agreement in respect of such loan is authorized by the prospectus and other constitutive documents of the Client (including any limits as to the aggregate amount of authorized lending under such documents); and (b) as to any securities lent at any time and from time to time on behalf of the Client, the Client shall be the owner thereof with clear title thereto and no lien, charge or encumbrance upon such securities shall exist.

15. Non-Exclusivity of Agency Service and Similar Matters. The Client acknowledges that the Lending Agent, acting on behalf of other lending clients, may effect transactions with or for the same Approved Borrowers to which loans of securities may be made hereunder, which transactions may give rise to potential conflict of interest situations. Lending opportunities among Approved Borrowers shall be allocated at the discretion of the Lending Agent in an equitable manner.

16. Force Majeure. The Lending Agent shall not be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations under this Agreement arising out of, or caused directly or indirectly by, circumstances beyond its control, including without limitation, acts of God; earthquakes; fires; floods; wars; civil or military disturbances; sabotage; epidemics; riots; interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, transportation, computer (hardware or software) or communications service; accidents; labor disputes; acts of civil or military authority; governmental actions; or inability to obtain labor, material, equipment or transportation. Without limiting the foregoing, but subject to Section 6, the Lending Agent shall not be responsible for economic, political or investment risks incurred through the Client’s participation in this securities lending program.

 

10


17. Reliance on Client Communications. The Lending Agent shall be entitled to conclusively rely upon any certification, notice or other communication (including by facsimile or email) reasonably believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed or sent by or on behalf of an approved person of the party sending such certification, notice or other communication. The Lending Agent reserves the right to notify the Client of any restrictions (self-imposed or otherwise) concerning its activities worldwide. The Lending Agent and the Client shall each have the right to consult with counsel with respect to their respective rights and duties hereunder and shall not be liable for actions taken or not taken in reliance on such advice.

18. Compensation. In connection with the lending of Available Securities, a Fund shall pay to the Lending Agent a percentage (the “Lending Agent Fee Percentage”) of the net amount earned from securities lending activities, consisting of income earned on the investment and reinvestment of Cash Collateral plus any Securities Loan Fees otherwise paid by the Authorized Borrowers. For purposes of this Agreement, “Securities Loan Fees” shall mean the amount payable by an Authorized Borrower to the Lending Agent, as agent to the Fund, pursuant to the applicable SLA in connection with the loan of Available Securities, if any, collateralized by collateral other than Cash Collateral. The net amount to be paid to the Lending Agent shall be computed after deducting (a) any applicable rebate due to the Authorized Borrowers under the applicable SLA and (b) Cash Management Costs. “Cash Management Costs” shall mean the expenses incurred in connection with the management and investment of a Fund’s Cash Collateral in accordance with Section 5 of this Agreement, including any fees payable to the Lending Agent, the Advisor or any other affiliate of the Lending Agent as a result of the investment of Cash Collateral in any joint account, fund or similar vehicle. The Lending Agent, upon mutual agreement with the Client, may determine to cap the Cash Management Costs. Any such cap on the Cash Management Costs shall be set forth in Appendix A, Appendix B or Appendix C hereto, as applicable, as each such Appendix may be amended from time to time. The Lending Agent Fee Percentage shall be such percentage as may from time to time be agreed upon by the Board of Directors/Trustees of the Client and the Lending Agent and shall be set forth in writing. The Lending Agent Fee Percentage for each Fund is set forth in Appendix A, Appendix B or Appendix C hereto, as applicable, as each such Appendix may be amended from time to time. The Client authorizes and directs the Lending Agent to deduct amounts equal to such compensation from the Custody Account and to retain such amounts as compensation. The Lending Agent shall notify the Client, on or about the 10th (tenth) day of each month, of the amount of fees due the Lending Agent hereunder and, promptly upon receipt of such notice, the Client shall effect the requisite payment to the Lending Agent in immediately available funds of U.S. dollars. The Lending Agent shall be responsible for all transaction fees and all other operational costs relating to securities lending activities, other than Cash Management Costs as described above and extraordinary expenses (e.g., litigation and indemnification expenses), each to be borne by the respective Fund.

19. Termination. This Agreement may be terminated at any time upon mutual written agreement of the Lending Agent and the Client or upon sixty (60) days’ prior written notice to the other party; provided that the indemnification obligations in Section 13 shall survive any such termination.

 

11


20. Action on Termination. It is agreed that (a) upon receipt of notice of termination, no further loans shall be made hereunder by the Lending Agent and (b) the Lending Agent shall, as promptly as possible after termination of this Agreement, terminate any and all outstanding loans but continue to administer to any outstanding loans as necessary to effect their termination and remit and deliver to the Custody Account all securities, earnings and other items due to the Client. The provisions hereof shall continue in full force and effect in all other respects until all loans have been terminated and all obligations satisfied as herein provided. Both parties shall take all commercially reasonable steps to cooperate to provide a smooth transition in the event of a termination.

21. Notices. All notices, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and delivered or transmitted (as the case may be) by registered mail, facsimile, email, courier, or be effected by telephone promptly confirmed in writing and delivered or transmitted as aforesaid, to the intended recipient as provided below. Notices shall be effective upon receipt.

 

  21.1

Any notice or other instrument in writing, authorized or required by this Agreement to be given to the Lending Agent, shall be sufficiently given if addressed to BlackRock Investment Management, LLC and received by it at its offices at 1 University Square Drive, Princeton, NJ 08540, Attention: Securities Lending Department, with a copy to BlackRock Investment Management, LLC, 400 Howard Street, San Francisco, CA 94105, Attention: Securities Lending Department, or at such other place as the Lending Agent may from time to time designate in writing.

 

  21.2

Any notice or other instrument in writing, authorized or required by this Agreement to be given to the Client shall be sufficiently given if addressed to the Client and received by it at: Mutual Fund Administration, c/o BlackRock Advisors, LLC, 100 Bellevue Parkway, Wilmington, Delaware 19809, with a copy to: Legal Department, or at such other place as the Client may from time to time designate in writing.

22. Governing Law and Jurisdiction. This agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York without reference to conflict of law provisions thereof. The parties hereto hereby irrevocably consent to the exclusive jurisdiction of (and waive dispute of venue in) the courts of the State of New York and the federal courts located in New York City in the Borough of Manhattan.

23. Entire Agreement. This Agreement supersedes any other agreement between the parties hereto concerning loans of securities owned by the Client. This Agreement constitutes the entire understanding of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement together with any other written agreements between the parties entered into in connection with this Agreement contain the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby and supersede all previous oral or written negotiations, commitments and understandings related thereto.

24. Assignment. This Agreement shall not be assigned by any party without the prior written consent of the other party.

 

12


25. Capitalized Terms. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings provided in the SLA.

26. Amendment. This Agreement may not be amended or modified in any respect, without the written agreement of both parties.

27. Waiver. No provision of this Agreement may be waived, without the written agreement of both parties. No waiver by one party of any obligation of the other hereunder shall be considered a waiver of any other obligation of such party. The failure of a party to this Agreement to insist upon strict adherence to any term of this Agreement on any occasion shall not be considered a waiver or deprive that party of the right thereafter to insist upon strict adherence to that term or any other term of this Agreement.

28. Remedies. All remedies hereunder shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

29. Severability. In the event any provision of this Agreement is adjudicated to be void, illegal, invalid, or unenforceable, the remaining terms and provisions of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby, and each of such remaining terms and provisions shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law, unless a party demonstrates by a preponderance of the evidence that the invalidated provision was an essential economic term of the Agreement.

30. Further Assurances. Each party hereto shall execute and deliver such other documents or agreements as may be necessary or desirable for the implementation of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

31. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which taken together shall be deemed one and the same instrument.

32. Headings. The headings of sections herein are included solely for convenience and shall have no effect on the meaning of this Agreement.

33. Separate Agreement. Execution of this Agreement by more than one Client or on behalf of itself and more than one Fund shall not create any contractual or other obligation between or among such Clients or Funds, and this Agreement shall constitute a separate agreement between the Lending Agent and each Client on behalf of itself and each respective Fund. Every reference to Client or Fund shall be construed to be a reference solely to the particular Client or Fund that is a party to the relevant transaction. Each of the parties agrees that under no circumstances shall any rights, obligations, remedies or liabilities of a particular Client or Fund, or with respect to transactions to which a particular Client or Fund is a party, be deemed to constitute rights, obligations, remedies or liabilities applicable to any other Client or Fund or to transactions to which other Clients or Funds are parties, and the Lending Agent shall have no right to set off claims of any Client or Fund against property or liabilities of any other Client or Fund. All transactions are entered into in reliance on the fact that this Agreement constitutes a separate agreement between the Lending Agent and the Client or Fund.

 

13


34. Additional Parties. The Lending Agent agrees that additional Clients may be added as parties to this Agreement from time to time upon written notice to the Lending Agent and upon written consent of the Lending Agent to the addition of any such additional Client.

35. Business Trust. With respect to a Client which is a business trust, the Lending Agent acknowledges and agrees that this Agreement is executed by such Client on behalf of the trustees of such Client as trustees and not individually; and no trustee, shareholder, officer, employee or agent of such business trust shall be held to any personal liability, nor shall resort be had to their property (other than the applicable trust property) for the satisfaction of the Client’s obligations under this Agreement, and such obligations are binding only upon the applicable trust property held by such trustee.

36. Series Trusts. The parties acknowledge that the Client is an investment company, whose assets may be allocated to two or more series. In such case, the Lending Agent agrees to seek satisfaction of all obligations of such Client hereunder solely out of the assets of the series on whose behalf the Transaction(s) giving to the obligations was entered into. If the Client establishes two or more series, the Client shall so indicate on Schedule A or otherwise give notice thereof and identify such series, and from such time the liability of such series shall be limited as set forth above, as though and to the same extent as if such series was a separate and distinct Client hereunder.

 

14


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has caused this Agreement to be executed in its name and behalf as of the day and year first set forth above.

 

BLACKROCK ADVISORS, LLC,

on behalf of each investment company

indicated on Schedule A

By:  
  Name:
  Title:

BLACKROCK INVESTMENT

MANAGEMENT, LLC,

as Lending Agent

By:  
  Name:
  Title:

 

15


Schedule A: Clients and Funds

Board I Complex Closed-End Funds

BlackRock 2022 Global Income Opportunity Trust

BlackRock California Municipal Income Trust

BlackRock Core Bond Trust

BlackRock Corporate High Yield Fund, Inc.

BlackRock Credit Allocation Income Trust

BlackRock Credit Strategies Fund

BlackRock Debt Strategies Fund, Inc.

BlackRock Energy and Resources Trust

BlackRock Enhanced Capital and Income Fund, Inc.

BlackRock Enhanced Equity Dividend Trust

BlackRock Enhanced Global Dividend Trust

BlackRock Enhanced Government Fund, Inc.

BlackRock Enhanced International Dividend Trust

BlackRock Floating Rate Income Strategies Fund, Inc.

BlackRock Floating Rate Income Trust

BlackRock Florida Municipal 2020 Term Trust

BlackRock Health Sciences Trust

BlackRock Income Trust, Inc.

BlackRock Investment Quality Municipal Trust, Inc.

BlackRock Limited Duration Income Trust

BlackRock Long-Term Municipal Advantage Trust

BlackRock Maryland Municipal Bond Trust

BlackRock Massachusetts Tax-Exempt Trust

BlackRock Multi-Sector Income Trust

BlackRock Multi-Sector Opportunities Trust

BlackRock Multi-Sector Opportunities Trust II

BlackRock Muni Intermediate Duration Fund, Inc.

BlackRock Muni New York Intermediate Duration Fund, Inc.

BlackRock MuniAssets Fund, Inc.

BlackRock Municipal 2020 Term Trust

BlackRock Municipal 2030 Target Term Trust

BlackRock Municipal Bond Trust

BlackRock Municipal Income Investment Quality Trust

BlackRock Municipal Income Investment Trust

BlackRock Municipal Income Quality Trust

BlackRock Municipal Income Trust

BlackRock Municipal Income Trust II

BlackRock MuniEnhanced Fund, Inc.

BlackRock MuniHoldings California Quality Fund, Inc.

BlackRock MuniHoldings Fund II, Inc.

BlackRock MuniHoldings Fund, Inc.

BlackRock MuniHoldings Investment Quality Fund

BlackRock MuniHoldings New Jersey Quality Fund, Inc.

 

Schedule A-1


BlackRock MuniHoldings New York Quality Fund, Inc.

BlackRock MuniHoldings Quality Fund II, Inc.

BlackRock MuniHoldings Quality Fund, Inc.

BlackRock MuniVest Fund II, Inc.

BlackRock MuniVest Fund, Inc.

BlackRock MuniYield Arizona Fund, Inc.

BlackRock MuniYield California Fund, Inc.

BlackRock MuniYield California Quality Fund, Inc.

BlackRock MuniYield Fund, Inc.

BlackRock MuniYield Investment Fund

BlackRock MuniYield Investment Quality Fund

BlackRock MuniYield Michigan Quality Fund, Inc.

BlackRock MuniYield New Jersey Fund, Inc.

BlackRock MuniYield New York Quality Fund, Inc.

BlackRock MuniYield Pennsylvania Quality Fund

BlackRock MuniYield Quality Fund II, Inc.

BlackRock MuniYield Quality Fund III, Inc.

BlackRock MuniYield Quality Fund, Inc.

BlackRock New York Municipal Bond Trust

BlackRock New York Municipal Income Quality Trust

BlackRock New York Municipal Income Trust

BlackRock New York Municipal Income Trust II

BlackRock Preferred Partners LLC 1

BlackRock Resources & Commodities Strategy Trust

BlackRock Science and Technology Trust

BlackRock Taxable Municipal Bond Trust

BlackRock Utilities, Infrastructure & Power Opportunities Trust

BlackRock Virginia Municipal Bond Trust

The BlackRock Strategic Municipal Trust

Board II Complex Open-End Funds – Group A

BIF Money Fund

BlackRock Advantage U.S. Total Market Fund, Inc.

BlackRock Advantage Global Fund, Inc.

BlackRock Asian Dragon Fund, Inc.

BlackRock Balanced Capital Fund, Inc.

BlackRock Basic Value Fund, Inc.

BlackRock Capital Appreciation Fund, Inc.

BlackRock Emerging Markets Fund, Inc.

BlackRock Equity Dividend Fund

BlackRock EuroFund

BlackRock Financial Institutions Series Trust

BlackRock Summit Cash Reserves Fund

 

1  

On December 1, 2017, BlackRock Preferred Partners LLC adopted a Plan of Liquidation and Dissolution.

 

Schedule A-2


BlackRock Focus Growth Fund, Inc.

BlackRock Funds SM

BlackRock Advantage Emerging Markets Fund

BlackRock Advantage International Fund

BlackRock Advantage Large Cap Growth Fund

BlackRock Advantage Small Cap Core Fund

BlackRock Advantage Small Cap Growth Fund

BlackRock All-Cap Energy & Resources Portfolio

BlackRock China A Opportunities Fund

BlackRock Commodity Strategies Fund

BlackRock Emerging Markets Dividend Fund

BlackRock Emerging Markets Equity Strategies Fund

BlackRock Energy & Resources Portfolio

BlackRock Exchange Portfolio

BlackRock Global Long/Short Equity Fund

BlackRock Health Sciences Opportunities Portfolio

BlackRock High Equity Income Fund

BlackRock Impact U.S. Equity Fund

BlackRock International Dividend Fund

BlackRock Mid-Cap Growth Equity Portfolio

BlackRock Money Market Portfolio

BlackRock Real Estate Securities Fund

BlackRock Short Obligations Fund

BlackRock Tactical Opportunities Fund

BlackRock Technology Opportunities Fund

BlackRock Total Emerging Markets Fund

BlackRock Total Factor Fund

BlackRock Funds II

BlackRock 20/80 Target Allocation Fund

BlackRock 40/60 Target Allocation Fund

BlackRock 60/40 Target Allocation Fund

BlackRock 80/20 Target Allocation Fund

BlackRock Dynamic High Income Portfolio

BlackRock Global Dividend Portfolio

BlackRock LifePath ® Smart Beta 2020 Fund

BlackRock LifePath ® Smart Beta 2025 Fund

BlackRock LifePath ® Smart Beta 2030 Fund

BlackRock LifePath ® Smart Beta 2035 Fund

BlackRock LifePath ® Smart Beta 2040 Fund

BlackRock LifePath ® Smart Beta 2045 Fund

BlackRock LifePath ® Smart Beta 2050 Fund

BlackRock LifePath ® Smart Beta 2055 Fund

BlackRock LifePath ® Smart Beta 2060 Fund

BlackRock LifePath ® Smart Beta Retirement Fund

BlackRock Managed Income Fund

BlackRock Multi-Asset Income Portfolio

 

Schedule A-3


BlackRock Global Allocation Fund, Inc.

BlackRock Large Cap Series Funds, Inc.

BlackRock Advantage Large Cap Core Fund

BlackRock Advantage Large Cap Value Fund

BlackRock Event Driven Equity Fund

BlackRock Large Cap Focus Growth Fund

BlackRock Latin America Fund, Inc.

BlackRock Liquidity Funds

California Money Fund

Federal Trust Fund

FedFund

MuniCash

MuniFund

New York Money Fund

TempCash

TempFund

T-Fund

Treasury Trust Fund

BlackRock Long-Horizon Equity Fund

BlackRock Mid Cap Dividend Series, Inc.

BlackRock Mid Cap Dividend Fund

BlackRock Natural Resources Trust

BlackRock Series, Inc.

BlackRock International Fund

BlackRock Series Fund, Inc.

BlackRock Advantage Large Cap Core Portfolio

BlackRock Balanced Capital Portfolio

BlackRock Capital Appreciation Portfolio

BlackRock Global Allocation Portfolio

BlackRock Government Money Market Portfolio

BlackRock Variable Series Funds, Inc.

BlackRock Advantage Large Cap Core V.I. Fund

BlackRock Advantage Large Cap Value V.I. Fund

BlackRock Advantage U.S. Total Market V.I. Fund

BlackRock Basic Value V.I. Fund

BlackRock Capital Appreciation V.I. Fund

BlackRock Equity Dividend V.I. Fund

BlackRock Global Allocation V.I. Fund

BlackRock Government Money Market V.I. Fund

BlackRock International V.I. Fund

BlackRock International Index V.I. Fund

BlackRock iShares ® Dynamic Allocation V.I. Fund

BlackRock Large Cap Focus Growth V.I. Fund

BlackRock Managed Volatility V.I. Fund

BlackRock S&P 500 Index V.I. Fund

 

Schedule A-4


BlackRock Small Cap Index V.I.

FDP Series, Inc.

FDP BlackRock Capital Appreciation Fund

FDP BlackRock Equity Dividend Fund

FDP BlackRock International Fund

Funds For Institutions Series

BlackRock Premier Government Institutional Fund

BlackRock Select Treasury Strategies Institutional Fund

BlackRock Treasury Strategies Institutional Fund

FFI Government Fund

FFI Treasury Fund

Managed Account Series

Advantage Global SmallCap Fund

BlackRock GA Disciplined Volatility Equity Fund

BlackRock GA Dynamic Equity Fund

Mid Cap Dividend Fund

Master Advantage U.S. Total Market LLC

Master Focus Growth LLC

Master Institutional Money Market LLC

Master Premier Government Institutional Portfolio

Master Treasury Strategies Institutional Portfolio

Master Large Cap Series LLC

Master Advantage Large Cap Core Portfolio

Master Advantage Large Cap Value Portfolio

Master Large Cap Focus Growth Portfolio

Master Money LLC

Master Treasury LLC

Ready Assets Government Liquidity Fund

Ready Assets U.S. Treasury Money Fund

Retirement Series Trust

Retirement Reserves Money Fund

Board I Complex Open-End Funds – Group B

BlackRock Allocation Target Shares

BATS: Series A Portfolio

BATS: Series C Portfolio

BATS: Series E Portfolio

BATS: Series M Portfolio

BATS: Series P Portfolio

BATS: Series S Portfolio

BlackRock Bond Fund, Inc.

BlackRock Total Return Fund

BlackRock California Municipal Series Trust

BlackRock California Municipal Opportunities Fund

 

Schedule A-5


BlackRock Funds IV

BlackRock Alternative Capital Strategies Fund

BlackRock Global Long/Short Credit Fund

BlackRock Impact Bond Fund

BlackRock Funds V

BlackRock Core Bond Portfolio

BlackRock Credit Strategies Income Fund

BlackRock Emerging Markets Bond Fund

BlackRock Emerging Markets Flexible Dynamic Bond Portfolio

BlackRock Emerging Markets Local Currency Bond Fund

BlackRock Floating Rate Income Portfolio

BlackRock GNMA Portfolio

BlackRock High Yield Bond Portfolio

BlackRock Inflation Protected Bond Portfolio

BlackRock Low Duration Bond Portfolio

BlackRock Strategic Income Opportunities Portfolio

BlackRock U.S. Government Bond Portfolio

BlackRock Multi-State Municipal Series Trust

BlackRock New Jersey Municipal Bond Fund

BlackRock New York Municipal Opportunities Fund

BlackRock Pennsylvania Municipal Bond Fund

BlackRock Municipal Bond Fund, Inc.

BlackRock High Yield Municipal Fund

BlackRock National Municipal Fund

BlackRock Short-Term Municipal Fund

BlackRock Municipal Series Trust

BlackRock Strategic Municipal Opportunities Fund

BlackRock Series Fund II, Inc.

BlackRock High Yield Portfolio

BlackRock U.S. Government Bond Portfolio

BlackRock Strategic Global Bond Fund, Inc.

BlackRock Variable Series Funds II, Inc.

BlackRock High Yield V.I. Fund

BlackRock Total Return V.I. Fund

BlackRock U.S. Government Bond V.I. Fund

FDP Series II, Inc.

FDP BlackRock CoreAlpha Bond Fund

Managed Account Series II

BlackRock U.S. Mortgage Portfolio

Master Bond LLC

Master Total Return Portfolio

 

Schedule A-6


Schedule B: Forms of Securities Loan Agreement

 

Schedule B-1


Appendix A

Closed-End Funds: Threshold Lending Program

 

1.

For the Funds in the Board I Complex identified on Schedule A as Board I Complex Closed-End Funds (collectively, the “Closed-End Funds”), the Lending Agent Fee Percentage is eighteen percent (18%). The “Board I Complex” refers to all of the Funds currently or in the future overseen by a board of directors/trustees consisting of the same individuals who comprise the members of the boards of directors/trustees of the Closed-End Funds, the Board I Complex Open-End Funds – Group B (the “Group B Funds”) listed on Schedule A and the funds listed on Appendix D hereto.

 

2.

Notwithstanding paragraph 1 above, if at any point during a calendar year, the aggregate gross revenues earned by the funds in the Board I Complex prior to payment of compensation to the applicable lending agent exceed $3,150,000 (the “Board I Complex Breakpoint”), the Lending Agent Fee Percentage shall be reduced to fifteen percent (15%) in allocating net income after the gross revenues for the calendar year equal the Board I Complex Breakpoint. The adjusted allocation shall become effective on incremental gross income starting on the next business day after the Board I Complex Breakpoint is reached.

 

3.

The Client and the Lending Agent agree and acknowledge that no advisory fee is payable with respect to management and investment of a Fund’s Cash Collateral in any joint account, fund or similar vehicle. The Lending Agent has agreed to cap the Cash Management Costs in respect of the investment of Cash Collateral in Money Market Series on an annualized basis at 0.04% of the daily net asset value of Money Market Series. The cap on the Cash Management Costs may be raised or reduced upon mutual agreement between the Lending Agent and the Client. In the event that a Fund directly or indirectly bears any Cash Management Costs, as computed at least monthly by the Lending Agent or its designee, in excess of such cap, then such excess shall, without limitation, be deemed a transaction fee or other operational cost for which the Lending Agent shall be responsible.

 

 

App. A-1


Appendix B

Group A Funds: Full Program

 

  1.

For the Funds in the Board II Complex identified on Schedule A as Board II Complex Open-End Funds – Group A (the “Group A Funds”), the Lending Agent Fee Percentage shall be as set forth below:

 

  a.

With respect to a Group A Fund that is identified as a “U.S. Equity Fund” in accordance with a methodology agreed to between the Lending Agent and the Client, the Lending Agent Fee Percentage is twenty-six and a half percent (26.5%).

 

  b.

With respect to a Group A Fund that is identified as an “International Equity Fund” in accordance with a methodology agreed to between the Lending Agent and the Client, the Lending Agent Fee Percentage is eighteen percent (18%).

 

  c.

With respect to a Group A Fund that is identified as a “Fund of Funds” in accordance with a methodology agreed to between the Lending Agent and the Client, the Lending Agent Fee Percentage is eighteen percent (18%).

 

  d.

With respect to a Group A Fund that is identified as a “Fixed Income Fund” in accordance with a methodology agreed to between the Lending Agent and the Client, the Lending Agent Fee Percentage is eighteen percent (18%).

The “Board II Complex” refers to all of the Funds currently or in the future overseen by a board of directors/trustees consisting of the same individuals who comprise the members of the boards of directors/trustees of the Group A Funds listed on Schedule A and the funds listed on Appendix E hereto.

 

  2.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if at any point during a calendar year, the aggregate gross revenues earned by the funds in the Board II Complex prior to payment of compensation to the applicable lending agent exceed $29,780,000 (the “Board II Complex Breakpoint”), the Lending Agent Fee Percentage shall be reduced as follows in allocating net income after the gross revenues for the calendar year equal the Board II Complex Breakpoint:

 

  a.

With respect to a Group A Fund that is identified as a “U.S. Equity Fund” in accordance with a methodology agreed to between the Lending Agent and the Client, the Lending Agent Fee Percentage shall be twenty percent (20%).

 

  b.

With respect to a Group A Fund that is identified as an “International Equity Fund” in accordance with a methodology agreed to between the Lending Agent and the Client, the Lending Agent Fee Percentage shall be fifteen percent (15%).

 

App. B-1


  c.

With respect to a Group A Fund that is identified as a “Fund of Funds” in accordance with a methodology agreed to between the Lending Agent and the Client, the Lending Agent Fee Percentage shall be fifteen percent (15%).

 

  d.

With respect to a Group A Fund that is identified as a “Fixed Income Fund” in accordance with a methodology agreed to between the Lending Agent and the Client, the Lending Agent Fee Percentage shall be fifteen percent (15%).

The adjusted allocation shall become effective on incremental gross income starting on the next business day after the Board II Complex Breakpoint is reached.

 

  3.

The Client and the Lending Agent agree and acknowledge that no advisory fee is payable with respect to management and investment of a Group A Fund’s Cash Collateral in any joint account, fund or similar vehicle. The Lending Agent has agreed to cap the Cash Management Costs in respect of the investment of Cash Collateral in Money Market Series on an annualized basis at 0.04% of the daily net asset value of Money Market Series. The cap on the Cash Management Costs may be raised or reduced upon mutual agreement between the Lending Agent and the Client. In the event that a Group A Fund directly or indirectly bears any Cash Management Costs, as computed at least monthly by the Lending Agent or its designee, in excess of such cap, then such excess shall, without limitation, be deemed a transaction fee or other operational cost for which the Lending Agent shall be responsible.

 

  4.

Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, if the fee calculated pursuant to paragraphs 1, 2 and 3 of this Appendix B would result in an effective fee split for a Group A Fund of less than seventy percent (70%) of the sum of such Group A Fund’s securities lending income (after deducting the rebate to the Approved Borrowers) and Cash Management Costs for any day (the “Group A Funds Effective Fee Split Floor”), then the Lending Agent’s fees for such day shall be reduced to the extent necessary to provide such Group A Fund with the Group A Funds Effective Fee Split Floor.

 

App. B-2


Appendix C

Group B Funds: Full Program

 

  1.

For the Funds in the Board I Complex identified on Schedule A as Board I Complex Open-End Funds – Group B (the “Group B Funds”), the Lending Agent Fee Percentage shall be as set forth below:

 

  a.

With respect to a Group B Fund that is identified as a “U.S. Equity Fund” in accordance with a methodology agreed to between the Lending Agent and the Client, the Lending Agent Fee Percentage is twenty-six and a half percent (26.5%).

 

  b.

With respect to a Group B Fund that is identified as an “International Equity Fund” in accordance with a methodology agreed to between the Lending Agent and the Client, the Lending Agent Fee Percentage is eighteen percent (18%).

 

  c.

With respect to a Group B Fund that is identified as a “Fund of Funds” in accordance with a methodology agreed to between the Lending Agent and the Client, the Lending Agent Fee Percentage is eighteen percent (18%).

 

  d.

With respect to a Group B Fund that is identified as a “Fixed Income Fund” in accordance with a methodology agreed to between the Lending Agent and the Client, the Lending Agent Fee Percentage is eighteen percent (18%).

The “Board I Complex” refers to all of the Funds currently or in the future overseen by a board of directors/trustees consisting of the same individuals who comprise the members of the boards of directors/trustees of the Closed-End Funds, the Group B Funds listed on Schedule A, and the funds listed on Appendix D hereto.

 

  2.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if at any point during a calendar year, the aggregate gross revenues earned by the funds in the Board I Complex prior to payment of compensation to the applicable lending agent exceed $3,150,000 (the “Board I Complex Breakpoint”), the Lending Agent Fee Percentage shall be reduced as follows in allocating net income after the gross revenues for the calendar year equal the Board I Complex Breakpoint:

 

  a.

With respect to a Group B Fund that is identified as a “U.S. Equity Fund” in accordance with a methodology agreed to between the Lending Agent and the Client, the Lending Agent Fee Percentage shall be twenty percent (20%).

 

  b.

With respect to a Group B Fund that is identified as an “International Equity Fund” in accordance with a methodology agreed to between the Lending Agent and the Client, the Lending Agent Fee Percentage shall be fifteen percent (15%).

 

App. C-1


  c.

With respect to a Group B Fund that is identified as a “Fund of Funds” in accordance with a methodology agreed to between the Lending Agent and the Client, the Lending Agent Fee Percentage shall be fifteen percent (15%).

 

  d.

With respect to a Group B Fund that is identified as a “Fixed Income Fund” in accordance with a methodology agreed to between the Lending Agent and the Client, the Lending Agent Fee Percentage shall be fifteen percent (15%).

The adjusted allocation shall become effective on incremental gross income starting on the next business day after the Board I Complex Breakpoint is reached.

 

  3.

The Client and the Lending Agent agree and acknowledge that no advisory fee is payable with respect to management and investment of a Group B Fund’s Cash Collateral in any joint account, fund or similar vehicle. The Lending Agent has agreed to cap the Cash Management Costs in respect of the investment of Cash Collateral in Money Market Series on an annualized basis at 0.04% of the daily net asset value of Money Market Series. The cap on the Cash Management Costs may be raised or reduced upon mutual agreement between the Lending Agent and the Client. In the event that a Group B Fund directly or indirectly bears any Cash Management Costs, as computed at least monthly by the Lending Agent or its designee, in excess of such cap, then such excess shall, without limitation, be deemed a transaction fee or other operational cost for which the Lending Agent shall be responsible.

 

  4.

Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, if the fee calculated pursuant to paragraphs 1, 2 and 3 of this Appendix C would result in an effective fee split for a Group B Fund of less than seventy percent (70%) of the sum of such Group B Fund’s securities lending income (after deducting the rebate to the Approved Borrowers) and Cash Management Costs for any day (the “Group B Funds Effective Fee Split Floor”), then the Lending Agent’s fees for such day shall be reduced to the extent necessary to provide such Group B Fund with the Group B Funds Effective Fee Split Floor.

 

App. C-2


Appendix D

Board I Complex Open-End Funds*

BlackRock Funds VI

BlackRock CoreAlpha Bond Fund

Master Investment Portfolio II

CoreAlpha Bond Master Portfolio

 

*

Funds have alternative securities lending agency arrangement.

 

App. D-1


Appendix E

Board II Complex Open-End Funds*

BlackRock Funds SM

iShares Developed Real Estate Index Fund

iShares Edge MSCI Min Vol EAFE Index Fund

iShares Edge MSCI Min Vol USA Index Fund

iShares Edge MSCI Multifactor Intl Index Fund

iShares Edge MSCI Multifactor USA Index Fund

iShares Edge MSCI USA Momentum Factor Index Fund

iShares Edge MSCI USA Quality Factor Index Fund

iShares Edge MSCI USA Size Factor Index Fund

iShares Edge MSCI USA Value Factor Index Fund

iShares MSCI Asia ex Japan Index Fund

iShares MSCI Developed World Index Fund

iShares Municipal Bond Index Fund

iShares Russell Mid-Cap Index Fund

iShares Russell Small/Mid-Cap Index Fund

iShares Short-Term TIPS Bond Index Fund

iShares Total U.S. Stock Market Index Fund

BlackRock Funds III

BlackRock Cash Funds: Institutional

BlackRock Cash Funds: Treasury

BlackRock LifePath ® Dynamic Retirement Fund

BlackRock LifePath ® Dynamic 2020 Fund

BlackRock LifePath ® Dynamic 2025 Fund

BlackRock LifePath ® Dynamic 2030 Fund

BlackRock LifePath ® Dynamic 2035 Fund

BlackRock LifePath ® Dynamic 2040 Fund

BlackRock LifePath ® Dynamic 2045 Fund

BlackRock LifePath ® Dynamic 2050 Fund

BlackRock LifePath ® Dynamic 2055 Fund

BlackRock LifePath ® Dynamic 2060 Fund

BlackRock LifePath ® Index Retirement Fund

BlackRock LifePath ® Index 2020 Fund

BlackRock LifePath ® Index 2025 Fund

BlackRock LifePath ® Index 2030 Fund

BlackRock LifePath ® Index 2035 Fund

BlackRock LifePath ® Index 2040 Fund

BlackRock LifePath ® Index 2045 Fund

BlackRock LifePath ® Index 2050 Fund

BlackRock LifePath ® Index 2055 Fund

BlackRock LifePath ® Index 2060 Fund

iShares MSCI Total International Index Fund

iShares Russell 1000 Large-Cap Index Fund

 

App. E-1


iShares S&P 500 Index Fund

iShares U.S. Aggregate Bond Index Fund

BlackRock Index Funds, Inc.

iShares MSCI EAFE International Index Fund

iShares Russell 2000 Small-Cap Index Fund

Master Investment Portfolio

Active Stock Master Portfolio

International Tilts Master Portfolio

Large Cap Index Master Portfolio

LifePath ® Dynamic Retirement Master Portfolio

LifePath ® Dynamic 2020 Master Portfolio

LifePath ® Dynamic 2025 Master Portfolio

LifePath ® Dynamic 2030 Master Portfolio

LifePath ® Dynamic 2035 Master Portfolio

LifePath ® Dynamic 2040 Master Portfolio

LifePath ® Dynamic 2045 Master Portfolio

LifePath ® Dynamic 2050 Master Portfolio

LifePath ® Dynamic 2055 Master Portfolio

LifePath ® Dynamic 2060 Master Portfolio

LifePath ® Index Retirement Master Portfolio

LifePath ® Index 2020 Master Portfolio

LifePath ® Index 2025 Master Portfolio

LifePath ® Index 2030 Master Portfolio

LifePath ® Index 2035 Master Portfolio

LifePath ® Index 2040 Master Portfolio

LifePath ® Index 2045 Master Portfolio

LifePath ® Index 2050 Master Portfolio

LifePath ® Index 2055 Master Portfolio

LifePath ® Index 2060 Master Portfolio

Money Market Master Portfolio

S&P 500 Index Master Portfolio

Total International ex U.S. Index Master Portfolio

Treasury Money Market Master Portfolio

U.S. Total Bond Index Master Portfolio

Quantitative Master Series LLC

Master Extended Market Index Series

Master Small Cap Index Series

 

*

Funds have alternative securities lending agency arrangement.

 

App. E-2

Exhibit (r)

 

LOGO

Code of Ethics for Fund Access Persons

Effective Date: April 1, 2019

Applies to the following types of Funds registered under the 1940 Act:

Open-End Mutual Funds (excluding money market funds)

☒ Money Market Funds

☒ iShares ETFs

Closed-End Funds

☒ Other (BCIC)

1. Introduction

The purpose of this Code of Ethics (the “Code”) is to prevent Access Persons (as defined below) of BlackRock open- and closed-end funds and iShares exchange traded funds and BlackRock Capital Investment Corporation (each a “Fund” and collectively, the “Funds”) from engaging in any act, practice or course of business prohibited by paragraph (b) of Rule 17j-1 (the “Rule”) under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”). This Code is required by paragraph (c) of the Rule. A copy of the Rule is attached to this Code as Appendix A.

Access Persons (as defined below) of the Funds, in conducting their personal securities transactions, owe a fiduciary duty to the Funds. The fundamental standard to be followed in personal securities transactions is that Access Persons may not take inappropriate advantage of their positions. All personal securities transactions by Access Persons must be conducted in such a manner as to avoid any actual or potential conflict of interest between the Access Person’s interest and the interests of the Funds, or any abuse of an Access Person’s position of trust and responsibility. Potential conflicts arising from personal investment activities could include buying or selling securities based on knowledge of a Fund’s trading position or plans (sometimes referred to as front-running), and acceptance of personal favors that could influence trading judgments on behalf of the Fund. While this Code is designed to address identified conflicts and potential conflicts, it cannot possibly be written broadly enough to cover all potential situations and, in this regard, Access Persons are expected to adhere not only to the letter, but also the spirit, of the policies contained herein.

2. Confidential Information

In order to understand how this Code applies to particular persons and transactions, familiarity with the key terms and concepts used in this Code is necessary. Those key terms and concepts are:

2.1. “Access Person” with respect to a Fund means any Advisory Person of the Fund, BlackRock or a Subadviser. Those persons who may be considered Access Persons of the Funds include those listed on attached Appendix B to this Code and will be updated from time to time.

2.2. “Advisory Person” means: (a) any director or advisory board 1 member, officer, general partner or employee of a Fund, BlackRock or a Subadviser or of any company in a control relationship to the Fund, BlackRock or a Subadviser, who, in connection with his or her regular functions or duties, makes, participates in, or obtains information regarding the purchase or sale of a “Covered Security” by the Fund, or whose functions relate to the making of any recommendations with respect to such purchases or sales; and (b) any natural person in a control relationship to the Fund, BlackRock or a Subadviser who obtains information concerning recommendations made to the Fund with regard to the purchase or sale of “Covered Securities” by the Fund.

 

1  

As defined in Section 2(a)(1) of the 1940 Act.

 

LOGO   Public   Page 1 of 16


2.3. “Automatic Investment Plan” means a program in which regular periodic purchases (or withdrawals) are made automatically in (or from) investment accounts in accordance with a predetermined schedule and allocation. An Automatic Investment Plan includes a dividend reinvestment plan.

2.4. “Beneficial ownership” has the meaning set forth in Rule 16a-1(a)(2) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), a copy of which is included as Appendix C. The determination of direct or indirect beneficial ownership shall apply to all securities which an Access Person has or acquires.

2.5. “BRIL” means BlackRock Investments, LLC, each open-end Fund’s principal underwriter and the principal underwriter of certain closed-end Funds.

2.6. “BlackRock” means persons controlling, controlled by or under common control with BlackRock, Inc. that act as investment adviser and sub-adviser to the Funds.

2.7. “Board” means, collectively, the boards of directors or trustees of the Funds.

2.8. “PTP” means the Personal Trading Policy adopted by BlackRock and BRIL and approved by the Board.

2.9. “control” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(9) of the 1940 Act.

2.10. “Covered Security” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(36) of the 1940 Act, except that it shall not include: direct obligations of the U.S. Government; bankers’ acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper, and high-quality short-term debt instruments, including repurchase agreements; and shares issued by registered open-end investment companies. A high-quality short-term debt instrument is one with a maturity at issuance of less than 366 days and that is rated in one of the two highest rating categories by a nationally recognized statistical rating organization.

2.11. “Independent Director” means a director or trustee of a Fund who is not an “interested person” of the Fund within the meaning of Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act. All provisions of this Code applicable to Independent Directors will also be applicable to advisory board members.

2.12. “Investment Personnel” of a Fund, BlackRock or a Subadviser means: (a) any employee of the Fund, BlackRock or a Subadviser (or of any company in a control relationship to the Fund, BlackRock or a Subadviser) who, in connection with his or her regular functions or duties, makes or participates in making recommendations regarding the purchase or sale of securities by the Fund and (b) any natural person who controls the Fund, BlackRock or a Subadviser and who obtains information concerning recommendations made to the Fund regarding the purchase or sale of securities by the Fund.

2.13. “IPO” means an offering of securities registered under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “1933 Act”) the issuer of which, immediately before the registration, was not subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

2.14. “Limited Offering” means an offering exempt from registration under the 1933 Act pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) or 4(a)(5) or Rule 504, 505 or 506 under the 1933 Act.

2.15. “Purchase or sale of a Covered Security” includes, among other things, the writing of an option to purchase or sell a Covered Security.

2.16. “Subadviser” means any investment adviser to a Fund that does not control, is not controlled by and is not under common control with BlackRock and to whom BlackRock delegates certain investment management responsibilities.

 

LOGO   Public   Page 2 of 16


3. RESTRICTIONS APPLICABLE TO DIRECTORS, OFFICERS AND EMPLOYEES OF BLACKROCK AND BRIL

3.1. All Access Persons of BlackRock’s investment advisory companies and BRIL shall be subject to the restrictions, limitations and reporting responsibilities set forth in the PTP, as if fully set forth herein.

3.2. Persons subject to this Section 3 shall not be subject to the restrictions, limitations and reporting responsibilities set forth in Sections 4 and 5 below. In particular, an Access Person of BlackRock’s investment advisory companies need not make a separate report under this Code to the extent the information would duplicate information required to be recorded under Rule 204-2(a)(13) under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended.

3.3. Any Access Person of a Subadviser shall not be subject to this Code, so long as such Access Person is subject to a code of ethics duly adopted by the Subadviser relating to personal securities transactions by such Access Person, provided that such code of ethics complies with the requirements of the Rule and has been approved by the Board.

4. PRE-APPROVAL OF INVESTMENTS IN INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERINGS OR LIMITED OFFERINGS

With respect to purchases of securities (including, but not limited to, any Covered Security) issued in an initial public offering (“IPO”) or a Limited Offering, all Access Persons of BlackRock’s investment advisory companies are subject to the restrictions, limitations and reporting responsibilities set forth in the PTP and in addition, with respect to Limited Offerings, the Global Employee Private Investment Policy.

No Investment Personnel shall purchase any security (including, but not limited to, any Covered Security) issued in an IPO or a Limited Offering unless an officer of a Fund approves the transaction in advance. The Chief Compliance Officer (“CCO”) of the Funds shall maintain a written record of any decisions to permit these transactions, along with the reasons supporting the decision.

5. REPORTING

5.1. Initial Holdings Reports

No later than ten days after a person becomes an Access Person, he or she must report to the applicable Fund the following information (which information must be current as of a date no more than 45 days prior to the date the person becomes an Access Person):

5.1.1. the title, number of shares and principal amount of each Covered Security in which the Access Person had any direct or indirect beneficial ownership when the person became an Access Person;

5.1.2. the name of any broker, dealer or bank with whom the Access Person maintained an account in which any securities were held for the direct or indirect benefit of the Access Person as of the date the person became an Access Person; and

5.1.3. the date that the report is submitted by the Access Person.

5.2. Quarterly Reporting

5.2.1. Every Access Person shall either report to the applicable Fund the information described in paragraphs 5.2.2 and 5.2.3 below with respect to transactions in any Covered Security in which the Access Person has, or by reason of the transaction acquires, any direct or indirect beneficial ownership or, in the alternative, make the representation in Section 5.2.4 below.

5.2.2. Every report shall be made not later than 30 days after the end of the calendar quarter in which the transaction to which the report relates was effected and shall contain the following information:

 

LOGO   Public   Page 3 of 16


5.2.2.1. the date of the transaction, the title, the interest rate and maturity date (if applicable), the number of units and the principal amount of each Covered Security involved;

5.2.2.2. the nature of the transaction (i.e., purchase, sale or any other type of acquisition or disposition);

5.2.2.3. the price at which the transaction was effected;

5.2.2.4. the name of the broker, dealer or bank with or through whom the transaction was effected;

5.2.2.5. the date that the report is submitted by the Access Person; and

5.2.2.6. a description of any factors potentially relevant to an analysis of whether the Access Person may have a conflict of interest with respect to the transaction, including the existence of any substantial economic relationship between the transaction and securities held or to be acquired by a Fund.

5.2.3. With respect to any account established by the Access Person in which any securities were held during the quarter for the direct or indirect benefit of the Access Person, no later than 30 days after the end of a calendar quarter, an Access Person shall provide a report to each Fund containing the following information:

5.2.3.1. the name of the broker, dealer or bank with whom the Access Person established the account;

5.2.3.2. the date the account was established; and

5.2.3.3. the date that the report is submitted by the Access Person.

5.2.4. If no transactions were conducted by an Access Person during a calendar quarter that are subject to the reporting requirements described above, such Access Person shall, not later than 30 days after the end of that calendar quarter, provide a written representation to that effect to the Funds.

5.3. Annual Reporting

5.3.1. Every Access Person shall report to each Fund the information described in Section 5.3.2 below with respect to transactions in any Covered Security in which the Access Person has, or by reason of the transaction acquires, any direct or indirect beneficial ownership in the security.

5.3.2. Annually, an Access Person shall provide a report to each Fund containing the following information (which information must be current as of a date no more than 45 days before the report is submitted):

5.3.2.1. the title, number of shares and principal amount of each Covered Security in which the Access Person had any direct or indirect beneficial ownership;

5.3.2.2. the name of any broker, dealer or bank with whom the Access Person maintains an account in which any securities are held for the direct or indirect benefit of the Access Person; and

5.3.2.3. the date that the report is submitted by the Access Person.

 

LOGO   Public   Page 4 of 16


5.4. Exceptions to Reporting Requirements

5.4.1. An Access Person is not required to make a report otherwise required under Sections 5.1, 5.2 and 5.3 above with respect to any transaction effected for any account over which the Access Person does not have any direct or indirect influence or control; provided, however, that if the Access Person is relying upon the provisions of this Section 5.4.1 to avoid making such a report, the Access Person shall, not later than 30 days after the end of each calendar quarter, identify any such account in writing and certify in writing that he or she had no direct or indirect influence over any such account.

5.4.2. An Access Person is not required to make a report otherwise required under Section 5.2 above with respect to transactions effected pursuant to an Automatic Investment Plan.

5.4.3. An Independent Director of a Fund (which for purposes of this Section shall include an advisory board member) who would be required to make a report pursuant to Sections 5.1, 5.2 and 5.3 above, solely by reason of being a board member of the Fund, is not required to make an initial holdings report under Section 5.1 above and an annual report under Section 5.3 above, and is only required to make a quarterly report under Section 5.2 above, with respect to a transaction in a Covered Security, if the Independent Director knew or, in the ordinary course of fulfilling the Independent Director’s official duties as a board member of the Fund, should have known that: (a) the Fund has engaged in a transaction in the same security within the last 15 days of such Independent Director’s transaction in such Covered Security or is engaging or going to engage in a transaction in the same security within the next 15 days of such Independent Director’s transaction in such Covered Security; or (b) the Fund or BlackRock has within the last 15 days of such Independent Director’s transaction in such Covered Security considered a transaction in the same security or is considering a transaction in the same security or within the next 15 days of such Independent Director’s transaction in such Covered Security is going to consider a transaction in the same security.

5.5. Annual Certification

5.5.1. All Access Persons are required to certify that they have read and understand this Code and recognize that they are subject to the provisions hereof and will comply with the policy and procedures stated herein. Further, all Access Persons are required to certify annually that they have complied with the requirements of this Code and that they have reported all personal securities transactions required to be disclosed or reported pursuant to the requirements of such policies. A copy of the certification form to be used in complying with this Section 5.5.1 is attached to this Code as Appendix D.

5.5.2. Each Fund, BlackRock and BRIL shall prepare an annual report to the Board to be presented to the Board each year and which shall:

5.5.2.1. summarize existing procedures concerning personal investing, including preclearance policies and the monitoring of personal investment activity after preclearance has been granted, and any changes in the procedures during the past year;

5.5.2.2. describe any issues arising under this Code or procedures since the last report to the Board including, but not limited to, information about any material violations of this Code or procedures and the sanctions imposed during the past year;

5.5.2.3. identify any recommended changes in existing restrictions or procedures based upon experience under this Code, evolving industry practice or developments in applicable laws and regulations;

5.5.2.4. contain such other information, observations and recommendations as deemed relevant by such Fund, BlackRock or BRIL; and

 

LOGO   Public   Page 5 of 16


5.5.2.5. certify that such Fund, BlackRock and BRIL have adopted this Code with procedures reasonably necessary to prevent Access Persons from violating the provisions of Rule 17j-1(b) or this Code.

5.6. Notification of Reporting Obligation and Review of Reports

Each Access Person shall receive a copy of this Code and be notified of his or her reporting obligations. All reports shall be promptly submitted upon completion to the Funds’ CCO who shall review such reports.

5.7. Miscellaneous

Any report under this Code may contain a statement that the report shall not be construed as an admission by the person making the report that the person has any direct or indirect beneficial ownership in the securities to which the report relates.

6. RECORDKEEPING REQUIREMENTS

Each Fund shall maintain, at its principal place of business, records in the manner and to the extent set out below, which records shall be available for examination by representatives of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”).

6.1. As long as this Code is in effect, a copy of it (and any version thereof that was in effect within the past five years) shall be preserved in an easily accessible place.

6.2. The following records must be maintained in an easily accessible place for five years after the end of the fiscal year in which the event took place:

6.2.1. a record of any violation of this Code, and of any action taken as a result of the violation;

6.2.2. a record of all persons, currently or within the past five years, who are or were required to make reports under Section 5, or who are or were responsible for reviewing these reports; and

6.2.3. a record of any decision, and the reasons supporting the decision, to approve the acquisition by Investment Personnel of securities under Section 4.

6.3. The following records must be maintained for five years after the end of the fiscal year in which the event took place, the first two years in an easily accessible place:

6.3.1. a copy of each report made by an Access Person pursuant to this Code, including any information required by Section 5.4.1 in lieu of such reports; and

6.3.2. a copy of each annual report submitted by each Fund, BlackRock and BRIL to the Board.

7. CONFIDENTIALITY

No Access Person shall reveal to any other person (except in the normal course of his or her duties on behalf of a Fund) any information regarding securities transactions by a Fund or consideration by a Fund or BlackRock of any such securities transaction.

All information obtained from any Access Person hereunder shall be kept in strict confidence, except that reports of securities transactions hereunder will be made available to the SEC or any other regulatory or self-regulatory organization to the extent required by law or regulation.

 

LOGO   Public   Page 6 of 16


8. SANCTIONS

Upon discovering a violation of this Code, the Board may impose any sanctions it deems appropriate, including a letter of censure, the suspension or termination of any officer or employee of a Fund, or the recommendation to the employer of the violator of the suspension or termination of the employment of the violator.

 

LOGO   Public   Page 7 of 16


LOGO

I. DEFINITIONS

For purposes of this section:

 

1.

Access Person means:

 

  A.

Any Advisory Person of a Fund or of a Fund’s investment adviser. If an investment adviser’s primary business is advising Funds or other advisory clients, all of the investment adviser’s directors, officers, and general partners are presumed to be Access Persons of any Fund advised by the investment adviser. All of a Fund’s directors, officers, and general partners are presumed to be Access Persons of the Fund.

 

  (1)

If an investment adviser is primarily engaged in a business or businesses other than advising Funds or other advisory clients, the term Access Person means any director, officer, general partner or Advisory Person of the investment adviser who, with respect to any Fund, makes any recommendation, participates in the determination of which recommendation will be made, or whose principal function or duties relate to the determination of which recommendation will be made, or who, in connection with his or her duties, obtains any information concerning recommendations on Covered Securities being made by the investment adviser to any Fund.

 

  (2)

An investment adviser is “primarily engaged in a business or businesses other than advising Funds or other advisory clients” if, for each of its most recent three fiscal years or for the period of time since its organization, whichever is less, the investment adviser derived, on an unconsolidated basis, more than 50 percent of its total sales and revenues and more than 50 percent of its income (or loss), before income taxes and extraordinary items, from the other business or businesses.

 

  B.

Any director, officer or general partner of a principal underwriter who, in the ordinary course of business, makes, participates in or obtains information regarding, the purchase or sale of Covered Securities by the Fund for which the principal underwriter acts, or whose functions or duties in the ordinary course of business relate to the making of any recommendation to the Fund regarding the purchase or sale of Covered Securities.

 

2.

Advisory Person of a Fund or of a Fund’s investment adviser means:

 

  A.

Any director, officer, general partner or employee of the Fund or investment adviser (or of any company in a control relationship to the Fund or investment adviser) who, in connection with his or her regular functions or duties, makes, participates in, or obtains information regarding, the purchase or sale of Covered Securities by a Fund, or whose functions relate to the making of any recommendations with respect to such purchases or sales; and

 

  B.

Any natural person in a control relationship to the Fund or investment adviser who obtains information concerning recommendations made to the Fund with regard to the purchase or sale of Covered Securities by the Fund.

 

3.

Control has the same meaning as in section 2(a)(9) of the Act.

 

4.

Covered Security means a security as defined in section 2(a)(36) of the Act, except that it does not include:

 

  A.

Direct obligations of the Government of the United States;

 

  B.

Bankers’ acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper and high quality short-term debt instruments, including repurchase agreements; and

 

  C.

Shares issued by open-end Funds.

 

LOGO   Public   Page 8 of 16


5.

Fund means an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act.

 

6.

An Initial Public Offering means an offering of securities registered under the Securities Act of 1933, the issuer of which, immediately before the registration, was not subject to the reporting requirements of sections 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

7.

Investment Personnel of a Fund or of a Fund’s investment adviser means:

 

  A.

Any employee of the Fund or investment adviser (or of any company in a control relationship to the Fund or investment adviser) who, in connection with his or her regular functions or duties, makes or participates in making recommendations regarding the purchase or sale of securities by the Fund.

 

  B.

Any natural person who controls the Fund or investment adviser and who obtains information concerning recommendations made to the Fund regarding the purchase or sale of securities by the Fund.

 

8.

A Limited Offering means an offering that is exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933 pursuant to section 4(2) or section 4(6) or pursuant to rule 504, rule 505, or rule 506 under the Securities Act of 1933.

 

9.

Purchase or sale of a Covered Security includes, among other things, the writing of an option to purchase or sell a Covered Security.

 

10.

Security Held or to be Acquired by a Fund means:

 

  A.

Any Covered Security which, within the most recent 15 days:

 

  (1)

Is or has been held by the Fund; or

 

  (2)

Is being or has been considered by the Fund or its investment adviser for purchase by the Fund; and

 

  B.

Any option to purchase or sell, and any security convertible into or exchangeable for, a Covered Security described in paragraph (1)(10)(A) of this section.

 

11.

Automatic Investment Plan means a program in which regular periodic purchases (or withdrawals) are made automatically in (or from) investment accounts in accordance with a predetermined schedule and allocation. An Automatic Investment Plan includes a dividend reinvestment plan.

II. UNLAWFUL ACTIONS

It is unlawful for any affiliated person of or principal underwriter for a Fund, or any affiliated person of an investment adviser of or principal underwriter for a Fund, in connection with the purchase or sale, directly or indirectly, by the person of a Security Held or to be Acquired by the Fund:

 

1.

To employ any device, scheme or artifice to defraud the Fund;

 

2.

To make any untrue statement of a material fact to the Fund or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements made to the Fund, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading;

 

3.

To engage in any act, practice or course of business that operates or would operate as a fraud or deceit on the Fund; or

 

4.

To engage in any manipulative practice with respect to the Fund.

III. CODE OF ETHICS

 

1.

Adoption and Approval of Code of Ethics.

 

  A.

Every Fund (other than a money market fund or a Fund that does not invest in Covered Securities) and each investment adviser of and principal underwriter for the Fund, must adopt a written code of ethics containing provisions reasonably necessary to prevent its Access Persons from engaging in any conduct prohibited by paragraph (II) of this section.

 

  B.

The board of directors of a Fund, including a majority of directors who are not interested persons, must approve the code of ethics of the Fund, the code of ethics of each investment adviser and principal underwriter of the Fund, and any material changes to these codes. The board must base its approval of a code and any material changes to the code on a determination that the code contains provisions reasonably necessary to prevent Access Persons from engaging in any conduct

 

LOGO   Public   Page 9 of 16


  prohibited by paragraph (II) of this section. Before approving a code of a Fund, investment adviser or principal underwriter or any amendment to the code, the board of directors must receive a certification from the Fund, investment adviser or principal underwriter that it has adopted procedures reasonably necessary to prevent Access Persons from violating the Funds, investment adviser’s, or principal underwriter’s code of ethics. The Fund’s board must approve the code of an investment adviser or principal underwriter before initially retaining the services of the investment adviser or principal underwriter. The Fund’s board must approve a material change to a code no later than six months after adoption of the material change.

 

  C.

If a Fund is a unit investment trust, the Fund’s principal underwriter or depositor must approve the Fund’s code of ethics, as required by paragraph (III)(1)(B) of this section. If the Fund has more than one principal underwriter or depositor, the principal underwriters and depositors may designate, in writing, which principal underwriter or depositor must conduct the approval required by paragraph (III)(1)(B) of this section, if they obtain written consent from the designated principal underwriter or depositor.

 

2.

Administration of Code of Ethics.

 

  A.

The Fund, investment adviser and principal underwriter must use reasonable diligence and institute procedures reasonably necessary to prevent violations of its code of ethics.

 

  B.

No less frequently than annually, every Fund (other than a unit investment trust) and its investment advisers and principal underwriters must furnish to the Fund’s board of directors, and the board of directors must consider, a written report that:

 

  (1)

Describes any issues arising under the code of ethics or procedures since the last report to the board of directors, including, but not limited to, information about material violations of the code or procedures and sanctions imposed in response to the material violations; and

 

  (2)

Certifies that the Fund, investment adviser or principal underwriter, as applicable, has adopted procedures reasonably necessary to prevent Access Persons from violating the code.

 

3.

Exception for Principal Underwriters. The requirements of paragraphs (III)(1) and (III)(2) of this section do not apply to any principal underwriter unless:

 

  A.

The principal underwriter is an affiliated person of the Fund or of the Fund’s investment adviser; or

 

  B.

An officer, director or general partner of the principal underwriter serves as an officer, director or general partner of the Fund or of the Fund’s investment adviser.

IV. REPORTING REQUIREMENTS OF ACCESS PERSONS

 

1.

Reports Required.

Unless excepted by paragraph (IV)(2) of this section, every Access Person of a Fund (other than a money market fund or a Fund that does not invest in Covered Securities) and every Access Person of an investment adviser of or principal underwriter for the Fund, must report to that Fund, investment adviser or principal underwriter:

 

  A.

Initial Holdings Reports. No later than 10 days after the person becomes an Access Person (which information must be current as of a date no more than 45 days prior to the date the person becomes an Access Person):

 

  (1)

The title, number of shares and principal amount of each Covered Security in which the Access Person had any direct or indirect beneficial ownership when the person became an Access Person;

 

  (2)

The name of any broker, dealer or bank with whom the Access Person maintained an account in which any securities were held for the direct or indirect benefit of the Access Person as of the date the person became an Access Person; and

 

  (3)

The date that the report is submitted by the Access Person.

 

LOGO   Public   Page 10 of 16


  B.

Quarterly Transaction Reports.

No later than 30 days after the end of a calendar quarter, the following information:

 

  (1)

With respect to any transaction during the quarter in a Covered Security in which the Access Person had any direct or indirect beneficial ownership:

 

  (1)

The date of the transaction, the title, the interest rate and maturity date (if applicable), the number of shares and the principal amount of each Covered Security involved;

 

  (2)

The nature of the transaction (i.e., purchase, sale or any other type of acquisition or disposition);

 

  (3)

The price of the Covered Security at which the transaction was effected;

 

  (4)

The name of the broker, dealer or bank with or through which the transaction was effected; and

 

  (5)

The date that the report is submitted by the Access Person.

 

  (2)

With respect to any account established by the Access Person in which any securities were held during the quarter for the direct or indirect benefit of the Access Person:

 

  (1)

The name of the broker, dealer or bank with whom the Access Person established the account;

 

  (2)

The date the account was established; and

 

  (3)

The date that the report is submitted by the Access Person.

 

  C.

Annual Holdings Reports.

Annually, the following information (which information must be current as of a date no more than 45 days before the report is submitted):

 

  (1)

The title, number of shares and principal amount of each Covered Security in which the Access Person had any direct or indirect beneficial ownership;

 

  (2)

The name of any broker, dealer or bank with whom the Access Person maintains an account in which any securities are held for the direct or indirect benefit of the Access Person; and

 

  (3)

The date that the report is submitted by the Access Person.

 

2.

Exceptions from Reporting Requirements.

 

  A.

A person need not make a report under paragraph (IV)(1) of this section with respect to transactions effected for, and Covered Securities held in, any account over which the person has no direct or indirect influence or control.

 

  B.

A director of a Fund who is not an “interested person” of the Fund within the meaning of section 2(a)(19) of the Act, and who would be required to make a report solely by reason of being a Fund director, need not make:

 

  (1)

An initial holdings report under paragraph (IV)(1)(A) of this section and an annual holdings report under paragraph (IV)(1)(C) of this section; and

 

  (2)

A quarterly transaction report under paragraph (IV)(1)(B) of this section, unless the director knew or, in the ordinary course of fulfilling his or her official duties as a Fund director, should have known that during the 15-day period immediately before or after the director’s transaction in a Covered Security, the Fund purchased or sold the Covered Security, or the Fund or its investment adviser considered purchasing or selling the Covered Security.

 

  C.

An Access Person to a Fund’s principal underwriter need not make a report to the principal underwriter under paragraph (IV)(1) of this section if:

 

  (1)

The principal underwriter is not an affiliated person of the Fund (unless the Fund is a unit investment trust) or any investment adviser of the Fund; and

 

  (2)

The principal underwriter has no officer, director or general partner who serves as an officer, director or general partner of the Fund or of any investment adviser of the Fund.

 

  D.

An Access Person to an investment adviser need not make a separate report to the investment adviser under paragraph (IV)(1) of this section to the extent the information in the report would duplicate information required to be recorded under § 275.204-2(a)(13) of this chapter.

 

LOGO   Public   Page 11 of 16


  E.

An Access Person need not make a quarterly transaction report under paragraph (IV)(1)(B) of this section if the report would duplicate information contained in broker trade confirmations or account statements received by the Fund, investment adviser or principal underwriter with respect to the Access Person in the time period required by paragraph (IV)(1)(B), if all of the information required by that paragraph is contained in the broker trade confirmations or account statements, or in the records of the Fund, investment adviser or principal underwriter.

 

  F.

An Access Person need not make a quarterly transaction report under paragraph (IV)(1)(B) of this section with respect to transactions effected pursuant to an Automatic Investment Plan.

 

3.

Review of Reports.

Each Fund, investment adviser and principal underwriter to which reports are required to be made by paragraph (IV)(1) of this section must institute procedures by which appropriate management or compliance personnel review these reports.

 

4.

Notification of Reporting Obligation.

Each Fund, investment adviser and principal underwriter to which reports are required to be made by paragraph (IV)(1) of this section must identify all Access Persons who are required to make these reports and must inform those Access Persons of their reporting obligation.

 

5.

Beneficial Ownership.

For purposes of this section, beneficial ownership is interpreted in the same manner as it would be under Rule 16a-1(a)(2) of this chapter in determining whether a person is the beneficial owner of a security for purposes of section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules and regulations thereunder. Any report required by paragraph (IV) of this section may contain a statement that the report will not be construed as an admission that the person making the report has any direct or indirect beneficial ownership in the Covered Security to which the report relates.

V. PRE-APPROVAL OF INVESTMENTS IN IPOS AND LIMITED OFFERINGS

Investment Personnel of a Fund or its investment adviser must obtain approval from the Fund or the Fund’s investment adviser before directly or indirectly acquiring beneficial ownership in any securities in an Initial Public Offering or in a Limited Offering.

VI. RECORDKEEPING REQUIREMENTS

 

1.

Each Fund, investment adviser and principal underwriter that is required to adopt a code of ethics or to which reports are required to be made by Access Persons must, at its principal place of business, maintain records in the manner and to the extent set out in this paragraph (VI), and must make these records available to the Commission or any representative of the Commission at any time and from time to time for reasonable periodic, special or other examination:

 

  A.

A copy of each code of ethics for the organization that is in effect, or at any time within the past five years was in effect, must be maintained in an easily accessible place;

 

  B.

A record of any violation of the code of ethics, and of any action taken as a result of the violation, must be maintained in an easily accessible place for at least five years after the end of the fiscal year in which the violation occurs;

 

  C.

A copy of each report made by an Access Person as required by this section, including any information provided in lieu of the reports under paragraph (IV)(2)(E) of this section, must be maintained for at least five years after the end of the fiscal year in which the report is made or the information is provided, the first two years in an easily accessible place;

 

LOGO   Public   Page 12 of 16


  D.

A record of all persons, currently or within the past five years, who are or were required to make reports under paragraph (IV) of this section, or who are or were responsible for reviewing these reports, must be maintained in an easily accessible place; and

 

  E.

A copy of each report required by paragraph (III)(2)(B) of this section must be maintained for at least five years after the end of the fiscal year in which it is made, the first two years in an easily accessible place.

 

2.

A Fund or investment adviser must maintain a record of any decision, and the reasons supporting the decision, to approve the acquisition by investment personnel of securities under paragraph (V), for at least five years after the end of the fiscal year in which the approval is granted.

 

LOGO   Public   Page 13 of 16


LOGO

The following are “Access Persons” for purposes of the foregoing Code of Ethics:

 

   

Each Director/Trustee of the Funds

 

   

Any advisory board member of the Funds

 

   

Each Officer of the Funds

 

   

The Portfolio Managers of the Funds

 

   

All employees of BlackRock, Inc. and its subsidiaries

 

LOGO   Public   Page 14 of 16


LOGO

Other than for purposes of determining whether a person is a beneficial owner of more than ten percent of any class of equity securities registered under Section 12 of the Act, the term beneficial owner shall mean any person who, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has or shares a direct or indirect pecuniary interest in the equity securities, subject to the following:

 

1.

The term pecuniary interest in any class of equity securities shall mean the opportunity, directly or indirectly, to profit or share in any profit derived from a transaction in the subject securities.

 

2.

The term indirect pecuniary interest in any class of equity securities shall include, but not be limited to:

 

  A.

Securities held by members of a person’s immediate family sharing the same household; provided, however, that the presumption of such beneficial ownership may be rebutted; see also Rule 16a-1(a)(4);

 

  B.

A general partner’s proportionate interest in the portfolio securities held by a general or limited partnership. The general partner’s proportionate interest, as evidenced by the partnership agreement in effect at the time of the transaction and the partnership’s most recent financial statements, shall be the greater of:

 

  (1)

The general partner’s share of the partnership’s profits, including profits attributed to any limited partnership interests held by the general partner and any other interests in profits that arise from the purchase and sale of the partnership’s portfolio securities; or

 

  (2)

The general partner’s share of the partnership capital account, including the share attributable to any limited partnership interest held by the general partner.

 

  C.

A performance-related fee, other than an asset-based fee, received by any broker, dealer, bank, insurance company, investment company, investment adviser, investment manager, trustee or person or entity performing a similar function; provided, however, that no pecuniary interest shall be present where:

 

  (1)

The performance-related fee, regardless of when payable, is calculated based upon net capital gains and/or net capital appreciation generated from the portfolio or from the fiduciary’s overall performance over a period of one year or more; and

 

  (2)

Equity securities of the issuer do not account for more than ten percent of the market value of the portfolio. A right to a nonperformance-related fee alone shall not represent a pecuniary interest in the securities;

 

  D.

A person’s right to dividends that are separated or separable from the underlying securities. Otherwise, a right to dividends alone shall not represent a pecuniary interest in the securities;

 

  E.

A person’s interest in securities held by a trust, as specified in Rule 16a-8(b); and

 

  F.

A person’s right to acquire equity securities through the exercise or conversion of any derivative security, whether or not presently exercisable.

 

3.

A shareholder shall not be deemed to have a pecuniary interest in the portfolio securities held by a corporation or similar entity in which the person owns securities if the shareholder is not a controlling shareholder of the entity and does not have or share investment control over the entity’s portfolio.

 

LOGO   Public   Page 15 of 16


LOGO

Code of Ethics for BlackRock Funds and iShares Funds

This is to certify that I have read and understand the Code of Ethics of the Funds and that I recognize that I am subject to the provisions thereof and will comply with the policy and procedures stated therein.

This is to further certify that I have complied with the requirements of such Code of Ethics and that I have reported all personal securities transactions and accounts required to be disclosed or reported pursuant to the requirements of such Code of Ethics.

Please sign your

    name here:

Please print your

    name here:

Please date here:

Please sign two copies of this Certification Form, return one copy to Mr. Charles Park, c/o BlackRock, 40 East 52 nd Street, New York, NY 10022, and retain the other copy, together with a copy of the Code of Ethics, for your records.

 

LOGO   Public   Page 16 of 16

Exhibit (s)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned, being trustees of BlackRock Utilities, Infrastructure & Power Opportunities Trust (the “Trust”), do hereby, appoint John M. Perlowski, Jonathan Diorio, Neal J. Andrews, Janey Ahn, Jay M. Fife and Benjamin Archibald, and each of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys and agents, each with full power and authority (acting separately and without the other) to execute in the name and on behalf of the undersigned as such trustee a Registration Statement on Form N-2, allowing for delayed offerings pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ 1933 Act ”), including any pre-effective amendments and/or any post-effective amendments thereto and any subsequent Registration Statement of the Trust pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the1933 Act, and any other filings in connection therewith, and to file the same under the 1933 Act and/or the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or otherwise, with respect to the registration of the Trust or the registration or offering of the Trust’s common shares of beneficial interest, as applicable; granting to such attorneys and agents and each of them, full power of substitution and revocation in the premises; and ratifying and confirming all that such attorneys and agents, or any of them, may do or cause to be done by virtue of these presents.

This Power of Attorney may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but which taken together shall constitute one instrument.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Blank]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Power of Attorney as of the 6th day of June, 2019.

 

Signature

 

Title

/s/ Michael J. Castellano

Michael J. Castellano

  Trustee

 

  Trustee
Richard E. Cavanagh  

/s/ Cynthia L. Egan

Cynthia L. Egan

  Trustee

/s/ Frank J. Fabozzi

Frank J. Fabozzi

  Trustee

/s/ Robert W. Fairbairn

Robert W. Fairbairn

  Trustee

/s/ Henry Gabbay

Henry Gabbay

  Trustee

/s/ R. Glenn Hubbard

R. Glenn Hubbard

  Trustee

/s/ W. Carl Kester

W. Carl Kester

  Trustee

/s/ Catherine A. Lynch

Catherine A. Lynch

  Trustee

/s/ John M. Perlowski

John M. Perlowski

  Trustee

/s/ Karen P. Robards

Karen P. Robards

  Trustee

 

- 2 -Signature Page to BUI N-2 POA